Bibliotheque botanique

EMILE BURNAT

-3-e

Catalo<|ue 1\°

'Vient de

IJm'cs pi'()\t'iicnil (Ic la hihliollKMHic li()laiii(|iit'
(ITmile Burnati l8-2<S-l*)-20j, iiisriV-s cii ocloljir 11)20

lie ' '

"^TT

THE

JOURNAL OF BOTANY

BRITISH AND FOREIGN

EDITED BY

JAMES BRITTEN, K.C.S.G., F.L.S.

LATB Sekioe Assistant, Dbpaetment of Botany, Beitish Museum.

VOL. LVTI.

LONDON

TAYLOR AND FRANCIS

RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET

1919.

CONTRIBUTORS TO THIS VOLUME.

11. S. Adamsois^.

AaNES Aebee, D.Sc, F.L.S.

E. Gt. Bakee, F.L.S.

Aethur Bex^'ett, A.L.S.

G. S. Boulgee, F.L.S.

James Beittejs^, F.L.S.

C. E. Beitto^-.

G. Bl'Llock - Webstee, M.A.,

F.L.S.
MiLLEE Cheistt, F.L.S.
A. H. Chuech, M.A., D.Sc.
H. N. Dixon, M.A., F.L.S.
H. S. DowNEs, M.B., F.L.S.
W. Fawcett, B.Sc.

AXTONY GrEPP. M.A., F.L.S.
CoL M. J. GODFEET, F.L.S.
W. B. OOURLAY, M.B.

W. B. Geoye, M.A.

James Geoves, F.L.S.

C. P. Hlest.

A. B. JacksojS^, A.L.S.

Geeteude Jekyll.

C. E. Laetee, F.L.S.

L. V. Lestee-Gaelaj^d, M.A.,

F.L.S.
G. Lister, F.L.S.
J. E. Little, M.A.
E. S. Maesiiall, M.A., F.L.S.
J. Cosmo Melvill, M.A., F.L.S.
H. W. MoxcKTois-, F.L.S.
Spe^^cee le M. Mooee, B.Sc,

F.L.S.

F. B. MoTT.

R. Paulson, F.L.S.

W. H. Peaeson, M.Sc, A.L.S.

R. Ll. Peaegee.

Sir Dayid Peain, C.M.G., F.R.S.

H. W. PUGSLEY, B.A.

J. K. Ramsbottom.
Caeletox Rea.
A. B. Rexdle, D.Sc, F.R.S.
H. J. Riddelsdell, M.A.
F. Rilstoxe.

F. RoBiNsox.

E. J. Salisbury, D.Sc, F.L.S.
C. E. Salmon, F.L.S.

J. Saunders, A.L.S.

A. LoRRAiN Smith, F.L.S.

Magnus Spence.

H. S. Thompson, F.L.S.

W. B. TURRILL.

G. M. Vevers, M.R.C.S.
Inez C. Veedooen.
Anthony Wallis.

W. Watson, B.Sc, A.L.S.
H. P. Weenham, D.Sc.
J. A. Wheldon.

F. N. Williams, F.L.S.

A. J. Wilmott, B.A., F.L.S.
Malcolm Wilson, D.Sc, F.L.S.
Sir Beeteam Windle, D.Sc.

F.R.S.
E. A. WooDRUFFE - Peacock,

M.A., F.L.S.

The first 16 pages. of "The Genus Manettia''^ Supplement were
issued in September and October 1918 ; it is now complete, and,
with the Supplements issued during- 1919, should be bound in the
present volume, immediately before the Index.

Journ. Bot.

Plate 551,

G. R. B..W. d; M. G. del

NITELLA SPANIOCLEMA, sp. nov.

THE

JOURNAL OF BOTANY

BRITISH AND FOREIGN.

-^ HEW YORK

•otanicai,

A NEW NITELLA. OAitDfiW

Br Canox G. R. Bullock- Webstee, M.A., F.L.S.

(Plate 551.)

Ijj- August 1916, I visited Kindruin in the Fanad Peninsula,
County Donegal, Avith a view to searching for Charophyta in the
series of lakes which border on the sea at its northern extremity.
One of these lakes, Lough Shannagh, lies at the extreme north-east
of the peninsula. It is something under half a mile long and a
quarter of a mile broad, and does not exceed 10 or 15 feet in depth.
Its northern end, where its shore touches the sand}^ stretch Avhich
divides it from the sea, has a sandy bed ; otherwise it has a stony
bottom and seems to possess little submerged vegetation. On its
western shore the drag brought up two Nitellas, growing closely
intermixed in about 4-6 feet of water — the one, JV. translucens, in
sparse quantities, the other growing in great profusion, dull olive-
green in colour, very delicate and fragile in habit, and bearing
abundant fruit. Its interesting character was not at once observable,
but under the microscope it proved to be a plant with very distinctive
characteristics. Its exceedingly fragile nature made it very difficult
to collect and handle, and almost impossible to lay out on paper with
any good results.

I paid another visit to Kindrum in August 1917 for the purpose of
making a further examination of this Nitella and its habitat and,
(-y^ if possible, of collecting better specimens. I found it growing at the
<^M same spot and in the same luxuriant abundance, and this time made
23 an attempt to transfer the plant direct from the water to the drying-
, sheets on the bank of the lake ; but even so it became rapidly flaccid
^s. iuid proved impossible of disentanglement. I preserved a certain
^ amount in formalin, and this has made it possilde to examine the
-^ ])lant under more advantageous conditions than if dried and subse-
^ quently treated with reagents.

Mr. Groves, who has carefully examined the plant, agrees that its
distinctive character justifies its receiving specific rank, and we have
drawn up the following description.

One of its main characteristics is the very restricted number of
branchlets, and* this has suggested to us its name.

Nitella spanioclema Groves & Bullock-Webster, sp. nov.
Monoecia, statura cir. 30-35 cm., caulis tenuis, internodi plerum-
(jue vel sequantes longissimis ramulis vel eosdem paulim superantes.
Joue:nal of Botajny. — Vol. ^7. [Ja^uaet, 1919.] b

2 THE joiir:n^al of botany

Rami sjBpe usque ad tres ex eodem nodo orientes, 1-2 in loco

ramuloruin suppressorum, ut videtur, saepe abbreviati et inchoati et,

quum quidem elongati, non raro verticillos rudimentarios proferentes.

Ramuli pauci, plerumque 2-3 tantum in utroque verticillo,

normaliter sinipliciter-furcati sed aliquando duplicato-fureati.

Latercdes radii secundarii singulares, perspicue breviores radiis
mediis, ssepe inchoati, brevissimi et inperspicui apud nodos antheridia
proferentes. Radii secundarii unicellulati, apicibus variantibus a
forma acuminata ad formam vel rotmide-acutam vel obtuse-mucro-
natam.

Oogonia et antheridia vel ad eundem nodum vel ad diversos
nodos producta. Oogonia vel singularia vel 2-3 aggregata, 800-850 }x
longa, 6-10-680 p. lata. Cellulse spirales 7 convolutiones exhibentes
et versus apices tumifacientes, coronula decidua, c. 60 fx alta, c. 80 /x
lata.

Oospora 475-500 /x longa, 425-450 fx lata, 330 fx crassa, 7 strias
tenues exhibens alis promulis versus apicem. Membrana rubra aut
rubra-fulva, spissa, semi-rigida, et translucens, scabra perpusillis
tuberculis, et minimis granulis decorata.
Antheridiu?)i 575-675 fj, diametro.

iV^. spanioclema is closely allied to N.flexilis, being monoecious
with branchlets normally once f m'cate and the ultimate raj^s one-celled ;
its frait also is very similar. It differs, however, from that species
in its fragile and delicate habit, the extraordinary paucity and irre-
gular development of its branchlets and secondary rays, and in its
occasional second furcation. When, as often happens, the secondary
rays are suppressed or only rudimentarj^ the antheridia have the
appearance of being borne on long stalks. In the frequent absence of
lateral secondary rays the plant bears a resemblance to K. mono-
dactyla Braun, a sub- tropical dioecious plant described and figured in
the Fragmente. The oogonia are frequently produced at the base of
the whorls, and their enveloping cells are divergent and much dis-
tended at the apex. The membrane shoAvs the peculiar mottled
surface with wart-like protuberances which are characteristic of
N. opaca and N. flexilis^ but besides this it possesses a delicate
decoration which is absent in those two species. This decoration
consists of exceeding minute granules which are at first linear in
their arrangement, but at a later stage assume a reticulate form.

It will be interesting to ascertain whether the plant occurs in other
parts of Ireland. In the Fanad Peninsula it appears to be confined
to Lough Shannagh.

Explanation of Plate 551.
1,2. Plant natural size.

3, 4. Branches with bianchlets showing short solitary and rudimentary secondary
rays and conspicuous scars left by fallen antheridia and oogonia, X 10.

5. Oogonium, X 30.

6. Oospore, showing ridges with broad flanges, X 30.

7. Piece of membrane showing wart-like protuberances and minute granidar

decoration, X c. 200.

8. Piece of membrane showing disposition of granules, X c. 800.

CORNISH MOSSES AND HEPATICS 3

CORNISH MOSSES AND HEPATICS.
By F. Rilsto:xe.

The following records are from the eastern half of Vice-County 1
(West Cornwall), particularly the coast area from Newquay to
St. Agnes and thence inland to Truro and E-edruth, and from the
drainage areas of the Fowey and Looe Rivers in Vice-County 2 (East
Cornwall).

The former area, which appears to have been almost untouched by
bryologists, affords a variety of habitats ranging from the calcareous
sand-hill tract of Perranporth with a well-defined bryophytic flora of
its own to the small peaty moors in which the streams take their rise.
Geologicall}^ the district consists of old hard quartz- veined slate im-
pinging on the granite outcrop of the Redruth Hills and with a small
patch of Pleistocene sands and gravels near St. Agnes Head. These
Tertiary deposits, of special interest in a county where practical!}" all
the rocks are of Primary age, are too small to have acquired a dis-
tinctive flora. Weisia mucronata occurs on them, but is not confined
to tliem. Carn Brea, the only hill of the Redruth group which I have
at all thoroughly examined, is, considering the great amount of
exposed granite, disappointingly poor in silica-loving species.

The area dealt with in v.c. 2 comprises the major portion of the
Bodmin Moors — an elevated granite tract with tors and extensive
peat moors, and with a wealth of siliceous and moorland plants — and
the more or less wooded country lying between the moors and the
coast. With a moist climate and varied surface Cornwall possesses a
comparatively rich bryophytic flora. The Census Catalogue of
British Mosses out of a total of 601 species (exclusive of Sphagna)
credits Cornwall with 287 species, 2J:9 in v.c. 1 and 254 in v.c. 2.
The Hepatic Census Catalogue (Ed. 2) gives Cornwall 97 species of
hepatics, but while 90 are recorded for West Cornwall only 40 are
credited to the East Cornwall Ust. The latter area is certainl}^ not
so much poorer in species as these figures would suggest, but has
received less attention ; the following notes include localities for
14 species not credited to v.c. 2 in the Catalogue. Six plants in-
cluded in the list of hepatics given below — Aneura major, Fossom-
hronia Dumortieri, S]?lienolohus ovatus, Cephalozia media , Ptilidium
ciliare, and Scapania dentata var. amhigua — are new to Cornwall.

I must acknowledge my indebtedness to Mr. D. A. Jones of
Harlech, without whose kind help my study of the Cornish Bryo-
phyta must have been much more laborious.

Mosses.
Andrecea Rothii Weh. & MohY Ya.r. falcata Lindb. On gmnite
above 1200 ft. on Brown Willy, Kilmar Tor and Sharp Tor (2).

TetrapJiis pellucida Hedw. Carn Brea Hill, Redruth (1), Tre-
lawne, near Looe (2).

Folgtrichicm aloides Hedw. Common and consi:)icuous on clay
banks. — P. urnigericm L. Frequent near Polperro (2). — P. gracile
Dicks. Gollawater and Lambourne near Perranporth (1) ; near Red-

b2

4 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

gate in the Fowey Valley (2). — P.formosum Hedw. Near St. Cleer,
Dray lies A^alley {i. e. Upper Fowey Valley), and several places near
Looe and Polperro (all in v.e. 2) ; c.fr. at Trelawne near Looe witli
4-angled capsules and at Polperro with 5-angled capsules. Of frequent
occurrence in v.c. 2, but I have not seen it in v.c. 1, where P. gracile
appears to take its place. The Census Catalogue treats it as of
doubtful occurrence there.

PJeuridiuni axillare Lindb. Lambriggan near Perranporth (1) . —
P. suhulafum Kabenli. Frequent near Perranporth and St. Agnes (1) ;
Trelawne (2).

Ditriclium flexicaule Hampe. Plentiful on shell sand at Perran-
porth.

Ehahdoweisia denficulafa B. & S. c.fr. in crevices between
gmnite blocks, Kilraar Tor (2).

C}/nodontiuni Bruntoni B. & S. c.fr. on granite, Kilmar Tor (2).

Dichodontium pelhicidum Schp. Penpoll near Fowey (2).

Campylopus Jlexuosus Brid. Carn Brea Hill ; Ventongimps
Downs near Perranporth (1). Bodmin Moors (2), common. —
C. piriformis Brid. Abundant and fruiting freely in oak woods
near Looe (2). — C fragilis B. & S. Common about Penhallow
near Perranporth (1). Sparingly near Polperro (2). — C. afrovirens
De Not. Common in marshy ground near St. Agnes and Perranporth
(1).— C. infrojlexus Brid. Cliif face between Polperro and Looe (2).
Through an oversight, no doubt, C. introflexiis is not credited to
Cornwall in the Census Catalogue; but in Holmes & Brents' Mosses
of Devon and Cormcall (18G9) Curnow records it (as C. polgtri-
choides) ; for Kymyal Cliff "on damp ledges of granite rock, rare,"
and Braithwaite (i. 136) has " Kymyal Cliff, Tregarnow Cliff, and
Trungle Moor (Curnow 1861)." These stations are all in West
Cornwall. In its East Cornwall station it grows with Polytricha on
a somewhat moist ledge of the hard blue slate of the locality. — C.
hrevipilus B. & S. Ventongimps Moor near Perranporth (1) ;
near Dozmary Pool (2).

Dicranum Bonjeani De Not. Frequent in marshy ground, some-
times growing with grass in damp field borders. — D. scoparium Hedw.
c.fr. on trees in Golla Wood near Perranporth (1) and on banks in
Draynes Valley and near Polperro (2). Var. orthopltyllum Brid.
Near Cheese wring (2). Yay. spadiceuni. Sharp Tor (2). — D. Scott i-
anum Turn. Sliarp Tor (2). — Z>. majus Tum. Fine and with
abundant fruit at Trelawne (2).

Leticobrgum glaucum Hch]). Ventongimps Moor (1) rare. Tre-
lawne Woods, abundant; near Brown Willy (2).

Fissidens exilis Hedw. On mud bank in lane below Lansallos
Church {2).—F. viridulus V^'M. Perranporth (1), Polperro (2).
Plants from a sandy hedge-bank at Mount near Perranporth have the
leaf characters of var. Li/Ui Wils., but cannot be described as
"minute." — F. 2)usillus Wils. Banks above cliff, Polperro (2). —
F. Cu?'nowii Mitt. Old mine adits at St. Agnes and Trevellas (1).
The dri])ping rock at the mouths of these abandoned tunnellings,
ofien o}:)ening on the cliff* slo])es, forms an ideal habitat for tliis
plant, which cf)vers the ujijx'r reck with den.^e tufts matted with

COKXISir MOSSES AXD HEPATICS 5

red radicles and at the margins of the rock-pools below forms a fringe
of very graceful slender plants with less tomentum. — F. adiantoides
Hedw. Frequent in a variety of situations, as boggy patches on
cliffs at St. Agnes (1), tops of hedge-banks at Polperro (2) and
damp rock faces : in the last it usually fruits freely, as at Polperro
and St. Keyne (2). — F. decipiens De Not. Not common ; I have
found it only at Lambriggan (1) at the bases of tree-trunks. —

F. taxifoUiis Hedw. c.fr. near Looe ; usually barren.

Grinimia maritima Turn. Abundant on rocks by the sea at
St. Agnes (1) and Polperro (2). — G. trichophylla Grev. c.fr. at
Idless near Truro (1), and at Broadoak and Helman Tor (2). —

G. mhsriunrroiia Wils. Rocks on hillsides, Polperro (2). The
species evidently intergrades A^ith G. frichophylla, Mr. C. P.
Hurst tells me that some plants I sent him from Polperro were
shown by hiiu to Mr. Dixon who pronounced them exact inter-
mediates between G. trichoplu/Ua and G. subsqitarrosa.

Mliacomitriam aciculare Brid. Common on rocks, but occurs at
Tresawzen (1) in boggy ground. — H. protensum Braun. Plentiful,
c.fr. on rocks on Cheesewring and neighbouring tors and at St. Cleer (2).
— B. fasciculare Brid. Rock face at Trelawne (2). — H. lietero-
stlchum Brid. Plentiful, c.fr. on granite at St. Cleer and on Cheese-
wring Downs (2). — R. laniiginosmn Brid. More or less sparingly in
most of the wet peaty moors near St. Agnes and Perranporth (1),
but always, I believe, barren. Plentiful and frequently c.fr. on
granite in Draynes Valley and near Cheesewring (2). — B. canescens
Brid. Frequent ; usually beside ])aths and roads on peaty ground.

F ty cliomit r ill m poll) pliylhim Fiirn. Rejerrah near Perranporth
(1). Liskeard, Polperro, Bodmin Moors (2J, common. Much com-
moner in v.c. 2 than in v.c. 1.

Hedwigia ciliata Ehrh. c.fr. on granite at Mabe near Pen-
ryn (1). Cliffs near Polperro ; Helman Tor (2).

Fottia recta Mitt. Lambourne near Pen-anporth (1) ; Pol-
perro (2) ; not infrequent. — F. crinita Wils, Shore between Looe
and Polperro (2).

Tortilla aloides De Not. Perranzabuloe (1) ; Polperro (2).
Common. — T. Icevivila Schwseg. var. IcBvipilceformis Limpr. Idless
near Truro; Lambriggan near Perranporth (1) ; Lansallos, Polperro,
Talland (2). All the Cornish plants I have seen have either the
leaf structure or foliose gemmae of the varietj^ and most agree in both
respects. Possibly typical T. Icdvipila may not occur in Cornwall.
Where capsules are abundant, as at Idless, gemmae are scarce. —
T. ruralis Ehrh. On slate roofs near Polperro ; uncommon in Corn-
wall.— T. ruraliformis Dixon. Perranporth Sandhills (1) abundan-t ;
fruit very sparingly produced.

Barhitla lurida Lindb. Wall at Polperro (2). — B. topliacea
Mitt. On masonry at Perranporth (1) ; on calcareous matter on
rock face, Polperro (2). — B. cylindrica Schp. Polperro and Tre-
lawne (2), frequent.

Weisia verticillata Brid, Encrusted with calcareous matter on
cliffs at Perranporth (1) and at Lansallos (2). On old lime kilns near
Polperro and Looe (2).

6 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

TricJiostomum onufabile Bruch var. I iff ovale Dixon. Mouth of
mine adit at St. Agnes (1). — F. flavovirens Bruch. Moist hollow in
Perranporth sandhills (1). Rocks by coast at various points between
Looe and Fowey (2). — T. nitidum Schp. On roof near Polperro (2).
PleurochcBie squarrosa Lindb. Plentiful in sandy ground at
Eose near Perranporth (1).

Enccdr/pta sfreptocarpa Hedw. Wall in Looe valley (2).
Aiilocomnium pcdiisfre Schwaeg. Frequent in boggy ground.
Bartramia ijomifonnis Hedw. Gollawater and Zelah (1). Yery
scarce, as far as my experience goes, in AVest Cornwall, but plentiful
in the Cheesewring area (2).

Breutelia arcuafa Schp. Yentongimps and Tresawzen Moors (1),
and near Dozmary Pool (2).

Leptohrijum pyriforme Wils. Earthy bank by churchyard,
St. Agnes (1) ; not infrequent on flower pots in conservatories as at
St. Agnes and Falmouth (1) and Lerryn (2).

Wehera nutans Hedw. St. Agnes and Perranporth districts,
common. — W. proligera Bryhn. Frequent on roadside banks, often
sand}^ near St. Agnes and Perranporth and inland to Truro (1).
W. annotina should occur, but I have been able to find only the
slender gemma? of W. proligera. — W. carnea Schp. Near Truro (1),
Polperro {2).—W. Tozeri Schp. Polperro and Couch's Mill (2),
frequent. As pointed out by Holmes and Brent, this usually grows
on yellowish slaty earth.

Bryum alpinitm Huds. Marshy ground in various localities near
St. Agnes and Perranporth (1), common. At Wheal Butson, St.
Agnes, the plants are brilliantly coloured, Polperro (2) on damp
rock face, rare. — B. roseiim, Schreb. Roadside at Muchlamick near
Pelynt (2).

Milium rostratum Schrad. Trenewan and Langreek near Pol-
perro (2).

Fontinalis antipyretica L. Loe Pool; leat at Idless near
Truro (1). Plentiful in tidal water at head of West Looe River (2) ;
still in St. Keyne well (2), as recorded by F. Brent fifty years ago.
Yar. firacilis Schp. A slender form which is plentiful in Dozmary
Pool I take to be this variety. — F. squamosa L. Common and freely
fruiting in Kennel River near Stithians and Ponsanooth (1) ; common
in Fowey River above Redgate.

Cryplicea liefrromalla Mohr. Near Crantock (1) ; Polperro (2).

Bteryyopliyllum lucens Bi-id. Xot infrequent in moist shaded
spots near Perran])orth (1) and Polperro (2).

Bteroyonium yracile Swartz. Polperro (2), frequent.

Poroirichum al ope cur urn Mitt. Ch^'verton (1) ; frequent near
Polperro and c.fr. at Trenewan (2).

Leskea polycarpa Ehrh. Near Causeland Station (2).

Anomodon viticuJosus Hook. & Tayl. Polperro district (2),
locally plentiful.

Lepfodon SmifJiii Mohr. Talland and Trenewan near Polperro (2).

Heterocladium lieteropterum B. & S. Summit of Brown Willy ;
St. Cleer ; Polperro. In the first two localities on granite, in the last
on blue slate.

CORJ^ISH MOSSES AN^D HEPATICS 7

Thiidium tamariscinmn B. & S. Fruits sparingly at Penhallow
near Perranporth (1) and at Trelawne (2).

Camptothecium lutescens B. & S. Abundant in Perranporth
sandhills (1) ; rare near Polperro (2).

Brachi/thecmm albicans B. & S. Lambourne (1); by West
Looe River (2). — B. salehrosum B. & S. ysly. palustre Schp. Pasty
Pool near Zelah (1). — B. ridulare B. & S. Penwartha (1), Pol-
perro (2). — B. plumosum B. & S. Polperro, Pont near Fowey,
below Kilmar Tor, Draynes Valley, in each case growing on rocks
in or by streams. — B. illecehriim De Not. Roadside bank at
Bolingey (1); Polmeor Hill, Par; near Polperro (2). — B. piirum
Dixon, c.fr. on banks at Idless (1) and above cliffs between Looe
and Polperro (2).

Hi/ocomium flagellare B. & S. By stream below Golla Wood
near Perranporth (1).

Eurhynchiiom piliferum B. & S. Frequent near PolpeiTO (2) ;
I have not seen it in West Cornwall. — £1. C7^assinervium B. & S.
Talland and Trevarder (2), on dry rock-faces in lanes. — E. pumilum
Schp. Old mine-workings by the sea at Perranporth (1). — E. circi-
naticm B. & S. Plentiful on sandy banks (shell sand) at Mount near
Perranporth (1).

Plagiothecium undulatum B. & S. Woods at Trelawne ; Draynes
Valley (2) ; a scarce plant in Cornwall.

AmMystegium irriguum B. & S. Rocks in streams in various
places near Polperro (2). — A. jluviatile B. & S. Rocks in bed of
stream, Polperro (2) : usually submerged ; A. irriguum grows above
the ordinary water-level.

Hypnum riparium L. Stream near Polperro (2), uncommon. —
H. stellatum Schreb. c.fr. in a small patch of bog by the roadside.
Wheal Frances (1) ; elsewhere common but barren. — S. fluitans L.
var. Jeanhernati Ren. f. tenella Ren. Pasty Pool near Zelah (1).
Var. gracile Boul. Pasty Pool near Zelah (1). These varieties,
named by Mr. J. A. Wheldon, grow together in watery depressions in
the peaty ground surroundimg the pool. — H. exannulatum Giimb.
(type, i.e. var. pinnatum Boul. f. acuta Sanio). Silverwell Moors
near St. Agnes (1). — H. uncinatum Hedw. Hollows among sand-
hills, Perranporth ; dry bed of old mine-pool, St. Agnes ; roadside
near Truro (1). — IL. revolvens Swartz. Ventongimps and Tresawv.en
Moors ; sometimes so robust as to resemble H. scorpioides, with
which it grows. — H. PatientidB Lindb. Side of pathway across
Ventongimps Downs (1) ; roadsides near Polperro (2). — H. mol-
luscum Hedw. In peaty ground at Carnkief (1), a small form ;
fine and robust on rock-faces at Trelawne (2). — H. ochraceum Turn.
Perrancoombe and Penwartha Coombe (1) on wet rocks, plants
dark green ; Upper Fowey River (2), plentiful, with the usual
yellow and brown coloration. — H. scorpioides L. Wet moors at
Tresawzen, Ventongimps, and Wheal Butson. — II. siramineum Dicks.
With Sphagnum in Draynes Valley (2). — R. sarmenfosum Wahl.
Silverwell and Wheal Butson Moors (1). This is bracketed in the
Census Catalogue as of doubtful occurrence in v.c.s 1 and 2. As
far as v.c. 1 is concerned, this is probably due to an oversight.

8 THE JOURNAL or BOTANY

as Curnow (Holmes & Brent, op. cit.) records it for Trungle Moor.
Its distribution in the British Isles, as indicated by the figures
of the Census Cataloguey appears to coincide with that of the
Priuiarj'' rocks, hence its occurrence in Cornwall was to be expected.
—R. Schreberi Willd. Chyverton (1) ; Upper Fowey Valley (2).

Hepatic s.

!Riccia sorocatpa BIsch. Frequent on earthy banks above clifFs
at Polperro (2). In spite of careful search I have not been able
to find any other species.

Cunoceplialum conicum (L.) Dum. Grows finely on wet banks,
especially in deep shade, but is usually barren ; c.fr. at Penwartha (1).

Lunidaria cruciata (L.) Dum. Common ; on damj) rock-faces
near Polperro as well as in its usual artificial habitats.

Marchanfia polymorplia L. With 6 receptacles in old mine-
workings at Perranporth (1) ; on stones in stream, Talland (2) :
a much less common plant than Conoceplialiim conicum.

Aneura pinguis (L.) Dum. Common in bogs in West Corn walk — ■
A. muJtiJida (L.) Dum. Yentongimps and Tresawzen Moors (1). —
A. major (Lindb.) K. Miill. In the Perranporth district (1) this is
possibly the commonest form of Aneuray occurring in wet ground and
on moist banks. Near Polperro (2) it occurs under similar conditions
but is much less frequent. By a damp pathway across A'entongimps
Moor (1) I have gathered a densely tufted j^lant which Mr. Jones
refers to this species. The Census Catalogue gives no record for the
West of England.

Metzgeria furcata (L.) Dum. Common on trees. Plants on
rock-faces near Polperro have the large cells and general api->earance
of M. conjugata, but I have not been able to find monoicous
inflorescence.

Fellia epipliglla (L.) Corda. Common on loamy banks and by
streams. Very fine and handsome on clay banks at Yentongimps
and elsewhere in v.c. 1. — P. Fahhroniana Raddi. Perranporth (1);
base of damp wall by rivulet at Talland (2).

Blasia pusilla L. Goonhaven Moor near Permnporth (1).

Pefalophi/Uum RaJfsii (AV'ils.) Gottsche. Damp hollow between
sand-dunes, Perranporth (1).

Fossombronia pusilla (L.) Dum. Lambriggan and Callestick (1) ;
Polperro, frequent ; Boconnoc (2) ; almost invariably on earthy
patches of hedge-banks. — F. WondraczeJci (Corda) Dum. Damp
side of path across Silverwell Moors (1). — E. ccespififormis De Not.
Mouths of rabbit burrows and earthy patches adjoining in hilly field,
Polperro (2). — F. Dumortieri (Hiib. et Genth.) Lindb. On peaty
ground, Goonhavem Moor(l). Apparently also on similar ground at
Trenode (2), but I have not yet found mature capsules. This is not
recorded for the West of England in the Census Catalogue, its area
of distribution com])rising only Surre}' and Sussex in the south of
England, one county (Carnarvon) in Wales, Lancashire, Yorkshire,
and Cumberland in the north, and five vice-counties in Scotland. —
F. angulosa (Dicks) iladdi. Rocky slopes above the cliffs, St.
Agnes (I).

COENISn MOSSES AXD HEPATICS 9

MarsitpcUa emarginata (Erlir.) Dum. Kennal Valley near
Stitliians (1); Boconnoc Park, Helman Tor, Lanlivery, and Kilmar
Tor {T).—M. Funckli (Web. et Mohr) Dum. Side of footpath,
Tresawzen Moor (1).

Alicidaria scalar is (Schrad.) Corda. Trelawne (2) : not
common so far as my observation goes.

Haplozia crenulata (Sm.) \)wm. Perranportli district (1),
frequent.

Gymnocolea in flat a (Huds.) Dura. Damp hollows in granite
on Carn Brea Hill, lledruth (1), a green plant with abundant
perianths; moors and peaty banks near St. Agnes (1), a dark
purple plant without perianths.

Loj)liozia ventricosa (Dicks.) Dum. Of frequent occm-rence,
as at Ventong mps and other moors (1) ; moor below Helman Tor^
Dozmary Pool (wdth abundant gemmje), and Kilmar Tor (2).

Splienolobus ovatus (Dicks.) Schifl'n. On granite circa 1250 ft,
on Kilmar Tor (2) ; occurs also on Dartmoor.

Plagiochila asplenioides (L.) Dum. A common plant, often of
very robust growth. — P. spinulosa (Dicks.) Dum. Polperro and
Trelawne (2).

Lophocolea lieteropliylJa (Schrad.) Dum. On stumps at Lam-
bourne (1). Much scarcer than X. hidentata and L. ciispidata.

ChiloscypJius polifanthus (L.) Corda. Stream above Perran-
porth (1).

Saccogyna viiicidosa (Sm.) Dum. Lane leading to beach,.
St. Agne.5 (1) ; frequent in neighbourhood of Polperro (2).

Cephalozia hicuspidata (L.) Dum. Common, very variable in
size ; perianths sometimes brightly coloured. — C. connivens (Dicks.)
Lindb. With Sphagnum on Tresawzen Moor (1). — C. media Lindb-
Moist bank by roadside, Trelawne (2).

Ceplialoziella hyssacea (lloth) Warnst. Steep hillside in fields
Polperro (2). Species of CeplialozieUa occur in various localities-
near Polperro (2) and at Chyverton (1), but I have not been able to-
find capsules or perianths.

Galypogeia Trichomanis (L.) Corda. Summit of Brown WiUr
(2). A scarce plant ; 1 have seen it nowhere else in the count3^ —
C. Jissa (L.) Kaddi. Common in both vice-counties, occurring om
moist banks and among Sphagna. — C. arguta Nees et Mont.. Lam-
bourne (1) ; Polperro (2j, rather frequent.

Bazzauia trilohata (L.) Gray. Shady banks at Trelawne (2).

Lepidozia repians (L.) Dum. AVith Bazzania trilohata, Tre-
lawne (2). — L. setacea (Web.) Mitt. Tresawzen and Ventongimps-
Moors (1), wdth Sphagnum.

Ptilidiiim ciliare (L.) Hamjie. With mosses on banks, Cheese-
Avring Downs (2).

Scapania compacta (Both) Dum. Downs above cliff, St.. Agnes
(1). — S. gracilis (Lindb.) Kaal. Carn Brea Hill, Eedruth (1) ;
Sharp Tor and Brown Willy (2). — *S'. nemorosa (L.) Dum. Fre-
quent, as at Tresawzen Moor (1), Kea near Truro (1), woods near
Looe (2). — S. dentata Dum. Moor below Helman Tor (2) : a
richly-coloured plant. Xaw amhigua De Not. Stream flowing across

10 THE JOUEXAL OF BOTA?«"Y

Silverwell Moor (1) : a dark green robust plant growing in dense
cushions in the bed of the stream. — aS'. undulata (L.) Dum. Goon-
havern Moor (1) and Penhallow Moor near Newlyn East (1) ; Upper
Fowey Eiver ; stream at Bolventor (2). Perianths occur on the
Goonhavern plants. — B. irrigua (Nees) Dum. Damp sides o£
paths, Yentongimps and Silverwell Moors (1).

Radula complanata (L.) Dum. Frequent near Polperro and
Looe (1), but oftener on rocks than on trees. Capsules are freely
produced. On a rock-face at Trenevvan (2) occurs a darker plant
with abundant gemmre which may be B. Lindhergii Gottscbe, but
I have not been able to find the inflorescence.

Madotlieca Thuja (Dicks.) Dum. On "stone hedges," i.e.
boundary walls of loose stones and earth, at Polperro. — M. platy-
pliyUa (L.) Dum. On rocks at Polperro and Muchlarnick (2).

Lejeiinea cavifolia (Ehrh.) Lindb. var. heterophylla Carr.
Polperro (2).

Frullania tamarisci (L.) Dum. Frequent on rocks and some-
times on trees ; perhaps most plentiful on rocky slopes b}" the sea. —
F. d Hat at a (L.) Dum. Common.

Anthoceros piinctatus L. Silverwell and Wheal Butson Moors
(1) ; damp lane near Lansallos Church (2). The West Cornwall
plant is as large as A. Musnotl, but the section is that of A. pimc-
tatus. — A. IcBvis L. Damp meadow at Ventongimps (1). A rather
common plant on damp soil and moist banks in the area between the
Fowej' and Looe Kivers (2).

NOTES ON BRITISH POTAMOGETONS.
Bx Arthue Bex:nett, A.L.S.

The following notes are suggested by a peiTisual of Herr
Hagstrom's Critical Hesearclies on the genus, noticed in this Journal
for 1917, pp. 115-117. The species follow the order of Lond. Cat.
ed. 10. The northern range of each species is shown because the author
makes a prominent feature of this, sometimes b}'' latitude, some-
times by the year-isotherms. It seems to me that latitude is preferable,
as this can be seen on any map, whereas physical maps do not always
agree as to the isothermal lines, and there is the trouble of reducing
the Centrigrade (employed by the author) to the Fahrenheit scale.
The southern range cannot be so well shown, as authors differ as to
the identity of southern with northern species. I have added after
each name a reference to the page in which the species is dealt with :
this is the more necessary in that the author in his otherwise excellent
index has cited all his references to each plant without indicating the
principal one in thicker type, as is now customary : —

P. NATA^'S L. (p. 191). Sweden north to Swedish Lapland;
Norway to 70° 3' n. lat. ; Finland to 69^^ n. lat. ; Scotland to the
Shetlands.

Sub- var. maximus Baagoe. Leaves 110 X 70 mm. ; stipules 110
mm. long. Barningham, E. Suffolk, E. F. Linton. Pembroke (1883),
Ridley,

NOTES* ON BEITISH POTAMOGETONS 11

f. pygmcBoides Hagst. Loch Lairing, 1600 ft. alt., M. Perth,
W. F. Miller.

*P.gessnacensis Fischer (p. 192). P.natans Xpolygonifolius; var.
JRichtsfeldii Fischer=f. hiberniciis Hagstr. Upper Lake, Killarney,
1874, a. M. Barrington : I su^Dpose the " Long Range, Killarney
(1888), Scully''' would also be so named. Fryer called it "a f. of
jluitans,'''' but in this I do not concur. Then there is the " Balli-
nahinch River, Co. Galway (1871), A. G. More'' plant: this I
consider a state of natans. Fryer's splendid series of natans, dried
in each month of the year, shows clearly that many forms called
h3^brids are merely states of this species.

P. POLTGOXiFOLius Pourr. (p. 175). Sweden to S. Helsingland,
c. 61° 30' n. lat. ; Norway at Melo, m"" 50' n. lat. (Blytt) ; Finland,
Aland, 60° 20' n. lat. {Hjelt) ; Scotland, Shetlands {Beehy).

Here we have a species that is not abundant in Scandinavia, hence
we get no new varieties ; yet in leafage no species is more variable.
From a small form with leaves 20 mm. X 10 mm. to a large one
130 mm. X 48 mm., and a deep water state 180 mm. X 6 mm., every
possible gradation can be found. Of f . cancellatus Fryer — a Shetland
plant which Beeby was inclined to put as a hybrid — Hagstrom
remarks " if not a hybrid it might be considered a f . of v. lanci-
folius.'"

P. sPARGANiFOLius Lacstad. (p. 217). This Hagstrom considers
a hybrid — gramineus L. X natans L. — and localizes " Shobden Marsh,
Heref. 89, A. Ley; Surre}^ A. Bennett, 86; York, Ripon, 80,
JSTicTiolson ; and a dubious f . from Caithness, E. S. Marshall. The
Surrey plant I have not yet traced ; the Hereford one is simply a state
of 7iatans (as Dr. Hagstrom himself named a sjDecimen I have) and so
is the one from Ripon. The Irish plant presents a more difficult
problem. Hagstrom puts it under sparganifolius (i. e. Kirlcii Sjnne)
without any hesitation ; Babington considered it absolutely agreed
with Laestadius's plant ; Syme, Fryer and I dissented ; a study of
the plant in situ is required.

P. FLUITANS Roth. (p. 238). Hagstrom proposes another name — •
P. sterilis — for this much discussed plant. This seems unnecessary :
Roth's name should be retained for the hybrid, and use P. nodosus
Pourr. (as the author does) or P. americanus Ch. & Schlech., which
latter is certain for the plant, which is very ably discussed.

P. COLORATUS Vahl " in Hornemann, Flora Danica, 1813, t. 1449"
(p. 178). " M. Vahl et Hofman-Bang primi plantam . . . detexerunt,
sed Hornemann nominis autor est " (Lange, Nomencl. Fl. Dan.
132). Sweden, Gothland at c. 57° n. lat. Not on record for Norway
or Finland. Scotland to 56° 30' n. lat. (v.c. 103).

f . grandifolius leaves, 70-80 x 30-45 mm. The Cambridgeshire
fens produce it with leaves 150 mm. x 50 mm. on boulder clay; .in
Herefordshire specimens they are 150 mm. X 55 mm.

*P. ANGLTCUS Hagst. = P. coloratusx polygonifoUiis (p. 180).
" Although coloratus and polygonifolius are so closely connected one
to another, yet nobody has observed any crossing between them. Some
specimens from Woking Heath, in Surrey, England, gathered by
Ar. Bennett in 1881, however, seem to me in all probability to be such

12 THE JOURNAL OP BOTAIWT

a bastard," p. 180. The specimens are simply a f. of polygonifolius
in dee])er water than usual on a heath ; the Avhole growth is of that
species and not colorafus. If other In^brids suggested rest on no better
ground than anglicns, I should say they are not to be depended upon. I
know the growth of coloratus well in the fens and broads of E. Anglia,
having seen hundreds in the living state. Hagstrom admits (p. 176)
that *' the stem-anatomy of the stem [of coloratus a^nd 2^ oli/g on if oli us]
is so much alike that it is practically useless for the distinction of the
species." Had he suggested that specimens from Shawley, Salop,
Nov. 1888, W. PJiillips, were coiglicus, I should hardly have con-
tested it ; the growth of the submerged leaves resembles that of
coloratus, and the floating leaves are thin, with the coloratus areo-
lation, yet the habit is that of polygonifolius.

P. ALPINUS Balb. (p. 142). Sweden to Swedish Lapland;
Norway to 70° 25' n. lat. {Norman) ; Russian Sf Finnish Lapland,
08^ 43* {Hjelt) ; Scotland to Caithness, c. 59° n. lat.

A very variable species ; Hagstrom does not adopt the names of
Fischer (in Ber. Bay. Bot. Ges. xi. 45, 1907), yet introduces two new
forms. Fischer has added to the difficulty of collating the varieties
In' giving a new interpretation of some of the old names. The
author places P. gracilis Wolf, under P. gramineus L. P. Druceii
he considers to be a hybrid — P. alpinusx nutans, as Mr. Druce first
suggested.

P. LANCEOLATUS Sm. (p. 149) is regarded as undoubtedly a hybrid
— P. alpinus xpusillus. In this I do not concur : I consider it as
heterophyllus xpusillus. Hagstrom states that the submerged leaves
are " obtuse," but this is not the case : the}' are subacute ; I had the
plant growing for many years, and dried two hundred specimens and
distributed them so as to avoid despoiling the Welsh station. Every-
one who has grown or gathered alpinus knows the peculiar growth of
the rhizomes ; the}^ resemble no other British Potamogeton. The
roots of lanceolatus have nothing of alpinus in them, but they have
of heteropliyllus ; the floating leaves are not alj)inus either- in
chemical constitution or structure. A plant that has the chemical
nature of alpinus will show it in drying, and you can drive it back
by soaking again.

For description and figures of the British plant, Hagstrom (p. 150)
refers to my pa})er in this Journal for 1881 (p. 05, t. 217). He
states tliat the ol)tuse apices of the submerged leaves remove it from
heteropliyllus : tliis is a mistake ; I have the plant dried from
cultivation from January' to August in ever}^ month, as well as the
autumn states, and they contradict this.

P. iiETEROPiiVLrA'S Sclircb. (}). 204). The author places this
under P. gramiiieus L.. and remarks: "Although Linne in his short
tleserijition of this plant has not mentioned either floating or petioled

leaves there is no I'cason to reject the Linnean name, and a

mis-determination in Linne's herbarium does not alter the dignity of
the good old name." Why then does he use (p. 05) zoster if olitis
Schum. for compressus L. ? — There is nothing grass-like in hetero-
pliyllus, while in compressus there is the compressed stem, etc. The
specimen in ClifSort's herbarium is identical with Schumacher's

N0TE3 OH^ BEITISn P0TAM0GET0N3 13

plant ! while in the Linnean herbarium one of the specimens named
" compressus " is lieterophyUus ! Hagstrom does not accept.
P. gyaminifolhis (Fries) l^yer for the Irish plant named P. lonchites
(Syme non Tuckerman). At the date of Syme's determination one
had to accept it ; he said later he had seen fruit and this seemed final.
AVriting to A. Gr. More in 1889, I remarked : " If not a hybrid, what
then ? I really do not know what to answer, but I strongly suspect
it may eventually come under lieterophijUus as var. hiherniciis. Out
of hundreds of specimens of }ietfrop)hyUi(s I have seen from over its.
whole area there is nothing quite like the Irish plant, so that the
above is still my opinion.

P. FALCATUS Fryer. Hagstrom (p. 221) refers this to nitens
Weber, but some of Fiyer's specimens, e. g. " Stocking Fen, Eamsey,
Hunts., nos. 1265, 1275, 1086" — he refers to "true gramineus,
verging to i. jemflandicus Tis., or f. nigrescens Fr." (p. 209).

P. KiTENS Weber (p. 221). Sweden to Swedish Lapland ;
Norway to Sydvaranger ; Finland to 63"^ n. lat. {Hjelt) ; Scoflaniv
to Shetland, Beehy. Hagstrom's account of nitens is very full : he
divides it into three varieties or groups : o. suhgramineus, with seven
forms ; /3. suhperfoliatus, with nine ; y. intermedins, with ten. Of
suhperfoliatus we have in Ireland, i. prcelongifolius (Killarney, 1890;
SculW, 2734 ; Ballyputylough, co. Clare, 1905, Frceger ; Ballynane-
Lake, Donegal, 1893, H. C. Hart) ; and f. ohtusus (Antrim, Drough
river, 1883 and Six-mile river, Dunaday, S. A. Steicart) : in Scotland,
f. perfoliatifolius (Thurso river, Caithness, 1886, F. J. Hanhury ;
Brue loch, Dunrossness, Shetland, 1890, Beely) and f. elongatus-
(Lunanburn, E. Perth, 1882, A. Stnrrock; Isle of Tire, v.c. 103,
1896, Macvicar; Birsaj, Orkney, 1876, J. W. H. Trail).

P. LUCEXS L. (p. 232). Sweden to c. 63° n. lat, ; Norway, to
61° n. lat. (BIytt) ; Finknd. Hagstrom doubts Hjelt and Hult's
record of Kolari in Kemi Lappmark (1885), but this is confirmed in
Herb. Mus. Fenn. (1889) p. 33, and by Wainio at 67° 25' n. lat. in
his Fl. Lap. findland (1891) p. 71. In Ireland and England
f. insignis Tis. seems the most frequent form.

P. DECiPiE^s Nolte (p. 2-12). Sweden to Gefleborgs Ian {Berlin)].
Finland (as P. salicifolius Wolf), by Hjelt, Fl. Fenn. i. 538 (1895).
In Britain to Forfar, and v.c. 102 of Inner Hebrides, Somermlle.,
I quite agree with Hagstrom that this =JucensxperfoJiatus, audi
consider that Graebner's separation into tw^o hybrids {Das Bjlanzen-
reich, 137, 1907) is erroneous. It is, as Hagstrom remarks, a
"beautiful hybrid"; the leaves and stipules in Cambs specimens,
are so translucent that every vein and sub- vein can be seen. I have-
only seen one specimen in fruit — from "Benwick, Cambs, 7.1884,,
A. Fryer." Of the Bath plant named in MS. " P. Burtoni, Canal,.
Bath, Som. ex herb. Hopkins, July 1866," I possess two specimens,,
and one from T. B. Flower, 1867 ; I also know those at the British
Museum and Kew. Fryer agreed wdth me that " wdiatever ' decipiens "
they were, they w^re not the decipiens of Nolte's herbarium."

The plate in Journ. Bot. (1867, t. 61) was drnw^i from a specimen*
of true decipiens-, in the description (p. 73) it is definitely stated

14 TKE JOURNAL OF BOTANY;

that it was made " from a specimen collected by Mrs. Hopkins in a
canal near Bath." If this were the case, it was the onl}" specimen she
found, as the leaves in all the Bath examples I have seen are distinctly
petioled. Syme (E. Bot. 3, ix. 89) regards the Bath plants as " a
weak state of lucenSy'' which seems to be the case.

P. clecipiens var. affinis mihi in Jom-n. Bot. 1879, 289, and Exch.
Club. Hep. 1880, 35, is a very odd and difficult plant to name ; Hag-
strom merely mentions it, not having seen specimens. Trimen in
Journ. Bot. 1867, 289, suggested P. salicifolius Wolfs^. ; Syme in
Ex. Club. Rep. 1876, 35 (1878), nitens Web.; above" I called it
decipiens (see above) ; later I suggested X Brotlierstonii {^decipiens
y. nitens; see Linton in Journ. Bot. 1907, 300), but no ^zzY<?w5 seems
to produce fruit. After all, I think my first suggestion ma}^ stand.

It occurs in the canal. Warwick. 1862, BaJcer ; Tweed. Fishnick.
Berwick. 1876, Brotherston ; Sprouston and near Kelso. Roxburgh,
1875, Brotherston.

The specimens are very dark, nearly black ; the lower leaves
120 mm. X 30 mm., upjDcr 80 mm. x 25 mm., clasping at the base, thus
suggesting decipiens XperfoUatus.

■*P. Torssandri (Tis.) P. decipiens ft. Torssandri Tis. Pot. snec.
exsicc. ii. n. 75 (1895), p. 216, P. graminensxlucensxpeiifoliatus.
The author says, " I have formerly considered the (p. 216) plants
belonging hereto to be a mule betAveen P. Zizii iiw^ perfoliatus, but
must now leave [it] open . . . possibly P. liicensx nitens, or decipiens
Xgramineus.''^ The plant occurs in Sweden, Denmark, and Fi-ance.
'* It resembles much P. nitens, and is distributed by Ar. Bennett as
P. nitens var. r}. cuspidatus in Graebner, Potamog. 1907, 91." This
refers to specimens in the National Herbarium, where I suggested the
name many years ago. The plant is, like affinis, veiy difficult to
name with any certainty. It occurs in Britain : I have a specimen
from Wareham, Dorset, collected by E. F. Linton, in 1893.

The finding of P. upsaliensis Tis. at Wool in Dorset was partici-
pated in by Mr. Grreen, as well as by Miss Ida M. Roper. Hagsti-om
divides decipiens into three varieties : a. latifoliiis, with three
forms ; ft. hrevifolius, and y. longifoUus with two each.

The Wool plant falls under LongifoUus f. npsaliensis.

P. ANGUSTiFOLius Berclit. & Presl=P. Zizii Roth (p. 210).

Sweden to Jemtland and Medeimd ; South Norway, Finland to
66° 20' n. lat. (Wainio). Britain to E. Ross. 57° 30' n. lat.
(Men7iell).

The author doubts whether this name applies to Zizii, but the
Bohemian botanists have no doubt, and Fieber, Presl, Kosteletsky,
and Celakovsky so consider it. Hagstrom refers to and figures
(103 B) a rare form of leaf with reduced lamina (as in lucens
acuminatus) from "Long Drove, Pidly Fen, Hunts. Fryer.'"
This also occurs in Westmoor, Chatteris, Cambs, where I gathered it
with Fr3^er in 1886, and in Surrey {Beehy). He remarks: "lam
persuaded that P. Zizii rarely, if ever, propagates itself by seeds."
There is no doubt that it does so in Cambridgeshire ; in a ditch on
Witcham Meadlands Fryer showed me plants that had come from

Is^OTES ON BRITISH POMATOGETOXS 15

seed, though no doubt this is rare — I have only seen good fruit on
deep-water forms from Derwentwater, Cumberland (Fearsall), and
from Butterstone Loch, Perth {Sturi^ocJc). We do not seem to have
any form like f . spJendissima Tis., with peduncles 28 cm. long ; the
nearest to it is from Cauldshields Loch, Roxburgh (^BrotJierstoii),
with peduncles 20 cm. long. Of the Cambridge Fens forms, a large
number fall imder var. vciUcIks Tieb., f. coriaceus M. et K. (P.
coriaceus Fr^^er) ; our usual form is lucescens Tis. : f. communis
Hagst. occurs in Llyn Leydyard ( Griffitlis) ; f. lucentijormis Hagst.,
Westmoor, Cambs {Fryer) ; var. elongatiis f. foJiosiis occurs in
Coniston Lake, N. Lane. (C Bailey). The most remarkable state
is one from Great Fen Acre Drain, Chatteris, Cambs {'Fryer) with
petioled upper leaves 20 cm. long X 40 mm. wide.

*P. ^iJjIjIjVBTL YYjQY=angustifoliusX colorattis, P. coloraUisX
gramineus Hagst. (p. 181), P. coriaceus X2^l(int<:tgine us Fryer.
"The English specimens I have examined are by Fryer himself
determined as P. BiUiipsii, and considered to be a combination of
his P. coriaceus Sind coloratus, which would mean P. gramineus X
lucensxcoloratus , anything of P. lucens, however, cannot be dis-
covered in the specimens here concerned, .... in the specimens
figured [as Billvpsii'] in t. 337 [Journ. Bot. 1893] are evidently
P. Zizii .... in the specimens figured on Plate 338 P. coloratus can
easily be traced in the leaf -texture " etc.

The only other habitat given by Hagstrom for this hybrid is
Gothland, Sweden : I know too little of the plant to venture an
opinion concerning it.

*P. VAEiANs Morong ex Fryer (p. 205). Hagstrom puts this
under gramineus L. He considers the Fryer specimens nos. 1732,
2243, & 1277 Gunty Fen are " pure nigrescens Fries ; likewise also
no. 2056, 2057 from Block Fen, and 2504 from Witcham Headlands,
Mepal." Here I am disposed to agree, but much difference of
opinion has been, and will continue to be, expressed as to Fries's
plant.

*P. CEASSiroLius Fryer = P. gramineus x lucens x natans
(p. 216). "The specimens from Cambridgeshire, Westmoor,
Doddington (P. crassifolius f. verrutus Fryer) under no. 1668, . . .
also nos. 422 and 423 from Doddington, seem to be this double
hybrid." Other " Fryer specimens of P. crassifolius " Hagstrom
(p. 239) places under P. lucens X natans : 1 think he is probably
nght here, as I knoAV some of the early gathered plants referred to
crassifolius were a state oifiuitans Both. { — lucens X natans).

P. Geiffithii Ar. Benn. (p. 149). Hagstrom identifies this with
P. nerviger Wolfg. from Lithuania : this and the Welsh station are
the only ones known. "Its hybrid origin (i.e. P. alfinusxyrcB-
longus) is beyond all doubt and may nowadays be disputed in earnest
by nobody " ; nevei-theless, I venture to do so. To begin with, the
habitats are very different — Lithuania a low-lying marshy country,
Lljm-an-afon (Aber Lake) an isolated mountain tarn with wild
scenery around. Moreover, P. prcelongus is not known in Caernar-
vonshire ; P. alpinus grows only in one spot, thirty miles away.

16 THE JOUKNAL OF EOTAiNY

The lake is 1620 feet altitude lying under Y Foel Fras, 3091 ft.
alt., and all around are mountains. ^Iv friend the late E. Straker,
who went there at my request, considered that the lake " had been
formed hj the damming-up of the valley by the remains of an
ancient glacier ; the moraine is composed of large sharp rectangular
blocks of stone, partly covered by bog " : at a quarter of a mile
from tlie lake the ground by the stream out of it has fallen
to 113-4 feet. It is a case of isolation exactly similar to that of
Sal mo ni<j)'opinnis (the black-finned trout), which also occurs in
these isolated Welsh Lakes. I had the plant growing many years
along with P. alpimts and pr(sloii(/tis : Fryer suggested it might be
a per/olid fun, poI^(/onifoIh(s, or prcelouf/us hj^brid, and remarked
"if alpintcs, where are the roots of this, and where are the traces of
its peculiar winter-buds ? "

1 have gathered the P. Grijpthii (cultivated) at all seasons
of the year from March to October: in March the leaves are
petioled, and very translucent, quite different from alpinus or
prcelonr/us, which grew by its side in the same tank.

I hope at some future time to discuss P. kehvigeii Wolfg., but
this is not a British species.

P. PR-ELOxaus Wulf. (p. 250). Sweden to S. Lapland (Berlin) ;
Noricay to 69° 58' n. lat. {Korman) ; Finland to 69° 30' n. lat.
{Euwald) ; Scotland to Shetlands {Beehy).

This is one of the least variable species, both here and elsewdiere ;
we do not have var. latifolius Alpers (leaves subrotund), or var.
elegans Tis. (leaves 30 cm. long x 20 mm. wide).

P. PEEFOLIATUS L. (p. 251). Sivedeii to S. Lapland (Berlin);
J^^orivay to 70° n. lat. {Norman); Finland to 69° 31' n. lat.
{Wainio) ; Scotland to Shetland {Beehy). Leaves very variable
from almost round to 12 cm. long X 3 cm. wide. A form like the
former has been described as a species (P. hiipleuroides Fernald).

P. CE1SPU8 L. (p. 58). Sweden and Norway to Gestricia at
60° 30' n. lat. ; Finland, Aland isles only ; Scotland and Orkney
and Outer Hebrides. The largest forms I have seen from Britain
are from Kinghorn Loch, Fife {W. Syme), leaves 90 mm. x 15 mm.,
und Sidcot, Somerset ( W. F. Miller), 85 mm. X 15 mm.

This does not \iuy much with us ; curiously enough, Hagstrom
.does not mention P. scrratus Hudson as a synonym. So far as
one can judge from named specimens in herbaria (I have not seen a
type) the var. planifoliies G. F. W. Meyer, Chloris Hanov. 623
(1836), is the same form. The author retains E. F. Linton's
var. cornufus.

*P. Bexnettii Fryer (p. 63). This he regards as crisjmsx
jpusillus, not criapusxohtusifolius as suggested by Fryer.

*P. LiNTONi Fryer. This is regarded by Hagstrom as P. crispus x
Fricsii, bat is only mentioned in his index. 1 have it from Shere,
>Surrey, C. E. Salmon, 1912. On a specimen from Ireland (Canal
below Calloron, Co. Fermanagh, 1892, Praeger) Fryer remarks
{in Hit.)' "This is my Bennettii,'" but I think it should rather
be referred to '' Lintoniy I sent it to him suggesting "P. crispus X
ohtusifolius ? "

NOTES ON BEITISH POTAMOGETONS 17

*P. CooPERi Fryer (p. 61). P. cymatoides Asch. & Graeb. Syn
MTitteleur. Fl. i. 337 (1897). P. cymhifolius Fischer, Beit, z!
Kennt. Layer. Pot. in Mitt, ba^^er. Bot. Ges. 360 (1904).

Hagstrom divides this into two forms: n. serrulatus and /3. ser-
ratiis : under the first he places f. eu- Coojyeri Grsiehn. (Leicestershire
— the only station); f. Jacksonii (Cheshire and Cambridgeshire;
the original record was from Yorkshire) ; and f. scoticus Hagst. — a
new form — from Stirling ; I have it from Salop and Notts. /^. ser-
ratus is only known from Bavaria. " Real P. Cooperi is besides
observed by us from Gudena in Denmark."

The Irish specimens are neither of the above, being nearer per-
foliatus than the others, and may be called f. hihernicus : — Folia 6 cm.
longa, -2 cm. lata. Leaves very dark, blackish green, peduncles 4-5 cm.
long (^scoticus 2 cm.) ; whole plant more robust than the other forms.

P. DENSUS L. (p. 260). Sweden in Halland; Finland, Aland
Isles only ; Norway at 60° n. lat. {Hart man).

The author gives Howden, Yorksliire (1845, Storey)^ as the most
northern British locality ; but it occurs up to Edinburgh and Lanark.
Tlie varieties latifoUus Wallr., anyusfifolius M. et K., and lanci-
foUus Wallr., occur in Britain. The typical form is abundant on
Mitcham Common, Surrey.

P. zosTEEiFOLiTJS Schum. (p. 65). Sweden to 63° n. lat. ;
Norway to Christiana {Blytt) ; Finland to 66° n. lat. {Hjelt) ;
Scotland to 56= 40' n. lat. (Forfar).

This was referred to cuspidatus Schrad. by J. E. Smith, who of
course knew nothing of acutifolius Link. ; but Schrader's specimen
in Smith's herbarium is acutifolius.

Hagstrom describes a f. ahortivus, w^hich he thinks "may be
3b hybrid with acutifolius''' : "A similar plant is also collected
by Babington in Scotland (hb. Stockholm) where P. acutifolius
is not now met with. Nevertheless it is possible that it has occurred
there in olden times." I do not know what this specimen is, but
I have little doubt it is a Rescobie one, in which the fruit is some-
times not developed and the flower-heads look just as they would if it
were a hybrid. This it is not ; in northern latitudes Potamoyeton.,
Sparyanium, &c., often do not fruit freely in wet or cold years (see
Laestadius in Bid. till Kann. Vaxt. Tornea Lappmark, 1860, p. 42).

P. ACUTIFOLIUS Link. (p. 67). Sweden to 60° 12' n. lat.
{Hay Strom) ; not recorded from Norway or Finland; Enyland to
S.E. York. {Smith herb.!). Hagstrom gives the length of the
peduncles as usually 10 mm. (5-23) ; in specimens from Buckenham
FeiTy, E. Norfolk, they are 25 mm., in those from Staines, Middlesex,
36 mm., but others have the normal length : neither is P. bamber-
yensis Fischer {acutifolius X zoster if olius).

P. OBTUSiroLius M. & K. (p. 115). Sweden to 63'' n. lat. ;
'Norioay to 62° n. lat. {Blytt) ; Finland to 67"- 25' n. lat. (Wainio) ;
Scotland to Argyll ! and Inverness !

The length of the peduncles in this species is very variable ;

in specimens from Lake Lancashire {Pear sail) they are 36 mm.

long, four times the length of the spike. This is va^r. ffzivialis Lange

& Mortenson, but not var. lacustris Fries, Herb. Norm. 5, no. 81

Journal of Botant. — Vol. 57. [January, 1919.] c

18 THE JOUENAL OF BOTAT^T

(1840). The author refers Fries's plant to P. semifructus Ar. Benn.
ap. Graeb. Das Pflanzenreich, 138, 1907 (nomen) = P. mucronatus X
obtusifolius. This plant 1 have from Wire Mill Pond, SuiTey, 1882
{Beehy), and Clunie Loch, Perth, 1882 (Sturrock). P. obtusifolius
fruits more freely than any other of the grass-leaved species; a
specimen from Stalham, E'. Norfolk, has eleven peduncles, one of
which has thirty-two well-formed fruits. When growing from
winter-buds (turios) in April, the first seven leaves are. only 18 nam.
lonp-, witli an almost square apex, the central lacuna3 forming
one-third of the leaf -width.

P. Friesii Rupr. (p. 94). Sweden to 61" 15' n. lat. {Ragstrom) ;
Bouth Norway] Finland to 62° n. lat., Kihlman sp. ; 66° 59'
(Hult) Vienna herb. ; Scotland to Caithness, Orkney, and Outer
Hebrides. Var. majus S. F. Gray, Nat. An. Brit. pi. 35 (1821) =
latifolius (Huthe herb.) ap. Fischer, Ber. Bayr. Bot. Ges. xi. 100

(1907).

P. PANOEMiTANrs Biv.-Bernardi, p. 98 (1838) 6; P. gracilis
Fries, Nov. Fl. 8uec. 50 (1828), teste Hagstrom. This plant, con-
sidered as a var. of lousillus, has been little noticed by writers on the
genus. It is incidentally named by Babington and by myself in
Journ. Bot. 1881, pp. 11, 67, 242, and by Morong in Macoun's Cat.
Canadian Plants, 87 (1888). Hagstrom figures and describes fully
the differences between this and inisillus, one of the principal of
which relates to the stipules (ligules) : in panormitanus these are
connate (as shown by his figure 39), m imsillus they are not so, and
numerous other differences are set forth at much length. I have
specimens from pond nr. Lewes, E. Sussex, 1895, Hilton ; Amberley
and Sidlesham, W. Sussex, 1901, Marsliall ; Surrey, coll. by myself
in 1881 and by Nicholson in 1882 ; Salop. 1881, Bechivith ; Caer-
narvon, Llandudno, 1869, C Bailey ; Cambridge, Chatteris, 1886,
Fryer ; Anglesea, Cors Bordialio, 1892, Griffith ; Cardigan, Aber-
anth, 1899, Marshall ; Wexford, ditch n. of harbour, 1896,
Ilarshall ; Kirkcudbright, Ketton, 1884, Coles ; E. Inverness,
Beauly, 1894, Marshall ; Fife, Loch Leven, 1909, West ; Isle of

Lismore, v.c. 98, 1898, Mac vicar ; Caithness, Loch] Scarmlett, 1914,

W. Lillie.

All our specimens called p)usillus will have to be examined to

show to which species they belong; I have determined those from

the preceding localities.

P. pusiLLUS L. (p. 121). Sweden to S. Lapland ; Norway to

Naeseby ; Finland to Svjaitoy-noss at 68° 10' in Russian Lapland ;

Scotland to Shetland {Beehy).

*P. pusiLLTFOKMis Hagstrom (P. 'pusillusY.Friesii Rupr.)

(p. 97). The author, gives no Enghsh localities : I have it from

lietchcott, Salop, 1882, Beckwith ; Coulterhouse, Sauchie, Stirling,

1892, Kidston.

P. Stureockii Ar. Benn. (p. 117). The author regards this

species, known onl}-- from Scotland, as P. ohtusiflorus Xj^anonnitaniis,

but my specimens have plenty of good fruit and I therefore cannot

accept this conclusion.

P. TEICHOIDES Cham. & Schlecht. Sweden at 56° 50' n. lat.

{Winslow) ; Scotland at bif 18' n. lat. {Barclay Sf Mattheios).

NOTES ON BEITISH POTAMOGETOXS 19

Hagstrom says: " Such varieties as Trimmeri Casp. and ccrpillaris
Fischer, recorded as three-nerved and by this fact separated from the
main form are probably bastards." I do not know Fischer's j^lant, but
Trimmeri (our trichoides) is certainly not a bastard ; curiously enough
he quotes a Norwich specimen from Babington under his triclioides.
Caspary separated it from the type because that is figured with
one-tuberculed fruit and one-veined leaves, and this is the case in
the t}73e-specimens in the Berlin herbarium. Our plant fruits very
fi'eely in ISToi-folk.

*P. FEANCONiciJS Fischer (P. pusillus x triclioides) f. aspicosiis
Hagstr. (p. 126). Hedge Court Mill Pond, Surrey, Beehy, teste
Hagstrom ; Ewood Pond, Surrey, Stralcer.

The author refers to this specimens from " Glastonby [Glaston-
bury], Somerset, Murrey [Murray]." On receipt of specimens from
the late P. P. Murray 1 wrote : " I should call this pusillus var.
yseudotrichoides^'' and I still maintain this name, as the plant fruits
freely. Mr. Marshall notes " no triclioides in Somerset."

P. PECTiNATTis L. (p. 39). Sweden to S. Lapland ; Norway to
Finmark ; Finland to 66° n. lat. {Rjelt) ; Scotland to Shetlands.

The varieties of this species are treated very fully. They include
the following British forms : —

Var. ungulatus Hagstr. f. suh-ceqiiabilis. River Leen, Notts
{Mitchell) ; Wallasey, Cheshire {Lomax).

f. latiusculis Hagstr. Benwick, Camb. {Fryer).

Var. diffusus Hagstr. f. laxus Hagstr. Hedge Court Mill Pond,
Surrey {Beehy) ; Chatteris, Cambs {Fryer) ; Stirling {Stirling ^
Kidston) ; Outer Hebrides {Somerville) ; Orkney (Syme) ; Shetland
{Beehy) ; I. Man {Kermode) ; Castle Gregory, Co. Kerry {H. C,
Hart).

The author refers P.Jlahellatus Bab. to P. interruptios Kit. and
does not consider it entitled to specific rank.

P. VAGINA TUB Turcz (p. 32).

He remarks : " Shetland, Beehy, see Journ. Bot. 1907, 192. I
am not fully convinced of the correctness of this statement." The
Shetland plant agrees with Swedish specimens accepted by Hagstrom ;
but I am not fully convinced that his Swedish specimens are correct :
I have two specimens of Turczaninow's plant from the original
locality : but this must be discussed elsewhere.

P. FiLiFORMis Persoon (p. 14). Sweden very general and far
north ; Norway to 70° 51' n. lat. {Norman) ; Finland to 69° 40'
n. lat. {Wainio) ; Scotland to Shetlands {Beehy).

The author uses the above name, not accepting P. nnarinus L.
With regard to the use of the latter the specimens so-named in the
Linnean herbarium 2,\:q pectinatusX In Rhodora (1916, p. 134)
Mr. H. St. John takes me to task for using marinus, as I had
previously used Jiliformis, and his arguments are to the purpose ;
he writes *' In just such cases as this we are authorized by the
International Pules for Botanical Nomenclature to cast aside
the name ' when it becomes a permanent source of confusion.' "
But if a specimen could be found of the plant of Boccone on which
Linnaeus based his marinus and it proved to be Jiliformis, then
mai'inus would stand ; meanwhile 1 am quite content to use Jiliformis.

20 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

Hagstrom divides this species into many forms of which the
following are British :

f. vulgaris Tis. ; most of our sjDecimens belong here, others are
f . luxuriosus Hagstr., Kescohie, Forfar, 1913 (Soviervilh) ; Isle
of Tiree, v.e. 103, 1897, Macvicar ; near Old Man of Wick,
Caithness, 1893; {Kidston) — very fine 50 cm. high; Asta Loch,
Scalloway, Shetlands {Beehy).

f. major Tis. Wicli, Caithness, 1885 {Grant) ; Coldingham
Lock, Berwick {Brotherston) ; Orkney, 1876 {Trail). '.

f. alpinus Blytt. Camilla Loch, Fife, 1909 {West).

SHORT NOTES.

The Height of Caeduus (Cnicus) paltjstris. This very
common Tliistle is abmidant in Essex, though Gibson {Flora of
Essex, p. 184-, 1862) gives onJy one definite locality for it. It
flourishes in boggy meadows and in the open parts of damp clayey
woods. It grows freely in the more open glades 1 have formed in my
own Avood here at Chignal St. James, near Chelmsford, which is on
the soutli-eastern edge of the area of the Chalky Boulder-Clay. With
it grows a wdiite- flowered variety w^hich, though not mentioned in
most of the botany books, is, I believe, pretty common generally.
In regard to the height to which it attains, the books seem much at
fault ; for they all greatly understate its usual stature here. I find
the following statements on this point in the few books I happen to
have at hand : — Withering gives 5 to 6 feet and upwards (Brit.
Plants, ii. 874, 1787) ; J. E. Smith, 3 to 5 feet (Engl. Flora, iii.
386, 1825) ; Hooker & Arnott, 4 to 6 feet (Brit. Flora, 237, 1860) ;
Sj^me, 1 to 5 feet (Engl. Bot. v. 13, 1866) ; Babington, 3 to-f) feet
(Manual, 207, 8th ed., 1881) ; H. & J. Groves, 3 to 5 feet (Bab.
Manual, 222, 1904) ; Druce, 1 to 5 feet (Hayward's Bot. Pocket
Book, p. 112, 1909). There is, as will be seen, a consensus of opinion
that its maximum height is at most six feet. These dimensions are,
however, much below the nonual height to which the plant attains
here in the months of August and September, when it reaches its
fullest growth. They are, in fact, scarcely half its usual height here,
which I should guess at an average of seven or eight feet. Some of
these are little more than a third of the stature of the finest examples

1 have seen — e.g., on 5 August, 1916, I measured three plants grow-
ing close together in a group in one glade, which w^ere 9 feet, 9 feet

2 inches, and 9 feet 3 inches high, respectivel}". Since then I have
seen man}'' substantially higher and have measured several over
10 feet high ; but I have omitted to note their exact heights, with
the exception of one I measured on 21st SeptemJ^er, 1918, which was
10 feet 6 inches high. Not improbably the height of th^se examples
is due to the fact that they grow in glades in a wood, and that they
were drawn up, to some extent, by the much greater height (20 feet
at least) of the surrounding bushes ; but there is nothing very
abnormal in the circumstances, and I suggest that the average height
of this Thistle has been much understated. The plant is, in ordinary
circumstances, a very elegant one, with a slender, straight, wand-like,

SHORT NOTES 21

unbranched stem ; but these exceptionally tall examples are graceful
in the extreme. — Miller Christy.

JuNCTJS ACUTUS L. : A CoRRECTiox. Mr. Arthur Bennett writes
to call attention to the improbability of the record of this species
from an inland locality such as Cornard, given by me from the
Andrews Herbarium (Journ. Bot. 1918, 351). The plant is labelled
by Andrews " Juneus acutus E. S. 8. 482. 3," and by Hemsted
*' Juneus inflexus." In my transcript of W. A. Clarke's determinations^
of species in the Dillenian Synopsis this species, " Juneus acutus Ger,
31, acutus vulgaris Park. 1193, etc. . . . Common hard Ritsh,^'' is
identified as J. cjlaucus, which the specimen in Andrews's herbarium
certainly is. I am, therefore, at a loss to explain how I came tO'
enter it as J. acutus L. — Gr. S. Boflger.

REVIEW.

A Monograph of British Lichens : A Descrij^tive Catalogue of the
Species in the Department of Botany, British Museum. By
Anjvie LoRRAiiS^ Smith, F.L.S., Acting Assistant, Department
of Botan3\ Printed by order of the Trustees of the British
Museum. Part I., Second Edition, pp. 519 : 71 plates and 11
figures in text. Price £1 10s.

The present volume, which has been awaited with keen interest
by lichenologists, brings to completion the Monograph of British
Lichens — re-written, re-arranged and enlarged by Miss A. Lon-aii?
Smith ; it is thus practically an independent work. The Mono-
graph, originally planned by the late J. M. Crombie, Avas partly
prepared during his lifetime, and Part I. was published in 1894, under
the above title. After a considerable interval. Part II. following as-
far as possible the lines of the Avork previously carried out by
Crombie, was prepared by Miss Smith and issued in 1911. The
publication of Part II. rendered a second edition of the earlier-
volume an urgent necessity, for it was at once fully recognised that
the value and usefulness of the Avork Avould be greatly enhaaeed
if brought uniformly into line Avith modern vieAvs.

A short and lucid introduction of seventeen pages is arranged
under the folloAving sections : — The Lichen Plant, Morphology,
Vegetative Structures peculiar to the Lichen Thallus, Keproductive
Organs, Physiology, Ecology and Distribution, Economic Uses of
Lichens, Phylogeny and Classification. In the first section under
the sub-head " Algal Elements of the Thallus," a tabulated statement
is given as folloAvs : —

" 2. Chlorophycece associated with Archilichenes : —
'^ Protococcus {Ct/stococcus, Pleurococcus) and Palmella in the
greater number of the larger lichens and in many crustaceous
genera."

AVith the existing diverse vicAvs ^^f Avriters respecting the algal
symbiont of many lichens, it is undoubtedly preferable not to specify
particularly the gonidium variously referred to as Cystococcus,
Protococcws, or Pleurococcus -. there is- -reason to believe- that Pro^o-

22 THE JOURNAL OF BOTAIs^Y

COCCUS viridis Ag., as defined by AVille, is rarely the gonidium of
British lichens, as vegetative division by true " cloisonnement " is
seldom seen within the thallus.

In the section describing the reproductive organs, four illustra-
tions show the structure of apothecia and perithecia as seen in trans-
verse section. These should prove helpful to the student, as they
illustrate the essential points to be considered when a genus is being
determined by the structure of the reproductive organs.

In the section Ecology and Distribution, reference is made to a
specimen of Parmelia saxatilis, kept under observation for a con-
siderable time, which increased in diameter on an average of one
centimetre in a year. This probably represents the average increase
in diameter of a large number of foliose lichens, but sometimes
growth is more rapid : this is the case with Feltigera spuria, which
often makes an appearance on burnt portions of heath land at the
time when the moss Funaria hygrometrica, Avhich first occupied the
burnt patch, shows signs of exhaustion. The branchea of the thallus
of this lichen grow from 2 to 3 cm. in from six to eight months.
Lecaiiora saxicola has been observed to grow 2-5 cm. within the same
period.

The chief characteristics of Phylogeny and Classification are
tabulated and concisel}' described. \Ye welcome the method intro-
duced in this volume of giving measurements of spores and spermatia
in mikrons rather than in fractions of millimetres, as being simpler
and clearer than that previously employed. The warning that
chemical reactions cannot always be relied upon will save the amateur
a certain amount of hesitation and uncertainty when dealing with
specimens that require critical determination.

Comparison with the first edition shows that the subject of
classification is now approached from a different standpoint. The
structure of the reproductive organs has become the touchstone ;
British lichens are accordingly arranged in two series, Gymnocarpecd
and PyrenocarpecB ; the former including the subseries Coniocarpinece^
CycJocarpinecs, and GrapJiiclinecB.

Each order is provided with a key to the genera. The list of
synonyms following the diagnosis of a species has in many cases
received additions, and the record of localities shows a wider distribu-
tion than was previously indicated. The restriction of general habitat
has been occasionally removed ; thus Calicium hyperellum "in upland
wooded districts" (ed. 1, p. 91) now reads (p. 18) "in Avooded dis-
tricts." This recognises a considembly greater latitude in distribution
and accords with the actual facts. The sequence of orders and the
inclusion, or otherwise, of genera within their limits afford ample
evidence of independent opinion and of the exercise of a mature
judgement based upon laborious microscopic examination of large
numbers of specimens. There is a wide divergence of view as to the
genera -that should be included in JJsneacecB. In this w^ork the
following are given as comprising the order : — Evernia, Bamaliua,
Jlsnea, Alectoria, and Cerania {Thamnolia). Zahlbruckner (1901)
omits Alectoina, while Hue (1901) does not include Evernia;
Harmand (1907) includes Teloschistes and Jatta (1909) adds Cetraria

MONOGBAPH OF BRITISH LICHEXS 23

and Platysma. In the genus TTsnea, the indispensable nature of the
list of synonyms already referred to makes itself evident : both
editions begin with Jlorida, but the U.Jlorida, Web. of the present
edition, is U. ceratina var. scalrosa Ach. of the first; Z7. hirta
Hoffm. becomes V. jlorida var. hirta Ach. and V, harhata Web.
replaces U. dasypoga Njd. The genus Lecanora has undergone
thorough revision. In the first edition it included 197 species, a
number now reduced to 92. The sub-genera Placodium and Rinodina
are now included in the Fliysciacece and are raised to generic rank —
the former on account of the presence of polarilocular spores and the
lichen acid parietin, found mostly in both thallus and apothecium,
the latter by reason of the distinctly polarilocular brown sjwres. No
fewer than twelve Nylanderian species of Lecanora have been, with
evidently good reason, transferred to Flacodium. Each plate represents
very clearly the whole plant, natural size if small, or a part of
it enlarged, vertical sections of the thallus and apothecium, the ascus
with paraphyses, and spores. The magnification of sj^ores and sper-
matia ranges from 500 to 1800 diameters. Each plate illustrates a
more or less typical species ; all genera are represented.

It is due to Miss Smith to add, that although this volume appears
as the second edition of a work by a former writer, the revision has
been so complete that the results of her own research are evident on
every page. This must have entailed a vast amount of patient and
laborious investigation not only of the herbarium specimens, but also
of the extensive literature of the subject. The work does much to
raise the standard of British lichenology to a high level, and there is
reason to believe that its publication will greatly encourage and assist
the reviving interest in the plants with which it deals.

EoBEET Paulson.

BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, etc.

The death of Aifis^E Casimib Pyramus de Candolle, at his
home near Greneva on October 3, is for the systematic botanist the
breaking of a link with the past. There are a few great classic works
•in Systematic Botany, and one of these is the Rrodronms Systematis
Naturalis Regni Veyetahilis initiated by Augustin P. de Candolle in
1824, and brought to a conclusion by his son Alphonse in 1873. The
l^enultimate volume (Part xvi. 1864-69), dealing with the families
Piperacese, Juglandeai, and Myricacese, was the work of the grandson,
Casimir. Casimir was associated with his father, Alphonse, in the
scheme for the continuation of the work of the Prodromus by the
issue of a series of monographs under the t\i\e Monographice Rlianero-
gamarum, in which the families of the Monocotyledons were to appear
and also those families of the Dicotyledons, already elaborated in the
Frodromus, which stood in need of revision. The first volume issued
in 1878 included the Smilacese (by A. P. de Candolle), the Eestiacese
(by Masters), and the Meliaceae (by Casimir de Candolle). The
ninth and last volume appeared in 1896 : in all eleven families of
Monocotyledons and eight of Dicotyledons were treated. Casimir de

24 TUE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

OandoUe's contributions to botanical science were not of the funda-
mental character of some of those of his grandfather and father. He
did not inaugurate a system of classification, nor even formulate a
code of nomenclature, but he did some useful work ; in his younger
days he was specially interested in the leaflet and published several
papers on phyllotax}^, also papers on the comparative anatomy of
the leaves of some families of Dicotyledons (1879), on the structure and
movements of the leaves of Dioncea (1876), and on the rolling of
tendrils (1879). One of his earliest papers was a valuable contribu-
tion to the morphology and systematic study of the Juglandeas
(1802). His later work was mainly systematic — the families to
which he was most devoted were the Meliacese and Piperacese ; to
the last he was regarded as the expert on the Piperacea?, and collec-
tions from all parts of the world were submitted to him for deter-
mination. Those who had the privilege of his personal acquaintance
remember Casimir de Candolle as a kindly and courteous gentleman ;
many of our less young botanists will recall a gracious Avelcome to
the old house in the Cour de St. Pierre at Greneva, and the loving
pride with which the * Prodromus ' herbarium was shown. He was
familiar with our own botanical collections and institutions; his
numerous honours included the foreign membership of the Linnean
Society, to which he was elected in 1893, and an honorary doctorate
of Aberdeen University, as well as']the Universities of Kostock and
Upsala.— A. B. R.

The Kew Bulletin issued in November contains papers on
*' Cordla Myxa and allied species," bv Mr. Hutchinson ; " l!^ew and
Rare British Fungi," by Miss E. M. Wakefield ; and " New Orchids,"
by Mr. Rolfe. Mr. J. S. Gamble describes new Indian Melasto-
maceae and Myi'taceae — among the latter we note a new genus,
Meteoromyrtus, based on Eugenia icynaadensis Bedd., — and publishes
-notes on the second part of his Flora of Madras in which " explana-
tory notes were not admissible." The omission is quite intelligible
on the ground of space ; but, as the Flora is in English, the notes,
as well as Latin diagnoses of new species, have to be published else-
where.

The Transactions of the Botanical Society of Edinhurgh (xxvii.
part 3) contains papers by Prof. Balfour on "new species of Primula
which have flowered recently," on " some late-flowering Gentians,"
and on the genus J^omocharis : Dr. David Paul records the occurrence
of Clathrus cancellatus in Argyleshire — its fii'st record for Scotland;
and Dr. Stapf describes, as Koeleria advena, a grass found by
Mr. James Eraser " in the neighbourhood of Edinburgh, growing
among surroundings and under conditions which indicate that its
seeds must have been introduced into this country along with esparto
grass from the east of Spain or the north-west of Africa."

De. Kingston Fox announces the publication at an early date of a
volume on Dr. John Fothergill and his Friends, which will contain
a chapter on his botanical work and one including Peter CoUinson,
the Bartrams, and Humphrey Marshall.

Journ. Bot.

Plate 552.

Q.Ustei

1. LAMPRODERMA VIOL ACE VM Host. var. DEBILE G. Lister & Howard.

2. L. ATROSPORUM Meylau var. ANGLIC UM G. Lister & Howard.

TWO NEW VARIETIES OF LAMPKODEliMA.

Br G. Lister, F.L.S.

(Plate 552.)

Two interesting forms of Lamprodenna, differing in some respects
from an J hitherto described, were obtained last spring by Mr. H. J.
Howard in the Whitlingham Woods, near Norwich. They occurred
close together in two beds of beech-leaves, several yards apart, and
some distance below the surface, and also on the leaves of two small
box-plants, around which the beech-leaves were thickly heaped. Thev
were first noted on April 3rd, when specimens were collected in
good condition. On May 11th, when the woods were revisited, care-
ful search resulted in sporangia being found on from thirty to forty
leaves; many were in a weathered condition, others were still in good pre-
servation. On the whole, it seems probable that no further develop-
ment of sporangia had taken place between the two dates of collecting.

The two forms may be referred to, for convenience, as forms A
and B. Form A appears to be a sessile variety of Lamproderma viola-
ceum (Fries) Rost. ; form B bears considerable resemblance to L. atro-
sporuin Meylan, a species fairly common in the Jura Mountains and on
the Swiss Alps, but not recorded from any other locality hitherto.

Form A (fig. 1) was by far the more abundant, and may be
described first. The dark brown iridescent sporangia are either crowded
together or scattered over the surface of the beech-leaves, a few only
are on box-leaves ; they are sessile, subglobose, or hemispherical on a
broad base, and measure 0'5 to 0*8 mm. ; a few form long plasmodio-
carps constricted at intervals. The sporangium-walls are mottled
with purplish shades, and, though somewhat persistent, at length
break away in large fragments. The columella, in many sporangia,
is represented only by a slight central thickening of the membranous
floor; in other sporangia it is better develojDed and forms a short
black column which may reach to about a third the height of the
sporangium : very rarely it is a more massive structure and expands
below to form the rudiment of a stalk. The pale purplish capillitium-
threads are combined into a dense network with membranous expan-
sions at the axils of all the branches ; a few of these expansions
form conspicuous dark strands, such as are not infrequently seen
in irregular developments. The spores are pale purplish-brown,
closely and minutely spinulose, 10 to 11 /x, diam.

Although differing in many resjDects from the typical i. violaceum
with its slender black stalks, and capillitium forming a tuft of threads
repeatedly branching at acute angles, form A is probably a weak
sessile growth of this species. We propose to name it L. violaceum
var. dehile Gr. Lister & Howard.

More or less sessile forms have been met with occasionally before,
but in almost all the sporangia the columella and capillitium have
been normally developed.

Interesting light is thrown on the variation which may occur

in one growth of L. violaceum by the study of a specimen found

on the Weissenstein, in the Jura Mts., 4000 feet alt., in June 1910.

As in the Norfolk gatherings, the sporangia were on beech -leaves, but

JouENAL or Botany. — Vol. 57. [Feeeuaey, 1919.] d

26 THE JOUENAL OF BOTANY

in the alpine form they are of much sturdier build : they are nearly
sessile, subglobose, 1 to 1"3 mm. diam., and either brilliant iridescent
blue or glossy bronze in colour. The walls in the iridescent sporangia
consist of a pale purplish membrane, entirely free from refuse deposits
of any kind ; but in the bronze form the sporangium-walls include
much brown granular refuse-matter, distributed fairly evenly or con-
centrated to form irregular lumps and patches. It is very discon-
certing to have a Jjamproderma behaving in this way. for by thus
loading its walls with refuse-matter it bids defiance to our schemes of
classification. The short black stalks, columella?, and capillitium are,
on the whole, normal. But, amongst the typical globose sporangia, a
few ring-shaped plasmodiocarps occur, and in these the columella
forms an irregular low ridge and the capillitium consists of a dense
network of pale slender threads, branching mostl}'" at right angles,
and without conspicuous expansions at the axils. In all the sporangia
the dark purplish-brown spores are minutely spinulose and 9 to
10 /x diam. The structure of the ring-shaped sporangia recalls
var. dehile from Norfolk, and the whole development illustrates the
sporting character of the species.

Before leaving the subject of L. violaceitm, reference may be
made to the curious crystalline structures frequently found scattered
over the surface of the sporangimn-wall in the typical form. They
consist of clusters of slender rods arranged either in parallel clusters
or crossing at right angles to form a star : sometimes they spread out
like a fan, or are broader and form flat plates. I am much indebted
to Mr. A. R. Sanderson and Mr. W. H. Burrell for having tested
these bodies chemically. It is found that the}^ contain no trace of
calcium or silica ; that they are neither w^axy nor resinous ; on the
whole, it seems most probable that they may be some form of
crystalloid.

Form B (fig. 2) from the Whitlingham woods may be now
described. The iridescent or glossy blue-black sporangia are clustered
on the leaves of box and beech ; they are narrowly obovoid or sub-
globose, and either very shortly stalked or sessile; a few scattered
sporangia have slender black stalks, 0'2 mm. high ; the spomngium-
walls are pale purple and somewhat persistent, the columella is long,
slender, and often irregularly expanded above ; the capillitium con-
sists of a network of slender fiexuose dark brown threads, radiating
from all parts of the columella, and attached by their expanded tips
to the sporangium-wall. The spores average 11 /u, but range between
10 and 13 ^, or may be even larger. They are purplish-browai and
marked with a close and more or less complete reticulation of low
ridges.

A sample of form B was sent to M. Meylan for his opinion.
His comment is that it bears the same relation to form A that
X. atrosporiim Meylan does to L. Sauteri Rost., and that it is
probably a slender form of X. atrosportim *.

* In a recent communication, M. Meylan suggests that forms A and B are
both varieties of L. atroaporvvn. If this view should prove correct, the characters
distinguishing L. atrosjiorum from L. violaceicni become rather shadowy. It is
to be hoped tliat further gatherings may throw h'ght on this difficult subject.

TWO >EW VAHIETJES OF LA MPKUDKiniA 27

The latter species in its typical form has large globose or ovoid
glossy black sporangia, short stalks, dense black capillitium attached
by the tips of the threads to the sporangium- wall, which breaks away
ultimately" in small f i-agments ; the purplish-black spores measure
13 to 16 yu, and are either spinose, spinulose, or closely reticulated*.

Form B resembles L. atrosporum in having the capillitium
attached to the sporangimn-wall and in the closely reticulated spores,
and diifers chiefly in its more slender habit ; we propose to include it
under that species, distinguishing it by the varietal name anc/Ucum
G. Lister & Howard.

That the size and colour of the spores cannot be regarded as an
entirely reliable character is sho\vn by a gathering of L. atrosporum^
found on the Weissenstein on earth and beech-leaves, close to the
sporting development of i. violaceum described above. In some of
the large black sporangia the spores are spinulose, very dark, and 10
to 13^ diam., in other sporangia they are 2^urplish-grey, 12 to 15 /z
diam., and spinose : in all the spores there is a tendency for the spines
to be connected by low ridges, the result being a very imperfect
reticulation.

M. Meylan has recently published a new species, L. CrucJieti
(see " M\'xomycetes nouveaux " in Bull. Soc. Vaud. Sc. Nat. lii.
p. 95), found in Sej^t. 1915 on Chasseron, in the Jura Mountains, at
an altitude of 1100 m. It is allied, he writes, to L. columhinum
(Pers.) Eost., from which it differs in the smaller blackish-brown
sporangia, whose walls show no trace of iridescence, in the very
slender capillitium, and, above all, in the dull yellow almost ochi'aceous
colour of the plasmodium.

It must be confessed that the genus Lamproderma still presents
many difficulties, and we have much to learn concerning the limita-
tions and variations of several of the species, and particularly of the
relation between alpine and lowland species in different countries.

Explanation of Plate 552.

1. Lamprodeitna violaceum, (Fries) Rost. var. dehile G. Lister & Howard.

Sporangia on Beech-leaf.

1 a. Sporangia of various shapes.

1 6. Sporangium after dispersion of spores showing short columella and capil-
litium.

1 c, Capillitium-threads and spores.

1 d. Two spores.

2. L. atrosporum Meylan var. angUcum G. Lister & Howard. Stalked and

sessile sporangia on Box-leaf.

2 a. Sporangium after dispersion of spores.

2 h. Capillitium, showing the tips of the threads adhering to the sporangium -

wall and spores.
2 c. Spores, shoAi\dng reticulated markings.

* The form described as Larnproderma violaceum var. dictyosporum in the
British Museum Catalogue, ed. 2, p. 167, is included in L. atrosporum Meylan.

28 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

*'JOHN" EOXBURGH.

By Sir Datid Train, C.M.G., C.I.E., T.R.S.

In an interesting ai-ticle on " John " Roxburgh in this Journal
(1918, p. 202) the Editor, reviewing the facts at his command, was
led to suggest that the John Roxburgh whose name finds a place in
the Biographical Index of British and Irish Bota?iists (First Suppl.
p. 215) and the '* Roxburgh, junior " alluded to in Dr. William
Roxburgh's Flora Indica (vol. iii. p. 338) may be the same person ;
further that this individual may be identical with James Roxburgh,
the officer who, in 1832, made himself responsible, in conjunction
Avith his brother Bruce Roxbm'gh, for the publication of their father's
Flora. Were this the case it must follow that the entry in the Index
is erroneous, seeing that there had been no John Roxburgh.

The writer at once informed the Editor that there is reason to
believe that the entry regarding John Roxburgh in the Biographical
Index is substantially accurate. The present note has been prepared
in response to the Editor's request that the writer should give reasons
for the belief that the judgement arrived at twenty years ago
was justified. It may be explained that the writer has not hitherto
found it necessary to investigate the life of Dr. William Roxburgh or
to discuss the career of any of his sons ; this task has been under-
taken, more than once, by hands abler than his. He has, however,
had occasion to deal with the career of Dr. William Roxburgh's
immediate successor, Dr. Francis Buchanan (afterwards Hamilton)
(Ann. Roy. Bot. Garden, Calcutta, vol. i.), and, in perusing the
letters addressed by that distinguished officer to Roxburgh, he has
met w^ith various incidental allusions to members of Roxburgh's
family, which seem to throw light on certain points that were
obscure to the Editor while his careful note on "■ John " Roxburgh
was being prepared. The writer would also desire it to be understood
that the present note is supplementar}" to the Editor's valuable article
and is to be read in conjunction with the latter. The facts in that
article are not open to debate ; the only point at issue concerns the
deductions to wliich these facts appear to lead.

The difficulty connected with the acceptance of the view tlwt
'* John " Roxburgh and '* Roxburgh, junior " are the same individual
lies in the fact that, as the article in the Journal shows, "John"
Roxburgh resided at the Cape, and was there engaged in the collection
of botanical specimens during the period 1801-4 ; whereas, as we
know from statements in the Flora Indica^ "Roxburgh, junior" was
occupied in the botanical exploration of Chittagong, Penang, and
Sumatra during the same period. The difficulty connected with the
identification of either of these sons with Major James Roxburgh lies
in the fact that — unless by reason of more strength, this officer, whose
death took place on 11 July, 1884, had greatly exceeded the ex-
tended span of fourscore j^ears — he could hardly have been engaged
in botanical work, either at the Cape or in Mala3^a, between the 3^ears
1801 and 1804.

The earliest reference to John Roxburgh with which the writer
has met. occurs in a letter dated 15 Mav, 1793, addressed to

"JOHN" ROXBUfiGH 29

Dr. William Roxburgh by the Rev. A. John, then at the head of
the Tranquebar Mission. This letter says : —

" Your Jack you shall never get till I have made him fit for your
Assistance and be sure that I am so much your friend that no Body
in Indostan will endeavour so much for his best than I. Though his
genius is but of the middle sort I hope to make him a useful member
of Societ}^ and suitable for your purposes if you only leave me Time.
" Our ships with botanic Books are not yet arrived. Depend on
my Readiness. You may easily be with the Moravians, who are
mostly Shoe- Escritoir- and Watch-makers but no Planters.

'* Now I wont tire you any more and am with Compliments from
all, who esteem you and your good Lady. My most valuable friend,
Yours intirely, A. Johx."

This letter, then, tells us that John Roxburgh did exist. It does
not tell us where John was born or who his mother was. The
circumstance that the up-bringing of the lad had been entrusted to
the Danish Mission at Tranquebar, instead of being arranged for in
his father's house, suggests that he was not the son of the "good
Lady " to whom the letter transmits the compliments of the Moravian
brethren. Whether this " good Lady " were the first or the second
of the wives of Dr. Roxburgh, whose names are given in the " family
table" so courteously supplied by Mr. N. Bonham-Carter for incor-
pomtion in Sir G-eorge King's " Memoir of William Roxburgh "
(Ann. Calc. Bot. Gard. v.), can only be settled by those who have
access to the dates of Dr. Roxburgh's various marriages.

If the letter be equally silent as to when John Roxburgh was
born, it nevertheless shows that by May 1793 the lad was of such an
age as to induce his father to consider the time had come when he
might reasonably hope to take advantage of his son's "Assistance."
That the " purposes " Roxburgh had in view included the employ-
ment of the lad as a gardener may be surmised from the Rev. John's
half -apologetic, half-playful reminder that " planting " was not
one of the accomplishments to which the Moravian brethren laid
claim.

The date of Mr. John's letter shows us that Roxburgh's anxiety
to receive his son John from the Mission had nothing to do with his own
transfei- from Samalcotta in Madras to the Botanic Garden, Calcutta,
which took place in 1793. The letter was written on 15 May;
Colonel Robert Kyd, Superintendent of the Calcutta Garden, did
not die until 26 May ; it was not till 29 November, 1793, that
Dr. William Roxburgh entered on his duties at Calcutta as
Col. Kyd's successor. It seems probable, however, from this letter,
that John Roxburgh did not accompany his father to Calcutta in
1793, and the writer has met with no document suggesting that
father and son met during the next five years. In fact, we hear no
more of John Roxburgh until the period of four or five years during
which, according to Mr. D. Don, he lived at the Cape. The Editor
of this Journal has pointed out that a Banksian sheet at the British
Museum fixes the date of Dr. William Roxburgh's own residence for
a twelvemonth at the Cape as 1799 and that an entry in the Hortus
Bengahnsis (p. 54), written by Roxburgh himself, shows that his

30 TTTE .TOURXAL OF BOTAXT

son John was In South Africa in ISOl, a year which falls within the
period alluded to hv Don.

As the writer had occasion to explain in his " Memoir of Francis
Buchanan (afterwards Hamilton)," Roxburgh left Calcutta for the
Cape early in 1798 ; a letter dated 16 October, 179S, was sent to
Roxburgh from India and reached him while he was in South Africa ;
in October 1799, Roxburgh had just returned to Calcutta from the
Cape. We know that on the return voyage Roxburgh's vessel was
detained at Madras sufficiently long to admit of his being received
in audience by the second Lord Clive, then Governor of Fort
St. George. There must have been a corresponding detention at
Madras on the outward journey, and the known facts render it
reasonable to surmise that in 1798 the Moravian brethren, satisfied
that John Roxburgh now knew all they could teach him at
Tranquebar, handed him over to his father as fit for the latter's
" Assistance " during this South African visit.

The matter of John Roxburgh's age in 1798 is of secondary im-
portance. We know that Roxburgh, as was usual with medical
officers towards the close of the XVIIIth Century, made several
voyages as Surgeon on East Indiamen before he was definitely
appointed to the Medical Service of the H.E.I. Company. The
dates of these voyages have not, however, been supplied us by
Dr. Roxburgh's biographers, and we have as 3^et no knowledge of his
various ports of call. When, at last, his definite appointment came
about, we know that he took up his duties at Madras in 1776. The
probability^ therefore, is that in 1798, when Roxburgh asked the
Moravian brethren to let him have his boy back, the latter was
at most somewhere about sixteen. He cannot, then, have much
more than attained his majority when he accompanied his father to
the Cape in 1798 or joined his father there in 1799. The young-
man appears to have given his father such satisfaction as a botanical
collector while m his company that Roxburgh decided to leave John
behind, to collect South African seeds and plants and herbarium
specimens, when he himself returned to India in 1799.

Leaving " John " Roxburgh in South Afriqa, Ave now turn to
"Roxburgh , junior," cited by his father (Hort. Beng. p. 56 and
Flora Indica, vol. iii. p. 338) as author of the name Flfmuigia
frostrata. The individual alluded to was William Roxburgh, junior
{Flora Indica, vol. i. p. 554), whose name is associated in the first
volume of that work with the finding of fifteen species, in the
second volume with the collection of six species, in the third with
the discovery of twelve, and in the supplementary Tcryptogamic)
portion, which Griffith first had ])rinted in the Calcutta Jo2(rnal of
Natural Ifistori/ in 1814, with the communication of eleven species.
As in the case of " John " Roxburgh, we do not yet know Avhere or
when William junior, was born. In William's case, moreover, we
are unable to say where or how he was educated. We know, however,
that by 1799, when his father returned from the Cape, he had reached
an age which justified the Government at Fort William in appointing
him Assistant to the Superintendent of the Calcutta Botanic Garden.
A letter from Mysore written in 1800 by Buchanan to Roxburgh

"JOHN" ROXBURGH 31

contains tlie passage : — " I congratulate you on William's appoint-
ment. Although it certainly would have been better to have got
him a Writer, yet the garden will be a handsome provision for him,
and with the opportunities he will have under your tuition he will
soon become a proficient." It seems clear from this letter that
Buchanan believed that William's appointment carried with it, if
not the right, at all events the prospect of succeeding his father.

A youth of great energy and much promise, William Roxburgh,
junior, at once entered on a career of active botanical exploration.
He spent a considerable portion of the year 1800 at Avork in the
Rajmahal Hills (Flora Indica, vol. ii. p. 51). When Buchanan,
who was a personal friend and correspondent of the younger man as
well as of his father, became aware of this, he at once expressed his
disappointment. '* I am very sorry," he remarks to Dr. Roxburgh
in a letter from Mysore, dated 31 January, 1801, "that William has
gone to the Rajmahal hills. If possible, send him to Chittagong —
an immense held remains there, by far the best I have seen in India."
Roxburgh followed Buchanan's advice ; during 1801 William was at
work in Chittagong (Flora Indica, vol. i. p. 81). By the time that
William returned Buchanan had completed his Mysore survey and
had joined the embassy led by Captain Knox into Nepal during
1801-2. Roxburgh endeavoured to secure William's attachment to
this embassy and on 22 February, 1802, wrote to Buchanan explaining
his wishes. Replying from the Nepal frontier on 2 March, 1802,
Buchanan said " I shall be very happ}^ if you succeed in sending
William : but I am affraid you will not meet with success in the
application to Government for the purpose." Buchanan had, in fact,
discussed the proposal with Captain Knox, who explained to him
that the Nepal Durbar had already objected to the number of
English officers attached to the Embassy. The anticipation was
correct ; Grovernment did not permit William to cross the Nepal
frontier. The dated entries in the Hortus Bengalensis show that
William was still in Chittagong at the beginning of 1802 and that
he collected in Bengal on his return journey, probably in the
Sundribuns. When he reached Calcutta his father appears to have
arranged that William should proceed to Penang, and although none
of the Penang collections alluded to in the Flora Indica are dated,
all the dated ones in the Hortus Bengalensis were secured in 1802.
After having investigated Penang we find from the Hortus Ben-
galensis (pp. 1, 11) that William visited the Moluccas, returning
thence to Sumatra, where he was employed during 1803 (Flora
Indica, vol. i. p. 70; Hort. Beng. pp. 1, 63, 65, 69) and 1804
(Flora Indica, vol. iii. p. 457 ; Hort. Beng. pp. 43, 69). In the
following year William was once more at the Botanic Garden with
his father; for the solitary name, Flemingia prostrata, which
Roxburgh has attributed to his son, was bestowed by the latter on
a plant "raised from, seed sent by Mr. Kerr from China to the
Botanic Garden in 1805, where they blossom about the close of
the rains in November and ripen their seed during the cool season."
This indirect reference is the last we can find to William Roxburgh,
junior, and the suggestion that William died soon after the cold

32 THE JOUEXAL OF BOTANY

weather of 1805-6 is strengthened by the circumstance that when
Buchanan, who was at this time on furlough in England, returned to
India early in 1807, he brought with him a nomination from the
Court of Directors as successor to Roxburgh when the latter should
retire.

That the name John Roxburgh should be absent from Mr. N.
Bonham-Carter's "family-table" printed by Sir George King, is due
to the fact that he was not the son of one of the three ladies whom
Dr. William Roxburgh married. More difficult at first sight is
the task of reconciling Mr. Bonham-Cai-ter's "family-table" with the
known facts in the history of William Roxburgh, junior. This
William was the active coadjutor of his father during the height of
Dr. William Roxburgh's career. Yet Mr. Bonham- Carter's chart
shows that the only William, junior, of whose existence his family
was aware, was the j^oungest son of Dr. Roxburgh by his third wife.
Sir George King, fully realising the difficulty, has suggested that
the name attributed by the Bonham- Carter family to Roxburgh's
youngest son may be erroneous.

To the courtesy of the late Mr. Frederick Henry Norman, also a
descendant of Dr. Roxburgh and his first wife, the writer is indebted
for another family-table which agrees with that ])rinted by Sir George
King save in two particulars. It queries, as Sir George King had
independently queried, the accuracy of the name William as applied
to one of Roxburgh's sons by his third marriage ; it states that, by
his first wife, Roxburgh had a son William, brother-uterine of Mary
Roxburgh, from whom both the Norman and the Bonham- Carter
families are descended. This son, Avho is shown in this table as
senior to his sister Mary, died young. The Writer is further indebted
to the courtesy of Miss Mary Ann Tucker, granddaughter of
Dr. Roxburgh and his third wife, for yet another family-table,
which agrees substantialh" with that of Mr. Bonham-Carter and
shows that one of her uncles, brother-uterine of her mother, really
was named William Roxburgh.

The difficulty then is purely imaginary. There were two William
Roxburghs, junior; the eldest and the youngest of Dr. Roxburgh's
laAvful cliildren were named after their father. The statement in the
Norman " family-table " that the first " William Roxburgh, junior "
died young, is coiTect in the sense that this William Roxburgh,
junior, had died before the second William Roxburgh, junior, was
baptised. But the first "William, junior," whose name recui*s so
frequently in his father's published works, lived sufficiently Ions;
to become his father's Assistant and to accomplish much notable
botanical exploration. His claims to recognition, and to an
honourable place in the Biograpliical Index of British ami Irish
Botanists, are by no means confined to his association with the
name Fhmingia prostrata Roxb. f.

The nomination of Buchanan as Roxburgh's successor in 1806 is
not the only circumstance which points to this as the year in which
William Roxburgh died. About the same time the residence of John

"JOHN EOXBURGH 33

Roxburgh at the Cape came to an end. When John returned to
India from South Africa is not detinitely known ; after his return he
was employed under his father in the Calcutta Botanic Garden. As
his missionary guardian explained in 1793, John's genius was " but
of the middle sort." This may account, at least in part, for his
a]>pointment to a subordinate executive post. It may also explain
why, in the Flora Inclica, there is but one reference, and that a
reference which might easily be overlooked, to his work as a collector.
The passage in question {Flora Indica, vol. ii. p. 169) informs us
that Tacca aspera was " found by Mr. J. R. indigenous in the vallies
amongst the hill behind Chittagong." But his activity as a collector
during the years 1810 and 1831 w^as very marked and, as the Editor
has pointed out, the Hortus Bengalensis records the introduction by
him of many plants from Chittagong. For 1810 we find such records
on twent3^-five pages of the Hortus for Chittagong alone, and an
examination of the entries suggests that on his way to Chittagong
he collected in the Sundribuns ; that while in Chittagong he gave
especial attention to orchids ; that on his way back from Chittagong
he was able to reach Silhet. In 1811 he was again active, though
for this year his records occur only on about half as many pages of
the Hortus.

When Roxburgh, broken in health, left India for the last time in
March 1813, John Roxburgh was Overseer of the Botanic Garden.
He held this post during the various changes in the superintendent-
ship w^hich marked the period betw^een March 1813 and August 1817.
Not long after Dr. Wallich's definite appointment as Superintendent
took place in 1817, incompatibility of temper led to differences be-
tween the new administrative and the old executive head of the
establishment. John Roxburgh thereupon ceased to be a member
of the staff. Whither he moved or when he died we do not know.

While none of the sons of Dr. Roxburgh by his second wife can
be claimed as botanists there is an indication that the eldest of this
family, George Roxburgh, might have developed into a collector had
he not, as the Bonham-Carter " family- table " explains, been "killed
by lightning in Java." We know, from the Flora Indica (vol. iii.
p. 380), that his father was indebted to George for specimens of at
least one species from Hardwar. Two other sons of the same family,
Bruce Roxburgh and James Roxburgh, though in no sense botanists,
have claims to the gratitude of botanical students which it is not easy
to repay. To their filial piety w^e owe the publication in 1832 of their
father's Flora Indica, and on this account readers of the Journal
may be interested to know the outlines of their careers, for the par-
ticulars of which the writer is indebted to the kindness of his friend
Mr. W. Foster, CLE., of the India Ofiice.

Bruce Roxburgh, according to the various family-tables the third
son and fourth child of Dr. William Roxburgh by his second wife, is
recorded officially as having been born at Calcutta on 12 December,
1797. It seems possible, however, that in this instance the date
recorded is that of baptism, not that of birth, for among the letters
addressed to Roxburgh by Buchanan is one, written on 4 September,

3-1 THE .TOURXAL OF BOTANY

1797, which ends with a message of congratulation on the birth of
this child. Bruce Roxburgh entered the service of the H.E.I.
Coinpan}^ on 21 April, 1815 ; became Cornet, VI. Bengal Cavalry,
4 October, 1816 ; Lieutenant, 1 September, 1818 ; Captain, 1 De-
cember, 1829 ; was transferred to the Invalid Establishment,
31 August, 1831 ; retired on medical certificate, 13 September,
1832 ; and died 14 June, 1861. Though he joined his younger
brother James in financing the publication of the Flora Indica,
it seems clear that the state of his health must have prevented him
from taking any very active part in the correspondence which brought
about the production of the work.

James Roxburgh, the fourth son and seventh child of Dr. William
Roxburgh by his second wife, is recorded oificially, and in this
instance probably correctly, as having been born in India on
25 January, 1802. In a letter dated 11 March, 1802, in which
Buchanan informs Roxburgh that he had received " a letter from
William," written doubtless after William's return from Chittaoonop
and just as William was preparing to leave- for Penang, the con-
cluding sentence reads : — " Be so good as to accept of m}^ congratu-
lations to you and Mrs. Roxburgh on the increase to your family and
present my compliments to Miss Roxburgh and William." James
was nominated to the service of the H.E.I. Company by John
Thornhill, Director, on the recommendation of his brother-in-law,
Henry Stone (husband of the Miss Roxburgh referred to by
Buchanan). He became Ensign, XIX Native Infantrv (Bengal),
14 February, 1820; Lieutenant, 11 July, 1823; Captain, 12 No-
vember, 1832 ; Major, 18 November, 1846 ; permitted to retire
from the Army, 28 November, 1849. On 30 December, 1835, he
was transferred to the Military Auditor's Department and appears
to have served in that department till his retirement. After his
transfer to this branch of the service it is on record that "the
Madras Government authorised the purchase of nine copies of a
botanical work written by the late Dr. Roxburgh, the Company's
Botanist, called ' Flora Indica,' published by him (Capt. Roxburgh)
in conjunction with his Brother, Capt. B. Roxburgh." Shortly
thereafter he was " permitted to place at his own expense a suitable
building over the column or monument erected in the Botanical
Gardens in 1822, to the memory of his late father." The inscription
on the monument that James Roxburgh thus so thoughtfully pro-
tected may be found by the curious at the end of the preface to the
reprint of Roxburgh's Flora Indica which we owe to the public
spirit of the late C. J3. Clarke, issued at Calcutta in 1874, ten years
before the death of James Roxburgh.

- WETGHTXCr MOORTXOS 30

WEIGHINa MOORINGS.

Br A. H. Chitrch.

From the stindpoint that the algae constituting the phytobenthon
of the sea may be preferably regarded as anchored, (hormon), the
problem of the security of the moorings becomes one of primary
significance, and conditions clearly vary within wide limits according
as the bottom consists of mud, sand, shingle, or clean rock. The fact
that the larger algaj require good holding-ground of rock, while
sandy coasts are comparatively bare of all vegetation, is sufficiently
obvious ; and it has been pointed out elsewhere that this has had a
remarkable influence on the history of algology, more particularly in
countries where the coast is predominantly of sand-dune formation.
The case of mud is more satisfactory, since, owing to the cohesive
nature of its slimy texture and the effect of bacterial zooglcea in
binding the surface-film, the substratum may be able to bear con-
siderable movement of the superjacent medium, while algae with
rhizoid attachment may penetrate considerable depths and assist in
binding the surface to constitute good anchorage for plants of con-
siderable size, as Chorda, 10 ft. or more, in close association. A
mudd}^ bottom may thus carry a distinctive flora when a sandy shore,
owing to the readiness with which the particles are lifted by surge-
action of the water, affords no secm-ity at all, and may present no
characteristic plants beyond loose-h'ing calcified Litlioth amnion,
which are practically pebbles. As the specific gravity of such sand-
j^articles may be taken as little over 2, it may be noted that a stone
in sea-water loses nearly half its weight, while irregular shapes
offering considerable " form-resistance " may considerably delay the
rate of sinking. The surging action of the waves, as an upward
thrust, may thus if sufficiently violent maintain in suspension par-
ticles of considerable size ; and the scour of the sea-shore by particles
and pebbles so lifted, is in fact the commonplace of the sea, and con-
stitutes one of the factors limiting plant-life on " exposed-coast " ;
but it also expresses the insecurity of the moorings of smaller algas in
such biological stations. A further means of moving particles of
even considerable size is noted in the evolution of bubbles of photo-
synthetic oxygen which are so extensively utilized for the erection of
axes, as in rounded types of lacunar and hollow thallus, or the differen-
tiation of special members, pneumatoj^hores with pneumatocysts
{AscopJiyllum, Sargassum, Macrocystis), culminating in the 6 ft.
bladder of Nereocystis. Since the pull of such erecting bubbles con-
stitutes a further strain on the hapteron- system, such forces may
combine to exert a considerable lifting effect on the substratum ; and
where the holding is insecure the plant-soma may be lifted off its
bed, thus weighing its moorings, to be drifted out to sea. or in shore,
according to the direction of the tide or current-flow.

Thus Professor Oliver, for Blakeney (1912, in lecf.), has described
the germinating zoospores of Unteromorplia on exposed wet sand,
actively photosvnthetic and attached to individual sand-particles of
•25-*3 mm. diam., floated off by the incoming tide, each supported by
its bubble of oxygen. The most striking example of the effect of

36 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

such phytosynthetic bubbles is that of Colpomenia sinuosa, a Medi-
terranean Phseosporean, which appeared in 1906 at Vannes in the
Gulf of Morbihan (Belle Isle), growing attached to oysters. The
plant became an economic nuisance, and is known as the Oyster-thief
(Voleuse dliuitres) (cf. Cotton in Kew Bulletin, 1908, p. 75). The
thallus of pareitchymatous organization and papery texture is hollow,
and may attain the size of a hen's e^g or tennis-ball, as a " balloon."
On active photosynthesis in shallow water the cavity so fills with
internal gas-bubbles that on the return of the tide the inflated
balloons weigh the young oysters to which they are attached and
float them out to sea. The number of oysters so carried off was so
considerable that attempts were made to recapture them by nets,
while faggots were dragged over the beds in the hope of tearing the
thallus-balloons. The story is usually approached from the stand-
point of the oyster-owner, but it shows that Colpomenia merely
attaches to the oysters in such a station for want of better anchorage,
while the final disaster is possibly greater in the case of the plant
than in that of the animal. The point of interest is that the majority
of the oysters so weighed are lost, not cast on shore, and the effect of
weighing moorings generally is to be carried out to deep water rather
than to be thrown up. There seems to be no means of obtaining an
estimate as to the relation between the amount of sea-weed detached
and throw^n on shore and that drifted back to deep water, to exist as
*' loose-lying " vegetation, or to sink and die in the open sea.
Immense quantities of weed thrown on the beach by one storm may
be swept out to sea again by a succeeding tide. The amount of
weed thus cast up as flotsam and jetsam which might be economically
utilized is probably but a very small proportion of the wastage of the
sea, as expressing the amount of increase over what the station will
carry.

Further observations on the lifting of stones of considerable
size have been recently made by Mr. Spence at Orkney in the case of
the larger Laminarians {cf. Journ. Bot. 1918, p. 281). Thus
L. Cloustoni, thougli usually growing on rocky bottom will bring
ashore stones of 6-8 lbs. weight. In one case 9 large Laminarias, of
which one was L. fiexicaidis, were brought in attached to a stone of
over o6 lbs., or an average of 8 lbs. per plant, whose weight might be
3-5 lbs. each. i<iaccorlii za bullosa more frequently brings adherent
boulders as rounded blocks of 50-60 or even 80 lbs. ; a good example
of 9 Saccorhizas brought a rounded block 12 in. by 11, weighing over
56 lbs. From such data it would appear that one of these larger
Laminarians with full head of fronds presents a form-resistance
enabling it to sustain in a rough sea a stone equal to twice its full
Aveight (averaging 8 lbs.) ; or a plant of specific gi-avity little more
than that of the salt water, may carry a stone equal in the water to
the true weight of the former. Saccorhiza, in fact, is to be regarded
as an alga specially adapted by its remarkable hapteron-bulb. which
replaces the usual crampon-system, to grow among loose boulders, as
a plant of mare marked individuality'^ than the gregarious L. Clou-
stoni.

These observations again do not refer to the rolling of still larger

"WEIGHING MOOEINGS 37

blocks by ground-swell, which changes the sea-bottom iiTespective of
the attached vegetation : they are of special interest, not so much as
affording evidence of the effect of wave-action in changing the
bottom and carrying stones to the beach, as indicating the converse
action of also carrying stones with attached plants out to deeper
water, where it seems unlikely that their zoospores would ever ger-
minate.

Thus Hooker at the Crozet Islands {Flora Antarctica, 1847,
p. 464) describes a large Macrocystis as rising obliquely at 45° from
40 fathoms, and extending several times the length of the ship,
definitely suggesting that this must have been a plant which had
weighed its moorings. It is clear that the effective pull of a Macro-
cystis with a hundred yards of fronds, each buoyed by a pneumato-
cyst, must be enormous ; but in this case the strain is met by a
flexible cable, and the general occurrence of " free-floatina^ " Macro-
cystis and " islands " indicates that the stem is usually the first to
give way. It should be possible to measure the breaking-strain of
the Macrocystis cable, though this does not appear to have been
done ; but it may be pointed out that even Desmarestia aciileata in
British Seas, as the finest representative (except D. ligidata) of the
*' filamentous soma," may present a breaking-strain of 12 lbs., imply-
ing that it would in the water lift a stone of 20 lbs. Observations on
D. aculeata at 90 fathoms in the Skagerack (Areschoug), or for
D. viridis at 150 fathoms at Spitzbergen (Kjellman, 1883), or for
similar algae in the Arctic (Dickie, in Journ. Bot. 1869, p. 148) are
clearly referable to " loose-lying " drift, maintained in the last cases
in a condition of " cold-storage " ; the deepest apparently satisfactory
record for a sea-weed of any size is still that of Laminaria Rodriguezii
off Minorca in 75 fathoms (125-150 metres, Bornet in Bull. Soc.
Bot. 1888, p. 361), the plant showing rhizome-runners and many
young growths. But all such records of plants in deep water, where
observations are confined to dredging stones from the sea-bottom are
thus open to the further error of weighed moorings, a factor that it
seems difficult to eliminate.

EPIPACTIS VIEIDIFLORA Reich.

By Colonel M. J. Godfeet, F.L.S.

On July 29th, 1918, I w^as so fortunate as to discover, a few miles
from Guildford, a woodland form of E. viridijiora Rchb., which is
nearer to the continental descriptions of this plant than the forms
dnnensis, so ably described by Wheldon and Travis (Journ. Bot.
1913, p. 344) and vectensis by the Rev. T. Stephenson (Journ. Bot.
1918, p. 1). The descriptions of the elder Reichenbach (Fl. Germ.
Excurs. p. 134), of his son (Rchb. Icon. p. 142), and of Barla (Icon.
Orch. p. 11) agree very well with our plant, only differing in unim-
portant minor details. Reichenbach fil., while correctly citing
E. purpurata Sm. as a synonym of his E. Helhborine 5. violacea.

38 TilK JOLlt>AL OF BUTAXl'

curiously enough quotes E. purpiirata Sm. (varletas bracteis evolu-
tissimis) as identical with his JE. Hellehorine 3. varians {viridijlora)^
giving Surrey and Boxhill as respective localities. Bark's figure
(Icon. t. 7) is noteworthy for the pubescence of the upper stem and
ovary, and for the hairy poUinia. This is the earliest indication by
any author of the outgrowth of pollen-tubes, in situ, on the poUinia,
which was first described by Hermann Miiller (Yerhandl. d. N. H.
Ver. preuss. Kheinl. &c. 1868). It is necessarily exaggerated, and
the hairs appear black, Avhereas they are really as clear and colourless
as glass, but it would be impossible to show this on the scale of the
figure. He does not mention it in the text, but the indication in the
figure is sufficiently remarkable. Rouy's description (Fl. France, xiii.
204) fits our plant accurately as far as it goes, but it is silent as to
the column, anther, stigma, and rostellum. Like Rouy, Ascherson
and Graebner (Syn. Mitt. Europ. Fl. iii. 862) treat it as a race of
_£J. latifolia, their description showing some advance on previous
ones, as it notices the absence of a rostellum (which is present in our
plant in newh^-opened flowers) and mentions that self-fertilisation
occurs.

As our plant, while specifically identical with the continental one,
has certain marked characteristics of its own, is constant in the
limited area in which it grows, and differs from the forms dunensis
and vectensis referred to above, I jDropose to describe it as a new
variety * : —

Epipactis YiRiDiFLOEii Rchb. var. nov. leptochtla.

A typo differt caulibus altioribus (2-7 dm. ) sa^pe aggregatis ;
foliis inferioribus ssepe ovatis ; sepalis acuminatis 12-15 mm. longis,
4 mm. latis ; lobello protinus prominente; hypochilio orbiculari 4 mm.
diam., 3—4 mm. alto; epichilio cordato acuminato (cuspide longa
acuta) angustissimo (+8 mm. longo, 4 mm. la to, ubi latissimum
est) viridi albomarginato ; caUis duobus irregulariter rugosis albis
interdum pallide roseis ; rostello evanescente.

Diifers from the type as follows : — Stems taller (2-7 dm.), often
clustered. Lower leaves frequently ovate. Sepals acuminate 12-
15 mm. long by 4 mm. broad. Labellum projecting forward. Hypo-
chile orbicular, 4 mm. in diam., 3-4 mm. deep. Epichile cordate
acuminate, with long acute point, very narrow ( + 8 mm. long by
4 mm. broad at widest part), green, bordered white. Bosses two,
irregular rugose, w^hite, sometimes faintly tinged pink. Rostellum
evanescent.

Stems clustered in older parts, 20-70 cm. tall. Leaves ovate
to broadly lanceolate, upper lanceolate tapering, all acute, often
wavy-edged, yellow-green or dark green, not grey-green.

Internodes short.

Sepals long, acuminate, 12-15 mm. long by + 4 mm. broad.

* The differences between Mr. Stephenson's forma (:^)^He/^6•^s and typical viridi-
flora are considerably greater than those between many recognized varieties ;
indeed, I am inclined to think that dunensis has gone far on the road towards
differentiation as a species. It appears to be fully entitled to rank as a variety,
much more so, for instance, than E. pnlustris var, erketoru m Asch. & Gracbn.

EPIPACTIS YIRIDIFLORA REICH. 30

Lahellum shorter than sepals + 10 mm. long, 4 mm. broad. IJ^ypo-
chile small, nearly circular, 4 mm. in diameter, 3-4 mm. deep, green
within, mottled with jmle pinkish red near the base, edges semi-
transparent, wavy, irregularly crenate. Einchile cordate acuminate,
with a long acute point + 8 mm. long by 4 mm. broad, greenish,
w^hite-bordered, not deflexed ; bosses distinct, low, rugose, vvhite,
sometimes tinged faintly with pink. Column rising in a curved nib-
shaped stalk (filament) in the centre at the back, on the apex of
which stands the anther ; on each side is a V-shaped incision in the
wall of the column, the anterior side of which rises into a tooth or
staminode at its junction with the stigma. Anther ovate, with a
bluntly-pointed empt}^ apex, projecting for upwards of half its length
over the upper edge of the stigma. Stigma transversely oblong, a
prolongation of the front of the column, not supported on a pedestal
at the back as in E. latifolia ; upj^er edge sloping slightly downwards
from the centre to the tooth (staminode) at each corner. EosteUum
present when the flower first opens, but functionless, quickly disap-
pearing, leaving a brownish mark.

The gland contains viscid matter, but this is too weak to remove
the pollinia ; moreover, it does not appear to come in contact with
them, for, instead of being opposite their united apices, it lies, owing
to the forward position of the anther, opposite the V-shaped space
between the downward-diverging pollinia, so that the latter, in
sliding downwards, pass over the viscid gland without touching it.

As compared with the forma vectensis Stephenson, the following
differences are observable : —

Yar. LEPTOCiiiLA. Stems clustered, 20-70 cm. tall, pubescent
below, rather densel}^ so above. Leaves yellow-green or dark green,
lower ovate, sometimes broadly lanceolate. Lower bracts twice as
long as flowers. Baceme many-flowered, up to 23 cm. long. Flowers
as large, and opening as widely as in E. viotacea.

Forma tectensis. Stem solitary, delicate and slender, almost
glabrous below, slightly pubescent above. Leaves grey-green, lower
lanceolate to elliptic lanceolate. Lower hracts never much exceeding
the flowers. Raceme lax, few-flowered. Flowers small, green, never
opening so widely as in violacea.

In English Botany, ed. 3, ix. 123, E. media " Fries " Babing-
ton (as sub-spec. I of E. Hellehorine Cr.) includes two forms : — -
var. CI. viridis (E. viridijlora Hoffm. is quoted as a synonym) and
var. f>. pur pur at a Sm. i^E. violacea^. The question therefore requires
consideration as to whether E. viridijlora and E. violacea are in
reality forms of one species. They are in some respects more closely
allied than E. viridijlora and E. latijolia, as they agree in two
remarkable characters in which the}^ both differ from the latter ; they
have a similar root-system — a knotted rhizome with fleshy rootlets
growing from the nodes at diflterent levels (in latijolia the rootlets
spring from the base of the stem at the same level), and the older
plants have clustered stems, at least this is so in the variety lejjto-
chila. The following comparison shows the main points of difference
between the two plants : —

40

THE JOUllXAL OF J30TANY

E. VIRIDIFLORA Var. LEPTOCHILA.

The neiv hud has only one root-
let, on the outside, furthest from the
stem.

Stem pale green.

Leai'es often numerous, near to-
gether, internodes short, lower often
ovate, sometimes broadly lanceolate,
upper lanceolate to linear lanceolate,
yellow-green or dark green *.

Raceme lax.

Sepals lanceolate, acuminate.

Petals ovate- lanceolate, acumi-
nate, very acute, nerves clearly
visible.

Epichile. Not deflexed, cordate
acuminate, with a long acute point,
longer than broad (8-9 mm. X 4 mm.)
green, with 2 white rugose hunches.

Column rises into a nib-like tooth
at the back, with a deep acute sinus
between it and the staminode on
each side.

Anther stalked, projecting far
over edge of stigma, so that the
viscid gland is opposite the V-shaped
space between the downward- diverg-
ing pollinia.

Viscid gla nd. Functionless, wither-
ing by the time the flower above it
opens, not coming in contact with
with the pollinia.

Ripe capsule yellowish green,
elliptical, broadest in the middle,
jfl2mm. long and + 8 mm. broad;
stalk + 6 mm. long.

The flower is self -fertilized.

E. VIOLACEA (E. purpurata S.n.).

Each bud has two rootlets, one
on each side between bud and stem.

Dark grey-green, tinged through-
out with violet, giving it a curious
mealy and livid appearance.

Distant internodes long, lowest
never ovate, all similar in shape,
dull grey-green sometimes flushed
with violet, much smaller, shorter,
and narrower f.

Raceme much denser.

Lanceolate obtuse, sometimes
rather acute.

Oblong- lanceolate, obtuse, the
same breadth for most of their length,
nerves almost obsolete.

Deflexed, cordate acute, broader
than long (4 mm. long by 5-6 mm.
broad), white, very faintly tinged
pink, with 2-3 parallel + confluent
hunches.

Upper wall continuous, wavy-
edged and level from centre of back
to staminode.

Sessile, not projecting over upper
edge of stigma (except the empty
tip) ; gland opposite apex of pollinia.

Large and very effective, firmly
attached to pollinia just below their
apex.

Dark grey-green, markedly tri-
gonous, broadest just below apex,
+ 20 mm. long, each side 10-11 mm.
broad at the widest point; stalk
+ 3 mm. long.

Fertilized by wasps.

The above-marked points of difference, extending to most jmrts of
the organism, appear amply sufficient to prove that we have in these
plants two good and distinct species, and a careful examination of the
essential organs of the flower will show that ^. laf /folia, viridijloray
and violacea are morphologically different. It is true that many
botanists have considered vi rid {flora, and several violacea, to be
but forms of E. laiifolia, but all these authors have given judgement
without taking into account the evidence afforded by the anther,
pollinia, stigma, and rostellum, their descriptions stopping short at the
perianth. Nevertheless, there have been clear-sighted botanists who,
apart from the organs of reproduction, have recognized that the

* Ovate lower leaves vary from 7 by 5 cm. to 5 by 4 cm. ; lanceolate lower
leaves from 10 by 3^ cm. to 6 by 2 cm.

t Varying in length from 4-7 cm., in breadth from 2-2J cm.

EPTPACTIS YIKIDIFLORA RETCIT. 41

differences between these plants are of sj)ecific rank. For, indeed, to
the eve trained by observation of the living plants, the three species
are recognizable at a glance in most stages of their growth.

Max Schulze (Orchid. Deutschl. No. 54) considers that E. vio'
lacea is a good species, but thinks that E. latifolia and E. viridi-
ilora can hardlj be distinguished, though he admits that their
extreme forms are so different as to suggest two species. He says
that numerous intermediate forms occur, in which all the leading
characteristics show great variation, so that it is difficult to tell
whether a plant belongs to one or the other. This is a recrudescence
of the old idea, which dies so hard, that two recognizably different
plants, if intermediate examples occur, must belong to one and the
same species. Sir J. D. Hooker {Life and Letters, ii. 34) Avrote to
Darwin (Oct. 2, 1862) "The dismal fact you quote of hybrid trans-
itions between Verhascum Tkapstis and nigrum , . . . and its bearing
on my j^ractice of lumping species through intermediate specimens, is
a very horrible one .... Your orchid book has convinced me that
such cases must be abundant." It is curious that Schulze should
have followed this time-honoured practice, for he knew and described
many hybrid orchids. Perhaps the frequency of intermediates
between E. latifolia and viridijiora blinded him to the probability
of their hybrid origin. He appears to have overlooked the fact that,
as viridijiora is self-fertilizing, we might reasonably expect that any
hybrid between itself and latifolia should also be self-fertilizing.
Its offspring would be partly like itself, and partly tending to
resemble more closel}?" one or other of the original parents. In this
way a number of intermediate plants might arise, and a great range
of variation occur, where the two species grow together. A parallel
case occurs with the self -fertilizing Ophrys apifera. J. T. Moggridge
states (Journ Linn. Soc. viii. ]). 258) that Oplirys Scolopax appears
under two forms. He says, referring to the latter, " At Mentone I
never saw any tendency to self-fertilization, but all the spikes of a
large bundle sent me from Cannes were so Avithout exception.
It is a remarkable coincidence that at Mentone the Bee Ophrys is
scarce, and at Cannes very abundant. So, within 30 miles of one
another, we have one spot where self-fei-tilization is in full action,
and another, where it is, as far as I am aware, unknown." Evidently
at Cannes hybrids have occurred between the insect-fertilized O.
Scolopax and the self -fertilized O. apifera. and their offspring, taking
after the latter parent, are self -fertilizing also. There is nothing to
prevent the self-fei-tilizing hybrid from multiplying freely and
becoming abundant. Tlie correctness of this supposition appears to be
confirmed by Moggridge himself, who says that the difference
between the self-fertilizing O. Scolopax of Cannes, and the insect-
fertilized Scolopax of Mentone is brought about " by a very slight
bend in the anther-cells, which are prolonged into a beak of variable
length in tlie case of the self-fertilizing blossoms." This prolonged
beak is one of the most striking features of O. apifera, and betrays
the parentage of the Cannes Scolopax.

The fertilization of leptochila differs somewhat from that of
dunensis. In the latter the poUinia are extremely friable, and, even
Journal of Botany. — Vol. 57. [FEBErAET, 1919.] e

42 THE JOURXAL OF BOTANY

before the flower opens, numerous tetrads of pollen fall on the lip,
into the hypochile, etc., and probably thus become transferred to the
stigma. In the former the pollinla slide downwards bodily from the
anther-cells over the sloping upper edge of the stigma, and come
to rest obliquely on its frontal viscous surface, to which they become
anchored by an outgrowth of pollen-tubes, in much the same way as
described by H. Miiller {oji. cit.) in the case of the continental
viridijlora.

THE GENUS HERBERTA

AS REPRESENTED IX THE MaX^CHESTER MuSEUM.

Br William Henry Pearson, M.Sc, A.L.S.

Prof. A. W. Eyans of Yale University has done a great service
to British hepaticologists in his "Notes on the genus Herberta, with
a revision ot" the species known from Europe, Canada and the United
States" published in the Bulletin of the Torrey Botanical Chih for
1917 (pp. 191-22), wherein are described and figured two British
plants which have hitherto been considered as forms of one species —
Herherta adunca (Dicks.) and //. llutchinsice (Gottsche) Evans.
In 1862 Gottsche (Pabenhorst Hep. Eur. n. 210) discriminated the
two forms; Carringtonin his Gleanings among the Irish Cryptogams
(1863) has an interesting note in which he regarded H. adunca as a
form found only on high and exposed mountains ; the habitat he
thought accounted for the differences and he did not separate them.
Evans proves by the different characters that they may justly be
considered distinct : for full descriptions reference must be made to
his paper ; I merely give here the salient characters of the two
species.

Herberta adunca (Dicks.). Leaves bifid to about one half;
divisions broad, slightly or not at all curved, acute or acuminate :
vitta not distinct, usually indistinct even in the basal region, extend-
ing for a short distance into the divisions, but coming to an end con-
siderably beloAV the apex. (The vitta or nerve is a band of elongated
cells which extend from the middle of the base of the leaves to the
segments.) Basal portion of leaf normally entire.

Herberta Hutchinsi^e (Gottsche) Evans. Leaves bifid two-
thirds to four-fifths, divisions narrow, strongly curved, long-acuminate ;
vitta distinct, extending far into the divisions, but hardly to the
apices. Basal portion of leaves entire or nearly so or furnished with
a fev; teeth. Of this species Prof. Evans gives a plate. H. adunca
is recorded from Scotland and Wales ; H. Ilutchinsice from Scot-
land, England, Wales and Ireland : the further distribution of the
former is Norway and Faroe Islands, and of the latter, Norway-,
Alaska and British Columbia.

Another European species — II. Sendtneri CNees) {Sendtnera
Sauteriana Nees, Schisma straminrum Dum.) — has been credited by
Dumortier and Lett to Scotland, but no specimens have been seen to
support fhe statement. A large form of H. adunca collected bY
C. Howie (near Loch Maree, llosshire) has been so named, but there

THE GEXUS HERBERT A 43

is nothing to separate this from the normal form of adiuica, the base
of the leaves being quite entire, whereas in II. Sendtneri the large
teeth at the base of the leaves are very characteristic of the specie?.
Evans raises to specific rank as H. tenuis^ a small form found only in
North America.

Stephani describes seventy-one species of Herherta {Schisma),
and four more have been added, making a total of seventy-five; of
these about twenty are represented in the Manchester Museum from
the localities given in the following list : —

H. ADUNCA (Dicks.) Gray. Scotland: Ben Nevis, Greville,
1823 ; Clova, Gardiner ; Glen Lyon, Clova, Stark ; Braemar, Carrinf/-
toUy July 1849 ; mountains by Loch Maree, Kosshire, Howie, 18G7,
Ben Ho^DC, Sutherland, Greville, 1834 ; Ptarmigan, Holt, and Ben
Laoigh, //oZ^, July 1880; Ben More, Mull, Kennedy, June 1906;
Ben Lawers, Hunter, July 1906.

Wales. Twll Dhu, and'Snowdon, Wilson, May 1828 ; Cwm Idwal,
Pearson, April 1878.

Norway. Schiffn. Hep. eur. exsicc, 463-5.

H. HuTCHixsi^ (Gottsche) Evans. Ireland. Conner Hill,
Dingle, Moore ; Brandon Mountain, Moore, G. & K. Hep. eur.
n. 491 ; Eagles' Nest, Killarney, Holt, June 1885 ; Killarney,
Carrington G. & B. Hep. eur. exsicc. n. 210 ; Errigal Mountain,
Donegal, Hunter, Oct. 1911.

England. Ill Bell, Westmoreland, and head of Mow^dale, Cumber-
land, near Keswick, Cumberland, Holt, April 1884; Borrowdale,
Cumberland; Pearson, April 1893.

Wales. Snowdon, Wilson ; Craig-y-cau, Merioneth, Wild Sf
Pearson, May 1877 (C. & P. Hep. Brit". Exsicc. n. 421) ; Dolbadarn
Castle, Llanberis, StahleVf May 1883 ; Crib Coch, Snowdon, Holt,
April 1878. ,

Scotland. Grampians, MacAndrew 1884 ; Ben Cruachan, Argyll,
Macvicar, June 1903 ; near Glen Shee, Braemer, Carrington, July
1850; Invermoidart, West Inverness, Macvicar, May 1901 (Schiifn.
Hep. eur. exsicc. n. 467).

Norway. Lyse near Stavanger, Jorgensen (Schiffn. Hep. eur.
exsicc. n. 466).

North America. Banks Island, A. Menzies, 1787, with fruit.

H. Sexdtxeri (Nees) Evans. Fourteen continental specimens.

H. TENUIS Evans. N. America. Bocks, Cauterskill Falls, Cat-
skill Mountains, Austin, Hep. Bor.-Amer. n. 82 ; New Jersey, Green-
wood Mountains ; Pennsylvania, Stony Creek, Aug. 1874, Wolle ;
North Carolina, on trees, top of Black Mountain, Lesquereux, 1850 ;
North Carolina, James, Herb. Austin ; Sullivant Muse. Alleg. ;
Herb. Lanming, Aust., coll. Puclcley, 1858.

H. jrxiPERiNA (Swartz) Spi'uce. Cuba, West Indies.

H. SANGm:NEA (Austin). Hawaii (base of leaves entire) (4 speci-
mens).

H. COMMUTATA (St.) {H. pcnsiUs Spruce non Taylor). Chim-
borazo. Spruce ; Guadeloupe, Dr. Madiano, Herb. Austin (see Stephani
Sp. Hep. vol. iv. p. 17, 1909).

H. GRANDiEOLiA (St.) ( //. junijjcrina Spruce Hep. exsicc).

44 THE JOUR^ML OF BUT ANY

Stephani says " discus entire " : I find some of the leaves entire,
others dentate or lobate : the measurements he gives — leaves l-'Z mm.
lono-, discus 3'6 mm. long, 2-8 mm. broad — I cannot confirm. I get
leaves 5 mm. long, discus 2-7'J mm. long, 2 mm. broad.

H. ORiZABEXSis (G.) Seiidtnera orizabensis Gr. Hep. Mexic.
Orizaba, F. Mueller. Stephani says (op. cit. p. 19) that he has
not seen the plant : the leaves are divided to below the middle,
segments usually entire or now and then with a tooth, base of leaves
toothed.

H. ALPIXA (Steph.). Paparoa Range, South Island, New Zea-
land : Helms, 1888; Stephani says ''base of leaves entire"; some
are so, but many are furnished with a tooth.

H. RUNCIXATA (Taylor), Chlloe, Cuming.

H. ACANTHALIA Spruce, Hep. Sp. Am. et And.

H. Bi^TLTTATA Spruce, Hep. Sp. Am. et And.

H. LiMBATA (Steph.), Bolivia, Kerzog, Oct. 1911.

H. SEERATA Spruce, Bolivia, Hcrzog, April 1911.

H. DiVERGEXs (Steph.), Bolivia, Het^zog, May 1911. I have
found a leaf Avith segment again divided : base of leaves entire, one
leaf with two small teeth, one and two cells long.

H. Parish Steph. Mt. Fulog, province of Benguet, Luzon,
Philippines, Coll. McGregor, July 1909. Very near .ff. Hut chins ice,
of which a specimen labelled *' ISendfiiera ju)ii2:)e)n7ia var. ramosa^^
(Tonglo, Sikkim, 10,000 ft.) is a slender form.

H. DiCRA^-^A (Tayl.). Sendtnera dicrana Tayl. Syn. Hep. p. 239.
India, Jloo'ker ^ Thomson. Ceylon. Very near R. Hufchinsice.

H. siKKiMENSis (Steph.). Sendtnera frag His, Sikkim, Hooker.
Yerv similar to H, HutcliinsicB and H. dicrana.

H. LOXGiFissA Steph. in HedAV, 1895, p. 44. Sendtnera gracilis
M. & N. Flora Hawaiiensis, n. 58. Coll. Mann ^ Brighavi. I
found a tooth at the base of a leaf.

REVIEW.

Flora of Bermuda {illustrated), ^y Nathaniel Lord Brittox,
Ph.D., etc., Director.-in-Chief of the New York Botanical
Garden. 8vo, cloth, pp. xi, 585. New York : Charles Scribner's
Sons. 1918,

This handsome and admirably produced book is devoted to the
history of an isolated group of islands in the Atlantic Ocean, whose land
area is " a little over nineteen square land miles, or about one-seventh
the size of the Isle of Wight." Small as it is, it has a remarkable
flora, inasmuch as about 8'7 per cent, is endemic, "there being
61 species in Bermuda or its waters not known to grow natui-ally
anywhere else in the world." Of these about p. third (22) are
Algifi — a proportion maintained in the relation of the class to the
whole Flora ; 11 out of the 146 flowering plants and 4 of the 19 ferns
are endemic. The total number of native species is 709; about 303
are intj-oduced and completely or partially naturalised : in addition

FLOKA OF 13EEMUD.V 45

to these 864 cultivated plants are mentioned or described in these
pages.

The full and clear descriptions of the Sperniatophyta, Pteridophyta,
and Bryopliyta are accompanied by figures, usually excellent though
occasional!}^ — e. g. Foly(jo)ium Co)i vol cuius — hardly representing the
usual appearance of the plant. We have failed to tind any indication
of the artist whose work has added so much to the attractiveness and
usefulness of the book. Except where otherwise indicated, Dr. Britton
is responsible for the work ; Mrs. Britton has undertaken theBryophyta ;
in the Thallophyta the Lichens are contributed by Prof. Lincoln W.
Kiddle, the Fungi by Dr. Fred. J. Leaven, and the Algae by Dr. Marshall
A. Howe.

The nomenclature adopted is that which prevails in many American
books and is thus not always in accordance with the more generally
accepted Vienna rules. Trinomials are used for *' races or varieties " ;
" priority of place " and '' once a synonym always a synonym " are
accepted as principles ; names are duplicated — e. g. Fagopijrum
Faffopyrum ; and the original spelling is observed in such names as
Coccolobis^ Canavali, and Cajan. The division and limitation of
genera has introduced names which have not hitherto appeared in
British books — such are Tiniaria Convolvulus " Webb. & Moq."
i^Folygonuin)^ Mlcrostirjma incana " (L.) Britton " {Matthiola),
Ccwara didyma " (L.) Britton" {Senebiera), Xanfhoxalis conii-
culata "(L.) J. K. Small" and X. stricta ** (L.) J. K. Small"
(^Oxalis) ; others although not entirel}^ new are unfamiliar, such
as Cymhalaria Cyinhalarla "(L.) Wettst." and Kickxia Flatine
*' (L.) Dumort." {Linaria).

The material upon which the book is based was the result of
various exj)editions carried out by Dr. Britton and Mr. Stewartson
Brown between 190-5 and 1918, with the assistance on some occasions
of Mrs. S. Britton and Dr. Seaver. A list of the " principal botanical
collections made in Bermuda " and a bibliography are appended : it
would appear from the former that no plants were collected there
between 1699 — the latest date of John Dickinson's gatherings — and
A. W. Lane's collections made prior to 1845, Dickinson — here and
elsewhere misspelt Dickenson — really collected considerably earlier,
for Petiver (Mus. Pet. viii, 80; Dec, 31, 1700) acknowledges "plants
lately sent from Bermudas (besides 2 collections some ^^ears agoe)
with assurances of larger performances." These ** assurances " do
not seem to have been realised, as only thirteen species labelled
as from him are in the Petiver and Plukenet collections in the
Sloane Herbarium, Of these five are of special interest : atten-
tion was tirst directed to these by Dr. Hemsley in this Journal
for 1883, where Ei'if/eron JJarrellianus and Carex hermudiana were
lirst described : the latter was only known from Dickinson's specimens
until 1905, when it was rediscovered by Dr. Britton. The endemic
Sist/7'inchium, long confused with S. ouf/usti folium Mill., was shown
to be distinct by Dr. Hemsley in this Journal for 1884, and is still so
regarded: Dr. Britton says " it doubtless originated, however, from
seed of one of the Continental species bi'ought to Bermuda by a bird
or on the wind, the plant becoming differentiated through isolation

46 THE JOUltNAL OF BOTAJ^Y

from its parent-stock." A similar explanation is given, though some-
Avhat more cautiously, of the origin of another endemic species,
Chiococca hermudiana, which "probably originated from seeds of
C. alba.'''' Tlie name Hermudiana, which is here retained for the Sisy-
rinchiiim must, as Mr. Farwell points out in a paper reprinted in this
Journal for 1918 (p. 271), be assigned to the species generally known
as S. angustijolium ; the Bermuda plant must be called &. iridioides
Curtis, whose beautiful figure (Bot. Mag. t. 04) contrasts favourably
with that given as frontispiece to the book under notice. The plant
here called Galium hermudense L. is regarded — perhaps rightly — as
conspecific with the United States species included by Linnseus under
the name. The matter is discussed in this Journal for 1909 (p. 41)
in a paper which seems to have escaped Dr. Britton's notice ; in this
the two are differentiated, and the name hermudense is restricted to
the Bermudan plant, which is called Relhunium hernmdense. The
fifth of Dickinson's endemic species is Adiantum helium, first dis-
tinguished in 1879 by Thomas Moore, " who," as Dr. Britton informs
us, " was not the same man as the celebrated poet of the same name " —
it is not easy to suppose that anyone would be likely to consider the
two identical ! The other Bermudan species represented in the Sloane
Herbarium by specimens from Dickinson are Melilotus indica AIL,
Erif/eron canadense L., E. linifolius Willd., Eupatorium macro-
pliyllum L., Verbena urticifolia L., SclerocJiloa rigida Link, and
Cenchrus trihuloides L. Petiver also received from him Juniperus
hermudiana in fruit; of this species there is in the Sloane Herbarium
labelled by Petiver: '^ This from Bermudas a D. (vol. 332, f. 81) James
and Dickinson ": I have not met with the former name elsewhere.
Another early collector was the Eev. William Clarke (fl. 1710-34),
Avhose plants, gathered at Carolina, Bermudas, and the Caribees, are
in Herb. Sloane, vol. 318. Unfortunately the localities for the speci-
mens are not distinguished in any way : that some are from Bermuda
is, however, shown by a specimen (f. 34) of the endemic Erigeron
Earrellianus.

It may be noted that Dickinson gives two local names which do
not appear in the jFZor«: "Love-grass" for the Cenchrus — "I sup-
pose," says Petiver, "from their prickly seeds, which may stick to
j^ cloaths like our Burdock or Clivers, wh. last for y*^ reason is called
Philanthropos " — and "Hog weed" ior Erigero7i Earrellianus : we
note that Dr. Britton, conforming to the absurd fashion which would
supply every plant with an " English " name, dubs the latter
"DarreU's Fleabane," which it is safe to say no one ever has called
or ever will call it.

The index — evidently excellent, although the first name we looked
for {lielhunium, p. 308) does not appear in it — demands a special
word of praise in that there is but one : a method which, often urged
in these pages, is emphasized by Sir Edward Cook in his recent
delightful volume. Literary Becreations (p. 63): writing on "The
Art of Indexing " he says : " I lay down as the first rule, One book.
One index. . . . Multiplication of indexes is an unmitigated nuisance:
it makes reference less easy. One index alphabetically arranged is the
only right plan."

BOOK-XOTES, NEWS, ETC. 47

BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, etc.

ALTHOuaii he did not die on the field of battle, Reginald Philip
Gregory may be added to the list of those for whose loss the War,
in the prosecution of which he had been engaged since 1915, must be
held res^Donsible. In the year named he obtained a captain's com-
mission in an officer cadet battalion at Cambridge, and in July 1917
went to France with the 1st 6th battalion of the Gloucestershire
Regiment. He was badly gassed in the trenches, and never com-
pletely recovered ; discharged from the army in October last, he
resumed his tutorial work at Cambridge, where he was University
Lecturer in Botany, but succumbed on Nov. 24 to an attack of
pneumonia following asthma. Born at Trowbridge, Wilts, on June 7,
1879, he early took up botanical pursuits under the guidance of his
mother, whose name is familiar to British botanists in connection
with the genus Viola. Going up to Cambridge, he took first-class
honours in both parts of the Natural Science Tripos, and in 1904
gained the Walsingham medal for an essay embodying the results of
original research in botany. Yv^'e take the following summary of his
work from a memoir contributed to Nature (Nov. 28, 1918) by
Prof. Seward : — " Mr. Gregory ivas one of a group of students who
were stimulated by the teaching and enthusiasm of Prof. Bateson to
take up different branches of genetics ; it was mainly with cytological
problems that his researches were concerned. His most important
contributions were those dealing with the genetics and cytology of
giant races of Primula, published in the Journal of Genetics (1911)
and in the Proceedings of the Royal Society (1914). His work
demonstrated the striking fact that some forms of Primula exhibit
the giant character not only in the plant-body as a whole, but also in
the constituent cells. The results obtained constituted a definite
advance in our knowledge of phenomena connected with the re-
duplication of certain terms in a series of gametes. His researches
also included the investigation of heterostylism, habit, leaf -form, and
flower colour in Primula sinensis, seed characters of Pisum, reduc-
tion-division in Ferns, forms of flowers in Valeriana, and other
subjects." In Nature for Dec. 12 Prof. Bateson deals more fully
with Gregory's work, paying a high tribute to its special interest ;
he left a mass of material which it is hoped will be published.

The Botanical Magazine for Oct. -Dec. contains a figure (t. 8783)
and description of Mesemhryanthemum edule L. "from material
obtained by Mr. J. Hutchinson on the face of an old quarry at the
entrance to Caerthiilian Valley in Cornwall, where it is thoroughly
n.aturalized in compan}?- with the Australian and Chilian species
M. cequilaterale Haw." The latter is entered by Davey from
several places in Cornwall (Fl. Cornw. 204), but the former is not
recorded by him.

Mr, H. W. Moxcktox has prepared for private distribution a
nicely-printed little book on The Flora of the District of the Thames
Valley Drift between 3Iaidfi7ihead and London — on lines similar to
those of The Flora of the Bagshot District noticed in this Journal
for 191G, p. 9."). The idea of these geological district floras is to take

48 THE JOURNAL OF BOTA>V

a satisfactoiT and in a way tolerably complete area of a single geolo-
gical formation and to make a complete flora for it : in a way this
has been done in Brewer's Flora of Surret/ and in W. II. Linton's
Flora of Derh 1/ shire, but in both of these cases the geological areas
are hampered by the county boundary. An interesting introduction
describes the limits and geological formations of the district dealt
with : the author has noted in the list the plants which have been
found fossil in the neighbourhood of London, as it is of interest to
compare them with the existing flora. The number and species
enumerated (including the ferns) is 1308. The author's address is
Whitecairn, Wellington College Station, Berks.

The Kew Bulletin (Xo. 9) published in December contains the first
instalment of " Contributions to the Flora of Macedonia," by W. B.
Turrill, based on collections made by the writer and by others in their
spare time by men engaged in active service with the British Salonika
Forces. Paliurus microcarpus and Calami iifha epilosa, described by
Mr. Wilmott in this Journal for 1918, p. 115, find no place in the list,
which contains a description of a new Diantlius (D. Harrisii) and
some interesting notes, including one on Trifoliiim snhterraneum.
No. 10 (issued in the same month) contains letters from Charles
Ogilvie Farquharson, who had held the post of mycologist in Southern
Nigeria since 1911, was drowned on his homeward voyage on the
'Burutu,' which was lost tlu'ough collision. Mr. W. G. Craig continues
his " Contributions to the Flora of Siam," which include a new genus
Damron(jia Kerr (Gesneracciii-Didymocarpea)) "named in honour
of Prince Damrong, who, himself interested in scientific pursuits, has
done so much for the advancement of education in the country."

The Keport for 1917 of " The Botanical Society and Exchange
Club of the British Islands " consists of two parts — the first by the
Secretary, Mr. G. C. Druce, the second b3^the Editor and Distributor,
Mr. C. E. Britton. Of the former, *• on the salient features of British
Botany," the author says : " This being his own compilation in no
way assumes to express other than individual opinion, but all rights
in its publication are reserved." No copy of either part has reached
us for notice ; our readers may, howev^er, like to know that besides the
usual notes of unequal value on individual plants, there are " Notes
on British Violets," by Mi's. Gregory, "Notes on British Orchids,"
by Mr. Druce, and a " Kevislon of the British species of Sacjina,^'' by
Mr, F. N. Williams. Perhaps the most remarkable feature of the
Ileport is the entire omission of any reference to the existence of this
Journal, which for fifty-six years has had some claim to be regarded
as one of "the salient features of British Botany." It would be
affectation to pretend to regard the omission as accidental ; but, from
the scientific stand|)oint it is regrettable that the "individual" action
of the Secretary of a Society, who is a])parently its only official, should
deprive its membei's of the knowledge of what has been published in
a Journal especially devoted to the science in which they are interested.
The Watson Botanical Exchange Club would seem to be also under
Mr. Druce's boycott, as although its name appears its Report is not
mentioned.

THE GENUS MANETTIA 25

23. M. CAXESCEXS K Schum., in Mart. Flor. Bras. vi. vi. 718
(1889).

EcuADOE,. Andes : Mt. Guajrapata. Fl. June. Spruce 5438 !
" Suifrutex volubilis tenuis subramosus. Flores albi."

24. M. pichiucliensis, sp. nov.

Frutex volubilis, eaule valde complanato angulato-suleato, primo
dense pubescente, tardius glabrescente, cortice dilute induto brunneo
plus minus annulatini excorticante. Folia inter minora subcoriacea
margine valde revoluta, venis omnino occlusis, triangulari-lanceolata
acuminata acutissima, basi latissime truncata saepius cordata, petiolo
valido dense jDubescente brevissimo, supra glabra necnon aspera sub-
nitentia in siccitate nigrescentia, subtus valde discoloria densissime
incano-tomentella ; stipulce triangulares acuminatse acutse, vix primo
vaginantes, tandem circum nodo cupulam sublignosam formantes
tumidiusculam. Flores parvi singuli v. pauci in axillis gracilibus in
pedicellis oriundi hirtellis. Calycis lobi anguste lanceolati crassiusculi
rigidi acutissimi longiusculi, ovario sulcato hirtello. Corolla inter
minimas hj^pocrateriformis extus glaberrima, lobis oblongis obtusissi-
mis suberectis, ore dense barbata. Capsula parva p^^riformis extus
minute puberula.

Ecuador. Mt. Pichincha, 10,000 to 12,000 ft, GoutliouyX
Fraserl Jameson 5(M 152! 287! Lelimann 495! At 13,000ft.,
Hall 80 !

Allied to M. puhcscens, but readily distinguished by tbe truncate
or cordate leaf -base. Leaves l"5-2 cm. X 4-9 mm. broad at the base,
which is the broadest part; stipule 5 mm. x 3 mm., on an average.
Crt^y^-lobes 2-3 mm. long. Corolla-iwhQ 5-6 mm. long, lobes
2-2*5 mm. Capsule o-ij mm. long, 4 mm. wide.

25. M. EVENiA Sprague, in Bull. Herb. Boiss. ii. v. 835 (1905).
Ecuador. In valle Lloense, 8000 ft. Fl. Aug.-Sept., Jameson

352 ! Pichincha, 12,000 ft., Jameson 74 ! In herb. Kew.

Readily distinguished by the apparently veinless condition of the
leaves, and the truncate stipules.

26. M. corticifer, sp. nov.

Frutex volubilis, ipsis in novissimis glaberrimus, caule in juventute
filiformi mox tamen cortice dilute flavo nitente induto subannulato.
Folia parva crassiuscula evenia lanceolata acuminata, basi acuta
petiolo brevi ; stip>ul(s truncatse nee apiculatse. Flores minimi inter
folia passim nunc in cymulis nunc racemulis ssepius plus minus sub-
umbellatim dispositi, pedunculis ssepius validiusculis, nunquam tamen
fasciculati, inter minimos. Calycis dentes jDarvi subulato-lanceolati.
CorollcB tubus pinguiusculus necnon tamen brevis insuper parum
ampliatus, lobi parvi obtusi intus pubescentes. Capsxda parva pyri-
formis vix costulata glabra Isevis.

Colombia. Pasto, 8800 ft., ex parte Triana 1795 ! In herb.
Mus. Brit.

Allied to Sprague's 31. evenia, but distinct in the narrow leaves
with flat margins, the glabrous ovar}^ etc. Leaves 2-4 cm. x 5-
13 mm. ; petiole 3 '5 mm. C'«/y^-teeth barely 1"5 mm. long. Corolla
4 mm. long. Capsule about 5 mm. long.

Journal of Botaxy, Feb., 1919. [Supplement.] e

26 THE GENUS MANETTIA

27. M. LTaiSTOTDES Griseb., in Mem. Acad. Amer. Sci. & Art.
viii. 505 (1860) ; Sprague, in Bull. Herb. Boiss. ii. v. 833 (1905).
M. Lyf/istum Svv. var. lygistoides K. Schum. in Mart. Flor. Bras. ti.
vi. 180 (1889).

West Indies. Cuba (eastern): Monte Verde, Wrig}it255\ hb.Kew.

28. M. PARTULA K. Schum., ex Glaziou, in Bull. Soc. Bot. France,
Ivi. Mem. iii. 336 (1909), nomen.

The following is the first published description : —

Frutex scandens gracilis foliosus glabratus, caiile tenuiscido minute
priBsertim in novitate pubescente, mox cortice dilute flavo-brunneo
induto. Folia plana Itevia chartacea subevenia glabra pro genere
minima elliptica v. latiuscule lanceolata acuminata acutissima basi
acuta, peiiolo gracili brevissimo. Flores inter minimos 1-2 in axillis
in pedicellis tenuibus dispositi, hracteolis minutis subulatis basi vix
vaginantibus. Calyx dentiformibus in laciniis 4 ad basin divisus
brevibus triangulari-laneeolatis acutis. Corollce hypocrateriformis
tubus insuper paullo leniterque ampliatus extus sparse minute asperulo-
pubescens, lobi 4 ampliusculi ovato-oblongi acutiusculi vix acuminati
utrinque qua tubus induti patentes. Capsiila minima subglobosa
basi subturbinata.

Brazil. Rio de Janeiro : Glaziou 17061 ! 18294 !

The affinity is undoubtedly with M. Lygistiim. The present
species is at once recognizable b}^ the small, flat, herbaceous leaves^
with average size not much more than 2 cm. x 7 mm. The stipules
form a rather deep sheath, relativeh^ speaking, with a very short
apiculate portion. The calyx, together with the ovary, is barely
2 mm. in the flower, the small lobes barely half a millimetre. Corolla-
tube 5 mm. long, and about 2 mm. wide at the mouth ; lobes about
2*5 mm. long and 1'5 mm. broad. Capsule 3 mm. long, 2 mm. wide.

29. M. Lobbii, sp, no v.

Frutex volubilis in novitatibus necnon inflorescentiae maturse in
axibus circumque nodis ferrugineo-puberulus aliter glabratus, caule
hevi striato subterete. Folia inter minora crassiuscula margine
reflexa subevenia elliptica parum acuminata acutissima basi ssepius
acuta, peiiolo brevi tamen notabili, supra in siccitate olivaceo-nigra
subtus valde discoloria dilute flaviusculo-viridia utrinque glaberrima ;
stipulcB truncatte. Flores inter minimos in umbellis paucifloris pedun-
culatis dispositi alaribus foliis brevioribus. Calyx ad basin in la-
ciniis 4 ovato-lanceolatis divisus acutis qua ovarium anguste inf undibu-
iare glaberrimis. Corolla h3'pocrateriformis, tubo validiusculo insuper
jjaullo ampliato extus glabro, lobis ovatis subacutis intus qua in ore
dense pilosis.

Colombia. Lohh 97 ! in herb. Kew.

Allied to M. Lygistum and its circle of affinity by way of
M. evenia and M. Triana, this species is distinct in the leaf-
characters, the truncate stipules, and the glabrous ovary and calyx.
Leaves 3-5 cm. X l'3-2-3 cm., with petiole 3-7 mm. long. Primary
peduncle as much as 1*5 cm., or even longer. CV/y^-lobes barely
2 mm. Corolla-iwh^ 7 mm. long, 3-5 nmi. wide at the mouth, the
limb 6-7 mm. in diameter.

THE GENUS MANETTIA 27

30. M. Trianse, sp. nov.

Frutex alte scandens nisi novitatibus sparsiuscule hirtellis necnon
pedunculis pubescentibus glaberrimus ; caule validiusculo Isevissimo
valde complanato nee manifeste angulato. Folia firme ehartacea
subcarnosa venatione vix prominula, majuseula elliptico-laneeolata
utrinque longiuscule aeuminata acuta i:ietiolata ; stipules ^laginam
latam forraantes brevem in super brevissime acuto-acuminatse. Flores
parvi umbellis paucifloris in alaribus ^x^^O'&xM, 'pedunculis valde com-
planatis longiusculis dense flavo-hirtis. Calyx ad basin laciniis in 4
qua ovarium glaberrimis divisus ovato-lanceolatis marginibus valde
inflexis nee majusculis. Corolla hypocrateriformis extus glabra, tubo
brevi pinguiusculo, lobis amplis brevibus patentibus intus dense
pubescentibus.

Colombia. Pasto : 8800 ft., ex parte Triana 1795 ! Ecuadoe.
Andes, in woods at the foot of Mt. Tunguragua, Spruce 5092 !

This species is of critical interest, as it connects the J/. Lygistum-
group, via M. Lohhii, with M. Ji mhriata and its allies. Spruce says
of his ])lant, that it is " herba alte volubilis, foliis carnosis. Corolla
intus lilacina, extus purpurea, basi virescens." The distinctive
characters are, the completely glabrous character of the mature vegeta-
tive parts, the rather pronounced leaf- stalks, and the short corolla
with lobes densely pubescent on the ventral side. Leaves 4 X 1'7 cm.
to 6*5 X 2*5 cm., with, petiole increasing to as much as, or more than,
1*5 cm. in length; the sheath of the stipules is about 2 mm. deep,
with the apiculate portion about the same in length. Peduncle
1 to 2 cm. long. Cali/x-lohQs 2*5 mm. x 1*7 mm., the latter being
the breadth when flattened out. (7oroZZ«-tube 4*5 mm. long, 2 mm.
wide at the mouth ; lobes 3 mm. long.

31. M. GuiLLEMiNiAisA K. Schum., in Mai-t. Flor. Bras. vi. vi.
181 (1889).

Beazil. Rio de Janeiro : Mt. Corcovado, Guillemin 740 (non
vidi).

According to the author, this is allied to 31. Lygistum through
his M. Beyrichiana., being distinct especially in the general presence
of a puberulous feri-uginous indumentum, which covers even the
exterior of the corolla.

32. M. pisifera, sp. nov.

Frutex volubilis sempervirens, caule pubescente mox cortice dilute
flavo-brunneo induto. Folia inter minora tenuia plana, in siccitate
supra nigrescentia subtus dilute discoloria subcinerea elliptica acumi-
nata acutissima basi acuta, petiolo brevissimo, supra fere glabra
subtus prsesertim in venis incano-hirtella rete subtus interveniente
sub lente saltem notabili, venisque manifestis nee tamen prominenti-
bus ; stipulce basi vaginantes insuper acuminato-apiculatae. Flares
in axillis singuli, nonnunquam subumbellati, hracteis parvis sub-
setaceis basi connatis involucrantibus, ssepius pauci laxe in ramulis
foliosis dispositi lateralibus abbreviatis ; pedicelli filiformes pro rata
elongati glabrescentes ; ovarium subcupulare glabrum ; calycis lacinise
4 lanceolatae glaberrimse breves acutse. Corolla hypocrateriformis >
tubo pinguiusculo insuper vix ampliato extus glaberrimo pro affinitate

28 THE GENUS MANETTIA

inter mediocros, lirabi aiigusti lobls brevibus late ovatis obtusis intus
(ventro) glabratis. Capsula j^isiformis glaberrima, calyee coronata
persistente.

Colombia. La Baiica, 10,OuO-11,000 ft. Fl. January. Pearce\
in herb. Kew.

An evergreen twiner Avith pink flowers, allied to M. Li/r/isUon
itself, but easily distinguished by the whitish hairs on the under side
of the leaves, which are markedly acuminate, and b}^ the stipules.
Leavf's 3-5 cm. X 1'2-1'8 cm., with petiole not attaining 3 mm. ;
sheath of stipules 2 mm. or deeper, the acuminate free portion —
sooner or later deciduous, 2 mm. or longer. Ovary rather more than
2 mm. long in the flower ; calyxAoh^^ nearly the same length.
Coro//rt-tube 1'2 cm. long nearl}^, lobes 2-8x2 mm. The globose
capsule is 4 mm. long and wide.

33. M. thysanophoi-a, sp. nov.

Fratex volubilis, caule in novitate filiformi sparse hirtello glabres-
cente subtereti striato. Folia inter mediocra plana membranacea
herbacea, uti-inque prajsertim in juventute sparsiuscule hirta, elliptica
acuminata utrinque acuta, j^ef/o/o tenui subelongato ; vence primariie
subtus prominuliB lateribus (utrinque ca. 8) pro rata crebrse, rete
tamen interveniente vix manifesto ; stipulce membranaceam in vaginam
brevissimam connatse mox reflexam margine irregulariter setis nume-
rosis fimbriatam insequalibus. Flores in paniculis dispositi vel um-
bellis cymosis alaribus inter minores, hypocrateriformes, pedicellis
s,upe longiusculis filiformibus cum ovario campanula to sub anthesin
nonnunqaam flavo-pulverulentibus tardius glabrescentibus. Calyx ad
basin laciniis in 4 late ovatis divisus apice ssepe obtusis parvis glaber-
rimis. Corollcd tubus pinguis tamen brevis cylindricus extus gla-
ben-imus, lobi ovati utrinque glabri obtusissimi suberecti.
Peru. 3Iatthews loOl ! in hbb. Mas. Brit. & Kew.
Aliiinl to 31. Lygistum, this species is notable for the peculiar
stipular structure, and the broad blunt calyx-lobes. Leaves Z'5-d ctu.
X 1'3-1"9 cm., the petiole as much as 7-8 mm, long ; sheath of
stipules barely 2 mm. deep, the setae of the marginal fringe as much
as 2'5-3 mm. in length. Fechincle 1-2 cm. long; pedicels 3-8 mm.
Ovary scarcel}'' 2 mm. long ; c<77y.r-lobes rather longer than 1 mm.,
and of the same breadth, or broader. Corolla-twhQ not exceeding
5 mm., lobes 2 X 1*7 mm.

34. M. LiNDENii Sprague, in Bull. Herb. Boiss. it. v. 883.
(1905). M. Lyfjistum Sw. var. a. typica K. Schum., in Mart. Flor.
Bras. VI. vi. 180 "(1889).

Colombia. Linden 1439! Venezuela." Funch S{ Schlim 788!

This di:ffers from M. Lygistum especially in its truncate stipules
and much smaller corolla. Both species have strongly-marked reticu-
lation, especially on the low^er surface of the leaves.

35. M. Lygistum Swartz, Prodi-. 37 (1788). Lyr/istum flexile
fritticosumy foliis ovatis oppositis^ petiolis pedatis,racemis alaribus,
v. Browne, Hist. Jam. (1756) 142, t. 3. f. 2. L. axillare Lam. 111. i.
286. Fetesia Lyr/istvm Linn. Syst. ed. x. 894 (1750). See also
Grisebacli, Flor. Brit. W. Ind. 329 (1861).

THE GEXUS ilAXETTIA ' 29

West In"dies. Jamaica; P. Browne \' Wright \ 3£asso?i\ SJiaJce-
spearel xlo7\ J^am. SSO I Dancer I March 814! Moist woods, New
Haven Grap. 5500 ft., Nicholls Qo ! vSummit of Blue Mt., Fur die !
Portland Grap, Blue Mt., Alexanderl Hayti : SchomlurgJcl

This species has a double interest as being the first known of the
genus, and also the basis of the identification of Manettia with
Lygistum and Petesia (P. Lygistum\ see historical introduction,
supra). According to Alexander the flowers are " deep blue." It
is essentially a West Indian species, and is distinguished from its
allies by the manifestly apiculate stipules, the nearly orbicular leaves,
and the narrow, rather elongated calyx-lobes, curling and more or less
setaceous at the tip. K. Schumann, in the Flora Brasiliensis, treats
several of these allied species as varieties of M. Lygisfum ; but theiv
characters seem well worthy of the specific rank to which Sprague
(Bull. Soc. Herb. Boiss. ii. v. (1905)) has assigned several of them;
among these the latter author has properly recalled Willdenow's
M. pi eta (JLT. alba., infra), a native of Guiana.

36. M. ScHUMANXTAXA Sprague, in Bull. Herb. Boiss. ii. v.
834 (1905). M. Li/c/isfion Svv, ysly. glahrata K. Schum., in Mart.
Flor. Bras. vi. vi. 181 (1889).

Venezuela. Tovar : Fendler 589 ! Moritz 1807 !
Barely distinguishable from JSL. alba, except by the corolla, which
is over a centimetre in length.

37. M. ALBA, nom. nov. IL picta Willd. Sp. PL i. 624 (1797) ;
Sprague, in Bull. Herb. Boiss. it. v. 834 (1905). J£ Lygistum var.
alba K. Schum., in Mart. Flor. Bras. Yi. vi. 180 (1889). Nacibea
alba Aubl. PL Guian. i. 95, t. 37. f. 2 (1775). Conotrichia alba
A. Rich., in Mem. Soc. Hist. Nat. Paris, v. t. 14. f. 1 (1829).
Lygistum album O. Kuntze, Rev. Gen. PL i. 287 (1891).

Guiana. Auhlet ! Martin ! Karouany : 8agot 300 ! Macoui-ia
River: Jenman 2470! Mazaruni River: Jenman 5305! Appun
304 ! 669 ! Bartica : Jenman 4727 ! Hbb. Mus. Brit. & Kew.

Discovered in Guiana nearly a century and a half ago by Aublet,
this species has not yet been recorded elsewhere — unlike the widely-
distributed M. coccinea, also the discovery of Aublet, the only other
native Guianan species (infra). Its most notable character is tlie
short, stout corolla, densely hairy in the mouth (see Richard's excellent
figures quoted). This connects the M. Lyr/istu ?fi -group with that
species-group characterized by a short infundibular corolla, by way of
M. barbata.

38. M. elexilis Brandegee, PL Mex. Purp. 196 (1915).
Mexico. Chiapas: Cerro del Boqueron ; fl. June, Purpus 7218!

Guatemala. Alta Yerapaz : Pansamala, 3800 ft. J. D. Smith 936 !
EcUADOii. Chimborazo, 3000 ft. Spruce 6185 !

39. M. BARBATA Oerst., in Kjob. Vidensk. Medd. Natur. 47
(1852). M. stenophylla J. D. Smith, in Coult. Bot. Gaz. Ivi. 58
(1913).

Costa Riga: Endres 240! Mt. x'Vguacate, about 2000 ft.,
Oersted ! in herb. Kew.

30 THE GEXFS MAXETTIA

Derives its name from the dense beard of white hairs about the
mouth of the very short funnel-shaped corolla.

40. M. MiCROCARPA K. Sehum., in Mart. Flor. Bras. ti. vi. 179

(1889).

Ven'EZUELA. Carabobo i^/^;ic^' 788 ! Tovar : Fe?icner 1997 I
Kemarkable for tlie small corolla, widely funnel-shaped above,

barely 4 mm. long, as well as for the small fruits 2 mm. in diameter.

41. M. PAXicuLATA Poepp. & Endl. Nov. Gen. & Sp. iii. 24
(1845).

Peru, Cassapi, Poejypig ! in herb. Kew.

This identification is supported by Bentham (MS. in herb.).
This species, together with 21. Bei/ricJiiana, is unique in the genus in
the inflorescence, which is very lax and diffuse ; the eifect of the
three or four axillary inflorescences at the end of a twig recalls the
panicle characteristic of so many species of PsycJwtria. This resem-
blance, in the case of the species before us, extends also to the
individual flowers, which have a very short tube, and are rather
funnel-shaped than hypocrateriform.

42. M. Sonderiana, sp, nov. J/", punicea Klotsch MS. in herb.
Sonder.

Frutex volubilis novitatibus sparse hirtellis tandem omnino glaber,
caule in juventute filiformi mox validiore. FoJia inter majora utrinque
demum glabra, firme chartacea, venis prominulis tenuissimis latera-
libus utrinque 5-{j rete interveniente sub lente manifesto, ovato-
elliptica acuminata subacuta basi subcuneata, ^?p^/oZo brevi gracilius-
culo ; stipulce vaginam brevissimam formantes fere ad lineam trans-
versam reductam in super arista subsetosa onustam interpetiolari caduca.
F lores 2-3 in axillis umbellatim dispositi, pedicellis necnon pedunculis
longiusculis, hracteis parvis lanceolatis basi altiuscule vaginantibus.
Calyx ad basin in laciniis 4 late lanceolatis divisus demum glaberri-
mis minusculis tamen subfoliaceis acuto-acurainatis adscendentibus.
Corolla hypocrateriformis tube gracillimo extus glaberrimo apice vix
ampliato, lobis angustis oblong-is limbum pro rata parvum formanti-
bus. Capsula oblongo-ellipsoidea glabi-a costulata.

Venezuela. Iforitz ex parte 839 ! Caracas, Linden 850 !

Distinguished among M. LygisUim and its allies especially by the
conspicuous stipular aristie, and by the long, very slender corolla.
Leaves 4-5-7 cm. x 2-8 cm., with petiole 5-12 mm. long ; stipules
v3-4 mm. Peduncle and pedicels each 5 mm., more or less, in length.
Or/Zy.r-lobes 3 mm. long, increasing to about 5 mm. in the fruit,
which is 5 mm. long and 3*5-4 mm. in diameter. Corolla-iwhQ
tS cm. long, the limb barely 7 mm. across.

43. M. sabiceoides, sp. nov.

Frutex volubilis caulibus junioribus dense sulphtireo-pubescentibus
tarde glabrescentibus. Folia elliptiea papyracea breviter acuto-
acuminata brevissime petiolata, supra glabrescentia subtus nisi in venis
puberula glabra ; ven(B primaria? subtus prominulae pro genere latera-
libus crebra' (utrinque 8-10) ; siipulce inconspicuai minimae areuat*

THE GENUS MAXETTIA 31

margine pilosae. Flores inter minores in umbellis validiuscule pedun-
culatis dispositi paucifloris foliis brevioribus. Calycis lobi conspicui
ovato-oblongi acuminati acuti accrescentes latiusculi subfoliacei cum
ovario glabri. Corolla hypocrateriformis tubo gracili pro affinitate
longiusculo insuper vix ampliato extus sparse puberulo, lobi oblongi
parvi.

Colombia. Mariquita, Quindio, 6500 ft., Triana 1793 ( = 143)!

Readily distingviished by the sulphur-yellow j^ubescence of the
stem, the close venation of t^^e leaves, and the arrangement of the
flowers in small, concise, regular umbels. Leaves 3-4-5 cm. xlo-
2*5 cm. Peduncle about 7 mm. long, pedicels 4-5 mm. Calyx-
lobes 3x2 mm., more or less. Corolla-tuhe 12 cm. long, lobes
3 mm.

44. M. Moritziana, sp. nov. 31. Lygisfum Swartz var. I Morit-
ziana K. Schum., in Mart. Flor. Bras. vi. vi. 180 (1SS9).

Frutex volubilis glaberrimus, caule laevi tereti. Folia inter
majuscula firme chartacea plana elliptica caudato-acuminata acutissima
basi acuta, petiole brevi ; vencB primariae cum rete interveniente
praesertim infra n\an if estas laterales distantes nee numerosi ; stipulce
truncatte vaginam formantes ad lineam reductam prominulam. Flores
inter minores in paniculis dispositi alaribus laxis folia subaequantibus
nisi brevioribus ; hracfecB subulato-lineares. Calycis lobi ut ovarium
oblongiusculum glaberrimi carnosuli parvi late ovati ad suborbiculares
apice saepius rotundati. Corolla h3"pocrateriformis tubo extus gla-
berrimo subcylindrico longitudine mediocro, lobis dorso glaberrimis
par vis oblongis.

Venezuela. Faji : Jl. Feb. ; " cor. earn.," Moriiz 976 ! in herb.
Mus. Brit.

I regard this as the passage-form connecting the Lygisitim group
with M. mitis, M.jimhriata, and their allies. The present species is
distinct especially in the small rotund calyx-lobes, at most 2 '3 X
1*7 mm. Leaves 4-7 cm. X l*5-2*3 cm. ; petiole 4-7 mm.

45. M. UMBELLATA Ituiz & Pavon, Fl. Peru & Chili, i. 58. t. 90.
f. a (1798).

I was inclined at first to identify with this species a plant collected
by Pearce, in agreement with Sprague's MS. in the Kew herbarium.
But comj^arison with the descrij^tion, and with the figure quoted
above, leave no doubt that this plant is distinct. According to the
authors, JSL umhellata is a native of woods in the neighbourhood of
Muna, in Peru, flowering in the late autumn. It has ovate, si:b-
eordate leaves : the bracts form a distinct involucre to the umbellate
inflorescence, which, according to the figure, has a decidedly stout
^/°f/w?2c/e and primary branches ; the cf^/ya%lobes are lanceolate; and
the corolla-twhQ cylindi'ical, not widened at all toward the aj^ex.
These characters distinguish 31. umhellata without doubt from
Pearce's j^lant, which 1 proceed to describe as a new si^ecies, viz.,

46. M. dubia, sp. nov.

Frutex scandens sempervirens omnino nisi intus floribus glaber-
rimus, caule validiusculo valde complanato manifesto striato. Folia,

32 THE GENUS MAXETTIA

pro genere inter majora carnosula plana ampla elliptica basi rotnndata
petiolata apice vix acuminata saepe obtusa ; vence impressae primarise
nee occlusie lateralibiis utrinque 4-5 nee tamen rete apparente inter-
veniente ; stipulcB basi altiuseule vaginantes insuper deltoideai acumi-
natie aeutse. Flores inter minores hypocrateriformes in umbellis
paucifloris pediinculatis dispositi axibus gracilibus alaribus, pedicellis
elongatis ebracteolatis ; hractece exiguae. Ovarium globosura glaber-
rimum baccoideum Iseve ecostulatum, cahjcis lobis coronatum aniplis
foliaceis planis ovato-orbicularibus ssepijis vix acuminatis apice tamen
mucronato-acutis. Corollce caerulese tubus pinguis extus glaberrimus
e basi os versus leviter ampliatus, lobi patentes late ovato-triangulares
intus cum ore puberulo-barbati.

Peru. Puitac, 10,000-11,000 ft. Fl. April. Pearce, in herb.
Kew.

Allied to the preceding species, q. v. Leaves 6'5-8-5 cm, X 3-
4 cm., \\ii\\ p)etioleS mm.., or longer; sf^pwZe-sheath 3 mm. deep, the
tipper acuminate jDart 2 mm. long. Peduncle 6-15 mm. long; pedi-
cels as much as 2 cm. Ovary 7 mm. long ; calyx-Xohe^ 6x4 mm.
CoroUa-i\\\)Q 1-2-1 -3 cm., 5-6 mm. Avide at mouth ; lobes 4-5 mm. x
2-5-3-5 mm.

47. M. MiTis K. Schum., in Mart. Flor. Bras. Ti. vi. 185, t. 104
(1889) (sensu angusto — var. m iypica). I am very doubtful of the
svnonymy given by Schumann, viz., Guagnehina mitis Veil. Flor.
Flum. 46, t. 118 (1825) and ? suavis Veil. 1. c. t. 117, under this
species, even if it be associated with the next, M. fimhriata Cham. &
Schl. — after Schumann's loose wa}^ If this s^^non^^my be correct,
then Vellozo's figures must be poor indeed !

Bkazil. Rio de Janeiro : Vauthier 99 ! Miers 4109 ! Glazioii
9476 ! ScJioff ex parte 853 ! St. Estella, JRiedel 503 ! near Petro-
polis, 2000-3000 ft., in mountain-woods, 10-16 July, Ball ! Oregon
Mts. — woods, Imbuhy, 3000 ft., April, Gardner 455 ! Vargem,
Miers ! In hbb. Mus. Brit. & Kew.

Very distinct in the tough leathery oblong leaves, often rounded
at the base, and the globose fruits, crowned by conspicuous rotund-
ovate cft/y^-lobes. Schumann regards this and the following as
varieties of one species.

48. M. FiWEBTATA Cham, k Schl., in Linnsea iv. 173 (1829).
II. mitis K. Schum. loc. cit. sub spec, prcec. var. y. Jimhriata
K. Schum., & var. t rosed K. Schum. loc. cit. M. acutijlora Bowie
& Cunn. MS. in herb. no. 178, nee Persoon.

Beazjl. Kio de Janeiro: Glaziou 6569! Biedel 621! Schott
ex parte 853 ! Bowie Sf Cunninyhaw 178 ! Fl. rose-coloured, Bun-
hury 423! Ilha dos Frades, Bay of Rio, Miers 3278 ! Corcovado,
Gardner ! Aquas Novas, Miers \ Valley of Catumbe, up a high
mountain west of the aqueduct of Carioca : " volubilis 8-ped. Corolla
alba limbo roseo hirto." Burchell 1847 ! Sao Bomingos to Isl.
Boa Viajem, Burchell 2853! Monte da Santa Theresa, Boivie Sf
Cunningham !

This species is quite distinct from the preceding, especially in the
oblong fruits with acute-acuminate foliaceous c«7ya:-lobes.

49

NOTES ON SEDUM.— III.

By R. Lloyd Pkaegee.

(Continued from Joum. Bot. 1918, p. 152.)

Ii^ the present notes seven new species o£ Sedum are described,
and three new varieties. The new species, which are all based on
living material, are derived mostly from an interesting packet of seed
received from the Rev. E. E. Maire in 1915, collected by him about
Tong-tchouan, in Yunnan. These seeds germinated, producing nine
species, and it is indicative of the great richness of the Yunnan
6Vf/««i-flora that, despite the large number of new species described
from that area in recent years, four of these were new. The
remaining species represented were S. Celled K. Hamet and H. Le-
hlancoB H. Hamet, both described from sjDecimens in the Paris Her-
barium, collected in Yunnan b}^ Delavay ; S. yunnaneuse Franchet
var. valerianoides II. Hamet (section Pseitdorhodiola Diels), an
interesting plant evidently common in Yunnan (see Notes from
R. Bot. Gard. Edinb. viii. 139 et seq.) ; S. trijidum Wallich, a familiar
Himalayan species of the Waodiola section, not reported previously
from China (the plants recorded as varieties of S. trijidum in Notes
R. Bot. Gard. Edinb. v. 119, vii. 7, 11, 19, 181, 293, belong to
8. linearijolium Koyle (see Notes, vii. 399)) ; and the variable S. indi-
cutnR. Hamet {Crassula indica Decne) in several different forms, of
which one is now described as new. Of the remaining new species, one
comes from Bhutan, a plant of the well-marked Rhodiola section,
which has its head-quarters in the Himalaya- Yunnan region ; another
from California, where it reinforces the spathulifoliurn group of
N.W. North America ; and the last is a plant from a garden source,
allied to the group just mentioned, and probably collected in British
Columbia. The new species will be figured later in the Journal of
the Royal Horticultural Society.

Section Rhodiola, Series Rhodiola sensu stricto.

^ Sedum Cooperi, sp. nov. Species f oliis cauleque S. elongato Wall,
similis, etiam S. hupleuroidi Wall, consanguinea. Ab priore caule
dimidio graciliore, foliis minoribus breviter jDetiolatis vel sessilibus,
inflorescentia parce foliosa, floribus dimidio minoribus densius dis-
positis, petalis in parte superiore angustioribus, &c., differt. Ab
^. hupleuroide foliis longioribus parte superiore dentatis (nee in-
tegris), inflorescentia densiore, floribus dimidio minoribus, squamis
majoribus, &c., diifert.

Herha perennis glabra. Caudex crassus, erectus, ramosus, ramis
squamis coronatis. Squamce late ovato-deltoidese, acutse, integrse,
ad 1 cm. longie, primo virides, deinde brunnese, paleaceee. Caules
pauci, simplices, erecti, graciles, glabri, teretes, foliosi, 30-60 cm.
longi, 2-3 mm. crassi. Folia alterna (nonnunquam subternata vel
subopposita), glabra, quam internodia longiora, sessilia vel sub-
sessilia, vix carnosa, obovata vel elliptica, in parte superiore dentata
vel prope Integra, apice rotundata vel subacuta, medio 4 cm. longa,
2 cm. lata, superiora minora, infima minutissima. Inflorescentia
JouKNAL OF Botany. — Vol. 57. [March, 1919.] f

/

50 THE JOURNAL OF BOTA^nT

terminalis, laxa, 5-8 cm. longa et lata, ex ramis 2-4 brevibus,
dichotomis, mammillatis, pauce foliosis composita. Flores 4- (non-
nunquam 5- vel 6-) meri. Flos c? : sepala linearia, obtusa, carnosa,
prope imurn libera, viridia vel purpurea ; petala oblongo-lanceolata,
obtusa, concava, 2 mm. longa, sepalis dimidio longiora, patentia vel
reflexa, pleruuique purpurea ; stamina petala sequantia, filamentis
purpureis, antheris rubescentibus ; sqiiamcB amplae, erectse, parte
superiore jDatulae et latse, aplce truncato-retuso-emarginatse, '6 mm.
longse, purpureas, nitidic ; carpella minutissima, obtusa, squamis
multum breviora, viridescentia vel purpui*ascentia. Flos $ : sepala
eis floris masculini similia ; petala patula, sepalis similia et aequilonga
vel paullo longiora ; stamina o ; squamcjd eis floris masculini similes,
sepalis et petalis paullo longiores ; carpella erecta, lanceolata, sepalis
et petalis \- vel | -longiora, viridia vel purpurea, stylis brevibus strictis
crassis capiteliatis coronata.

Hab. Bhutan : mossy rocks at 13,000 feet (Cooper, no. 3517).
I have seen the plant at Kew, Edinburgh, Glasnevin, and the Bees
Nursery near Chester. The description is taken from specimens
which flowered at Glasnevin and in my own garden in 1918.

When the leaves are pseudo-ternate the plant somewhat resembles
a slender >S'. yunnanense Franchet, but the inflorescence is totally
different.

Section Rhodiola, Series Crassipedes.

Sedum cbassipes Wall. var. nov. cholaense. A very robust and
distinct variety was received, in the form of either roots or seeds,
from Darjeeling and Edinburgh Botanic Gardens and from Lissadell
Nursery. All appear to have had a common origin — the Chola
Valley, East Sikkim, where the plant was collected hj Cooper
(no. 923). The unusual dimensions of the parts of the plant, coupled
with its flowers, wholly' green save for their conspicuous crimson
scales, give it a ver}^ distinct appearance.

Typo robustior. Caudex 12-18 (nee 6-8) mm. diametro. In-
■florescentia densior, bmcteis longis involucrata. Folia ad 40 (nee
12-20) mm. longa, 4-5 (nee 1*5-3) mm. lata, prope inflorescentiam
maxima. Petala erecta vel suberecta, lineari-lanceolata, obtusa,
10 (nee 6) mm. longa, sepalis fere duplo longiora, \aridia (nee
lutescentia). Stamina petala sequantia, antheris viridescentibus
(nee luteis). Squamae coccinese (nee aureae). Carpella gracilia,
petalis parum longiora, ad 12 (nee 9) mm. longa.

Section Seda genuina.

Sedum dastphyllum L. var. nov. Sue>'deemanni.

S. dasyphyllum is a variable species, especially as regards size and
the presence or absence of hairiness. I have grown a large series :
apart from very large forms, botli hairy and glabrous, wliich may be
placed under sub-var. macropliyllum Kouy Si Camus, the most distinct
is a plant distributed by F. Siindermann, of Lindau, under the name
S. rivulare (but S. rivulare Boissier = aS. melanantherum DC, a
quite different plant). It was collected by Siindermann in Spain —

NOTES OX SEDUM 51

I believe in the Sierra Nevada, but the locality is not stated in
his Catalogue (for 1913), and the finder is not at present accessible.
This form is so distinct that it deserves varietal rank. It is well
distinguished by its densely imbricate leaves and abundant very large
flowers, which in diameter are 1^ times that of the type.

Typo major ; folia ramorum sterilium dense imbricata, obovata,
apice obtuse acutata, basi cuneata, dense glanduloso-hirsuta, car-
nosissima, supra plana ; inflorescentia quam in typo major, ramosior ;
Hores ampli, 11 mm. diametro, petalis 5-7 (plerumque 6).

The plant flowers in the garden in late July, six weeks later than
the type.

Series Spathulifolia.

Sedum rubrog-aucum, sp. nov. Species gregis boreali-americani
cujns S. S2)athu I if oil It m Hooker typicum est : petalis parte infer iore
adnatis in sectione Gormania (genere G-ormcuiia Britton) reposita
est. Ab G. JVatsoni Britton inflorescentia brevi (nee elongata),
petalis ovatis (nee lanceolatis), sepalis 6 mm. (nee 2'5-3 mm.) longis,
&c., diifert; ab. G. ohtusata Britton {8. ohtusato A. Gray) sepalis
({ mm. (nee 2 mm.) longis, petalis ovatis (nee oblongo-lanceolatis vel
ovato-lanceolatis), 8-9 mm. (nee 5-6 mm.) longis, <fec. ; ab-O^. Hallii
Britton foliis glaucis (nee viridibus), depresso-apiculatis (nee rotun-
datis nee retusis), sepalis ovatis (nee oblongo-lanceolatis), 6 mm.
(nee 3 mm.) longis, petalis ovatis (nee oblongo-lanceolatis), &c. ; ab
G. dehili Britton (*S'. dehili S. Wats.) foliis petiolatis (nee sessili-
bus), ovatis (nee lanceolatis acuminatis), 5-adnatis (nee psene liberis) ;
ab G. oregana {S. oregano Nutt.) foliis glaucis (nee viridibus),
petalis ovatis (nee lineari-lanceolatis longe acuminatis) ; ab Sedo
spathulifolio Hooker petalis :j-adnatis (nee liberis), foliis amplexi-
caulibus, &c.

Herha humilis, perennis, sempervirens, atroviridis, glauca, rubro-
tincta. Hadices fibratae. Caules teretes, juveniles coccinei, veteres
nigri. Rami steriles procumbentes, parte inferiore nudi, parte supe-
riore rosulas laxas foliorum ferentes atque ramulos breves axillares
stoloniformes emittentes. Rami floriferi ereeti, ex centro rosularum
orientes, 5-6 cm. alti. Folia opposita (nonnunquam alterna), glauca,
carnosissima, breviter petiolata, circa 2 cm. longa, "8 cm. lata, "5 cm.
crassa ; lamina obovata, apice rotunda ta depresso-apiculata, supra
plana vel concava, marginibus anterioribus distinctis in apiculum
conjunctis, subtus multum convexa ; petiolus brevis, basi latus,
amplexicaulis, non calcaratus. Inflorescentia pauciflora, pedicellis
flores vix sequantibus. Flores subnutantes, aurei, 1*5 cm. diametro.
Sepala erecta, carnosissima, basi libera, ovata, subacuta, 5-6 mm.
longa, viridia. Petala aurea, 1 cm. longa, parte inferiore cuneata
erecta, parte superiore ovato-oblonga, erecto-patentia, apice apiculata
vel obtusa, parte quarta inferiore adnata. Stamina petala a^quantia,
filamentis viridibus, antheris aureis. SquamcB multum latiores quam
longiores, flavescentes. Carpella stamina sequantia, erecta, longa,
gracilia, viridia, stylis brevissimis coronata.

Rah. California : Short Trail, in the Yosemite Vallev. The plant

''r2

52 THE JOUEXAL or BOTANY

was collected and forwarded alive by Prof. H. M. Hall in June,
1915, and flowered in the following year. The group to which it
belongs has a well-marked N.W. American range.

Sedum anoicum, sp. nov. Sedum S. sjyatJinlifoh'o Hooker et
S. yosemifensi Britton et speciebus nonnullis generis Gormanice
Britton caule foliisque similis ; folia eis S. ( Gor mania) ore(]ani Xuttall
persimilia : sed species tres indicatie luteiflorse sunt, hsec albiflora.
^. anoicum foliorum glabrorum spathulatorum pallide viridium rosulis,
inflorescentia laxa glanduloso-pilosa, floribus albis longe pedicellatis,
facile distinguendum,

Herha humilis, repens, perennis, sempervirens, pallide viridis.
Madices fibratae. Laules graciles ; rami breves, 2-7 cm. longi, glabri,
diffusi, foliosi, apice rosulas laxas foliorum majorum et radices
edentes ; rosulae apice caulem florif erum, basi ramos breves axillares
diffusos steriles emittentes. Caules floriferi erecti vel adscendentes,
graciles. 7-10 cm. alti, sparse foliosi, glanduloso-pilosi. Folia alterna,
ea rosularum glabra, carnosa, supra plana, subtus subplana, basi
cuneata vel attenuato-cuneata, sessilia, lucida, l'5-2-5 cm. longa,
7-10 mm. lata ; ea ramorum sterilium sub rosulis glabra, eis rosulainim
similia sed minora, percarnosa vel etiam subteretia ; ea ramorum
floriferorum eis sub rosulis consimilia, sed glanduloso-pubescentia,
distantioi-a, sursum in bracteas minutas decrescentia. In^orescentia
paniculata, laxissima, glanduloso-pubescens, 6-12 flores longipedi-
cillatos ferens ; pedicelli 12-24 mm. longi ante anthesin decm-vati ;
bracte* paucse, minutae. Flores albi, 1 cm. diametro. Sepala
carnosissima, ovato-oblonga, subacuta, 3 mm. longa, fere ad basim
libera, viridia, rubropunctata, supra plana, glabra, subtus perconvexa,
glanduloso-j^ubescentia. Petala oblongo-ovata vel oblongo-obovata,
obtusa, 6 mm. longa, 3 mm. lata, ad basim suberecta, supra patentia,
post apicem apiculum ferentia, dorso carina glanduloso-pubescente
prsedita. Stamina alba, petalis paullo bre\dora, filamentis supm
attenuatis. Squamce duplo longiores quam latiores, albescent^s, apice
truncata?, retusai. Carpella erecta, oblonga, flavo-alba, in stylos
breves erectos abrupte conti*acta.

This distinct little plant is named the " Homeless Sedum,"
because I have failed to discover definitely its country of origin.
I received it along with other stonecrops from the garden of
Mr. Murray Hornibrook of Abbeylclx, Queen's County, who cannot
supply its history. Mr. Hornibrook has imported many plants from
British Columbia, and as the aflinities of the present Sedum are
entirely with species of western North America, there is a strong
presumption that it belongs to the area mentioned.

Perhaps most nearly related to >S'. Wootoni Britton, from New
Mexico and Arizona, which agrees in its spathulate leaves, stems
glabrous below and. puberulous above, and white flowers; but in that
Species the leaves are onl}^ half as long as in the present plant, the
upper leaves are acute or acuminate (not blunt), the sepals naiTowly
oblong (not broadly ovate), and the petals oblanceolate acute (not
elliptic blunt).

XOTES OX SEDUil o3

Series Japonica.

V Sedum Mairei, sp. nov. Species sinensis, 8. Alfredi Hance con-
sanguinea, 8. Someni R. Hamet quippiam similis ; ab affinibus foliis
amplis sessilibus integris obovatis, petalis ovatis acuminatis sepala
apiculata papilloso-marginata paullo vel haudsuperantibus, distinguitur.

Herba perennis (vel fortasse biennis ?), glabra, subdecidua. Ra-
dices tibratte. Caules ramosi, decumbentes vel adscendentes, nitidi.
brunneo-purpurei ; rami steriles breves (5-10 cm.), infra nudi, apice
folia rosulata ferentes ; rami floriferi 15-25 cm. alti, basi ramosi,
ramorum parte inferiore foliis emarcidis membranaceis albis, parte
superiore foliis vivis obtecta. Folia ramormn sterilium rosulata,
alterna, sessilia, carnosa, plana, Integra, oblongo-obovata, basi lata sed
vix amplexicaulia, apice rotundata vel obtusa, ad 2"5 cm. longa, 1-2 cm.
lata; ramorum floriferoram folia dimidio minora, obovata, sessilia,
marginibus mammillatis, sursum in bracteas similes decrescentia.
Cymce terminales, trichotomse, 2-5-5 cm. diametro, satis laxse, ramis
dichotomis erecto-patentibus, flore infimo brevi-pedicellato, reliquis
sessilibus. Flores 5-meri, satis parvi, G-10 mm. diametro, viricles-
centi-lutei. Sepala ina^qualia. ohovato-oblonga, apiculata, marginibus
mammillatis et ssepe purpuroo-punctatis, breviter calcarata, petalis
parum breviora vel longiora, viridia, 3-5 mm. longa, 1 mm. lata.
Fetala ovata, acuminata, patentia, 4-5 mm. longa, 2 mm. lata, lutea.,
Stamina 10, petalis breviora, 3 mm. longa, lutea, infra petalis breviter
adnata. SqioamcB parvte, parte inferiore anguste lineares, parte supe-
riore psene cordatse, viridescentes. Carpella erecta, 3*5 mm. longa,
viridescentia, in stylos breves attenuata, stigmatibus capitellatis.

Hub. Yunnan, Haised at Griasnevin in 1916 from seed sent by
Rev. E. E. Maire from Tong-Tchouan, 2900 metres, in 1915. The
plants flowered, one in October, 1916, and the rest in August, 1917.
They died in the autumn of 1917, but 1 think this was probably due
to over-flowering rather than to a natural biennial duration of the
plant.

From the other species of Sedum of the large series Joponica
which have also relatively broad leaves (ovate or spathulate) and
yellow flowers, S. Mairei may be distinguished as follows: —

*S'. Alfredi Hance has ligulate (not ovate) petals three times (not
slightly) longer than the sepals, rotund-truncate (not cordate-stipitate)
scales, and carpels connate half way up (not nearly free).

S. Dugueyi R. Hamet is a minute plant with tiny crowded ovate-
deltoid leaves.

>S'. Q-iajai R. Hamet is a small hairy plant, with leaves only ^ inch
long.

S. Moroti R. Hamet has blunt spurred obovate sepals, oblong-
hnear petals, terete scales.

*S^. Schoenlandi R. Hamet is easily separated b}^ its hairy leaves,
racemose inflorescence, and the presence of only five stamens.

S. Someni R. Hamet has only five stamens, and is described as
annual. In some respects it appears to resemble S. Mairei^ but it has
sepals entire and very obtuse at the apex (not papillate-margined and
apiculate), petals " subsemioblong " subactate, widest above the middle

54 THE JOUnXAL OF BOTANY

(not ovate, acuminate, widest one-third way up), and scales with the
limb twice as broad as long (not as broad as long).

S. Esquirolii Leveille and S. viscosum Praeger are hairy plants
with long-stalked leaves and flowers.

Sedum triphyllum, sp. nov. Species sinensis sectionis Japonicce
Maximowicz, ramis sterilibus longis, ramis floriferis brevibus, foliis
oblongo-oblanceolatis obtusis, inflorescentia cymosa densa pei-foliosa,
sepalis spathvilatis vel lineari-spathulatis, squamis planis, ab speciebus
aliis ternato-foliatis sectionis ejus distinguenda.

Herba glabra pei-ennis senipervirens, late repens, e nodis radices
copiose emittens. Rami steriles 15-22 cm. longi, foliosi, apicibus
adscendentibus. Bami floriferi ramis sterilibus similes sed breviores
vel baud altiores, simplices, foliosi, in parte superiore dense mammil-
lati. Folia ramoinim sterilium ternata, internodia jequantia vel
superantia, integra, oblongo-oblanceolata, infra attenuata, subpetiolata,
ajiice rotundata, plana, subcarnosa, marginibus mammillatis, pulchre
viridia, subtus pallida, 15-20 mm. longa, 4 mm. lata, parte inferiore
erecta, jmrte superiore patentia ; calcar obtusum, plerumque deltoideuni,
noniunujuam bitidum ; ramorum floriferorum folia eis ramorum steri-
lium similia, superiora sa?pe alterna. Injiorescentia terminalis, per-
foliosa, densa, plana, 3-5 cm. diametro, e ramis dichotomis tribus
composita, flore infimo breviter pedicellato, floribus reliquis subses-
silibus vel sessilibus ; bracteae coarctatse, amplje, foliis similes, calcaratae,
marginibus mammillatis. Flores lutei, 16 mm. diametro. Sepala
injequalia, obtusissima, fere ad imum libera, obtuse calcarata, majora
s])athulata, 7 mm. longa, minora spathulato-linearia, 4 mm. longa.
Petala lineari-lanceolata, acutiuscula, 9 mm. longa, 2 mm. lata,
apicibus cucullatis. Stamina 10, petalis paullo breviora, 8 mm. longa,
epipetalina infra medium petalorum inserta, antheris aureo-rubris.
Squamce parvai, quadrate, aureae. Carpella gracilia, erecta, virides-
centi-lutea, 7 mm. longa, stylis gracilibus.

ILih. Yunnan. Raised from seed collected by Rev. E. E. Maire,
on "rocheis a mi-mont, altitude 2990 metres," near Tong-tchouan,
in 19ir, Flowered at Glasnevin and in my own garden in August,
1917.

Related to S. sarmentosum Bunge, S. lineare Thunb., and
S. Chattveaudi R. Hamet, all of which have also ternate leaves.
From the two first it may be distinguished by its blunt leaves broadest
near the apex, its copious axillary rootlets, its dense, very leafy inflor-
escence, and blunt broad-tipped sepals. It comes near aS'. Chauveaudi,
but that plant has tall (12-18 cm.) erect flowering shoots (not short,
ascending), short (3-6 cm.) barren shoots (not long, 18-22 cm.)
smaller leaves, those of barren shoots about 10x3 mm., of fertile
shoots about 9x3*5 mm. (not all similar and about 15-20x4 mm.).
In >S'. triphj/IIum, moreover, the flower-stems are densely mammillate
(a character not mentioned in Hamet's full description of Chau-
veaiidi), and the scales are flat (not subterete).

Sedum variicolor, sp. nov. Species sinensis caulibus perennibus
brevibus erectis vel procumbentibus crassis, foliis planis integris
()bl(>ngo-:si>athulatis deciduis, floribus pulchre aureis conspicuis in

XOTES OX SEDUM 55

cymas latas laxas dispositis, carpellis margine interiore concavis,
distinguenda.

Herha glabra, decidua, perennis. Caudex crassus, brevissimus,
inferne radices fibrosas robustas superne caules multos emittens.
Caules perennes, circ. 15 cm. longi, erecti vel diffusi vel procumbentes,
minute tuberculati, circa 5 mm, crassi, inferne nudi atrobrminei,
ramos breves patentes foliosos steriles et floriferos consimiles emit-
tentes. Folia alterna, nonnunquam subternata, subconferta, sessilia,
plana, carnosa, Integra, glabra, spathulata vel late oblanceolata, 2 cm.
longa, "6 cm. lata, basi cmieata, calcarata, apice obtusa vel subapicu-
lata ; calcar breve, trmicatmn. Injioy^escentia plana, 5-7'5 cm. lata,
ramis tribus patentibus plerumque dichotomis minute mammillatis.
Bractece inferiores foliis similes, superiores lineares. Flores 1-5 cm.
diametro, aurei, infimus pedicellum a3quans, cseteri subsessiles vel
sessiles. Sepala foliis similia, valde inaequalia, deltoidea vel oblongo-
linearia vel oblongo-lanceolata vel oblongo-spathulata, obtusa, 3-10 mm.
longa, carnosa, fere ad imum libera, non calcarata, pallide viridia
Pefala ovata acuminata, vel lanceolata, 7*5 mm. longa, patentia, pulcbre
aurea, mucronem brevem post apicem ferentia. Stamina petalis paullo
breviora, erecto-patentia, filamentis aureis sursum angustatis, antheris
rubescentibus. Squamcs quadratse, subretusse, pallide aurese. GarpeUa
gracilia, stamina sequantia, pallide aurea, primo erecta, margine interna
concava stylisque contiguis, postea divergentia ; styli longi, graciles.
Fructus stellatus, 1 cm. diametro.

Hah. Yunnan. Raised from seed sent in 1915 by Eev. E. E.
Maire from Tong-tchouan, labelled " Eboullis des rochers des pics,
altitude 2800 metres."

The flowers of the batch of plants raised showed a variety of
colour unusual in Sedum. The petals varied from pale straw-yellow
to deep orange, and in some the stamens and inner face of the carpels
were crimson, and the scales flushed with red. The plant takes its
name from this circumstance.

Section Semperviyotdes, Series Sempervivoides sensu stricto.

Sedum indicum a. Hamet {Crassula indica Decne ; Sedum pani-
culatum Wall.). A packet of seed sent in 1915 by Pere E. E.
Maire produced a crop of Sempervivum-like plants which displayed
great variation in all their parts — leaves, stem, inflorescence, and all
portions of the flower — as regards form, texture, and colour. The
range of variation was greater, for instance, than that found among
the British fruticose Kubi ; but nevertheless it seems best to retain
all under S. iiidicum as variants of a single polymorphic species,
bestowing varietal rank on the mcst distinct undescribed departure
from what may be taken as the type.

The species is a biennial, producing in the first year a leaf -rosette
closely resembling those of some of the European Sempervivums
(and found occasionally among Sedums, as in S. sempervivoides
Fisch. and its allies from the Caucasus region, and S. orichalcum
W. W. Sm. from Yunnan). From the centre of the rosette is pro-
duced in the second year a leafy simple or branched flower-stem
bearing a large paniculate inflorescence of small whitish or reddish
flowers, with five erect free petals and live stamens.

5(3 THE .TOUK>'AL OF BOTANY

No diagnosis is attached to Wallich's name {List, no. 7227).
Decaisne's description (in Jacquemont's Voyage dans VInde, iv. 61)
is tolerably full, and most of the dried specimens which I have had an
opportunity of examining agree fairly satisfactorily with it. The
majority of the plants raised from Maire's seed may be referred to
the same form, which may be taken as the type — plant glabrous,
rosettes lax, leaves Hat, alternate, spathulate, acuminate, stem 4-10
inches. The only differences of any moment between my series of
the t^^pical plant and Decaisne's description are that he describes the
petals as lanceolate, subattenuate, and twice as long as the sepals,
and his figure shows a campanulate flower with the tips of the petals
tapering and erect ; in my series the petals were oblong or oblong-
lanceolate with recurved tips, and the flowers resembled in shape those
of the lil3^-of -the- valley. C. B. Clarke's description (Fl. Brit. Ind. ii.
413) is veiy short ; he describes the petals as " dull rose, scarcely
twice the sepals."

The tips of the petals are erect in bud, and also after flowering,
and tend to assume that position in drWng ; this no doubt accounts
for the absence in all the descriptions of reference to their character-
istic reflexed habit. A peculiar thickening on the upper part of the
face of the fleshy j^etals is likewise undescribed, doubtless because in
dried specimens it is obscure. This is a marked feature of the type
as represented by Maire's plants. In longitudinal section the S-shaped
petal is seen to increase in thickness from the tip to half way down,
when it contracts abruptly to about one-third of its maximum thic'k-
ness, and continues so to the base, the scale occupying the hollow
thus formed. In front view the thickened portion shows a bluntly
bilobed lower edge.

Two varieties have been described — var. Forresfi E. Hamet (in
Notes R. Bot. Grard. Edinb. v. 115; type in Herb. Edinb.), a tall
green plant with very broad ovate-suborbicular acute leaves, of which
all but the uppermost are opposite; and var. yunnanense R. Hamet
(in Journ. de Bot. x. 284 — Crassula yimnanensis Franchet) a densely
hair}^ form with mucronate leaves. A number of Maire's seedlings
are referable to this latter variety, of which I am able to amplify the
description ; it is a noteworthy form, almost worthy of specific rank.
Franchet separated it from Crassnia indica Decne mainly on account
of its general pilosity and its mucronate leaves. In my plants the
size of stem, leaf, and inflorescence was much less than in my plants
of the type (Franchet says "Port et dimensions de C. indica"').
The leaves were very thick, being so convex on the under side that the
breadth was only from once to twice the thickness, not thi-ee to four
times the thickness as in the type. Flowers rather larger than in
type, calyx narrower, petals more erect at base, so that the cor(.)lla is
narrower, and less reflexed at apex, making the whole petal much
sti-aighter ; the peculiar thickening of the upper half of the petal,
which is so marked a feature of the type, is quite absent. The whole
plant, as stated by Franchet, is shortly i)ilose, even to the backs of
the petals.

Another form deserving of varietal rank ap])eared in some numbers
among the plants grown from Maire's seed. This was very unifoim

xoTES ON sedum: 57

in character, forming dense glaucous (not lax glabrous) rosettes
closely resembling those of Sempervivum calcareum Jord. and verv^
short flower-stems, and having different petals. It may be defined as
follows : —

Var. DENSIROSULATUM, var. nov. Bosulce densse, duplo latiores
quam longiores. Folia quam in typo minora (circa 25 mm. longa,
8 mm. lata, 3'5 mm. crassa), spathulata, acuminata, valde glauca,
a pice purpurea. Crt2^//s brevior (5-7'5 cm.) a basiramosus. InUores-
cetitia congesta, rotundata, 5 cm. longa, 5 cm. lata. Petala rectiora,
parte superiore minus incrassata. Sq^iiamoe angustiores.

In this variet}^ the rosettes are formed of twice at many leaves as
in the type (in which, moreover, the breadth of the rosettes is usually
no greater than the length). This and the marked glaucescence of
the purple- tipped leaves give the plant a veiy distinct appearance.

Series Cepcea sensu stricto.

'^ Sedum viscosum, sp. nov. Species sinensis annua vel biennis,

cauiibus, foliis, bracteis, pedicellis, sepalis, petalis, carpellis pilis

"T glandulosis viscosis dense obsitis insignis. Etiam foliis planis integris

obovato-rhomboideis petiolatis, atque floribus longe petiolatis distin-

guitur.

Herha annua (vel biennis), mollis, pilosa, viscosissima. Caulis
erectus, gracilis, sanguineus, 10-20 cm. altus, ramosissimus, ramis
axillaribus adscendentibus, juventute brevissimus, foliis rosulatis
obsitus. Folia alterna, plana, internodia a^quantia aut superantia,
mollia, carnosa, supra et subtus a^qualiter glanduloso-pilosa, petiolata ;
petiolus linearis, 6 mm. longus ; lamina obovato-rhomboidea, obtusa,
8 mm. longa, 6 mm. lata, apice puncto parvo purpureo ornata.
Flores plurimi, pedicellati, foliis suboppositi, raro axillares, aurei ;
pedicelli gracillimi, ad 12 mm. longi. Sepala lanceolata, acuta, dorso
glanduloso-pilosa, viridia, carnosa, in calcar non producta, 2*5 mm.
longa, 1 mm. lata. Petala lineari-lanceolata, acuta, 5-5*5 mm.
longa, 1*5 mm. lata, supra aurea, glabra, subtus glanduloso-pilosa,
viridescentia, purpureo -punctata, post anthesin erecta, persistentia.
Stamina 10, aurea, 3"5-4 mm. longa. Squamce parvse, late cuneata?,
minute emarginatfe, pallide lutese. Carpella gracilia, erecta, oblonga,
glanduloso-pilosa, luteoviridia, basi ipso connata, stamina sequantia,
stylis gracilibus glabris coronata.

Seed received from Pere E. E. Maire from Yunnan, its habitat
being '* murs humides, ombrages, de Kin-tchong-chan, alt. 2990 m."
The plant flowered at Kew, Griasnevin, and in my own garden in 1916
and 1917, behaving often as a biennial, but very likely normally
annual in duration. In its short life-period, habit, hairiness, stalked
flat leaves and long-stalked flowers it agrees with a number of Chinese
species — mostly white- flowered — which group themselves round the
European S. Cepcea L. Such are S. dnjmarioides Hance, S. jilipes
Hemsley, >S'. Silvestrii Pampanini. In man}^ respects S. viscosum
resembles the small northern race of the variable S. ch^ymarioides as
described by Maximowicz (Bull. Acad. St. Petersbourg xxix. 155), but
it differs in its inflorescence not })ifid, flowers more than twice as

58 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

large, bright yellow patent (not campanulate) corolla, nearly erect
(not stellate divergent) fruit; and all the parts of the plant are
opaque, firm and stilf when dried, not lax and pellucid. It comes
near S. stellar icef oil umFTa,nch.et, which R. Hamet treats as a variety
of S. drymarioides, and which may be the northern race of that
species referred to by Maximowicz. These two plants agree with each
other, and differ from S. viscosuifi, in their very small flowers —

drymarioides Sepal 1 '5 mm. long. Petal 3-5 mm. long.

stellarisefolium ... ,, I'O ,, ,, „ S'O „ „

viscosum ,, 2o „ „ „ 5'0-5*5 „

S. stellaricsfolium also appears to have the w^hite or whitish flowers
of S. drymarioides, very different from the bright yellow, persistent
in dried specimens, of S. viscosum.

S. viscosum is also clearly closely allied to ;S'. Esquirolii Leveille,
and S. Bodinieri Leveille & Vaniot from Kou^^-Tcheou, &c., two
species quite inadequatel}^ described. But >S'. Esquirolii is stated to
possess a simple (not much branched) stem, curved (not erect and
thickened with the scars of the rosette leaves at the base) ; lamina?
equalling (not twice as long as) the petioles, and petals four times
(not two to two and a half times) the sepals and the elongate styles.
S. Bodinieri is not described at all : only the differences between it
and S. drymarioides are given ; and it is impossible to compare it
with any other species.

It is clear that in drymarioides, stellaricefolium, viscosum,
Esquirolii and Bodinieri, we have a group of closely-allied forms,
perhaps best treated as races of a single polymorphic species, perhaps
sufficiently distinct to be ranked as several species. Access to copious
material alone will decide their relationshijDS.

A specimen in the National Herbarium, Dublin, labelled S. dry-
marioides and collected in Hupeh b}^ A. Henry (no. 3709) is clearly
referable to >S'. viscosum.

BIBLIOGIIAPHICAL NOTES.

LXXIV. Baxter's ' British Phaenogamous Botany.'

William Baxter (1787-1871), as a capable and energetic young
Scotchman, was appointed head-gardener or curator at the Oxford
Botanic Garden in 1813, when twenty-five years of age. He received
a small emolument from the University and lived in a small cottage
(since enlarged) in the Gardens. He had the assistance of three
labourers, and only the barest apologies for greenhouses ; the establish-
ment of the Garden at this time is figured in Mr. Giinther's Oxford
Gardens, p. 152. Much can be done with enthusiasm and five acres
of land, and Baxter managed to grow from 40U0-5000 species of
plants, though the work was often heart-beaking, owing to the
inefticiency of the equipment, and the possibility of the garden being
largely submerged in flood-time. In such damp and mildewed

Baxter's ' British phae;n^ogamous botany ' 59

environment Baxter took particular interest in mosses and fungus
diseases ; he was made an Associate of the Linnean Society in 18 17 :
his Stirpes Gryptogamce Occoniensis was issued in 1825.

Oxford Botany at this time was at its lowest ebb : Dr. H. Williams,
who occupied the Chair in succession to Sibthorp, was also Kadcliife
Libi-arian ; nothing is known of his botanical attainments ; the only
accommodation at the Gardens consisted of a building, originally
built for a conservatory, in the oldest sense of the term, and still
utilized as the Botanic Library. At that time it contained the
herbarium and the books of Sherard, Dillenius, and Sibthorp, and
also functioned as lecture-room when there were any classes. What
practical instruction there was was left solely in the hands of Baxter,
and given orally and informally. Access to a good collection of all
the older literature was an essential factor in Baxter's success, and
after twenty years of uphill labour he conceived the idea of himself
publishing a work on floral types, which would serve the purpose of an
elementary introduction to the systematic botany of the day ; this to
be issued on the lines of the subscription works, of the "coloured plate
and one sheet of text " pattern, as seen in many standard works of the
period, produced — like the Botanical Magazine — for "ladies, gentle-
men, and gardeners " ; the work to be carried out by local talent, and
produced as cheaply as possible.

A trial part was issued as a prospectus in May, 1832, soliciting
subscribers ; it contained two plates {Frltillaria and Tulipa) with no
text, but with some letterpress on the cover : this part is curiously
reviewed as the real thing in Paxton's Hort. Reg. i. p. 6o5 (1832).
The price was to be a shilling coloured and sixpence plain : and the
work was designed to run to two volumes on " Elementary Types,"
two on Oxford genera, and two on the remaining genera of the British
Flora, at an estimate of 500 or so. The labour of getting drawings
in hand proceeded throughout the summer of 1832, and the first full
parts were issued in September : each part was to contain four plates,
with sheets of text, filled on both sides — and the work to continue
steadily at the rate of a part per month. The issue was continued on
these lines, and maintained with uniform output to the end of the
series — ten years later; the total expenses averaged £300 each year.
The cover was inscribed : — " British, Flowering Plants, drawn from
Nature, and engraved under the direction of William Baxter,
A.L.S.. F.H.S., etc., Curator of the Oxford Botanic Garden^

The first plate was the Fritillary, abundant and well-known as
" Snakes' Heads " at Oxford, which with the second plate, the Yellow
Wild Tulip, are still admirably adapted as the simplest types of floral
organization for a beginner to study : the other two plates represented
the Avens and the Sweet Violet. The' first plates Avere not particu-
larly well-drawn, and were poorly coloured ; in fact, the plain copies
of the earlier figures are more satisfactory than the coloured ones ;
but essential details were figured separately, and the text was collated
from the general run of contemporary floras (Smith, Curtis, Hooker,
Withering, etc.) without any special originality beyond local records
and stations.

At a later date (1837) the covers were inscribed : — " Figures and

60 THE JOUllXAL OF BOTANV

Descriptions of the Genei'a of British Flowering Plants, with the
Specified English Names, Linnseaii Class and Order, Natural Order,
Generic and Specific Characters, and References to the most popular
Botanical Works, Localities, Time of Flowering, and Dissections
showing the essential characters. William Baxter, F.H.S., A.L.
and M.B.S." This applies to the extension beyond the first two
volumes ; and the price (possibly increased to other than the original
subscribers) is given as, coloured 1/6, plain 1/- (Loudon's Gard.
Mag. iii. p. 606.)

After the issue of twenty numbers, comprising eighty plates, by
March 1834, these parts were issued as a completed volume, to which
a preface (dated Feb. 2o, 1834) is appended, explaining the object
and scope of the work, and expressing gratitude for support already
experienced. The full titlepage is now headed: — "British Phaeno-
gamous Botany, or Figures and Descriptions of the Genera of British
Flowering Plants, by W. Baxter, A.L.S., F.H.S. , &c.. Curator of the
Oxford Botanic Garden, Oxford (Parker) ; Published by jbhe Author."
(The term Phaenogamous (cf, Lindle3^'s Synopsis (1828) is used in
contradistinction to his previous issue of Cryptogamce Oxoniensis.)

The plates in the first volume are mostly rather poor ; the majority
are neither signed nor dated, and the work was distinctly an amateur
production. The first plate dated is Jan. 1833 ; some of the earlier
figures were touched up, revised, dated, and sometimes redrawn in
later reprints, and so appear in the completed volumes, the revised
ones being dated 1833. It is significant that Dr. Daubeny was
appointed Professor of Botan}^ on Feb. 8th, 1834, and botanical
matters began immediately to improve ; but whatever assistance
Baxter may have had subsequently, he had got started and well on
with the work, on his original lines, entirely on his own initiative.
The financial side of the venture was in the hands of Parker, the well-
known Oxford bookseller, who also attended to the disposal of the
copies. The work was pnnted by King, of St. Clements, near the
Gardens, and the figures were drawn by local artists. Isaac Russell,
an Oxford glass-painter, drew over 200, and was entrusted with the
best coloured figures ; C. Matthews drew another 200, including all
the Grasses and Sedges, as also inconspicuously coloured ones (Umbel-
liferaj, small Crucifene, <fec.) : some effective "natural" figures are
signed Delamotte. C. Matthews engraved over 350, other engravers
— Willis, Albutt, and Whessell — a few. The colouring of the plates
was done by Baxter's daughters, and more especially by his daughter-
in-law Mrs. W. H. Baxter ; as the work ran to 600 coloured sets of
figures, the labour was considerable.

The work proceeded steadily at the same rate throughout the
years 1834—1835, though great changes involving rebuilding and re-
arrangement were going on in the garden, and Baxter's time must
liave been fully occupied. It is clear that the maintenance of the
output of a plate and text each week involved considerable ingenuity
in looking after the specimens, as plants are only available in the
summer months, or for a short time, and a stock requires to be held
in reserve. A few older undated figures may tluis appear in a later
volume. After 1834. howevei-, the plates are normally signed and

Baxter's 'beitish phaexogamous botany' 61

dated, and the quality of the work is much improved ; by 1835 the
process had reached its full possibilities, and the same high standard
was maintained to the end. A plate-size of about 7^ in. by 4^
was emplo^^ed; the text included localities, times of flowering, floristic
notes, economic and other uses, as also any medical particulars :
when botanical information failed to lit the closely-printed two
pages, some verses tilled the gap without adding much to the literary
effect.

The second series of 80 plates, completed in Nov. 1835, Avas then
issued as Vol. II. with a dedication to l)aubenv (dated Oct. 17, 1835).
Vol. 111. 80 plates (161-240) completed 'by March 1837, was
dedicated to the Rev. J. S. Henslow, Professor of Botany at Cam-
bridge (dated June 12, 1837). Vol. IV. 80 plates (241-320) ran to
the end of 1838, and was dedicated to Dawson Turner (dated Feb. 18,
1839). Vol. V. 80 plates (321-400) spread over 1839, to March
1840, was dedicated to William Borrer (Oct. 24, 1840). Vol. VI.
continued to finish the work, which ran on to 509 plates, ended in
March 1843. The last volume of 109 plates (401-509) was dedicated
to Charles Empson of Bath (May 15, 1843) ; very complete lists,
indices, and appendices, of Ivii pages were added, including an index
to a hundred gems of verse rescued from various sources.

The work being thus brought to a satisfactory conclusion accounts
were settled up ; it is interesting to find that after an outlay of about
£300 a year in current expenses, the sale of copies had more than
balanced the expenditure, and Baxter received a substantial sum as
his half-share of the profit (1845). The full and continuous run of
the paper-backed pai-ts, thus serially issued, was regarded as the first
edition ; completed sets of volumes are inscribed second edition on
the title-page of the first volume only. A few special ' presentation-
ct)pies' of this second edition contain as Frontispiece a portrait of
Baxter by Burt, engraved by Whessell. Baxter sold out his remaining
interest in the work to Parker in 1849 ; a reprint of the whole in
1856 was issued by the latter; but this was in no sense a third
edition, although it is so entered by Pritzel, with the dates 1834-
1843, \vho is followed by Jackson in his Guide (1880). Baxter
retired from the Gardens in 1851, on a small pension (he was not a
member of the University), and lived respected by a large circle of
friends, dying at the age of 84 in 1871. The copper-plates remaining
in the hands of Parker were in existence until the early part of 1918,
when they were sold for munitions for their value as metal.

On analysing the factors that led to the production of these
volumes, it may be said that, in spite of the poetical interpolations,
the almost unavoidable adoption of the make-up of ' plate and text '
popular at the time, and the enormous amount of unnecessary
references which indicate a reverence for authorities, the work
represents a definite advance in the teaching of the science, with
simplified descriptions and fioristic and biological notes. The
utilization of cdl genera of British fiow^ers — or even the 160 of
the first two volumes — may be a mistake from this standpoint ; but
Baxter wished to cover the whole range of the British Flora. The
idea that in the w'hole province of floral botany, the British Flora was

62 THE JOUR>'AL OF BOTANY

but a small affair, had not been as yet appreciated b}^ British botanists,
and broad generalizations were still wanting. To cut the types down
to one per order, in the manner of Daniel Oliver (Lessons in Elemen-
tary Botany, 1864: Illustrations of the Principal Natural Orders
of the Vegetable Ki7igdom, Oliver and Fitch, 1874 — 102 Flowering
Plants, plain or coloured), was the next stage of more strictly educa-
tional work ; but Baxter deserves to be credited with the first step,
made under conditions of minimum equipment.

Many of the figures attain a high order of merit, those by
Russell being the more elegant in design ; many British weeds are
beyond much decorative treatment ; as examples of the work at its
best mav be noted RusselFs figures of Glaucium (131), Caltha (153),
Foxglove (113), Columbine (221), Linnaea (340), Rubia (185),
Inula (265), Cyclamen (505) ; or the Hop (342), Ash (382),
Martagon (501) of Matthews. Much of the coloured work is an
improvement on Sowerby's JEnylish Botany ; the more detailed
dissections and schemes of floral pai-ts are often extremely good
(cf. Lemna (424)^ Alnus (193), Carpinvs (234), Oak (371), Castanea
(485) : these, though small, are preferable to the coarse work of
Fitch in Oliver's types of orders, and are on a plane quite different
from the current issue of The Camhridge British Flora. The text
presents no special novelty beyond local records, being a compilation
from existing literature ; but it undoubtedly packs far more into the
regulation two pages than any other flora, and is still useful as a
store-house of odd points of interest culled from ancient liteniture.
Older reviews of the work state the same facts : " The plates equal in
excellence to any that have been published, and the letter-press far
superior to that of most British Floras" (Loudon. 1835) ; "One can
hardly name a more suitable present for a young person " (Gard.
Chron. 1843). Above all the work was distinctly cheap and of honest
value : cf. Maund's Botanic Garden, 4 coloured plates (small) 1/G
a month : Sowerby's English Botany, cheap-edition, 2/- a month :
Curtis's Botanical Magazine, 8 plates, 3/6 a month : the Botanical
Register, 8 plates, 4/- a month : Paxton's Magazine of Botany,
8 plates, 5/- a month. The special character of the work is its steady
output, continued over a number of years on the part of quite a few
people ; as the product of a small university town, it in many respects
runs parallel with the sixteenth-century work of Fuchs and his men.
Baxter's draughtsmen were similarly non-botanical artists to begin
with, and the improvement in their work is very marked. Many of
the plants are identical, and it is interesting to compare the similarity
of treatment — e. g.. Strawberry, Iris, Oxalis, Coltsfoot, Dais3^ If
the work does not appear more remarkable as a novelty in Botany, it
is because the framework of the design was too rigorously based on
the subscription -principle and the vogue of the day. The detailed
description of a suitable series of types of common plants, in handy
form, similarly arranged as a sequence through the families, is still a
desideratum, apparently beyond the efforts of British Botany.
Although not included in Prof. F. W. Oliver's The Makers of British
Botany (1913), Baxter in common with many other worthy botanists
(as Borrer, Dawson Turner, Greville) has a niche in its history and

Baxter's ' British phaenogamous botais't ' 63

he did his share in advancing the science in a period of considerable
depression.

For further information cfr. Oxford Gardens, Giinther, p. 22
(1912), ; Gardeners' Chronicle, 1843, p. 560 ; 1871, p. 1426 (Obitu-
ary Notice) ; Loudon's Gardener's Magazine 1835, p. 394 ; 1837,
p/606 ; Horticultural Register, 1833, p. 33.

Biographical notes in Druce's Flora of Berkshire (1897), p. clxii ;
Report of Ashmolean Society, Oxford (1903), p. 22.

Much matter for the present note has been rendered available by
the courtesy of Messrs. Parker, Turl St., Oxford, and of Mr. John
Je:fferies, Littlemore.

A. H. Church.

THE MYCETOZOA OF BEDFORDSHIRE.
By James Sauj^ders, A.L.S.

The Mycetozoa occupy an anomalous position in the organic
world, having sometimes been grouped with plants, at others with
animals. This may be due to the changes of form through which
tliey pass in accomplishing the metamorphoses associated with their
life-history. In what may be regarded as the initial stage, they float
in the atmosphere as microscopic spores. When these fall on decayed
vegetation they eventually throw off their cell-walls and assume an
amoeba-like condition. Those of the same species have apparently an
affinity, and form masses, usually small, of motile plasmodium. This
is the assimilating stage, during which formative material is accumu-
lated by ingestion. The circulation of these contents is singular and
probably unique. The movement is a streaming which changes its
direction at intervals of about two minutes. When it has assimilated
sufficient material, sporangia are formed, each of which contains a
number of spores often running into thousands. These are distributed
by both organic and inorganic agencies, and again pass through a
series of metamorphoses.

Except where otherwise specified, the species in the following list
occur on dead or rotten wood.

Ceratiomyxa fruticnlosa Macbr. ; Luton Hoo, Woburn Sands.

Badhamia caijsulifera Berk. On fir logs ; Leighton, Luton. —
B. utricularis Berk. On decayed wood or living fungi ; Chiltern
Green, Pepperstock. — B. nitens Berk. : Caddington, Luton Hoo,
Woburn Sands. — B. macrocarpa Rost. ; Flitwick. — B. fanicea Rest.;
Luton Hoo, Stopsley. — B. lilacina Rost. On sphagnum; Flitwick
Marsh. — B. foliicola Lister. On decayed straw ; Nether Crawley.
Miss Higgins, Warden Hills. — B. ruhiginosa Rost. On decayed
wood and leaves, Leighton ; var. dictyospora, Miss Higgins, Woburn
Sands. — B. ovispora Racib. On decayed straw ; Nether Crawley,
Miss Higgins, Stopsley.

Physarum leucopus Link. On moss and dead leaves : Luton,
Miss Higgins ; Flitwick. — P. citrinum Schum. ; Luton Hoo, Miss
K. Higgins : Pepperstock. — P. penetrale Rex. Near Luton, Miss K.
Higgins. — P. psittacinum Ditm. Luton Hoo. — P. viride Pers,
Woburn Sands, Luton Hoo ; var. aurantium Lister. Luton, Ampt-

64 THE JOUK^AL OF EOTANY

hill : var. incanum Lister. Woburn Sands, Miss lligr/ins. — P.
straminipes Lister. On decayed straw; Chaul End, Dunstable. —
-P. nutans Pers. Luton, Flitwiek. Subsp. leucophceum Lister,
Luton Hoo, Stopsley. — P. pusillum Lister. On leaves and dead
wood ; Rundley Wood. — P. comioressum Alb. & Schwg. Luton,
Chaul End. — P cUdermoicles Host. Mon. On decayed straw. Chaul
End : var. lividum Kost. Flitwiek, Chaul End. — P. cinereum Pers.
On dead leaves; Chiltern Grreen, Flitwiek. — P. vernum Somm. (See
Journ. Bot. 1897, 210.) On decayed straw; Bedford, Kitchen End.
— P. hivalve Pers. and P. contexiiim Pers. On dead twigs and
leaves ; Flitwiek. — P. hitectum Lister. Ampthill. — P. conglome-
ratum Post. Flitwiek Marsh. — P. virescens Ditm. Ampthill:
var. nit ens. Woburn Sands.

Fiiliyo septica Gmel. ; frequent. — F. muscorum Alb & Schwein.
Woburn Sands. — F. cinerea Morg. On dead leaves and straw.
Flitwiek, Stopsley.

Craferium minutum Fi'ies. On dead leaves and twigs; frequent.
— G. leticocephalum Ditm. ; Luton Hoo. — C. aureum Post. ; Flit-
wiek, Luton.

Leocarpus fragilis Post. On dead leaves and twigs ; Ampthill,
Luton Hoo.

Diderma liemisp>hericum Hornem. On dead leaves and twigs ;
Flitwiek. — D. effusum Morg. ; frequent. — D. spumarioldes Fries.;
Ridgmont, Sundon. — D. nivenm Macbr. On turf, twigs, &c. ;
Flitwiek, Woburn. — D. testaceum Pers. On dead leaves ; Flitwiek.
— D.floriforme Pers. ; Woburn Sands.

DiaclicBa leucopoda Post, and D. suhsessilis Peck. On dead
leaves in swampy coppices ; Flitwiek, rare.

Didymium difforme Duby ; frequent. — D. Clavns Post. ; Chil-
tern Green, Luton. — D. melanospermum Macbr. ; Woburn Sands,
Miss Higgins. — D. nigripes ¥\\ ; Ampthill, Miss Kiggins ; Woburn
Sands, Luton : var. xantliopiis Lister ; Nether Crawley. Flitwiek. —
_D. squamulosum Fr. ; Leagrave, Woburn Sands. — 1). Trochus
Lister; Nether Crawley, Luton.

Mucilago spongiosa Morgan ; Harlington, Luton Hoo.

Lepidoderma Carestianum Post. : var. Chailletii Lister ; Luton,
Flitwiek.

Stemonitis fusca Poth. ; Chiltern Green, Ampthill : var. con-
Jluens] Luton, Miss Higgins. — S. splendens Post.; \-dY. Jlaccida
Lister; Woburn. — S.flavogejiita Jsihn ; Woburn Sands. Flitwiek. —
S.ferruginea Ehrenb. ; Luton, Flitwiek.

Comatricha nigra Schroeter. On dead leaves ; frequent. — C.
laxa Post. ; Ampthill. — G. fyphoides Post. ; Ampthill, Luton : var.
heterospora Pex. ; Luton. — G. pulchella Post. On dead leaves;
Ampthill, Chiltern Green. — G. rubens Lister; Flitwiek. — G. elegans
Lister ; Woburn Sands, Miss Higgins.

Enerthenevia papillatum Post. ; Luton, Woburn Sands.

Lamproderma columhinum Post. ; Luton. — L. scintillans Mor-
gan ; Chiltern Green, Luton. — L. violaceum Post. ; Luton, Nether
Crawley.

Lepidoderma tigrinum Post. On dead leaves ; Leighton, Miss

THE MTCETOZOA OF BEDFORDSHIRE 65

Lister, Luton, Flitvvick. — Lamproderma arcyrionema Rost. On
dead leaves; Luton. — L. colunihinum Kost. ; on tirwood and moss;
Leighton, Miss Lister. — L. violaceum Rost. ; Luton Hoo.

AmaurocJicete fuliginosa Macbr. ; Flitwick, rare.

Brefeldia maxima Rost. ; Ampthill, rare.

Lindbladia effusa Rost. ; Aspley, rare.

Orihraria aurantiaca Schrad.; Flitwick, Ampthill. — C. argillacea
Pers. ; Luton Hoo, Woburn.

Dictydium cancellatum Macbr. ; Luton Hoo, Chilton Green ;
var. anomalum Mejlan ; Woburn Sands.

Licea flexuosa Pers. ; Flitwick, Woburn.

Tuhifera ferruginosa Gmel. ; Woburn Sands.

DictydifPthalium plumheum Rost. ; Luton Hoo.

Llnteridium olivaceum Ehrenb. ; Barton -le-clay, Chiltern Green.

Lycogala flavo-fuscum Rost. ; Ampthill, C. Crouch. — L. epiden-
drum Fries. ; frequent. — Beticularia Lycoperdon Bull ; Luton Hoo,
Flitwick.

Trichia affinis de Bary and T. persimilis Karst. ; Luton Hoo,
Flitwick. — T. scabra Rost. ; Luton Hoo, Woburn. — T. contorta Rost.
and var. inconspicua Lister ; T. decipiens Macbr. ; T. Botrytis Pers.
and var. munda Lister ; Luton Hoo.

Hemitrichia Vesparium Macbr. ; Chiltern Green. — S. clavata
Rost. and H. leiotricha Lister ; Luton Hoo, Ampthill.

Arcyria ferruginea Sawter. — A. cinerea Pers. and A. pomiformis
Rost. ; Luton Hoo, Flitwick. — A. denudata Sheldon ; Ampthill. —
A. incarnata Pers. and A. nutans Grev. ; Ampthill and Woburn. —
A. Oerstedtii Rost. ; Markham Hills. — A. insignis Kalchbr. ; Luton
Hoo.

Pericli(Bna depressa Libert and P. cortical is Host. ; Luton Hoo. —
P. vermicularis Rost. On leaves and bark; Nether Crawley.

Margarita metallica Lister; Ridgmont, C. Crouch.

Lianema Harvey i Rex and D. depressum Lister ; Luton Hoo.

Prototrichia metallica Massee ; Luton.

NOTES ON JAMAICA PLANTS.

By William Fawcett, B.Sc, & A. B. Rendle, F.R.S.

(Continued from Journ. Bot. 1917, p. 271.)

EUPHORBIACE^.

Phtllajstthus (Section Ewphyllanthiis) .

Phyllanthus minor, sp. nov. Herha inferne lignosa, 1*5-2 ped.
alt., glabra. Folia membranacea, obovato-elliptica apice obtusa vel
rotundata, basi cuneata, 6-15 C-19) mm. 1., 4-8 mm. lat. ; nervis
lateralibus utrinque 2-4 ; petioli 1 mm. 1. ; stipulce subulatae, 1 mm. 1.
Flores solitarii aut in axillis fasciculati ; pedicelli graciles foliis
breviores, 4-5 mm. 1. Flores masculi : Sepala 5, rotundata, "6 mm.
diam. Lis ci glandules 5, breviter obovatae, ti-uncatae. Filamcnta 5,
Journal of Botany. — Vol. 57. [March, 1919.] g

66 THE JOUENAL OF BOTANY

libera; antherse verticaliter birimosae. Floresfeminei: Sepala 5 ovata,
costa vii'idi, -6 mm. L, usque ad -9 mm. in fi-uctu. Urceolus
hypogynus integer. Styli liberi, graciles, semitrifidi, i-amis patentibus
aut reflexis. Capsulce depresso-globosee, 2 mm. diam. Semina 3-gona,
dorso semicircularia, brunnea, minute papillosa, "8 mm. 1. - P. num-
mularicefolim Britton, in Journ. Torr. Bot. Club, xliv. 36 (1917)
(non Poir.). Types in Herb. Jam.

Hah. Hope arounds, 700 ft. Harris ! 12,123, 12,157, 12,208.

This species most closely resembles the Tropical African P. numniu-
laricdfolius Poir., from which it is at once distinguished by the short
pedicels (shorter than the leaves), and the smaller flowers.

(Section Xylophylla.)

Phyllanthus inaBqualiflorns, sp. no v. Frutex aut arhor usque ad
20 ped. alt. Coni squamce ramulorum apice triangulares, acutie vel
acuminataB, circ. 3 mm. 1. Ramuli penultimi decidui 6-12 cm. 1.,
1-1'5 mm. lat., lineares, compressi. Ramuli Jlorigeri (plwllocladia)
distichi, lanceolati vel anguste oblongi, apice obtusi, 4-5| cm. 1.,
utroque latere crenaturis supra medium 5-8 parvis crenulati, nervis
parallelis subremotis lineati. JPedicelli utraque crena 1-4, 3-5 mm. 1.
Flores masculi : Sepala 6, ovato- elliptic a, 2 mm. 1. Disci glan-
dulce 6, stipitatae, magnae, planae, circulares, peltatse, columnam
staminalem sequantes. Stamina vix 1 mm. 1. ; filamenta fere ad
apicem inter sese connata ; columna circ. 5 mm. 1. ; antherarum
loculi divergentes. Flores feminei : Sepala obovato-oblonga aut
elliptica vel rotunda ta, vix 3 mm. 1. TJrceolus hypogynus lobatus,
circ. "3 mm. 1. Ovariu))i circ. 1" mm. 1. Styli connati ; columna
erecta ovario dimidio brevior; lobi 3, breves, lati, paten tes, infra
medium in lacinias 2-3 lineares recurvas divisi. Cap>siil(S ignotse.
Types in Herb. Mus. Brit, et in Herb. Jam.

Hah. Holly Mount, Mt. Diablo, Harris ! 8988.

Near P. speciosus Jacq., but distinguished by the large female
flowers much exceeding the male, and hj the united styles.

Phyllantlius Coxianus, sp. nov. Frutex 10 ped. alt. Coni
tquamce : stipulae triangulari-ovatse, obtusse, 3-4 mm. 1. ; folia rudi-
mentaria lineari-lanceolata, acuminata, 3-4 mm. 1. Ramuli penultimi
decidui 8-17 cm. 1., 1-2 mm. lat., lineares, compressi. Ramuli Jlori-
geri (phyllocladia) distichi, elliptic!, utrinque angustati, apice ssepius
subacuminati, vel lanceolati vel oblanceolati, 6-9 cm. 1., 1*5-2 cm.
lat., utraque latere crenaturis fere supra medium 14-7, subapproxi-
matis crenulati, nervis parallelis subremotis lineati. Pedicelli
utraque crena 1-4, 3-6 mm. 1. Flores masculi : Sepala 6, insequa-
lia, elliptica vel obovato-elliptica, exteriora circ. 1*4 mm. 1., interiora
usque ad 2*2 mm. 1. Disci glandulcB 6, sessiles, spongiosse. Stamina
duplo quam sepala breviores ; filamenta supi-a medium inter sese
connata ; colmuna '6-1 mm. 1. ; antherarum loculi connati. Floret
feminei: Sepala 6, inaequalia, exteriora elliptica, circ. 1*5 mm. 1.,
interiora late obovato-elliptica vel rotundata, circ. 2 mm. 1. Vrceolui
hypogynus duplo quam ovarium brevior. Ovarium triplo quam
sepala brevius. Styli connati ; columna erecta triplo vel quadruple
quam ovarium brevior, ramulis columna multo longioribus, ad dimi-

NOTES ON JAMAICA PLANTS 67

dium in lobos 2 aut 3 patentes lineares divisis, vel etiam dichotomis.
Gapsulce ignotse. Types in Herb. Mus. Brit, et in Herb. Jam.

Kah. In a garden, St. Ann, ^rior ! Ramble, Claremont, 1700 ft.,
Faivcett Sf Harris ! 7025.

This species is named in honour of the late Hon. H. E. Cox, owner
of the estate on which it was found.

Also near P. speciosiis Jacq., but has somewhat larger flowers,
the anther-cells united, a larger female disc, and styles united at the

Phtllanthus latifolius Sw.

There has been some confusion with regard to this species. The
specific name originated with Linnaeus (Mantissa 221, 1771), who
gives a short diagnosis, but definitely refers to the description by
Patrick Browne — " characterem generis ex hac specie Brownii." This
can only refer to Phyllanthus no. 1 of Browne, which alone includes
a floral description, Browne's species no. 2 containing only a specific
diagnosis.

From Browne's description it is evident that the disk in the
female flower does not form a continuous ring or cup, but is reduced
to minute glands equal in number with the sepals, which glands
Browne describes as 5 very short stamens with subrotund anthers
situate round the base of the ovary.

A sheet in Herb. Banks (Herb. Mus. Brit.) with specimens from
Jamaica from Masson and others, is written up by Swartz Xylopliylla
latifolia, and is probably the plant on which Swartz's first reference
to X. latifolia {Prodromus 28) is based. We regard this plant as
conspecific with Browne's (i. e., X. latifolia L.). Swartz in his
subsequent descriptions (Obs. Bot. 113, 1791, and Fl. Ind. Occ. 1109)
evidently refers to the same species, as he describes the disk in the
female flower as Browne does, and cites Browne's description. He
also cites Plukenet's PhytograpJiia, t. 36. f. 7, and Sloane, Cat. 16 &
Hist.- i. 80 ; there are good specimens from Sloane in Herb. Sloane
which agree with the plant in Herb. Banks. In Fl. Ind. Occ. Swartz
transfeiTed the species to Phyllanthus. G-risebach seems to have had
a correct view of the species, as a specimen of McNab's in Herb.
Edinburgh is wi'itten up by him as Phyllanthus latifolius.

Mueller (DC. Prodr. xv. 2, 431) in describing P. latifolius Sw.
refers to the female flower as having a deep cup-shaj^ed entire disk
equal in height to the ovary. His description is based solely on a
specimen from Swartz in the Stockholm Herbarium. We have not
seen this specimen, but there is in Herb. Banks one collected by
Swartz in Jamaica which he has named " Xylophylla latifolia var.,"
in which the female flowers have this cup-shaped disk. We regard
this as a new species (P. Swartzii). Urban (Symb. Ant. iii. 290)
has been misled by Mueller's description of the female flower, and
has redescribed the original X. latifolia as a new species, P. isolepis.
In the Linnean Herbarium there is a sheet with two specimens
without flowers named in Solander's hand Phyllanthus Epiphyl-
lanthus. Smith has written below the one on the left " Phyllanthus
n. 2. Br." — this specimen is P. angustifolius Sw. : below the other
he wrote "Ph. no. 1, Br."— this is P. latifolius Sw. Linnaeus

68 THE JOURNAL OF BOTx\NT

probably received these specimens from Patrick Browne, but the
usual indication in his handwriting is absent.

PHTLLAXTHrs ULABELLUS, comb. nov. The plant described by
Grisebach (Fl. Brit. W. Indies, 84<) as P. tremulus is identical with
a specimen in the Linnaean Herbai-ium from Jamaica collected by
Browne, named by Linnaeus Croton glahelhim^ and described by him
in Amoen. v. 409. This necessitates a change of name. There are
good specimens of the same species in Herb. Banks from Jamaica,
collected by Wright, and from Philip Miller's Herbarium, named by
Solander Croton (jlaheUum L.

No fewer than three species have been included by Linnaeus under
the name Croton (/laheJlum L. In order of date these are : —

(1) C. (jlaheUam L. Syst. ed. 10, 1275 (May, June, 1759) based
on Sloane, Jam. ii. t. 174. f. 1. The specimen is in Herb. Sloane,
and is the plant generally known as Croton lucidus L., the' first
description of which appears a few lines below on the same page of
the Si/ste?na. C. glabellum L. Syst. is therefore a synonym of
C. lucidus.

(2) C. glaheJlum L. Amoen. v. 409 (1760), based on the specimen
in Herb. Browne referred to above.

(3) C. (jlahellum L. Sp. PI. ed. 2, 1425 (1763). LinnjBus's
description is based on the plant of the Amodnitates to which a
reference is given (i. e., Phyllanthus tremulus). But Linnaeus cites
also Brown. Jam. 348, and Sloan. Jam. 139, Hist. ii. 30, t. 174,
:ff. 3 & 4 (in error for f. 2). The Sloane specimen (in Herb. Mus.
Brit.) is the plant generally known as C. glahellus, and Browne's
description may refer to the same species. That Browne is not
referring to the specimen in Herb. Browne subsequently named
G. glahellum by Linnaeus is indicated by his reference to the plant as
aromatic.

Linnaeus considered Croton to be of the neuter gender and in-
variably wrote glahellum.

Securinega.

Adelia Acidoton L. (Syst. ed. 10, 1298 (1759)) is based on
Acidoton (Browne, Hist. Jam. 355), and is described in the Amodni-
tates (v. 411, 383) ; there is a specimen in the Linnean Herbarium
from Browne, named by Linnaeus. The plant in question is Securi-
neaa Acidothamnus Muell. Arg. in DC. Prodr. xv. pt. 2,451 (1866),
{Flueggea Acidothamnus Griseb. in Goett. Nachr. 164 (1865)).
Grisebach (Fl. Brit. AV. Ind. 42) cites Browne's plant {Adelia
Acidoton L.), which, however, he had not seen, under Acidocroton
adelioides Griseb., a totally different plant. Mueller cites Acidoton
Browne as a synonym of Securinega Acidothamnus^ but omits refer-
ence to Adelia Acidoton L., which he refers to Acidocroton adelioides
in his lists of excluded species under Ricinella (p. 732), and Bern-
ardia (p. 924), but does not cite it later in his description of
Acidocroton adelioides (p. 1042). The name of the species is
therefore Securineoa Acidoton.

SHORT NOTES 69

SHORT NOTES.

Chara fragilis and C. delicatula. In Braun's account of the
Characeae in Cobn's Krypt. Flor. Schles. (1876) Chara delicatula
Agardli was treated as a species apart from C fragilis Desv.,
of which it had previously been generally regarded as a variety.
In Braun and Nordstedt's Fragmente einer Monographie der
Characeen (1882) it was treated as a subspecies, and this latter
course was followed in the ninth edition of Babington's Manual. We
have lately been examining a considerable number of specimens of
the two plants, and the characters which separate them appear to us
sufficiently important to warrant their being treated as distinct species.
C. fragilis, using the name in the restricted sense, has only rudi-
mentary stipulodes, the primary and secondary cortical-cells of equal
size, and no apparent spine cells : C. delicatula has well-developed
stipulodes of one or both series, the primary cortical-cells distinctly
larger than, often twice the diameter of, the secondary cells, and
spine-cells clearly discernible though usually only papilliform. It
was not until some years after an attempt to work out the distribu-
tion of the British Charophytes was begun, that the difference
between the two sections of C. fragilis (sens, lat.) was appreciated;
hence a number of the earlier records cannot be apportioned to either,
and their separate distribution is therefore only imperfectly known.
We shall be glad if British and Irish botanists will collect and
examine specimens of any of these plants they may come across, wdth
a view to comj^leting the record of their respective comital distri-
butions.— J. Groa^es and G. R. Bullock- Webster.

Impatiens glandulifera Boyle. This is not recorded in Prof. A.
H. Trow's Flora of Glamorgan. It grows abundantly in the meadows
on either side of the river Ely for a distance of two miles west from
the village of Peterston. A specimen from that locality has been
added to the National Herbarium at the Cardiff Museum. — P. Blount

MOTT.

JuNCUS EFEUSUS SPIRALIS (J. Bot. 1918, 358). This form is
exceedingly abundant in Orkney — about every third effusus one comes
across in the valleys of the mainland is spiralis. In 1906 I sent
specimens to Prof. Balfour, at whose suggestion I wrote a note which
is published in Trans. Bot. Soc. Edinb. xxiii. 233. — Magnus Spence.

REVIEW.

The Flora of the Northern Territory. By Alfred J. Ewart, D.Sc,
Ph.D., F.L.S., and Oliye B. Daties, M.Sc, with appendices by
J. H. Maiden, F.B.S,, I.S.O., and by A. A. Hamilton and
Edwin Cheel. Melbourne : McCarron, Bird & Co., 1917.
Pp. viii, 287 : 24 plates.

Although bearing date 1917, copies of this volume only reached
England towards the end of last year. The title is in some respects
a misnomer, inasmuch as some of the omitted species have hitherto
been recorded onl}" from the Kimberley District or the country to the

70 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

south and south-west comprised within the tropic. The reason for
this would appear to be that Bentham in the Flora Austral iensis
included all this country in the term ** North Australia," a fact some-
times overlooked by the compilers. The publication may be welcomed
as an incentive to further exploration of this, even now, little-known
part of the island continent. Its value as a handy guide would have
been increased if the help of some one having access to the London
herbaria had been secured, as those herbaria contain a large number
of records either not known to or not noticed by Bentham. Especially
is this the case with Robert Brown's and Allan Cunningham's
collections, which, in spite of more recent labours, still remain the
most important and fruitful in this special field. Moreover, access to
the types of those collectors would have obviated mistakes into which
the compilers could scarcely have fallen had they been more
fortunately circumstanced with regard to the old material in question.

Although of necessity largely a compilation, the volume contains
descriptions of new genera and species during the expedition by
Gilruth and Spencer and the Barclay expedition, the dates of which
are not stated. There are four new genera — two in Graminese
(Spafha and Setosa), one in Caryophyllaceae (Bossittia), and one in
CouYolvnlacesd (Carpentia) : all of Ewart's. The first two names
(the former is not in the index) are in opposition to the Vienna Laws,
which are unfortunateh^ ignored in other respects — e. g. the descrip-
tions throughout are in English only, and are thus, by the Laws, not
entitled to recognition. The novelties are illustrated hj twenty-seven
plates, which, though useful, leave a good deal to be desired as to
execution : the large Roman figures on some of them are unnecessarily
aggressive.

In its general get-up, indeed, the book is very unsatisfactory : we
have seldom seen a volume in which the arrangement and typography
offer so much ground for unfavourable criticism. The descriptions
are given in clavis form, but the ordinary method by which the name
of the species is separated from the description and brought out to
the end of the line, the name itself being printed in different type
from the text, is here ignored : the names are continuous with the
text and the type is the same as that employed for it. Seeing that
Bentham's Flora Australiensis must have been constantly in the
hands of the compilers it seems almost incredible that the obvious
convenience of its arrangement should have been ignored in favour of
one for which nothing can be said. The resom'ces of typography have
not been utilized, the important aid to clearness which is afforded b}- a
judicious use of black t3'^pe — here reserved for the names of orders — has
not been recognized, though almost every modern Flora illustrates its
advantages. " The Flora of the Northern Territory " stands at the head
of each page, which should be, as it is in all well-planned Floras, made
a source of useful information. On the other hand, information is
sometimes given which seems useless : of what gain can it be to those
who use the book to know that for Panicum^ for example, fourteen
generic names have been emploj'-ed ? The space thus occupied — which
in the aggregate is considerable — would have been better employed
in adding useful bibliographical references, which are conspicuously

THE TLOHA OF THE NORTHERN TERRITORY 71

absent. Here, again, there is a curious absence of system : the names
and authorities are usually all in roman t}^3e, but sometimes all in
italics.

There is no need to pursue a criticism which might be indefinitely
extended, and which is undertaken in the hope that it may influence
future publications from the same source ; but a word must be said
as to the Appendix on the Myrtacese, contributed by Mr. Edwin
Cheel, which, whether regarded from a literary or a botanical stand-
point, seems to us equally remarkable. Melaleuca Leucadendron and
its limitations or extensions present much room for differences of
opinion, but we cannot think that Mr. Cheel's efforts will do much to
elucidate the difficulties presented. Mr. Cheel's views on nomen-
clature may be illustrated by a sentence which also indicates his
litei-ary style : writing of Melaleuca Leucadendron var. coriacea
(M. coriacea Poir.), he says : " I have not seen the original specimens
named by Poiret, but have taken up his name for this variety as it
seems to be appropriate, and will cause less confusion than would be
the case if Cavanilles's name * quinquenervia ' was taken up as it
should according to the rules of priority, owing to the fact of other
varieties having five-nerves" (p. 297). Such entries as "coriacea,
Poir, suppl. 3, 685 (non Salisb.), See. D.C., Prodr." and "var.
angustifolia, Linn., Fil. and Pers. (1807) " are examples of citation
which might easily be multiplied.

BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, etc.

At the meeting of the Linnean Society on Feb. 6, two papers
were submitted by Mr. N. E. Brown. The first dealt with a new
species of Lohostemon in the Linnean Herbarium, to which Mr. Brown's
attention had been directed by Mr. Lacaita. The sheet was inscribed
by Linnaeus Echium argentewrtiy but the plant could not be identified
with any specimen of that species in the herbaria of the British
Museum and Kew, or at the Cape: it is entirely different from
E. argenteum Berg. {L. argenteus Buck), with which Linnaeus
supposed it to be identical. The plant, localised by Linnaeus
"montibus nigris " (Zwartberg) and collected at least 147 years ago,
does not appear to have been found by any subsequent collector.
In the second paper Mr. Brown described numerous old and new
species of Mesemhryanthemum,^Yei2iCm^ the descriptions with a history
of the genus from the time of Haworth, who published four accounts
of the genus between 1794 and 1821. Haworth's descrij^tions,
though mostly from plants cultivated by himself or at Kew, are often
insufficient for determination : but a large number of his species are
represented in the series of excellent coloured drawings by two
young gardeners, George Bond and Thomas Duncannon, who were
employed at Kew by Alton between 1822 and 1835 to draw plants
cultivated there, and of whom some account will be found in The
Garden for Jan. 24, 1880 — reprinted in the third Supplement to this
Journal for 1912 (p. 14). The drawings, mostly by Bond (who was
alive in 1880), number about 2000, of which about a fourth represent
Mesemlry anthem U7n.

72 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

The recently issued part of the Flora of Tropical Africa (vol. ix.
part 2, " 1918 ") continues Dr. Stapf's monograph of the Andro-
pogonece. The genus Andropogon is restricted on lines already laid
down in the first part of the volume : a large number of the
species formerly referred here are transfeiTcd to Hyparrlieiiia, here
apparently first treated as a genus although it was adopted as a
section by Hackel in his monograph. The name stands as '• [N. J.]
Anderss. (name onh'), in Nov. Act. Soc. Scient. Upsal. Ser. 3, ii.
254 [1856] " ; it may, we think, be questioned whether it can claim
recognition, as it stands only in synon3Tiiy : *^ Anthistiria Pseudo-
Cymbaria Steud. = Est Hyparrhenia? sp." A new genus — Dyhowskia —
is established for Andropogon Dyhowshii Franch. The species, of
which a large proportion are new, are described at great length —
many occujjy a page or more : it is not quite easy to see for whose
benefit these minutety detailed descriptions, testifying as they do to
the carefulness which characterizes Dr. Stapf's work, are intended, as
the botanist will, we think, find sufficient for his purpose in the keys
to the species, which are very full ; their extent must materially
hinder the completion of the Flora, which was begun fifty years ago.
"We presume that steps have been taken, as in the case of the Floras
of Madras and Jamaica, to secure the validity of the new names by
the publication of a Latin diagnosis, in accordance with Art. 3G of
International Kules : we note that the adjectival form of names
of persons is spelt with a small initial (see Ai*t. 26, Eec. 10).

The contents of the Journal of Genetics (vol. viii. no. 1) issued
January 22 are mainly botanical. They include papers "On tlie
Origin of a Mutation in the Sweet Pea," by Prof. K. C. Punnett ;
On Hybridization of some Species of Salix " conducted by S. Ikeno at
Tokyo (with plate) ; and " Studies of Inheritance in the Japanese
Convolvulus," b}' B. Miyazawa (with coloured plate).

Science Progress for January contains a comprehensive summary
of recent botanical research by Dr. E. J. Salisbury, the notices of
plant physiology being contributed by Mr. Walter Smith. In the
interests of the reader we venture again to call the attention of the
editor, Sir Ronald Ross, to the singularly unhelpful and unilluminative
headings of the right-hand pages, which with very little trouble might
be made of great assistance to those who consult the Review.

Botanical Abstracts is the title of a new botanical journal, which
has been set on foot by American botanists to take the place of the
Botanisches Centralblatt, which, for various reasons connected with
the War, has become unsatisfactory. It will be conducted by an
editorial board, the vanous sections being undertaken by specialists.

We have received two numbers of the Bulletin of Scientific
and Technical Societies, which is issued fortnightly at Burlington
House at the cost of i5d. by the Conjoint Board of Scientific Societies.
Each number contains a diary of meetings to be held in the fortnight
succeeding its publication, with titles of the papers to be read at each
and an indication of future meetings. Communications regarding it
should be sent to Prof. R. A. Gregorv, 10 St. Martin's Street, W.C. 2.

73

MISCELLANEA BKYOLOGICA.— VI.
By H. N. Dixot^, M.A., F.L.S.

(Continued from Journ. Bot. 1916, p. 359.)

Ch^tomiteium Deplanchei Duby, and its allies.

Ghcetomitrium Geheehii was described by Brotherus in Oefv.
af Finska Vet.-Soc. Foerh. xxxvii. 165 (1895), from Queensland and
l^apua. It is there stated to be allied to C. torquescens Brj. Jav.,
C. depressum Mitt., and C. Deplancliei Duby. The di:fferentiating
characters from these species are not mentioned. In the key to
Ch(Btomitrium in the Miisci Brotherus makes the following
distinctions : —

Seta faintly papillose only near the summit;

branches flattened ; leaves scarcely concave ... C. Deplancliei.

Seta clearly papillose for some distance down-
wards ; branches scarcely flattened ; leaves very { p j. -l-j.

concave \ ri ^ z /.••'

[ U. (jreheebii.

C. Geheehii Broth, is recorded by Brotherus and Watts in the
" Mosses of the New Hebrides " (Journ. Proc. Roy. Soc. N.S. Wales,
xlix. 146), as collected by Bowie in Tongoa Santo (under the
numbers 110 J and 177 in Herb. Watts), and a sterile specimen of
this (No. 177) was sent me b}^ the Rev. W. W. Watts. I have also
in my collection a specimen of what is clearly the same gathering
(Tongoa Santo, leg. Bowie) sent me by Mr. G. Webster (No. 581) :
this is in fruit, and comparison with the description of C. GeJieehii
showed one or two distinct differences from that. G. Geheehii
should have a seta of 1 cm., scaberulous throughout except at the
base ; the capsule sub-horizontal, curved, and the leaf margin erect.
The New Hebrides specimen showed setae considerably above 1 cm.,
reaching to 1"5 cm., scaberulous onl}^ at the apex; the capsule erect
or nearly so, and practically symmetrical, not or scarcely curved ;
while the leaves had the margin distinctly reflexed, especially near
the apex, where the leaf is suddenly contracted in the curious way
characteristic of several species of this genus. Correspondence with
Rev. W. W. Watts established the fact that these differences existed
in his specimens also, and it seemed clear that the New Hebrides
plant represented an allied but distinct species, probably new. Mr.
Watts consulted Dr. Brotherus on the matter, but communications
were entirely cut off by the war, and have not yet been re-opened.

Before describing it as new, I thought it necessary to compare
the allied Oceanic species, especially C. tahitense (Sull.) and C De-
plancliei Duby. A sterile specimen of C. tahitense at Kew showed
a very similar plant, but with the leaves much shorter and more
shortly acuminate and less contracted below the apex, and the margin
very little reflexed.

I then examined C. Deplanchei in the British Museum collection.
The specimen in Herb. Hampe showed leaves almost exactly like
JouENAL or BotjlNt. — Vol. 57. [Apeil, 1919.] h

74 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANT

those of C. taliitensfiy and differed also from Bowie's New Hebrides
plant in the pericha^tial leaves narrower, more plicate, and with the
apex still more remarkably ciliate-laciniate than they are there. The
seta, just 2 cm. long, is finely papillose about half-way down, though
faintly only.

This appeared to show a distinct difference in both species as
regards the leaves, from both C. Gelieehii and the New Hebrides
plant, and in O. Deplancliei at least as regards also the fruiting
characters. An examination of the specimens of C. Deplancliei in
Bescherelle's herbarium, however, put an entirely different complexion
on the matter. There ai'e several gatherings represented, of Deplanche's
and Vieillard's, from Lifou or New Caledonia (the labelling " Nouv.
Caledonie " in some cases and probably in all includes the Island of
Lifou) ; and these, while clearly all belonging to the same species,
showed a great and unexpected degree of variation. The seta varies
from 1 cm. to 1*75 cm. on the same tuft ; the capsule is usually
suberect and symmetrical, but may be, on the same plant, also
decidedly inclined and curved ; the seta is usually papillose onl}'- near
summit, but ma}^ be (as in Hampe's specimen) more or less papillose
below. The leaf-point varies much in degree of acumination, &c.,
one specimen showing many leaves quite identical with Bowie's
plant, while others approach very nearly the form and chai-acter of
Hampe's specimen and C. taliitense. The perichaetial leaves also
exhibit a good deal of variation in width, degree of plication, and in
extent of ciliation. I do not find any marked difference in the
concavity of the leaves between the various plants. There can be no
question at all that both C. Gelieehii and the New Hebrides moss
come within the range of C. Deplancliei.

As to the position of G. taliitense^ I am not quite so clear. As
far as the vegetative characters go, it might cei'tainly be identical
with C. Deplancliei as represented by the plant in Hampe's herbarium.
But Sullivant describes the perichaetial bracts as ciliate-dentate, and
as ** very strongly papillose at back." In C. Deplancliei the outer
bracts are papillose, and are moderately ciliate-dentate above ; the
inner are smooth, and have the margins very strikingly fringed and
lacerate with branched and re-branched cilia, frequently ending in a
bi- or tri-cuspidate tip, reminding one of the processes of certain
s[iecies of Staurastrum or similar Desmids. Sullivant's figure of the
perichaetial bract of C. tahitense does not indicate any structure of
the sort, and the description, ciliate-dentate, is somewhat ambiguous,
If, however, the bract figured were an outer one, and the description
of the dorsal papillae applied to that, it would represent very nearly
an outer bract of G. Deplancliei. At the most, I think, even if the
bract figured represented an inner one, the difference would hardly be
sufficient for a specific character, especially bearing in mind the
somewhat wide range exhibited b}^ the perichajtial bracts of the New
Caledonian moss, and I suggest for it a varietal rank for the present,
wliile fully anticipating that further examination of the fruiting
plant may finally relegate it to the synonymy of C. Deplancliei.

MISCELLANEA BBTOLOOICA 75

The synonymy will then stand thus : —

Ch^tomitrium Depla:^chei (Besch.) Duby MS. e Jaeg. &
Sauerb. Adumbr. ii. 273 (1875-6).

Svn. Solohlepharuni Deplanchei Besch., Fl. bryolog. Xouv,
Caledon. 227 (1873).
ClicBtomitriuni Geheehii Broth, in Oefv. af Finska Vet.-Soc.
Foerh. xxxvi. 165 (1895).

Distrih. New Caledonia, North Queensland, Papua, New He-
brides.

A^ar. tahitense (Sull.).

Bractea* perichaetiales brevius ciliatse, tantuin ciliato-dentatae, dorso
alte dense papillosse.

Syn. IIolohlepharu7n tahitense Sull. in Amer. Expl. Exped. Wilkes,
1859, p. 22, t. 23.
CJicBtomitrium tahitense Mitt, in Fl. Yit. p. 392 (1871).

Distrih. Tahiti.

Paris, Ind. Ed. ii. 343, has several errors in his citation of this
species.

Gymnostomum oranicum Kehm.

The Hyinenostoma and their allies of South Africa are difficult to
grasp, and will probabty not be satisfactorily elucidated without an
examination of C. Mueller's types at Berlin. One misconception may
as well be cleared up, however. Eehmann issued No. 19, Musci
Austr.-Afr. as Gymnostomum oranicum. C. Mueller published this
in Hedwig. xxxviii. 112, as Weisia {Jlymenostominii) oranica Rehm.,
but makes no reference in his description to the capsule orifice beyond
the terms " theca . . . microstoma . . . annulo nullo."

On examination of Rehmann's No. 19, however (Bloemfontein,
Orange Free State), I find a peristome distinctly present. The
16 teeth are very minute, very little exserted above the capsule
mouth, and sometimes not at all, very narrow and pale ; but they are
regular, articulate, linear, smooth and hyaline. It is therefore a true
Weisia, not Hymenostomum. The dioicous inflorescence appears
to be the principal chamcter by which it can be separated from
W. viridula (L.).

Ancectangium scabeum Broth.
Among some mosses collected by Wm. Leighton in 1917 on
Mt. Meru, German East Africa, at 5-6000 ft. altitude, sent to me
for determination by Mr. T. R. Sim of Maritzburg, were two gather-
ings of a minute Anoectangiuyn, one shorter and much more dense
and compact, but both belonging to the same species. They agreed
with the description of A. scabrtim Broth, precisely, and with an
original specimen of Hoist's gathering at Kew ; they also agree with
the description of A. 2ms ilium Mitt., with the sole exception that
Mitten (in Journ. Linn. Soc, Bot. xxii. 305) describes his species,

collected by Bishop Hannington on Kilimanjaro, as ** nerve

dorso laevi," and notes "a small species, which agrees very nearly
with A. Mariei, Besch., from Nossibe ; but the apices of the leaves
are wider and their nerve is not papillose."

h2

76 THE JOUENAL OF BOTANY

Feeling some doubt as to the distinctness of the two, I asked
Mrs. Britton to allow me to see a specimen of A. pusillum, and she
kindly sent me part of the original gathering. As I rather expected,
the nerve is distinctly, though finely scaberulous at back, and the
plant is exactly identical wdth A. scahrum Broth. Mitten's mis-
description is, I think, easily explained, while unfortunate. He
compares his species with A. Ilariei Besch. Now A. Mariei, which
according to Cardot (M. de Madagascar, p. 215) is identical with
Barhula indica (Schwaeg.) Brid. {Tricliostomum orientale Willd.),
is a species with the back of the nerve very highly and strongly
scabrous or almost tuberculate, compared with which the nerve of
A. picsillu?n might not mireasonably appear smooth. Smooth, how-
ever, it is not, and Mitten's description of it as such has not un-
naturally led Brotherus, in the absence of specimens (which existed
only in Mitten's herbarium), to re-describe the plant as A. scahrum.
A. scahrum must, however, fall into the synonymy of A. pusillum
Mitt.

Taxithelium gottscheanum (Hampe) Broth.

Hampe (in Linnsea, 1874, p. 568) described this Philippine Is.
species as Hypnum Gottscheanum. Subsequently he was led to suppose
it to be identical with T. capillipes Broth. {H. capillipes Bry. Jav.),
and he has corrected the labelling of all the three specimens in his
herbarium to " H. capillipes " and " capillipes Bry. jav." I do not
know that he ever published this correction, but even if he has not
done so it may be well to remark that the identification is certainly
erroneous. H. capillipes has the cells scarcely visibly papillose ; the
papillae are so delicate, indeed, that they at first escaped the notice of
the authors of the Bryologia Javanica, and it is only in a supple-
mentary note on p. 228 that they add " Folia quam subtilissime
punctulata, nee Isevia." The Philippines plant, on the other hand, has
the leaf cells very distinctly, not to say highly, papillose, almost to
the base, and it would be quite impossible for this to be overlooked,
and Hampe's species may certainly stand.

Hypnum scabrellum Lac. and its allies.

Lacoste in the Bryologia Javanica described Hypnum scahrellum
from sterile specimens collected by Korthals in Sumatra, and a
Celebes specimen in theLeyden Herbarium ; adding " Floreset fructus
ignoti." The inflorescence has been considered as probably dioicous.
It is the Sematophyllum scahrellum of Par. Ind., but Cardot has
shown good reason for considering it identical with the Samoan
S. lamprophyllum of Mitten, a name which therefore has the
priority.

Beccari issued No. 37 of his *' Crittogame di Borneo," a fertile plant
from Sarawak, as H. scahrellum; and Hampe, in describing Beccari's
plants in Nuov. Giorn. Bot. ital. iv. 284, describes the fruit of this
plant under that name. An examination of Beccari's plant, however,
shows that it is not identical wdth Lacoste's species, and Hampe's
description of the fruit must therefore not be taken as descriptive of
*S'. scahrellum^ i. e. S. lamprophyllum, Beccari's plant, to begin

MISCELLANEA BRTOLOGTCA 77

^ith, is autoicous ; the leaves are considerably wider than in. S. lam-
prophyllu^n, the alar cells are quite different, not indeed showing the
characteristic inflated cells of Sematophyllum^ usually consisting of a
single large inflated cell and several much smaller irregular thick-
walled ones. The upper cells show regularly seriate, fine, acute
papillae ; the perichsetial bracts also are markedly papillose. In view
of the character of the alar cells, and the seriate papillae of the upper
ones, I have little doubt that the plant is not a Sematophyllum, but
a Trichosteleum.

The fruit of the true S. lampropJiyllum is to be seen on the plant
issued by Max Fleischer as Pungentella scahrella (Lac.) C. M.,
No. 389, Musci Frond. Archip. Ind. Ser. viii. from West Java. This
agrees in habit, leaf-form, and basal cells with the H. scahrellum.
The perichsetial leaves are comparatively short, erect, rigid, finely but
shortly subulate, practically entire, and smooth. Seta about 1 cm.,
scaberulous above. No male flowers appear, the plant is undoubtedly
dioicous. No. 5417, Perak, coll. Wray, in Herb. Mus. Brit., also
appears to be the correct plant.

In Journ. Linn. Soc, Bot. xliii. 321, I referred to S. lampro-
pTiyllum (Mitt.), a plant of Rev. C. H. Binstead's from Borneo,
Avhich, however, I find must also be considered distinct, as the fruiting
characters do not agree with those of Fleischer's No. 389. Especially
it is autoicous, and the perichsetial bracts are sharply and rather
closely denticulate. It appears to be undescribed, and may be diag-
noted as follows : —

Sematophyllum decipiens Dixon, sp. no v. Habitu ;S'. lampro-
pJiylli Mitt., sed paullo robustius, foliis latioribus, ovato-lanceolatis,
concavis, marginibus erectis, acumine breviuscule subulato, denticu-
lato. Autoicum. Flores masculi, numerosi, parvi. Bractese peri-
chsetiales magis abrupte angustius acuminatae, sat conferte denticulatae,
dorso sublaeves. Seta perbrevis, circa 5 mm. longa, capillaris, laevis ;
theca minuta, '75 mm. longa, horizontalis.

Hah. Damp rock in jungle, Sapong, near Tenom (No. 211 5).

The autoicous inflorescence removes it from the otherwise nearly
allied species ; the denticulate perichaetial bracts also from >S'. lampro-
phyllum ; the wider leaves from S. suhulatum (Hampe) ; the smooth
seta, scaberulous cells and larger capsule from S. microthecium Broth.
& Paris.

Cetlonese Mosses.

Two or three corrections need to be made in my paper in Journ.
Bot. 1915, 257, on the Rev. C. H. Binstead's Ceylon mosses.

P. 259. — Dicranoloma leucophyllum (Hampe) Par. var. Kurzii
Fleisch. appears to be rather a varietal form of D. hrevisetum (Doz.
& Molk.) Par.

P. 289.— Trachyloma indicum Mitt. This agrees quite well with
a New Guinea specimen determined by Mitten as his species.
Fleischer has, however, pointed out that this species has been con-
fused with T. tahitense Besch., a closely allied species with less
glossy, shorter pointed leaves and quite distinct areolation. To this
latter he refers Ceylonese specimens collected by himself ; and I find

78 THE JOUR?fAL OF BOTAIN^Y

that both the New Guinea plant and Binstead's No. 304 from Ceylon
must be referred there also *.

p, 2S9. —Fterobri/opsis Walkeri Broth. (No. 302). This must
be referred to P.frondosa (Mitt.) Fleisch.

P. 291. — Stereophyllum papilUdens Card. ined. Theriot (Ann.
Conserv. de G-eneve, xx. 15) refers this plant (No. 38) to Stereo-
phyllum indicum (Bel.) Mitt., a much misunderstood species, which
S. papillide7is Card, closely resembles, but which has some real dis-
tinction in the cell structure.

Betum Bescherellei Jaeg.
The New Zealand species of the Erythrocarpa and allied groups
are very difficult, and present some very perplexing problems. I am
looking forward — with no great appetite for the task — to attempting
to solve these in the near future, and I have no intention of antici-
pating that task now ; but one complication may be cleared away at
once. Authors in dealing with the New Zealand Brya (Brotherus,
Jaeger, Bescherelle, Paris, C. Mueller) have displayed much ingenuity
in differentiating two plants, B. eryihrocarpoides Hampe & C.
Mueller, and B. erythrocarpoides Schimp. For the latter Jaeger,
followed by Paris, &c., has altered the rame to B. Bescherellei, to
avoid duplication, while C. Mueller in Hedwig. xxxvii. 90 (1898),
ignoring these authors, has quite unnecessarily re-christened it
B. tornlosicollum.

It does not appear that any of the authors concerned have taken
the trouble to compare the two plants with one another, none ot' them
at any rate make any comparison between them ; they appear to have
assumed that, as Schimper saw a difference, it was " theirs not to
reason why." The evidence for there being two distinct plants con-
cerned does not therefore appear, ^r/wrt^/rrc/i?, to be very weighty,
and what is to be said of it, when the fact is, so far as I can see, that
Schimper himself never saw any difference between them !

Bescherelle (Flore Nouv. Caled. in Ann. vSc. Nat. 5 Ser. xviii.
p. 214 (1873) describes B. erythrocarpoides Schimp. in herb, as a
new species, based on New Zealand specimens ex herb. Schimper,
leg. Knight, and New Caledonian ones leg. Krieger, 1866 ; and all
subsequent authors have assumed this to be a different thing from
B. erythrocarpoides Hampe & C. M. (1853). Bescherelle makes no
reference to the earlier B. erythrocarpoides, and all the evidence goes
to show he had overlooked it. No specimens of the New Caledonian
])lant are to be found in our collections, but Knight's plant, '* N.Z.
1867," the type of the supposed B. erythrocarpoides Schimp. is
labelled by Schimper himself in his herbarium " B. erythrocarpoides
Hpe. & C. M." The whole trouble seems to have arisen from a
lapsus calami of Schimper, as the only New Zealand specimen in
Bescherelle's herbarium is labelled *' B. erythrocarpoides Sch." [in
Schimper's hand] " N. Zelande, Herb. Schimp." (in Bescherelle's
hand) ; and this is identical with a specimen in the British Museum

* Thdriot, I find, considers this plant distinct from T. tahitense, and names it
T. Fleischeri, to which therefore all the above plants must be referred (c/. Bull,
de I'Acad. Internationale de G^ogr. bot. 1910, p. 100).

MISCELLANEA BBYOLOGICA 79

collection labelled in Schimper's own hand *' Bryum erythrocarpoides
Hpe. & C. M., 156, N. Zealand [ex herb. Hpe.]."

The bottom is therefore knocked out of B. Besclierellei Jaeg.
Comparison of Knight's N.Z. plant and the original (Australian)
B, erythrocarpoides Hampe & C. M. at first sight, it is true, suggests
a difference, as the latter has rather wider, paler capsules with a quite
obtuse lid, whereas the No. 156, N. Zealand has dark purple brown
capsules with acute, apiculate lids, points which might constitute a
difference ; but as the latter plant is labelled B. erythrocarpoides Hpe.
& C. M., and is from Hampe's own herbarium, it is clear that both
plants fall under the same species according to Hampe's own thinking.
And further, New Zealand plants showing an intermediate form
of lid occur in Schimper's herbarium as '' B, erythrocarpoides
Hpe. & C. M., Tauranga, leg. Hutton, 1866." These have exactly
conical, obtuse lids, and others highly convex and distinctly apiculate,
on the same gathering, and show that Hampe and Schimper were
quite right in uniting them under B. erythrocarpoides Hampe & C. M.

A further difference might appear to consist in the inflorescence,
as Bescherelle describes his " B. erythrocarpoides Scliimp." as
synoicous, while all the other plants are dioicous. The New Zealand
specimens on which Bescherelle bases his species (leg. Knight) are,
however, certainly not synoicous, and it appears that Bescherelle was
deceived in this respect \cf. Brotherus, 3Iusci, p. 589). In that case,
B. ery thro car pulum CM., which according to the author is differen-
tiated from Bescherelle's New Caledonian plant principally — probably
entirely — on the ground of its dioicous inflorescence, must clearly fall
into the same synonj^my.

The matter may be summed up thus : — {a) there is no difference
between B. erythrocarpoides Hampe & C. M. and B, erythrocar-
poides Schimp, ; {h) Schimper never supposed there was any.

The synonymy will then stand thus — with further synonyms
probably to be added later : —

Brtum eetthrocaepoides Hampe & C. M. in Linn. 495
(1853),

Syn. B. erythrocarpoides Schimp. e Bescherelle in Ann. Sci. Nat.
5 Ser. xviii. 214 (1873).
B. Bescherellei Jaeg. Adumbr. i. 627 (1873-4) nee B.
Bescherellei Ren. & Card, in Bull. Soc. roy, Belg. 1891,
ii. 188.
B, torulosicollum C. M. in Hedwig. xxxvii. 90 (1898).
B. erythrocarpulum C. M. op. et loc. cit.

Baebella letieei (Ren. & €ard.) Fleisch. c. fr.
Meteorium Levieri was described by Ren. & Card, in Bull. Soc.
roy. Belg. xli. pt. 1, p. 78, from sterile plants collected in the Sikkim
Himalayas, and from Japan, and subsequently recorded from Formosa.
A plant sent to me from the N.Y. Bot. Garden, from Mitten's her-
barium, '* Meteorium, Pathkay *, Griflith " agrees vegetatively with

* The second syllable is luicertain, — on another label it was transcribed
Pathkoi.

80 THE JOURNAL OP BOTANY

the Formosa plant, the only difference being that the branches are
more equal and more regularly pinnate. The plant is in fruit, and it
differs notably from most species of the genus Barhella in the seta,
which is longer than usual, and in the peristome. In most of the
species the seta is only as long as the capsule, or 2-3 times as long ;
in only two or three it is considerably longer {B. comes 3-5 mm.,
B. Kurzii (3 mm.). Here it is fully 10 mm., and sometimes 12 mm.
long, thin, rugulose-papillose in the upper part. The peristome
characters are still more marked, as the outer teeth are densely trans-
versely striolate for a great part of their length, a character not
hitherto found in Barhella, where they are at most striolate only near
base. In view of tlie vegetative structure, however, this character is
not sufficient, I think, to remove the plant to any other genus.

"EPIPACTIS MEDIA (Fries!)" Bab.

By Colonel M. J. Godfery, F.L.S.

The history of the above name is very curious. Leighton says
(Fl. Shropsh. p. 434, 1841) "Mr. Babington has directed my atten-
tion to a plant which we gathered in 1835 in the woods on the west
side of Bomere pool, and which we supposed at the time to be
E. latifolia, but which he has recently determined to be E. viridiflora
Eeich.'" (Fl. Germ. Exc. p. 134, 1830). He then quotes Babington's
description, as follows : — " 2. E. viridijlora Reich. Leaves ovato-
oblong, the upper ones lanceolate acute ; the lower bracteas longer
than the flowers ; the terminal division of the lip triangular-cordate
acute, as long as the lanceolate petals and sepals. Reich. Icon. f. 1142.
Belch. Fl. Excurs. n. 891. Petermann, Fl. Lips. 641. Narrower
and more elongated in all its parts than E. latifolia, only the lowest
leaves ovate, the intermediate ones lanceolate, and the upper ones
lanceolato-attenuated and merging gradually into the linear-lanceolate
bracteas. Floivers ' green tinged with purple ' ; peduncle shorter
than the downy ge.rmen. Lobe of the lip longer than broad, crenate.
Woods at Bomere pool, Salop, and Luton, Kent." The above is
practically identical with Babington's description of E. media Fries
(Man. Brit. Bot. p. 295, 1843). It is clear, therefore, that he first
considered the Bomere plant to be E. viridiflora Bchb., and later
published it as E. media Fries. Tlie reason for this may be gathered
from Leighton, who says, further on, " Fries (Nov. Mant. alt. p. 54)
considers E. viridiflora Beich. as a variety ' floribus viridibus ' of his
own E. media.''"' Fries, however, does not quite say this. He wrote
"E. media (b) lloribus-viridibus lieich. ic. f. 1142, sec. Koch," He
does not say that from personal observation he considered them the
same, l)ut that, to judge from Koch, E. viridiflora is the same as his
green -flowered media.

I think we are justified in concluding that Fries did not personally
know E. viridiflora, as, if he had done so, he would have given it as
a synonym without qualifying it with the words "according to Koch."

EPIPACTIS MEDIA 81

The fact that he did so qualify it shows that he was not sure of it
from his own knowledge, and transferred the responsibility to Koch.
Rouy tells us that E. viridijlora is often confused with the variety of
atroruhens with yellowish green or green flowers (Fl. de France,
vol. xiii. p. 204), and there can be no reasonable doubt that Fries
intended his " 6. ^or^^z^s ^7^^^V/^6^^s " to refer to these green-flowered
forms of his own JE. media. Koch names the latter E. latifolia
/3. ruhiginosa (Syn. Fl. Germ, et Helv. pp. 694-5) and adds: — "Haec
quoque occurrit floribus virentibus, ad quam E. viridijlora Rchb. ic. 9,
f. 1142, et Serapias latifolia viridijlora Hoffm. referendae sunt."
From this it is clear that he regarded Fries's (b) floribus viridibus as
referring to green-flowered forms of E. atroruhens, and that he fell
into the error mentioned by Rouy of confusing the latter with viridi-
jlora. Koch evidently had not arrived at a final and considered
opinion as to how many species existed in the genus Epipactis, for he
gives atroruhens as a variety of E. latifolia, and admits that fm-ther
observations are necessary to determine whether it is a distinct species
or not. It is no matter of surprise, therefore, since he was confessedly
unable of his own knowledge definitely to se^SiiixtQ E. atroruhens from
E. latifolia as a species, that he was also unable to distinguish green-
flowered forms of atroruhens from viridiflora, for, on account of their
colour, the resemblance of both these latter plants to E. latifolia is
more obvious than that of typical red-purple atroruhens itself. His
attitude of mind was hesitating, but it is evident that he provisionally
regarded latifolia, atroruhens, and viridijlora as one and the same
species, and would thus be vevy likely to consider viridijlora as
identical with green-flowered forms of atroruhens. Babington was
clearer sighted, for he recognized both atroruhens and viridijlora as
distinct species, but he unfortunately allowed himself to be misled by
Koch, and, abandoning his correct identification of viridijlora, des-
cribed the Bomere plant as E. media Fries. This error led on to
another, for it blinded him to the fact that the true E. media Fries
really did grow in England, and he actually described it as a new
species under the name E. ovalis Babington. Fries himself tells us
that his E. media " (c) floribus roseo-rubris " is identical with
E. atroruhens, so that this fact is beyond dispute.

I am much indebted to the kindness of Mr. R. F. Burton of
Longner Hall, Salop, who, at my request, was good enough to explore
the woods of Bomere pool, with a view to ascertain what species
of Epipactis still grow there. He says : — " To-day (Aug. 15th,
1918) 1 walked over to Bomere pool and right round it, and round
Shomere (about 300 yards this side of it). The chief plants, not
counting trees, are sphagnum-patches, with nettles, Digitalis, Dog
Mercury, blackberries, and bracken on the sides above the sphagnum,
containing, as far as I could see, very few Orchidacese. I enclose the
only samples of Epipactis in sight." Unfortunately, when these
specimens arrived, the flowers were withered, owing to the heat, but
on dissection, the position of the anther on the summit of a distinct
stalk, its projection over the upper edge of the stigma, and the
presence of a V-shaped incision in the wall of the column between
the anther and the stigma, were visible, and these are the distin-

82 THE .TOUENAL OF BOTANT

guishing characteristics of .SJ. viridijiora. As Mr. Burton found no
other kinds of Epipactis at Boniere, and as Babington originally
identified his Bomere plants as viridiflora, these facts may be re-
garded as fairly conclusive proof that his original identification was
correct. This is confirmed by Babington's description, which, as far
as it goes, exactly fits E. viridiflora var. leptophylla (Journ. Bot.
1919, p. 39), with the exception of the words " flowers green tinged
with purj^le." This is a very minor point ; Mr. Stephenson mentions
that in his forma vectensis (Journ. Bot. 1918, p. 1) they are some-
times so tinged, and they frequently are so on the Continent.

The drawing of E. media in E. B. S. 2775, was made from a
specimen of E. pnrpurata (E. violacea) (E. B. ed. ix. 124) from
Woburn Abbey, Bedford. We have therefore this anomalous posi-
tion— a plant identified as E. viridiflora Bchb. b}^ Babington was
published by him as E. media Fries, and illustrated in E. B. by a
drawing of E. violacea ! When the third edition of E. Bot. was
published, the plates from the Supplement were embodied therein ;
the reproduction of No. 2775, however, as I noticed at Kew, instead
of adhering to the subdued colours of the original, was printed
with bright reds and yellow^s, and is thus very far removed in appear-
ance from E. violacea (which it originally represented) and suggests
a much over-coloured E. latifolia. Perhaps it was partly due to this
that the idea arose that Babington's E. media was a plant nearly
resembling latifolia, but differing from it by longer and narrower
leaves, and rugose, instead of smooth bosses on the lip.

So we find it appearing in the 14th ed. of Hayward's Botanists^
PocJtet-hook, as HeUehorine latifolia c. media Druce. The same
work recognises E. violacea as a separate species under the title
11. purpurata Diiice, so that it appears to have been overlooked that
the E. B. S. plate of E. media was diuwn from a specimen of
E. purpurata.

In 1917 Mr. Druce, at my request, very kindly sent me two or
three specimens of media. I was unable to detect any difference
between them and E. latifolia, the ostensible one being that the
bosses of the lip were rugose in media and smooth in latifolia. In
his letter accompanying the specimens, Mr. Druce said : I think,
however, the plicate-rugose bosses are not sufficiently distinctive
characters to be of specific value." With this I entirely agree.

In a wood near Eashing, Surrey, where only E. latifolia grows,
rugose hunches were more common than smooth ones. The difference
is a slight one — in the one the epidermis is ^\Tinkled, in the other it is
sufficiently expanded to smooth out the wrinkles. It is curious to
note how, in course of time, the name E. media, given by Babington
to E. viridiflora, has become transferred to ordinary E. latifolia
with rugose hunches. Fries in his Mantissa says of his E. media :
"carina plicato-crenata, quo certissime differt a E. latifolia in qua
.... carina non plicato crenata." Probably it was from this that the
idea arose that Babington's media was separable from latifolia by its
rugose hunches, and this was strengthened by the E. B. S. plate 2775,
as pointed out above.

To sum up, the plant which Babington described as E. media

EPIPACTIS MEDIA 83

Fries, was in reality JE. viridijlora Heich., and the first record as a
British plant is Leighton's, on the specimens found by him and
Babington in 1S35. The subsequent application of the name E. media
to specimens of E. latifolia with rugose bosses appears to have been
founded on a misapprehension, and the term E. media should now
disappear from British botany, except as a synonym of E. atroruhens.

AQUATIC ANGIOSPERMS :

The Sign^ificaxce or theie Ststematic Distribftiojt.

By Agnes Arber, D.Sc, F.L.S.

It is generally recognized that the primaeval forms of vegetable
life were probably aquatic, and that it is only in the highly evolved
group of the Seed Plants that a terrestrial habit has become firmly
established. It follows that any aquatics met with among the Spermo-
phytes must be regarded as descendants of terrestrial ancestors, which
have reverted in some degree to the aquatic habits of their remote
forbears. That this view is tenable, and that the Aquatic Angio-
spernis cannot trace their ancestry in an unbroken aquatic line from
some far away algal progenitor, is demonstrated b}^ the fact that their
floral organs, in the vast majority of cases, belong to a decidedly
terrestrial type.

From a study of the mode of systematic distribution of aquatic
families and species among the Angiosperms, cei-tain general conclu-
sions may be deduced. The most obvious and striking feature is the
relative paucity of hydrophytes, in comparison with terrestrial plants.
Contrasted with those that live on land, the number of aquatic
families is so small as to be almost negligible, and even when all the
individual hydrophytic genera and species are added, the sum total
is relatively insignificant. This result is, however, hardly surprising
when we consider that the Phanerogams are essentially a terrestrial
stock, and are distinguished from the Cryptogams by their aerial mode
of pollination, which has won for them the freedom of the land. Under
these circumstances, the reversion to aquatic life could hardly be
expected to occur on any great scale. It must also be remembered
that the entire area of the fresh waters of the globe is very small as
compared with the land surfaces, and that thus the aquatic Angio-
sperms occupy a much more restricted field than their terrestrial
compeers.

The mode of systematic distribution of aquatics among the
Angiosperms shows every possible variety. Among the Dicotyledons
there are cases in which only one species of a terrestrial genus is
aquatic (e. g. Polygonum amphihium^, and others in which a number
of species in a genus are h^'drophytic while some are terrestrial
(e.g. Banunculus with its aquatic sub-genus Batrachium). Again,
an entire genus of an otherwise terrestrial family may be aquatic
(e. g. Hottonia among the Primulacese) , or several genera of family
may be aquatic (e.g. Jussieua, Ludwigia, etc., among the Ona-

84 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

graceae, and Limosella, Hydrotrichey etc., among the Scrophu-
lariaceae). Finally, an entire family may be aquatic and contain no
terrestrial forms (<?.y. Podostemacea?). A family given over wholly
to aquatic life may include a number of genera {e. g. Nymphaeaceae
and Podostemaceae) or a single genus {e. g. Ceratophylleae and
Callitrichaceae). Among the Monocotyledons, on the other hand,
we meet with more cases of entire families leading a water life
{e. g. Lemnacese, Pontederiaceae, and various families belonging
to the Helobieae), but there are fewer instances of individual aquatic
genera and species belonging to families which are mainly terres-
trial, though these occasionally occur (e. g. Glyceria aquatica of
the Gramineae).

When one genus or species in an otherwise terrestrial family has
taken to aquatic life, this may well be held to indicate that the
habit is a recent one ; but Avhen a whole family containing a number
of genera is found to be hydrophytic, it is hardly possible to avoid the
conclusion that the differentiation of the genera has occurred since
the adoption of the aquatic habit, which, on this view, must be very
ancient. The only other alternative, namely, that all the genem have
been evolved in the course of terrestrial life, and that they have all
subsequently and independently taken to the water, seems too far-
fetched to be considered seriously. A scrutiny of the characters of
those aquatic families which contain a number of highly individualized
genera confirms the notion that such families adopted aquatic life at
a relatively early stage in the course of evolution of the Angiosperms.
The Nymphaeaceae show characters that are markedly primitive
among the Dicotyledons, and the Podostemaceae, though not standing
so low in the scale of floral evolution, yet appear to be a very
old phylum related to the Rosales and Sarraceniales. That is to say,
the only Dicotyledonous families which are exclusively aquatic and
also contain a number of distinct genera, belong to the more primitive
groups among the Polypetalae, and hence may be regarded as ancient
lines which took to the water before they had diverged widely from
the ancestral type.

Among the Helobieae, the Alismaceae are probably nearest to the
ancestral stock. This family shows characters which are in man}'
ways decidedly Ranalean, and which suggest that the Helobieae
represent a branch that took to the water at a very early stage in the
evolution of the Monocotyledons, while they still retained features
recalling the Ranalean plexus from which they sprang. That they
are descended from a geophytic ancestor is suggested by the charac-
teristically abbreviated main axis, which in many cases does not
elongate except to form the stalk of the inflorescence. It is also
perhaps conceivable that the enlarged hypocot3'l of the embryo recalls
an ancestor which possessed a hypocotyledonary tuber, resembling
that of Erantliis hiemalis, the chief diiference being that in the
Helobieae the storage of food in the hypocotjd has been shifted back to
a pre-germination stage, owing perhaps to the exigences of aquatic
life. It may be recalled in this connexion that tuberous hypocotyls
are common among E-anunculaceae with concrescent cotyledons, that
is to say, among forms which certain botanists would interpret as

AQUATIC ANGIOSPERMS 85

supplying indications of the characters of the original Monocotyle-
donous stock.

The idea that the Helobiese are descended from a very ancient
group of Angiosperms and have inhabited the water for a correspond-
ingly long period, is ratified by the fact that this series consists of a
whole plexus of related families, some of which have departed widely
from the original type ; it contains forms as far asunder, for instance,
as Alisma with its many Ranalean features and Naias which repre-
sents the very acme of floral reduction.

The fact that the Nymphseacese and the related Ceratopli3^11ea3 on
the one hand, and the Helobiese on the other, have taken to aquatic
life with such conspicuous success suggests that the original Ranalean
stock from which they both sprang ma^^ have been particularly well
adapted to water life. In the Ranunculacese the tendency to aquatic
habits in the case of the genus Ranunculus is obvious; besides the
definitely aquatic sub-genus Bah^achium^ the Buttercups include
a number of forms, such as It. sceleratus and R. jiamnnda, which arc
capable both of land and water life. The singularly slight difference
in general anatomy between the terrestrial and aquatic species of
Ranunculus, suggests that the land forms are of a type which does
not require great changes of structure in order to succeed in water life.

It is a remarkable fact that the Sympetalae — the most highly
evolved group of Angiosperms — has produced no entirely aquatic
family, nor any single aquatic species which has become so far
adapted to water life as to have acquired submerged hydrophilous
pollination. The very large family of the Compositae, which may
perhaps be classed as the ultimate term of the Sympetalous series,.
contains apparently less than half-a-dozen aquatic members. Exactly
the same is true of all the earlier cohorts of Engler's Archichlamydese,,
which, on the present writer's view, represent the more advanced and
reduced forms of the series. The families which are generally known
as Polypetalse (the later cohorts of Engler's Archichlamydese) and
which, on this view, include all the more primitive Dicotyledons, are
markedly richer in aquatic types. It would hardly be going too far
to say that independent aquatic families are chiefly characteristic of
the Ranalean plexus, and of its derivatives — both Dicotyledonous and
Monocotyledonous — while among the more advanced Polypetalse and
the Sympetalae, the sporadic occurrence of aquatic types and their
close relation to terrestrial forms, indicate that the water-habit has
been acquired comparatively recently. It is always possible that those
individual genera and species among the Sympetalae which are aquatic
at the present day, may each, in some future age, be represented by
an entire aquatic family; for such groups as the Helobieae, Nym-
phaeaceae and Podostemaceae may owe their richness in genera and
species partly to their ancient birth and to the length of time that
has elapsed since they took to the water. But, on the other hand, a
member of the Sympetalae embarking at the present day upon an
aquatic career, may possibly be handicapped, as a potential ancestor,
by the high degree of specialization it has attained in its previous
terrestrial life. The members of the primaeval Ranalean plexus may
have possessed a greater plasticity in correlation with their lower

86 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

degree of specialization. It must also be remembered that the mor»
primitive Angiosperms, which entered the water at an early period,
had merely to take possession of an undisputed field, whereas plants
embarking on an aquatic life at the present day are exposed to acute
competition from the numerous well-established hydrophytes with
which the fresh waters of the world are already so fully stocked.
Balfour Laboratory, Cambridge.

ALABASTRA DIVERSA.— Part XXX.*
By Spencer Le M. Moore, B.Sc, F.L.S.

(Continued from Journ. Bot. 1918, p. 212.)
1. Plants RoGERSiANiE. — IV.

The following is a further instalment of notices concerning and
descriptions of Archdeacon Rogers's African plants. The localities
are chiefly Rhodesian and Northern Transvaal, and there are a few
specimens from Bechuanaland. Among the Transvaal localities the
little-known Zoutpansberg Division figures prominently, especially its
extreme northern portion coming within the tropic of Capricorn.
The Bechuanaland plants were collected by Mr. C. C Harbor, and
some of those from tropical Transvaal by Dr. C. E. Moss when with
Archdeacon Rogers : for the rest we have t6 thank the Archdeacon
himself.

Thanks are hereby rendered to Mr. J. R. Drummond for kindly
determining the Orewia and to Mr. J. Hutchinson for the description
of a new Phyllanthus — a genus with which he is well acquainted as
the result of careful study. The sequence observed, it may be
mentioned, is that of the Flora of Tropical Africa,

Grewia rhytidophylla K. Schum.

Zoutpansberg Div., Messina (tropical) ; Moss Sf Rogers 17, 101.

Two good specimens of this little-known species ; the type is from
East Africa. Burret, the latest monographer of the genus, has
reduced it to G.fallax K. Schum., but Mr. Drummond does not
share this view.

Vepris zambesiaca, sp. no v. Hamis rigidis subteretibus striatis
i*amulos breves fertiles foliatos pubescentes hac atque iliac emittenti-
bus ; foliis alternis petiolatis (petiolo anguste alato) trifoliolatis
griseo-pubescentibus foliolis sessilibus oblongo-ovatis vel oblongo-
lanceolatis obtusis nonnunquam emarginatis ima basi cuneatim angus-
tatis membranaceis ; paniculis satis laxis foliola circiter a^quantibus
pubescentibus ; forihus 4-meris pedicellatis ; calyce cupulari denti-
culato pubescente ; petalis ovato-oblongis obtusis glabris ; staminihits
(anne semper?) 7 antheris ovato-oblongis obtusis apice ipso obscure
mucronulatis quam filamenta paullulum longioribus ; ovarii rudimento
bene evoluto ; forihus $ ignotis.

Rhodesia, Livingstone, N. bank of Zambesi ; No. 7486.

* Types of the species here described are in the National Herbarium.

PLANTS ROGERSIANJi 87

Folia in toto 4-5 cm. long. ; petiolus 1-2 cm. long., sub f oliolorum
insertione 1-1'5 mm. lat. ; folioia plerumque 2*5-3 X 1*2-1'7 mm.,
latei-alia quam intermedium paullulum minora, omnia glandulis
translucentibus subsparsim praedita. Panicula 2-3 X 2 cm. Pedicel]!
graciles, 1-2 mm. long. Calyx 1 mm., petala 2*5 mm., filamenta
1 mm., anthei-ae 1*5 mm. long. Ovarii rudimentum superne angus-
tatum, 2 mm. long.

Differs from V. glomerata Engl. {Toddalia glomerata F. Hoffm.)
chiefly in the smaller leaflets, the very narrowly-winged petioles, the
open inflorescences, and the more numerous stamens with relatively
shorter filaments.

Commiphora Ltjgard.^ N. E. Br.
Zoutpansberg Div., Messina ; No. 20762.

The type is from the Kwebe Hills near Lake Ngami; this is
therefore a considerable extension to the range of the species.

PsEUDOCADiA ZAMBESIACA Harms.
Messina : No. 20764.

• New to the Transvaal ; the most southerly habitat so far reported
for this mre and curious plant.

CantMum dictyophlebum, sp. nov. ^ Inerme, glabrum ; ramis
validis cortice dilute brunneo obductis : foliis majusculis petiolatis
late ovatis obovatisve apice obtusissimis nisi rotundatis basi rotundatis
vel obtusis saepeque plus minus obliquis papyraceis utrinque glabris
pag. sup. perspicue reticulatis : florihus 5-meris in cymas paucifloras
foliis multo breviores digestis pedicellis calyei circiter sequilongis
insidentibus ; ovario turbinato calycem truncatum obscm'e 5-denticu-
latum sequante ; corolJcB tubo late cylindrico calycem plane excedente
intus juxta medimn pilorum annulo reflexorum munito quam lobi
lanceolati obtusiusculi paullo longiore ; staminihus ori coroUse insertis ;
stigmate ovoideo apice obtuso longitrorsum sulcato.
■ Belgian Congo, Elisabethville ; No. 10085.

Folia usque ad 17x11 cm., saepius vero±10x7 cm., supra in
sicco bninnea eleganterque reticulata, subtus griseo-viridia reticuloque
parum visibile : petiolus validus, 2-2*5 cm. long. Stipulse 3 mm.
long. Cymse circa 2 cm. long. Ovarium 1*25 mm., calyx 1*25 mm.
long. Corolla 6 mm. long. ; tubus 3'5 mm. long., 2*5 mm. lat. :
limbus 2-5 mm. long. Antherse lanceolatae, acutae, 2 mm. long.
Stigma 2 mm. long.

Evidently close to C. Bandii S. Moore, but the foliage and flowers
differ in several respects.

CantMnm amplium, sp. nov. Inerme, ramis sat validis cortice
pallido irregulariter striatulo circumdatis ; .foliis -amplis petiolatis
obovatis vel obovato-oblongis apice obtusissimis nisi late rotundatis
basi obtusis papyraceis supra glabris necnon mox leviter nitidulis
subtus griseo-tomentosis ; stipiilis a basi lata in filamentum sat longum
extenuatis ; cymis foliis brevioribus pedunculatis plurifloris griseo-
puberulis pedicellis quam cal^'ces longioribus brevioribusve ; ovario
turbinato calycem breviter 5-dentatum excedente ; corollce fere

88 . TUE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

usque medium divisse tubo late cylindrico intus juxta medium
piloinim annulo gaudiente lobis 5 lanceolatis obtusiusculis ; staminibus
corollae faucibus insertis ; stigmate ovoideo apice breviter bifido loiigi-
trorsuni prominenter sulcato.

N.W. Khodesia, Chilanga ; No. 8446.

Folia pleraque ± 10 X 8 cm., nonnunquam usque ad ± 6 X 4 cm.
reducta ; petioli circa 6 mm. long. Stipulse 6 mm. long., glabrae.
Cvmte cireiter 4 cm. long. ; harum pedunculus it 2 cm. Pedicelli
l".5-4 mm. long. Ovarium 2*5 mm., calyx 1 mm. long. Corollae
tubus 4"o mm. long., 3 mm. lat, ; lobi 3 mm. long. Antherse lanceo-
lata3, acutiusculae, 2-2*5 mm. long. Stigma 2 mm. long.

Like the last in general appearance, but easily distinguished bj
the foliage and longer many-flo\vered cymes as well as by certain
floral details. There is a specimen of this at Kew under the same
number.

Fadogia Livingstoniana, sp. nov. Suffrutex erectus, caule (sec.
exempli, duo nobis obvia) simplici ima basi nudo ceterum folioso
angulari glabro ; foliis ternatis oblongo-oblanceolatis apice obtusis
ipso mucronatis basi in petiolum gradatim desinentibus opacis mem-
bmnaceis glabris reticulo obscuro donatis ; stiiiulis lanceolatis acu-
minatis ; cymis foliis manifeste brevioribus pedunculatis sublaxe
plurifloris sparsim breviterque hispidulo -pilosis ; fedicellis filif ormibus
quam calyx longioribus ; Jiorihus 5-meris ; ovario subgloboso, 2-locu-
lari ; calycis segmentis ovarium excedentibus linearibus acutiusculis
mox patentibus ; corollcB extus sparsim strigilloso-pilosae tubo calycem
facile superante subcylindrico (superae parum coartato) intus basin
versus pilis retlexis munito lobis lanceolatis acuminatis tubum leviter
excedentibus ; staminibus faucibus affixis antheris ovatis acutis ;
stigmate pileiformi.

Khodesia, Livingstone ; No. 7466.

Planta circa semispithamea. Folia 6-9 cm. long., 1-5-2-3 cm.
lat., in siceo viridia ; petioli circa 7 mm. long. Cyme 2 "5-3 -5 cm.
long. Ovarium l'2o mm., calycis segmenta 2 mm. long. Corolla
8-0 mm. long. ; tubus 4 mm. long., inferne 2'0 mm., superne 2 mm.
lat. ; lobi 4"5 mm. long. Antherai 1*5 mm., stigma vix 1 mm. long.

Nearest to the South African F. Zeyheri Sond. The smaller,
opaque, faintly reticulate leaves, hispidulous inflorescences and narrower
calj'x segments are among its chief peculiarities.

Pavetta bechuanensis, sp. nov. Ramis sat validis ad nodos
aliquantulum tumidis cortice pallido obductis ; foliis brevipetiolatis
oblongo-obovatis obtusis basi obtusis membranaceis pag. sup. fere glabris
pag. inf. praisertim in nervis subtiliter griseo-pubescentibus ; stipulis
inferne latis superne angustatis dorso griseo-pubescentibus diutule
persistentibus ; cymis axillaribus pedunculatis laxe plurifloris uti
pedicelli calycem plane excedentes necnon ipsi calyces ovariaque sub-
tiliter pubescentibus ; ovario subgloboso calyci breviter 4-dentato
sequilongo ; corollm glabrae tubo anguste cylindrico calycem multo
excedente lobis oblongis obtusissimis tubum semiaequantibus ; stigmate
clavato apice breviter bifido.

Bechuanaland, Mochudi ; C. C. Harbor (Herb. Rogers., 6690).

PLAXT^ EOGERSIAXiE 89

Folia usque 10x6 cm., etsi ssepe minora, sc. 5-6*5 x 3"5 cm.,
opaca, supm in sicco fuscescentia, subtus jmllidiora ; petioli 8-10 mm.
long. Stipulae usque 8 mm. long. Cym^e circa 5x6 cm. ; horum
pedunculus 1*5-3 cm. long. Pedicelli graciles 3-4 mm. lono-.
Ovarium 1 mm., calvx 1 mm. long. Corollas tubus 10 mm., lobi
5 mm. long. Antherae lineari-oblongae, apiculake, maxime torte,
4-5 mm. long. Stylus usque ad 13 mm. ex corolla eminens ; stigma
2 mm. long.

Near P. Schumanniana F. Hoffm., but with several important
floral peculiarities.

Pavetta Harborii, sp. nov. Suffrutex ramosus ; ramis ascenden-
tibus sat robustis mox glabris corticeque pallido circumdatis ; foliis
subsessilibus oblanceolatis apice basique obtusis membranaceis supra
minute pubescentibus deinde glabrescentibus subtus subtiliter griseo-
tomentosis ; stipulis ovatis acuminatis tardius dehiscentibus ; cymis
axillaribus subsessilibus laxe plurifloris ; pedicellis calvcem a^quantibus
breviterve superantibus ; ovario subgloboso uti' pedicelli calycesque
subtiliter griseo-tomentoso ; calyce campanula to breviter 4-dentato
dentibus deltoideis acutis ; corollcB 4-merse glabrae tubo calycem ter
excedente cylindrico lobis ovato-oblongis obtusis tubum circiter semi-
sgquantibus ; sfifpnate clavato apice bitido.

Jiechuanaland, Mochudi; G. G. Harbor (Herb. Rogers, 6869).

Planta verisimiliter 1-2-spitliamea. Folia pleraque 2*5-4x1-
1*5 cm., in sicco grisea; stipulae plerumque 3—4 mm. long. Cj^mae circa
2 x 2*5 cm. Pedicelli 2-3 mm. long. Ovarium 1 mm., calyx 2 mm.
long. Corollas tubus 7 mm. long., lobi 4 mm. Antherte lineares,
apiculate 3*25 mm. long. Stylus crassiusculus, usque 4 mm. exsertus;
stigma 2 mm. long.

Still nearer P. Scliumanniana F. Hoffin. than the last. The
smaller pointed leaves of thinner consistence, the calyx with acuto
teeth and the narrower tube to the corolla are points worth men
tioning.

Pavetta cataractarum, sp. nov. Bamulis inferne nudis cortice
jrallido obductis superne foliosis minute pubescentibus ; foliis majus-
culis obovatis vel lanceolato-obovatis obtusis basi in petiolum abbre-
viatum cuneatim angustatis membranaceis supra glabris subtus
minute pubescentibus ; cymis ad apicem ramuli subsessilibus densi-
Horis ; Jloribus 4-meris pedicellis cal3'cem superantibus insidentibus ;
ovario abbreviato cylindrico uti pedicellus calyxque griseo-pubescente ;
calycis segmentis oblongo-lanceolatis obtuse acutis ; corollm glabra?
tubo cylindrico-infundibulari calyce dimidio longiore lobis late ob-
longis obtusis tubum semiaequantibus ; stylo longe exserto ; stiymate
clavellato.
. Ehodesia, Victoria Falls ; No. 5553 : also at Kew from the same
locality ; Allen, 94.

Folia pleraque 13-17x5*5-8 cm., in sicco griseola ; petioli 1*5-

2 mm. long. Stipulae 5 mm. long. Cymae llorentes 3-4 x 5 cm.

Pedicelli usque 7 mm. long. Ovarium vix 2 mm., calycis segmenta

5*5-6 mm. long. Corollai tubus 8 mm. long., inferne 1*5 mm. sub

Journal of Botany. — Vol. 57. [April, 1919.1, i

90 THE JOURNAL OF BOTATTT

limbo 2 mm. lat. ; lobi 4 mm. long. Antherae 3*5 mm. long. Stylus
usque 10-12 mm. exsertus ; stigma 1*5 mm. long.

Allied to P. Oliveriana Hiern, but with, among other features,
larger leaves, congested inflorescences and much smaller flowers.

Pavetta conflatiflora, sp. nov. Ramulis inferne nudis corticeque
pallido circumdatis superne foliosis necnon minute pubescentibus ;
foliis majusculis obovatis vel obovato-lanceolatis apice rotundatis
ipso obtusis basi in petiolum brevem extenuatis membranaceis supra
glabris subtus minute pubescentibus ; sti pulls late ovatis acutis dorso
pubescentibus ; cymis axillaribus longipedunculatis densifloris ; pedun-
culis foliis plane brevioribus puberulis ; pedicellis calyci circa sequi-
longis uti ovaria caljcesque griseo-pubescentibus ; ovario abb re via to
cylindrico ; calycis segmentis 4 oblongis obtusis ovarium l^-plo
excedentibus ; corollcs glabrae tubo cylindrico caljcem circa ter
superante lobis ovato-oblongis obtusissimis tubum vix semisequante ;
stigmate clavellato.

Rhodesia, Livingstone ; No. 13535.

Folia prof ec to evoluta 14-lG x 7-8 cm., in sicco grisea ; petioli
circa 1 cm. long. Stipulse 5 mm. long. Cjmse 2 x 2*5 cm. Pedun-
culus usque 7 cm. long. Pedicelli circa 3 mm. long. Ovarium
1 mm. long. Calycis segmenta 2 "5 mm. long. Corolla? tubus
7 X 1*5 mm. ; lobi 3 mm. long. Anthei*se oblongaj, breviter apiculatae,
3-3'5 mm. long. Stigma 2*5 mm. long.

At first sight remarkably like the preceding : the more congested
axillary inflorescences and flowers with a shorter calyx and corolla
affoi*d an easy means of distinction.

Tripteris auriculata, sp. nov. Herba erecta glanduloso-pubescens,
caule robusto simplici sat crebro folioso subtereti striato ; foliis
amplis oppositis (perpaucis ultimis alternis) petiolatis ovatis acutis
basi (ultimis exclusis) auriculis latis amplexieaulibus jDrseditis margine
conspicue indurato-dentatis leviter crassiusculis ; capitulis medio-
cribus paniculam oligocephalam folia superantem constituentibus ;
involucri campanulati phjdlis ovato-oblongis acutis margine sat late
seariosis ; ligulis circa 13 bene exsertis apice tridenticulatis ; ach(Bniis
fertilibus involucro circiter sequilongis muricatis alls tribus mediocriter
latis indutis.

Transvaal, The Downs, Pietersburg Div. ; No. 20243.

Caulis adusque 5-6 mm. lat. Folia pleraque 4-5 x 2-5-4 cm., in
sicco griseo-viridia ; petioli lati, 4-8 mm. long. Paniculae longit.
10 cm. attingentes vel etiam excedentes ; pedunculi proprii sub fructu
2-5 cm. long. Bractea? lineari-lanceolataj, 4: 10 mm. long. Invo-
lucra 8 X 10 mm. ; phylla 2 mm. lat. Ligulse flavse, lanceolato-
oblongae, 4-nerves, 11 mm. long. Fll. int corolla? vix 4 mm. long.
AchsB'nia 8 mm. long. ; alie 2*5 mm. lat. ; achaenia abortiva 3 mm.
long.

When not in flower this might almost be taken for Osteospermum
monilifemivi L. The affinity is with T. amplexicaulis Less. The
petioled foliage and broad involucral leaves serve to separate it on
sight from broad -leaved specimens of T. amplexicaulis.

PLANT.! ROGERSIAN^ 91

Ipom(EA Hackeliana Hallier ill.

Bechuanaland, Mochudi ; G. C. Harbor (Hb. Rogers, 60I8).

Ajjparentlj the first notice of tliis as a South African plant.

Anisotes Rogersii, sp. nov. Frutex, ramis subteretiLus cortice
cinereo obductis hac atque iliac ramulos abbreviatos copiose foliosos
emittente ceterum nudis ; foliis parvis subsessilibus obovato-obiongis
obtusissimis basi cuneatis firiiie membranaceis utrinque minute pubes-
centibus; floribus subsessilibus in axillis ramulorum solitariis binisve;
bracfeis bracteolisque caljce brevioribus oblongo-subulatis obtusis
dorso carinulatis uti cah^x pube grisea minuta indutis ; calycis seg-
mentis bracteolis similibus nisi longioribus paullulumque latioribus ;
corollcB^ extus piloso-pubescentis labio antico 3-denticulato quam
posticum breviter bifidum pauUo breviore ; antherarum loc. sup. basi
mucronulato loc. inf. distincte calcarato ; capsula — .

Zoutpansberg Div., Messina ; No. 19349.

Kamus vetustus 7 mm. diam. ; rami juniores 2-3"5 mm. diam.
Folia pleraque 10-15 mm. long., 5-7 mm. lat., in sicco laete viridia,
sub lente subtiliter foveolata. Bracteae bracteola^que longit. 2 mm.
levissime excedentes. Calyx 3 mm. long. ; segmenta 3-nervia nervis
dorso prominulis. Corolla 3'7-4-5 cm. long. ; labium anticum circa
2*3 cm., posticum 2*5 cm. long. Filamenta glabra, 23 mm. long. ;
antherarmn loc. sup. 3 mm., loc. inf. 3'5 mm. long. Ovarium griseo-
tomentosum, 2 mm. long. Stylus glaber.

Close to C. parvifoUiis Oliv. from British East Africa, the chief
differences being the smaller leaves of the new plant, shorter and
somewhat diversely- shaped, bracts, bracteoles and calyx segments,
shorter pubescent corolla, distinctly spurred lower cell of the anthers
and tomentose ovar}^

(To be continued.)

NOTES ON THE FLORA OF NORTHERN CHESHIRE.
By R. S. Adamson.

The following notes are the result of more or less casual observa-
tions on the Cheshire flora made in the course of excursions from
]\lanchester during the past three years. It is now 20 years since
Lord de Tabley's Flora of Cheshire was published (1899), and
since that time only few notices have appeared on the plants of the
county. These {e.g., Druce, J. Bot. xlv. 1907, p. 354, and xliv. 1906,
p. 426, and Drabble, J. Bot. xlviii. 1910, p. 152, and xlv. 1907, p. 103)
refer to the Southern and Coastal Districts, while the present observa-
tions are almost confined to the N.E. part of the county. New
records are distinguished by an asterisk (*). The numbers refer to
the divisions of the county as given in the Flora. Where a new
divisional record is made the number is preceded by an asterisk. Plants
which liave no claim to be considered native are enclosed in square
brackets [ ].

Anemone nemorosa L. 2. BoUin Valley, 1918, a blue-flowered

i2

92 THE JOrENAL OF BOTAIfY

plant, which appears to be var. ccBridea DC. — Aquilegia vulgaris L.
1. Kailway banks near Middlewood, but probabh' of garden origin.

Pajyaver Rhoeas L. Rare and generally a casual. 1. Wilmslow,
1914-1916. 2. Sale, 1915. P. duhium L. 2. Much the commoner
species.

Nasturtium amphihium Br. 1. Wilmslow. *2. Bollin Valley-
near Hale. — Cardamine hirsiita L. var. ^umbrosa Lee. & Lam.
1. Disle}'. 2. Cotterill Clough. — \*Sisyml)rium Irio L. 2. Casual
or w^aste ground, Sale, 1915.] S. officinale Scop. var. leiocarpum DC.
*2. Thnperley. *3. Cuddington. — Erysimitm cheiranthoides L.
1. Drained peat moss, Lindow Common.

Viola Riviniana Reichb. var. dioersa Greg. 1, 2, 3. The com-
monest form; i.nemorosa^eMm.. 2. Bollin Valley, f. minor Murb.

1. Hill pastures. — V. canina L. 1. Bosley. 3. Delamere Forest.

Stellaria neglecta Weihe var. umhrosa Opiz. *1. Alderley.

2. Bollin Valley. — Sagina nodosa Frenzl. 1. Canal banks between
Po^^nton and Macclesheld. — Spergula arvensis L. 1, 2, 3. Common.
S. sativa Boenn. 1, 2.

Hypericum duhiioni Leers. *1. Banks of R. Merse}^ Cheadle ;
R. Bolhn, Wilmslow.

Tilia eordata Mill. *1. Woods in Goyt Valle}^ near Marple,
possibly native. Frequently planted in suburban districts.

\Impatiens parvijlora DC. 1. Gatley.]

Vicia Cracca L. var. *latifolia Neilr. 2. Arley.

Rotentilla procumhens Sibth. 1, 2, 3. Not uncommon except on
hills. — P. procumhens X reptans. 1. Adlington. P. erecta x reptans.

1. Middlewood. — P. Anserina L. var. discolor Wallr. Common.
Var. concolor Wallr. 1. Marple. — Alchemilla vulgaris L. 1, 2,

3. All var. pratensis Pohl. Var. alpestris Pohl.- occurs on hills in
Lanes, and Derbyshire, but has not been noted for Cheshire.

Chrysosplenium alternifolium L. *1. Woods near Wilmslow.

CaUitriche autumnalis L. 2. Rostherne Mere.

Epilobium tetragonum Curt. *1. Marple. JS. roseiim Schreb.

2. Sale.

Sium erectum Huds. *1. Canal, Poynton. — Feucedanum Ostru-
thium Koch. 1. A large patch by roadside, Poynton, 1918. —
Heracleum Sphondylium L. var. *angustifolium Huds. 1. Kettles-
hulme.

Galium palustre Jj. Y^w Witheringii Sm. *1. vStyal. *2. Ros-
therne Mere.

ChrysantJiemum seqetum L. 1. Wilmslow. — Matricaria suaveo-
lens Buchanan {cf. J. liot. xliv. 1906, p. 426). *1. Cheadle. *2. Sale.
Apparently spreading rapidly. — Taraxacum palustre DC. *3. Dela-
mere Forest.

Jasione montana L. 1. Taxal, abundant between Macclesfield
and Chelford. 3. Delamere.

\_Iihododendron pontic um It. Spreading by seed. 1. Northenden,
Alderley. 2. Tatton Park.]

Calluna vulgaris Hu]]. var. ^UriketB Archers. 1. Head of Goyt
Valley. Var. hirsuta Presl. 1. Lindow Common. 3. Delamere
Forest, abundant with every stage of intermediate.

IfOTES ON THE ELOKA OF XOSTHERIS- CHESHIRE 93

Sympliytum officinale L. 1, 2, 3. Bj cottages, generally var.
patens Sibth. — [>S'. asperrimum L. 1, 2. A garden stray.] — Mi/o-
sotis C(Bspitosa Schultz. *1. Ponds near Poynton ; E. Bollin above
Wiiuislow. Not mentioned in Flo. Cliesh. Kscorded in Green, Flo.
Liverpool, for 3, 4, 5. M. repens Don. 1. Wooded streams on
hills. — Echlum vulgare L. 2. A single plant by raihva}^, Sale, 1916,
but not since.

Veronica scutellata L. 1. Middlewood.

Galeopsis speciosa Mill. 1. Timperley.

Chenopodium album L. var. integerrimum Grey. 1, 2, 3 ; Var.
spicatuui Koch. 1, 2, 3 ; Var. virescens Walilb. 1, 2. Ch. ruhriun
L. var. hlitoides Wallr. 2. Waste gromid. Sale. — Atriplex 'patula
L. var. linearis Moss & Wilm. 1 ; Var. erecta Lange. 1, 2 ; Var.
hracteata Westerl. 1, 2.

Polygonum aviculare L. 1, 2, 3 ; Var. angustissimum Meisn.

1. 2. P. ceqiiale Lindm. 1, 2, 3. P. nodosum Pers. *1. Heald
Green. — Bumex Hydrolap allium Huds. 1. Marple, Poynton, Hazel
Grove. *P. alpinus L. 1. By farm and roadside on ridge above
Taxal.

Ulnius glabra Huds. Common. U. campestris L. 1, 2, 3. S.

and Central Cheshire, not on hills. " [ II. stricta Lindl. Planted

occasionally. 2. Altrincham. X IT. Jiollandica (Mill.) Moss. 1,

2. Planted.]

Betula alba L. 1. Alderley Edge, Lindow Common. 2. Castle
Mill. 3. Delamere Forest, where much more abundant than B.piobes-
cens. B. alba xpubescens. 1. Lindow Common. 3. Delamere. —
Alnus glutinosa Gaertn. 1, 2, 3. Apparently all var. microcarpa
Kouy.

Garpimts Betiolus L. iSTot native. 1. Seeding in old quarries
near Macclesfield. — Quercus Bobur L. Common except on hills.
Q. sessilijlora Salisb. Hills and scattered over plain. Q. Bobur
Xsessiliflora. 1. Mottram Hall. 3. Delamere. [Q. Cerris L.
1. In plantations near Harrop.] — \Castanea saliva Mill. Seeding
at 1. Alderley Edge. 3. Delamere Forest.]

Salix viminalis L. var. linearifolia Wimm. & Grab. 1. R. Bollin
above Wilmslow. S. repens L. var. ericetorum Wimm. & Grab.
1. Lindow Common. 7. Pudheath. Var. fusca Wimm. & Grab.

3. Hatchmere. The following hybrids have been noted : — S. purpurea
X viminalis. 2. Osier Beds, Rostherne ; aS'. aurita x caprea. 1 ;

vS. aurita X cinerea. 1 ; S. aurita x repens. 1.

Bopulus canescens Sm. 1, 2, 3. But nowhere native. P. tremula
L. Var. seriCi?« Doll. 1. Lindow Common. 2. Rostherne. 3. Dela-
mere ; Var. glabra Syme. 1. Marple. P. nigra L. var. betulifolia
Torrey. 1. Cheadle, Northenden, Heald Green. 2. Tabley. Always
by streams or rivers and in similar situations in S. Lanes. It looks
native. Also frequently planted in towns and gardens. [P. italica
Moench. Planted. X P. serotina (Hartig) Moss. Very commonly
planted.]

Orcliis maculala L. 1, 2, 3. All var. genuinus Reichb. (O. erice-
torum Linton).

Juncus effusus L. var. compactus Lej. & Court. 1. Common on

94 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

hills. J. conglomeratiis L. Yeiy rare or absent on hills, not un-
common in lowlands. 1, 2, 3. X J. diffiisus Hoppe. *1. Eainow,
1913. J. suhnodulosus Schrank. 2. Bog at X. end of llostherne
Mere. J. articidatusxsylvaticns. 3. A plant from Delamere
Forest is apparently this hybrid.

Acorus Calamus L. *1. Pond in village, Woodford. 2. Ring-
way.

JEUsma nafans Buehenau. *1. Canal near Pott Shrigley. —
Saqittaria sagittifolia L. *1. Canal about Poynton and S. towards
Macclestield.

*Fotamogeton prcelongus Wulf. 1. Canal, Poynton. P. per-
foliatus Jj. *1. Canal between Poynton and Adlington. F.pusillus
L. *1. Canal at Marple.

Scirpus setaceus L. *3. Hatchmere.

Cladium Mdviscus Br. *3. Hatchmere.

Carex duHiha Stokes. *1. Lindow Common. C. pallescens L.
1. Wilmslow. C lielodes Link. 1. AVet wood, Saltersford. C. hi-
nervis Sm. *2. Bollin Yalley near Castle Mill.

Poa compressa L. *1. Stone work of canal, Marple, 1918. —
Glyceria aciuatica Walilb. 1. Macclesfield and Peak Forest canals. —
Festuca hronioides L. 1. Roadsides at Hazel Grove, Poynton, etc.

*Ceterach officinarum Willd. 1. One plant discovered by Professor
W. H. Lang in a wall at Over Alderley, 1918. — Neplirodium Thelg-
pteris Desv. 3. Hatchmere. — Botrychium Lunaria Sw. 1. Hill
pastures above Disley.

Ophioglossum viilgatum L. 1. Locally abundant as at Marple,
Poynton, etc.

ILFRACOMBE MOSSES AND HEPATICS.

Br Cecil P. Hurst.

The mosses and hepatics below were collected during the spring,
summer, and autumn of 1917, in and around Ilfracombe and on
Bi-aunton Burrows, which are in North Devonshire (v.c. 4). In
compiling the following list, which contains eighteen new vice-comital
rjcords, the arrangement and nomenclature of the Census Catalogue'
of British Mosses (1907) and the Census Catalogue of British
Jfepatics (1913) have been followed, and I am verv greatly indebted for
kind assistance and notes to Messrs. H. N. Dixon, W. Ingham, H. H.
Knight, W. E. Nicholson, and J. A. Wheldon. On the much fre-
(j nented Capstone Hill at Ilfracombe perhaps the most common
ni )sses are Grimmia maritima (conspicuous in fniit during the
autumn and winter months), Trichostomum mutahile var. littorale
and Zygodon Stirtoni, while Weisia verticillata groAvs in a rock
cleft, and the rare Tortula atrovirens var. edentula is found in some
(quantity at one place on the Parade ; upon Lantern Hill, near the
harbour and in the heart of the town, the rare fruit of Zygodon Stir-
toni is produced and Avell-marked plants of Tortula atrovirens var.
edentula occur. Noteworthy additions to North Devon are the

ILFRACOMBE MOSSES AN^D HEPATICS 95

mosses Grimmia suhsqitarrosa, Coscinodoii cribi^osus, Tortula atro^
virens var. edentula, Fleicrochcete squarrosa and B^^yum Warneum
and the hepatics Biccia comnmtata and 3Ioerc'kia Flofowiana.
Calcareous rocks appear on the coast to the east of Ilfracombe, and
this is strongly reflected in the moss flora, Weisia verticillata,
Tricliostomum crispulum, Brachythecmm glareosum and other cal-
cicolous species making their appearance, while the hepatic Lopliozia
turhinata, always indicative of lime, grows in sheets by the roadside,
c.fr. = with fruit. * = new vice-comital record.

Mosses.

Pleicridium axillare Lind. Very sparingly around a puddle on
the top of Windcutter Hill, near Lee ; this has been found between
Stoke and Hartland, N. Devon, by Mr. Frank Savery.

Dichodoiitium pellucidum Schp. Wet rocks in the rivulet on
coast between Ilfmcombe and Lee, just before it falls down the cliffs ;
also by a road runnel in the Chambercombe Valley.

Dicranella varia Schp. forma. A rather curious plant grew on
wet clay on the top of Windcutter Hill near Lee, which had the tinv
erect capsules of D. rufescens with the leaves of D. varia. Mr. Knight
wi'ote, " I was quite prepared to find that your Bicranella was
rufescens until I examined the leaves under the microscope. They
were certainly those of i). varia,'' and again he wrote, " The capsules
are nearly erect, but the leaves in your plant have the margins
narrowly revolute and entire and the narrow cells of varia. In
rufescens the margins are plane, denticulate in upper part and cells
larger. Bufescens is much less common than varia, though both
here (Cheltenham) and in S. Wales I have not found it very
uncommon."

*Campylopiis frag His B. & S. In small quantity among grass
near Mortehoe. — C. brevipilus B. & S. In small quantit}^ in one
place on the coast between Mortehoe and Mortehoe Point, a J'oung
state ; the hair-points were difficult to find.

Bicranum BonjeaniT>e Not., forma. A very curious form which
has been distributed through the Moss Exchange Club grew on thj
thatch of an outhouse at Cheglinch, a hamlet near the village of
West Down, Ilfracombe ; about it Mr. Dixon wrote : " I have never
associated var. juniper if olium with the bright green soft habit of
the B. Bonjeani you send ; it is usually rigid, dark brown or blackish,
with rather rigid leaves. In the gene.i'al leaf direction, however, and
cliaracter of leaves, it comes very near it. I should be inclined to
call it a form, in some respects very near var. juniper if oliitm.''''—
B. majus Turn. This fine species grew for nearly half a mile in a
hedgebank bordering a wood about half a mile west of Bratton
Fleming railway station with Blagiotliecium undulatum and Hylo-
comium loreum, the three species fruiting very freely for a long
distance.

Grimmia maritima Turn. Occurred abundantly and fruited
profusely on rocks on the coast to the west of Ilfi-acombe but
was scarce or absent on the coast to the east of the town where the
rocks are calcareous ; it was plentiful on Capstone Hill and also grew

90 THE .TOL'EXAL OF BOTANY

on Lantern Hill, close to the harbour. — G. tricJiopliylla Grev. On
Hillsborough and common along the coast to the west of Ilfracombe,
sometimes very dwarf. — * G. suhsquari^osa Wils. In fair plenty on
siliceous rock by the roadside at Upper Warcombe Farm between Lee
and Mortehoe ; plentifully on a bank on the coast between Mortehoe
and Woolacombe ; plentifully on rocks on the coast between Mortehoe
village and Mortehoe Point. Mr. Dixon wrote: — "I think your
Grimmia must be referred to the type form of G. suhsquarrosa.
Var. edinensis is a very short, dense form — a starved state probably,
just as G. Stirtoni is probably a starved state of G. trichopliylla T
In 1910 Mr. G. Wrey found it fruiting near Torquay, in November
1917 I noticed it bearing capsules very sparingly on the coast near
Mortehoe. Mr. F. Kilstone sent me from Polperro (v.c. 2) a plant
about which Mr. Dixon wrote : — " Certainly one of the transitional
forms connecting G. trichophylla and G. suhsquarrosa ; in some
respects nearer the former, but the basal cells show a decided tendency
to be of the suhsquarrosa form." Mr. Frank Savery found G. suh-
squa7'rosa at Anstey's Cove nesti* Torqua}^ ; for its strange occurrence
with other aberrant species on the Wiltshire sarsen stones near
Marlborough, see Journ. Bot. 1916, 19.

Rliacomitrium fasciculare Brid. Rock on coast between Ilfra-
combe and Lee. — R. heterostichum Brid. Large tufts occurred on
rock in Freshwater Bay between Ilfracombe and Lee {teste Dixon). —
B. lanuginosum Brid. Mr. F. A. Brokenshire sent me this from
near Shoulsbarrow Common on the edge of Exmoor. — R. canescens
Brid. Damp ground by roadside near Spreacombe.

*Coscinodon crihrosus Spruce. In some quantity on the west and
eist sides of Freshwater Bay halfway betrvveen Ilfracombe and Lee;
the fruit is not rare in June and July. Here it grows on three stone
walls, as well as in places thickly encrusting the rock crevices ; it also
occurs in seams on inaccessible perpendicular faces of the cliffs.
Some of the cushions were very large ; the delicate pale green colour
of this moss when wet contrasts strongly with the grey velvety
mouse-skin-like appearance when dry. New to the South of England,
the nearest station appearing to be in the Lake District; a Welsh
locality near Barmouth is well known.

Ptychomitrium poIyphyJJum Fiirn. c.fr. plentiful on walls in
the Sterridge Valle}" ; also c.fr. on walls by roadside between Mullacott
Cross and Ilfracombe.

Pottia recta Mitt. c.fr. on bare ground by the sea near
Mortehoe (Knir/ht). — P. intermedia Fiirnr. Bank by roadside
between Mortehoe Ivailway Station and Woolacombe. — Tortula
amhigua Angst!'. Bank near Ilfracombe. — T. aloides De Not. c.fr.
bank on road between Ilfracombe and Combemartin ; also c.fr. bank
between Woolacombe and Mortehoe. — T. atrovirens Lindb. Rather
plentiful on the coast on banks between Woolacombe and Mortehoe ;
also on clay on the coast near Saunton. Mr. Dixon referred to A^ar.
edentula (B. & S.) Par. (1906) plants from Saunton and also from
Capstone and Lantern Hills, Ilfracombe. Of the Saunton plants he
wrote : — " Some of it is var. edentula and some is not. This shows
the unsatisfactory status of the var." Of the Capstone Hill plants

^ ILFEACOMSE MOSSES AKD HEPATICS 97

he wrote : — " Your T. atromrens has the peristome very variable, but
for the most pai-t considerably reduced, and I should place it under
Tar. edentula.^'' Of the Lantern Hill plants he wrote : — " This is the
extreme form of the var., and it is interesting to know that all forms
exist in that locality from the almost gymnostomous to the well
developed peristome." For an account of this see Journ. Bot. 1916^
272. — T. Icevipila var. ladvipilcBformis Limpr. Fairly plentifully on
trees by a small watercourse on the road between Watermouth Castle
and Berrynarbor ; also on a tree near Watermouth Castle. Mr, Dixon
writes : — '* Your T. Icevipila may certainly be referred to the var. as
it has a marked border to the leaves as well as the foliose gemmae.
I have frequently found it associated with T. papillosa, and am
inclined to think that both prefer a larger amount of moisture than
the noi-mal form of T. Icevipila, I suppose the var. Icevipilceformis
may have a rather southern distribution ; it seems to become much
commoner in the South both within Britain and also outside, but I
am inclined to think it takes very little to turn the type into the
var. ! " — T. ruraliformis Dixon. Abundant on Braunton Burrows,
also plentiful on the Woolacombe dunes ; Mr. W. Watson of Taunton
tells me it fruits on Braunton Burrows, and I noticed young setse at
Woolacombe. Mr. Wheldon writes : — " An anomaly is that although
T. ruraliformis is xerj abundant on our (Lancashire) dunes, it never
fruits there now, although I believe it did so formerly, but on the
Welsh coast it is not at all rare with capsules," The fruit occurs in
fair quantity on the Burnham-on-Sea sandhills in Somerset (v.c. 6).

(To be concluded.)

BIBLIOaRAPHICAL NOTES.
LXXV. " Madeira Flowers."

Such jwints of interest as may be connected with the two books
which form the subject of the following notice are perhaps literary
rather than botanical : but as both volumes were thought sufficiently
connected with botany to find a place in Pritzel's Thesaurus and
Dr. Daydon Jackson's Index, and the authors are, in accordance
with our rule, included in our Biographical Index ^ a note u}3on them
may be worth printing.

It is surely somewhat remarkable that two books by membei's
of the same family living in the same island should be issued in the
same year (1845) from the same printing and publishing house
(Reeve Brothers), each similarly bound in green cloth with a floral
•device in gold on the cover and differing only in size ; and that
neither should contain any reference to the other ! Moreover, the
object in publishing in each case was not dissimilar : Mrs. Penfold's
Madeira Flowers, Fruits, and Ferns was produced " to gratify those
:visitori5 and residents who take an interest in [Madeiran] productions " ;
Mvs. Augusta J. Robley's Selection of Madeira Flowers (folio),
" dedicated to her mother, Mrs. Jane Wallas Penfold," was " the
humble offspring of a wish to gratify some friends who have kindly
flattered me by thinking my paintings worthy of publication."

98 THE JOURJs^AL OF BOTAXT

"Drawn and coloured from Natui'e " appears on the titlepage of each
book, and the scientific descriptions in both are from the pen of the
Eev. W. L. P. Garnons (tl863), then "of Sidney College, Cam-
bridge," though the " local information " in the former was written
by Mrs. Penfold.

The plates in both books are well drawn, although, as might
be expected, botanical details are wanting ; all were lithographed
by the same hand (" R. E. B."). From a literary standpoint,
Mrs. Penfold's quarto volume is the more ambitious production : it
contains 20 plates, of which no lisb is given — Mrs. Robley's work
is also deficient in this respect. "We learn from the preface (dated
February, 1845) at her request wrote for the volume, two years
before its publication, some verses (to which his autograph in facsimile
is appended). These appear in Knight's edition of the Poetical
Works of William Wordsworth (viii, 156) vaih. the following
heading :

" To A Lady
" in answer to a request that I would write her a poem upon some
drawings that she had made of flowers in the island of Madeira."
I can find no reference to Mrs. Penfold in any Wordsworth
biography, nor does it appear from her preface that she was acquainted
with him. She remarks in her preface that " the flowers he names
do not all correspond with those subsequently selected, and this
indeed is the case, as they alluded to common British plants — heart's-
ease, speedwell. star-of-Bethlehem and forget-me-not. It is fair to
say that the Laureate confesses his unfitness for the task imposed on
him : the poem begins :—

" Fair Lad}^ ! can I sing of flowers
That in Madeii'a bloom and fade,
I, who ne'er sate within their bowers,
Nor through their sunny lawns have straj^ed ? "

" Much valuable assistance " is acknowledged from the Rev. R. T.

Lowe (1802-74), who was at that time English chaplain in Madeira;
for " the arrangement and description " of the ferns Mr, Henry
"Webb — entered as "of Clapham " in the subscription list headed by
two duchesses which is prefixed to the volume — was responsible.
Mr. Garnons's descriptions are in Latin and English. Amaryllis
Belladonna, the subject of the first plate, is also represented in a
" vignette " preceding the titlepage, showing its habit of growth in
October, '" completely covering the hills and valleys with [its] bright
blossoms." Notliochlcena Marantce (t. iv.) which had been thought
to be confined to one locality, was " found b}^ the writer among the
mountains of the Alegria district, at the Arco de Calheta, and in the
neighbourhood of the pretty village of Madelina : " Mrs. Penfold had
property "at the Alegria" (see text to t. xv.).

The only note of interest is that on Salvia splendens (t. x.),
which " was introduced into Madeira by Mrs. Penfold of the
Achada, and, from a small plant from England, it has been pro-
pagated all over the island, so that it now forms the principal
ornamental shrub in most cottage gardens. In some places hedges
are made of this beautiful plant, which blossoms nearly through-

*• MADEIRA FLOWERS " 09

out the whole year in such profusion that the eye can scarcely
bear to rest on its brilliant colour. The Portuguese make a bright
rose-coloured dye for articles of dress from the petals, and the
renowned feather- flowers made by the nuns at Santa Clara Con-
vent own (sic) much of their brilliancy to colours extracted from
this flower." We learn from R. T. Lowe (Bot. Mag. t. 3296) that
Mrs. Penfold imported seeds from Brazil in 1828, and that Cleome
dendroides, the subject of the plate, was raised from such seeds.
The drawing for this plate was by Miss M. Young, who con-
tributed many figures of Madeira plants to Hooker for Bot. Mag.
vol. Ixi. (1834) : she was a friend of Lowe (whose initials in this
volume are often wrongly given as " J! T."), who expresses warm
approval of her work, which is indeed of a far higher order than
that of either of the ladies now under consideration : he does not
mention either book in his Ifamcal Flora of Madeira. Mrs. Rob-
ley's book, which marked her "debut as an artist,*' contains eight plates,
th^ text of which I think was entirely supplied Ijy Mr. Garnons ; her
own shary in the volume is confined to a brief preface (dated March,
1815) of eight lines. The text contains nothing of interest; it is
noted that Htrelitzia (t. i.) was introduced into Madeira by Mrs. Pen-
fold, from whose plant have been propagated all that are in the
island. The plates show less artistic feeling than those in Mrs. Pen-
foLl's book : t. vii, representing Liliicni camlidum and two Amaryl-
lises, is very badly grouped.

The books, copies of which are in the library of the Department of
Botan}^, are apparently somewhat rare : neither is in the British Museum
Catalogue and only the latter in that of Kew. Mrs. Robley's appears
to be the less known, as it does not appear in the bibliography appended
to the Flora do Archii^elago da Madeira of Senor C. A. de Menezes
(Funchal, 1914) in which Mrs. Penf old's is entered.

James Brittet^.

P.S. — Thinking that some of the foregoing information might
interest a wider circle than is reached by this Journal, I communi-
cated it to The Times Literary Supplement (March 6) : the note
there printed elicited one or two points of interest which may be
appended here. Mr. A. L. Soper, of Messrs. Lovell Reeve & Co.,
tells me that both books appeared in the '* List of Scientific Works
published by Reeve Brothers " issued in 1846, and that the price of
each was a guinea. Mr. Gordon Wordsworth of The Stepping Stones,
Ambleside — a grandson of the poet — writes that he possesses a copy
of Madeira Flowers inscribed : " Wm. Wordsworth Esq'"^ from the
Author " ; he has no information as to Mrs. Penfold's relations with his
grandfather, so does not think they can have been intimate. Mrs. May^
of Ridge Hill. Macclesfield, tells me that the Wallases were an old
Cumberland family settled near Penrith ; in the latter end of the
eighteenth century one of them went to Madeira and entered the
firm of Cossart, Gordon, & Co., and marriages took place between
the families. Mrs. Penfold's second (? maiden) name being Wallas
suggests that her request to Wordsworth may have been prompted by
the recollection of an early friendship between her people and his.

100 THE JOURN.VL OF BOTANr

SHORT NOTES.

Pl^ltexei's References to the Flora. Loxdtnensts. Dr. B.
D. Jackson and the late VV. A. Clarke have between them fairly well
cleared up the chronological puzzles and the sequence of plates in the
Flora Londinensis of Curtis. In Dr. Jackson's first note (Journ.
Bot. 1881, 310) he refers to "a MS. of Pultenej seen by Mr. Pryor,
but which I have not been able to verify." Mr. Clarke (Journ. Bot.
1895, 113) says that it "is, I believe, to be found in a copy of the
first edition of Hudson's Fl. Anglica in the library of the Linnean
Society." But neither he nor anyone else appears to have looked up
the matter to verify it. In taking down this volume for some other
reference, I noticed b}^ chance the so-called " MS. of Pulteney." It
consists of eight lines (four in ink, and four in pencil) on the inside
of the front cover of Pulteney 's own annotated copy of Hudson's
work " ex Dono Authoris," afterwards owned by " Jno. Jones, Grray's
Inn." The eight lines are as follows : —

"The first no. of the Flora Londinensis was published in Maj'
1775. 'Jlie Plants of the Work are all marked in this Book with
a C, as far as no. 67.

No. 60 Nov. 1788

— 65 June 1791

— m June 1792 ?

— 67 [no month'] 1793."

Apparently therefore, 402 out of the whole number of 432 plates
were issued from May 1775 to the end of 1793. "No. 60" of the
MS. is quoted as " no. 59, in fasc. 5 " in Dr. Jackson's note, which is
probably correct, as Clarke saj^s the numbering of plates ends with
fasc. V, — not being carried on through fasc. vi., though some of the
plates are dated. To what extent Pulteney's MS. Fl. Anglica in
the Botanical Department of the Natural History Museum is based
on his annotated copy of Hudson in the Linnean Library I do not
know.— Frederic N. Williams.

Plants in Flower at the End or December, 1918. — Several
notes on this subject have appeared in various periodicals, and it may
may be of interest to give some observations made in the neighbour-
hood of Taunton, Somerset. On December 20th, whilst engaged in
field-work amongst the bryophytes, I was so struck by the number
of plants still llovvering that I made a list of those observed. This
list during the remaining part of the year reached the surprising total
of 73, and could have been considerably extended if specially secluded
nooks had been explored, or if grasses, sedges, and other plants with
inconspicuous flowers, had been examined more carefully. No sedges
and only three grasses are included in the list. The weather had
been very mild even for the west of England, and accounts for this
large total.

The plants found flowering fall into three groups : — (1) Those
usually flowering in Somerset during this period ; (2) Spring plants
which have had their times of flowering accelerated; (3) Late-
flowering plants.

In the first group the Gorse ( Vlex europceus) was the only one

SHOET JfOTES 101

having a limited flowering- time. The other plants noticed are in
flower with us at almost any period and include Caj)sella Bursa-
pastoris, Gardamine hirsufa, G.Jiexuosa, Stellaria media (only with
three or Ave stamens, the ten-stemmed S. ner/lecta is more limited in
its flowering-period with us), Cerastium violgatum, Taraxacum offi-
cinale^ Bellis iierennis, Senecio vulgaris^ Lamium purpureum^
Linaria Cymbalaria, and Poa annua.

The spring flowers include Ranunculus Ficaria, Viola odoraia,
Potentilla sterilis, Fefasites fragrans (apparently quite a wild plant
in Somerset), Daphne Laureola, Mercurialis perennis, and Corglus
Avellana. The Primrose must also be included here, though stragglers
are often found flowering in secluded dells right through the winter
months. A locality for the Snowdrop was visited, but no flov/ers
were seen.

The stragglers, or third group, include the following : — Ranunculus
Flammula., R. repens, Sisymbrium officinale, S. Tlialianum, Lychnis
dioica, Sfellaria Holostea, S. graminea (the former is not uncommon
during mild winters, but the latter Avas a surprising find), Arenaria
serpyllifoUa, Sagina procumhens, Reseda Luteola, Geranium Ro-
bertianum, G. columhinum, 3Ialva sylvestris. several Ruhi, Geuni
tirbanum, Spircea Ulmaria, Fragaria vesca, Vicia sepium, Hedera
Helix, Chcerophyllum temulum, Anthriscus sylvestris (probably
better placed in the second group), Senecio Jacobcea, S. erucifoliusy
S. sylvaticus, S. squalidus (naturalized in Taunton and in flower
from the end of April), S. aqaaticus, Chrysanthemum Farthenium,
Achillea Millefolium, Crepis capillaris, Leontodon autumnale,
Lapsana communis, Ficris hieracioides, Matricaria Chamomilla,
Sonchus oleraceus, S. asper, Veronica persica {Fuxbaumii^, V. ar-
vensis, V. Qhamcedrys, V. didy ma, Lamium album, Frunella vulgaris,
Chenopodium album, Rumex conglomeratus, Euphorbia Feplus,
E. exigua, and Factylis glomerata. — W. Watsois".

PoTAMOGETON ACUTiFOLius Link. On p. 17 I gave the northern
limit of this species as 60^ 12' N. lat., from Hagstrom's book. On
checking these limits I find I have a specimen named as F. zos-
terifolius Schum., from Finland — " Karelia Onogensis. Schunga.
Aug. 1888. A. 0. Kihlman." This is 62° 30' N. lat. In Hjelt's-
Consp. Fl. Fenn. 3, p. 540 (in Act. Soc. Fauna et Flora Fenn. v.
1895) P. zosterifolius is recorded from Schunga by Norrlin : this-
is two degrees farther north, and records the species from Finland.

Aethue BE:y?^ETT.

New Yaeiett of Nitella elexilis. In 1884 a Nitella was
discovered in Cambridgeshire by the late Alfred Fr^'^er, which, though
monoecious, much resembled N. opaca in its dense fruiting heads, its
large antheridia, and the more or less mucronate ti2:)s to the secondary
branchlet rays. It was so markedly protandrous in character that
when first collected, early in May, it had the appearance of being the
male plant of a dioecious species. It was originally observed in the
Old Bedford River at Sutton Gault, but was subsequently found to>
occur in a number of stations in the adjacent fenlands of Cambridge-

102 THE JOUllNAL OF BOTANY

shire and West Norfolk, and in one locality in Huntingdonshire.
Specimens collected by Gr. E-. B.-W. in the original station and near
Mepal in 1896, were circulated in Charac. Brit. Exsicc. No. 59, as a
doubtful form of iV. Jiexilis var. nidijica. A further examination
has led us to regard it as a distinct variety, for which, in honour of
its discoverer, who did so much for the investigation of the aquatic
plants of the Fen country, we propose the name of

Var. Frteri. Perspicue protandra. Antheridium multo majus
quam antheridium in typo, c. 800^ diametro. Verticilli fructificantes
capita densa plus minusve formantes. Radii secondarii ssepe mucro-
nati. Oogonia 660-745 /w longa, 550-610 yix lata, c. 500 /u crassa.
Oellulaj spirales 6-7 convolutiones exhibentes et versus apices multo
tumifacientes. Oospora 500-520 \x longa, 425-450 /u lata, 875 \x crassa,
fusca-rubra aut fusca-rubida aut p?ene nigra, 5-6 strias promulas
crassas exhibens sa^pe alis latis et conspicuis versus apicem. Membrana
crassima et semirigida.

In stature and habit this variety resembles N, opaca rather than
N. fiexills. It is somewhat rigid and often much incrusted. A
similar plant was collected by Wahlstedt and b}^ Olsson in 1864, at
Lund in Sweden, and was distributed by the former in Nordstedt &
Wahlstedt's Charac. Skand. Exsicc. No. 10, under the name of
N. jiexilis f. nidijica incrustata.

J. Groyes and G. R. Bullock- Webster.

REVIEW.

Gonijeroiis Trees jor Projit and Ornament : heinfj a concise descrip-
tion oj each species and variety, witli the most recently approved
nomenclature, list of synonyms^ and best methods oj' cultivation.
By A. D. Webster. Constable & Co., pp. xx, 298, 28 plates.
Price 21s. net.

This is not the whole of Mr. Webster's title, as he has seen fit,
in somewhat archaic fashion, to set forth the subjects of half-a-dozen
of his chapters on the title-page. Although the preface starts oif
with the enormous cost of our British imports of timber, the main
subject of the book is the growth of ornamental conifers in this
country ; and the illustrations, excellent as they are, show onl}'' young
specimen trees. At the present period of paper-famine, a book has to
justif}^ its appearance : it should, one might say, *' meet a felt want";
and we ai-e not sure either that there was need for '* a cheap, handy,
and concise popular guide to hardy Conifers as cultivated in this
country," or that (if such a want existed) Mr. Webster's book can be
said to meet it. The late Mr. Kent's Manual oj the Coniferce,
published for Messrs. Veitch, was, especially in its second edition, a
fairly adequate, satisfactory, and, for its size, inexpensive work, and
it is to be regretted that it should have gone out of print ; but at the
present time more interest certainly attaches to the possibilities of
the cultivation of a small number of species on a large scale for
profit than to the merel}'- aesthetic requirements of the pinetum ; nor
can the present work be considered "cheap" at a guinea.

CONIFEROUS TREES FOR PROFIT AND ORNAMENT 103

It would be difficult for Mr. Webster or anybody else to over-
estimate the indebtedness of the arts and manufactures to the
ConifercB, but it is assuredly saying a little too much to include
petroleum among their products (p. xv) ; per contra, Pinus Pinaster
is omitted from the enumeration of turpentine-yielding species on
p. xvi, whilst Mr. Webster's knowledge of the commercial position
of the j)roducts of the group appears incomplete when he says that
'' it is hardly likely that pine nuts will ever find much favour in this
country." With reference to our present-day needs, a mis-statement
of geological results which suggests '' Ai'aucaria and members of the
pine family " as occurring *' in the Devonian and Carboniferous
series " (p. xix) is of small moment ; nor, perhaps, is it of much con-
sequence that Mr. Webster puts Ginlcgo in the Order Taxacecd ; but
his speaking (p. 2) of the "fruit " of that Order, and of the "ovary"
of Grymnosperms in general (p. 1), together with his particularising
certain species of Pine as having two seeds at the base of each cone-
scale, suggests an insufficient knowledge of the anatomy of these
plants. The description of the foliage of Taxodium on p. 171 as
" pinnate leaves . . . arranged in horizontal rows on each side of the
midrib," is another illustration of the same thing.

It may be doubted whether the author is justified in including the
species of Torreya among hardy conifers ; and in some other cases
anyone acquainted with the forms in cultivation may be inclined to
doubt whether the descriptions, which are obviously taken from
actual specimens, are correctl}^ assigned. Arboriculturists who favour
Conifers for ornamental planting may find the remarks on the culti-
vation of each species, by a man of Mr. Webster's long practical
experience, of value ; and there are many interesting notes on par-
ticular specimens, such as those of Collinson's planting at Mill Hill,
scattered through the book, though more might have been done in
this direction.

The book is well got up ; but it is unfortunate that the name
of the genus is not put at the head of each page, since on opening the
volume in the middle of the series of C's, you may be in Cedrus^
Cryptomeria, Ciinninghamia, or Cupressus ; worse still, in the
longer series of P's you do not know whether you are among Piceas
or Pines. Gr. S. Boulger.

BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, etc.

The Gardens' Bulletin Straits Settlements (ii. nos. 3-4, 1918)
contains an account by Mr. I. H. Burkill of the establishment and
history of the Botanic Gardens, Singapore, with notes on Henry
James Murton and Nathaniel Cantley (d. 1888) (1853-81), who
preceded Mr. Ridley as Curators : an account of the Herbarium was
published by Mr, Ridley in the Annual Report on the Gardens for
1889. In the Journal of the Straits Branch, R.A.S. (no. 79)
Mr. Burkill has a note on the murder of James Motley, which
occurred at Bangkal, Labuan, on May 1, 1859.

The recently issued pai-ts of the North Ameiican Flora (Dec. 30,
1918) contain the conclusion of Axel Rydberg's monogmph of the
liosacece (vol. xxii. pt. 6) with additions and corrections to the

104j the JOUllNAL OF EOTANT

volume, and the first part (vol. xxxii. pt. 1) of the Buhiacece, by
Paul Carpenter Standley : in this numerous new species are described,
including four of the hitherto monotj^pic Acrosynanthus.

The issue of l^otes from the Itoyal Botanic Garden, Edinhurghy
dated November 1918, contains the first instalment of a series of
papers on the '* Regional Spread of Moisture in the Wood of Trees,"
by Mr. W. G. Craib, wherein " Deciduous-leaved Trees during the
late Autumn to early Spring " are considered. Tlie pa2)er is accom-
panied by five coloured plates and as many diagrams illustrating
Moisture Spread in Acer Fseudoplatanus,

A LEAFLET (no. 326) on "Injurious Weed Seeds " recently issued
by the Department of Agriculture is noteworthy for its excellent
illustrations from drawings by Miss Bertha Reid. The plants figured
a,re Riimex crispus, H. Acetosella, Cuscuta Trifolii, Dauciis Carota,
Geranium dissectum, G. molle, Silene inflata, and Lychnis vesper-
tina : in each case the main figures are accompanied by di-awings of
seeds and of seedlings in various stages.

Botanists as well as gardeners will be glad to hear that the
preparation of a new edition of Pritzel's Icones hotanicarum IndeXy
second only to the same author's indispensable Thesaurus^ has been
begun, and has made considerable progress. It is nearl}^ ten years
ago since several influential Fellows of the Royal Horticultural
Society urged the preparation, but after some discussion the project
fell through. It was revived after the International Horticultural
ShoAv held in the grounds of Chelsea Hospital in 1912, when Mr. E. A.
Bowles, F.L.S., an active member of the Council of the Royal Horti-
cultural Society, succeeded in getting that body to set aside £250
towards the expenses of the new edition, with a sum of £200 annually
againiSit the amount, then estimated at £3000. The war prevented
any serious attempt at making a start, but two couimittees were set
up, one chiefly of cultivators and the other mostly of botanists, to
thresh out the problems connected with the venture. Ultimately
last year (1918) the plans Avere drawn up, and Dr. Otto Stapf,
Keeper of the Herbarium and Library at Kew, agreed to act as
Honorary Director, and, with the consent of Sir David Prain, to
make use of the material available at that establishment, with its
extensive library and trained amanuenses. The bulk of the new
edition is estimated at twice that of the original, on practically the
same lines.

The Garden, which often contains matter of botanical interest,
reprints in its issue of March 15 an article from The Journal of
Heredity in which the supposed hybrid origin of the Loganberry is
called in question. This popular fruit " came to light about 1881 in
the grounds of Judge J. H. Logan, of Santa Cruz, California : it was
described by him as a natural hybrid, which appeared spontaneously,
and he believed that the parents Avere the Auginbaugh (a variety of
Buhus vitifolius, a wild Blackberry of California) and a red Rasp-
berry, probably the variety Red Antwerp, since the two were growing
together in his yard." The hybrid origin, first called in question by
Mr. W. 0. Backhouse, economic botanist to the Argentine Govern-
ment, is now doubted by others as well as by horticulturists, whose
views are set forth at length in The Garden.

105

MYCETOZOA RECORDED AS BRITISH SINCE 1909.
By G. Lister, F.L.S.

Teis" years have passed since the third and latest edition of the
Guide to the British Species of Mycetozoa, j^ublished by the
Trustees of the British Museum, appeared. In the preparation ot" a
new edition, many changes had to be introduced in order to adai)t
the nomenclature to modern requirements, making it agree with that
used in the second edition of iYiQ Ilonograph of Mycetozoa, published
in 1911, and also to incorporate much additional information that
has been obtained. Owing to the cooperation of many observers,
five genei-a have been added to the British list and thirty -five species,
bringing the number up to 181. For convenience of reference it may
be useful to give a few notes on the additional species and varieties,
on where aud by whom they were found, and on some points of
nomenclature.

Badhamia NITER'S Berk. var. reticulata G. Lister, in Trans. Brit.
Mycol. Soc. V. 71, pi. 1. figs. 2, 2 a, h, 1914. This variety differs from
the t^^ical form in the plasmodiocarp habit of the sporangia and
the more loosely clustered paler spores, which have a cap of minute,
not coarse warts. The one British gathering was made by my
father and myself in November 1888 on an old log at Uj)lyme,
Devon. It has been recorded from Poland, Ceylon, and Japan.

B. AFFiNis Rost. This inconspicuous species has been found
repeatedly on the mossy bark of living trees ever since Nov. 1899, in
East and West Aberdeenshire, by the Rev. W. Cran. For years it
was put aside as a doubtful form, closely alhed to B. orliculata Rex,
from which it differs chiefly in shape and of which it may be only a
variety. It has been obtained from Pennsylvania and Japan.

Phtsaeum globulifeeum (Bull.) Pers. The one British record
consists of a gathering made by the Rev. W. Cran, at Ballogie,
Aberdeenshire, October 1913. The sporangia and lime-knots are not
pure white, but have a slight brownish shade, suggesting a close rela-
tionship with P. murimim Lister, a species which differs in no other
respect but its brown colour, and which might be regarded as simply
a variety of P. glohuliferiim ; for convenience of reference, however,
it would seem better to keep the brown P. murinum as a distinct
species, as well as the yellow, orange-jed, purple-red, lilac, and blue
forms of ihQ^'' glohuUfertim'''' group, each of which has its separate
specific name.

P. PULCHEEEIPES Pcck. A fine typical gathering was made by
Miss M. Rea in September 1916 in the grounds of Sir John Ross at
Rosstrevor, County Down, on a stump in a larch wood (see Irish
Naturalist, xxvi. 58, 64) ; this is apparently the only recoi'd for the
species beyond the United States.

P. Li'TEO-ALEUM Listcr. This handsome species has been found

repeatedly since 1910 in an alder copse at Uplyme, S.E. Devon, in

early spring. It was also obtained in some abundance last January

by Mr. N. G. Hadden at Porloek, Somerset, on dead leaves in a wood

JorE^AL OF BoTAj,'!'.— Vol. 57. [May, 1919.] k

106 THE JOUHNAL OP BOTANY

of larch and birch. It has been recorded from the south of France,
Holstein, and Colorado.

P. NUCLEATUM Eex. Found for the first time in Britain by
Dr. A. Adams near Looe, Cornwall, July 1911, on dead wood.
Mr. N. Gr. Hadden has also obtained it near Lynton, N. Devon, in
August 1915 (see Journ. Bot. 1916, p. 200).

P. carneuvi Gr. Lister & Sturgis. Found in abundance hj Mr. H.
W. Howard in Bramble thickets, near Thorpe, Norwich, in late
summer and early autumn 1916, 1917, and 1918 (see Journ. R.
Microscop. Soc. 1917, p. 265, pi. xviii.). Except a gathering made
near Lisbon by Dr. C. Torrend in December 1907, the only other
record for P. carneum is Colorado.

P. BRUNNEOLUM (PliiU.) Massco. A single growth was found by
Miss M. Rea near Lisburn, County Down, Jul}^ 1917. The specimen
consists of gloss}'' brown hemispherical or elongated sporangia on a
dead herbaceous stem ; the spores have not matured well, but enough
have developed to leave no doubt as to the identit}^ of the species.

P. hrunneolum has been obtained from California, Chili, New
South Wales, and Portugal.

P. ATJEiscALPiUM Cooks. First found in Britain by the Rev. W.
Cran in August 1912 on a mossy trunk near Skene, Aberdeen, in
which district he has repeatedly obtained it since, and also at Lesmoir,
W. Aberdeenshire. Members of the Mycological Society found it in
the Altyre Woods, Elginshire, in September 1912.

P. CBATERiFORME Pctch. Mr. Cran has obtained this repeatedly
on the bark of living trees since 1904, near Skene, Aberdeen. It has
also been recorded from Ceylon, Japan, Antigua, and S. Nigeria.

P. coxNATUM (Peck) Lister. A single gathering of what appears
to be this species was made in November 1898 by Mr. Edgar Saun-
ders ; otherwise P. connatum has hardly been recorded beyond
N. America.

P. VERXUM Somm. var. ibidescens, nov. var. This small iri-
descent form is very constant, and appears regularly on dead leaves,
especiall}'- holly-leaves, in Epping Forest, Essex, in autumn and
winter. It is distinguished by the sporangia being scattered and
having scanty or no deposits of lime in their walls, by the lime-
knots enclosing unusually large lime-granules, and by the dark
brownish-purple spores having a pale patch of dehiscence. It has
been found in Bedfordshire, H^ertfordshire, Norfolk, Nottinghamshire,
and North Devon, and also in Holstein.

FuLiGO SEPTICA Gmcl. var. rufa (Pers.) G. Lister. This dull
red variety is not uncommon and has long been recognized. Mr. H.
J. Howard finds from his experience that it always arises from cream-
coloured Plasmodium. For convenience, it would seem well to mark
it with a varietal name.

F. SEPTICA var. CANDIDA (Pcrs.) G. Lister. The white variety is
more abundant than the red, and arises from a white or cream-
coloured Plasmodium.

DiDERMA AEBORETM G. Lister & Fetch in Journ. Bot. 1913, p. 2,
pl. 524. fig. 2. The first British gathering of this arboreal species
was made by Mr. Cran in Oct. 1910 near Skene, Aberdeen, and on

MYCETOZOA EECORBED AS BRITISH SINCE 1909 107

most succeeding years he has found it there in late summer and
autumn. Dr. A. 'Adams also obtained an extensive growth, on a
mossy beech-trunk, near Looe, Cornwall, in July 1917. It has been
recorded from Ceylon and Japan, and recently Mr. A. R. Sanderson
has found it at Petaling, Federated Malay States, on the trunks
of Hevea hrasiliensis.

D. DEPLANATUM Fries. In the British Museum Catalogue this
is described as a subspecies of D. niveum Host. ; as, however, it is a
constant form, always having a scattered plasmodiocarp habit, it
seems better to retain for it the name given by Fries, and to regard
D. niveum, with its crowded hemispherical sporangia, as a separate
species. D, niveum is very abundant on the Alps in spring, and has
not been found in Britain.

D. EADIATUM (L.) Lister var. umhilicatum (Fries). The type of
-D. radiatum in the Linnean Herbarium has brown sporangia dehiscing
with petal-like lobes : transitional forms occur connecting it with
what was described by Fries as D. umhilicatum, a form with pale
drab sporangia which burst irregularly. As M. Meylan has pointed
out, this pale variety deserves some distinction ; whether it is regarded
as a separate species or as a variety of D. radiatum is a matter
of little consequence (" Myxomycetes du Jura " in Ann. du Con-
servatoire de Geneve, 1918, p. 312).

D. RADIATUM var. montanum Mejdan {op. cit. p. 312). In this
variety the outer layer of the sporangium-wall is white and separates
easily from the membranous inner wall ; the spores are usually
rather smaller than in the tvpical form, and measure 7 to 9 ju instead
of 9 to 11 ^.

D. ASTEROIDES Listcr was first found in Britain in October 1910
by Mr. W. H. Burrell, who gathered it on the stems of Eciuisetum
palustre on marshy ground on Flordon Common, Norfolk, It has
since been obtained by Mr. W. B. Allen in Shropshire and by
Mr. N. Gr. Hadden in West Somerset. It was also found in abun-
dance in a deep bed of holly-leaves in woods at Cawdor, Nairnshire,
in September 1912, by members of the British Mycological Society.
Outside Britain it has been recorded from Portugal, the South of
France, Switzerland, N. Germany, and Colorado.

Leptoderma iridescens G. Lister in Journ. Bot. 1913, p. 1,
pi. 524. fig. 1. This was first found in March 1892 on pine bark
and needles at Leighton Buzzard, Bedfordshire, and was named by
my father provisionally Lamproderma physaroides Rost. var. sessile
Lister. In November 1911, Miss K. Higgins discovered a fine
growth of the same form in woods at Woburn Sands, Beds, in which
all the characteristic features were displayed — namely the sessile
habit, the granular deposits in the sporangium-wall, and the dark
grey spinulose spores. It was then published as the tj^pe of a new
genus. Subsequently it has been obtained at Porlock, Somerset, in
Inverness-shire, in N. Germany, and several jmrts of Switzerland.

Colloderma oculatum (Lippert) G. Lister. The first British
gathering was made by Mr. Cran in Aberdeenshire, October 1910. It
now appears to be fairly abundant in many parts. In Ej^ping Forest,
Essex, it has appeared every autumn since 1911 ; it has also been,

K 2

108 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

recorded from Yorkshire, Shropshire, Worcestershire, Somerset, Devon,
and from the south of Scotland ; also from the -Tyrol, Switzerland,
Portngiil, New South Wales, Japan, and New Hampshire.

Stemoxttis hyperopta Meylan in Bull. Soc. Vaud. Sc. Nat. lii.
p. 97. 1918, syn. Comatricha typlioides Rost. var. heterospora Ilex. It
has been found from many years' experience that this form is remark-
ably constant. It differs from C. typlioides in the rosy-lilac colour
of the sporangia, in their more clustered habit, in the smoother and
more complete surface-net of the capillitium, and in the spores
showing small patches of reticulation on their surface when highly
magnified. It may seem a great change not only to make this form
a distinct species, but to place it in another genus, but in reality it
is not so, for Comatricha is only distinguished from Stemouitis by
the more scattered habit of the sporangia and by the absence of a
smootli surface-net to the capillitium, and it is for convenience, rather
than as a natuml arrangement, that the genus is retained at all.

Comatricha cornea G. Lister & Cran in Journ. Bot. 1917,
p. 121, pi. »548. fig. 1. First discovered by the Rev. W. Cran near
Skene in June 1913, and again in 1914 and 1916. M. Me3dan
writes that he has found this minute S}>ecies in the Jura Mountains.

C. FiMBRiATA G. Lister & Cran in Journ. Bot. 1917, p. 122,
pi. 548. fig. 2. First found by Mr. Raymond Finlayson in Wanstead
Park, Essex, in November 1913 ; since obtained by Mr. Cran near
Skene, on Hind Head, Surrey, by myself, and twice by Mr. H. J.
Howard in Norfolk.

C. MiCROSPORA G. Lister: syn. C. typhoides var. microspora
Lister. Repeated gatherings f)i'C)ve that this is a constant form
worthy of specific rank ; the closely flexuose character of the surface-
net of the capillitium and the very small spores distinguish it from
C. typhoides. It has been found in Devon, Surrey, Essex, and Nor-
folk, and be3^ond Britain in Holstein, near Berlin, and in Ohio.

C. TENERRIMA (Curtis) G. Lister : syn. C. pidchella Rost. var.
tenerrima Lister. It is with some hesitation that the specific rank
given to this form by Curtis is once more adopted. When typically
developed C. tenerrima differs strikingly from C. pulchella in having
pale red narrowly ovoid sporangia on long slender stalks, instead of
reddish -brown broadly ovoid sporangia on short stalks, but it must be
acknowledged that forms intermediate in character sometimes occur.

Lamproderma violaceum (Fr.) Rost. var. dehile G. Lister &
Howard in Journ. Bot. 1919, p. 25, pi. 552. fig. 1. Found by
Mr. H. J. Howard in April and May 1918.

L. atrosporum Meylan var. anylicum G. Lister & Howard in
Journ. Bot. 1919, p. 27, pi. 552. fig. 2. Found with the preceding on
the same leaf -heaps.

L. INSESSUM G. Lister in Trans. Brit. Mj^col. Soc. 1912-13,
p. 41, pi. 1. fig. 2. Found only once on lichen at Forres, Elginshire,
Sept. 1912.

Clastoderma Deraryanum Blytt. This minute species was
discovered for the first time in Britain by Mr. N. G. Hadden at
Porlock, Somerset, December 1918, on old gorse stems ; when found

MTCETOZOA RECORDEiy AS BEITISH SINCE 1909 109

the sporangia were immature and watery white, but soon changed to
the inconspicuous brown mature stage.

Amauroch^te cribrosa (Fries) Sturgis in Mycologia, ix. p. 328
(1917). This species has long been included under A. fuligiiiosa
(Sow,) Macbr,, from which it differs in the sethalia being smaller,
rounder, and more compact, and, when perfectly formed, being
clothed with a fragile membranous cortex, which either breaks into
fragments adhering to the tips of the capillitium or entirely dis-
appears ; the capillitium closely resembles that of Stemonites con-
Jiuen% Cooke & Ellis, to which A. crihrosa appears to be closely
allied. There seems to be every probability that this is the species
described by Fries as Lachnoholus crihrosus (Syst. Orb. Veg. p. 148)
as long ago as 1825, the type of which is lost. In Britain it was
found near Smethwick, Staffordshire, by Mr. A, Camm, August 1895,
and by Mr. T. Fetch in Hull dockyard in Sept. 1903, Elsewhere it
has been recorded from Sweden and Norway, and in North America
from the States of Massachusetts, Pennsylvania, and Washington.

Cribraria yulgaris Schrad. In the British Museum Catalogue
this is named G. aurantiaca Schrad., and two varieties are dis-
tinguished : — -form a, a short-stalked form with broad nodes to the
sporangial net, a,nd form /3, a long-stalked form with naiTow nodes.
The species is very variable, but a more natural arrangement is that
proposed by Meylan (in Ann. du Conservatoire de Greneve, 1913,
p. 317) ; he regards C. vulgaris as the typical form, having slate-
grey Plasmodium, usually short-stalked sporangia with ochraceous
spores, and either broad or narrow *' nodes " ; and var. aurantiaca
Pers., having green plasmodium, usually longer stalked sporangia with
golden-yellow spores, and polygonal nodes approaching in character
those of C. tenella Schrad. or of G. intricata Schrad.

LiCEA CASTANEA G. Lister. Discovered by Mr. Cran at Lesmoir,
W. Aberdeenshire, November 1910, and found again repeatedly
by him both there and near Skene. It has also been obtained by
M. Meylan in the Jura Mountains.

L. MiNTMA Fries. Recorded first in Britain by the late George
Massee, from Bulmer, Yorks ; found since in Bedfordshire, East and
West Aberdeenshire, and Inverness-shire ; recently Miss M, Rea has
obtained it in County Down.

HvMEXOBOLUS PARASITICUS Zukal. Fii^t found in Britain by
Mr. Cran at Rhynie, West Aberdeenshire, June 1894, and since
obtained repeatedly by him both there and near Skene ; also found in
the Cawdor Woods, Nairnshire.

Orcadella operculata Wingate, Recorded first from Britain
by Mr. W. H. Burrell from Stratton Strawless, Norfolk, January
1909, on liverworts on a living beech-tree. Mr. Cran finds this
inconspicuous little species in abundance, also on living trees, near
Skene. It has been recorded elsewhere from Holstein, Japan, and in
North America from the States of Maine and Pennsylvania.

Enteridiu^c liceoides G. Lister. This has hitherto been re-
tained as a variety of JE. olivaceuniy but, though nearly allied, it
always exhibits the flat pkismodiocarp habit, and the pseudo-capilli-

110 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

tium is represented by columnar props instead of a network of broad
strands. It has been obtained in Devon, Somerset, Wiltshire, Hamp-
shire, Surrey, Bedfordshire, Norfolk, and Argyllshire ; also from
France, Brandenburg, and New Hampshire.

Triciiia floriforme (Schweinitz) Gr. Lister, syn. T. Bofryfis
Pers. var. lateritia Lister. The constancy of this handsome form
fully entitles it to specific rank. It dilfers from all varieties of
T. Botrytis in having dark red translucent stalks entirely free from
refuse-matter, as well as in the orange-coloured spores. It seems
unfortunate that the familiar name lateritia^ published by Leveille
in 18-1(5, cannot be retained ; but Dr. Sturgis found, when examining
the Schweinitzian herbarium, that the specimen described as (7r«-
terium iioriforme^(i\\\\idm\t7. in 1S82 is plainly the species in question,
and, by the rule of priority, tlie older name must be adoj^ted.
Although widely distributed, T. jioriforme is not common in Britain;
it has been recorded from Somerset, Wilts, Middlesex, Leicestershire,
and Shropshire.

T. Botrytis Pers. var. cerifera G. Lister in Journ. Bot. 1915,
p. 211. Recorded in Britain from Derbyshire, Bedfordshire, Essex,
Somerset, and Dorset ; also from New South Wales.

Hemitrichia leiotricha Lister. Recorded in Britain from
Dorset, Devon, Surrey, Essex, Hertfordshire, Bedfordshire, Shro])-
shire, Northumberland, and Aberdeenshire; also from Norway, Sweden,
North Germany, Switzerland, and Ceylon.

H. ABIETINA (Wigand) Lister. Found for the first time in
Britain in the Woodhouse Pinetum, Uplyme, Devon, in February
1905 ; also obtained near Swarraton, Hants, and Hind Head, Surrey.

H. MINOR G. Lister. The typical form was first found in Britain
by the Rev. W. Cran, near Skene, February 1912 ; and he has met
with it again repeatedly there and also at Lesmoir, West Aberdeen-
shire. Mr. N. G. Hadden obtained it on the mossy bark of living
trees at West Porlock, Somerset, November 1916. Here he also
found the handsome little dark-spotted var. pardina Minakata, growing
on hedge-clippings, in January 1919. In this gathering the spirals on
the capillitium are unusually well developed and are dextral in arrange-
ment, whereas in all specimens of typical H. minor hitherto obtained
the direction of the s^Dirals is sinistral, as is usual in the Trichiacecd.
In the type of var. pardina from Japan, the capillitium has faint and
variable spirals, some being dextral, others sinistral. Guided by this
character of the spirals, I examined a number of our old mountings,
with the result that I came across the record of two gatherings of
what I doubt not should be called H. minor var. pardina, made at
Lyme Regis in the years 1891, 1899. They came from the same
leaf-heap, and each consisted of a single sporangium. In appearance
they are shortly stalked and glossy yellow spotted with prominent
dark brown warts ; the capillitium shows dextral spirals ; one had
been called " H. Karstenii F," the other ** T. erecta Rex," and
afforded the only evidence for the occurrence of that species in
Britain. T. erecta is a much more sturdy species and has rich orange-
yellow capillitium with spinulose sinistral spirals ; it is widely dis-

ilYCETOZOA EECORDED AS BRITISH SINCE 1909 IH

tributed, having been recorded from the Eastern United States, from
Victoria and New South Wales, and from New Zealand ; it is to be
hoped that eventually it may be reinstated as a British species.

H. LEiocAEPA Cooke. The single British record is a specimen
found on Sphagnum in an orchid house in the Eoyal Botanic Gardens,
Edinburgh, in 1878. In this gathering, as well as in the type from
Harps well, Maine, and in a specimen found by Mr. Hugo Bilgram
near Philadelphia in 1914, the spirals of the capillitium are all
dextral; on the other hand, the type of H. Varneyi Rex from
Kansas, which is included under K. leiocarpa in the British Museum
Catalogue, had sinistral spirals. How far the direction of the spirals
is a reliable diagnostic character is uncertain in the present state of
our knowledge. H. leiocarpa is closely alhed to R. clavata Rost.

CoRis^iiviA Serpfla (Wigand) Rost. Found in abundance on
heaps of spent tan, at Grampound, near St. Austell, Cornwall, in
April and May 1906, by Mr. J. M. Coon. This is the only British
record.

Arctbia ii«"8iGias Kalchbr. & Cooke. The only British gathering
known was made by Miss K. Higgins in woods near Luton, Beds, in
August 1916.

Perich^j^a corticalis (Batch) Rost. var. liceoides Lister.
Found on hedge-clippings, January 1919, by Mr. N. G. Hadden, near
Porlock, Somerset. The minute shining yellow sporangia are both
clustered and scattered about the dead herbage, and closely resemble
those of an Oligonema, but the translucent walls are" in some
sporangia mottled with deposits of dark refuse-matter ; the capillitium
consists of a close network of nearly smooth irregular threads ; the
spores are minutely warted and measure 12 /it in diameter. This
specimen is similar in all respects to one kindly sent by Dr. Jahn
from Denmark ; it had developed on the dung of fallow-deer. Other
gatherings of this variety have been obtained on the dung of hares
and rabbits in Germany, on old willow-bark in Carinthia, and on old
cow-dung in Florida.

P. YERMicuLARis Rost. var. pedata Lister (see Mycetozoa, ed. ^,
p. 253). It has been found that the specimens with stalked sporangia
and smooth capillitium, published under this name from Lyme Regis
and from Philadelphia, have far less affinity with P. vermicularis
than with P. chrysosperma (Currey) Lister. An extensive series of
gatherings of the latter species from Japan shows that the usual
characteristic spines on the capillitium are sometimes absent in weak
developments; the very faintly papillose sporangium -wall and the
dark stalks are not unusual features in P. chrysosperma. The variety
pedata of P. vermicularis should therefore be suppressed.

In conclusion, I wish to express my sincere thanks to the friendly
correspondents who have given me permission to make free use of
their observations.

112 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

ALABASTRA DIVERSA.— Part XXX *
Br Spencer Le M. Moore, B.Sc, F.L.S.

(Concluded from p. 91.)
2. TuTMELEACEiE AFRICAXiE XOY^ YEL NOTARI DIGN^,

In writing the following descriptions, the view held by recent
authors that the organs found, when they do occur, usually at the throat
of the calyx of ThymeleacecB are petals, has not been followed. That
view was not without support among older writers ; thus Lindley
calls the organs in question " scale-like petals," and Eichler alludes
to them as ** Kronblatter (Schlundschiippchen)," which ma}^ be re-
garded as a sort of " sitting upon the fence " ; but Meisner, whose work
upon the group is of great importance, always speaks of " squamulse,"
while Endlicher boldly names them sterile stamens. Baillon, while
adopting the " scale " view, says of Dicranolepis that the scales
resemble a corolla. In spite of this extreme case and of a certain
analogy with Dichapetalum, it seems not improbable that these
organs are really not petals at all, but either transformed parts of the
andrcpcium or new structures arising independentlj^ and functioning
in the pollination of the respective species bearing them. In any
event, it would seem better at the present stage to use a non-committal
term rather than the definite one now coming into fashion.

Struthiola epacridioides C. H. Wright, District of George,
Trake de tow ; Bowie, 22.

Struthiola Pentheri, sp. no v. Fruticulosa, ramis erectis rigidis
omnimodo crebro foliosis pubescentibus ; foliis subarcte imbricatis
ovatis vel oblon go-ova tis obtusis nisi obtuse acutis jDaucistriatis coria-
ceis nitidulis giabris ; fiorlhus ex axillis pluribus oriundis ; hracteolis
cymbiformibus ciliafcis apice villosulis ; calycis tubo superne leviter
amplificato ipso sub limbo subito paulloque dilatato parum incur vo
glabro lobis brevibus late ovatis obtuse acutis ; sqiiamis 8 oblongis
obtusis incrassatis pilos cingentes superantibus ; antlieris inclusis
oblongis obtusis ; ovario glabro.

South Africa, Zitzikamma ; Penther, 429.

Folia 5-7 x 2-3 mm., in sicco viridi-grisea. Bracteolae 2'5-3 mm.
long. Calycis tubus infra articulum 1 mm., supra idem 8-9 mm.
long., hie inferne '5 mm. superne 1 mm. lat. ; lobi 1*5 mm. long.
Squamse 1'2 mm. long. Anthera? squamis sequilongse. Ovarium
•7 mm long.

Distributed as S. Thomsoni Oliv., a native of Tropical East
Africa. It is close to S. Macowani C. H, Wright, differing from
it mainly in the broader and obtuse leaves and the shorter calyx with
but a slight enlargement immediately under the limb.

Struthiola elayescens Gilg. Road to Constantia ; Wallich,
406. Vicinity of Cape Town ; Mrs. Balston. Basutoland ; Nelson.

Struthiola concava, sp. nov. Fruticulus ramosus ; ramulis
quadrangularibus foliosis primo ascendentibus postea patentibus

* Types of the species here described are in the National Herbarium.

THTMELEACE^ AFRTCA?«^^ 113

pilosis deinde glabrescentibus inconspicueque cicatriciferis ; foliis per
paria decussata ordinatis lineari-subulatis apice subpungentibus pag.
sup, concavis dorso convexis necnon trinervibus coriaceis margine
2:)romin enter sericeo-ciliatis tandem glabris ; jioribus parvis ex axillis
superioribus oriundis ; bract eolis oblongis obtusis dorso carinatis
margine ciliatis ; calycis tubo inferne glabro superne subcylindrico
sub limbo dilatato subsparsim appresse sericeo lobis ovatis obtusis ;
squamis 8 (casu 9) oblongis obtusis crassiusculis quam pili stipantes
pauUo longioribus ; aiitheris oblongis obtusis apice exsertis ; ovario
glabro.

Cape, Tulbagh ; SchlecTiter, 7513.

Folia 4-6 mm. long., prope basin 1 mm. lat. Bracteolse apice
villosulse, 3 mm. long. Calycis tubus modo 4 mm. long., pars infra
ai-ticulamentum "5 mm. long., juxta medium fere 1 mm., sub limbo
1"25 mm. lat. ; lobi extus sub apice solummodo glabri, segre 2 mm.
long. Squamae 1 "2 mm. long. ; antherse totidem. Ovarium "75 mm.,
stylus 2*5 mm. long.

Near S. jiavescens Grilg., the narrower, not imbricated leaves and
the very small flowers with bracteoles but little shorter than the
calj'x are points of easy recognition.

Lachx^a macrantha Meisn. Swellenclam ; Niven. The Bowie
specimens unlocalised in Fl. Cap. are from Mts. of Tradu and Groote
vader bosch {Bowies no. 2).

Gnidia pinifolia L. Natal, Inchanga ; Molyneuoc.
Apparently unrecorded from Natal.

Gnidia kasaiensis, sp. no v. Caule erecto simplici omnimodo
(parte brevi inferiore exempta) folioso ; foliis laxe imbricatis alternis
sessilibus lanceolato-oblongis apice pungenti-acutis subparallele pauci-
nervosis subpergamaceis glabris ; caj^itulis terminalibus sessilibus
globulosis multitloris ; involucri bracteis paucis anguste ovato-oblongis
acuminatis ciliatis papyraceis ; calycis tubo anguste cylindrico infra
articulamentum (basi villosa exclusa) glabro ceterum subtiliter
pubescente lobis 4 abbreviatis oblongis vel oblongo-obovatis obtusis vel
obtusissimis ; squamis parvulis liliformibus ; anther is inclusis oblongis
obtusis ; ovario glabro.

Belgian Congo, Sankuru river, Kasai district : Kassner, 3322.

Planta bispithamea. Folia pleraque 2-3 cm. long., 5-8 mm. lat.,
in sicco viridi-griseola. Capitula usque ad. 3 cm. diam. Involucri
bractese 6-7 mm. long., saltern in sicco brunneae. Calycis tubi pars
inf. 2 mm. long. ; pars sup. 11 mm. ; lobi l'5-2 mm. long. Squamae
circa '5 mm., antherae '5 mm. long. Ovarium oblongum, glabrum,
aegre 1 mm. long. Fructus compressus, anguste oblongo-ovoideus,
glaber, 1'5 mm. long.

Affinity with G. mollis C. H. "Wright, from which it is known by
several differences in the leaves and flowers. The number of invo-
lucral bracts was not exactly ascertained, owing to the specimens
having been glued down before description, but they seem to fall
far short of the 15-20 possessed by G. moUis.

114 THE JOUENAL OF BOTAXT

Gnidia kundelungensis, sp. nov. Saffrutex circa trisplthamea ;
caule erecto parum rainoso basi nudo ceterura folioso glabro ; foliis
alternis nonnuiiquam oppositis vel suboppositis oblongo-lanceolatis
apice breviter debiliterque pungenti-aciuninatis trinervibus micro-
scopice sericeis inferioribus laxe imbricatis superioribus gradatim
distantioribus ; floribus in capitula parva sessilia circa 15 -flora ex
axillis superioribus oriunda digestis ; involucri bracteis (anne sem-
per?) 7 anguste ovato-obiongis acuminatis papyraceis saltern in sicco
brunneis ; calycis tubo anguste infundibuLari ima basi villoso infra
articulamentum glabro alibi microscopice puberulo lobis 4 oblongis
obtusis ; squamis abbreviatis clavellatis ; antJieri$ inclusis oblongis
obtusis ; ovario glabro.

Belgian Congo, AVest Kundelungu, under trees ; Kassne7% 2793.

Folia inferiora l*5-2"5 cm. long., 4-5 mm. lat., superiora gradatim
imrainuta, ultima equidem angustissime linearia modo 5 mm. long.
Capitula circa 7 mm. diam. ; horum bracteae 5-7 mm. long. Ovarium
compressum, oblongo-ovoideum, 1*5 mm. long. Stylus tegre 3 mm.
long., glaber.

Differs from G. apiculata Grilg, which it resembles in many
respects, in the broad leaves, the calyx without the long silky
clothing, &c.

Gnidia fastigiata E-endle. Transvaal, Johannesburg, open veld
to southward near Klipriviersberg ; Band, 898.

Gnidia fastiqiata Rendle var. liirsutaH. H. W. Pears. Trans-
vaal, Johannesburg, in shallow valleys to southward, dry vlei ground ;
Band, 899,

This variety would seem to be new to South Africa.

Gnidia miceocephala Meisn. Rhodesia, Salisbury ; Sawer, 15,
Band, 1373 : Victoria ; Monro, 559.

A South African species extending as far northward as Lydenburg,
which, though found also in British Central and Portuguese East
Africa, has apparently not been reported hitherto from Rhodesia.

Gnidia dumicola, sp. nov. Fruticulus erectus semispithameus ;
caulihus e rhizomate valido caespitosis a basi vel fere a basi foliosis
simplicibus vel breviramosis pubescentibus ; foliis alternis sessilibus
laxe imbricatis lanceolato-oblongis superioribus lineari-lanceolatis lan-
ceolatisve apice pungentibus longitrorsum nervosis coriaceis margine
ciliatis ; capifulis terminalibus sessilibus brevissimeve pedunculatis
12-20-floris ; involucri bracteis circa 7 ovato-lanceolatis acuminatis
coloratis (in sicco brunneis) pubescentibus; calycis tubo angustissime
infundibular! inferne et superne dense pubescente lobis 4 obovatis
obtusissimis extus pubescentibus intus glabris ; sqvaniis lineari-
clavellatis lobos fere semisequantibus ; staminihus inf. medium tubum
versus aflixis ; ovario glabro.

Angola, sporadic in thickets between Forte Princeza Amelia and
Limbala Monelilo ; Gossweiler, 2023.

Folia pleraque l'5-2 cm. long., 3-4 mm. lat., basi 5-7-apice
3-nerYia, nervis prominentibus. Capitula circa 1-1*5 cm. diam.

TIITMELEACEJE AFRICA!??.^ 115

Involucri bractese 6-7 mm. long., dorso 5-nervosae. Pedicelli villosi,
1 mm. long. Cal^'x sulphureus, pars infra articulamentmn 3 mm,
long., pars sup. 7 mm. ; lobi 1*5 mm. long. Squamae '65 mm, long.
Antberae oblongse, superiores '75 mm., inferiores 1 mm. long. Ovarium
oblongo-ovoideum, stipiti "25 mm. long, impositum, 1 mm. long.
Stylus 2 mm. long.

According to Pearson's clavis this should come next G. steno-
phylla Gilg from Somaliland : the acicular leaves of that species
need alone be mentioned.

Lasiosipho?^ Li^'iFOLius Meisn. Rhodesia, near Chirinda, 3500 ft.;
Swynnerfon, sine no. Buluwajo ; Rand, 204.

Well distributed through various parts of South Africa and
reaching as far north as Lydenburg and Pilgrim's Rest {Greensfock)^
this species, it is believed, has not hitherto been reported from a
tropical habitat.

Aethbosole?^ chetsantha Solms-Laub. var. ignea H. H. Pear-
son. Rhodesia, Salisbury ; Eyles, 862 in part.

The collector's note says *' Common herb in clusters, 9-12 in. tall.
Flower colour ranges from yellow through orange to red, but colour
of a cluster not mixed ; 3'^ellow flowers commonest and usuall}'' tallest."'
We have the same var. collected by Rand (No. 205) also at
Salisbury. This is the first record (of the variety) from Rhodesia.

Aetheosolex Poggei H. H. W. Peai-son (ex descript.). Angola,
road from Caconda to Cunene ; Gossiveiler, 1794 ; open thickets by
Domba river; Id., 3063.

A very rare plant hitherto unrepresented in the London herbaria.

Aetheosolen Newtonii H. H. W. Pearson. Belgian Congo,
Lukifwa river ; Kassner, 2858.

Referred by de Wildeman (Ann. Mus. Congo Belg. Ser. iv. ii. 113)
to Gnidia katangensis Gilg & Dew.

Arthosolen paludosa, sp. nov, Fruticosa, ascendens, pauciramu-
losa, ramulis debilibus patentibus vel ascendentibus distanter foliosis
glabris ; ,/bZm subsessilibus linearibus (inferioribus anguste lineari-
oblanceolatis) obtusis apice subpungentibus plurinervosis microscopice
sericeis ; capitulis ramulos terminantibus paucis parvis paucifloris ;
in volucri bracteis 5 oblongo-ovatis breviter acuminatis membranaceis
microscopice sericeis ; calycis parvi tubo abbreviato angustissime
infundibulari parte infra articulamentum glabra parte sup. sericea
lobis late oblongis obtusissimis ; antheris inclusis oblongis obtusis ;
ovario compresso-pyriformi glabro.

Belgian Congo, Luente in swamps ; Kassner, 2485.

Planta paullo ultra trispithamea. Folia inferiora eirca 2 cm.
long., 2-3 mm. lat. ; superiora +1 cm. xl mm., firme membranacea,
in sicco viridia. Capitula pansa QxQ mm. ; horum bractese 6 mm,
long., 2*5-3 mm. lat. Pedicelli segre 1 mm. long. Calycis tubi pars-
infra articulamentum 1 mm., pars sup. 2 mm. long., hie deorsum
•2 mm. sursum '8 mm. lat. ; lobi '6 mm. long. Antherae '5 mm. long.
Ovarium -75 mm. long. ; stylus a latere impositus, 1*5 mm. long.

110 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

De Wildeman {I. c.) publishes this as " Gnidia Bucliananil
Gilg," a plant which it resembles superficially. The smaller heads
and tiny flowers enable one to distinguish the new plant at first
sight, irrespective of the absence of scales from the mouth of the
calyx. The affinity is with A. polycephala C. A. Mey.

Arthrosolen microcephala, sp. nov. Frutex orgyalis, laxe ramo-
sus, rami's sat robustis cortice fusco longitrorsum rimoso obductis
ramulos graciles superne foliosos glabros emittentibus ; foliis sessilibus
aciculari-linearibus breviter acuminatis dorso convexiusculis glabris ;
capitulis minimis axillaribus 1-3-floris ; involucri cylindrici bracteis
5 oblongo-lanceoktis acutis membranaceis margine anguste scariosis
doi-so sericeo-pilosis margine sericeo-ciliatis ; calycis parvuli parte
infra articulamentum glabra parte sup. anguste infundibulari itiique
glabra lobis ovatis obtusis ; antlieris inclusis oblongis obtusis ; ovario
subquadrato glabro.

Angola, in marshy situations beside the Luassingua river ; Goss-
iveiler, 3009.

Folia +5 mm. X "S-'TS mm., in sicco brunnescentia. Capitula
circa 3"5x2*5 mm. Involucri bractese 2-2-5 mm. long. Flores
coccinei. Calycis pars infra articulamentum 2*25 mm. long., pars
sup. totidem, ha^c inferne vix o mm. sub limbo fere 1 mm. lat. ; lobi
fere 1 mm. long. Antherse -5 mm. long. Ovarium '5 mm., st^dus a
latere insertus circa 1 mm. long. Fructus oblongo-ovoidea, acuta,
brunnea, 3 mm. long.

To be inserted in the genus next to A. pleiirocephola H. H. W.
Pearson, a species not represented in this country, but described as
having ovate-lanceolate involucral bracts and heads with 5-6 brown
flowers.

Arthrosolen Gossweileri, sp. nov. Caulibus ascendentibus csespi-
tosis gracilibus e rhizomate sat valido ortis fere a basi crebro foliosis
glabris ; foliis sessilibus aciculari-linearibus acutis vel acuminatis
dorso striatis glabris ; capitulis exiguis cylindricis usque 11-floris in
axillis superiorbus positis horum bracteis paucis exterioribus lanceo-
latis vel lineari-lanceolatis acuminatis membranaceis interioribus 4
ovatis acuminatis scariosis coloratis dorso summum pilosis margine
sericeo-ciliatis ; Jiorihus breviter pedicellatis pedicellis villosis ; calycis
tubi parte infm articulamentum cylindrica glabra parte sup. anguste
infundibulari sericea lobis oblongis obtusissimis ; antheris oblongis
inclusis ; ovario oblongo-ovoideo glabro.

Angola, Munonque in thickets ; Gossiveiler, 3090.

Planta trispitharaea habitu scopario. Folia ±10 X "5 mm., in
sicco viridi-brunnea. Capitula pansa modo 5x3 mm. ; horum
bracta3 ext. 4 mm. long., int. Isete brunnese 4-5 mm. long., juxta
basin 2 mm. lat. Flores ex echedis cl. delectoris dilute flavescentes.
Calycis pars inf. 2 mm. long., "5 mm. lat. ; pars sup. 3 mm. long.,
inferne '5 mm. ipso sub limbo 1 mm. lat. ; lobi 1 mm. long.
Antherse '4 mm. long. Ovarium vix 1 mm., stylus glaber I'omm. long.

Like the last, this is allied to A. pletiroccpliala : it differs from
A. microcepliala mainly in the involucres and the flowers.

THTMELEACEJE AFEICAN^ 117

Dicranolepis Talbotiorum, sp. nov. Ramulis foliosis teretibus
siiLtiliter sericeo-pubescentibus dein glabrls ; foliis subsessilibus
oblique ovatis vel ovato-oblongis caudato-acummatis apice obtusis
basi cmieatis membmnaceis glabris ; florihus 5-meris in axillis veri-
similiter solitariis ; calych tubo satis elongate cylindrico basi paul-
lulum dilatato cinereo-tomentoso lobis tubo brevioribus oblongo-
lanceolatis obtusis mox reflexis extus tomentosis intus subtiliter etsi
dense pubescentibus; squamis caljcis lobos adsequantibus vel iis paullo
brevioribus usque basin partitis spathulato-oblongis obtusissimis in-
tegris vel apiceni versus leviter undulatis glabris ; staminihus exsertis ;
ovario glabro, stigmate capitato-truncato subincluso.

Kcih. South Nigeria, Degema Division ; Talbot, 3693.

Folia 5-7*5 cm. long., 2*5-3 cm. lat., in sicco brunneo-viridia.
Calycis tubus circa 3 cm. long., liumectatus basi 3 mm. lat. alibi
2 mm.; lobi 1"2-1"5 mm. long. Squamae 1-1*3 cm. long., segmentis
juxta apicem 3*5-4 mm. lat. Stamina usque 7 mm. exserta ; anthera?
subhippocrepiformes, vix 2*5 mm. long. Stigma superne compressum,
1*75 mm. diam. Fructus ovoidea, brunnea, subtiliter pubescens,
1*3 X 1*1 cm., calycis persistentis parte sup. 5-Q mm. long.

Affinity with D. grandiflora Engl., differing chiefly in the smaller
flowers with relatively broader squamae, shorter than, or at most equal
to, the sepals and stigma only just emerging from the mouth of the
calyx-tube.

Dicranolepis angolensis, sp. nov. Suffi-utex ramosus ramulis
subteretibus novellis pilis fere omnino destitutis ; foliis subsessilibus
oblique ovatis caudato-attenuatis apice obtusis basi obtusis membrana-
ceis subnitidis glabris ; fiorihus 5-meris in axillis solitariis sessilibus ;
calycis tubo gracili basi leviter solum dilatato cinereo-tomentoso
intus glabro lobis oblanceolato-oblongis obtusis utrinque pubescenti-
bus ; squamis sepala circiter aequantibus alte partitis segmentis
oblongo-obknceolatis apice leviter incisis glabris ; staminihus exsertis ;
ovario glabro ; stigmate incluso compresso-claviformi apice truncato.

Hah. Angola, Cazengo ; Gossiveile7\ 4422, 4422 a.

Planta f-metralis radice erecto crassissimo quam se ipsa duplo
longiore fulta. Folia pleraque 6-8*5 cm. long., usque ad 2*5-3*5 cm.
lat., in sicco supra saturate subtus pallide viridia. Flores albi.
Calycis tubus 2*5-2*7 cm. long., ima basi 1*5 mm. alibi 1 mm. lat. ;
lobi 10-11 mm. long., 3 mm. lat. Squamae 9-10 X 2 mm. Filamen-
torum pars exserta feie 1 mm. long. ; anthera 2*5 mm. long. Stigma
2x1 mm.

To be inserted next D. pulescens H. H. W. Pearson, a native of
French Guinea, from which its glabrous young shoots, its calyx-tube
glabrous within, and narrower calyx-lobes are the chief points of
difference.

Apparently no. 4422 h is the same thing in fruit. The ovoid
fruits are covered with a sparse sericeous indumentum easily rubbed
off ; they measure 9-10 X 7-7*5 mm. : the persistent tubular part of
the calyx is 4 mm. in length.

Dicranolepis Batesii, sp. nov. Frutex ultrametralis ramulis
crebro foli(jbis pubescentibus deinde glabris ; foliis breviter petiolatis

118 THE JOUBNAL OF BOTANT

oblique ov^atis caudato-acuminatis apice acutis basi cuneatis firme
membranaceis supra glabris subtus pnesertim in nervis appresse
piloso-puberulis ; jlorihus pro rata parvis 5-meris plerumque 2-3-nis
sc'ssilibus ; calycis tubo abbreviate cylindrico basi vix dilatato extus
paberulo intus glabro lobis oblongo-lanceolatis tubo brevioribus extus
pubescentibus intus glabris ; squamis ealycis lobos eirciter semi-
lequantibus alte bipartitis segmentis oblongis vel lineari-oblongis
integris vel sursum denticulatis glabris ; staminihus exsertis ; ovario
glabro ; sti/lo compresso-claviformi tubo plane incluso.

Hab. Cameroons, Bitye ; Bates^ 692.

Folia pleraque 6-7 X 2*5-3 cm., supra in sicco viridia subtus
brunnescentia. Flores albi. Calycis tubus 9-10 mm. long., iuia
basi 1-1*25 mm. lat., alibi "75-1 mm.; lobi eirciter 3 mm. long.,
•5-1 mm. lat. Filamentorum pars exserta 1*5 mm. long. ; antherie
125 mm. long. Stigma eroso-marginatum, truncatum, 1*25 mm.
long., hujus culinen 1-1*5 mm. infra calycis os.

The squamae and included stjde are the chief differences between
this and I), parvijlora H. H. W. Pearson.

The squamse here and there may be greatly reduced in size, the
segments in some cases measuring less than 1 mm. in length.

Peddiea Batesii, sp. nov. Frutex glaber, trimetralis vel pauUo
ultra ; foliis pro I'ata magnis ellipticis apice acuminatis basi in petio-
lum brevissimum gradatim angustatis miembranaceis nitidulis ijioribas
4-meris in umbellam 10-floram pedunculo brevi insidentem digestis ;
bractels perpaucis ovatis acutis scariosis margine sericeo-ciliatis ;
pediceUis pedunculo tenuioribus necnon pauUo brevioribus ; calycis
tubo juxta medium levissime contracto glabro lobis ovatis obtusis-
simis apice pubescentibus ; staminibus 8 antheris oblongis obtusis ;
ovario ovoideo superne dense villoso ; stylo ovario sequilongo basi
apiceque aliquantulum dilatato glabro ; sfigmate compresso-capitato.

Cameroons without precise locality ; Bates, 1035.

Folia usque 17 vel etiam 19 cm. long, (exstant vero minora) et
5 cm. lat., supra in sicco griseo-viridia, subtus pallidiora ; costa
media subtus optime eminens, costie laterales parum perspicue.
Bractea; 4-10 mm. long. Pedunculus 7 mm., jiedicelli 4-5 mm.
Jong. Flores sec. cl. detectorem viridi-llavi. Calycis tubus Jtgre
1 cm. long., inferne 2*25 mm., superne 3-3*5 mm. lat. ; lobi mox
patentes, 1*5 mm. long. Antherse 1 mm. long. Ovarium 1*5 mm.
long. Stigma "5 x '8 mm.

Differs from P. Zerikeri Gilg in the large leaves, the differently-
shaped bracts, short peduncles and pedicels, and slender style as long
as the ovary.

3. Paeudactis, Compositarum e tribu Senecionidearum
genus novum.

Caj)itula homogama, subdiscoidea, flosculis omnibus ^ . Invo-
lucrum ecalyculatum, cylindrico-campanulatum, phyllis 1-seriatis
inter se liberis. Beceptaculum planum, nudum. CorollcR tubulosa.',
paucae exteriores zygomorphae lobis 2 majoribus ita capitulum radiatum
mentientibus. AntliercB basi obtusse, integral. 8tyli rami com-

PSEUDACTIS 119

planatf, apice truncati penicillatique necnon appendice filiformi sibi
ipsis fere sequilonga onusti. Achcenia subcylindrica, 10-costata,
a!gre omnino glabra. Pappi setae pauca3, tenuissimse caducissimseque.
Herba annua habitu gracili. Folia alterna. Capitula exigua, ea
Emilice simulantia, ad apicem ramorum solitaria. Corollse 5-merifi,
verisimiliter flavae vel aurantiacse.

Paeudactis emilioides, sp. unica. Planta sparsim ramosa, spi-
thamea vel sesquispithamea, ramulis (uti caulis) filiformibus debilibus
ascendentibus sparsim foliosis puberulis ; foliis parvis distantibus
inferioribus manifeste petiolatis orbicularibus vel suborbicularibus
superioribus conti'a sessilibus lanceolatis obtusis omnibus tenuiter
membranaceis puberulisque ; capitulis circa 25-flosculosis longipedun-
culatis ; Jlosculis ext. zjgomorphis circa 8 exsertis ; involucri phyllis
6 oblongis acutis vel obtusiusculis apice ipso sphacelatis dorso ele-
ganter striatis puberulis; styli ramorum appendicibus ex androecio
eminentibus; acJiceniis utrinque paullulum angustatis eleganter cos-
tatis ; pappi setis glabis albis.

Belgian Congo, Western slopes of Magila Mts. ; Kassner, 2994.

Folia inf. 7-10 mm. diam., horum petioli filiformes, summum
5 mm. long. ; folia pleraque sup. 7-10 mm. long., 2-3 mm. lat.,
omnia Integra et in sicco viridia, Pedunculi circa 12 cm. long.
Capitula pansa 7x5 mm. Involucri phylla 5 mm. long. Floscu-
lorum ext. lobi majores oblongi, obtusi, usque ad 3 mm. long., lobi
minores lineari-lanceolati, acuti, 1"5 mm. long. ; flosculorum int.
tubus anguste infundibularis, 3 mm. long., lobi lanceolati, circa
2 mm. long. Styli rami '6 mm. long., horum appendix '4 mm.
Achsenia fusca, 2 mm. long. Pappi setae 2 mm. long, vel paullo
ultra.

A curious plant, which at first sight would be sorted without
hesitation into Emilia. From this the zj^gomorphic exterior corollas —
recalling those of some DipsacecB and MutisiacecBy for instance, — the
filiform appendages to the style-anus, and the scant}' caducous pappus,
afford good grounds for sejDaration.

ILFRACOMBE MOSSES AND HEPATICS.
By Cecil P. Hukst.

(Concluded from p. 97.)

Sarhtila cordata Dixon. First noticed on a wall-top at Sauntoii
by Mr. Holmes in April 1903, and was only known until quite
recently from Central Europe (Austria, Germany and Switzerland) ;
in 1902 it was gathered in Pyrenees by Messrs. Dixon and Nicholson
the latter of whom writes : — " I found B. cordata on the Saunton
cliffs in North Devon in October, 1916. It grew in a scattered way
practically all along the cliffs, but I think that it was most plentiful
at the end nearest to Baggy Point." — B. topliacea Mitt. Fruiting
freely on the cliffs to the east of Ilfracombe ; I think I have also

120 THE JOUENAL OF BOTANY

seen the capsules on Braunton Burrows. Mr. Knight writes :^
'* I fancy that some mosses which seem to be confined to a calcareous
element inland are not so particular when growing near the sea. —
J5. topliacea seems to be always common near the sea whatever is the
nature of the soil." — B. rigidula Mitt. c.fr. on the coast at Lee
and near the Watermouth Caves on a wall, apparently not uncommon
on rock in the Ilfracombe neighbourhood. — B. Hornschucliiana
Schultz. Small roadside quarry near Iron Letters Cross, Ilfracombe,
in small quantity; very fine on a golfing green on the Lee Golf
Links ; in extremely small quantity on Braunton Bun-ows.

Weisia viridula Hedw, c.fr. in sandy places near Ilfiucombe,
I did not see much of this but it is no doubt not uncommon on sandy
banks in the district. — W. verticillata. Wet rocky bank near
Berrj'-narbor ; rock-crevice on Capstone Parade, Ilfracombe ; cliffs
near Haggington Beach, where I found capsules in fair quantity ; the
fruit is very rare.

T7Hcliostomu7n crispulum Bruch. Rather common on banks,
rock-faces, etc. especially on the calcareous eastern side of Ilfracombe,
fruiting on stony banks on the south side of the road from Water-
mouth Castle to Combemartin ; the fruit is particularly fine and
plentiful in a small limestone quarry in a field a little to the south of
this road. Capsules are rare in this plant, but Mr. Dixon tells me he
finds that, when produced, they generally occur in some quantity. —
T. mutahiU Bruch. Bather common and often very fine around
Ilfracombe on rocks and banks ; the fruit, Avhich is rare, occurs
sparingly on a rocky bank on the south side of the road from Water-
mouth Castle to Combemartin. — T. mutahile var. littorale Dixon.
Common and very variable all round Ilfracombe, growing plentifully
on the rock-faces on Capstone "Parade and also on Lantern Hill ; a
very small-leaved form occurs which Mr. Knight says he has seen
elsewhere. — T. Jlavovirens Bruch. Fairly plentiful on sand at
Braunton Burrows ; a curious form occurred on rock in some quantity
in a small cove near Bull Point Lighthouse, about it Mr. Dixon
wrote : — " It is an unusual form with leaves acute and nerve longly
excurrent ; not, I think, at all common, but I have gathered it in
Hants, and one or two other localities." The only record for the
fruit of this moss appears to be near Falmouth in 1898 by the Bev.
W. H. Painter. — T. nitidum Schp. Rather common in and around
Ilfracombe ; I noticed it on the churchyard wall of the parish church
and on a wall close to Wildersmouth beach, near Marine Place.

*Bleurochcete squarrosa Lindb. On sand at Braunton Burrows
in two localities near where Ammophila arundinacea has been planted ;
also very sparingly near the lighthouse on Braunton Burrows.
Mr. Dixon wrote : — " The leaves of the Bleurochcete you send from
Bi-aunton Burrows are unusually entire or subentire at times, but
scarcely constantly enough to form a var. or form."

Zugodon viridissimus R. Brown. A form occurred rather
plentifully and fruited freely at the roots of trees by the small
stream near Watermouth Castle. Mr. Dixon wrote : — " The Zygodon
must be referred to Z. viridissimus. The leaves are sometimes
longly apiculate, but even then it is not the nerve that is excurrent

ILFRACOMBE MOSSES AND IIEPATICS 121

or very rarely ; and it is not the stout mucro of Z. Stlrtoniy —
Z. Stirtoni Schp. Kather common on rock-faces in and around
llfracombe, growing on Lantern Hill (where I found capsules) and
on Capstone Parade ; it also fruits on a rocky roadside near Hele,
close to llfracombe, the capsules are i*arely produced. I noticed a
form with markedly recurved leaves near Score ; of a plant that occurred
on a rock-face near Torrs Park Poad Mr. Dixon wrote: — '*I should
refer your Zygodoii to Z. Stirtoni-, the better developed leaves have
distinctly that apex ; but there are a great many with quite the
normal apex of viridissimiis. It is a good illustration of the poor
title Z. Stirtoni has to specific I'ank."

JJlota crispa Brid. Not uncommon on trees around llfracombe,
producing capsules freely. Mr. Knight writes : — " I have always
had considerable difficulty in distinguishing between TI. crispa and
Z7. Briichii, unless one finds them in good conditions, with capsules
just ripe and immediately after the fall of the lid. In Grloucester-
shire, where they are scarce, it is difficult to find Tllota in good
condition, and you never know when to get ripe fruit in a dry climate
like we have here. I have found plants with full-grown but unripe
capsules as late as January. In JJ . Bruchii the capsule is con-
tracted at the mouth and in TI. crispa it is contracted below the
mouth. — U. phyllantha Brid. Not uncommon on trees around
llfracombe ; in Torr's Park Road and in the Lee Valley and very fine
on trees near the Watermouth Caves.

Ortliotrichum Lyellii Hook. & Tayl. Scarce on trees near
llfracombe, where the genus is very poorly represented.

Schistostega osmundacea Mohr.* In rabbit-holes near North
Moulton ; Mr. Hiern writes : — " >S^. osmundacea grows in the S.W.
bank of the road, in the parish of Arlington, about a furlong (say,
200 metres) from the guide-post at White Cawsey, towards Arlington,
at altitude about 260 metres. Another station is just in the parish
of Morte-hoe on the confines of Georgeham parish, in the old disused
Spreacombe iron mine, about 120 metres altitude, about 4 miles from
Bmunton and rather more than 2 miles from Morte-hoe railway
station." The moss was accidentally discovered in this locality by
Mr. E. Vidal in 1906 while geologizing ; it grows plentifully with the
hepatics Calypogeia arguta and Diplopliyllum albicans on the sides
and floor of a cave in Devonian Sandstone, which the highly refractive
protonema illumines with an exquisitely lovely soft golden green light.
In the summer the fruit is produced freely in this station. Mr. Hiern
mentions that it occurs in five (1 Barnstaple, 5 Honiton, 6 Torquay,
7 Plymouth, 8 Tavistock) out of the eight botanical districts into
which Devonshire is divided.

Bartramia pomiformis Hedw. Wall-crevices on the east side of
the road north and south of MuUacott Cross near llfracombe.

Ptilonotis fontana Brid. Plentifully in and by the rivulet on
the coast halfway between llfracombe and Lee, near Avhere the coast-
road between these places crosses the streamlet, producing male flowers
freely in the summer, but I did not see capsules.

tVebera carnea Schp. Damp clay banks in several localities near
JouENAL or Botany.— Vol. 57. [May, 1919.] l

122 THE JOURNAL OF BOTATTST

Ilfracombe, but not at all common. — W. albicans Sclip. Magnificent
pale glaucous green tufts of this moss grew on the ground in a small
quarry near Ilfracombe Water Reservoirs. — W. Tozeri Schp. Very
sparingly and sterile in a hedgebank in seveml localities by the lower
road leading from Ilfracombe to Score Woods, near a cemetery.

Bnjum i^endulum Schp. Very j^lentiful on sand near the Light-
house on Braunton Burrows ; Mr. Knight writes : — ** This is common
on sands by the sea, and seems to be a smaller form than the plant
growing on walls, etc. inland." — B. Warneum Bland.* In various
places and not uncommon on damp sand in the large wide depressions
on Braunton Burrows near the Lighthouse, associated sometimes with
Ceniunculus minimus and the hepatic MoercJcia Flotowiana. In
September and October the pinkish wide leaves, tall seta sometimes
two inches long, and widely ovate-pyriform, abruptly pendulous
capsules were very noticeable. Mr. W. Watson records it from the
Burnham-on-Sea sandhills in N. Somerset (v.c. 6). — B. intermedium
Brid.* On sandy ground near the Lighthouse on Braunton Bm-rows
associated with the hepatic, Lopliozia hadensis, producing capsules
all through the autumn. — B. roseum Schi*eb. This fine species was
sent me from the vicinity of Barnstaple.

CrypJicGa lieteromalla Mohr. Local near Ilfracombe, M'here I
saw it in f om* or five places, including a locality in the Chambercombe
Valley ; growing and fruiting upon a gate leading on to Braunton
Burrows.

Neclcera jnunila var. Bliilippeana Milde.* Ver}^ fine on trees in
a damp wooded hollow near Iron Letters Cross, Ilfracombe. — N. com-
planata Hiibn. c.fr. in a wall in the Sterridge Valley and also c.fr.
on a tree in the Chambercombe Valley.

Pterogonium gracile Swartz. Not uncommon on rock along the
coast.

Porotriclium alopecurum Mitt. c.fr. in two places near Ilfra-
combe.

Anomodon viticulosus Hook. & Tayl. Not common in the
immediate vicinity of Ilfracombe ; by the roadside near Score Woods ;
roadsides near Combemartin.

Leptodon Smith ii Mohr. Plentiful on felled timber by the
roadside near Ilfracombe ; I was informed the trees had grown in
the neighbourhood. Very sparingly on a tree in the Chambercombe
Valley.

Heterocladium lieteropterum B. & S. The two forms described
in the Student's Handbook (p. 419) grew close together in a rocky
wood in the Sterridge Valley.

Thuidiiim tamariscinum B. & S. About a dozen capsules occurred
in a damp wooded hollow at the foot of a tree near Iron Letters
Cross ; also fruiting very sparingly in a wood in the Chambercombe
Valley.

Camptotliecium lutescens B. & S. Abundant on Braunton Bur-
rows, where I did not see fruit ; the capsules occur on the Burnham
sandhills in N. Somerset.

Brachytheciiim qlareosum B. & S.* Large tufts occur sparingly
on the south side ot the road between Ilfracombe and Watermouth

ILFRACOMBE MOSSES AND HEPATICS 123

Ciistle. — B. albicans B. & S. Sandy places on the coast near
Watermouth Harbour. — B. rutahulum B. & S, A large form with
erect stout branches and densely crowded markedl}^ plicate leaves grew
in a very wet place on the coast halfway between llfracombe and Lee
and was placed under var. rohustum B. & S. by Mr. Dixon. —
B. populeum B. & S. c.fr. in several places by rocky and stony
roadsides near llfracombe. — B. illecehrum De Not.* By the roadside
very sparingly at Upper Warcorabe Farm near Lee, llfracombe ; also
by the roadside sparingly near Mortehoe Station.

EuryncJiium ^loartzil Hopk. Fruiting rather freely in a wet
dripping hollow on the coast halfway between llfracombe and Lee ;
the fruit was arcuate and considerably larger than the small short
turgid capsules which occur in Savernake Forest, Wilts. — U. pumiluvi
Schp. In a wall-cleft in the Sterridge Valley, also in a wet hollow by the
roadside at Lee. — E. tenellum Milde. c.fr. not uncommon on rocks
and walls near llfracombe, especially in the calcareous regions. —
jB/. striatum B. & S. c. fr. in a hedgebank near Spreacombe, the
fruit seems uncommon near llfracombe. — E. murale Milde. c.fr.
on a slate roof near Score Woods.

Plagiothecium undulatum B. & S. Fruiting finely for a long
distance in a hedgebank near Bratton Fleming.

Amhlystegium irriguum B. & S. c.fr. on siliceous boulders in
two streams on the coast between Lee and Bull Point Lighthouse.

Hypnum stellatum var. protensum Rohl. On a calcareous bank
on the south side of the main road between llfracombe and Hele. —
Harpidioid Hypna are apparently very scarce around llfracombe, and
even the common S. aduncum (unrecorded for N. Devon in the
Census Catalogue^ eluded my search. — H. commutatum Hedw.
Bather fine in a waterfall and also in a wet clayey place at Hagging-
ton Beach, llfracombe. — S. molluscum Hedw. This species, so
significant of calcareous soil appears where there is lime in the llfra-
combe rocks as on Hillsborough and at Haggington Beach, and occurs
upon rock in Chambercombe Valley; it grows finely on limestone
banks by the roadside between Watermouth and Oombemartin.

Hylocomium loreum B. & S. Fruiting finely for a long distance
in a hedgebank near Bratton Fleming. — H. squarrosum B. & S., and
II. triquetrum B. & S. I saw the capsules of these on wreaths and
crosses in a shop in llfracombe High Street.

Hepatics.

Biccia commutata Jack.* Growing sparingh^ with B. sorocarpa
on wet clayey rushy ground on the top of Windcutter Hill near Lee.
— B. sorocarpa Bisch. With the above sj)ecies on Windcutter Hill
near Lee. — B. crystallina L. Fruiting upon damp sandy ground
near the Lighthouse on Braunton Burrows. It grows on damp sandy
ground by the sea in S. Wales (H. H. Knight).

Gonoceplialum conicum (L.) Dum. Very fine by a rocky road-
side near Hele producing 2 receptacles freely ; this common plant
grows by' a roadside well at Lee, and is not unfrequent around
llfracombe.

L 2

124; THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

Freissia qnadrata (Scop.) Nees.* Sparingly on sandy ground
near the lighthouse on Braunton Burrows.

Aneura pinguis (L.) Dum. With MoercJcia Flotowiana on
Braunton Burrows.

Metzyeria fiircata (L.) Dum. Very common on ti'ees around
Ilfracombe ; a small gemmiparous form occurred on trees near
Twitchen, a hamlet near West Down.

Moerckia Flotowiana (Nees) Schiffn.* Plentiful and conspi-
cuous on damp sandy ground in the wide flat depressions near the
lighthouse on Braunton Burrows.

Fellia Fahhroniana E-addi. Forma furcigera^ the autumnal
state of this species, occurred near Ilfracombe.

Blasia pusilla L.* Plentiful and with numerous flask-shaped
gemmiferous receptacles on the ground in a small quarry near the
Ilfracombe reservou's.

Fetaloi:>l\yllum RaJfsii (Wils.) Gottsche. Sparingly Avith yellow
antheridia on damp sandy ground in the wide flat depressions near the
lighthouse on Braunton Burrows, growing with Bryum JVarneum
and Moerckia Flotowiana. Mr. Knight writes : — " I am familiar
with this hepatic on the S. Wales sandhills. It used to be con-
spicuous in autumn, later on it would be covered with sand and
difficult to find. In April or May, when in fruit, the capsule rises
above the sand and this makes it more conspicuous." I have also
seen it in various places in the hollows of the sandhills near Bm-nham,
N. Somerset.

Fossomhronia Wondraczehi (Corda) Dum.* Sparingly on wet
clayey ground on Windcutter Hill, near Lee.

Marsupella e)?iatyinata (Ehrh.) Dum. On the rocky coast
between Ilfracombe and Lee.

Alicularia scalaris (Sclu'ad.) Corda. On rock in Freshwater Ba}^
west of Ilfi-acombe.

Haplozia crenulata (Sm.) Dum. On wet ground on the top of
Windcutter Hill, near Lee ; a generally very common plant.

Lophozia turhinata (Raddi) Steph. In some quantity on the
south side of the road from Hele to Watermouth. — L. badensis
(Gottsche) Schiif.* On sand with Bryum intermedium on Braunton
Burrows, near the lighthouse.

Saccogyna viticulosa (Sm.) Dum. Damp rock by pathside at
Haggington Beach and also in Chambercombe Valley.

Ce2o}ialozieUa hyssacea (Both.) Warnst. Creeping among stems
of Campylopus brevipilus on the coast near Mortehoe.

Calypogeia arguta Nees et Mont. This somewhat rare plant
grows very plentifully with Schistostega in a cave in Devonian Sand-
stone near Spreacombe.

Scapania compacta (Both.) Dum. On a bank on the coast upon
Lee Golf Links ; not uncommon on banks near Ilfracombe. — S. nemo-
rosa (L.) Dum. Shady hedgebank near Bratton Fleming.

FruUania Tamarisci (L.) Dum. Rock in Freshwater Bay, near
Ilfracombe.

IfOTES OX LTCHNOTHAMXUS 125

NOTES OX LYCHNOTHAMNUS.

Br James Groves, F.L.S.

Through the kindness of Dr. Rendle I have had the opportunity
of examining from time to time a charophji:e which has for some
years past been in cultivation in a glass jar in the Botanical Depart-
ment of the British Museum. The circumstances in which the plant
was obtained are somewhat unusual. Mr. T. V. Hodgson, of the
Plymouth Museum, being interested in the Entomosti-aca, and hearing
of Professor Sars's experiments in raising those creatures from dried
mud, asked his brother, Mr. E. Eoscoe Hodgson, who was residing at
Port Ehzabeth, Cape Colony, to send him some mud from any local
dried-up pond. The latter accordingly in about the year 1896,
forwarded some nine or ten pounds of nearly dry mud from a dried-up
" vlei " near the town. Mr. T. V. Hodgson sent some of this mud to
Professor Sars, and both of these gentlemen raised from it a number
of Entomostraca ; the result of Prof. Sars's investigation was published
in 1898. The mud also contained vegetable matter, and from some
of this, which had been sent to Dr. Caiman and placed in water, the
charophyte grew u]) together with a species of Riella. The charo-
phyte produces oogonia and antheridia in abundance, but I have seen
no ripe oospores. I feel, however, veiy little doubt in referring it to
a weak form of Lyohuothamnus macropogon Braun, a characteristic
Australasian species, which had not I think hitherto been known from
Africa. In all the fertile whorls of the South African plant which I
have examined, oogonia are produced in the axils of the branchlets,
as in L. macropogon^ but not also at any of the free branchlet-nodes ;
and this added to the absence of ripe fruit militates against an
entirely satisfactory determination. It is to be hoped that further
material from Cape Colony will be forthcoming to settle the matter.

The extremely long stipulodes, of which there is often a second
W'horl above the branchlets and which gave rise to the specific name
macropogon, are but feebly represented in the South African plant,
and, indeed, at some nodes are quite wanting. It is possible that this,
as well as the defective development of the fruit, may be due to
impaired vitalit}^ owing to the plant growing under unnatm-al con-
ditions. The pronounced development of the stipulodes is, moreover,
by no means constant in L. macropogon. A large number of speci-
mens of that species were collected at Hawkes Bay, New Zealand, by
the late Augustus Hamilton, for many years Director of the Dominion
Museum at Wellington, who, through the kind offices of Mr. Walter
Barratt was good enough to present them to my late brother and
myself. An examination of these disclosed a great variation in the
development of the stipulodes, which range from tiny conical pro-
cesses about 150 /x in length to the characteristic long slender ones
attaining to about 1600 /u, but never reaching to the extraordinary
length of those of the typical Australian plant, so well shown in
Kiitzing's beautiful drawing, Tab. Phvc. vii. t. 46. In the Hawkes
Bay plant I have not observed any whorls destitute of stipulodes, but
in some of them the circle is imperfect. The entire absence of these
organs from some whorls of the cultivated South African plant has

12G THE .TOritXAL OF BOTAXY

not therefore the importance which it would have appeared to possess
if we had only the typical Australian plant with which to compare it.
I take this opportunity to refer to the generic position of this
plant, and of the other species which have been placed under Lyclino-
thamnus. That genus was first established as such by Leonhardi, in
Lotos, xiii. p. 72 (1863), having previously been differentiated in
1845 by Ruprecht (Symb. ad hist, et geogr. pi. Eoss. pp. 79, 80, and
Distr. Crypt. Vase. Imp. Ross. p. 11) as a subgenus, to include the
species in Braun's section *' Charte pleurogynae," viz. O. harhata,
C. impulosa (under two of its synonyms C. Wallrothii and C. Poii-
zohii), and C. macropogon. In Braun's papers from 1849 onwards
the name Lychnofhammis was adopted as a subgenus. In the con-
spectus to Die Characeen Afrilio's, hoAvever, Braun, though still
keeping it as a subgenus, preceded the specific names with an " X."
instead of a *' C." In Braun and Nordstedt's Fragmente einer
Monoqrapliie der Characeen (1882) the genus was recognised as
distinct, but important changes were made in its constitution. Char a
jiapalosa (under another of its s^-nonyras, C. alopecuroides) was
removed into a new genus, Lamiirothamniis^ and Chara stelligera
( = C. ohfusa, De^viiwx) was added to Lychnothamnus, so that the
latter genus consisted of three curiously unlike j^lants, L. stelligery
L. macropogon, and X. harhatns.

The distinctive character of Lychnothamnus is that the antheridia
are produced by the side of the oogonia, and as shown in the dia-
grammatic figures of X. harhatns, nos. 191-4, t. vi. of the Fragmente,
they proceed from separate peripheral cells of the branchlet node,
whereas in Lamprotliamnium { = Lamprothamnns Braun, non Hiern)
and Chara both sexual organs arise from the same peripheral cell, in
the former genus the antheridium being situated above (or occasionally
beside the oogonium, and in the latter below it. Now it happens
that of the three species placed under Lychnothamnus in the Frag-
mente, it is only in the one, L. harhatus, that the relative position of
the sexual organs can be satisfactorily ascertained, since L. stelliger
is di(ecious, and in L. macropogon, while the antheridia are normally
produced at the free nodes of the branchlets and occasionally some-
wliat irregularly at their base, the oogonia are usually produced only at
the basal-nodes in the axils of the branchlets, and when occasionally
also at a free branchlet-node scarcely ever at one where there is an
antheridimn. I will refer later to instances in which to ni}^ knowledge
they have been found together.

*In 1889 Professor Hy (in Bull. Soc. Bot. France, xxxvi. p. 398
(1889) constituted a separate genus, Nitell apsis f or X. stelliger, and
this separation was concurred in by Dr. Migula, who, however, gave
it a fresh generic name, Tolypellopsis. Though the distinctive
characters relied upon by these authors are purely vegetative ones,
the genus appears to me to be a natural one. It is, however, perha]is
a case where " knowledge falls short of conviction " ! The simple
structure of the plant as compared with other Charece, seems to mark
it out as belonging to an archiac type, and the fruits more than those
of any other living species approximate in shaj^e and size to the big

NOTES ON LTCHNOTHAMXUS 127

globular fruits so characteristic of the Oligocene beds, the original
" gjrogonites " of the earlj^ geologists. The generic name Mtelhjjsis
Hj, antedating that of Tolypellopsis must be retained, and as the
oldest specific name for the single species is Cliara ohtusa Desvaux
(1810), to complj with the International Rules, the name must stand
as Nitellopsis obtusa, the synonymy being as follows : —

NiTELLOPSIS OBTUSA, COmb. UOV.

Chara ohtusa Desvaux, in Loiseleur, Notice ai. Fl. France

p. 136 (1810).
C. vulgaris var. elongata Wallroth, Annus Botanicus, p. 182

(1815).
C. ulvoides Bertoloni, in Brimi, Nuov. coUez. d'opusc. Scient.

1825, p. 113.
C. translucens Eeichenbach, Iconographia, tt. 804j-5 (1830)

noil Persoon.
C. stelliqera Bauer, in Mossier, Handb. Gewachs. ed. 2, iii.

p. 1595 (1829) {fde Wallroth & Buprecht).
Nitella ulvoides & J^. stelliqera Kiitzing, Phyc. Gen. p. 318

(1843).
N. Bertolonii Kiitzing, Tab. Phyc. vii. p. 11, t. 26. f. 2

(1857).
Lychnothamnus stelliger Braun, in Braun & Nordstedt,

Fragm. Monogr. Charac. p. 102, t. 6. t. 189 (1882).
Nitellopsis stelligera Hy, in Revue de Bot.inique, viii. p. 46

(1890).
Tolypellopsis stelligera Migula, Die Characeen, vol. v. of

Kabenhorst, Krypt. Flor. Germ. ed. 2, p. 255, ff. 70-73

(1890-1).
T. ohtusa Beguinot & Formiggini, Bull. Soc. Bot. Ital. 1907,

p. 102.

This species has, I believe, so far been recorded from European
localities only. There is, however, a specimen in the herbarium of
the Calcutta Botanic Gardens, collected in 1892 by Abdul Huk, at
Fort Stedman, Upper Burma, which, in my late brother's opinion and
my own, can only belong to N. ohtusa, or some very nearly allied
species. The specimen is unfortmiately an extremely poor one and is '
sterile, so that conclusive determination was not possible. It would
be satisfactory if perfect specimens of the plant could be collected, as
if it should prove to be N. ohtusa it would represent an important
extension of its known distribution and, if a new allied species, of
immense interest.

In examining L. macropogon the next species of Lychnothamnvs
in the Fragmente, one is struck by the great similarity in its vegeta-
tive parts to our European Lamprotharmiium papulosum {^Lampro-
thamnus alopecuroides Braun). In the Fragmente (p. 100) is the fol-
lowing remark: — '' LyclinotJiamniis macropogon macht Schweirigkeit,
ist nach Habitus ein Lamprotliamnus, nach der Stellung der Sporan-
gien eher ein Lychnothavimis.'''' Braun does not however mention
having found an antheridium and an oogonium at the same free node

128 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANT

of a branchlet, and his remarks rather infer the contrary. In a
specimen collected in 1898 b}^ Mr. F. M. Reader at Polkemmet, in
the Wimmera River Valley, Victoria, my late brother found an
instance of an antheridium and an oogonium at the same free node,
and although produced side-by-side proceeding from the same peri-
pheral cell, corresponding therefore with LamprotJiamnium rather
than with Lychnothammts. The coronula of L. macroj^ogon more-
over closely resembles that of L. j)api(losum, and is quite unlike the
diminutive coronulas of L. barbafus and Nitellopsis obfitsa, which in
size approach more nearly to those of the Nitellece. If the evidence
ended here I should feel little hesitation in proposing the transfer
of L. macro-poqon to LamprotJiamnium. but in a specimen collected
by Mr. S. T. i)unn in a freshwater lagoon, at Shebo, Hong Kong in
ibO'j (No. 178-i), which in other respects closely resembled L. macro-
poqon, and which we came to the conclusion must be referred to that
species, we found two instances where an oogonium and an antheri-
dium were produced at the same free branchlet-node, both organs in
each case proceeding from the same peripheral cell, but the antheri-
dium being below the oogonium. This position would, according to
the recognized characters, necessitate the plant being placed under
Char a.

In view of these facts it is difficult to decide where the species is
best located. Four alternatives j^resent themselves, to all of which
there are objections. To take first that of allowing it to remain in
Lychnothamnus, this must, I think, be rejected, considering the pohit
of origin of the antheridium when produced in compan}^ with an
oogonium at a free node in Reader's and Dunn's specimens. This
character, as well as the size of the connula, appears to me conclusively
to separate it from L. barbatns, which must be regarded as the type
of the genus. The second alternative, that of placing it under
Lamprotliamnium on accoimt of its great resemblance to L. papu-
losnm, would, if our determination of Dunn's plant is correct, mean
setting aside the one distinguishing character of that genus.

A third alternative is that proposed by Dr. Migula, who placed
L. macropogon in a separate genus and named it Macropogon aus-
iralicum {Die Characeen, 1. c. p. 273, 1891). He did not, however,
diagnose his genus, and I am at a loss to discover any character or
set of characters upon which such a genus could be based. The pro-
duction of oogonia in the axils of the branchlets, evidently their
normal position in L. macropogon, is not peculiar to that species,
several of the Charce, sect, liaplostepliance producing them in the
same position, and the presence of a single stipulode opposite the base
of each branchlet is also common to more than one Cliara of the same
section, while the great length of the stipulodes, apart from its not
being a satisfactory generic character, is as already stated, by no
means constant.

For the present — at any rate until more evidence is forthcoming —
the most satisfactory course seems to be to adopt the fourth alternative
of reinstating the species in the genus Cliara, placing it next to
C. succinct a, with which it has much in common, the main differences

NOTES OX LrCHNOTHAMNUS 129

being that in the latter species oogonia are produced on the outer side
of the branchlets as well as in their axils, and that the stipulodes are
of a diiferent shape.

The separation of Nifellopsis and the removal from the genus-
of L. macropogon would leave the one well-marked species, Z. har-
hatus, in Lychnothainnus.

The plants from which Miss McNicol obtained the facts for her
admirable paper " The Bulbils and Pro-embrvo of Lamprofhamnvs
alopecuroides A, Braun " {Annals of Botany, xxi. p. 61, 1907), were
also raised from mud derived from the neighbourhood of Port
Elizabeth, but I do not know whether or not from Mr. Hodgson's
gathering. The possibility of cultivating charoph3'tes in this way
from dried mud opens up opportunities of becoming acquainted Avith
the life-history of little-known species, and the success which has.
attended these experiments points to the desirability of samples of
mud being obtained where possible from districts the aquatic vegeta-
tion of which has not been worked up. The preservation of specimens
in formalin has been of great assistance and is an immense advance-
on the dried specimens which formerly represented one's only material,
but living plants would, of course, be far better.

In examining one specimen of the South African L. macropogon
I came across a rather remarkable abnormality, there being no fewer
than three oogonia in which the number of spiral enveloping-cells
numbered four instead of five. Abnormalities in charophytes are by
no means uncommon, but a deviation in the number of spiral cells is
of special interest on account of the extraordinary constancy of the
number (five), dating back as it does to the earliest undoubtedly
characeous fruits which we possess, those from the Oolite. Braun,
in referring to the constancy of this character in his paper '* Uber
die RichtungsverhaltnissederSaftstrome in den Zellen der Characeen ^
pt. 2 (1858), mentions that he had himself met with only one'
exception, that of a four-celled coronula in Chora galioides, which
implies also four spiral cells. The only others I have noticed, among-
the many thousand fruits which have passed under my observation,,
were a single oogonium of Nitella opaca, and a fossil '* fruit " froii*.
the Lower Headon beds, each of which had six spiral cells.

SHORT NOTE.

Cheshiee Plants (p. 91). The only new records for the county
in Mr. Adamson's list are Ceterach officinarum and Potamogetow
prcelongus Wulf . : the latter is an interesting addition ; it occurs;
rarely in the adjoining counties of Mid-west York ! Stafford ! and
Salop ! and is recorded for Denbigh (Journ. Bot. 1913, Supp. 39).
and Derby. P. coloraius Horn, was found b}^ Major Wolley-Dod
on Willey Moor in 1912 ; the specimens from West Kirby labelled
polygonifolius in De Tabley's herbarium belong to this species :
"P. lucens L." from Rostherne Mere, in his herbarium, is P. an-
gustiJoJius Bercht. & Presl. Major Wolley-Dod collected P. zos-

130 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

terifolius Scluim. in (5) the river Dee near Sliocklack in Aug.
1899, and P. densus L. is recorded in this Journal for 1886, p. 140,
making five species additional to the Flora of Cheshire. With
regard to the note under P. comjjiressus {Flora, 287) the speci-
mens so named from "Hale Moss, G. Caley, 1818," in Mr. Bick-
hani's herbarium are P. obtusifolius M. & K. Myosotis cespifosa
Selmltz was recorded from Hoylake by Mr. Whitwell in this Journal
for 1899 (p. 860).

A few additional records may be added. Elatine hexandra
DC: 3. Delamere, H. Searle sp. 1883. — Callitriche vernalis ' Syme ';
to the one station given in the Flora may be added (7) "The
race-course, Knutsford, 1869," herb. De Tabley. The omission of
C. Lachii Warren has already been noted (Journ. Bot. 1899, 277) ;
there are sheets in De Tablej^'s herbarium from (2) "Tabley Moat "
and (5) " The Lach Eye meadows." — Saxifraga Hirculus L. is
noted in the Flora as " extinct since 1830 or 1840," but J. B. Wood
in Phjrfc. i, 282, 700 (1842-3) writes that it then still existed on
Knutsford Moor. — The occurrence of ArctostaphyJos Vva-ursi
Wimm. is doubted in the Flora, but Mr. Cash {Naturalist, 1887,
183) cites from W. Wilson's notes in the Warrington Museum : " at
the head of the valley near to Staleybridge called the Bushes,
June 15, 1832 " : this is clearly a Cheshire station. — Euphorbia port-
landica L. " Sand-hills on the banks of the Dee, ^ West Kirb}^
Wirral," June 1900, H. Bell sp. ; see also Jonrn. Bot. 1900, 319.--
Carex limosa L. 6. Wyburnbury, A. H. Evans sp. 1906. — Lyco-
podium clavatum L. 5. Bickerton and Peckforton Hills, WoUey-
Dod. — -For other additional records see Naturalist, 1899, 353, 1904,
23, and Mr. Spencer Moore's notes in Journ. Bot. 1900, 74. —
Arthur Bennett.

KEVIEW.

The Life and Letters of Sir Joseph Dalton Llooher, 0.3L, G.C.S.L,
hdsed on materials collected and arranged hy Lady Hooker.
By Leonard Huxley. Portraits and Illustrations. Two vols.,
pp. xii, 546, viii, 569. London : John Murray, 1918. Price 36s.
net.

These volumes, by the son and biographer of Hooker's great
friend and contemporary, Thomas Huxley, are in every way worthy
of their subject. A brilliant if iconoclastic writer, Mr. L^^tton
Strachey, in the Preface to his Fminent Victorians, has lately con-
demned with characteristic exaggeration the " two fat volumes with
which it is our custom to commemorate our dead — with their ill-
digested masses of material, their slipshod style, their tone of tedious
panegyric, their lamentable lack of selection, of detachment, and
design " : Mr. Huxley's volumes, although " fat," present the exact
antithesis of Mr. Strachey's censure, and are in every respect admirably
done : the only possible improvement in arrangemerut would be the
placing at the head of each page the date of the events recorded

LIFE ATNT' t.ETTERS OF STK JOSEPH nOOKER 131

below, in accordance with the helpful practice adopted in many
biog-raphies. It must however be admitted that Mr. Huxley was
exceptionall}^ favourably placed as to material : Hooker himself was
" an indefatigable letter writer .... add to this his journals of travel,
his various books, his scientific essays— the first written at nineteen,
the last at ninet\^-four — the material to draw upon has been super-
abundant," especially when added to these are the Life and Letters
of Darwin and of the author's father.

It would be impossible in the space at our disposal to give anything
like an adequate sketch of the contents of the volumes : so far as a
general sketch of Hooker's life is concerned, this indeed is scarcely
necessary, in view of the full notice by Mr, JBoulger which appeared
in this Journal for 1912 (pp. 1-9, 31-43). The chapters Avhich tell
of Hooker's relations with his family, especiallj^ that devoted to his
"early days," which contains an "autobiographical fragment set
down late in his life," are of much interest. His father and his
maternal grandfather (Dawson Turner) both began their botanical
studies with the mosses, and " at the age of five or six" Joseph showed
.a love of these plants: "my mother used to tell an anecdote of me
that, while I was still in petticoats, I was found grubbing in a wall
in the dirty suburbs of the dirty city of Glasgow, and that when she
asked me what I was about, I cried out that I had found Bryum
argenteum (which it was not), a very pretty little moss I had seen in
my father's collection, and to which I had taken a great fancy."
The paternal Hooker was not slow to encourage the incipient taste ; at
the age of seven Joseph was attending his lectures on botany and he
had from an early period expressed a hope that his son would succeed
him in the Glasgow professorship. As a result of this poor Joseph's
nose was alwa3^s kept very close to the botanical grindstone ; even
when he was twenty-three his father's letters " urge to stick to
botanical work exclusively— to avoid wasting his time in unnecessary
entertainments ; counsel indeed scarcely needed for one who cared so
little for the ordinary attractions of Societ}-." Nor did the father
hesitate to express his dissatisfaction with the plants sent — this
at one time made the son fear that he " was physically incapaci-
tated for the high trust reposed in " him. " If ever, on my return,"
ho wrote from St. Helena in 1840, " I am enabled to follow up
botany on shore, I shall live the life of a hermit, as far as society is
concerned; like Brown, perhaps, without his genius." The reply
throws a somewhat new light on the generally accepted character of
]h-own : " If you are no more than a hermit than Brown, I shall not
complain ; whether you know it or not, he is really fond of society
and calculated to shine in it ; and to my certain knowledge, never so
ha2:)py as when he is in it."

Joseph Hooker was not only a voluminous but an excellent letter-
writer, and it is not too much to say that the value of the volumes
rests largely on the very extensive use that has been made of his
letters, which abound in interest chiefly though by no means
exclusively botanical. His descriptive powers were considerable — the
Himalayan Journals, first published in 1854 and twice reissued in
cheap form, illustrates this, and the letters written home during the

132 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

Antarctic Expedition are only some among the many which might be
selected for spacial nuntion. His communications to Darwin,
Haxley, Bentham, Asa Grray, Harvey, Henslow and others, especially
those relating to the growth and development of the theory of
evolution, are particularly note worth}' ; that to Darwin with reference
to his (Hooker's) attack on Wilberforce at the memorable meeting of
the British Association at Oxford in 1860 is very lively reading.
Throughout his career he was in constant contact with leading
botanists at home and abroad, in connection with whom items of
interest are incidentally mentioned. In almost all such cases
Mr. Huxley has added a footnote containing a brief biography ; this
could hardly be better done. The Biographical Index of British
Botanists has, quite rightly, been laid under contribution : in some
instances — e. g. Edward Madden (i. 468) the notice is little more
than an expansion of that in the Index. The value of the information
given is perhaps best appreciated when it is withheld, as in the case of
one "Grerard," whose views on the validity of species are combated
(i. 440) ; the context suggests that Grodron is intended, but Hooker
could hardly have spoken of him as ** evidently no botanist." More-
over, the work criticized — L' Espece — can hardly have been Godron's
book so-called, as Mr. Huxley says, inasmuch as Hooker's letter in
which it is referred to is dated 184-5 and Godron's volume was not
published until 1859. In some cases — e. g. that of William Ander-
son, of whom a full account was given in Journ. Bot. 1916, 345-
51 — the biographies in this Journal might have been consulted with
advantage.

The early wish of Sir William Hooker that his son should succeed
him was fulfilled not at Glasgow but at Kew ; Joseph was appointed
assistant to the Director in 1856, after various disappointments which
threatened his botanical career, and on his father's death in 1865
became Director. Here he set to work to reorganize the establish-
ment, which he at once raised to a higher state of scientific and
horticultural efficiency, carrying out, often in the face of much
official discouragement, developments which he had long seen to be
necessary. Five years later Hooker's work was interrupted by a long
and bitter personal conflict with A. S. Ayrton, First Commissioner
of Works, under whose administration Kew then came. A chapter
is occupied with a recital of the main facts of the controversy,
which occupied "the attention of both Houses of Parliament and was
embittered by the publication of an official report written by Owen,
" who," says Mr. Huxley, ** was notoriously hostile to Kew and
to its Director for his evidence before the Science Commissioners,
and Owen had emplo3^ed all his great dexterity to belittle Kew and
its applications of systematic botany, to urge the transfer of its
collections to the British Museum, where they would come under his
own government, and to insinuate a bitter personal attack on both
the Hookers." This sentence, which is not written with Mr. Huxley's
usual care and lucidity, hardly explains Owen's grounds for '' hostility" :
the Science Commission alluded to is apparently that of 1871, at
which the "transfer" of the Museum collections to Kew had been

LIFE AND LETTERS OF SIR JOSEPH HOOKER 183

advocated by Bentham and Hooker ; thus Owen's proposition was
rather of the nature of a defence. A similar transference to Kew
had been advised by Joseph Hooker in 1858 (see Life, i. 881) in
" the interests of botanical science " and a like proposal had been
made through the Board of Works, apparently at the instigation of
Kew, in 18(38 (see Journ. Bot. 1876, 108). Those (of whom the
writer is one) who can recall the period will remember that although
sj^mpathy was generally extended to Hooker for the treatment he had
received at the hands of an otficial who, as The Times put it, had an
*' unfortunate tendency to carry out what he thinks right in as un-
pleasant a manner as possible," it was felt by some that Hooker's
attitude had not always been marked by discretion. Mr. Huxley says
that Ayrton's " apparent aim was to drive Hooker to resign, and then
convert Kew into an ordinary park, and send science to the right about."
That Ayrton had little understanding of the requirements of science
I am able to testify : it once fell to my lot to receive him when he
visited the Depai-tment of Botany, when I failed to convince him
that a single specimen of each plant was not sufficient for all scientific
purposes. The controversy which elicited so much warmth, and
appro^Driately originated over a heating apparatus, came to an end in
July 1872 ; the Treasury Minute on the basis of which it was settled
will be found in this Journal for that year, p. 349.

From this time until his resignation of the Directorate in 18S5,
Hooker's life was occupied by botanical activities, official, literary,
and other, of which some account will be found in Mr. Boulger's
sketch ah'eady mentioned, although for anything like a complete
summary of them the volumes before us must be consulted. "Full
of vigour, and indeed continuing an ordinary man's share of labour
for another quarter of a century," Hooker in his retirement from
office in no way abandoned the interests to which he had devoted his
life. A picture of him in his study at Sunningdale shows him sur-
rounded by the Wedgwood plaques in which he delighted — the only
form of art to which he seems to have had a special attraction. In
1901 he writes : " Kew still claims about one day of the week, devoted
to the Botanical Magazine, and I occupy my days here chiefly in
dissecting plants for the good of Kew Herbarium, and drawing the
analyses on the sheets for the use of those coming after me. This
work, dissecting flowers, fruits and seeds, has been a lifelong passion
with me ; I often think of my dear father working on his Ferns with
unabated energy up to the very week of his death." He writes a
graphic account of the coronation of Edward Vll in 1902, at which
he was present in " gorgeous sky-blue satin mantle of a G.C.S.I.
with a gold star on it as big as a soup plate, and a heavy gold collar
no my shoulders." He took part in the Cambridge celebrations of
the Darwin Centenary in 1909, when an interesting photograph
(here reproduced) was taken of himself and Lady Hooker, with
Mrs. T. H. Huxley, the last holding in her arms Ursula Darwin,
Darwin's great-grandchild. Up to the last his letters were full of
interest and reminiscence; thus in July 1911, writing of Banks, he
says : " I well remember first seeing him, when as a bov I was at

134! THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

Kinnordy [probably in 1836], and looking out of the window saw liini
wlieeling a barrow of marl up to the house from the pit [to search for
shells].'"'

The volumes contain several portraits, including the weak study
by Richmond, who "has turned me out a very lackadaisical young
gentleman," and the excellent one by Herkomer (1889) at the
Linnean Society. The appendixes contain a full bibliography, ex-
tending from 1837 to 1911, thus'including the posthumous papers on
Impatieiis, and a long " list of Degrees, Appointments, Societies, and
Honours," which was hardly worth printing — it contains such entries
as " Two Jasper Cups from the liussian Emperor : Gift" and '* Con-
gratulations from the Linnean Society (on completion of Genera
Flantarum) " : a sketch is also given of the extraordinary career of
Jorgen Jorgensen, "the Convict King" (1770-1844), whom Hooker
met in Tasmania in 1840. An admirable index is provided, in which
the summary of the principal events of Hooker's life is particularly
well done. Only one detail affords ground for unfavourable criticism :
it is to be regretted that the proofs urere not submitted to a botanist
for revision, as there are far too many misprints ; in vol. ii. p. 447,
we have in one line, consecutively " Alpina, Lygodon Moiigeoltu "
and, five lines later, " Minum " ; "the genus Maddenia Rosacece "
(i. 468); "• Gymnostonum'''' (L 38); "• Sahularia'''' (i. 76) are in-
stances which might easily be multiplied. But this imperfect appre-
ciation of Mr.- Huxley's work must not end upon a note of even slight
censure upon a biography which will take permanent rank among the
best of the class to which it belongs.

James Bkitten.

BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, etc.

At the meeting of the Linnean Society on 20th March, a paper
by Mr. Frederick Lewis, F.L.S., " Notes on a Visit to Kunadiya-
parawitta Mountain, with a List of the Plants obtained, and their
Altitudinal Distribution," was read by the Botanical Secretary. This
curious mountain is nearl}^ due west of the sacred " Adam's Peak,"
and rises abruptly to an altitude of 5186 feet above the sea, and is
surrounded by forest. The sunlmit is small in extent, surrounded by
precipices, in the path of the S.W. monsoon, which strikes on this
isolated peak and by its force dwarfs the vegetation on it. The
rainfall on the eastern base is about 230 inches per annum, on the
western side about 330 inches yearly. The llora appears to be largely
endemic, animal life is practically absent, and wind transport of seeds
of those plants which are on the summit seems unlikely. Forty-nine
plants were collected on the mountain top in one day's visit, and
were determined at Peradeniya ; of the 49, ten only are found outside
Ceylon, the remainder being endemic. The President, Sir David
Prain, gave an account of his visits to two islands oif the Indian
coast. On one of these. Barren Island in the Andaman group, he
found that Terminalia Cata^jya, which usually grows close to tlie

BOOK-IiOTES, TS^EWS, ETC. 135

sea, extending to the top of the outer cone, apparently due to the
rats feeding on the fruit (the " Country Almonds " of Anglo-Indian
speech), which, when disturbed, they carried in their mouths up the
slopes.

At the same meeting Miss M. Rathbone exhibited a series of
specimens preserved by submitting them to the action of formalin
vapour, as shown in the following statement : — Some years ago it
occurred to me to try to find some method of preserving plants which
would not destroy either their form or colour. I began by trying
liquid paraffin, and this at first gave very promising results; but
after a time the specimens became mouldy, and, if antiseptics such as
salicj^lic acid were added, the colour disappeared. It then occurred to
me to try formalin vapour, hoping that in this way the tissues of the
plants might be hardened, and at the same time that the colour might be
preserved. Unfortunately, as these specimens show, the results have
fallen far short of my ideal ! The colour fades after a time, and the
stalks and jDetals often become limp. However, in spite of these
drawbacks, I think the method may have its uses, as, in plants preserved
in this way, the microscopic characters of the tissues and the form
of the flower and relationship of its parts are less altered than in dried
specimens, whilst for travellers specimens preserved in this way are
lighter and more convenient to carry than plants preserved in spirit.
I found that it was best to dilute the formalin with water, and the
strength I used was one part formalin to one or two parts of water,
and possibly an even weaker solution might answer. Cotton-wool
soaked in this solution is put at the bottom of the bottle, or it may
be tied round the stalks of the plants, enough being used to ensure a
damp atmosphere. Of course the bottles or boxes in which the plants
are kept ought to be air-tight, and I found that candle-grease dropped
over the cork answered very well. These plants were bottled in 1917,
as last summer I was moving about and was not able to make any
further ex]3eriments. I have also brought a bottle of African Mari-
gold in salicj'lic acid and liquid paraffin, bottled in 1912. It was
quite the best of my paraffin specimens, most of which are deplorable
objects, and I do not think there is much to be said for this method,
as it has all the drawbacks of alcohol and none of its advantages. As
regards formalin, I might add I have found that a 1/10 solution in
water is quite good for freshwater Algse. I have some bottled in
1911, in which the chlorophyll body in Spirogyra, which shrivels up
so easily with most reagents, still shows quite distinctly.

At the meeting of the same Society on AjDril 3, a paper, on
"An Albino Mutant of Botrytis cinerea, Pers.," illustrated with
preparations and lantern-slides, was read by Mr. William Brierley.
He stated that the fungus possesses" characteristic black sclerotia,
the colouring matter being deposited in the walls of the outer two or
three layers of cells. Among the black sclerotia in a pedigree
culture a single colourless sclerotium was formed, and on isolation
this gave rise to a strain characterized hj colourless sclerotia. Mor-
phologically and physiologically the parent and mutant strains are
identical, and the only difierence is the lack of colouring matter in

13G BOOK-XOTES, XEWS, ETC.

the latter. A generation of the fungus may be obtained in three
days, and the two strains tested over very many generations under
the most diverse conditions have proved absolutely constant. As the
colourless form arose in a " single-spore " culture, it cannot represent
^ strain selected out from an original population ; and as Botrytis
cinerea is asexual, the possibility of the new form being a segregant
from a heterozygous parent is eliminated. Furthermore, the occur-
rence of colourless sclerotia in this fungus is unknown heretofore
either in Nature or when the fungus is grown on culture media.
There would, therefore, seem no reason to doubt that the colour-
less form described is an instance of true mutation in Botrytis
cinerea.

At the same meeting, a paper on "Variation in Flowers of
Jasminuni malaharicuni Wight," by Dr. H. H. Mann, F.L.S., was
explained by Dr. Kendle. He pointed out that in the forests of
the Western Ghats of Bombay, during the month of April, the
jungle is covered with Howers of this fragrant and attractive climber.
Between April 13th and 20th, 1916, the author had examined 2789
flowers for the corolla, and found from 5 lobes in 0"33 per cent, to a
maximum of 8 lobes in 40 per cent., declining to a percentage of
O'O-l for those with 12 lobes. Similarly, the teeth of the calyx were
examined in 3560 flowers at the same time, and showed with 4 teeth,
2"56 per cent., with 5 and 6 lobes the maximum with respective per-
centages of 46*26 and 47'81, the last being of 8 teeth with 0*22 per
cent. He failed to associate any peculiarity with the position of the
flowers on the stem or in the inflorescence.

A GOOD example of manufactured " flower lore " is supplied by
the following paragraph published by the Manchester Guardian.
So far as we are aware, its only foundation in popular legend is the
name " Calvary Clover," which is bestowed upon the Spotted Medick
in common with other plants with spotted leaves from a tradition
that they grew beneath the Cross. The botanical information con-
veyed in the paragraph is as remarkable as the symbolical : —

" Some curious flower lore is associated with the spotted medick
(^Medicago maculata). The seeds of the plant are very well protected,
enclosed as they are in a prickly ball, and some perseverance is needed
to unroll them from this rough covering. The first shoots should appear
on Low Sunday, if the seed has been sown on Good Friday — a day with
which the plant is connected, as it is known in some places under the
name of Calvary clover. The first two leaves which appear resemble
those of a sunflower, and symbolise the Incarnation — The Godhood
(s/c) and manhood of Christ. At sunset the two outer leaves come
together, and the centre one droops over them, suggesting a prayerful
attitude of bowed head and folded hands. The leaflets are charac-
terised by a heart-shaped purple spot, rather like a drop of freshly
spilt blood, which fades as the leaves grow older. The prickly pod
encasing the seed may be twisted into a crown of thorns if care be
taken. When the fibre is uncovered the form of a scourge is said
to be found beneath it. Eleven, the number of the faithful Apostles,
is the number of seeds which a perfect pod should contain."

137 . :

THE PEOBLEM OF THE BRITISH MARSH OKCHIDS.
Bx Colonel M. J. Godfery, F.L.S.

As the season is with us when the marsh orchids are in flower,
it may be of interest to point out the problems requiring solution.

Orchis prcetermissa is used in this paj)er to indicate the marsh
orchid with unspotted leaves, other than O. incarnata, and O. lati-
folia the one with ringed spots on the leaves. This is not to be
taken as an acknowledgement of 'prcBtermissa as a valid name for
the plant in question, or as impljnng dissent from Mr. Rolfe's
suggestion that the ring- spotted plant is a hybrid. The names are
solely used as convenient terms of reference. O. viaculata is em-
ployed in the aggregate sense, and includes O. ericetorum Linton.

Orchis prj:terj^iissa Druce (Rep. Bot. Soc. & E. C. 340 (1913)
1914, also J. Bot. 1915, 176). On returning to England in August
1914, I was much interested to hear that a new species had been
described under this name. I first found it in Surrey in 1916, and
was much struck by its beauty, especially by the delicate lavender-
mauve of its flowers, which was quite different from anything I had
seen on the Continent, except perhaps O. ^palustris at Pisa. I found
later it was not alwaj^s of this beautiful tint. Near Godalming I
found it in plenty, but here the flowers were red-purple or pinkish
rose. Instead, however, of being the rare and local plant I expected,
it was reported to be widely spread and plentiful where it occurred.
(Its new name implied that it had hitherto been overlooked, and it
was diflicult to understand how so striking and abundant a plant
could have eluded the keen eyes of field-botanists.) Finally, I read
in Mr. Druce's " Notes on the British Orchids " (Rep. 1917, Bot. Soc.
& Exch. Club) that Smith's latifolia (Engl. Flora) and the O. in-
carnata of the Engl. Bot. were both " mainly yrceiermissa,^'' and
that the latifolia of other British authors was either mainly frcGter-
missa or included it. It is not therefore a new species in the
Sense that it had not been many times seen and recorded before, but
only in the sense that it had not been previously differentiated from
latifolia. Mr. Rolfe says (Orch. Rev. xxvi. p. 186) that it is quite
clear that the name latifolia primarily belongs to the marsh orchid
with broad unspotted leaves — in other words, to the one recently
described as O. jiraetermissa. He is no doubt right, in so far as it is
true that the O. latifolia of British authors was in the main lyrcdter-
inissa, as Mr. Druce himself admits, though it also included the
ring-spotted plants, and of course hybrids of prcetermissa, for in
those days the occurrence of natural h^^brids was hardly yet fully
recognized, and they were naturally looked upon as mere varieties of
the species.

Whether 0. latifolia, as thus restricted by Mr. Rolfe, is the
plant understood on the Continent to be O. latifolia L. is another
question. Incidentally it may be remarked that if such is the case,
tliere is nothing new about O. i^rcBtermissa except the name, which
would then automatically fall to the scrap-heap as invalid.

In 1918, in a field near Broadstoiie, Dorset, to my surprise, for
JouENAL OF Botany. — Vol. 57. [June, 1919,] sr

138 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

the field though damp was hardly marshy, I came across O. latifolia
with ringed spots on the leaves. Presently I found another speci-
men, but the leaves were unspotted, and I said to myself " And here
is prcetermissa too." On comparison the plants appeared to be
identical, except as to the spots on the leaves. I was puzzled at the
time, but on maturer reflection I am strongly inclined to think that
the plant with unspotted leaves was not 'prcetermissa at all, but
simply a form of the ring-spotted latifolia with unspotted leaves.
I have, I believe, seen similar plants in Somerset and Hants, and I
think it is a question worth studying whether Mr. Druce has not
drawn his net too wide in the matter of prcBtermissa, whether he has
not in fact included in it plants identical with the ring-spotted
latifolia except as to the absence of spots on the leaves.

To clear up this matter it is suggested that the following investi-
gations should be made : —

1. Is there in Britain a form of O. latifolia with unspotted
leaves distinct from O. prcete^'missa ?

2. Is there a form of prwtermissa only distinguishable from the
type by having spotted leaves ?

To the best of my belief I have seen the former, but never the
latter.

Oechis latifolia. Mr. Rolfe, as we have seen, considers
O. prcetermissa to be the true O. latijolia L., and even goes so far
as to suggest that the figures of O. latifolia L. in Schulze's Orch.
Deutschl. (t. 21) and Barla's Icon, des Orchidees represent the
hybrid X O. Braunii (latifolia X maculata). These figures, however,
are intended to depict the plant understood on the Continent to be
O. latifolia L. Schulze knew O. Braunii, and gives a sketch of the
lip of this hybrid on the same plate, and also a description, pointing
out the characters in which it differs from latifolia. I think we
must guard against taking an insular view of our flora ; after all it is
only a branch of the larger and much more extensive flora of the
Continent. All our orchids are found there with the exception
of Spiranthes Bomanzoffiana. It is much safer to interpret our
flora in the light of the continental one, than to argue from the
smaller to the greater. It should be noted that according to Schulze
hotJi the parents of 0. Braunii have spotted leaves.

Mr. St. Quintin tells me in a letter that on July 15th, 1914, he
and Canon Tmvis visited a marsh of some twenty acres not far
from Champery, which was a marvellous garden of marsh plants,
thick with O. latifolia, which grew in thousands. Primula far inosa^
Trollius, Bartsia alpina, a few Gymnadenia alhida, an Alliu7n, etc.,
but O. latifolia predominated. Canon Travis, to whom he has
recently spoken on the subject, agrees with him that all the O. lati-
folia they saw there were alike, with purple flowers and spotted
leaves. They did not see O. maculata that day, though Mr. St.
Quintin noted in his journal every species of orchid they found.
These alpine latifolia seemed to him wonderfully similar, with little
or no variation, and with no suggestion of hybridism. He also says
that on June 8th in the Western Pyrenees he found many specimens
of 0. latifolia with spotted leaves, and further that, with the excep-

THE PROBLEM OP THE BKITISH MARSH ORCHIDS 139

tion of O. incarnata, he has never found any marsh orchid on the
Continent with hollow stem and unspotted leaves (except O. paUistris,
which is otherwise unmistakable). He is confident that he has
never seen, amongst the common spotted forms of O. latifolia, plants
with similar flowers and unspotted leaves. These spotted latifolia,
then, could not possibly be hybrids — there was no plain-leaved parent
and no maculata to be found in the neighbourhood.

He also says that *' on the Continent you ma}^ find undoubted
latifolia growing in quantity with no other marsh orchis." Personally
I have always found latifolia on the Continent with spotted leaves,
but I have never seen anything approaching prcetermissa. My ex-
perience, however, only extends to a few scattered localities in
Southern France, Switzerland, and Italy — I know nothing of Northern
France or Central Europe. Ascherson and Graebner (Syn. Mitt.
eur. Fl. iii. p. 732) say of the Central European plant that the leaves
are usually all marked with black-brown spots, often confluent,
oftener faint, more rarely absent. I do not think any serious doubt
can be entertained that the plant known on the Continent as O. lati-
folia L. usually has spotted leaves. The spots, however, are not
always ringed. Mr. St. Quintin says that from recollection he
would say that the alpine plants referred to above did not always
have ringed spots ; in some, if not in many cases, the spots were
solid. Mr. Kaine tells me that at Hyeres latifolia grows with
unspotted leaves, and Brebisson in his Flore de Normandie says the
leaves are " rarement tachees de brun." These onay he prcetermissay
but the fact remains that ring-leaved and spotted-leaved latifolia
grow abundantly where p^^cBtermissa does not exist.

The Eev. E. S. Marshall tells me {in lit.) that he found at
Wexford a plant with short blotched leaves which seemed to agree
exactly with one in Herb. Brit. Mus. gathered by Messrs. Britten
and Nicholson in June 1882 in Co. Waterford, and named by H. G.
Keichenbach as O. latifolia var. brevifolia, and that he obtained
other plants in W. Mayo and Caithness, which he referred to this
same variety, and noted at the time as having the leaves faintly
ring-spotted. He adds " I do not think that these three gatherings
come under 0. prcetermissa ; nor are they likely to be hybrids, for
which I have kept a good look out." He also mentions that a plant
with spotted leaves sent to him from Winchester agrees very well
indeed with Schulze's figure of O. latifolia L. (plate 21). I was
present at the gathering of this specimen, which was our ordinary
ring-spotted plant.

I sent a water-colour drawing of O. prcetermissa to Dr. Keller,
of Aarau, who has a very wide experience of European Orchids. He
did not say, as one might have expected, " This is O. latifolia L.,"
which he assuredly would have done had he considered it to be that
species, but suggested that it might be O. Traunsteineri A. II. Hus-
sowii Asch. & Graebn. Syn. iii. 730 (1907) ; their description,
howover, does not seem to fit prcetermissa very well. For the above
reasons it would seem that while O. j)rcetermissa is no doubt the
O. latifolia of most English authors, it is open to question whether it
is 0. latifolia L. as understood on the Continent.

m2

14u tkr jouexal of botany

The Ahgument as to Spots ox the Leayes.

Most, if not all, P]aropean orchids with spotted leaves are some-
times found without spots. Even O. maculatciy which is perhaps
more persistently spotted than any other European orchid, occurs
Occasionally with unspotted leaves. Spots on the leaves are. not
therefore of specific value, and nothing seems to be known of their
cause or object. Our native mascula is sometimes spotted, sometimes
not. In 1918, I saw specimens with spotted leaves growing in the
midst of a colony of unspotted plants. As both kinds liourished
within the same square yard of ground, it was evident that soil and
surroundings had nothing to do with the spotting. Mr. H. McKechnie
suggested in the Keport of the Winchester College Nat. Hist. Soc.
(reprinted in Hep. B. E. C. (1917, p. 187) that ring-spotted latifolia
was originally a hybrid between maculata and prcetermissa, and
Mr. Druce (I. c. p. 167) regards it as proved that a plant with clear
green leaves crossed with one with spots of solid colour will produce
ringed spots in the offspring. This theory is so plausible that it
is apt to be too readily accepted. Is there any reason wh}'" the
circumference of the spot should retain its depth of colour, and the
centre revert to the original green of the leaf? Fewer or fainter
spots of solid colour would appear to be more truly intermediate.
Let us see what happens in the case of other orchids. On June 27th,

1916, I found Oymnadenia conopsea X 0. maculata near Winchester,
the leaves were not spotted; another specimen found June 28th,

1917, near Guildford, had spotted leaves, but the spots were solid. I
also found Coeloglossum viride X C. maculata near Winchester, the
leaves were spotted, the spots not ringed. Plate 15 {I. c), said to
be a form of the same hybrid, has unspotted leaves. O. incarnata is
unspotted, and so closely related to O. 'prceterinissa that nearly''
all British botanists down to Hooker (and Mr. Druce himself
in the 14th ed. of Hayward's Botanist's Focket-hook (1914)),
considered it only a variet}^ of O. latifolia. We might therefore
expect that in its hybrids it would behave similarly to prcetermissa^
O. incarnata X maculata, however, does not present ringed spots ;
according to Asch. & Graebner, and also to Schulze, it is either quite
unspotted or weakly spotted with faint spots. A specimen found at
Winchester in 1917 had all the leaves unspotted (plate 17, /. c).

All this evidence goes to show that when spotted maculata is
crossed with an unspotted sj^ecies, whether the latter be O. conopseay
Codloglossum viride, or O. incarnata, the offspring is not ring-spotted ;
in all these cases the spots either disappear altogether or become
fewer and smaller, diminishing in intensity as a whole, not in the
centre ox\\y. Lastly, I have found several hybrids between O. prcBt-er-
missa itself and O. maculata. One from Godalming had the leaves
rather plentifully spotted; one from Winchester (I.e. plate 13) had
spotted leaves ; one from the Hog's Back had the lowest leaf
unspotted, the upper ones very clearly spotted with small irregular
spots. None of these had ring-spotted leaves.

On the other hand, a hybrid between Conloglossum viride and
O. latifolia (ring-spotted), found at Winchester in June 1917,. had

THE PROBLEM OF THE BRITISH MARSH ORCHIDS 141

ringed spots. Dr. Keller, to whom I sent a water-colour drawin"" of
this pl.uit, was extremely interested in it, as it had never been found
on the Continent, and at once confirmed the identification of O. lati-
folia as one of the parents. It is quite evident that by latifolia he
did not mean prcBtermissa — first, because two plain-leaved parent^
could not endow their offspring with ringed spots, and, secondl3%
because a drawing of prcetermlssa was also sent to him, but he did
not suggest that as one of the parents. The hypothesis that a
plain-leaved crossed with a spotted-leaved plant will give rise to
a ring-spotted hybrid may possibly eventually prove correct, but at
present it appears to rest purely on conjecture. I have been so far
unable to trace a single instance in which a known hybrid between
parents of these classes has presented ringed spots, and of all hybrids
between unspotted ^9r<^ferw«/ss« and spotted maculata whioh I havy
come across not one was ring-spotted.

There are thus two hypotheses to be investigated, i. e.^

(1) That there are only two British marsh orchids, O. incarnafa
.and O. prcdtf^rmissa; all other forms are hybrids between one or
other of these and O. maculata. Mr. Druee and Mr. liolfe both
appear to favour this viSw.

(2) That there are three, O. incarnata, O. prcetermissa, and ring-
spotted O. latifolia. There are therefore six possible hybrids, viz.
(1) incarnata X maculata, (2) prcBteTmissaXmaculatay (3) lati-
folia X maculata, (4) incarnataxlatifolia, (5) incarnata.xprcBter-

missa, (6) latifolia xprteter miss a. If 0. ericetorum Linton bo
regarded as a species, the number i§ increased to nine.

It would seem that the bewildering variety of intermediate forms
found growing wild is more likely to result from the combinations
of a number of different factors, than from the crossing of only two
species (when incarnata is absent) or at the most thi-ee.

It is suggested that the following points should be investigated,
in addition to the two named above : —

(3) Are there any localities in which ring-spotted latifolia grows,
from yNhioh. ijrcBtermissa or maculata, or both, are absent?

(4) Do prcetermissa and maculata grow together in any placp
where the ring-spotted plant is absent ?

(5) If so, are hybrids present without ringed spots, and are they
jiumerous ?

(6) Is there any locality in which ring-spotted plants and un-
spotted prcetermissa grow together, but where there is no maculata
in the neighbourhood ?

(7) If so, are the ring-spotted plants identical in every other way
with those without spots on the leaves P

If any or all of these questions' can be definitely answered, it
would probably throw much needed light on a difiicult problem.

The most satisfactory thing would be for some of our younsfer
botanists to grow unspotted frcdtermissa and maculata, fertilize
the flowers of the former with pollinia from the latter (or vice
versa), and raise plants from the resultant seeds. It could then
be definitely ascertained whether such hybrids ever have ring-spotted
leaves. The experiment would take a few years to carry out, but it

142 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

would solve a problem which has so far baffled all attempts at solu-
tion, and also throw a flood of light on the mnge of variation in the
offspring of such crosses. It should be borne in mind that the seeds
must be sown in pots containing the soil in which the parents
originally grew, as the}?" will not germinate unless the microscopic
fungus (rhizoctoiiia) which infects the roots of orchids is present
(see Prof. F. E. Weiss's paper on Seeds and Seedlings of Orchids
in Proc. Manchester Microsc. Soc. 1917). The simplest way is
to grow prcetermissa and macidafa in pots, taking up with them the
ball of earth in which they grow, and to sow the seeds on the surface
of the pots. I should be glad to hear from any readers the results of
their investigations, addressed to me c/o Messrs. Cox & Co., 16 Charing
Cross, London, S.W. 1. No specimens, however, should be sent till
my actual address at the time has been ascertained by a postcard to
me at the above address.

NOTES ON BRAITHWAITE'S SPHAGNACE^ EXSICCATE..
By J. A. WiiELDON.

Dr. Braithwaite published his great work on The Sphagnacece
or Pent Mosses of Europe and America in 1880 : his SpliagnacecE
BritanniccB ExsiccafcB appears to have been issued whilst preparing
this work. Through the kindness of Mr. H. Beesley of Preston, I
have been allowed to examine a copy of the latter which belonged to
the late M. B. Slater of Malton. This, on the dedicatory page, is
dated in the Doctor's handwriting April 1877, just a month prior to
the issue of the circular announcing the publication of his work on
the Sphac/nacecB. I am unacquainted with the whereabouts of the
other copies, nor do I know whether the specimens in them are from
identical gatherings ; but I suspect this is not always so, as in a few
instances I find my determinations do not accord with other published
ones. A very small proportion of the specimens aj^pears to have been
collected by Braithwaite himself, the principal contributors being
Messrs. J. M. Barnes, S. Anderson, W. Curnow, Gr. Stabler, J. Sim,
and J. E. Bagnall. Some of the examples are too scanty, and, being
gummed down, could not be examined with the completeness that is
so desirable with these difficult subjects. In some cases, however,
loose material in envelopes accompanied the mounted plants.

It was interesting to find in the collection a confirmation of
Mr. Bellerby's record of Sphagnum havaricnm Warnst. His plant
was named by Warnstorf, but the specimen was not returned, and
therefore no example was existent in our collections. The plant of
Anderson, which I refer to this species, was collected in the same
locality as Mr. Bellerby's, viz. Goathlands, Yorkshire. Some of the
pages of the volume are blank, having been reserved for varieties
which were apparently unobtainable. These, and a few foreign
species, or others which do not call for comment, account for the
missing numbers in the following list, in which the specimens have
been named in accordance with my Synopsis of the European
Sphagna published by the Moss Exchange Club.

NOTES ON BEAITHWAITE's 8PHAGNACE^ EXSICCATE 143

1. Spliagnum Austini Sull. forma cristulis parietalibus cellu-
larum chlorophyllif. imperfecte evolutis. Lythe Moss, Westmorland,
J. M. Barnes. On many leaves no fibrils can be traced on the cell
Avails ; others have traces of thera in the basal cells only. This is
8. imhricatum Euss. var. suhlcBve Warnst. f. densissimum Warnst.,
not hitherto recorded as British.

2. >S'. Austini Sull. var. imhricaium. (a) Lewis, J, Smith ; (b)
Westmorland, Barnes ; are both >S'. imhricatum B,uss. var. cristatum
Warnst. f. conc/estum Warnst.

3. S. papillosum Lindb. (a) Witherslack Moss, Westmorland,
J. M. Barnes, is the var. normals Warnst. f. squarrosulum Ingh. &
Wheld. subf. neglectum Ingh. & Wheld. {h) Finland, S. 0. Lind-
herg, is var. normale Warnst. f. majus Grmv. subf. suhfuscum Wheld.

4. S. papillosum Lindb. («) Westmorland, Barnes, is var.
suhlceve\Am.^Y. f. h^evii^amosmnWsiYnst. subf. heterocladum Warnst. ;
{b) Penzance, W. Gurnow; and (c) Koss, Scotland, Braithwaite,
are both var. normale Warnst. f. brachycladum Warnst. subf.^ayo-
fuscum Wheld.

5. S. papillosum Lindb. var. confertum. (a) Penzance, Cornwall,
Curnoiv, is var. normale Warnst. f . confertum Warnst. subf. fusco-
luteum Wheld. {h) forma virens Braithw., Sutton Park, Warwick-
shire, J. Bagnall, is var. normale Warnst. f. squarrosulum Ingh. &
Wheld. subf. neglectum Ingh. & Wheld.

6. There is no specimen on this page, which was apparently
reserved for S. papillosum var. stenophyllum Lindb.

7. S. cymbifolium Ehrh., Saltersgate Beck, Yorks, S. Anderson,
is var. pallescens Warnst.

8. >S^. cymbifolium Ehrh. {a) Goathland, Yorks, Anderson, is
var. pallescens 'Warnst. f. laxum Warnst. (6) Staveley, Westmorland,
G. Stabler, is aS^. papillosum var. normale Warnst. f. bracliycladum
Warnst. subf. pallescens Wheld. (c) Penzance, Curnow, is S. cymbi-
folium Ehrh. var. pallescens Warnst. f. confertum Wheld.

9. aS*. cymbifolium Ehrh. var. squarrosulum, Sutton Park, War-
wickshire, Bagnall, is var. glaucescens Warnst. f. squarrosulum Pers.
subf. immersum Warnst.

10. S. cymUfolium Ehrh. var. congestum, {a) Stave^, West-
morland, Stabler, is S. papillosum Lindb. var. normale W. f . brachy-
cladum Warnst. subf. pallescens Wheld. (5) var. purpurascens,
Witherslack, Westmorland, Barnes, is S. medium Limpr. var. violascens
Warnst.

13. S. laricinum Spruce. («) Yale Royal, Cheshire, J. White-
head, is S. contortum Schultz var. gracile Warnst. subf. virescens
Warnst. (b) Barbon Fell, Westmorland, Barnes, belongs to the
same variety, subf. sordidum Warnst.

14. S. lacinium Spruce var. platyphyllum, Aber, Carnarvonshire,
Holmes ^ George, is S. platyphyllum var. teretiusculum f. contortum
Warnst.

15. S. subsecundum Nees. (a) Stockton Forest, Yorkshire,
Stabler; (b) Nr. Penzance, Cornwall, Curnow; are both S. inun-
datum Warnst. var. ovalifolium Warnst f. subfalcatum Warnst.

16. S. subsecundum. {a) Staveley, Westmorland, Stabler, is

144 -THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

ru-

referred by Mr. Horrell {European Sphagnacecp, p. G7) to S.
fescejis. if this be so it would come under var. parvulum Warnst.,
but the specimen is gummed down and cannot be examined.
{b) Chyandal Moor, Cornwall, Curnow, is S. rufescens Warnst. var.
onagnifolium Warnst. f. rufidulum Warnst. subf. densiramosum
Warnst.

17. S. sulsecundum var. contortiun. {a) Goathland, Yorks,
Andei'son ; I think after a very partial examination that this is a
form of /S. havaricum Warnst. v'dv.7?iesophi/llu)n Warnst. (h) forma
.rufescens. Sleights Moor, Yorks, Anderso7i, Only two stems, both

gummed down, of this interesting looking specimen.

18. S. subseciindtun var. ohesum. (a) Cornwall, Ciirnoiv, is
• S, turgidulum Warnst. var. insignitum Warnst. (5) Sleights Moor,
.Yorks, Ande?^son, is >S'. rufescens Nees var. magnifolium AVarnst.

f. rufidulum Warnst.

19. /S'. suhsecundum var. auriculatum. (a) Sutton Park, War-
wickslnre, Bagnall^ is 8. rufescens Nees f. virescens Warnst. {h)
Delamere, Cheshire, Whitehead, is S. rufescens Nees var. parvulum
Warnst. f. gracile Warnst. (c) Staveley, Westmorland, Barnes, is
S. auriculatum Schimp var. laxifolium Warnst.

20. S. suhsecundumY^Y. auriculatum i. immersum. (a) Withers-
lack Moss, Westmorland, Barnes, appears to be an undescribed form
of *S^. auriculatum Schimp. Var. laxifolium Warnst. f. immersum
(Braithw.) Wheld. Very lax, elongate, green, and floating, about
20 cm. long, with small, indistinct capitulum. Br. distant, upper

-shorter (5-6 mm.), their leaves spreading, lower up to 10 mm. long,
with more imbricate leaves. St. 1. large (1"5 x *7--8), fibrose above,
rarely to base, externally with many ringed pores, internall}^ with few
pores, chiefly in cell angles, cells often septate, (h) Lindon Common,
Cheshire, Whitehead, is S. crassicladum Warnst. var. intermedium
Warnst. f. ovalifolium Warnst.

21. S. molle Sull. var. Mulleri, Goathlanddale, Yorks, Ander-
son, is the average British S. molle Sull. var. molluscoides Warnst. f.
heterophyllum Warnst. ; it does not come under any of the subforms
which Warnstorf describes and may be distinguished as follows : —
subf. typicum Wheld. Branches cumulate, less dense than in
subf. tenerum (Br.) Warnst. in larger and taller tufts, leaves erect,
less closely imbricate.

21*. h. molle Sull. var. arctum. (a) Witherslack Moss, West-
morland, Barnes, (b) Connemara, Galwa}^ D. Moore. These are
gummed down and the material is too scanty for removal and exami-
nation, but neither is S. molle : probably forms of S. rubellum
or S. acutifolium. (c) Dalfroo Bog, Kincardine, J. Sim, is S. molle
Sull. var. molluscoides Warnst. f. hetrrop)hgllum Warnst. subf.
. tenerum Warnst. It is distinguished from subf. typicum Wheld. by
its much denser usually anoclade branches, smaller tufts, and its
smaller and moi-e closely imbricate leaves.

23. S. rigidum (Nees), Petworth, Sussex, G. Davies, is >S'. com-
pactum DC. var. subsquarrosum W. f. densuni Warnst.

21. S. rigidum var. squarrosum, Langdale, Westmorland, Barnes,
is a paler form of the preceding.

XOTES ON BRATTHWAITE's SPHAGXACE.i: EXSICCATiE. 145

' 25. S'. ovgidum (Nees) var. compacfum, Strachan, Kincardine,
Sim., is S. compactum DC. v. imhricatum Warnst. f . obscurtnn Warnst.
2(5. S. squarrosum Pers. (a) Witherslack Moss, Westmorland,
Sanies, is var. stihsquar^^osnm ^uss. f. gracile Russ. (5) Loch
Garve, lioss, Braithivaite, is \ii,Y. spectahils lln^s. f. paUilum Warnst.
(c) Nr., Penzance, Cuimotv, is var. spectahile Puss. f. elegans Warnst.

27. >S'. squarrosum var. sqiiari^osuliim. Scotstown Moor, Aber-
deen, Sim. Probably S. teres var. siihferes, but I was unable to
examine it, the specimen being scanty and gummed down.

28. S. squarrosum var. suhteres, Skeggles, Westmorland, Barnes,
is S. teres Angstr, var. suhteres Lindb.

29. S. squarros2im var. teres, Kincardine, Sim,, is >S'. teres
Angstr. var. imhricatum Warnst. £. elegans Warnst.

30. >S'. squarrosum var. teres. (a) Broadgate Bog and (h)
Skeggles, Westmorland, Stabler, are S. teres Lindb. var. imhricatum
Warnst. f. gracile Warnst.

81. S. acutifolium^hrh. Ooathland, Yorks, Anderson, is S. 2ylu-
miilosum Roll. var. ochraceum Warnst. £. immersum Warnst.

32. S. acutifolium var, deflexum. {a) Kincardine, Sim, is S.
phnnvlosum. Poll. var. ochraceum Warnst. f. congestum Warnst.,
as also is (h) forma densius, Dalfroo Bog, Sim. (c) Lewis, Hebrides,
Braithwaite, is S. plumulosum Roll. var. lilacinum SjDruce £. com-
pactum Warnst.

33. ^S*. acutifolium y^w purpureum and {h) forma laxum Goath-
land, Yorks, Anderson, are both S. plumulosum Roll. var. ccerulescens
Schlieph.

34. S. acutifolium var. ruhellum, form amhigunm, Strachan,
Kincardine, Sim, is S. acutifolium Ehrh. m-ax. flavoruhellum Warnst.

36. S. acutifolium var. ruhellum. {a) Nr. Penzance, Cornwall,
Curnow, and {h) Foulshaw Moss, Westmorland, Stabler ; are both
S. ruhellum var. violascens Warnst.

35. S. acutifolium var. elegans, Nr. Garve, Ross, 1876, Braitli-
xvaite, is S. acutifolium Ehrh. var. ruhrum Brid.

37. S. acutifolium var. temie. (a) Skeggles, Westmorland,
, Barnes, is S. rubellu?n Wils. var. viride Warnst. {h) Glenfarne

Leitrim, D. Moore, is >S'. quinquefarium Warnst. var. roseum
Warnst.

39. S. acutifolium \?ir.fuscum. Witherslack Moss, Westmorland,
Barnes, is S.fuscum v. Klinggr. var. medium Russ. f. drepanocladum
Warnst.

40. S. acutifolivm var. luridum is not represented.

41. S. acutifolium var. patulum. (a) Barton Fell, Westmor-
land, Barnes, is S. plumidosum Roll. var. viride Warnst. f. laxum
Warnst. (5) Tremethick Moor, Cornwall, Curnow, is S. plumulosum
Roll. var. pallens AVarnst. f. stibstrictum Warnst.

42. S. strictum Lindb. (^a) Skeggles, Westmorland, Barnes, is
S. Girgensohnii Russ., probably var. microcephalum Warnst. (h)
Saltersgate Beck, Yorks, Anderson, is S. Russowii Warnst. var.

favescens Russ.

44. S.fimhriatum var. rohustum Braithw. Prior to the publica-
tion of Warnstorf's Sphagnologia Universalis, we had referred many

146 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

specimens of var. valiilius Cardot to Braithwaite's variety. The
records for vice-counties 60 and 61 (and probably that for 48) refer
to var. validius Card, and should be so amended. Mr. Horrell in
The European SphagnacecB quotes No. 44 of the Exsiccata under
both S.Ji mhriafum iind S. squarrosum. There are two specimens from
the same locality (Eskdale, Yorkshire, Aiiderson) in Mr. Slater's
copy ; I refer both to S. Jimhriatum. In this copy there are also
several loose packets collected by Anderson in the same vicinity at
different times. Some of these belong to S. Jimhriatum var. laxi-
folium Warnst., others — labelled b}^ Anderson ^S*. Jimhriatum var.
squarrosulum Anderson, Eskdaleside Moor, 2 Oct., 1875, and S. Jim-
hriatum var. rohustior Anderson ?, 18 June, 1875 — belong to S,
Jimhriatum var. rohustum Br. On the latter packet Anderson has
written *' To say the least of this, it is a good variety ; I have never
collected Jimhriatum like it in an}^ other locality." With it is a
letter from Anderson to Slater, written from Whitby, June 1875,
from which I extract the following: "I send herewith the plant
alluded to in my list — I have sent it to Braithwaite and he says, ' I
shall send this to Lindberg when I \mte again.' You will see that
it is coming into fruit, so that in the course of a month I shall be
able to send you plenty of it in that state. I collected it last 3^ear
in the same locality, nay from the same identical 9 feet tuft, but not
then in fruit. Notice the ascending branches at the apex of the
])lant, and the naiTow border on the stem leaves — altogether different
to the ordinary form of S. Jimhriatum. I sent it to Braithwaite as
under * No. 1. S. Jimhriatum vsiV. rohustior? Anderson (a sad piece of
presumption this).' Look at it well tomorrow and write me fully on
it by that day's post." There is no doubt Anderson first detected
and even named this variet}^ but did not describe or publish it.
Warnstorf's description is excellent, but does not cover all the forms,
which are as follows : —

(«) forma laxum Wheldon. Pale yellowish-green deep tufts
15-25 cm. high. Fascicles distant. Branches elongate, spreading,
longly and gradually acuminate, 2-3 cm. long. St. 1. broadly spatu-
late, i"14-l'3 long, and usually nearly and sometimes quite as wide.
L. lax, broadly ovate-lanceolate 2 X 1"14, erect arcuate with spreading
points, sometimes distinctly squarrose. Braithw. Exsicc. No. 44.
liight-hand specimen. Eskdale, Yorks, S. Anderson. This plant
rivals S. squarrosum in stature ; someone, probably Slater, has
crossed out the title S. Jimhriatum., and written in S. squarrosum var.
laxum Braithw. I have, however, examined the chlorophyll cells in
section and they are situated on the inner surface of the leaf.

{h) forma jpycnocladum Wheldon. Shorter (10-15 cm.). Fas-
cicles denser. Branches much stouter, more densely leaved, shorter
(l;t-2 cm.), suddenly acute, the upper ones erect-patent. The lowest
branches are more laxly leaved. Leaves of upper branches imbricate,
of the lower erect patent to subsquarrose. Braithw. Exsicc. No. 44.
Left-hand specimen. Eskdale, Yorks, Oct. 1875, Anderson.

(c) forma comjyactum Wheldon. Grey-green, short (5-8 cm.).
Bi-anches cumvilate, arcuate-spreading to dellexed (l|-2 cm., occa-
sionally longer). Leaves densely imbricate or with the points only

NOTES OS BEAITHWAITE's SPHAGNACE.E EXSICCATiE 147

spreading, sqnarrose in the large capitulum (2-2-3 xO"8-l mm.).
Stem leaves very variable in shape, sometimes nearly as broad as long,
but with longer and less spathulate ones intermixed (1*3-1 "4 x 0*6-
1"3). Howie Green Wood, Herefordshire, May 1918, Miss E. Armi-
tage. Very different in habit from the other two forms, but agreeing
better with it than with var. validiiis Card, in details. Some of the
stem leaves recall those of S. teres, but the chlor. cells are emergent
on the inner side of the leaf. In some respects, also, it connects
S.Jimhriatum Yerj closely with >S^. Girgensohnii. I have not seen
the Cornish specimens of this variety collected by Curnow.

47. S. inter medium yLO^YQ.. (a) Staveley, Westmorland, 5r?r7?<?s,
is S. amhlyphyllum Russ. var. mesophylliim Warnst. f. onolle Kuss.
(J) Ben Wyvis, Ross, Braithwaite, is S.Jimhriatum Wils. var. inter-
medium Russ. f. densum Wheld. (c) forma /bZ. caulinihus apicihus
fimhriatisy Keggles, Westmorland, Barnes, is S. amhlyphgllum Russ.
var. mesophyllum Warnst. f. sylvaticum Russ.

48. S. intermedium yry. pulchrum. (a) Staveley, Westmorland,
Stabler ; and (h) Carrington Moss, Cheshire, July 1863, G. E. Runt ;
are both S. jmlchrum Warnst.

49. S. intermedium var. riparium. Oakmere, Cheshire, W. Wil-
son and G. E. Hunt. This has no connection with S. riparium
Angstr., to which it was at one time referred, but is >S^. riparioides
Warnst.

50. S. cuspidatum Ehrh. {a) Witherslack Moss, Westmorland,
Barnes ; (h) Lindon Common, Cheshire, TVhiteJiead.

51. S. cuspidatum vq.v. falcatum. Fowlshan Moss, Westmorland,
Stabler. This, and also both specimens under No. 50, are S. cuspi-
datum Ehrh. N.falcatum Russ. subf. aquaticum Warnst.

52. S. cuspidatum var. plnmosum. Scotstown Moor, Aberdeen,
Sim., is S. serratum Aust. var. serrulatum Warnst.

NOTES ON SOMERSET PLANTS FOR 1918.
By THE Rev. E. S. Marshall, M.A., F.L.S.

Ix spite of travelling restrictions and other drawbacks, a fa^V
amount of work was done last year. Dr. W. Watson {W?) furnished
a verv long list; Dr. H. Downes (-!>.), Mrs. C. Sandwith, Miss Ida
M. Roper (i^.), Mr. H. S. Thompson (T.), Rev. H. L. Graham
((x.), and others have also given valuable help. I sjDcnt a month
on Exmoor, finding a few things of interest ; bi-ambles are numerous,
some reaching an elevation of 1300 feet or more.

Districts 1 to 4 and 6 are in v.c. 5 S; Somerset : the rest belong to
v.c. 6 N. Somerset.

Clematis Vitalba L. 2. Kilve, W.

Ranunculus trichophylhis Chaix. 3. Orchard Portman, W. —
R. Lenormandi F. Schultz. 1. Simonsbath. — R. auricomus L. 2.
West Luccombe ; 3. West Hatch ; 4. Clayhanger, near Combe St.
Nicholas; 6. Whitestaunton, W. — R. acris L. \di\\vulgatus (Jord.).
3, Ruishton ; Taunton, W. — R. parvijlorus L. 3. Thurlbear, W.

148 - THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY -

9. Clevedon Court Wood; Tickenham, T. — JR. a7'vensis L. 5.
Kingsdon, G.

HeUebojnis viridis L. var. occidental is (Reuter). 8. Batcombe,
Miss F. Chiddell.

Aconitiim u^apelluslj. 3. Buncombe, near Kingston ; 6. White-
staunton, W.

BerherisvulgarisJj. '3. Norton Fitzwarren; probably planted, W.

Papaver Hhcens L. var. *strigosum (Boenn.). Two specimens,
with the type, in a field on Le\^croft Farm, Bathpool, W. — P.
Lecoqii Lamotte and P. A7yemoheJj. 5. Kingsdon, G., sp.

Corydniis claviculata DC. 1. One large patch, at 900 feet, above
'Withy pool.

Fiimaria capreolata L. {^pallidijiora Jord.). 2. East Quantox-
head, JT.

P. Borcsi Jord. 2. Roadwater ; Quantoxhead, W.

Nasturtium palusfre DC. 3. Near Staplegrove ; Bathpool ;
West Sedgemoor, W.—N. ampTiibium 'Qw 4. By the River lie,
below Ilminster, D. '

Arahi^ hirsuta Scop. 6. Combe St. Nicholas, W.

Cardamine impatiens L, 10. Stony slope, Asham Woods, T.

Draha muralis L. 6. Frequent on walls, Whitestaunton and
Wambrook, ^., sp.

Hesperis matrondlis L. 3. Stoke St. Mary ; a garden escape,
IV. 4. Orchards, &c., about Ilminster, D.

Sisymbrium Tlialianum Gay. 6. Whitestaunton, IV. — \S. altis-
simum L. {pannonicum Jacq.). 4. Waste ground near Ilminster, D.;
named at Kew.]

Brassica nigra Koch. 1. At 1250 feet, in a root-field on Black-
land Farm, With^^pool. — B. alba Boiss. 3, Fosgrove, near Taun-
ton, W.

Coronopus dillymns Pers. 4. Cultivated ground near Ilminster
Station, Z>. — C. procumbens Grilib. 2. Quantoxhead, W. 4. Com-
mon in the Ilminster district, B.

Lepidium campestre Br. 3. Frequent within a 5-mile radius of
Taunton ; 8. Bruton, W. — L. Smithii Hook. 1. Ascends to 1200
feet near Simonsbath.

Hutchinsia petrcea Br. 10. Sparingly on limestone rocks above
the Avon, close to Bristol, T.

Baphanus Raplianistriim L. 1. One fine plant, at 1250 feet, on
Horsen Farm, near Simonsbath.

Viola palustr is \a. 2. Elworthy; 6. Wambrook, 7^. — V.hirta Jj.
3. Adcombe, near Pitminster, TV. — *V. kirtax odorata. 3. Stoke
St. Mary, TV. — V. agrestis Jord. 3. Wiveliscombe, W. ; West
Monkton. — ^V. segetalis Jord. 4. Castle Neroche, W . — V. obtnsi-
folia Jord. 6. Buckland St. Mary, W.—*V. ruralis Jord. 2.
Quantoxhead and Crowcombe ; 3. Stiiplegrove, TV.

Poly gala serpyllacea Weihe. 1. Common on Exmoor ! ; 2.
Kilve and Lilstock ; G. Bewley Down, TV.

Saponaria officinalis L. 3. Kingston ; 4. Wadeford, near Chard ;
6. Combe St. Nicholas, W.

Silenc maritinia With. 2. Quantoxhead, TV.

NOTES Olii SOMERSET PLANTS EOH 1918 149

LycJinis GWiago Scop. 6. Otterford, W.

Cerastium semidecandrum L. 2. Kilve, W. 4. Hinton St.
George, D.

SteUaria aq^uatiea ^co]). 3. Common on West Sedgemoor;
4. Chard district, frequent, W.

Arenarior leptoclados Guss. 1. Walls at Simonsbath, above
1000 feet.

Sagina suhulata. 1. Withypool, W. Near Simonsbath. 2.
Halsway Combe ; 6. Wambrook, W.

SpergtiJa arvensis L. 1. Plentiful in turnip-fields, up to 1250 feet,
about Exford, Withypool, and Simonsbath. Ashway, near Tarr Steps,
W. 3. West Monkton. 4. Castle Neroche ; 6. Culmhead and
Buckland St. Mary, W. — S. sativa Boenn. 1. Simonsbath ; Exford.

Sjyergularia marginata Kittel. 2. Lilstock, W.

\_Tamarix anglica Webb. 2. Planted and flourishing, on the
coast near Lilstock, W.']

Hypericum Androscemum L. 2. Kilve and Quantoxhead ; 3.
Kingston ; 4. Combe St. Nicholas ; 6. Wambrook, W. — H. 'per-
foratum L. var. *angnstifolium DC. 2. East Quantoxhead; 8. King-
ston ; Chilworthy, W. — H. humifusum L. 1. Near Cutcombe, W.
Simonsbath. 2. Kilve, TV. Var. ^magnum Bast. 1. Exford;
Withypool, W, — H, elodes L. 1. Common in bogs on Exmoor, up
1400 feet. 6. Bewley Down, W.

Malva moschata L. 3. Cothelstone, Cotford, and Thurlbear ;
4. Staple Fitzpaine and Knowle St. Giles, W. The white-flowered form
occurs at 3. Thurlbear and Orchard Portman, TF. ; and 4. Ilminster, D.
— M. 7'otiindifolia\j. 2. East Quantoxhead and Kilve; 3.- Orchard
Portman, Ruishton, Bathpool, and Stoke St. Gregory ; 6. Combe
St. Nicholas and Whitestaunton^ W. — [Jf. pusiUa Sm. 4. Waste
ground at Horton, near Ilminster, D., sp. ; so named by me, and
conHrmed by Mr. A. J. Wilmott.]

Linum hienne MiWev {aiigustifolium Huds.). 2. Cliffs between
Lilstock and Kilve, TV.

\_Geranii(m pratense L. 2. Two roots, near houses, probably
planted, at St. Audries, W. 3. Broomfield Churchyard, Hiss A. G.
Miller.'] — G. jyg^^cnaicnyn ^urm.. Rl. 3. Kingston, W. — G.pusiJhim
L. 3. Thurlbear, W.— G. rotundi folium L. 10. Babington, T.—
G. columhinum L. 2. Frequent about Kilve ; 3. Thurlbear and
Bishop's Lydeard ; 8. Bruton, rare, W. — G. lucidinn L. 5. Kings-
don, G. Still unrecorded for dist. 1. — G. Bohertia7ium L.,^. alho.
1. Exford.

Erodium moscliahim L'Herit. 9. -Berrow, W. Farmyard,
Twickenham, T.—E. maritimnm L'Herit. 9. Tyntesfield Woods,' T.

[^Oxalis corniculafaJj. A garden escape at 3. Taunton, W., and
4. Ilminster, Z),]

' HhamtiKS F-rangula Jj. Woods near Curland, -Z>.
■' Genista tinctoria L. 6. Buckland St. Mary, W,

Ulex Gallii Planch. 1. Common on Exmoor. 2, 3. Common
on the Quantocks, W, Var. Viumilis Planch. 1. Plentiful on
Winsford Hill and some other Exmoor heights, up to 1400 feet!, W.
I can, however, see no good varietal characters, and believe this

loO THE JOURNAL OP BOTANY

to be only a state due to situation and exposure, which passes gra-
dually into the normal form. — V. minor Roth. Accidentally omitted
from my Supplement to Fl. Som. 1. Withypool ; Exford, W. 2.
Crowcombe Heathfield. 4. Abundant on Staple Common. 6. Near
Chard.

Ononis repens L. var. horrida Lange. 2. Kilve and Quantox-
head, W. — O. spinosa L. 2. East Quantoxhead ; 3. Thurlbear, W.

Trigonella ornithopodioides DC. 2. North Hill, Minehead, and
on the coast towards Greenaleigh, JV.

Melilotus altissima Thuill. 2. Kilve and Lilstock ; 3. Thurl-
bear and Orchard Portman ; 4. Fivehead, W.

\Trifolium pratense L. var. americanum Harz. 2. Kilve ; 3.
Not uncommon in cultivation in the Taunton district, WP^ — T.
medium L. 2. Kilve ; 3. Corfe and Blagdon ; 6. Culmhead ; 8.
Bruton, W. — T. squamosum L. 2. Portlock Weir, W. — T. arvense
L. var. *perpusillum DC. 2. Minehead WaiTen, W. — T. hybridum
L. 1. Withypool ; 2. Crowcombe and East Quantoxhead ; 3. Taun-
ton ; 4. Curry Mallet ; 8. Bruton; 9. Yatton, TV. — T. fraf/iferum\j.
2. Cliffs, Kilve to Lilstock ; 3. Athelney, Orchard Portman, and
common on the White Lias (3 and 4) from Hatch to Langport ;
4. Combe St. Nicholas, W. — T. duhium Sibth. var. ^pygmceum
Soyer-Willemet. 2. Smith's Combe, above East Quantoxhead, W. —
TJiliforme L. 2. Halsway Combe, W.

Anthyllis Vulneraria L. 2. St. Audries, W.

Lotus corniculatus L. var. crassifolius Pers. 2. About Kilve,
W. — L. tenuis Waldst. & Kit. 3 and 4. Rock Hill, near Wran-
tage, W.

Astragalus glycyphyllos L. 10. Babington, T.

Ornithopus perpusillus L. 1. Roadside, Withypool Hill, at
1000 feet.

Vicia hirsuta Gray and V. tetrasperma Moench. 2. Kilve ;
8. Bruton, W. — V. angustifolia L. 2. Oare ; 3. Norton Fitz-
warren, W.

Lathyrus NissoUa L. 3. Badger Street, W. 4. Heme Hill,
Ilminster, D. — L. montanus Bernh. 1. Withypool and Exton ;
4. Bickenhall and Combe St. Nicholas ; 6. Whitestaunton and Wam-
brook ; 8. Bruton, W.

Prunus insititia L. 3. Taunton ; 8. Bruton, W. — P. domes-
tica L. 6. Combe St. Nicholas ; 8. Bruton, W. — P. avium L. 2.
Washford ; 3. Pickeridge, near Corfe ; 6. Whitestaunton and Wam-
brook, W.—P. Cerasus L. 2. Washford, W.

Ruhus Jissus Lindley. 1. Exe Yalle}', above Exford ; lane at
Honeymead Corner, near Simonsbath, in good quantit}^ The dull-
red fruit IS excellent. — B. plicatus Wh. & N. 1. WithyiX)ol; locally
plentiful by the Sherdon Water, near Simonsbath. — li. cariensis
Genev. 1. Simonsbath ; Exford. Confinned by W. M. Rogers. — •
R. Lindleianus Lees. 1. Exford; Simonsbath, &c. — R. argenteus
Wh. & N. 1. Exford, Withypool, and Simonsbath. — R. rhamni-
folius Wh. & N. 1. About Exford and Simonsbath. — R. pulcherri^
mus Neuman. 1. Exford, Withypool, and Simonsbath ; frequent.
2. Abundant near Elworthy, and 3. Clatsworthy. — R. rusticanus

NOTES Oy SOMERSET PLANTS FOR 1918 151

Merc. 1. Apparently scarce on the upper parts of Exmoor, though
so abundant in the county, as a whole ; one bush was seen as high
up as 1250 feet, but this is exceptional. — B. Questierii Lefv. &
Muell. 1. Sherdon Water. — B.hi/i^oleucusljQiv. &Mue\\. 1. Wood-
border, Simonsbath. 3. Orchard Portman, W. — B. pyra)}iidalis Kali.
1. Kather common about Exford, Simonsbath, and Withypool. —
B. leucostachys Sm. 1. Simonsbath. 2. Halsway Combe, W. — B.
Borreri'Bell Salter. 1. Plentiful about Simonsbath ; Exford, Withy-
pool. The fruit is unpalatable, and often defective — B. dasy-
phyllus Rogers. 1. The most abundant species, 1 believe, about
Exford, Withypool, and Simonsbath.

Geum rivale X urhanum. 10. Melcombe Wood, Mells, T.

Potentilla erectaxprocumhens. 6. Buckland St. Mary, W. — ■
P. erectaxreptans. 1. Exford. — P . p^^ocumhens '^\hi\\. 1. Exford,
frequent ; Simonsbath. Withypool, W. 3. Adcombe ; Will's Neck,
W,

AlcJiemilla minor Huds. 1. Exford ; Simonsbath. Dulverton,
W. 3. Cothelstone ; Kingston, W.

Agrimonia odorata Miller. 9. Miss Roper tells me that the
Walton-by-Clevedon plant, formerly thought to be A. Pluimtoria var.
sepium Breb., is this. 10. Frequent on the borders of Asham Woods,
B. and T. Mells, T.

Poterium oMcinale A. Gray. 1. Withypool!; Barle Valley,
3 miles above Dulverton, W.

Bosa omissa Desegl. var. siihmollis (Ley.). 1. Exford, Withy-
pool, and Simonsbath ; a form with globose fruit. — B. micrantha Sm.
3. Corfe, W. — B. ohtusifolia Desv. var. tomentella (Leman). 3.
Corfe, TF"., sp. — B. canina L. var. verticillacantlia (Merat). 3. Lang-
ford Heathfield, and in several places, south of Taunton, W. Yar.
aspernata (Desegl.). 4. Ilminster, W. — B. dumeiorum Thuill. var.
Deseglisei (Bor.). 6. Combe St. Nicholas, W, — B. systyla Bast.

3. Trull, W. — B. arvensis Huds. var. scahra Baker. 3. Bathpool ;

4. Crook Street, near Ilminster; 6. Wambrook, W. Var. ovata
Desv. 2. East Quantoxhead, W. Var. hiserrata Crepin. 6. Combe
St. Nicholas, W.

Pyrus torminalis Ehrh. 3. Cotlake Hill, near Trull, W. — P.
Aucuparia Ehrh. 8. Cogley Wood, Bruton, TV. — P. Mains L.
(a. sylvestris L.). 2. East Quantoxhead ; 3. Wrantage and Orchard
Portman ; 4. Fivehead, W, Var. mitis Wallr. 2. Kilve ; 3. Felt-
ham ; 4. Chard, W.

Bihes ruhrum L. 10. Melcombe Wood, Mells, in quantity, T. —
B. nigrum L. 6. Whitestaunton, W.

Sedum purpureum Tausch. 3. Pitminster ; but probably an
escape, W. — S. dasyphyllum L. 2. Wall at Kilton, W.

Drosera rotundifolia L. 1. Ascends to 1600 feet on Dunkery ;
6. Bewley Down, with D. longifolia^ W.

Myriophyllum spicatum L. 4. River He, Ilminster, D.

Peplis Portula L. 10. Melcombe Wood, Mells, T. r

P^2^ilobium angustifolium L. 1. Withypool ! ; Winsford, W. ;
Sherdon Water. 2. Combe Sydenham; 6. Bishop's Wood and
Buckland St. Mary, W.—U. tetragonum Curt. 2. Kilve, W.-—

152 THE JOUliXAL OF BOTANT :

E. Lamyi F. Schultz. 3. Holway, Taunton, W.^-E. palustre L.
1. Frequent on Exnioor. Var. ^lavandulcdfoliiim Lecoq & Laniotte.

1. Wet bogs, Knighton Combe, Witlwpool, very characteristic ; I
also saw it near Simonsbath. Hitherto only known in Britain from
Shetland and the Highlands. — Dr. Watson has found the following
hybrids, but kept no specimens : — ■*E. hlrsutum X montanum. 8.
Blagdon Hill. *E. }iirsutumy.parvijlorum, 2.- Stogumber, St. Au-
dries, and EastQuantoxhead. 3. Norton Fitzwarren. — E. montanum x
ohscurum. 2. Trull. — E. montaniimx par viJJ ovum. 2. Kilve. 3.
Langford Budyille and Kingston. — E. ohscurum X parvijloriim.

2. Kilye and Stogumber. 3. Bathpool. 6. Wambrook.— j6J. ob-
scurum X tetragonum. 2. East Quantoxhead, 3. Corfe.

Bryonia dioica L. 2. Kilve ; 3. West Hatch, W.

Sium erectum Hwds. 3. Creech St. Michael ; 9. Berrow, TF.

Foeniciilum vuJgare ^IiWqy. 2. Lilstock ; St. Audries, W.

(Enantke 2^impineUoides L. 1. Barle Valle}", above Dulverton ;
4. and 6. Combe St. Nicholas ; 9. Berrow, W.

Caucalis nodosa Scop. 2. East Quantoxhead, W. 5. Kingsdon,
G. Yai\ *peduncuIafallou.j (under Torilis). 3. Bridgwater, 1886, T.

Adoxa Moschatellina L. 2. Stogumber ; Crowcombe.

Viburnum Opulus L. 1. Hawkridge and Quarme Valley ! ; 2.
Kilton; 4. Bickenhall, W.

Rubia peregrina L. 2. Frequent about Kilve !, W. 4. Abun-
dant at Broadway, Z>.

Gallium Molliigolj. var, '^insubricum (Gaud.). 2. Kilve, W. — ■
G. palustre Jj. YRY. lanceolatum Uechtr. 3. Canal, Bathpool!, W.
— G. uliginosum L. 1. Not uncommon about Simonsbath, Exford,
and With^qoool, reaching 1300 feet. — G. tricorne Stokes. 4. Fields,
Ilminster, D,

Asperula odorata L. 4. Hatch and Bickenhall ; 6. White-
staunton, W. — A. cynancliica L. 3. Calmington, near Taunton, W.

SJierardia arvensis L, var. ^maritima Grriseb. 2. Downs, East
Quantoxhead, W.

Valerian-a dioica L. 4. Bickenhall, W.

Valerianella dentata Poll. 2. Frequent in ploughed fields about
Kilve, W.

Solidago Virgaurea L. 1. Exe Valley ! ; 4. Barley Hill ; 6.
Wambrook, Whitestaunton, and Yarty Valley ; 9. Brockky Combe, W.

Erigeron acre L. 2. Minehead ; 3. Stoke St. Mary, W.

Gnaphalinm tdiginosum L. 1. Abundant about Exfoitl ; Simons-
bath, etc. 2. Elworthy and East Quantoxhead ; 3. Bishop's Lydeard;
0. Buckland St. Mary, W. — G. sylvaticum L. 2. Sparingly neiir
Bellinger Farm, Porlock, N. G. Hadden.

Inula Helenium L. 8. One root, Westcombe, near Batcombe,
R. V. Sherring.

Bidens cernua L. 3. Bathpool, W. — B. tripartita L. 3. West
Sedgemoor, Barthpool, and Stajjlegrove ; 4. Chaffcombe, W,

Achillea JP tar mica L. 1. Exton ; 3. Langford Heathfield ;
4. Britt\" Common and Street Ash, W.

Anthemis CotulaL. 3. Taunton; 8. Shapwick, TF. — A. arvensis
L. -2. EastQuantoxhead; 4. Combe St. Nicholas, Jf\ — A. nobilish.
2. St. Audries ; 3. Triscombe, W.

NOTES ON SOMERSET PLANTS FOR 1918 153

Matricaria inodora L. var. salina Bab. 2. Minehead, W.

31. Chamomilla L. 2. Frequent about Kilve ; 4. Langport, W.

\_M. suaveolens Buchenau. 3. Taunton ; 4 and 6. Chard, W.']

Tanacetum vulqare L. 2. Minehead, W.

Artemisia maritima L. 8. Burn ham, W,

Petasites ovatus HilL 2. Cutcombe, W.

SeneciosylvaticusJj. 2. Withypool. Minehead, TF. YdiV.*auri-
culatus Meyer. Withypool, W.

S. erucifolius L. 2. Frequent about Kilve, W. — S. aquaticus L.
var. feiinatifidus Grren. & Godr. 1. Barle Valley, below Tarr Steps, W^.

Carlina vulgaris L. 1. Hill-top (1100 feet) near Staddens,
between Exford and Winsford. 2. Elworthy and Lilstock ; 3.
Broomlield ; 9. Yatton, W,

Arctium Laijpa L. {inajus Bernh.). 3. Hoi way ; Hatch Beau-
champ ; Bui-ton Fynsent, IV.

Carduus crispus L. 2. Elworthy. 3. Creech St. Michael.—
C, crispus X nutans. 2. East Quantoxhead ; 9. Berrow sandliills, W.

Cnicus pratensis L. 4. Combe St. Nicholas ; 6. Bewley Down,
W. — C.acaulisJj. 3. Thurlbear, JF. Ysir. *caulescensFers. Clifts,
east of Kilve, W.

Ficris hieracioides L. 2. Frequent near Kilve ; 3. below Burton
Pynsent ; 4 and 6. Combe St. Nicholas, W. Var. *umhellata Schultz
(P. arvalis Jord.). 3. Between Thurlbear and Stoke St. Mary, W.
- — JP.echioides L. 3. Thurlbear; 4. Staple Fitzpaine, W.

Crepis taraxacij olia Thuill. 2. Stogumber; 3. Langford Bud-
ville, Pitminster, and Thorn Falcon ; 4. Combe St. Nicholas ; 0.
Wambrook, W. 5. Kingsdon, G. — C. capillaj^is WaWr. var. diffusa
(DC). 9. BeiTOw, W.

Hieracium Pilosella L. var. concinnatum F. J. Hanb. 9. Purn
Hill, Bleadon, W. — H. mutahile Ley. 1. Exford, and Quarme
Valley; Withypool; near Simonsbath (1200 feet). Scarce and local.
■ — H. sciapliilum Uechtr. 3. Buncombe Wood, Kingston, W., sp. —
H. umhellatum L. 1. Frequent about Withypool and Exford.
4. Britty Common ; Buckland St. Mary, W.

Leontodon nudicaule Banks & Sol. var. ^lasiolwnum. 9. With
type, on sand-hills near Berrow, W.

Taraxacum erythrospermum Andrz. 3. Stoke Hill; Adcombe
W. Var. IcBvigatum (DC). 3. Stoke Hill; Thurlbear; Corfe, W.'

Lactuca muralis Gaertn. 1. Lane, west of Codsend, near Exford,
3. Buncombe Wood ; Cothelstone ; Pitminster, W.

Sonchus arvensis L. var. *angustifolius Meyer. 2. East Quan-
toxhead, W.

Tragopogon pratense L. 3. Pitminster ; Thurlbear, W. — T.
minus Miller. 2. Kilve, W.

Jasione montanaJj. 1. Exford, &c.; common. 2. Stogumber, W,

\_Lohelia Uortmanna L. 6. Ponds at Culmhead ; planted, WP\

WaTilenhergia hederacea Peichb. 1. In many places about
Exford and Withypool.

Campanula rotundifolia L. 8. Wrington Warren, JV.

*Statice Limonium L. 2. Lilstock, W.

Primula veris X vulgaris. 3. Thurlbear ; Corfe, JV,
Journal of Botany. — Vol. 57. [June, 1919.] n

154 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

LysimacJiia Numimilaria L. 9. Common on the Bleadon levels ;
10. Longleat Wood, W.

Anagallis arveyisis L. var. carnea (Schrank). 3. Taunton School
garden, W. — A. fcemina Miller. 5. Kingsdon, G. — A. tenella
Murray. 6. Bevvley Down, W.

JErythrc^a Centaurium Pers. 2. Kilve ; 3. Thurlbear, Merridge,
and Broomfield; 6. Whitestaunton, W. Var. capitatiim Koch.
2. Cliffs, St. Audries to Lilstoch, W.

Menyanthestri-f'oliataJj. 1. Frequent on Exmoor ; e. y. Withy-
pool, Quarme Valley, and about Simonsbath, to 1300 feet.

\_Polemoiiium cceruleiim L. 3. By a stream at Trull, W. 4. Sea
Mills, Ilminster, D. 8. A few white-flowered plants, by the River
Alham, Westeombe, H. V. S herring. Grarden escapes.]

Cynoylossum officinale L. 9. Yatton ; Wrington Wan-en, TT.

Symphytum peregrininn L. 2. Kilton ; 3. Holway, W. — **S'.
tuherosum L. 10. In two woods at Mells and Whatley ; " looking
very wild," T.

Anchusa sempervirens L. 2. Selworthy, W.

Myosotis cespitosa Schultz. 2. Kilve ; 3. Frequent around
Taunton ; 6. Combe St. Nicholas, W. — M. repens G. & D. Don.
1. Simonsbath. 2, 3. Combes on Quantock ; 4. Castle Neroche ; 6.
Wambrook, W- — M. arvensis Hill var. Mw^Jrosa Bab. 3, Triscombe ;
well marked. W. — M. collina Hoffm. 3. Adcombe and Cothelstone ;
6. Whitestaunton, W.

Ziithospermum furpureo-cceruleum L. 9. Lane, north-east of
Tickenham, T. — L, officinale L. 10. Little Elm and Chantry, T. —
L. arvense, L. 8. Castle Cary, C. J5J. Moss (teste W.).

Cuscuta Epithymum Murray. 2. Frequent above Kilve and
Quantoxhead, W.

(To be concluded)

THE AFRICAN SPECIES OF ALLOPHYLUS.

By Edmund G. Bakee, F.L.S.

The genus Allophylus was founded by Linnaeus in 1747 in the
Flora Zeylanica (p. 58) on the species now known as A. zey I aniens
and of which the types are in Hermann's herbarium in the National
Herbarium. This is the only species mentioned in the Species
I^lantarum in 1753. The genus Schmidelia was also described by
Linnaeus, in 1767, in the Mantissa, and as the two are now almost
universally considered synonymous, the former must take precedence.
In 1859-60 Sender (in Harvey and Sonder's Fl. Capensis, 238) gave
under Schmidelia descriptions of five species, and in 1868 my father,
in the ^lora of Tropical Africa (i. 420), described twelve species.
In 1895 Dr. Radlkofer, in Engler & Prantl. Naturl. Pflanzenfamilien,
V. 3. 311, mentions eighteen species from Africa and Madagascar.
He relies for purposes of classification and an-angement primarily on
whether the leaves are unifoliolate or trifoliolate, and on the chai-acter

THE AFRICA1«^ SPECIES OF ALLOPHTLUS 155

of the thvrse. Students of the genus are much indebted to Dr. Radl-
kofer for his most careful work, and especially for his paper in Sitz.
Bayer. Akad. Wiss. xxxviii. 221-237 (1909) " Uber die Gattung
Allopliylus und die Ordnung ihrer Arten."

The division into unifoliolate leaves and trifoliolate leaves is not
entirely satisfactory : in certain special instances such as A. congolanus
Gilg., in vv^hich, although usually trifoliolate, the lateral leaflets are
occasionally entirely absent. The division also of trifoliolate-leaved
s])ecies into those with a simple thyrse, and those with a branched
thyrse, is also occasiorally difficult of application, as in some species —
such as, for instance, A. repandus Engl. — a simple and branched thyrse
is often found on the same specimen. I note that Dr. Kadlkofer
doubts whether this latter species is really specifically distinct from
A. alnifolius Radlk., the former being founded on Schmidelia rcpanda
Ijaker, the latter on 8. alnifolia Baker. I have careful!}^ examined
the types ; in the latter the leaves are cuneate-obovate and blunt,
whilst in 8. repanda they are broadest about half way down and acute,
and as far as one can judge the species are quite distinct.

Dr. Gilg has also made important contributions to our knowledge
of the African species ; his papers are in Englers Jalirhnch, xxiv. 286
(1897), where he published 17 novelties, xxx. 348, where are three, and
in 1914 in the Botany of the Deutschen Zentral- Africa Exjjedition^
474 (1911) he published three species. In Journ. Linn. Soc. xxxvii.
136 (1905) I described A. pseudopaniciilatus, A. suhcoriacfus, and
A. lat&foliolatus from material collected by Dr. Bagshawe in Uganda,
and in xl. 48 (1911) A. chirindensis, from specimens collected by
Mr. C. F. M. Swynnerton in the Chirinda Forest.

For the discrimination of the trifoliolate species special attention
must be paid to the character, consistence, absence or presence of
indumentum, and toothing of the leaflets, the absence or presence of
])etiolules, the character of the thyrse, the size of the flowers, and the
size and shape of the fruit. The structure of the flower does not seem
to be of primary importance for taxonomic purposes.

In the following enumeration of the African species known to me,
either from herbarium material or description, 1 have thought it
advisable to retain as far as possible Dr. Radlkofer's sequence, interpo-
lating the more recently described novelties and those here described
in their correct positions.

Clavis specter um.

A. Folia unifoliolata rarissime trifoliolata.
Thyrsi simplices.

Thyrsi petiolos vix aequantes vel paullo superantes.
Ramuli hirtelli vel hirsuti. Foliola papyracea.
Foliola margine dentata apice abrupte acuminata . 1. hirtellus.
Foliola margine crenato- dentata apice longe acumi-
nata 2. nigericus.

Thyrsi mediocres petiolos superantes. Kamuli
cinerei, glabri. Foliola chartacea, apice acuta

vel obtusa 3. Pervillei.

Thyrsi foliorum vix J adasquantes. Calyx ferrugineo-

tomentosus 4. hylophilus.

Thyrsi longi. Eamuli puberuli vel glabriusculi.

Calyx glaber vel subglaber 5. mono'plyUvs.

Thyrsi ramosi, rami glabri 6. yneUiodvnO:.

> 2

156 THE JOUKNAL OF BOTANY

B. Folia trifoliolata.

Thyrsi simplices vel subsimplices.

Folia parviuscula srepissime 6 cm. non superantia.

Species Africae Tropicalis. [scharicus.

Foliola membranacea, rhombea, siccitate viridia . 7. kilimand-
Foliola membranacea, siccitate brunnescentia vel

nigrescentia 8. ruhifolius.

Foliola subcoriacea, apice rotundata 9. alnifolius,

Foliola chartacea, lateralia parva, subtus dense

griseo-tomentosa 10. Fischeri,

Foliola chartacea, siccitate brunnescentia vel

nigrescentia, elliptica, acuminata 11. lasiopus.

Species Capensis 12. decipiens.

Folia majora 6-15 cm. longa et ultra.
Flore s magni vel majusculi.

Thyrsi folia superantes, densi vel subdensi.
Foliola oblonga vel ovato-oblonga, subtus ad

nervos puberula 13. macrohotrys.

Foliola ovato-lanceolata, subtus glandulis

microscopicis vestita 14. didymadenius.

Foliola elliptica vel elliptico-obovata, papy-

racea 15. toroensis.

Foliola late ovata, lateralia oblique oblongo-

ovata 16. latefoliolatus.

Thyrsi folia superantes vel adaequantes, laxi.
Foliola chartacea omnino glabra.

Foliola terminalia 6-8 cm. longa, petiolulis

3-6 mm. longis 17. chaunoatachys,

Foliola terminalia 8-12 cm. longa, petiolulis

10-15 mm. longis 18. gazensis.

Foliola papyracea, glabra, ovato-lanceolata,

acuminata angustissima 19. macrurus.

Foliola glabra, nervo medio excepto, ovata vel

ovato-oblonga 20. spectahilis,

Foliola papyracea, glabrata, ovata vel ovato-
oblonga 21. oreophilus.

Foliola subtus in axillis barbata, lanceolata .. . 22. Buchanani.

Thyrsi foliis breviores, laxiusculi 23. cuneatus.

Thyrsi f olii petiolum adagquantes 24. VoUietiaii.

Flores mediocres.

Thyrsi folia perspicue superantes*

Alabastra sericeo-"\dllo8a 25. ferrugineiis.

Alabastra glabra vel subglabra 26. cazengoejisis.

Thyrsi folia sequantes vel subadeequantes.

Foliola chartacea, subtus densissime griseo-
tomentosa 27. dasystachys,

Foliola subchartacea utrinque opaca et glabrata
sed ad nervos ferruginea pilosa. Thyrsi

laxiflori 28. Antunesii.

Foliola subchartacea, glaberrima, praeter ner-
vorum axillas barbata. Thyrsi fere a

basi densiflori 29. Goetzeanus.

Thyrsi petiolos superantes foliis breviores 30. andongensis.

Flores parvi.

Foliola lateralia rntermediis multo breviora vel
rarissime obsolcta.
Folia subsessilia. Thyrsi folia superantes ... 31. congolanns.
Folia subsessilia margine serrata. Thyrsi [^serratus.

folia hand adasquantes 32. appendiculato-

Folia manifesto petiolata. Thyrsi folia su;)8r-

antes vel aequantes 33. Ycru.

THE AFRICAN SPECIES OF ALLOPHTLUS 157

Foliola lateralia intermediis parum breviora.
Thyrsi folia superantes vel subsequantes.

Foliola ex ovali subrhombea, fuscescentia... 34. spicatus.
Foliola ex elongato rhombeo sublanceolata,

saturate viridia 35. elongatus.

Thyrsi petiolos superantes foliis breviores,

laxi 36. tenuifolius,

Thyrpi petiolos superantes foliis breviores,

densi 37. Welwitschii.

Thyrsi petiolos vix superantes vel pauUo
longiores.
Foliola oblongo-lanceolata, membranacea,

grossiuscule dentata 38. Conraui.

Foliola intermedia subrhombea, inaequaliter

inciso-serrata 39. leptaulos.

Thyrsi simplices et ramosi in eadem planta.

Foliola subcoriacea, ovali-oblonga, integerrima 40. integrifolius,

Foliola papyracea, siccitate supra nigrescentia, apice

sEepius acuta. Arbuscula 41. repandus.

Foliola subcoriacea, siccitate brunnescentia 42. suhcoriaceus,

Foliola papyracea, ovata vel ovalia 43. Warneckei.

Thj'rsi ramosi paniculas exhibentes.
Flores magni vel majusculi.

Foliola ampla in typo papyracea. Fructus cocci

oblongi, magni 44. grandifolius,

Foliola obovata, adultiora + buUata. Fructus

cocci obovoideo-pyriformes 45. hullatus.

Foliola oblongo-lanceolata. Fructus cocci obo-

voideo-globosi 46. abyssinicus,

Flores mediocres vel parvi.
Species Africae TropicaKs.

Foliola omnino glabra vel glabriuscula.
Foliola margine integerrima.

Foliola chartacea, late elliptica acuminata . 47. camptoneurus,
Foliola papyracea, apice acuminata, siccitate

argenteo-brunnescentia 48. Talhotii,

Foliola supra nitida, siccitate caeruleo-

cinerea 49. Gossiveileri.

Foliola subcoriacea, oblonga vel ovato-

oblonga 50. rutete.

Foliola crassiuscula, elKptica vel ovalia,

siccitate viiidia 51. Ussheri.

Foliola apice paucidentata, siccitate brunnes-
centia 52. Schweinfurthii.

Foliola margine serrata.

Foliola rhombeo- elliptica siccitate intense

viridia 53. Dummeri.

Foliola obovata acuminata 54. Tciivuensis.

Foliola oblonga vel ovato-oblonga 55. maivamhensis.

Foliola margine Integra vel hinc inde obsolete

emarginato-denticulata 56. schirensis,

Foliola praiter nervos pubescentes vel tomentosos
glabra.
Foliola viridia cimeato-ovata vel oblongo-

oblanceolata 57. crehriflorus,

Foliola triste viridia, elliptica, acuminata.

Petioli mediocres 58. Zenkeri,

Foliola obovata vel obovato-oblonga. Petioli

longi 69. longipetiolat'us.

Foliola subtus canescenti-puberula, triste viridia,

siccitate nigrescentia vel brunnescentia 60. tristia.

158 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

Foliola pilis setaceis albidis utrinque adspersa... 61. pseudo'
Foliola supra glabra subtus pubescentia, char- [paiiiculatus.

tacea, siccitate cinerea 62. Kaessneri.

Foliola glabra, viridia, subtus costarum axillis

exceptis 63. chirindensu.

Foliola glabra vel subvelutina, siccitate supra

nigrescentia 64. africanus.

Foliola papyracea, supra praeter costam glabra

subtus pilis adspersa 65. brachycalyx.

Foliola prajcipvie subtus tomentosa.

Foliola parviuscula, obovata Q&. Hoi uhii.

Foliola ovalia vel ovali-oblonga 67. stachyanthMS.

Foliola obovata vel elliptica 68. griseo-

Foliola obovata vel ovalia, crenato-dentata [tomentosus.

vel subintegerrima 69. fulvo-

[tomeyitoiiiis.

Foliola oblongo-ovata vel obovata 70. cataractorum.

Foliola terminalia elliptica, lateralia oblique

ovata, subtus griseo-tomentosa 71. calophyllus.

Species Austro-Africanae.

Folia patula '72. melanocarpus.

Folia ramis subadpressa 73. erosus.

1. A. HiRTELLus Radlk. in Engler & Pmntl. Naturl. Pflanzenfam.
iii.- 5, 313 (1895). Schmidelia hirtella Hook, til. in Niger
Fl. 248, t. XXV. (1819). S. monophylla Hook. fil. in Ic. PI. t. 775
(1848).

.Ferxaxdo Po : Vogel 96 ! Mann ! Hb. Kew.

Var. nov. Barteri.

Fnitex 15-pedalis. Foliola papyracea, angustiora 15-19 cm.
longa. 4-5-7 cm. lata. Thyrsi breves.

Niger Expd. Barter 85! Oban, P. Talhot 1392! Hb. Mas.
Brit. Cameroons: Ambas Bay, Mann 727 ! Hb. Kew.

Differs from type by the narrower leaflets.

2. A. nigericus, sp. nov.

Hamuli novelli hirsutissimi. Folia unifoliolata, foliolis ovato-
lanceolatis vel oblongo-lanceolatis margine crenato-dentatis basi rotun-
datis vel late cuneatis supra prseter costam demum glabris nervis
lateralibus utrinque 15-19, 15-20 cm. longis, 5*5-7 cm. latis, petiolo
hirsuto 12-15 mm. longo pra?dita. Thyrsi breves l*5-3*0cm. petiolos
adiEquantes vel pauUo superantes, multiflori, rhachi pubescente.
Floras parviusculi in (jymulas paucitloras dispositi. Sepala 4 per
paria opposita, cucullata, membranacea, 2 exteriora minora. Fetala 4.
Stamina 8. Ovarium hirtum. Styli 2. Fructus ignotus.

Nigeria : Oban, P. Talbot 442 ! 447 ! Hb. Mus. Brit.

Closely allied to A. hirtellus Kadlk., diU'ering in the margin o£
the leaflets being crenate-dentate and the apex being gradually not
abruptly acuminate. The thyrse is generally slightly longer than the
petioles — the pedicels are 1-1*5 mm. long.

3. A. Peryillei B1. Kumphia, iii. 123 (1847). A. monophyllus
Taub. in Engl. Pflanzenvvelt Ost-Afr. c. 250 (1895) non Radlk.

East Africa: Zanzibar, Hildrhrandt 1153! Bojer\ Kirk 26!
Dar-es-Salaam, KirJc 130 ! Hb. Kew. Amboni, Hoist 2832 ! W.
Schhnba Mts., Kdssner 3S0 ! Hb. Mus. Brit.

THE AFRICAN SPECIES OF ALLOPHTLUS 159

4. A. HTL0PHILU3 Grilg ill Engl. Jahrb. xxiv. 294 (1897).
Cameeoons : Buchholzy Hb. Berol.

5. A. MONOPHTLLUS Riidlk. in Engl. & Prantl. 1. c. (1895).
Schmidelia monophi/lla Presl. Bot. Bemerk. 40 (1844). S. Dre-
geana Sonder in Harvey. Sonder Fl. Cap. i. 239 (1859-60). Rlius
monophylla E. Meyer in Drege Zwei Pfi. Docum. 216 (1844).

Natal : Many collectors. Poxdolaxd : Port St. John, E. Galjnn
2863 ! Hb. Kew.

Var. NATALTTlA Szvl. in Enum. Polypet, Rehmann, part 2, 47
(1888).

Natal : Inanda, Wood 481 ! Hb. Kew.

6. A. MELLiODORUS Gilg ex Eadlk. in Sitz. Bayer. Akad. Wien
(1908) xxxviii. 217 (1909).

East Africa : A^aani, Scheffler 54:1 Hb. Berol. ; Warnecke 364!
Hbb. Mus. Brit. Kew.

7. A. KiLiMAXDSCiiARicus Taub. in Engl. Pflanzenwelt Ost-Afr.
c. 249 (1895).

Kilimanjaro : Vol kens 2003 ! Hbb. Berol. Mus. Brit.

8. A. EUBiFOLius Engler, Hochgebirgsflora, 892 (1892). Schmi-
delia rubifolia Hochst. ex Rich. Tent. El. Abyss, i. 103 (1847).

Abyssinia: Schimper 1169! and other collectors. Eritrea:
Pappi 286 ! Hbb. Mus. Brit. Kew. Seriba Ghattas : Schwein-
furfh, ser. iii. 105 ! 1964 ! Hb. Kew.

/S'. miniitiflora Mattel in Fedde Rep. ix. 346, from Italian Somali-
land, is unknown to me except from the description. It is allied to
the above.

9. A. ALNiFOLius Radlk. in Engl. & Pi-antl. 1. c. (1895). Schmi-
delia alnifolia Baker in Fl. Trop. Afr. i. 422 (1868).

East Africa : Mozambique, Forbes ! Tanga, Hoist 2091, Vol-
Jcens 95 ! Amboni, Hoist 2567 ! Hbb. Kew. Mus. Brit. Kitui in
Ukamba, Hildehrandt 2812 ! Hb. Kew.

10. A. FiscHERi Gilg in Engl. Jahrb. xxiv. 292 (1897).
East Africa : Fischer, i. 308. Hb. Berol.

I only know this species from the description.

11. A. lanopus, sp. nov.

Arhuscula 10-pedalis. Hamuli novelli ferrugineo vel fusco-
tomentosi. Folia trifoliolata, supiu prseter nervos glabra, subtus
praicipue ad nervos pubescentia, foliolis ellipticis vel ovalibus margine
integris vel rarissime hinc inde serratis terminalibus breviter acuminatis
6-10 cm. longis, 3-4-5 cm. latis, longiuscule petiolulatis (10-14 mm.)
lateralibus pauUo minoribus et petiolulis brevioribus. Fetiolus com-
munis 2-3 cm. longus, fusco-tomentosus. Thyrsi inferne nudi,
graciles, simplices, 4-9 cm. longi, laxiflori, foliis breviores, rhachi
pubescente. Flores mediocres in cymulas pauciHoras dispositi, pedi-
cellati. Sepala membranacea. Ovarium pilis vestitum. Styli 2-3
divaricati. Fructus ignotus.

Cameroons : Batanga, G. L. Bates 209 ! Hbb. Mus. Brit. Kew.

160 THE JOURIfAL OF BOTAJHT

Distingaished by the small rather thick leaves which when dried
turn brown or black, the terminal leaflet is rather longly petiolulate.
The lax-flowered simple thyrse is 5-9 cm. long;,with the pedicellate
flowers in few flowered cymules.

12. A. DECIPIENS Radlk. in Engler & Prantl. iii. 5, 313 (1895).
Sclimidelia decipiens Presl. Bot. Bemerk. 41 (1844). Mhus decipiens
E. Mey. in Drege Zwei Pfl. Docum. 216 (1844).

Cape : Many collectors.

Rudatis 590 so named is A. melanocarpus Radlk.

13. A. MACROBOTETS Gilg in Engl. Jahrb. xxiv. 288 (1897).
Lake Region : Bukoba, Stuhlmann etc. Hb. Berol. Congo

Region : Sapin ! Hb. Brux.

14. A. DiDYMADENius Radlk. in Sitz. Bayer. Akad. 1. c. 219
(1909).

East Africa : A. Whyte.

(To be continued.)

ALABASTRA DIVERSA.— Part XXX.

By Spencer Le M. Moore, B.Sc, F.L.S.

Plants Rogersianje. — IV.

[The following description of the new PJiyllantlius referred to on
p. 86 should have appeared in its proper sequence on p. 91, but the
specimen had been mislaid. — S. M,]

Phyllantlms Rog^ersii Hutchinson, sp. nov. Verisimiliter suffrutex
dioicus glaber ; ramulis fasciculatis gracilibus crebro foliosis ; foliis
parvis brevipetiolatis ovato-oblongis apice obtusis necnon mucronulatis
basi rotundatis nonnunquam levissime cordatis firme membranaceis ;
fiorihus S gracile pedicellatis sepalis 5 suborbicularibus glandulis
totidem subreniformibus staminibus 5 filamentis aegre omnino solutis
antheris longitrorsum dehiscentibus ; JJorihus $ axillaribus quam cS
validius pedicellatis sepalis quam ea maris majoribus suborbicularibus
glandulis in discum annularem conflatis ovario depresse subgloboso
stylis 3 a basi divergentibus ultra medium bicruris ; capsula depresse
globosa glabra.

Transvaal, Pietersburg Div., Haenertsburg ; Rogers, 19023.

Folia 4-5 x 2'5-3 mm., supra in sicco saturate subtus dilute
viridia ; costae laterales utrinque 3-4, tenerse ; petioli 1 mm. long.
Stipulse exiguae, coloratae, circa 1 mm. long. Pedicelli S 3 mm.
long. Flores S diam. 2 mm. leviter excedentes ; sepala 1x1 mm. ;
glandulse -3 mm. lat. ; fllamenta fere 1 mm. long ; antherae "2 mm.
long. Pedicelli $ 4 mm. long. Flores $ 3 mm. diam. ; sepala
1"75 X 1*75 mm., rubra vel rubro-lineata ; ovarium 1'5 mm. diam. ;
styli in toto vix 1 mm. long. Capsula trigona, 3 mm. diam.

Near P. capillaris Schum. & Thonn., but without any pubescence
and with smaller leaves not narrowed at the base and flowers on
shorter pedicels among other features.

SOME BRITISH RUST FUXGI IGl

SOME BRITISH RUST FUNGI.
Br Malcolm Wilson, D.Sc, F.L.S.,

Lecturer in Mycology, University of Edinburgh.

In this Journal for 1915 (pp. 43-49) an account was given of
the occurrence of several alpine species of the Uredinese ; the follow-
ing notes supply additional information on some of these and record
tlie occurrence of several others. The British Bust Bungi by W. B.
Grove has been of great help in the determination.

Melampsora alpina Juel.

The uredo- and teleutospore stages of this species on Salix her-
hacea have already been recorded (Ber. d. schweiz. bot. Ges. ix. 49)
from Ben Lui. A further search was made on Ben Lui on July Ist^
1915, and the secidial stage was discovered on Saxifraga oj^ijositi-
folia, growing at an altitude of about 2500 ft., in close proximity to
Salix herhacea, which was bearing young uredospore sori. Only a
singh' secidium was discovered, and no spermagonia were found on
the leaf, although these were probably present at an earlier date.

The aicidial stage, which has been knoAvn as Cceoma SaxifragcB
Wint., has been found in Switzerland by Jacky (Ber. d. schweiz. bot.
Ges. ix. 49), who proved the connection between the tw^o stages by
carrying out infection experiments with both secidiospores and teleu-
tosix)res. The Scottish specimen agrees closely with his description.

The complete description of the species is as follows : —

Spermagonia. Several, epiphyllous. uEcidia, Solitary, epiphyllous,
orange-red, at first covered by the epidermis ; spore layer flat ; spores
spherical or polygonal, 17-25 x 16-24 ^, wall colourless up to 3 ^ in
thickness ; paraphyses colourless, filled with yellow granular contents,
ending in a swollen head which is always smaller than the secidiospoi-es.
Uredosjjores. Sori small, scattered, rounded, amphigenous, orange-
yellow ; spores ellipsoidal or spherical, 19-22 x 14-17 fx, finely echinu-
late, contents orange-yellow ; paraphyses abundant, capitate, thick-
walled, up to 88 fjL long, head about the same size as uredospores,
wall up to 5 ^t in thickness. Teleiitospores. Sori amphigenous,
mostly epiphyllous, rounded, up to '8 mm. in diameter, brownish
black, covered by the epidermis ; spores flattened or rounded at the
apex, rounded and usually diminishing in size towards the base,
2(3-50x9-14/7, wall thin, smootli yellowish brown.

^cidia on Saxifrago oppositifolia L., Switzerland and on Ben Lui,
Scotland. July and August. Uredo- and teleutospores on Salix
herhacea L., Norway, Sweden, Switzerland and on Ben Lui, Scotland.
J uly-October.

The discovery of the secidial stage clears up any doubt as to the
distinctness of this fungus from M. arctica Rost., a species also
growing on Salix herhacea and closely resembling M. alpina in its
uredo- and teleutospore stages, but apparently autcecious.

102 TITE JOL^RXAL OF BOTAXT

Pltccinia borealis Juel.

The secidial stage of this fungus was discovered by Greville on
Ben Voirlich (Loch Lomond) in 1821, and this appears to be the
only record of this species in Britain. It has recently been found in
considerable quantity on Ben Lui (Perthshire) occurring on Thalic-
frivn alpinum at an altitude of about 2500 ft. The aecidia are found
on the petioles, peduncles, and on the under surface of the leaves on
unthickened spots which are pale or reddish yellow on the upper
surface. About 8-12 secidia are found in each group. The spores
are rather larger than those described by Juel (K. Vet. Akad. Forh.
no. 8, 411, 1898), being 20-23 x 17-20 ^.

Juel showed by infection-experiments that the uredospore and
teleutospore stages occurred on Agj'ostis horealis. He considered
that Anthoxantliuin odoratum also acted as a second host, but was
unable to infect this species with the aecidiospores from Tlialictrum
alpinum. Athough A. odoratum occurs commonly on Ben Lui, no
plants were present in close proximity to the diseased Tlialictrum
alpinum. It is proposed to carry out infection-experiments to deter-
mine whether this species really acts as a second host in this cointry.

Pltccinia Polygoni-tiyipari Karst.

This was found on 'Polygonum viviporum near Ballinling, Perth-
shire, in August 1915. In this neighbourhood P. viviparum is
found almost down to the level of the river Tay, and the fungus
occurs in abundance on the underside of the leaves, producing pale
spots on the upper surface. This rust has been recorded by Greville
in 1822 from Mar Lodge and by Trail in 1882 from Braemar, both
localities in Aberdeen. The present specimens agree with the descrip-
tion given by Grove, except that the uredospores are slightly larger,
being 22-28x20-24^.

The uredospore and teleutospore stages of Puccinia septentrio-
7ialis are also found on Polygonum viviparum, but this species
appears to be confined to higher altitudes where its alternative host,
Thalictrum alpinum^ is abundant. The sori of the two species
closely resemble each other, but P. septentrionalis is distinguished
by the presence of an apical papilla on the teleutospore, while the
teleutospore wall of P. Polygoni-vivipari is unthickened.

P. Polygoni-vivipari appears to be autcecious and secidia are
unknown. The infected plants were growing amongst grass, and an
examination of the withered leaves of the previous year showed
evidence of their infection by the fungus. No aecidia were found on
other species of plants in the close vicinity.

Uromyces Oxobrychidis Lev.
This was found on Oct. 1914 near Faversham, Kent, growing on
cultivated sainfoin. It has not been previously recorded for Britain,
and in this case was possibly introduced with seed. The uredospore
sori are easily seen on the leaflets, but televitospore sori were only
found on the lower pait of the petioles.

SOME BRITLSH BUST FrXGI 1G3

Tlie characters of the species are as follows : — ■

Vredospores. Sori ainphigenous and on the petioles, scattered,
small, soon naked, pulverulent, rounded on leaf, oblong or linear on
petiole, cinnamon- brown ; spores subglobose to ellipsoid, echinulate,
cinnamon-brown, 22-24 X 15-22 /L/, epispore 2*8 yu thick with 3 germ
pores. Tel euioap ores, Sori similar but darker; spores ellipsoidal to
pyriform, hardly constricted, 21-25 X 14-18 ^, minutely warted with
a minute papilla at the tip, pedicels short deciduous.

On cultivated Oiiobrychis safiva, Faversham, Kent.

PucciNTA Hypochceridis Oud. Teleutospores have apparently
not been discovered in British specimens of this species up to the
present. They were found, however, along with uredospores, on a
plant of Hypochoeris radicata^ gathered in 191G near Epsom. They
agree closely with the description of the foreign specimens given by
Grove, and the minute punctations on the spore wall are clearly
visible.

P. Crepidis Schrot. has been found on Crepis virens near Ballin-
ling, Perthshire, in July 1915. Only uredospores were present on the
specimen. This rare species has been previously recorded from Moray,
Noi*th Devon, and from Ireland.

P. uligi)iOsa Juel. The secidial stage was found on Fctr/ia.'^.sia
pahtstris in Glen Sloy, Argyllshire, in June 1915. Up to the present
this has only been recorded from Glasgow and Aberdeen. The
uredospore and teleutospore stages on Carex Goodenovli have not
yet been discovered in Britain.

P. major Dietel was found on the lower slopes of Ben Voirlich
(Loch Lomond) in June 1915. Only the iecidial stage was present.
This autcecious species on Crepis pxiludosa has only been previously
recorded in Scotland from Braemar.

Erratum. — In Journ. Bot. 1915, 44, the measurements of the
teleutospores of I^uccinia Frost ii should read 5G-G2 X 34-38/^.

REVIEWS.

The Quantitative Method in Biology. By Julius MacLeod, Dr.
Nat Sc. Manchester University Press & Longmans, Green &
Co. 1919. Price 15*.

We must confess that so far we have been in no way impressed
with the value of the application of mathematical methods to bio-
logical problems, nor has a study of this volume in any way caused
us to alter our opinion. The book is the result of labours which can
only be described as prodigious, but the results do not seem to be in
any way commensurate. Ko doubt it would be useful to have
"constants" instead of "terms" in botany — if we could cite a
certain figure instead of talking of a Itaf as broad or narrow. But
is it possible ? we greatly doubt it. The systematic botanist will
lind many points of interest scattered through these pages which we
should regret to be suspected of undervaluing. Far from it : there
are many careful and valuable observations to be discovered by the

164 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

patient seeker. Let us take as examples the discussion on Plasticity,
with numerous instances, nutably that of the *' crimson rambler " of
which " when an inflorescence (corymb) is evolved before the buds
have reached their full size, the flowers of this branch, when exj^anded,
are quite healthy but white : the crimson rambler is, as it were,
transformed into a white rambler " : and again, the discussion on the
interesting topic of "convergence." As the writer points out, the
facts which we try to explain by the theory of " convergent adapta-
tion" require two sets of assumptions in accordance with our acceptance
of the neo- Darwinian or neo-Lamarckian standpoint ; that all these
hypotheses require verification, and until such is forthcoming, " the
term convergent adaptation is a delusive screen behind which we
conceal the problems which ought to he solved " (author's italics).
None of the hypotheses yet brought forward explain the similarity
between the fore-legs of Talpa and Gryllotalpa, nor the resemblance
between the fruits of certain Myxomycetes and certain G-astero-
m3^cetes.

We mention these two discussions with the object of sending
philosophically minded botanists to the pages of the book itself.

B. C. A. W.

Botany : a Texthooh for Seiiior Students. By D. Thodat, M.A.
Second edition. 8vo. Pp. xix, 524, tt. 230. Cambridge Uni-
versity Press, 1919. Price 7s. Qd.

It is not surprising that a new edition of Mr. Thoday's textbook
has been called for within four years of the publication of the original
work. The book was intended primarily for use in connexion with
preparation for the Senior Cambridge Local Examinations, and special
attention has been given to a clear exposition of certain matters which
experience as an examiner had convinced the author were widely mis-
conceived or imperfectly grasped. But the book should appeal to a
wider circle than is embraced b}'' the candidates for a particular ex-
amination. It forms a well- written and well-arranged introduction
to the study of botany, and a student who, under a capable teacher,
has worked through the matter of its chapters will have a good
ground- work in the science.

After a short introductory chapter on the general conformation of
a plant, the student is led through a series of experiments (forming
the chapters of Section I.) in which the plant is demonstrated as a
living organism, feeding, breathing, and growing ; Section II. deals
with internal structure in reference to the life-processes which have
already been described ; Section III., " Ileproduction," describes the
flower, its pollination, production of fruit and seed, the dispersal of
the seed, its germination, and the growth of the seedling. In Sec-
tion IV., " The Classification of Plants." the species, genus, and family
are explained and the principles of classification illustrated by a study
of members of the llanunculaceae ; and the types of flower and fruit
are further studied in a selection of common British families. Sec-
tion V. '* Plants in relation to their Environment," begins with a
chapter on " fitness," or adaptation, and successive chaj^ters deal with

TEXTBOOK FOE SENIOR STUDENTS 165

trees, climbing plants, and water-plants, as common biological types.
A concluding chapter forms an introduction to the study of plant-
associations.

A new feature of this edition is the addition of a supplement on
seedless plants, a series of short chapters in which the structure and
life-history of Algae, Fungi, Mosses and Liverworts, and Ferns are
illustrated by a few selected types.

The illustrations are clear and adequate, but the book has been
somewhat carelessly produced ; there is no reference on the title-page
to the fact that this is a second edition — on the contrary, the back
of this page bears the legend " First edition 1915. Keprinted 1919 " ;
the pages are not uniform in size and the volume is badly bound.

A. B. R.

Our National Forests : a sTiort popular account of the loorlc of the
United States Forest Service on the national forests. By
R. H. D. Boerker, Ph.D., New York. The Macmillan Co., 1919,
pp. Ixix, 238. With 80 illustrations. Price 12s. 6d.

Manual of Tree Diseases. By W. Howard Rankin, A.B., Ph.D.,
Assistant Professor of Plant Pathology, New York State College
of Agriculture, pp. xx, 398. With 7U Figures. Same publishers
and price.

Those of us who have watched with admiring eyes the progress
of State and National forestry in America since Dr. F. B. Hough's
memorable European tour of inspection, rather more than forty years
ago, can appreciate Dr. Boerker's fully justified pride in his country-
men's achievement. The forest statistics of half a continent neces-
sarilv deal with large figures. When we read that the United States
use annually "90,000,000 cords of firewood, nearly 40,000,000,000 feet
of lumber, ] 50,000,000 railroad ties, nearly 1,700,000,000 barrel staves,
445,000,000 board feet of veneer, over 135,000,000 sets of barrel

headings over 3,300,000 cords of native pulpwood, 170,000,000

cubic feet of round mine timbers, .... and nearly 3,500,000 telephone
and telegraph poles," we are not surprised to learn " that out of 5200
billion feet of merchantable timber once present, only 2000 billion
feet are left." Whilst in Germany, where scientific management has
brought about the largest annual increment of the national forests per
acre, the annual consumption of wood for all purposes — before the
recent dehdcle — was only 40 cubic feet per head of the population, in
the United States it was nearly 250 cubic feet ! Naturally, since the
destruction of the Apj^alachian forests ** the surrounding country has
suffered from alternate floods and droughts ; great manufacturing
centres have lost their steady supply of water ; harbours are filled with
silt from the mountain sides; and fields, once fertile, are covered with
sand, gravel, and debris." Thus America, like other lands, has learnt
by bitter experience, and has realised " that forest conservation can be
assured only through the public ownership of forest resources." The
bulk of the mixed hardwood forests of the Eastern States has gone
beyond recall, and the reserves of which Dr. Boerker tells the story are
coniferous forests at high altitudes in the mountain ranges of the

166 THE JOUKNAL OF BOTANY

Western States. They cover, however, 155 million acres — an area
one- fifth larger than the whole of France. To place such an area,
scattered through eighteen States, under scientific management, to
protect it from forest fires and to get from it a revenue of some
£700,000 — although that bj no means yet equals the cost of the
administration — is no mean achievement ; and this the United States
Forest Service have accomplished within the last twenty years.
Dr. Boerker's book is a song of triumph ; but it is also a most inter-
esting and thoroughly documented exposition of the organization that
has reached this result. Although he is no longer himself in the
Service, he has had some eight years' experience in it, and has been
able to furnish the latest particulars and to make use of many
excellent official pictures. His stor^"" is pleasant reading : what he
has to tell of protection from fire and from tree diseases is full of
lessons particularly important to the Government and people of our
own North American Dominion, and also to some extent to us here in
our relatively wood-less England.

The whole history of forest administration in the United States is
one of thoroughness of organization and of liberal far-sighted expen-
diture— to some extent upon purely scientific investigations — -which
is evidence of true commercial imagination. Such thoroughness
necessarily implies an attention to detail, and Dr. Kankin's Manual
of Tree Diseases, which we have received at the same time as
Dr. Boerker's book, is a fair specimen of the scientific works on
economic topics which American workers are now giving us. The
author does not deal with injurious insects ; but, whilst the bulk of
his work deals with fungal disease, he does treat briefly of sun-
scorch, frost, drought, smoke, gas, and mistletoe as causes of disease.
The book is an eminently practical one, adapted to the needs of the
forester. After four preliminary chapters dealing with those diseases
which are general on seedlings, leaves, and roots, the author describes
the diseases of twenty-eight leading American trees in the alphabetical
order of their common names, ending with chapters on tree surgery
and spraying. Bibliographical references — mainly American — are
added to each chapter, and a useful list of common names of trees,
based upon that of Sudworth, with their scientific equivalents, is also
given.

The use of text-figures has led to the use of a very heavy paper ;
but in spite of this, we cannot help suggesting that something is
distinctly wanting, which would add somewhat to the size of the
work. The author has relied almost entirely on external or naked-eye
characters, so that we doubt whether the amateur will be able to
identify the diseases, even though those of each species are brought
together in one chapter. A very brief glossary is given in which we
note what we consider the vmnecessar}^ substitution of aiciospore,
epiphytotic, teliospore and urediniospore for ajcidiospore, ejndemic,
teleutospore and uredospore. There is, however, no general outline of
the structure of the main groups of parasitic fungi.

Curative treatment is described wherever possible ; and if it is
depressing to read (p. 138) of "the passing of the chestnut" as a
forest tree, owing to the irresistible ravages of Endothia parasitica.

MANUAL OF TREE DISEASES 167

the usefulness of the book may be gauged from the fact that a know-
ledge of what it contains as to the prevalence of " peckiness," due to
Fomes geotropus Cooke, in from 33 to 100 per cent, of the trees of
Taxodium in Florida, Louisiana and other States might — not many
months ago — have saved our Government many thousands of pounds.
Both volumes are well got up ; but publishers should submit the
** jackets," in which it is now the fashion to send out books, to the
authors for correction, as two misprints in one brief descriptive
paragraph is not a good advertisement of the contents of a volume.

G. S. BOULGER.

BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, etc.

At the meeting of the Linnean Society on May 1, Mr. James
Smith gave a demonstration of the various forms assumed by the
pappus in Compositce, of which the following is his abstract : —
Stating the case for the trichome nature of the pappus in this family
as briefly as possible, we have six points. 1. The development of the
members of the pappus is either that of a typical trichome (from one
epidermal cell) or that of an emergence, such as the spines of a thistle,
2. The structure of the mature pappus is that of a series of hairs
which have become fused throughout all or a part of their length,
either side by side to give a scale or in a mass to give an awn. 3. The
similarity of the setae to the achenial hairs is very marked. 4. The
primitiveness of the scabrid seta is in conformity with the evolution
of the family as deduced from other data. 5. The predominant type
of pappus in the fossil forms is the setose type : no fossil paleaceous
pappus is known. 6. The preseDce of a pappus is coiTelated or linked
with the presence of achenial hairs, deduction of both characters
is also linked, e. g. reduction of the elater hairs of the achene in the
Anfhemidere to special epidermal cells is accompanied by reduction of
the pappus to the coroniform type. The same applies to some cases
in the Gichoriece.. As all the facts adduced in support of the phyllome
theory can be easily and adequately explained by assuming that the
pappus in certain cases is parti}'' a development of the hairs which
Avere inserted on the now aborted but once free calyx-segments, the
evidence in favour of the trichome or emergence nature of the organ
a Imits of no other conclusion than that which takes the pappus to be
hairs, free or fixed, derived in their evolution from the hairs of the
ajhene, or sometimes also from the hairs of the now aborted calyx-
limb.

The subject of tropical plant-diseases is extremely important,
seeing that we rely on the warmer regions of the earth for so many
r.iw products. Fungi seems to flourish there with great luxuiiance,
the warmth and moisture providing most favourable conditions
for their development. In his Pliilipjyine Economic-Plant
Diseases (Phil. Journ. Sci. xiii. 1918, nos. 4 & 5) Dr. Otto
Keinking says : " There are as many destructive plant diseases
in the Philippine Islands as there are in the United States, if
there are not more." In this work, the author has followed on the

168 THE JOURNAL OF BOTAWY

lines of Thurston Cooke's Tropical Diseases ; he has arranged
them in alphabetical order under a list — also alphabetical — of the
host-plants. The method evidently has commended itself to the
practical grower as a ready means of ascertaining what is already
known as to the diseases to which any plant is liable ; but it involves
a good deal of repetition as the same or nearly related fungi occur
on various hosts, and gives little assistance in recognizing the nature
of any disease not previously known. Special attention is given to
curative methods. Several diseases due to Bacteria are carefully
described, such as the bud-rot of Coconut and the Citrus canker, but
the large bulk of those tabulated are caused by microfungi. Very
little attention has been paid to the larger fungi which do serious
damage in the tropical woods as elsewhere ; insects too are left out
of account. So far as it goes, however, the record is very complete
and provides a useful guide for a much wider field than the Philippine
Islands.— A. L. S.

The Kew Bulletin issued in March (1919, nos. 1, 2) is mainly
occupied by a List of " Food and Fodder Plants " by Mr. J. H.
Holland, in which are given the chief countries of production with
details as to uses and other notes of interest and full references to
Avorks quoted. " The natural families first in importance for plants
of this nature are placed first in order " — an arrangement the possible
advantage of which hardly compensates for its obvious inconvenience
to those who are accustomed to follow a certain sequence of orders.

The latest issue (vol. viii. n. 2 ; 24 April) of the Journal of
Oenetics is entirely devoted to botanical matters. E. S. Salmon
continues his account of experiments made at Wye College '* On
Forms of the Hop {Humulus Lupiilus L.) resistant to Mildew
{Sphcerofheca Humuli (DC.) Burr." ; Bateson gives the first of a series
of '* Studies in Variegation " in which he deals with '* Reversal in
Periclinal Chimseras " as exemplified in Euonymus japonicus lati-
foliusy Coprosma Baueri var. variegata, and three Pelargoniums —
the paper is accompaniod by two of the admirable coloured plates
w^iich have always been a feature of the Journal : S. C. Harland
treats of the " Inheritance of certain Characters in the Cow-pea
( Vigna sinensis) " ; and 0. Winge, of the Carlsberg Laboratory,
Copenhagen, whites " On the Relation between number of Chromo-
somes and number of Types in Lathyrus especially."

The Essex Field Club has issued a neat volume, the sixth of its
** special memou's " (price not stated) on the Mycetozoa, containing
*' a short history of their study in Britain, an account of their habitats
generally, and a list of species recorded from Essex." The matter
in the little volume was delivered by the author, Miss Lister, as two
presidential addresses, at the annual meetings of the Club in 1917
and 1918 ; to these she has added a Hst, with descriptive notes, of the
species found in Essex and tables of those for certain other counties.
A plate contains three species found first in Essex — Badhamia folii-
cola, B. pojmlina, and Comatricha fimhriata — for a description of
which we are referred to p. 50 ; it will however be found on the back
of the table of contents.

109

NOTES ON BRITISH EUFHKASIAS.— I.
Br H. W. PuGSLET, B.A.

About twenty years ago I began to pay attention to the genus
Ewphrasia and collected a number of forms, most of which were sent
to the late Mr. F. Townsend for determination. In later years I
have continued to augment my collection of these plants, both
British and Continental, with the intention of working them out in
detail, when opportunity offered, with Wettstein's Monograph and
the original descriptions. The fortunate occasion has not yet arrived,
but as Mr. W. C. Barton was desirous that I should add my criticisms
to the rather numerous contributions sent this year to the Botanical
Exchange Club, I have lately made a partial survey of my gatherings
in conjunction with the plants sent to the Club, and the succeeding
notes embody some of the results that seem of special interest.

In reviewing the European forms of the true Eiq^hrasicB, it must
be borne in mind that the points of distinction between the alleged
species are relatively trivial, and that one species only, E. officinalis
L., was commonly recognized by British botanists j^rior to the advent
of Townsend's account in this Journal in 1897. This work accurately
applied to the forms then known in Britain the views of Wettstein,
and marked a great advance on the treatment hitherto accorded here
to the genus. But it is perhaps regrettable that Townsend always
followed so closely in Wettstein's steps, for a peiaisal of the Mono-
graph suggests that more has yet to be done in the grouping of
the forms recognized as species and in establishing their natural
affinities.

The bases of segregation of Wettstein's three series, ParviflorcSy
GrandiJiorcB, and Angustifoli(S, seem open to serious criticism as
primary group-characters, although possibly no better means of dis-
tinction can be found among plants whose differences are so slight.
The validity of the elongation of the corolla-tube after anthesis, or
the reverse, seems especially doubtful, and at best, is rarely an obvious
and unmistakeable feature. My observations lead me to doubt its
constancy even in the single species, JE. Rostlwviana, as represented
in Britain ; and I notice that Mr. Bucknall tacitl}^ ignores it in
British Eiiphrasice, published as Supplement I. to vol. Iv. of this
Journal (1917), by referring to E. campesfris, an undisputed member
of the Grand i^orce, the plant that he names var. neglect a, which he
admits has the corolla-characters of the Earvijlorce,

A paper that deserves consideration in connection with the
British Eyebrights is that by M. Chabert, " Les Euphrasia ^q la
France," in the Bulletin de VHerhier Boissier for 1902. This
author recognizes about a dozen species as French, with a number of
varieties, and reduces the rank of some plants that Wettstein and
Townsend treated as species.

Euphrasia minima Jacquin.
This species was first brought to notice as a British plant by
Miss Helen Saunders in a short note in this Journal for 1909 (p. 30),

JoUK^AL f)F BuTANY. VOL. 57. [JULi, 1919.] O

170 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

in which its discovery on Exmoor is reported and its name published
on the authority of Wett stein. A month later a further note was
contributed (Z. c. p. 74) by Mr. C. E. Salmon, who stated that he
had found the same plant near Porlock in 1898, and that it had been
referred by Townsend to E. nemorosa. These notes were followed
in the succeeding May (/. c. p. 165) by a lengthy paper by Mr. Hiern,
wherein an interesting account of E. minima is given, with a full
synonymy and a detailed description of the plant as seen on Exmoor.
A figure, with dissections, is also furnished. E. minima has subse-
quently appeared in thi British list in Mr. F. N. Williams's Pro-
dromits, where E. horeaUs Towns, is united with it, and in Mr. Buck-
nail's British EuphrasicB. In the last-named work fresh forms from
the Lake District, North Wales, and Monmouth are described as
varieties nana Rouy and arhuscula Bucknall.

It may readily be concluded from the pre-Linnean citations in
Mr. Hiern's paper, which show that E. minima was one of the
earliest forms of the genus to be distinguished, that it is a plant of a
relatively distinct facies and one characteristic of the Alps. Its usual
form is well depicted by Boccone — "E. lutea, minima, alpina, sub-
rotundo folio nigricante " ; and as such it is often common in Switzer-
land at an altitude of 5-7000 ft. I first met with it in 1896 on the
Erohnalp, in Canton Schwyz, where it grew in myriads, completely
covering large stretches of mountain slope. Since that date I have
collected it in various localities both in the calcareous and the granitic
Alps, the last occasion being in the Blumenthal above Miirren in
1911. The Pennine Alps produce forms somewhat different from
that prevalent in Central Switzerland, the very compact form described
by Townsend as E. capitulata, and the form pallida of Gremli, with
larger, whitish flowers, both occurring in the Saas Valley.

The Swiss forms of this species, however, all show the same
essential characters, which they possess in common with the varying
forms of the adjacent regions, extending to the P3T:'enees and to the
Balkans, which have been united under E. minima by Wettstein and
other authors. E. minima seems to be one of the " aestival" species
of Wettstein, which are scarcely represented in Britain, except by
E. foulaensis and E. scotica. Its stem is erect and normall}'' simple,
and never more than sparingly branched, its leaves, which are rarely
numerous, are t3q:)ically subrotund and very obtuse, or at least always
distinctly broad, its spike is relatively dense, its small, yellow corolla
has subequal lips, the loAver but little deflexed, and its capsule is
emarginate and fairly broad. This may be seen from a perusal of the
varied exsiccata in Herb. Mus. Brit, and Herb. Kew, but it is worthy
of note that the sheet of plants in the National Herbarium at South
Kensington from Jacquin's Herbarium, referred to by Mr. Hiern,
consists of seven specimens, none of which is E. minima : one is
Bartsia OdontiteSy one Euphrasia salishurgensis var. ciipreay and
the remainder apparently E. Bostlcoviana !

The Exmoor plant, as compared with the Continental species, is
slenderer and, when well grown, very much branched, with flexuous,
ascending rather than erect stems, numerous small, narrow leaves,
which are never strongl}'' pubescent, laxer spikes, and the lower lip

NOTES ON BRITISH EUPHRASIAS 171

of the corolla distinctly longer than the upper one. On seeino-
Mr. Salmon's original siDecimen several years ago, and those placed by
Mr. Hiern in Herb. Mus. Brit., I at once dissented from the identifi-
cation, quite failing to recognize in them the Swiss plant with which
1 was familiar, or to understand Wettstein's reasons for such a deter-
mination if he was furnished with adequate specimens. A recent
examination of the abundant and well-dried material contributed by
the Rev. E. S. Marshall to the Exchange Club has confirmed me in
this view, and I find that a similar opinion is held by Mr. H. Stuart
Thompson, who is familiar with the Alpine E. minima and remarked
in 1912 in Suhalpine Plants (p. 233) that Exmoor was an unlikely
spot for E. minima and that the British Museum specimen was not
very typical. I indeed fail to see any real resemblance to E. minima
in a well-grown individual of our British plant, excepting its small
yellow corollas and emarginate capsules ; and the opinion of Townsend
and that of the unnamed authority referred to by Miss Saunders, who
suggested the name ** E. curta var. glahrescens^'''' seem to be more
in accord with the plant's affinities than the determination of
Wettstein.

If it be admitted that this Exmoor plant cannot be regarded as
conspecific with E. minima Jacq., as seems impossible if a standard
of species approaching that of Wettstein and Townsend is followed, it
becomes necessary to reconsider its position in the genus. It is
evidentl}" a well-defined form, growing over a considerable area, and is
remarkable as the only yellow-flowered Euphrasia found in Britain.
The features that differentiate it from E. minima do so almost equally
from E. scotica Wettst., which has lately been suggested with some
show of reason to be inseparable specifically from E. minima. The
slender stems and narrow leaves of the Exmoor plant recall E. gracilis
Er., but this differs widel}^ in its strict habit, with suberect, central
branching, and also in its differently coloured corolla and narrow,
subtruncate fruit. E. nemorosa Mart, and E. curta Wettst., especially
the latter, show somewhat similar branching, but both of them are
much robuster plants, with stout stems, larger and broader leaves,
white or bluish flowers, and narrower and less emarginate fruits. The
only remaining British Euphrasias -with which a comparison is
necessary are E. horealis Towns, and E. occidentalis Wettst. Both
of these are robust forms, the former with large, broad leaves, and
white or more rarely blue flowers in a dense spike, and the latter
a dwarf plant, much branched, with short stems, broader and partly
glandular foliage, and small, white corollas. The Exmoor plant thus
seems separable from all other known British forms.

Furthermore, none of the foreign species described in Wettstein's
Monograph or elsewhere, so far as is traceable, can be considered
identical with our plant. The closest resemblance is seen in E. varia-
hilis Freyn (Sched. Fl. Austro-Hungaricse, iv. p. 55 (1886)), w^hich,
when dry, is not readily separable from small individuals, with simple
stems, of the Exmoor plant. But E. variabilis does not become
much branched when well developed, and the lips of its yellow corolla
are subequal as in E. mini7na. in which it is merged by Wettstein.
E. exigua Renter and E. pumila Kerner are also somewhat similar,

o2

172 THE JOURNAL OF BOTAJfT

but both of them are at most only sparinglj^ branched. Of the
remaining two species of Euphrasia bearing yellow flowers, the
Andalusian E. WiUkommii Freyn is easily distinguished by its
robust, compact habit and broad, deeply cut leaves, and the alpine
E. Christ it Favrat by its very large, show}^ flowers.

The Exmoor plant therefore appears to be an unnamed form, and
as there seems no evidence that it is especially connected with either
of its apparently nearest allies, E. gracilis, E. nemorosa, and-E". curta^
it can hardly be treated as a variety of one of these, and it becomes
necessary to regard it as a new endemic species, intermediate in
general features between E. gracilis on the one hand, and jE/. nemorosa
and E. curta on the other, but peculiar for its 3^ellow corollas and
broad, emarginate capsules. It is proposed to name the plant
E. confusa, and it may be diagnosed as follows : —

Euphrasia confusa, sp. nov.

E. minima Hiern in Journ. Bot. 1909, 165, non Jacquin nee
aliorum.

Icon. Journ. Bot. /. c. tab. 497 a, \\.i E. minima.

Exsicc. E. S. Marshall, nos. 4440 et 4443, ut E. minima \

Caulis suberectus vel adscendens, gracilis, 2-20 cm. (vulgo sub-
8 cm.) longus, srepissime infra medium ramosissimus (rarius in plantis
depauperatis simplex), ramis (usque ad 20) flexuosis relative longis
simplicibus vel iterum ramosis infimis siepe filiformibus prajditus,
viridis vel fuscescens, pilis deflexis baud glanduliferis vestitus. Folia
caulina oblonga vel oblongo-obovata, basi cuneata, 2-7 mm. longa et
dimidio angustiora, inferiora 2-4 dentibus subacutis obtusa, superiora
4-8 dentibus plus minusve acutis obtusiuscula ; floralia (bi'acteae)
latiora, ovata sed basi vix rotundata, 6-10 dentibus acutiusculis acutis
vel etiam aristatis acuta vel acmninata ; omnia glabriuscula vel setulis
minimis (rarissime paucis glanduliferis) parce ciliata ; infima florendi
tempore nonnunquam caduca. Spica plus minusve elongata, fructifera
internodis inferioribus folia ssepius superantibus. Calyx glaber vel in
nervis dentibusque tenuiter aeuminatis parce setulosus, in fructu
paulo accretus. Corolla ad labii superioris apicem 4-o-7 mm. longa,
omiiino pallide vel saturate lutea striis purpureis picta aut interdum
lubio superiore purpurascente ; labio inferiore deflexo quam superius
j)lane longiore. Capsula oblongo-elli2)tica, emarginata, pilis erectis
ciliata, cal3xem subaquans.

Euphrasia confusa inter E. gracilem Fr. et E. nemorosam Mart,
(cum E. curtd Wettst.) verisimiliter medium fere tenet, sed per
coroUam luteam ei E. minimce subsimilem notabilis est.

In collibus regionis Exmoor dicta (alt. circa 400 m.) in comitatu
Somerset et forsan in Devon Angliae invenitur.

In view of the very full description of this jDlant furnished by
Mr. Hiern (/. c.) a further diagnosis in English seems superfluous.
It may be mentioned, however, that the cauline leaves of well-grown
plants are scarcely ovate, though this term may perhaps be used in
respect of weak examples such as those originally gathered by
Mr. Hiern at Great Cornham. And it is apparently chiefly in
luxuriant specimens that the teeth of the floral leaves become dis-

NOTES OX BRITISH EUPHRASIAS 173

tinctly aristate. It may Be added that Mr. Hiern's figure is drawn
from weak plants and does not portray the intricate branching that
is prevalent in well-grown examples of the species.

Of the variety nana mentioned by Mr. Bucknall (Brit. Euphr.
p. 23) I have seen no material; of var. arhuscula (l. c. p. 24)
authentic specimens in Mr. Barton's herbarium from Patterdale and
Moel Siabod seem to me unconnected with the Exmoor plant and
referable for the most part to £J. curta var. piccola Towns.
Mr. Pearsall's plant from Bigland, similarly named, shows dis-
tinctly larger flowers, and I think is probably a stunted form, such as
is occasionally seen in hilly districts, either of E. Kerneri or eglandular
E. brevipila.

I may add that I collected a EupTirasia near Keswick in 1903,
with simple stem, broad, obtuse leaves, and very small, whitish flowers,
which I referred at the time to E. scotica, but which in the dry state
is not readily distinguishable from true E. minima.

Euphrasia hirtella Jordan.

It is a curious coincidence that this paper, which has been largely
devoted to contesting the identification of the yellow-flowered Eye-
bright of Exmoor with the Swiss E. minima, should be concluded by
an introduction to the British Flora of E. hirtella, which often grows
in the Alps with E. minima and occasionally forms hybrids with it.
The basis of this new introduction is a set of specimens which I
collected on a rocky pasture near Llanberis, in North Wales, in
September, 1917. The plants attracted my attention owing to their
robust, erect, unbranchecl habit, and their shaggj^ grey-green foliage ;
and at the time of gathering them I omitted to notice the glandular
character of the hair-clothing and sujDposed that, as they bore quite
small flowers, they were referable either to E. curta or E. latifolia.
On recently examining the specimens, I immediately saw that the
hairs were glandular as in E. JRostkoviana, and that the habit and
small flowers, in conjunction with this feature, brought them to
E. hirtella Jordan, a species that I have collected at Arolla and else-
where in Ihe Pennine Alps.

The National Herbarium contains an authentic French example
of E. hirtella, received from Jordan himself, as well as other good
exsiccata that are clearly conspecific, and a comparison of these and
the Kew collection with my Llanberis material reveals no essential
differences. The chief divergence is that the British specimens, the
tallest of which is but 12*5 cm. high, do not show the distant lower
leaves referred to in Jordan's original descrijjtion (Renter, Comptes
rendus des travaux de la Societe Hallerienne, iv. p. 120 (1854-6))
— a feature readily seen in most of the foreign exsiccata. But this
does not appear to be a constant character, for it is omitted from
Wettstein's diagnosis, and in undoubted examples that I collected at
Arolla in 1906 the lower internodes are scarcely longer than those of
the Llanberis form, as seen in 1917. The nature of the Llanberis
habitat — a barren, cool and wind-swept situation — may be conducive
to the plant's dwarf growth there, or it may prove that it constantly
differs in this respect from the Continental type and is varietally

174 THK JOFEXAL OF BOTANY

separaLle. It is also probable that in the British form the lower
leaves are relativel}'^ narrower.

The occurrence of M. hirtella in North Wales might not mi-
reasonably be expected from its Continental distribution. It is found
in Central and Northern Spain, in the Pyrenees, in the French,
Italian, and South-Western Swiss Alps; and eastwards, it is said to
extend from the T^'rol through the Balkan Peninsula, Transcaucasia
and Siberia to Chinese Mongolia. In France it reaches the depart-
ment of Haute-Loire and the mountains of Auvergne.

In connection with E. hirtella it seems desirable to allude to
IE. fennica Kihlman, included as British in Mr. Bucknall's British
J^uphrasicB (p. 27). Of this plant there is an authentic sheet in
Herb. Kew from Kihlman himself (PL Finlandise Exsicc. no. 354,
as E. hirtella Jord. var. fennica Lind. fil. (£!. fennica Kihl.)), and
I possess other good Finnish material. It is a form somewhat inter-
mediate between U. hirtella, to a variety of which it is apparently
reduced by Kihlman, and E. Bosthoviana, to which it has been
likened by Wettstein. Of the former it possesses the strict, erect
habit, but it is taller and more slender, with long lower internodes
and a tendency to branch about the middle of the stem. Its lowest
leaves are easily caducous as in E. hirtella, but its corolla is much
Lii'ger, 7-8 mm. long, with the lower lip distinctly longer than the
upper one and with broader segments, and hence approaching the
iiower of E. Rostkoviana. On the whole, however, there seems good
ground for placing it under E. hirtella, to the type of which it seems
nearer than some Asiatic examples that have been so named. I have
had no opportunity of seeing Mr. Druce's original Exmoor specimen
determined by Dr. Lindman, but those collected in that district io
1917 and 1918 by Mr. Barton and the Pev. E. S. Marshall do not
a])pear to me to be identical with the Finnish form but rather modifi-
cations of E. Mosthoviana.

E. hirtella may be described as follows : —

Euphrasia hirtella Jordan ex Renter in Comptes Rendus Soc
Haller. iv. 120 (1854-6) ; Wettstein, Mon. der Gattung Euphrasia,
175 (1896) ; E. tatarica race E. hirtella Rouy, Fl. France, xi. 149
(1909).

Icon. Wettstein, 7. c. taf. iv. fig. 278-290, and taf. viii. fig. 4-7.
Exsicc. Billot, Fl. G. & G. 2332 & bis ! 2333 ter ! Rostan, Exsicc.
Pedemontana, 46 ! Fiori, &c. Fl. Ital. Exsicc. 338 !

Stem strict and erect, of variable size but usually robust, 3-25 cm.
high, simple or occasionally with one or few erect branches towards
the base, more or less purplish, pilose (especially above) with long,
whitish, flexuous and partly glandular hairs. Leaves svibopposite,
dull green, up to 8 mm. long or larger in vigorous plants, clothed
M'ith whitish bristles and abundant long, flexuous, unequal glandular
hairs ; the lowest leaves obovate, or in the British form narrower and
cuneate below, obtuse, with few obtuse teeth ; upper cauline leaves
ovate or broadly ovate, obtuse or subacute, with 3-6 more or less
acute teeth on each side ; floral leaves broadly ovate or triangular-
orbicular, acute, with 4-8 acute or acuminate but not awned teeth on
each side ; nerves prominent below when dry ; lower leaves often

NOTES ON BRITISH EUPHRASIAS 175

readily caducous. Spike very dense above and never much elongated,
with the imbricated floral leaves more or less covering the fruiting
calyces. Calyx clothed like the foliage, with lanceolate teeth, scarcely
accrescent in fruit. Corolla small, 5-7 mm. long (5 mm. in British
form) along the back, white, streaked with violet and with a yellow
spot in the throat ; lower lip but little exceeding the upper, with
narrow, emarginate lobes. Capsule oblong-ovate, truncate or slightly
retuse, nearly equalling the calyx or slightly exceeding it, usually
shorter than its floral leaf, margin long-ciliate.

E. Mrtella is readily distinguishable from all other British Eye-
brights, except H. Bostkoviana Hayne and E. Vigursii F. H. Davey,
by the long, flexuous glandular hairs that usually abound on its stem,
leaves and calyx. E. Bostkoviana, which is furnished with similar
but sometimes less abundant hau*-clothing, is generally a widely
different plant. Considering its usually larger size, it is of slenderer
habit. Its stem is ascending rather than erect, flexuous rather than
strict, and though not much branched, yet clearly more so than in
E. hirtella. Its corolla is very much larger, commonly 9-11 mm. in
length, with the lower lip conspicuously longer and broader than the
upper one and the tube eventually elongating. Its capsule, also,
differs in being broader, more elliptical in form, and generally dis-
tinctly emarginate.

E. Vigursii is normally still slenderer than most of the forms of
E. Bostkoviana, with smaller foliage clothed with proportionately
shorter and less unequal glandular hairs, and the corolla and capsule
as in E. Bostkoviana, except that the former is commonly violet in
colour instead of white.

E. campestris Jordan can hardly be confounded with E. Tiirtellay
being a slender, much branched plant, with small, narrow leaves
clothed with shorter glandular hairs, and very large corollas with
elongating tube.

I have placed Llanberis examples of E. Mrtella in the National
Herbarium.

NOTES ON SOMERSET PLANTS FOE 1918.
By the Eey. E. S. Marshall, M.A., F.L.S.

(Concluded from p. 154.)

Solanum nigrum L. 3. Burton Pynsent, W,

Atropa Belladonna L. 10. About a dozen young plants, among
rocks below Leigh Woods, Br. Newman Nield ; seen there by T.

Verhascum Thapsus L. 6. Combe St. Nicholas, W.

Linaria Elatine Miller. 3. Orchard Portman ; Staplegrove, W.
4. Ilminster, D. — L. spuria Miller. 2. Frequent in cornfields about
Kilve, W. 4. Abundant in cultivated ground, Ashill, D.

Antirrhinum Orontium L. 3. Staplegrove, sp. ; 8. Burnham, W.

Mimulus Langsdorffii Donn. 1. Simonsbath. 4. Combe St.
Nicholas, W. River He, below Ilminster, D.—M. moschatus Douglas.
6. Wambrook, W.

178 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

Veronica montana L. 4. Bickenhall ; 8. Cogley AVood, Bruton,
W. — V. scutellata L. 1. Exford.

Euphrasia JRostkoviann Hayne. 1. Abundant and variable about
Simonsbath, up to fully 1400 feet ; Exford ; Withypool, where a
minute form was found by W. 3. Broomfield and Traveller's Rest,
between Kingston and Merridge (small form) ; 8. Wambrook, W. — E.
fennica Kihlman. 1. Near Simonsbath (confirmed b}- Mr. C. Buck nail).
I am not sure that this Exmoor plant is sufficiently distinct from
J5J. Bostkoviana ; the most obvious difference is in its capsules being
deeply notched at the apex, but intermediate forms occur. — E. Ker-
^leri Wettst. 1. Hill-pastures near Exford ; named by C. B. — E.
72e;«(9rosf/ H. Mart. 1. Dulverton, and near Tarr Steps ; 2. Elworthy,
and Horridge Combe ; 3. Adcombe ; 6. Whitestaunton, W. Yar.
ciliata Drabble. 1. Withypool ; 6. Chard Common, W. — E. gra-
cilis Fr. 1. Very local about Exford and Withypool. — E. scotfica
Wettst. 1. Here and there, in bogs, near Simonsbath and Withy-
pool, up to 1400 feet. — E. minima- Jacq. 1. This was observed in
about a dozen stations, near Simonsbath and Witlwpool, several being
on the banks of the Barle. It reaches 1480 feet, and occurs as low
as 800 feet. Decidedly polymorphic, but not at all closely approach-
ing E. scottica, in this neighbourhood. Dwarf, densely branched,
compact specimens are like var. arhiiscula Bucknall, except that the
flowers are not Avhite ; usually they are bi'ight golden-yeUow ; but
paler shades are not uncommon, those with a reddish or orange hue
being scarce. Dr. Watson gathered what he believes to be a hybrid
with the minute Withypool form of E. Bostkoviana ; and I found
two or three specimens of a cross (perhaps with E. ciirta var. gla-
hrescens) near Wintershead Farm, Simonsbath. — E. occidentalis
Wettst. 2. Holford Combe, W., sp. — E. curfa Wettst. var. glahres-
cens AVettst. 1. This, I suspect, is the commonest segregate on
Exmoor ; but several gatherings so named by me were referred to
E. nemorosa by C. B. 2. Kilve district and Brendon Hills ; 3.
Quantocks and Blackdown ; 6. Whitestaunton, W.

Bartsia Odontites Huds. var. serotina Beichb. 3. Aisholt ;
4. Combe St. Nicholas, W. Yar. divergens (Jord.). 1. Exford and
Winsforcl ; 2. Lilstock, W.

Bhinanthns major Ehrh. 9. By a roadside, Kenn Moor, T.
Vtricularia major Schmidel? 9. Mineries Bog, near Priddy,
B. W. Tucker, sp. ; a small plant, probably this, but flowerless,

Bingnicula hisitanica L. 1. Reaches 1300 feet near Simons-
bath. 6. Bewley Down, near Wambrook, W.

Verhena officinalis L. 2. East Quantoxhead and Lilstock;
3. Staplegrove, Curry Rivell, and Rock Hill, Wrantage, W.

Mentha spicata L. 6. Birchwood and Combe St. Nicholas ; well
established, and far from houses, JV. — 3L ])iperita L. 1. Islet in
the Barle, below Simonsbath. 3. Buncombe Wood, Kingston, near a
cottage ; G. Chard Common, W. — JK. hircina Hull {aqvatica X longi-
f'olia'^). 9. In two places, about half a mile apart, near Weston-in-
Gordano, B. — M. rubra Sm. 9. Roadside, between Tickenham and
Fa Hand, T. — *J/. gent His L. 4. Knowle St. Giles, W., sp. —
M. arvensis L. var. agrestis (Sole). 2. East Quantoxhead ; 3. Cothel-

ATOTES OX SOMERSET PLANTS FOR 191S 177

stone ; 6. Wambrook, W. Yar. 2)?'(BCo.v (Sole). 4. Cornfield, Castle
Neroche. 6. Chard Common, TV.

Origanum vidgare L. 3. On the White Lias ridge, from Hatch
to Langport, W.

Thymnus ovatus Miller. 6. Combe St. Nicholas, W.

Catamihtha Acinos Clairv. 9. Field on Creech Hill, near Brn-
ton, C. E. Moss {teste W.). 9. Between Failand and Tickenham,
T. — C. montana Lam. 2. Stogumber !, Kilve, and East Quantox-
head ; 3. Aisholt, Kingston !, and Stapiegrove ; 4. Street Ash ; 9.
Yatton, W.

Melissa officinalis L. 3. Kingston and Bathpool ; 4. Barley
Hill, W.

Salvia Verhenaca L. 3. Ciirry Rivell, W. 5. Kingsdon, G. —
[*S'. verticillata L. 2. Established on the Lower Marsh, Dunster,
J. A. Fort, sp. 9. Flax Bom-ton, T.]

Scutellaria galericulata L. 3. West Sedgemoor; 8. Rare at
Bruton, W. — -S. minor Huds. 1. Exford ; Withypool ; ascends to
1300 feet near Simonsbath. 2. Elworthy ; 4. Brittj Common ;
6. Buckland St. Mary and Bewley Down, W.

Stachys officinalis Trev. 3. Norton Fitzwarren, Pitminster,
Corfe, Thmdbear, &c. ; 4. Castle Neroche, &c. ; 6. Whitestamiton and
Wambrook; 8. Bruton, W. — S. palustris X syhatica (ambiguaSm.).
4. Donyatt, D. Knowle St. Giles, ]^^ — S. arveusis L. 1. Field on
Sherdon Farm, Simonsbath (1250 feet).

Galeopsis angustifolia Ehrh. 2. East Quantoxhead ; 3. Near
Fivehead, W. — G. Tetrahit L. var. hifida (Boenn.). 3. Elworthy;
6. Whitestamiton, If^. Yar. 7i^yr?>«??s Breb. 1. Withypool!, Exford!,
Simonsbath !, Winsford, and Exton ; 6. Buckland St. Mary, W.

Lamium Galeohdolon Crantz. 2. Washford ; 3. Broomfield, W.
4. Hinton St. George ; Dinnington ; Chilworthy, D. 6. Combe St.
Nicholas ; Whitestaunton, W.

Plantago major L. var. intermedia S^mie. 3. Gravel paths, West
Monkton. On the Lias, Thurlbear; 8. Bruton, W. — P. lanceolata
L. var. sphcerostachya Roehl. 1. Withypool and Simonsbath ; 2.
Frequent above Kilve and Quantoxhead, and at Minehead ; 3. Coth el-
stone, W. This form does not seem to be constant. — P. Coronopus
L. var. pygmcea Lange. 2. Minehead-, and from St. Audries to Lil-
stock; 9. Berrow, W. Below Brean Down, on the northern side.

Littorella uniflora Aschers. {lacnstris L.). 1. Pools in the
Barle, about two miles below Simonsbath ; a very unusual station.
It does not seem to flower here. Leaves up to eight inches long.

Scleranthus annnus L. 3. West Monkton, W. D, Miller\
4. Castle Neroche, W.

Chenopodium polyspermum L. 2. Minehead, W. 3. Cothel-
stone. — C. mural e L. 2. East Quantoxhead ; Lilstock, W. — C.
urhicum L. 9. Near Brean, W.—C. riihrum L. 3. West Monkton.
Yar. blitoides Wallr. 3. Stapiegrove. W. — C. JBonus-Henricus L.
2. East Quantoxhead ; Trull and Ruishton, W.

Atriplex delioidea Bab. 3. Taunton, W. Yar. prostrata Bab.
2. Kilve, on shingle ; Lilstock, on mud, W.

Salicornia europcea L. forma strict a Moss. 9. Berrow, JV.
Suceda maritima Dum. 2. Lilstock, JV.

17S THE JOURNAL OF BOTAXT

Polygonum Convolvulus L. var. suhalatum V. Hall. 3. Staple-
grove and Kingston, W. 4. Ilminster, D. 9. Berrow, W. — P. lapa-
thifolium L. 3. W. Sedgemoor ; 4. Knowle St. Giles and Combe
St. Nicholas, W. Ilminster, D. — *P. la pa thifolium X Persicaria.

3. Orchard Portman, Staplegrove, and West Sedgemoor ; 4. Combe
St. Nicholas and Knowle St. Giles, W.—F. Bistorta L. 3. Eoad-
side near Kingston, W.

Pumex maritimus L. 3. By a pool on the edge of West Sedge-
moor, below Bm*ton P^msent, JV. — P. ohtusifolius L. var. *ayrestis
Fr. 1. VVithypool ; 3. Thm'lbear, and near Taunton ; 6. Wambrook
— " a frequent form," TV. — P. crispus X ohtusifolius. 3. Stoke
St. Mary, W.

Euphorbia Lathyrus L. A garden weed at 3. Hohvay, W.^ and

4. Ilminster, D.

Mercurialis annua L. 3. Allotments, Staplegrove, W,

TJrtica urens L. 2. East Quantoxhead ; 3. Taunton ; 6. Combe
St. Nicholas and Wambrook ; 9. Bleadon, W.

Parietaria officinalis L. 2. Kilve and Stogumber ; 4. Chard
and Knowle St. Giles ; 6. Winsham, W.

Carpinus Betulus L. 2. Stogumber ; Crowcombe, W.

Quercus Pobur X sessiliflora. 3. Stoke St. Mary, JV.

Salijc triandra L. 3. Holway, JV. — S. aurita L. 1. Common
on Exmoor up to 1400 feet. 2. Horner to Dunkery; 6. Bewley
Down, JV. — **S'. aurita X caprea, *S. aurita X cinerea, and *S. caprea
X cinerea. 1. vSimonsbath (only leaf -specimens). — S. repens L., the
foriu >S'. ascendens Sm. 6. Bewley Down, JV.

Pmpetrum nigrum L. 2. One patch on Yearnor Moor, near
Selworthy ; N. G. Haddon.

JS'eottia Nidus-avis Rich. 4. Ely Wood, near Chard, JV.

Cephalanthera grandifora Gray. 8. Near Batcombe, scarce,

P. V. s.

Orchis ^py?*ffw?W«7?5 L. 3. Thurlbear. Pitminster, and Corfe ;
6. Combe St. Nicholas, JV. — O. incarnata L. 4. Combe St. Nicholas;
8. Hare at Bruton, JJ^. — *0. incarnata xmaculata. 6. Widcombe,
JJ^. — O. macnlata L. {ericetoruni Linton). 4. Combe St. Nicholas,
W.

Ophrys apifera Huds. 4. Puekington ; Barrington, D.

Habenaria bifolia Br. 6. Whitestaunton ; Bewley Down, JV. —
H. virescens Druce. 3. Blagdon, and on the White Lias ridge from
Pitminster to Langport (extending into dis. 4) ; 4. Castle Neroche
and Combe St. Nicholas ; 6. Whitestaunton and Combe St. Nicholas,
JV. 5. Woods at Kingsdon, G.

Iris foetidissima L. 2. Kilve ! ; 3, 4. White Lias ridge, from
Pitminster to Curry Rivell !, JV.

[Tritonia {Monthretia) aurea y. Pottsii =^ X T. crocosmiflora
Nicholson. Banks of the Barle below Simonsbath, at intervals, for
nearly two miles. Two clumps were noticed by Lady Davy in I91G,
and it seems to be spreading quickly.]

Polygonatum multifiorum All. 1. Wood at Exford, P. J. Piper.
10. Melcombe Wood, Mells, T.— P. officinale k\\. 10. Babington ;
Meleombu Wood ; Asliam Woods, T.

NOTES OX SOMERSET PLANTS FOR 191S 179

Allium vmeale li. 2. East Quantoxhead, W.
JS'arthecium ossifragum Huds. 2. Elworthy ; 6. Bewlej Down,
W.

Paris g[uadrifolia \j. 3. Curry Kivell, W. Westcombe, i^.J^./S'.
Juncus sqtearrosus L. 1. Common on the Exmoor hills up to
1500 feet. 4. Britty Common ; Broadway Forest, D. — J. effusus L.
var. *Gompactiis Lej. & Court. 1. Abundant on the high ground
about Simonsbath and Exford ; I did not see J. conglomeratus, for
which it may easily be mistaken. — J. effusus X infiexus {diffusus
Hoppe). 1. Barle Valley, JV. — J. maritimus Lam. 2. Lilstock,
TV. — J. suhnodulosiis Schrank {ohtusiflorus Ehrh.). 3. West Sedge-
moor, below Burton Pynsent, W.

*Luziila Foi'sterixpilosa ( Borreri ^romi.). Shady bank, south
of Broomfield, with the parents, C.S. and U.S. 31. ; new for Somerset.
— L. sylvatica Gaud. 1. Near Simonsbath, local ; it reaches 1300 feet.
— L. miiltijlora DC. 3, Thurlbear, and Quantocks ; 4. Bickenhall ;
6. Bewley Down ; 8. Kingsettle Hill, W.

Typlia latifolia L. 2. Lilstock, W. — T. angustifolia L. 4. Old
canal, between Chard and Ilminster, D.

Sparganium erectum L. var/- micj^ocarpum. 1. One patch in the
Barle, below Simonsbath.

Lemna trisulca L. 3. Milverton, W.
AUsma lanceolatum With. 3. West Sedgemoor, W,
Triglochin palustre Jj. 4. Britty Common, JV.
Potamogeton piisillusJj. 3. Taunton; Staplegrove, 7^. — P.p)ec-
tinaius L. 3. In the Tone near Taunton, W. 4. In the He near
Donyatt, 2)., sp.

Zannichellia palicstris L. 3. Stoke St. Mary ; Fitzroy, near
Taunton, W.

Eleocharis multicaulis Sm. 1. Exehead ; 6. Wambrook, W.
Seirpus ccsspitosus L. and S. paucifioriis Lightf. 4. Britty
Common. — S.Jliiitans L. 1. In the White Water, near Simonsbath,.
at about 1100 feet. — S. setaceus L. 1. Withypool ; 2. Halsway and
Herridge Combes, W. 4. Old canal, between Chard and Ilminster,
D.

Eriophoriim vaginatum L. 4. Britty Common, local, C. S. and
E. S. 31. JE. angtistifolium, E. latifolium, and E. gracile grow
close by — a remarkable association. — E. an gusti folium Both. 2.
Herridge Combe ; 3. Triscombe ; 6. Bewley Down, W. Var. *tri-
quetrum Fr. 6. Culmhead, TV.

Rynchospora alba Vahl. 6. Bewley Down, W.
Oarex pulicaris L. 3. Triscombe ; 6. Bewley Down, W. —
*C. disticka Huds. 3. West Sedgemoor, TV. — C. paniculata L-
1. Exford; above 1300 feet near Exehead. 2. Below Alderman's
Barrow, 3^. G. H. — C. ecliinata L. 3. Triscombe ; 6. Bewley Down,
TV. — C. leporina L. 1. Ascends to 1200 feet near Simonsbath. —
C. pihiliferaJj. 5. Bewley Down, 7^. — C. piallescensJj. 4. Bicken-
hall ; 6. Combe St. Nicholas, TV. — C. strigosa Huds. 9. Between
Tickenham and Nailsea, T. — C. hinervis L. 6. Bewley Down, TV. —
C. fulva Host. 1. Near Exford.— C. (Ederi Eetz. 1. Withypool ;
3. Triscombe, T\^. — C. riparia L. 2. Lilstock, TV.

ISO THE JOURXAL OF BOTAXY

Milium effusum L. 3. Kingston ; Norton Camp, W.

Phi eu7n pratense\j.y?iY. nodosum 1j. 1. Witlwpool; 2. Frequent
about Kilve, W.

Agrostis setacea Curt. 2 and 3. Quantocks !, W. — A. canina L.
2. Quantocks ; 3. Bathpool, W. — A. alha L. var. major Gaud. 3.
Creecli St. Michael, W. — A. tenuis Sibtli. (the state called A. pumila
L.). 2. Quantocks, W, 9. Cart-track between Blackdown and
Shipham, T. — A. nigra With. 3. West Sedgemoor ; 6. Chard Com-
mon, W.

Calamagrostis 'epigeios Roth. 3. Cannington, H. Slater, sp.

Aira caryophgllea L. var. *divaricata (Pourr.). 2. Quantox-
head, W, — A. prcecox L. 1. Common on Exmoor up to 1300 feet.
2. Kilve, &c., W,

*IIolcus lanatus x mollis ? 2. Kilve and Stogumber ; 6. Wam-
brook ; 9. Berrow, W. The specimen shown to me was too scrappy ;
it seeuis likely enough to occur, but has not been previously reported
anywhere, so far as I know. — H, mollis L. 2. Kilton ; 8. Wam-
brook ; 9. Berrow, W.

Descliampsia ccespitosa Beauv. var. argentea Gray. 3. Woods
at Curry llivell, Thurlbear, and Pitminster, W. This is probably an
albino.

Arrhenatlierum elatius Mert. & Koch var. nodosum Koch {A.
2)recatorium Dietrich). 1. Withypool, W.

Moliuia ccenilea Moench. 1. Abundant on Exmoor up to 1500
feet. Vars. rohiista (Prahl) and viridiflora Lej. 6. Bewley Down,
extending into Devon, W.

Catabrosa aquatica Beauv. 3. Staplegrove ; Bishop's Lydeard,
W.

Melica uniflora Retz. 1. Exford. 3. Norton Fitzwarren and
West Hatch : 4. Bickenhall ; 6. Whitestaunton and Combe St. Ni-
cholas, W.

Poa nemoralis L. 1. Dulverton, W., sp. — P. compressa L. 1.
Wall at Simonsbath (1050 feet). 9. Purn Hill, Bleadon, W.—
P. pratensis L. var. suhcoerulea (Sm.). 6. Whitestaunton, W.

Glyceria plicata Fr. 2. Porlock ; 3. Bagborough, W.

Festuca hromoides L. 2. Kilton ; 3. Thurlbear, W. — F. rubra
L. var. arenaria Fr. 2. Quautoxhead, W. — F. pratensis Huds. 3.
Coi-fe, W. — F. elatior L. 3. Orchard Portman ; Hillfarrance, &c.,
W. — Subsp. F. arundinacea Schreb. 2. Perry's, near East Quautox-
head (confinns my suggestion in Fl. Som. Suppl.), W.

Bromus gigantens L. 2. Kilve (type and var. trijlorvs) ; 3.
Stoke St. Mar}^, W. — B. ramosus Huds. 2. Kilve, &c. ; 3. Taunton,
&c., W.

[Loliuni multiforum Lam. 2. Crowcombe ; 3. Taunton, Corfe,
and Dodhill, W.'] — L. perenne L. var. tenue Syme. 3. Holway, W.

Agropyron canimwi Beauv. 4. Combe St. Nicholas, JV. — A. re-
pens L. var. Leersianum Gray. 3. Kingston ; Stoke St. Mary, W.
— A. pungens Roem. & Schult. 2. Lilstock, W.

Nardus stricta L. 1. Common near Simonsbath, &c., up to
1450 feet.

NOTES OX SOMERSET PLANTS FOB 1918 181

JBlechnum Spicaiit With. 1. Exford ; Withypool ; Simonsbath, &c.
2 and 3. Combes on Quantock, JV.

Atliyrium Filix-foemina E,oth. var. ^convexum (Newm.). 1.
Common about Exford, Withypool, &c. ! ; 3. Clatworthy ! ; 4. Barley
Hill and Castle Neroche, TV.

Ceferach officinarum Willd. 1. Plentiful in two places near
Exford; a few plants at Simonsbath (1000 feet). New for this
district, I believe.

Cystopteris fragilis Bernh. 1. Fine and typical near Exford, at
lOoO feet. Extinct at Dulverton, W.

Folystichiim aculeatiim Both. 6. Whitestannton (type and var.
lohatum), W. — P. annulare Presl. 1. Exford. 6. Whitestamiton,
W.

Lastrea montana T. Moore {Oreopteris Presl.). 1. Locally
plentiful, especially in lanes, about Exford, With3'pool, and Simons-
bath, reaching 1300 feet. 6. Blackwater, near Buckland St. Mary.

8. One plant, near Westcombe, B. V. S. — L. s2jimdosa Presl. 2 and
3. Combes on Quantock, W. — L. cemula Brackenridge. 2. Near
Holford, H. Gorder (about two dozen plants).

Polypodium vulgare L. var. *serratum Willd. 3. West Monk-
ton !, R.

Phegopteris polypodioides Fee. 1. Fine and locally plentiful in
a second station near Simonsbath, at about 1300 feet. — P. Pryopteris
Fee. 1. On a bank over the Exe ; shown to W. S. Price, 1908.
We did not see it in Murray's station, above Landacre Bridge.

Ophioglossiim vulgatum L. 4. Bickenhall, W. 5. Kingsdon, G.

E^uisetum jnaximum Lam. 1. Lime Combe, Simonsbath, with a
small state of E. sylvaticum L., at lOoO feet. — P. arvense L. var.
nemorosum Braun. 3. Adcombe Wood ; 4. Ely Wood, near Cliard,
W. — E. palustre L. 1. Frequent on Exmoor !, W. Yar. jjolysta-
chyiim AYeigel. 1. Sparingly, with the type, near Codsend, Quarme
Valley. Var. nudum Newm. 4. Britty Common ; 6. Culmhead ;

9. Berrow, W.

Lycopodium ^elogo L. 6. Bewley Down, W.

Nitella opaca Agardh. 10. Canal, near Bathanapton, C. S.

THE AFRICAN SPECIES OF ALLOPHYLUS.
Br Edmund O. Bakek, F.L.S.

(Concluded from p. 160.)

15. A. toroensis, sp. nov.

Ftnitex gracilis. Rami teretes, glabri vei fere glabri, ramulis
pubescentibus ad A. latefoUolatam Bak. fil. accedens. Folia tri-
foliolata, papyracea, glabra, siccitate triste viridia, foliolis inter-
mediis margine seri-atis apice acuminatis apice ipso obtusis, supra
opacis ellipticis vel elliptice-obovatis basi cuneatis, 12-17 cm. longis,
5-6 cm. latis, lateralibus valde intequilateralibus parum minoribus,
petiolo communi ±3 cm. longe prsedita. Thyrsi simplices folia
supemntes vel subtequantes. multiflori. Flores majusculi in cymulas

182 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

plurifloras dispositi, pedicellati. Sepala membranacea, extus puberula
±2 mm. longa. Antherce 0*5 mm. longae. Fructus rubri, 5-7 mm.
diam.

Uganda : Toro, near Mpanga river, Bagshawe 112S ! alt. 4000 ft.
At edge of stream, forest near mouth of Mpanga, Bagshaive 1150 !
in fruit, Hb. Mus. Brit.

A shrub with trifoliolate acuminate papyraceous leaves, simple
thyrse, and red fruits ; intermediate leaflets cuneate at the base,
petiolulate (10-15 mm.), the lateral very unequal -sided.

16. A. LATEFOLIOLATUS Bak. fil. in Journ. Linn. Soc. xxxvii. 137
(1905).

Uganda : Lake shore Musozi, Bagshaive 153 ! Hb. Mus. Brit.

17. A. CHATJNOSTACHYS Grilg in Engl. Jahrb. xxx. 347 (1901).
East Afkica : Kinga Hills, Goetze 1196 ! Hb. Berol.

18. A. gazensis, sp. nov.

Arhuscula vel frutex ramis cortice cinereo obtectis lenticellosis
glabris vel glabriusculis. Folia trifoliolata, chartacea, glabra, foliolis
terminalibus majoribus oblongo-ovatis inferne sensim i» petiolulum
10-15 mm. longum cuneato-angustatis, 9-12 cm, longis, 3 •5-4-5 cm.
latis, lateralibus ovato-lanceolatis acuminatis, omnibus argute serratis,
petiolo communi glabro 3-4 cm. longo suffulta. Flores majusculi in
cymulas plurifloi-as et pedunculatas dispositi. Thyrsi cum pedunculo
14-18 cm. longi, laxi, folia superantes vel adsequantes, rhachi glabrius-
cula. Calyx glabriusculus. Ovarium pilis albidis vestitum. Fructus
cocci subglobosi, primum pilis vestitum demum glabn +7 mm.
diam.

Gaza-land : Chimanimani Mts. at 7000 ft., Swynnerton 1321 !
Hb. Mus. Brit.

Allied to A. chaunostacliys but leaflets larger and petiolules of
terminal leaflets longer.

19. A. MACRcmrs Gilg in Engl. Jahrb. xxiv. 287 (1897).

Lake Kegion : Between Balaibo and Daki, Stuhlmann 2783.
Hb. Berol.

20. A. SPECTABILIS Gilg in Deutschen Zentral-Afr. Exped. ii.
474 (1911).

KuGEGE : MiUhraed 932. Hb. Berol.

21. A. OREOPHiLrs Gilg in Engl. Jahrb. xxiv. 289 (1897).
KuwENzoRi : Scott Elliot 7938 ! Hb. Mus. Brit.

22. A. BucHANANi Gilg ex Eadlk. in Sitz. Bayer. Akad. 1. c.
279 (1909).

Nyasaland: Buchanan 363! (1891) Buchanan 14264! Natal
Government Herb.

Var. nov. ugandensis.

Rami cinerei. Folia quam iis typi majora foliolis terminalibus,
12-14 cm. longis, 5-5-6"5 cm. latis. Thyrsi laxiflori foliis breviores
-f-8 cm. longi. Fructus cocci subglobosi, 5-6 mm. diam.

THE AFRICAN SPECIES OF ALLOPHYLUS 183

Ug-anda : Kasala Forest, Bummer 542 ! Hb. Mus. Brit. ** 6 ft.
Flowers white"; Mabira Forest near Mubango ; shrubby, 6 ft., flowers
white ; Dwmmer 1388 ! in fruit.

Differs from tyj^e in the larger leaves which do not turn black
when dried.

23. A. cuneatus, sp. nov.

Frutex usque ad 4-pedalis ramulis cortice cinereo obtectis. Folia
trifoliolata, papyracea, glabra, viridia, foliolis intermediis cuneato-
obovatis in parte \-^ superiore grosse crenato-serratis petiolulatis
11-14 cm. longis, 4-6 cm. latis, lateralibus minoribus 8-10 cm. longis,
petiolis 4-6'5 cm. longis glabris longitudinaliter canaliculatis. Flores
albi, mediocres, pedicellati, in cymulas paucifloms dispositi. Thyrsi
simplices, laxiflori, petiolos longiores, foliis breviores, 8-15 cm. longi,
rhachi pubescente. Calyx extus fere glaber. Fetala alba. Fructits
ignotus.

East Africa : Limoru, Dicmmer 1566 ! In wooded ravines
alt. 7000 ft. Hb. Mus. Brit.

The green glabrous leaves, the intermediate distinctly cuneate
toAvards the base and crenate-serrate towards the apex, and the simple
thyrse, mther laxly flowered, longer than the petioles but shorter than
the leaf, distinguish this species.

24. A. VoLKEifsii Grilg in Engl. Jahrb. xxiv. 290 (1897).
Kilimanjaro : Volkens 2077 ! Hb. Berol.

25. A. FERRUGINEUS Taub. in Engl. Pflanzenwelt Ost-Afr. c. 249
(1895).

East Africa : Euanda, Mildbraed 563. Hb. Berol.

26. A. cazengoensis, sp. nov.

Frutex scandens. B,ami glabri, longi, sarmentosi. Folia mem-
branacea, petiolata, foliolis oblongo-ovatis apice acuminatis inter-
mediis basi cuneatis margine argute serratis, 6*5-8 -0 cm. longis,
3*0-3*5 cm. latis, lateralibus basi insequi-lateralibus, petiolo communi
2'5-3"5 cm. longo praedita. Thyrsi longissimi, graciles, simplices
foliis longiores, laxiusculi 10-20 cm. longi. Flores mediocres vel
parviusculi albi, in cymulas 1-3-floras dispositi. Calyx glaber vel
fere glaber. Fructiis siccitate nigrescens.

Cazexgo : In sunny thickets at the Granja de San Luiz. Goss-
weiler 5666 ! Hb. Mus. Brit.

A climber with long sarmentose branches and white floAvers ;
leaves membranous, glabrous except below in the axils of the nerves^
trifoliolate ; leaflets generally more or less sermte ; thyrse long slender
simple, longer than the leaves ; flowers rather small.

27. A. DASTSTACHTS Gilg in Engl. Jahrb. xxiv. 293 (1897).
Kilimanjaro Eegion : Fos'pichal, Hb. Berol.

28. A. Antunesii Gilg in Engl. Jahrb. xxiv. 289 (1897).
Angola : Huilla, Antunes 222 & 255. Hb. Berol.

29. A. GoETZEANrs Gilg in Engl. Jahrb. xxviii. 423 (1900).
East Africa : Uhehe, Goetze 652. Hb. Berol.

184; THE JUUHXAL OF BOTAXY

30. A. andongensis, sp. no v. A. ufricanus Hiern, Cat. Welw.
Afr. pi. i. 167 pp., non Beauv.

Frutex vel arbuscula. Rami fusco-hirti. Folia papyracea,
foliolis triste viridibus terminalibus rhombeo-obovatis lateralibas basi
insequilateralibus utrinque molliter pubescentibus ad nervos pilosulis
lamina 6-9 cm. longa, 4-5 cm. lata, petiolo communi rufo vel fusco-
pubescente, 6-9 cm. longo. Thyrsi laxiusculi, simplices, 7-8 cm. longi
petiolos certe longiores folia breviores. Flores mediocres, albi, in
cymulas paucifloras dispositi. Alabastra pubescentia. Flores generis.

Angola : Pungo Andongo, in sylvis densioribus de Mata de Pedro
Cabondo, Welwifsch 4512 ! ^Hb. Mus. Brit.

Shrub or small tree Avitli trifoliolate serrate leaves and fuscous or
f errugineous pubescent petioles ; th yrse lax 7-8 cm. long, cymules
few-flowered. Allied to A. ferrugineiis Taubert. Differs from
A. Antunesii Grilg by broader leaflets and longer petioles.

31. A. coxGOLANus Gilg in Engl. Jahrb. xxiv. 294 (1897).
Congo : MTow^a, Descliamps. Nyasaland : Buchanan 1224 !

(1891) Hb. Kew.

A^'ar. nov. moxophyllus.

Fuliola solitaria, sessilia, 8-10 cm. longa, 4-5 cm. lata, margins
serrata, subtus gr-iseo-tomentosa. Thyrsi foliis longiores, parvillori,
densi.

East Coast: Lake Nyasa, Johnston 43 ! Hb. Kew.

32. A. APPENDicuLATO-SEKEATUS Grilg in Engl. Jahrb. xxx. 348
(1901).

East Africa : Livingstone Hills, Goetze 853. Hb. Berol.

33. A. Yeru Gilg. 1. c.

East Africa : Kondeland : Goetze 832 ! Hb. Berol. Hb. Mus.
Brit.

34. A. spicatus Radlk. in Engl. & Prantl. Plflanzen-fam. iii. 5,
312 (1895). SchmideJia spicata DC. Prodr. i. 611 (1824). S. magica
Baker in Fl. Trop. Afr. i. 423 (1868). Ornitrophe spicata Poir.
Encycl. viii. 265 (1808). O. mayica Schum. & Thonn. Beschr.
Guin. 186 (1827).

Niger Exped. : Barter 402 ! & 1648 ! Hb. Kew. Lagos :
Foster 96 ! Hb. Kew. Scott-Elliot 5411, from Sierra Leone may
also belong here.

35. A. elongatus Radlk. in Sitz. Bayer. Akad. 1. c. 221 (1909).
UsAMBARA : Hoist 288. Hb. Berol.

36. A. tenuifolius Radlk. 1. c.
Nyasaland ! Buchanan 363 ! Hb. Mus. Brit.

37. A. Welwitschii Gilg in Engl. Jahrb. xxiv. 287 (1897).

Angola : Golongo Alto, JVelicitsch 4510 ! 5408 1 Pungo An-
dongo, Welwifsch 4511 ! Hb. Mus. Brit. Cameroons : Yaunde,
Bates 839 ! Hb. Mus. Brit. Uganda : Daive 477 ! Hb. Kew.

THE AFRICAN SPECIES OF ALLOniTLUS ISo

38. A. CoNRAUi Gilg ex Kadlk. in Kgl. Baj^er Akad. 1 c *^21
(1909).

Cameroons.

39. A. LEPTOCAULos Kadlk. in Ann. Mus. Congo, ser. 2 i i 17
(1899).

COKGO.

40. A. iXTEGTiiFOLius Blume, Kumphia, iii. 129 (1847). Onii-
trophe integrifoUus VVilld. Sp. PL ii. i. 322 (1799). SckmUlelia
integrifolia DC. Prod. i. (510 (1824). S. racemosa Linn. var. inte-
grifolia Baker Fl. Maur. 56 (1877).

Africa: fide Kadlkofer; also Mauritius and Bourbon.

41. A. REPANDUS Engler in Bot. Jalirb. xvii. 160 (1893). ScJimi-
delia repanda Baker in PL Trop, Afr. i. 422 (186S).

East Africa : Lower Shire Valle}^ Kirk ! Meller ! Hb. Kew.
Mozambique: Mfusi, W. Johnston 150 ! Ndi (Taita), Rilde-
hrandt 2562 ! Hb. Kew.

This is quite distinct from A. alnifolia Radlk., but I doubt
whether it is advisable to separate A. tenuis Radlk.

42. A. SUBCORIACEUS Bak. fil. in Journ. Linn. Soc. xxxvii. 186
(1905).

UciAXDA : Near Mulema, Bagsliawe 254 ! Hb. Mus. Brit. Koki
and Ankole, Dawe 401 ! Fyffe 103 ! Hb. Kew.
The fruits are small, subglobose, 4-5 mm. diam.

43. A. Warneckei Gilg MS. in Hb. Mus. Brit.

Bami cortice cinereo vestiti. Folia trifoliolata, petiolata foliolis
ovatis vel ovalibus utrinque pilis adspersis lateraHbus perspicue minori-
bus inaequilateralibus remote serratis, terminalibus in parte \ superiore
serratis basi cuneatis 5-6 cm. longis, 4-5 cm. latis, petiolulis brevibus,
petiolo communi 15-20 mm. longo. Thyrsi simplices pseudospicati et
ramosi folia subadsequantes 5-8*5 cm. longi. Flores parvi in cymulas
paucifloi-as dispositi, pedicellis brevibus, rhachi tenue. Sepala concava.
Fructus cocci rubri, glabri, globosi, + 6 mm. diam.

To GO LAND : Near Lome, Warnecke 376 ! & 160 ! Hb. Mus.
Brit.

A plant with trifoliolata serrate papyraceous leaves allied to
A. rubifolius Engl, and A. stachyanthus Gilg.

44. A. GRAXDiFOLius Radlk. in Engl. & Prantl. Naturl. Pflanzen-
fam. iii. 5, 313 (1895). Schmidelia grandifolia Baker in Fl. Trop.
Afr. i. 421 (1868).

Princes Island : Barter 1990 ! Hb. Kew. Cameroons :
Bipinde, Zenker 1142 & 4374 ! Hbb. Berol. Mus. Brit.

45. A. BULLATUS Radlk. in Sitz. Baj^er. Akad. 1. c. 223 (1909),
Schmidelia ahyssinica Hook. fil. in Journ. Linn. Soc. vii. 1864, 189.

Cameroons : Mann llH4t\ & 2167 ! Hb. Kew.
JouBNAL OF Botany. — Vol. 57. [July, 1919.] p

186 THE JOUENAL OF BOTANY

46. A. ABTSSiNicus Kadlk. in Engl. & Prantl, 1. c. 313 (1895).
ScJimidelia ahyssinica Hochst. in Flora (1843) 10.

Abyssinia : Many collectors. Mt. Ruwenzori : Scott Elliot
7910 ! Hb. Mus. Brit. Usafua : Jide Gilg.

47. A. CAMPTONEURUS Eadlk. in Sitz. Bajer. Akad. 1. c. 224 &
227 (1909).

Cameeoons : Bipinde, Zenker 3161. Hb. Berol.

48. A. Talbotii, sp. nov.

Bami lenticellis subprominentibus subcopiose onnsti. Foliola
trifoliolata, papj^-acea, foliolis elliptico-obovatis acuminatis basi
cuneatis glabris margine integris terminalibus 8-9 cm, longis, 3-4 cm.
latis, lateralibus 5-6 cm. longis, petiolo communi 4-4-5 cm. longo
prajdita. Thyrsi i*amosa folia superantes a medio deorsum nudi
apicem versus densiflori. Flares parviusculi, breviter pedicellati.
Calyx parvus externe pubescens. Frnctns ignotus.
NiGEBiA : Oban, P. Talbot 1713 ! Hb. Mus. Brit.
Allied to A. Zenkeri Gilg. The papyraceous leaflets when dried
are silvery-brown and smaller ; petiole glabrous ; thyrse 10-20 cm.
long, longer than the leaves, in the upper portion fairly densely flori-
ferous ; buds globose, small, pubescent.

49. A. Gossweileri, sp. nov.

Fridex a basi ramosus circ. 8-pedalisad A. Zenheri Gilg accedens.
Hami teretes, glabri, lenticellosi. *Folia trifoliolata glaberrima, apice
acuminata ovalia vel elliptico-obovata, nervis lateralibus subtus con-
spicuis utrinque 5-6, foliolis terminalibus 14-16 cm. longis, 7-7'5 cm.
latis, lateralibus 10-11 cm. longis, 5-5*5 cm. latis, petiolo communi
4-5 cm. longo prsedita. Thyrsi ramosi inferne nudi sursum rumos
3-4 emittentes, i-amis longiusculis densifloris. Flores mediocres in
cj^mulas plurifloras dispositi, rhachi pubescente. Friictvs globosus,
lb 6 mm. diam. rubro-brunneus, majusculus.

Angola : Pungo Mongo : in swampy situations among bog Ferns.
Gossweiler 6020 ! Hb. Mus. Brit.

Noticeable on account of the glabrous shining trifoliolate leaves,
ihe, densely-flowered bi-anched inflorescence, and the reddish-broAvn
globose fruits.

50. A. ETJTETE Gilg in Deutschen Zentral-Afr. ii. 476 (1911).
East Afeica : Bukoba, Mildhraed 318. Hb. Berol.

51. A. Ussheri, sp. nov.

Haini lenticellis sparse obtecti, glabri vel fere glabri. Folia
trifoliolata, foliolife ellipticis vel ovalibus crassiusculis margine integris
demum glabris 13-15 cm. longis, 5-6*5 cm. latis, basi cuneatis, ad
apicem attenuatis, i:>etiolulis brevibus, nervis lateralibus erecto-arcuatis
utrinque 9-12, petiolo conmiuni glabro 4-8 cm. longo suffulta.
Thyrsi ramosi ramos paucos emittentes multiflori foliis breviores,
pedunculo longitudinaliter striato 5-8*5 cm. longo. Flores mediocres,
pedicellati, in cvmulas paucifloras dispositi. Calyx l'5-2*0 mm.
longus. extu.s pubescens. Fructiis ignotus.

THE AFHICAX SPECIES OF ALLOPHYLUS 187

UgaoSDa : Mabira Forest, Chagwe, Vssher 61 ! Hb. Kew.

The noticeable features of this species are the rather thick leaflets,
elliptical or oval in shape, with entire margins, which do not turn
black or brown on drying. The thyrse is branched, the lower part
being bare, the branches thickly covered with medium-sized flowers.

In some respects allied to A. Schiveinfurthii Gilg, which, how-
ever, when dried turns a chocolate colour.

52 A. ScHWEiNFURTHii Grilg in Engler Jahrb. xxiv. 286 (1897).
]S^IAM^TAMLAND : SchioeinJ^uHh, 3696 & 3668. Camerooj^s :
Barombi, Freuss 56. Hb. Bcrol.

53. A. Dummeri, sp. nov.

Arhuscida circ. 30-pedalis ramulis glabris. Folia trifoliolata,
viridia, foliolis terminalil3us rhombeo-ellipticis utrinque prieter nerves
glabris nervis lateralibus 10-12 margine grosse et remote serratis,
apice acuminatis, 15-18 cm. longis, 6-7'5 cm. latis, lateralibus parum
minoribus 14-15 cm. longis, petiolo 9-13 cm. longo pragdita. In-
Jlorescenfia 6-8 cm. longa. Tiii/rsi ramosi sursum floriferi deorsum
nudi foliis breviores, rhachi pubescente. Fhres lactei, majusculi,
pedicellis pubescentibus. Sepala obtusa pilis sparse obtecta. Fnictus
ignotus.

Uganda: Kivuvu, Dummer 5b2\ Hb. Mus. Brit.

Small tree 30 ft. Flowers creamy, arranged in few flowered
cymules. Noticeable on account of the nearly glabrous, pap3'raceous,
rhombeo-elliptical leaves and branching thjn-se, which altogether
measures 8-12 cm. and is about the same length as the petioles or
slightly longer.

54. A. KiwuE^STS Gilg in Deutschen Zeutral-Afr. Exped. ii. 477
(1911).

Lake Region: Lake Kiwu, Mihibraed 1194. Hb. Berol.

55. A. MAWAMBENSis Gilg, 1. c. 475 (1911).*
Congo : Ituri, 31 i Id bra ed 304^6. Hb. Berol.

56. A. sciiiBEXSTS Gilg in Engl. Jahrb. xxiv. 289 (1S97).
KiLiMAiSMAEO : Volkeus 1937. Hb. Berol.

57. A. crebriflorus, sp. nov.

Arbuscula + 20-pedalis. Rami fere glabri. Folia trifoliolata,
foliolis intermediis cuneato-ovatis vel cuneato-oblongo-oblanceolatis
denmm pi'seter nervos glabns apicem versus attenuatis, apice ipso
obtusis, sparse serratis, 11-14 cm. longis, 5-6 cm. latis, foliolis later-
alibus parum minoribus, petiolo communi 6-8 cm. longo praidita.
TIn/rsi ramosi, densiflori, folia breviores petiolos longiores, rhachi
pilosa. Flares brunneo-virides, mediocres, pedicellati. Fructus
parviusculus, subglobosus + 3 mm. diam.

Uganda : Kipayo Forest, small tree — 20 ft. Du miner 680 ! Hb.
Mus. Brit.

A small tree with intenselv green trifoliolate leaves, somewhat

p 2

188 THE JOURNAL OF BOTATT^

serrate at the margins, and a very densely flowered biunched tliyrse
shorter tlian the leaves. The fruits are small and subglobose.

58. A. Zenkeei Gilg ex Eadlk. in Sitz. Bayer. Akad. 1. c. 224
(1909).

Cameboons : Zenler 3134 ! 3303 ! 3633 ! Hbb. Berol. Mus.
Brit.

59. A. LONGiPETiOLATUS Gilg. in Engler Jahrb. xxiv. 236(1897).
MoxBUTTULAXD : Schweinfurth 3523 ! Camerooxs : Bipinde,

Zenker 4051. Hb. Berol. Yaunde, Bates 878 ! Hb. Mus. Brit.

60. A. TRiSTis Eadlk. in Sitz. Bayer. Akad. 1. c. 225 (1909).
Schmidelia ruhifolia Baker in M. Trop. Afr. i. 423. Quoad

stirp. zambesiaca.

Zambesi: Kir1c\ Hb. Kew.; StuUmann 668 & 670. Hb. Berol.

61. A. PSEUDO-PANICULATUS Bak. 111. in Journ. Linn. Soc. xxvii.
137 (1905).

Uganda : near R. Rufua, Bagshawe 544 ! Hb. Mus. Brit.

62. A. Kassneri, sp. nov.

Hamuli novelli fusco-velutmi. Folia trifoliolata, chartacea,
foliolis ovatis vel obovatis apice acutis vel subobtusis supra glabris
subtus pubescentibus terminalibus basi cuneatis 7-10 cm. longis,
5-6 cm. latis, longiuscule petiolulatis (8-10 mm.) foliolis lateralibus
pauUo minoribus. Petioliis communis 2-3 cm. longus, fusco-tomen-
tosus. Thyrsi inferne nudi in toto 5 cm. longi foliis brevioribus
sursum ramos paucos emittentes, rhachi fusco-tomentosa, subdensi.
Flores mediocres in cymulas paucifloras dispositi. Sepala membra-
nacea, concava. Fructus ignotus.

Congo : Lufonzo, Kdssner 2849 ! Hb. Mus. Brit.

Branches covered with a velvety tomentum ; leaves chartaceous,
glabrous above, pubescent below ; thyrse bmnched, shorter than the
leaves.

63. A. CHiRiNDENSis Bak. fil. in Journ. Linn. Soc. xl. 48 (1911).
Chibinda : Swynnerton 112! Hb. Mus. Brit.

64. A. AERiCANTJS Eadlk. in Engl. & Prantl. iii. 5. 313 (1895).
Schmidelia a^ricana Pal. Beauv. Fl. Owar, ii. 54, t. 107 (1807) ;
>S^. affinis Guill. Perr. Fl. Seneg. Tent. 121 (1830-33).

AVidely distributed. Eadlkofer retains the following forms : —

Forma genuina Eadlk. Foliola glabriuscula.

Forma subvelutinus Eadlk. Foliola subvelutina.

Forma cheysothrix Eadlk. Petioli i-amulique pilis flavidis
induti.

Forma timboexsis (^A. timhoensis Hua). Foliola intermedia
vix serrata.

Forma sexegalensis Eadlk. Foliola in axillis nervorum barbata.

Many plants have been wrongly distiibuted as this speeies.

65. A. hrachycalyx, sp. nov.

Frutex ramis glabris ramulis pilis vestitis. Folia trifoliolata

THE AFRICAX SPECIES OF ALLOPHYLTJS 189

papyracea petiolata, foliolis parviusculis terminallbus ovalibus in
petiolulum brevissimum cuneato-angustatis, in siccitate triste viridia,
5-6 cm. longis, 2 5-S'O cm. latis, in parte superiore insequaliter ser-
ratis, lateralibus minoribus S-S5 cm. longis, petiolo communi pilosulo
15-20 mm. longo praedita. Flores parvi, albi, in cymulas paucifloras
dispositi. Thyrsi ramosi, 5-8 cm. longi, ramis giucilibus multifloris,
pedunculis mmisque pilosulis. Calyx 1-1-5 mm. longus, pilis ad-
spersus. Fructus ignotus.

Uganda : Forest near Mizizi, Lake Albert, alt. 2300 ft., A. Bag-
shawe 1325 ! Hb. Mus. Brit.

Allied to A. tristis Radlk. but with a distinctly branched thyrse
and small flowers.

66. A. Holubii, sp. nov.

Hamuli tomento brevi cinereo obtecti. Folia parviuscula, herbacea,
trifoliolata, foliolis internodiis margine serratis apice acutis vel obtusis
subtus tomento brevi obtectis, 4-5 cm. longis, 25-28 mm. latis,
petiolulis it 2 mm. longis prseditis, foliolis lateralibus parum insequi-
lateralibus 35-40 mm. longis, 16-21 mm. latis, petiolo communi
18-22 mm. longo suffulta. Tliyrsi ramos 1-2 emittentes folio
longiores pedunculo 3*5-4"0 cm. longo praedita, rhachi tomentosa.
Flores mediocres, pedicellis brevibus, in cymulas paucifloras dispositi.
Calyx glaber. Fructus ignotus.

Zameesi : Leshumo Valley, Dr. Holuh ! Hb. Kew. On termite
heaps.

Allied to A. stacJiyanthus Radlk. Noticeable on account of the
small serrate tomentose leaflets and branched densely-flowered thyrse
about twice as long as the leaves.

67. A. STACHTANTHUS Gilg. in Engl. Jahrb. xxiv. 292 (1897).
KiLiMANJAEO Region : Volkens 618, 495 ; Teita, Johnston.

Hb. Kew. Ukambani : Scheffler 114 ! Hb. Kew. Lake Region :
Bukome, Stuhlmann 3460. Hb. Berol.

68. A. GEISEO-TOMENTOSUS Gilg. in Engl. Jahrb. xxiv. 290
(1897).

A. usamlaricus Gilg. in Herb. Berol.

East Afeica & Ntasaland. Widely spread.

69. A. ruLTO-TOMENTOSus Gilg in Engl. Jahrb. xxiv. 293 (1897).
Lake Region : Nr. Utundua, Stuhlmann 3474. Hb. Berol.

Lake Kiwu, Mildbraed 1146. S.W. Uganda : Kagehi, Mildhraed.
Hb. Berol.

70. A. cataractarum, sp. nov.

Rami cortice cinereo tecti, novelli flavescenti-tomentosi. Folia
trifoliolata, foliolis oblongo-ovatis vel obovatis primum tomentosis
apice acutis vel subobtusis margine remote serratis intermediis 5-7 cm.
longis, 3-4 cm. latis, petiolo communi 15-20 mm. longo praedita.
Thyrsi ramosi, longi, flexuosi, folio perspicue longiores, rhachi tomen-
tosa. Flores numerosi parvi in cymulas plurifloras dispositi. Calyx
glaber. Fructus ignotus.

190 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

Ehodesia : Yictom Falls, Bor/evs 5538 ! Hb. Mus. Brit.

Allied to A. stacliyanfhns Grilg, but both the terminal and lateral
leaflets are narrower and of a different shape. The flowers are
numerous and small in a long slightly branched thyrse. The plant at
first is flavescent tomentose.

71. A. CALOPHTLLUS Gilg in Engl. Jahrb. xxiv. 291 (1897).
East Africa : Useri, Vollens 1973. Hb. Berol.

72. A. MELANOCARPUS Radlk. in Engl. & Pi-antl, iii. 5 (1895).
Schvudelia melonocarpa Arn. in Hook. Journ. Bot. iii. (1841) 152.
S. Relimaiiniana Szysyl. Enum. Polj'pet. Kehmann, ii. (1888) 47.

Natal : man}^ collectors.

Radlkofer does not separate >S^. leucocarpa from this. A form
with verv long inflorescence was gathered in the Makwongvva Forest,
B.irberton, Transvaal, by Galpin (909).

73. A. EROSUS Radlk. in Engl. & Prantl, 1. c. (1895). Schmidelia
erosa Arn. in Hook. Journ. Bot. iii. 152 (1841). S. natalensis
Sonder in Harvey & Sonder, Fl. Cap. i. 239 (1859-60). Rhus erosa
Drege ex Presl, Bot. Bemerk. 41 (1844).

Natal : many collectors. Durban, Behmann 9040 ! 9042 !
Hb. Kew. East London : Galpin 1848 ! Hb. Kew.

Species exclusa.
SchmideJia tliyrsoides ^xkeY=Ap)hanin senegalensis Radlk.

NORFOLK NOTES.
By,C. E. Salmon, F.L.S.

In 1915, Mr. J. W. White and I spent the last week in June and
the first in July botanizing in East Norfolk, dividing our time
bc?t\veen the coast village of Hemsby and the delightful liamlet of
Ran worth.

Owing to the War and consequent military activity upon the
eastern coasts, it was not easy to allay suspicions whilst botanizing,
and upon one occasion near Winterton we were closely questioned and
the contents of our vasculums were examined. Fortunately these
showed that we were not in the habit of fraternising with aliens !
It was a happy coincidence, too, that our maps had just been stowed
away safely in inner pockets and that the awkward bulge in my
venturesome companion's coat — denoting a camera — did not attract
attention.

I'lants that appear to be additions to Norfolk are distinguished by
an asterisk.

Flora=^W. A. Nicholson, Flora of Norfolk, 1914.

Fumaria Borcei Jord. Ormesby St. Michael, scarce ; in greater

NORFOLK NOTES 19l

quantity by Roadside between Caister and Hemsby : the latter was
reported upon by Mr. Pugsley as " a lax pale- flowered form." The
one locahty mentioned in Flora is in W. Norfolk, but Mr. Druce has
found the plant at " Ormsby " ( Jouni. Bot. 1912, Supp. 1, 28)
(E. Norfolk), which may be the first locality given ; there are, how-
ever, three or four " Ormesbys " in E. Norfolk distinguished by
various suffixes. — *F. Bastardi Bor. Eoadside hedge-bank. Ran worth.
New to v.c. 27. — F. officinalis L. forma *scandeiis Pugsl. Cultivated
ground, Ranworth, A glorious sight, festooning a row of peas with
its long racemes of flowers and clambering over them to a height of
six feet.

Nasturtium officinale Br. var. *siifolium Reichenb. Dike near
Horning ; particularly well marked in ditch by lane side near Shallam
Dike, Thurne. — Sisymbrium officinale Scop. var. leiocarpam DC.
Woodbastwick ; near Horning ; here and there about Ran worth ;
Thurne ; near South Walsham ; Cargate Green ; in plenty at Scratby. — •
Thlaspi arve?ise L. Near Horning.

Polygala serpyllacea Weihe. Ormesby Common.

Cerastitcm tetrandrum Curt. Coast north of Winterton.

Geranium striatum L. Firmly established by the roadside for
50 yards or so between South Walsham and Upton ; a beautiful
sight. — G. molle L. var. *grandiJlorum Lange. On a roadside bank
at Ranworth plants with flowers 11-12 mm. in diameter were noted
which may presumably be placed under this variety.

Bhamnus Frangula L. Near Ranworth Dike.

Trifolium medium L. Hedgebank, Cargate Green. — Vicia tetra-
sperma Moench. Roadside between Ranworth and Cockshoot Broad.

Agrimonia odorata Mill. A fine clump, six feet high, by the
roadside between Cargate Green and Pilson Green. Not yet in flower
but unmistakeable.

Sedum rupestre L. var. *minus Syme. Quite extraordinarily
abundant and a featui-e of the vegetation by the roadside between
South Walsham and Upton. Named by J. W. W., who is very
familiar with the plant at Bristol.

Callitriclie ohtusangula Le Gall. Dike, Flegg Burgh Common.
Only two stations in Flora.

Slum latifolium L. Near Upton Broad. — Peucedamim palustre
Moench. By Upton, RoUesby and Martham Broads ; Shallam Dike,
Thurne.

Sambucus Fbulus L. Between South Walsham and Upton.

Valeriana Mikanii Syme. Near Upton Broad and near
Horning Ferry. Only two localities in Flora.

Cardiius tenuijlorus Curt. Near Horning. — Crepis virens L.
var. *agrestis W. & K. Roadsides at Woodbastwick.

Scrophularia aquatica L. var. *appendiculata Merat. About
Upton Broad. — Veronica Beccabunga L. var. limosa Lej. Between
Horning and Horning Ferry.

* Symphytum peregrinum Ledeb. Near Upton Broad.

Glaux maritima L. Inland near Martham Broad.

Bumex pulcher L. South Walsham.

MereurialU annua L. Near Horning.

192 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

Potamogeton zoster if oli us Sclium. Dykes, Han worth and near
Fleet Dike, near South Walsham Broad. — F. Friesii Rupr. Upton
J3road.

Scirpits Tahernaemontani Gmel. Near Martham Broad.
Carex disticha Huds. Near Burnt-fen Broad and between
Horning and the Ferry. — G. terefiuscula Good. Abundant be-
tween Horning and the Ferry, the same district yielding C. para-
doxa Willd. — C. paniculata L. forma *simplicior And. Near
Kanworth Dike. — C. curta Good. Near Burnt-fen Broad. A
scarce plant over the whole county. — C. panicea L. var. *tumidula
Laestad. By Rollesby Broad near Ormesby St. Michael. — C. Jiava
L. var. lepidocarpa " Tausch. Flegg Burgh Common and near
Upton Broad. — G. (Ederi Retz. var. cyperoides Marss. Flegg
Burgh Common ; marsh near Martham Broad ; near Ranworth
Dike. A very distinct Sedge.

Galamagrostis lanceolata Roth yay. pallida Lange. See Journ.
Bot. 1917, 254.

Ammophila baltica Link. This we found in one or two fresh
stations some miles away from its well-known Caister locality,
occurring south of Hemsby north of Winterton as well as between
these two places. It grows intermingled with A. arenaria, as it
does at Caister, but it may be recognised, even at a distance, by
its long tapering panicle invariably tinged with purple. At a
closer view the more lanceolate glumes also readily distinguish it.
The former more obvious character, which was borne out in some
hundreds of examples examined, I do not see mentioned in Babing-
ton, Hooker. Hayward, etc.

It is suggf^sted that A. halt lea is the result of the crossing of
A. arenaria with Galamagrostis epigeios^ but the latter plant
does not grow anywhere in the immediate neighbourhood and, as
far- as the Norfolk stations are concerned, there is nothing to
support this theoi'y.

Mr. A. Craig-Christie has an interesting note upon A. haltica
in this Journal for 190S, p. 800, his observations bearing upon the
Ross Links (Northumberland) plant, and I thoroughly agree with
his view that it is a good species allied to, but well separated from,
A. arenaria and not a hj'-brid. On the Continent, however, where
the plant is no doubt more widely distributed than in Britain,
the consensus of o]nnion is seemingly in favour of its hybrid
origin, Lange (Danske Fl. 68, 1886) being one of the few who
treat it as a good species. Marsson (Fl. Neu-Yorpomm. 563,
1869) goes so far as to divide the " hybrid " into a. suharenaria
( = ^1. haltica Link etc.) and /3. suhepigeios, an arrangement followed
by Aseherson and Graebner (Syn. Mittel. Fl. ii. 222, 1899) and
others.

^Ghjceria d'cllnata Breb. Flegg Burgh Common. New to
Norfolk. — Featuca 3fi/ur>is L. Wall at Hemsby. — F. oraria Dum.
Abundant on the sandhills at Hemsby.

Osmund ! regalis L. Near Filby Broad.

Ghara connvejis Braun. Found in Martham Broad, apparently
a new station, the second in the county, for this pretty little
Chara. — G. polyncantlta Hraun. Martham Broad. — C. hispida L.
Upton Broad.

X0TE3 OX RADXOESHIRE HEPATIC9 193

NOTES ON EADNOESHIRE HEPATICS.
By William Henry Peaesox, A.L.S.

To judge by the meagre list of hepatics recorded for Radnor YI.
43 in the Census Catalogue of British Hepatics compiled bv
Mr. William Ingham (1913), few counties have been less explored
for hepatics, so I was glad to examine a collection made last April at
Aberedw by Mr. Harry Bendorf of Manchester, whom I have inter-
ested in the study of these plants.

In the Census Catalogue only 19 species are recorded ; I have
been able to identify -13 in Mr. Bendorf's collection, which he informs
me was made withm a radius of two miles from Aberedw. I have no
doubt a further exploration of other parts of the county would very
much increase the number enumerated, especially if the more alpine
parts of the county were searched — Radnor Forest attains the height
of about 2000 ft.

Amongst the most interesting of the discoveries is Lejeunea cavi-
folia (Ehrh.) var. heterophylla Carr. As Macvicar remarks (Handb.
Brit. Hep. p. 419) this is a distinct-looking plant ; the somewhat
distant leaves, with lobule minute or obsolete distinguish it at once
from the type ; although there were plenty of perianths on the plants
I was not able to find a single stem with the short male branches
which are to be found on the monoicous type. Should this prove to
be dioicous I should have no hesitation in considering it a distinct
species, Lejeunea heterophylla (Carr.) Pears. MS. This name may
perhaps be criticized by Prof. Stephani.

In Journ. Bot. 1894 (p. 328) I described a species, Frullania
microphylla, which had up to then been considered a variety of
F. Tamarisci {F. Tamarisci yar. onicr ophy I la Goitsche). Stephani
(Sp. Hopat. 568) lists it as Frullania micropJiylla Gottsche, and
adds a footnote, " The plant is correctly published by Gottsche, since
it was distributed in G. k R. Hep. Ex., tlie name Pear.son as author
(who first described the plant) is therefore not admissible." In my
Hep. Brit. Isles I described it as F. microphylla (Gottsche) Pearson,
which I think is correct.

Lopliocolea spicata Tayl. is another interesting record for the
county. I am sorry this characteristic name has been supplanted by
that of L. fragrans Moris & De Not., on the authority. of Schiffner
& Mueller ; Stephani, who draws up his description of L. fragruTis
from the actual plant, holds that they are distinct, and I agree with
him. L. spicata has not the fragrant smell which distinguishes the
genus. It is one of our rarest species, having a very limited distribu-
tion. For a long time it was only known from the south of Ireland,
afterwards it was found in Cornwall and Wales very sparingly, and
later by Mr. Macvicar in Scotland ; it has been recorded from the
Channel Islands and north of France. Many years ago, when the
only known stations for this rare hepatic were the south of Ireland
and Cornwall, the late George Stabler sent me a specimen from
Wilson, labelled ** near Conway." I made several visits to Conway
and searched the likely glens about there in vain : later I found that
Wilson had collected plants at Trefriw, a matter of 10 miles away

194 THE JUL'lt:NAL OF BOTANV

from Conway. I took the first opportunity I had of visiting that
delightful spot, and to my joy I met with the plant in quantity on
the rocks near the Falls. Wilson had the reputation of being very
reticent as to the definite locality of the mre plants he collected, and
when he noted on his specimen '* near Conway " — a station ten miles
awa}^ — I felt he had left open a wide field for search.

Marchesinia Mackaii (Hook) Gray, is also a good find and would
indicate that other species usually peculiar to the limestone would be
found, if looked for.

Riccia Crozalsii Levier is the rarest of the species collected.

Cat, stands for the Census Catalogue and H. B. for Harry Ben-
dorf : the species marked with an asterisk are new records.

Riccia glauca L., Cat. ; *R. Crozalsii Levier, H. B. ; *R. soro-
carpa Bisch., H. B.

Targionia hypophi/lla L., Cat.

Rehoulia liemisphcerica (L.) Raddi, Cat.

*Co)ioceplialum conicum (L.) Dum., in fruit, H. B.

*Preissia quadrata (Scop.) Nees, H. B.

Metzgeria furcata (L.) Dum. Cat., II. B. ; *M. conjiigafa Lindb.,
R.B.

*Pellia epiphylla (L.) Coi-da, H. B.

*Fossomhronin pusilla (L.) Dum., H. B.

*Marsupella Funchii (Web. & Mohr) Dum., H. B.

* Alicularia scalaris (Schrad.) Corda, H. B.

*Aplozia gracillima (Sm.) Dum., H. B. ; *A. riparia (Tayl.)
Dum. H. B. ; A.pumila (With.) Dum., H. B.

*Gymnocolea injiata (Huds.) Dum., H. B.

*Lophozia ventricosa (Dicks.) Dum., H. B. ; *X. alpestris
(Schleich.) Evans, H. B. ; L. incisa (Schrad.) Dum., Cat.

*Blagiochila asplenioides (L.) Dum. var. :;«?Vi6»r Lindenb., H. B. ;
*P. punctata Tayl., H. B.

Lophocolea hidentata (L.) Dum. Cat. H. B. ; *L. cuspidata
Limpr., II. B. ; *L. spicata Tayl., H. B.

^accogyna viticulosa (Sm.) Dum. Cat., H. B.

Cephalozia bicuspidata (L.) Dum. Cat., H. B. ; C. connivens
(Dicks.) Lindb., Cat.; *C. media Lindb., H. B.; C.fluitans (Nees)
Spruce, Cat.

Cephaloziella hyssacea (Roth.) Warnst. Cat., H. B.

*Calypof/eia Trichomanis (L.) Corda, H. B. ; C.Jissa (L.) Iladdi
Cat. ; *C. drguta Nees & Mont., R. B.

*Bazzania trilohata (L.) Gray, H. B.

* Lepidozia reptans (L.) Dum., H. B. ; I. setacea (Web.) Mitt.
Cat.

*Blep}ia7'ostoma trichophyllum (L.) Dum., H. B.

*Ptilidium ciliare (L.) Hampe, II. B.

* Diplophylluni albicans (L.) Dum., H. B.

* Scapania compacta (Koth.) Dum., H. B. ; S. suhalpina (Nees)
Dum. Cat.; *S. gracilis (Lindb.) Kaal., II. B.\ S. dentata Dum.
€at., K. B.\ S. irrigua (Nees) Dum. Cat.; *>S. curta (Mart.) Dum.,
K. B.

XOTES OX RADNORSHIRE HEPATICS 195

*Madotheca Icevigata (SchracL) Dum., H. B.; *M. riviilaris
Nees, H. B.

Lejeunea cavifolia (Ehrh.) Lindb. Cat., H.B.; *L. cavi folia
(Ehrh.) var. heterophylla Carr., H. B.

*3Iarc}iesina Macho ii (Hook.) Gray, H. B.

^rullania (jermana Tayl. Cat. ; *F. Tamarisci (L.) Dum., H. B.;
¥,fragilifolia Tayl. Cat.

A set of Mr. Benclorf's specimens has been deposited in the Man-
chester Musemn.

HABITATS OF HYPERICUM HUMIFUSUM.
By H. Stuart Thompson, F.L.S.

Bentham stated in his Handbook of the British Flora that this
plant grows " In stony heaths, pastures and bogs, fields and waste
places " — a comprehensive group ; Hooker, in The Studenfs Flora,
said '* Roadsides, commons, etc. ; ascends to 1100 ft. in Yorkshire ";
Babington, often more accurate than either of these greater botanists
in his first-hand knowdedge of British plants, gave " Gravelly and
heathy places." Mr. J. W. White, whose notes on habitats and
similar matters in the Flora of Bristol are the most carefully com-
piled of an}^ " Flora " known to me, gives " Native ; on commons and
in open woodland. Frequent, but very thinly distributed. There
are seldom more than one or two plants at a place."

Until last year, wdien my work took me daily into the woods of
N. Somerset, I had been much struck, especially about Blackdown,
Mendip, by the truth of Mr. White's remarks on this pretty little
St. John's Wort in the large area treated. But last summer and
autumn I found the plant in Somerset on various occasions in con-
siderable quantity on " rides " in woodlands, and especially on "rides"
and green paths in larch and mixed woods, such as at Wrington
Warren (larch 30 years old), Court Hill (Clevedon), King Wood above
Cleeve, T^^ntesfield Plantation, and to a less extent in Leigh Woods.

Just as the recently discovered and rapidly extending Juncus
tenuis keeps rigidly and uniformly to the rides and paths in Leigh
Woods, so does H. humifusum, as far as my observation goes, rarely
stray far from the paths in any of the above woodlands. In like
manner Erodium maritimiim, when growing inland in N, Somerset,
frequents either the bare limestone rock, as at Goblin Combe, or the
shoi't grassy paths on hills, as above Axbridge, Rowberrow and
Wrington, and much used " rides " in limestone woods such as those
above Clevedon Court and Tyntesfield. It actually grows on the
modern brick paving outside the engine-house and saw-mill at
Tyntesfield.

It is interesting to note that whereas all the above-mentioned
woods are upon Carboniferous Limestone *, Coste says of H. humi-
fusum in France " Champs et coteaux sablonneux des terrains siliceux
dans presque toute la France ; rare dans le Midi." Joseph Woods in
his Tourisfs Flora also gives merely " Gravel and sand." Taking

* Though not always of the same Carboniferous Limesftoaie Series ; and parts
of certain of these woodlands are on other formations.

19G THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

Britain as a whole, I believe this species is more often seen on sandy
or red gravelly soil than on limestone, but evidently it likes the close
turf though sometimes sandy soil of the rides in woods on limestone.

On the Continent, e.g. in Switzerland and the Jura, it appears that
this plant is sometimes found in damper and more cultivated places
e. q. in arable ground. Two modern authors mention " Fields after
the crops, clearings in woods " ; and another botanist speaks of
" Damp fields, clay soils, cultivated and cleared, clearings in woods,
unequally spread" (Grodet, Flore du Jura, an excellent work).

In conclusion, it seems that a plant one has usually associated
with dry hill-sides, sandy commons, and open woods, or road-sides
near them, may have its erratic and sparse distribution markedly
effected by the agency of man ; and JBentham's habitats probably
referred to the plant throughout its known geographical range, and
not only to that in the British Isles. Such, indeed, was apparently
the case in regard to all the plants in the HandhoGh, a point
worth drawing attention to, and not hitherto properly appreciated
by myself.

SHORT NOTES.

Female Flowers iiy Plaistago lanceolata. Some interest-
ing observations have been made this spring on plants growing wild
in Kew Oardens, and the following seem worth recording : — Plants
of Plantago lanceolata are common in the grounds round the Her-
barium ; and amongst grass which has not j^et (Maj- 28) been cut,
several have been observed with the stamens in all the flowers reduced
in size, the filaments very short, and the anthers producing no fertile
pollen. All the spikes on each plant have their flowers in a similar
state of functional unisexuality through reduction of the stamens.
The flowers, like those of a normal Plantago, are protogynous, the
styles and stigmas of the lower flowers being the first to appear.
When these have become brown and shrivelled the j^ello wish- green
(not cream-coloured or very pale yellow) sterile anthers appear, but
since they have extremely short filaments the stamens are not nearly
so conspicuous as in normal spikes. The ovaries are fully fonned and
the ovules are developing into seeds. Growing near the abnormal
plants, and subjected to the same external conditions, are some with
quite normal flowers and inflorescences. The abnormal unisexual
state must be due to inherent causes affecting the entire plant indepen-
dently of external conditions, and may be compared with the reduc-
tion of the stamens in the small-flowared form of Glechoma hederacea.
In the Botanical Bulletin (afterwards the Botanical Gazette), i.
45 (1876), is recorded a plant of P. lanceolata which had flowers
without a trace of stamens or anthers. The styles and stigmas
developed normally at first, but '* soon began to bend down so that
the stigma entered the tube of the corolla and soon the whole style
was coiled up in the corolla tube, remaining there for a day or more
in some instances, when it resumed its erect position." Nothing like
this has been observed in the Kew specimens, in which the styles
drop off when the seeds^are partly formed. — W. B. Turrill.

SHORT >'OTES 197

Yew ox Oak. On May 31st, I saw in Leigh Woods, near Clif-
ton (N. Somerset), a small shrubby Yew-bush about a foot high
growing upon a rather young Oak tree : I do not remember having
noticed before a Grymnosperm epiphytic upon an Angiosperm. In
Leigh Woods the Yew is doubtless native, as it is in most of the
woods on the Carboniferous Limestone of North Somerset, and also on
the hmestone cliffs and screes at Cheddar, Burrington Combe,
Bourton and other combes. The plant now reported grows by a
path within half a mile of the rocky ridge where PolygonaUim
officinale and Lilies-of-the-valley grow together — fortunately by no
means extinct, as was feared by Syme (Engl. Bot. ed. 3, ix. 180).
This year many of the Solomon's-Seal are no taller than the Lilies-of-
the-valley, and some are shorter. — H. S. TnoMPSOJf.

The Beodeick Heebaeitjm (see Journ. Bot. 1904, 295).
Through the kindness of Lord Midleton I have recently examined the
above at Peper Harow. The collection is bound in the form of a
volume with the inscription " Tho. Brodrick 1672 " upon the title-
page. There are 138 leaves (c. 17"xlO") with several plants upon
each, British, exotic and garden species being mingled ; unfortunately
many have been damaged by insects, and not a single plant is either
localized or dated. The Latin name of the period — and in these
changeful days it is comforting to note that Mentha cardiaca of
to-day was the identical Mint prescribed for heart affections in
Elizabeth's time — and the quaintly expressed English name is appended
to each specimen, and there is a full index at the end of the volumes
with page references. — C. E. Salmon.

TOLTPELLA GLOMEEATA Leonh. IN THE ISLE OE WiGHT. On

the 13th May I found this charophyte in fair quantity in some shallow
pits near Elmsworth brick-works, just to the east of the mouth of
the Newtown River. This is, I think, the first record of a TolypeJIa
for the Island. — James Geoves.

REVIEWS.

JElementi de Botaniqiie par Ph. Van Tieghem. Cinquieme
edition. 8vo. Tome I. Botaniqne Generale, revue et corrigee
par J. CosTANTiN, pp. XV, 619, tt. 260. Tome II. Botanique
Speciale remaniee et augmentee par J. Costantin, pp. xx, 743,
tt. 326. Masson : Paris, 1918. Price 30 fr.

The present edition of the late Prof. Van Tieghem's well-known
smaller textbook of Botany follows closely the plan of earlier
editions. The editor. Prof. Costantin, does not supply any prefatory
note or introduction indicating the changes or additions for which
he is responsible, but these do not appear to be extensive and the
book remains the expression of Van Tieghem's views as to the pre-
sentation of the science and especially on methods of classification.

The first volume deals with morphology, including structure, and
physiology. In the first chapter a general account is given of the
plant-body in two sections, the first entitled morphology, the second
physiology, and a similar plan is adopted in the following chapters

198 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY*

dealing in succession with the root, stem, leaf, and flower. While
this method has the advantage of correlating structure and function,
it leads to a somewhat disjointed study of plant-physiology and
involves some repetition. The chapter on the flower is followed by
one on " the development of the Phanerogams," in which the deve-
lopment of the ovule, the seed, and the fruit, germination, and the
growth of the adult plant from the seedling are considered. The
formation of the egg and the life-history of the plant in the Vascular
Cryptogams, the Muscinese and the Thallophytes are studied in the
next tliree chapters. To emphasize the diiferences in the origin of
the " spores " in the several great groups, the term spore is restricted
to those which develop to form an individual like that from which
they were produced. The spores of Ferns and Mosses are designated
respectively, diodes, or spores of passage from the asexual to the
sexual stage, and tomies, as the life-history of the plant is cut into
two very unequal parts at the stage of their production. The
relation between the Gymnosperms and Vascular Cryptogams is
recognised, the pollen -grain being in reality a microdiode and the
mother-cell of the female prothallium a macrodiode.

The second volume is a systematic study of .the plant-kingdom.
Two subkingdoms are recognised, Arhizophj^tes, including Thallo-
ph^^tes and Muscinese, and Khizophytes, including Vascular Cr}'3)togams
(Exoprothallees) and Phanerogams (Endoprothallees). The Thallo-
ph^^tes contain two classes, Fungi and Algae ; the Myxomycetes
form the first order of the Fungi and the Bacteria are regarded
as a famil}^ of the Blue-green Algaf. Phanerogams comprise two
classes, Astigmatees or Gymnosperms and Stigmatees or Angio-
sperms. The former has four classes, Pteridosperms, Natrices with
motile male cells, including C^^cads and Ginkgo, Vectrices (Coniferie\
and Saccovulees (ovule enclosed in an ovary which forms a sac with
no style) — including Welwitschia, Eijlicdra, and Gnetiim. The
Angiosperms have three classes. Monocotyledons, Liorhizal Dicot}^-
ledons, and Dicotyledons. The second is a very unnatural group,
comprising two orders. Grasses and Nympha^aceje ; the Grasses are
regarded as having two cotyledons and the water-lilies are classed
with them owing to the similarit}^ of the mode of development of
the piliferous layer of the root. The method of the grouping
of the families of Dicotyledons is widely different from that of
other well-known systems. Special stress is laid on the details
of the structure and development of the ovule, wdiich Van Tieghem
had studied exhaustively. The resulting system may interest the
student as an exercise in taxonomy, but cannot be regarded as an
advance towards a natural system or a contribution to the study of
phylogeny. A. B. 11.

Standard Cyclopedia of Horticulture, Vol. VI. S-Z. with Supple-
ment, pp. 3013-3639, figs. 3516-1056. Edited bv L. H. Bailey,
1917.

The present volume is the last of the imposing work edited by
L. H. Bailev, the dovcn of American scientific horticidturists, who is

STANDARD CYCLOPEDIA OF HOKTICULTrEE 199

much to be congratulated on its completion. In the Supplement he
makes a characteristic statement : — " To spend five years in a review
of the vegetable kingdom, with all its marvels and its unsolved
problems, is in itself a great privilege. If in addition one may see
the applications to the desire of man, may hold associations with
several hundred enthusiastic and competent correspondents, may have
relations with the commercial and financial questions involved, and
may at the same time catch some glimpse of the reaches of evolution
and feel a new contact with the earth, the making of a Cyclopedia of
of this kind becomes not a task, but an experience in life .... The
Editor is well aware of the shortcomings of the volumes and he would
like to do the work all over again for the delight of it." With such
a spirit as driving-force, the rapidity with which the volumes have
followed one another ma}^ be understood.

The articles in the present volume and the general and specific
descriptions are of the same high quality which has throughout
characterized the work. Besides being of a more scientifically exact
type than is common in horticultural books, they abound in points
which, though referring principally to American horticulture, are
ver^'^ suggestive to British growers. In the six volumes over 3000
genera and 12,000 species have been fully described : more than
four hundred collaborators have been employed on the work. There
is a " Cultivators' Guide " to the articles, and a very complete index
to synonyms, vernacular names and miscellaneous references not in
alphabetical order in the body of the work. In the Supplement is a
section with the American-sounding title of " Finding List " ; this
contains the names in common use in North America with their
equivalent in the Cyclopedia. Herein is to be found a statement of
the American Joint Committee on Horticultural Nomenclature,

whose aim has been " so far as is practicable to secure the

standardizing of a single botanical name, together with a single ver-
nacular or common name for every tree, shrub, and herbaceous plant
in the American Horticultural trade." Such a committee is much
needed in this country, where we suffer from the confusion and
inconvenience resulting from the abuse of different names for the
same plant or the same name for different plants. We gather from
the article on Welwitschia that Dr. Bailey is in favour of long-
accepted usage rather than priority as making for stability.

A page is devoted to new combinations made during the progress
of the work. These refer principally to varietal names, but the
following specific combinations occur : — Cissus oligocarpa (Lev. &
Van) Bailey; Selenium aromaticum (Hook.) Bailey; Hosta
Fortunei (Baker) Bailey; H. longipes (Franch. & Sav.) Bailey;
Lactuca Bourgcei (Boiss.) N. Taylor ; LWiocarpus densiflora
(Hook. & Arn.) Rehder ; L. cornea (Lour.) Eehder ; L. glabra
(Thunb.) Rehder ; L. thalassica (Hance) Eehder; Maurandia
Lojihospermiim Bailey; Hhododendron candidum (Small) Rehder;
R. IcBtevirens 'RehCiQY ; R. aiisfrinum (Small) Rehder. Many new
combinations in Ryrus, Friintis, Statice were published in JRhodora,

200 THE JOUllNAL OF BOTANY

xviii. (1916). No new species are described and very few new
varieties.

The whole work is a model of its kind — printing, figures, plates,
and get up being worthy of the valuable horticultural and botanical
matter contained in the volumes.

J. K. 11.

BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, etc.

At the meeting of the Linnean Society on June 5, Mr. H. N. Dixon
gave the following abstract of his paper on Mosses collected on Decep-
tion Island, South Shetlands, by Mr. James C. Robins. Deception
Island is in lat. 63° S., long. 60° 30' W., closely adjoining the Ant-
arctic continent (Graham Land). It has been very little visited, and
until the present century only two plants — an unnamed moss and a lichen
— had been observed. Two mosses were collected there in the second
French Antarctic Expedition (1908-10) by MM. Gain and Gourdon.
The present collection consists of eight species, one known from most
of the colder regions of the world, one hitherto only recorded from the
South Orkneys, three of general Antarctic distribution, two hitherto
known only from the Antarctic continent, and one new species. The-
interior of the island is a vast crater, into which the sea has irrupted,
and is about 5 miles across. Connected with this is a small lagoon,
some 500 yards in diameter ; Mr. Robins describes it as giving no
bottom at 200 fathoms, and as fed by warm or hot springs from the
volcano. The whole crater would seem, in the middle of extreme
glacial surroundings, to afford an almost unique example of an isolated
biological area, and would appear to deserve a careful survey as regards
its fauna and Hora, especially in so far as concerns that of the warm
springs and the lagoon fed by these.

Sir Frank Crisp, who was born at Bungay, Oct. 25, 1843, died
at his residence, Friar Park, Henley-on-Thames, on April 29, where
his gardens, and especially his rock garden, were among the most
remarkable in the country. From 1881 to 1906 he was Vice-Presi-
dent and Treasurer of the Linnean Society, at whose Annual Meetings
his financial statements were looked forward to with interest, on
account of the amusing comments with which his figures were inter-
spersed. He was also Hon. Secretary of the Royal Microscoj^ical
Society from 1878 to 1889, to whose Journal he contributed papers
dealing with practical microscopy.

The Irish Naturalist for March contains an interesting paper
(with plates) by Dr. George H. Pethy bridge on heterocarpy in Ficris
hieracioides.

A Correction. — Mr. Moore calls our attention to a curious error
in our review of The Life and Letters of Sir Joseph Hooker, where
(p. 132, 1. 2 from bottom) " Lyell " should be substituted for
" Banks." The phrasing of the letter quoted is somewhat obscure,
but as Banks died in 1820 he obviously could not have been seen by
Hooker in 1836. We may take the opportunity of correcting a
mistake in the book itself (ii. 275), where it is stated that "a fourth
edition of the Studenfs Flora " appeared in 1897 ; the last (third)
edition appeared in 188'i.

201
THE GENUS FAGARA

AS BEPKESENTED IN THE SoUTH AfRICA:N HeEBARIA.

Br Ikez C. Verdooen, Division of Botany, Pretoria,

The genera Fagara (Syst. ed. 10, 897 ; 1759) and Zanthoxylum
(Hort. Cliff. 487 ; 1737) were founded by Linnaeus, who appears to
have used the number of parts in the perianth for separating them :
in Fagara the flowers are 4-merous, in Zanthoxylum 5-merous.
Thunberg (Fl. Cap. 141 ; 1823) followed Linnaeus, and when describ-
ing the South African species placed them under Fagara, DeCandolle
(Prodr. i. 725 ; 1824) sunk Fagara under ZanthoxylMrn, which
genus he placed in Miitacece, and in this he was followed by Oliver
(Fl. Trop. Afr. i. 304; 1868). Harvey (FI. Cap. i. 445; 1860)
adopted the same view, but placed the genus in Xanthoxylew, although
later (Gen. S. Afr. PL ed. 2, 45 ; 1868) he put it under Butacece as
a separate tribe. Bentham and Hooker (Gen. PL i. 297 ; 1862) also
combined the genera under Zanthoxylum in Hutacecd : Engler,
however (Engl. & Prantl, Pflanzenfam. iii. 4, 115 ; 1897), reverted
to the two Linnean genera, and this arrangement has been adopted by
all subsequent authors.

All the Soutli African species which Wight and Amott included
under the genus Rhetsa were placed by Engler (/. c.) in the genus
Fagara under the section Macqueria, which is characterized by
having 4-merous flowers.

Engler (Bot. Jahrb. xxiii. 149 ; 1896) describes two species from
Pondoland, F. Bachmannii and F. multifoliolata, I have not seen
these, but none of the material which has passed through my hands
agrees with the descriptions. The specific name capensis will have
to stand for the plants called Xanthoxylon capense and Thunhergii
in the Flora Gapensis as it was the first name used by Thunberg.

In the Flora Capensis Harvey divides the South African speci-
mens into two species with a possible third. Xanthoxylon capense
Harv. is separated from X. Thunhergii DC. on the fact that the
petioles are unarmed ; I have found that this character is not constant.
Through the kindness of the Director of the South African Museum,
Cape Town, I have had the opportunity of examining Ecklon and
Zeyher's specimens quoted by Harvey, which are mounted on sheets
written up by Harvey. On the leaves of one of the specimens (^E- Sf Z.
921) quoted as X. capense there are decided spines. I have noticed on
specimens growing in the garden of the Division of Botany, Pretoria,
and on many herbarium specimens, that while some of the leaves are
armed, others on the same tree are devoid of thorns. Sim points this
out on a label attached to one of his specimens ; the coppice shoot is
armed with numerous spines, of which there is no trace on the older
foliage.

Mr. T. E.. Sim (^Forests and Flora of Cape Golonyy 155) is
of opinion that the species in Fl. Capensis can all be reduced to one
variable species, and my examination of the material in the South
African herbaria supports this view. Specimens collected from
different localities differ in general appearance, but I have not been
Journal of Botany. — Vol. 57. [August, 1919.] q

202 THE JOUllNAL OF JiOTAXr

able to find a constant character on which they can be separated into
groups. . Two specimens (not in flower) collected by Galpin on the
mountain -tops at Queenstown at an altitude of 4700 ft. (Galpin
2560 & 2561) differ from the other specimens examined in the leaves
being more or less membranous. This however, as pointed out by
Mr. Galpin himself, is probably due to the altitude and the fact that
the specimens were growing in the shade of rocks and almost pros-
trate on them. The material of the specimen (^. <Sf Z. 923) which
Harvey names Xavthoxylon? alatum is very poor and leaves one in
doubt as to whether it belongs to the genus, especially as Xantho-
xylon does not appear to be represented in the western parts of the
Cape Province.

Key to Species.

Inflorescence bearing male and female flowers... F. Thorncroftii.
Inflorescence bearing flowers of one sex orAy.

Lateral veins numerous, 20 or more F. Davyi.

Lateral veins few, less than ten F. capensis.

Fagara Thorncroftii, mihi, sp. n. Bamiili glabri, spinosis rectis
4-6 mm. longis armatis. Folia petiolata, 3-5 cm. longa ; petiolus
3-5 mm. longus, canaliculatus, pubescens ; foliola sessilia, '6-3 cm.
longa, "4-2 cm. lata, obliquo-elliptica, aliquando subacuminata, apice
retusa, basi rotunda vel paullo angustata, plerumque auriculata,
glabra, infra costa conspicua et venis lateribus 3-7, supm distinctus,
margine serrato et glandula una in sinu. Injlorescentia paniculata,
floribus masculinis et femineis ; pedunculus pubescens, petiolo longior.
Sepala 1*5 mm. longa, elliptica, apice obtusa, ciliata. Petala 3*5 mm.
longa, elliptica, apice obtusa. FL $ staminis rudimentariis. Ovarium
3 mm. longum, globosum, obliquum, glanduloso-punctatum, 1-locu-
laria, 2-ovulis ; st3^1us 1 mm. longus, teres ; stigma capitatum. Fl. S
4-staminis ; filamenta linearia, 3 mm. longa ; antherse globosae.
Ovarium rudimentarium. Fructus ignotus.

Teaxsvaal : Barberton District ; Barberton, December, Thorn-
croft in Herb. Transvaal Museum 9616 !

Brandies glabrous, armed with straight spines 4-6 mm. long;
bark dark brown. Leaves petioled, 3-5-jugate, 3-5 cm. long ; petiole
3-5 mm. long, channelled on the upper surface, pubescent; rachis
channelled and slightly pubescent above, usually glabrous beneath ;
leaflets sessile, '6-3 cm. long, -4-2 cm. broad, obliquely elliptic,
mostly subacuminate, usually retuse at the apex, rounded or slightly
narrowed at the base and usually eared, glabrous, with a prominent
mid-rib beneath, distinct above, and 3-7 lateral veins, slightly darker
on the upper surface ; margins serrated with a single gland at the
base of each sinus ; terminal leaflet obovate. Inflorescence an axil-
lary or terminal panicle bearing male and female flowers ; peduncle
and branches minutely pubescent and with the peduncle much longer
than the petiole of the subtending leaf. Flowers unisexual. Sepals
1*5 mm. long, elliptic, obtuse, ciliated. Petals 3*5 mm. long, elliptic,
obtuse. Stamens absent or rudimentary in female flowers. In male
floicevs filaments 3 mm. long, linear; anthers globose. Ovary rudi-

THE GEXUS FAGAEA 203

mentary in male flowers. In female flowers 3 mm. long, globose,
hardly unequal-sided, uni-locular, 2-ovuled, glandular; style 1 mm.
long, terete, stigma capitate. Fruit not seen.

Fagara Davyi, mihi, sp. n. JRamuli ^^hri, spinosis curvis armatis.
Folia petiolata, 8-23 cm. longa ; petiolus 1-2 cm. longus, canalicu-
latus glaber ; foliola sessilia, 1-10 cm. longa, -5-3 cm. lata, lanceolata
vel ovato-lanceolata, acuminata, apice obtusa et aliquando retusa, basi
angustata inasqualis et auriculata, discolor, glabra, infra costa con-
spicua et venis lateribus go (plus 20), supra distinctis, margine
crenato-sermto et glandula una in sinu. Iiiflorescentia paniculata,
3-5-6 cm. longa, omnibus vel c? vel $ ; pedunculus glaber, petiolo
brevior. Sepala 1 mm. longa, elliptica, apice obtusa, glabra, ali-
quando ciliata. Petala 3-4 mm. longa, oblonga, apice obtusa, glabra.
Fl. S 4-staminis ; filamenta linearia, 2*5 mm. longa, glabra; anther*
globosae, 1 mm. longae. Ovarium rudimentarium. Fl. 2 staminis
0 vel squamaeformis. Ovarium 3 mm. longum, subglobosum, dis-
tincto-obliquum, glanduloso-punctatum, 1-locularia, 2-ovulis. Stylus
o mm. longus, teres, curvus ; stigma capitatum. Capsula rubra-
fusca, 6 mm. longa, 4 mm. lata, globosa, glandulosa. Semina nigra
nitidaque.

Xanthoxylon capense Sim, 1. c. 155, ex parte ; t. xxiv. fig. 5.
X. Thunhergii DC. var. grandifolia Harv. in Fl. Cap. 1, 446.

Traxsyaal : Zoutpansberg District ; Woodbush, Grenfell in
Colonial Herb. 1094 ! ; near stream Pototato Bush, 4750 ft., Burtt-
Bavi/limi; Eastivood in Col. Herb. 1298 !

Swaziland : Forbes's Reef Bush, Burtt-Davy 2753 !

ZuLTJLAND : In Woods at Qudeni, 6000 ft., Davis 53 ! Wood
7771 ! Wylie in Natal Govt. Herb. 7112 !

Transkei: Movenyane Forest, Kiviet in Herb. Dept. Forests
2670!

Brandies glabrous, armed with slightly upward-curved spines
and with dark brown bark. Leaves petioled, compound, 4-6-jugate,
abruptly or imparipinnate, 8-23 cm. long ; petiole 1-2 cm. long,
channelled on the upper side, glabrous ; leaflets sessile, opposite or
alternate, 1-10 cm. long, -5-3 cm. broad, lanceolate or ovate-lanceo-
late, acuminate, obtuse, narrowed, unequal and eared at the base,
glabrous, dark and shining above, paler beneath, with a prominent
mid-rib beneath and numerous (over 20) lateral veins distinct on the
upper surface ; margins crenately serrated and with a single gland in
the sinus. Infl,orescence a panicle, 3'5-6 cm. long, bearing either all
male or all female flowers ; the peduncle and branches glabrous with
the naked portion of the peduncle shorter than the petiole of the leaf.
Calyx 4-parted ; sepals free, 1 mm. long, elliptic, obtuse, glabrous,
sometimes ciliated. Corolla 4-parted ; petals free, 3-4 mm. long,
obtuse, glabrous. Male flowers: Stamens 4; filaments 2*5 mm.
long, linear, glabrous ; anthers 1 mm. long, globose. Ovary rudi-
mentary. Female flowers '. Staminodes minuie. Ovary S mm. \on<^
subglobose, very distinctly unequal-sided, glandular, unilocular witli
2 ovules ; style '5 mm. long, terete, curved ; stigma capitate. Fruit
a reddish-brown capsule, 6 ram. long, 4 mm. in diameter, globose
glandular. Seeds black, shiny.

q2

204 THE JOUllNAL OF BOTANY

F. CAPEXSTS (Thunb. Fl. Cap. 141 ; 1823). Branches glabrous,
armed with straight spines 2-10 mm. long ; bark dark brown.
Leaves petioled, 3-9-3ugate, 3-7 cm. long ; petiole -5-1 '2 cm. long,
channelled above, pubescent, rarely glabrous ; rachis channelled above ;
leaflets sessile, '5-4 cm. long, lanceolate, elliptic or obliquely elliptic,
mostly sub-acuminate and retuse at the aj^ex, rounded or slightly
narrowed at the base and usually eared, glabrous, with the mid-rib
prominent above and distinct beneath and with 3-9 lateral veins, the
upper surface slightly darker than the lower ; margins serrate or
crenately-serrate, with a single gland in each sinus ; tei-minal leaflet
mostly obovate and distinctly retuse at the apex. Injiorescence an
axillary or terminal panicle bearing flowers of one sex only ; peduncle
and branches minutely pubescent ; the naked portion of the peduncle
shorter than and occasionalh^ as long as the petiole of the subtending
leaf. Sepals 1-1 '5 mm. long, ovate-elliptic, sometimes cilia te.
Petals l"5-2*5 mm. long, elliptic, obtuse. Stamens rudimentary in
female flowers; filaments of fertile stamens 1*5-3 mm. long, linear;
anthers globose. Ovary 3 mm. long, globose, sometimes unequal-
sided, unilocular, 2-ovuled, glandular ; style '5-1 mm. long, terete ;
stigma capitate. In male flowers the ovary is rudimentary. Fruit
a reddish-brown capsule. Seeds black, shiny.
Fa gam armata Thumb. Fl. Cap. i. 141.

Xanthoxylon cafense Harv. in Fl. Cap. i. 446 ; Sim, 1. c.
ex parte, t. xxiv. excl. fig. 5 ; and in Forest Fl. Portuguese E. Afr.
23, 115, t. xvii.

Zantlioxylum Thunhergii DC. Prodr. i. 726 ; Harv. 1. c. excl.
var. grand'} folia.

Coast Region: Uitenhage Div. ; Winterkoeksberg, F. ^ Z.
922 ! 921 ! ; in forests of Adow, F. ^ Z. 300 !— George Div. ;
F. Sf Z. 921 ! — Port Elizabeth Div. ; van Stadens, Paterson 740 ! —
Emeral Hill, Walmer Estate, Paterson 740 ! Albany Div. ; Grahams-
town, MacOwan 916; E. ^ Z. 921 !— Bathurst Div. ; Port Alfred,
Tyson in Govt. Herb. 12655! in Herb. Transvaal Mus. 17116; in
Herb. Bolus; Burtt-Davy 7934! Salisbu7y in Herb. Albany Mus.
5 ! in Herb. Mus. Austro-Afric. 8207 !— East London Div. ; East
London Park, Wood in Herb. Galpin 3130 !— King Wm. Town Div. ;
Tamacha, Sim in Herb. Galpin !

Centeal Region : Somerset East Div. ; Boschberg, 2200 ft.,
MacOivan 916 ! — Bedford Div. ; Bedford, Weale in Herb. Albany
]y[us^ I — Queenstown Div. ; Queenstown, mountain tops among rocks,
4700 ft., Galpin 2560 ! 2561 !

Eastern Region : Komgha Div. ; Woods near Komgha, 2000 ft.
Flanagan 494 ! Schlechter 6161 ! — Kentani Div. ; a forest tree
15-20 ft. high, Kentani, Transkei, 1000 ft., Pegler 802 ! Doran in
Herb. Dept. Forests 2183 ! Natiil : Cooper 1153 ! Zeyher;

Kalahari Region : Witwatersrand Div. ; Jeppestown Ridge
near Johannesburg, 6000 ft. Giljillan 871 ! and in Herb. Galpin
6092!— Pretoria Div.; Mentjes Kop, Pretoria, Burtt-Davy 2452!
535 ! Pretoria, Collins in Herb. Transv. Mus. 6838 ! Leendertz
470 ! and in Herb. Transv. Mus. 3202. Muchleneuk, Stent in Govt.
Herb. 15107. Daspoort, MitniJy in Col. Herb. 4094 1 Groenkloof,

THE GENUS FAGAEA 205

Boherhon in Herb. Dep. Forests, 1489! Onderstepoort, Mogg in
Govt. Herb. 15671 ! — Kustenburg Div. ; Rustenburg, Collins in
Herb. Transv, Mus. 6995 !— Heidelberg Div. ; Schoongezicht, 5000 ft.,
Burtt-Bavy 17112! — Waterberg Div. ; Warmbaths, Leendertz in
Herb. Transv. Mus. 7592 ! — Potchefstroom Div. ; in shade of cabbage
palms on mountain, Klerksdorp, Nelson 312 ! and in Herb. Transv.
Mus. 11769!— Lydenberg Div.; Sterk Hill, June, Burtt-Davy, 454!—
Zoutpansberg Div. ; Pietersberg, Bogers, 14141 ! and in Herb. Transv.
Mus. 15486 !

RnoDEsiA : Bulawayo, Zeally 52 ! — Melsetter Div. ; Victoria,
Munro 791 ;

Sim (I. c.) writes: *' A most variable species in regard to the size
of the tree, the size of the leaves, the size number and cutting of the
leaflets, and the size and laxity of the panicles, all these characters
varying with age and surroundings. In dense high forest it forms a
fine umbrageous tree with large leaves, large open panicles, and stems
set with the very remarkable knots from which the vernacular names
[knobwood, &c.] are derived; these sometimes measure 3 inches long
and 1^ inches diam., with an abrupt point. In scrub, the stems,
petioles, and nerves are sometimes very prickly, and sometimes devoid
of prickles, and the panicles much reduced, while on the coast more
succulent and less prickly foliage prevails."

W. capense is reserved in each conservancy. It flowers in early
summer, fruits ripen in autumn, about 20,000 clean seeds weighing a
pound, Pappe (Fl. Cap. Med. Prodr. 6) calls the fruit "Wild
Cardamom," which he states, on account of its aromatic qualities, is
prescribed for flatulency and paralysis." Smith states that a decoc-
tion of the root is used for snake bite ; that the inner bark pounded
into paste is applied to an aching tooth, takes away all pain, and that
the leaves are used for disinfecting Miltziek meat. The Conservator
of Forests, Midland Conservancy, Knysna, in a letter to the Chief
Conservator of Forests states that F. capense and F. Thunhergii
occur very sparingly in the conservancy. Of the timber of F. capense
when worked into yokes and axe-handles woodcutters speak well, and
it makes an excellent pick-handle. In the Zitzkamer I saw a bowl of
a pipe made of one of the conical protuberances which stud the bark.
Woodcutters do not regard the timber of F. Thunhergii highly;
they say it lacks dm'ability and seldom use it. The Conservator,
Maritzburg, writes': — " As far as Natal is concerned, I think there is
only one species. Specimens examined by me show that older leaves
are without prickles, while young trees and coppice shoots show the
rhaehis to be armed. In the neighbourhood of Paulpietersberg,
Xanthoxylon is frequently found as isolated shrubby growth amongst
rocks of dolerite. The tree or shrub is represented all over Natal
but is nowhere very abundant." Forest Guard Kiviet states that
natives use the bark as medicine for horses and cattle when affected
with gall-sickness.

206^ THE .lOUllXAL OF BOTA>'r

MYCOLOGICAL NOTES.— lY.

By W. B. Grove, M.A.

I. Phi'llosticta and Phleospora.

The species assigned to tlie form-genus of the Coelomyeetes named
Plileospora have long afforded a curious ground of controversy, the
point in dispute being whether there is a true pycnidium or not.
Both sides of the dispute have been hotly maintained : Klebahn says
that Phleo^pora TJlmi has no pycnidium, and therefore he places it
in Scptogloeum. As in most controversies both sides are right : the
shield is golden on one side, silvern on the other. The fact is that
the answer at which one arrives in considering this question depends
upon the state of development of the fungus under examination. In
the early stages of growth, some at least of the species of Plileospora
have a pjxnidium, in the latter stages it ma}^ be nearly or completely
wanting. But this is not all ; the spores produced by the same
h}Tnenium may change in character also in a remarkable way. The
same little black dot on a leaf, obiter visuni, would be placed, accord-
ing to its age at the moment of observation, in Phyllosticta, or in
I^hleospora, or in Seplogloeum, or even in Leptothiirium or Septoria.

The differences between the first two form-genera appear very
considerable. In JPhyllosticta there is a complete, thin, all-round
pycnidium, formed of delicate closely interwoven (plectenchymatous)
hyphse, at the summit furnished with a small round pore about which
the cells are often darker in colour, while the spores are unicellular,
oval-oblong, usually small, and most often provided with two polar
oil-guttules : in Plileospora the spores are elongated and vermiform,
often pluriguttulate, occasionally 1- or 3-septate, and the pycnidium
in its finished state is merely a shallow cup with a wide opening,
edged by a narrow margin. Yet the former can change by degrees
into the latter, and finally, if all tmce of the pycnidium had vanished,
it would undoubtedl}' be considered a Septogloeum.

Specimens oiPhleospora 0^y«c«wM^Wallr. when closely examined
show, intimatelj'^ mixed among pycnidia which accoi-d Avith the
description of that species, others belonging to Phyllosticta, and in
fact indistinguishable from Fhyllosticta monogyna Allesch. except in
having slightly smaller spores. The appearances are exactly what
would be seen if the same p^^cnidium, which at first when small
produced the Phyllosticfa-spores, afterwards from the same pro-
liferous stratum (enlarged) began to produce the Phleospora-spores,
which then by their size and abundance burst tlie pycnidium open
and finally left it cup-shaped. Tlie loose cellular structure of the
wall is of identically the same character in both ; two pycnidia, one
of each kind, can be found in close contact, and all the stei:>s between
can be traced in the sections.

Moreover, the spores of the PJiyllosticfa-sisige vary continuously
in size. Allescher gives the size of the spores in his P. monogyna
as 6-8x2|yu; in my specimens most of the spores measured
4-6 X 1-1^ /^. It may therefore easih^ be surmised that Pliyllosticta
crutceqicola Sacc. (Syll. iii. G) is nothing but a still earlier state, in

MYCOLOGICAL NOTES 207

which the spores are smaller (2|-3 x 1-1| /u). A great deal of the
confusion which exists in the synonymy of the Coelomycetes is due
to the failm*e to recognize the fact (easily demonstrated on hundreds
of species) that the spores may gradually increase in size, as well as
alter in colour and complexity, as the fungus advances in age. Thus
all Di-plodia-sipores pass through the states of being (1) hyaline and
continuous, (2) pale-brown and continuous, and (3) darker brown and
septate, sometimes also increasing in size j^ar I passu SiS they change
in form and colour. In the first state they have been called Macro-
phomtty in the second SphcBvopsis, and in the third Diplodia, the
choice of genus being merely the accident of the occasion, the
matm'ity of the fungus, or the amount of time bestowed by the
observer on its investigation. Thus the actual specimens of Dr. Ellis
which are recorded in British Journals as MacropJioma Fraxini yield,
when more deeply probed, both Spliceropsis and Diplodia spores m
the same pycnidia ; and similarly I have proved by the examination
of a long and fine series of examples that Phoma Pinastri Lev. and
SpJicBvopsis Ellisii Sacc. are merely growth-states of Diplodia
Pinastri Grove.

The same remark applies, with the necessary limitations, to the
three spore-sizes of the Pliyllosticta mentioned above, and one may
be forgiven for suggesting that there is no reason why Pliyllosticta
Crattegi Sa,CQ.= Cheilaria Gratcegi Cooke (in Grevill. xii. 25) should
not be considered to be the same species just before passing into the
Phleospbra-?,\j3L^e, when the upper part of the pycnidium is bursting
into lacinise. The Phleospora-stage would then be a later one, when
the elongated spores are being produced, but this is mere surmise.

There is little, if any, diiference between the way in which these
two kinds of spores appear successively on the same mycelial bed, and
the way in which, in the Rusts, the same spore-bed will produce in
succession uredospores and teleutospores, and equally in both cases
each kind of spore may appear alone on its spore-bed, unaccompanied
by the other. The necessity then arises, when only a few specimens
are available, of describing each spore-form as if it were an indepen-
dent species, as was done on such a large scale in the Uredinales, but
also in both cases alike a wider knowledge, based on more numerous
examples, enables the evil to be remedied.

If then, in studying this injurious disease of Hawthorn hedges *,
•we take the indications given above as proving that Phyllosticta
monogyna is the fore-runner of Phleospora Oxyacanthce, we should
expect to find a similar state of things in connection with other
Phleosporas, and that is exactly what we do find. For Phleospora
Aceris Sacc, is accompanied by Phyllosticta Platanoidis Sacc,
which at one of the intermediate stages looks like a Lepto-
thyrium, and has been called L. Platanoidis. In the same way
Phleospora JJlmi Wallr. is accompanied by a species of Phyllo-
sticta which apparently has not received a name, and a similar but

* To help in the investigation of the fungi which grow upon the common
Hawthorn, the author will be grateful if mycologists will send to him, at the
University, Birmingham, any species of Cytospora which they may find upon that
host, with notes of the locality and mode of occurrence.

208 titp: .touhnal of i?otaxt

stranger case is seen in what has usually been called Septoria Poda-
grarice Lasch. This latter common fungus is frequently accom-
panied on the same spot by Phyllosticta j^gopodii Allesch. The
*' Septoria" really has a thin pycnidium, but this soon disappears, so
that some mycologists have wished to place it in Cylindrosporium, a
genus which should not have the slightest trace of a pycnidial wall.
To do so would be a serious error, confusing together two unlike
things ; it is really a Fhleospora, since the genus Septoria should be
confined to those species with elongated spores in which the thin
pycnidium pei-sists in its complete form up to and after the dispei-sal
of the spores.

All these fungi appear to develop at a later stage into species of
Mi/cosplicercdla. Klebahn proved that PJiJeospora TTlmi is the pyc-
nidial stage of his Mycosphcerella TJlmi (Jahr. Wiss. Bot. 1905,
p. 492), Jaap did the same for P. Oxyacanthw and M. OxyacanthcB
(Bot. Ver. Brand. 1907, p. 15), while P. Acer is is often accompanied
bv an immature Pyrenomycete, which has the external characters of
a Mycosptlicsrella, but contains only an oily mass of globules — this is
presumaljly J\I. sep>torioides (Desm.). There are other similar cases,
6. g. Phyllosficfa JEyopodii and Phleospora Podagrarice are almost
certainly the early stages of M. u3Egopodii.

The consideration of the var^dng forms of these pycnidial stages,
like those of Phomopsis (Keiv Bulletin, 1917, p. 49), shows how
closely the various groups of Fungi enumerated in the third volume
of Saccardo's Sylloge are connected together ; how necessary it is,
therefore, to have a term (Ccelomycetes) which shall include them all,
and, finally, how gi-oundless is the attempt made to distinguish
between them by calling the spores *' sporulae " in one group, and
** conidia " in the other.

It is, of course, desirable that some mycologist with the requisite
facilities should cany out a series of cultures to verify these state-
ments, but it must be admitted by all that, when a parasitic fungus
occupies a definite "spot" (caused by the mycelium) on a leaf, the
sj)ore-forms seated thereon may usually be taken as the equivalent of
a pure culture, whenever the sequence of events occurs over and over
again without variation in the same order, saprophytics and other
intruders being then naturally out of the question.

II. Sph^eultna inteemixta (B. & Br.) A^"D its Allies.

In 1852 Berkeley and Broome described, in the Annals and
3Iagazine of Natural History^ a fungus with scattered perithecia on
dead twigs of Kose to which (because it grew mixed with Sphceria
fuscella) they gave the name Sphceria intermixta. In 1866 Cooke
recorded, in one of the early volumes of this Journal, a similar fungus
on dead stems of Puhus to which he gave the name Sphceria ahhre-
viata. The name was derived from the habit of the fungus, which
has its perithecia mostly not scattered, but arranged in short stmight
black rows of three or four, placed longitudinally on the stem.
Saccardo, in his Sylloge, vol. ii. p. 187, assigned the former species to
the genus Splicer ulina, and recorded it on living bark of Euhiis. He
ascribed to it, what neither Berkeley and Broome nor Cooke had

MYCOLOOICAL NOTES 209

mentioned, " ascos diu in globum fasciculatim junctos," adding that
he suspected S. ahhreviata Cooke to be a very closely allied species.
Against this was to be set Cooke's statement that his ahhreviata had
brown spores ("pale brown when mature"), whereas the spores of
S. intermixta are always perfectly hyaline.

Now it happens that round Birmingham there occurs, on small
dead shoots of Ruhus^ in considerable quantity, a fungus which accords
exactly in external appearance with Cooke's species, and has its asci
cohering at the base into a persistent globose fascicle, but its spores
always entirely free from colour. Both the species mentioned above
were described by their authors as having triseptate spores, Saccardo
says of S. intermixta '* spores 3-4-septate." One concludes that
Cooke's description of the colour of his spores was merely a slip of
the pen, and that the two forms are alike in the asci and spores, but
differ in the arrangement of the perithecia.

This is not all. On further examination of these specimens on
Muhus it will be found that, while the younger perithecia contain
triseptate spores, showing here and there also a fourth transverse
septum, yet some older ones will disclose (mixed with those just
mentioned) many larger spores having five or even six septa. There
is every reason to believe that the former of these states is Meta-
sphceria sepincola (Fckl.) Sacc, on dead stems of Rosa and Riihiis ;
whether it is the Sphceria sepincola of Fries is doubtful. The later
5-6-septate stage may be considered with equal probability to be the
same as MetasphcBria hracJiyttieca (B. & C.) Sacc, on Bosa, the
details being exactly as described so far as the short diagnosis goes,
and especially the description of the spores as like those of Patellaria
(Lecanidion) atrata (see in Grevill. 1876. iv. 146),

But there is still another development to be considered. Recently
I found at the Botanic Gardens, Birmingham, on dead twigs of Rosa
damascena, a fungus which externally was very like S. intermixta,
having somewhat scattered perithecia, oblong sessile asci collected
into a persistent globose fascicle, and all the other points of that
species, except that it had larger spores with 5 to 7 septa and one or
two of the loculi occasionally divided by a thin but unmistakably
longitudinal septum. This can evidently be nothing but a later and
more evolved form of S. intermixta.

Cooke records his >S^. ahhreviata as accompanied by Hendersonia
Rosce. Most mycologists would now call this H. Ruhi, altliough an
examination of many specimens on both Rosa and Ruhus has furnished
me with absolutely no morphological criterion by which they can be
distinguished. Exactly in the same way the fungus on Rosa damascena
was accompanied by what is usually called Hendersonia Rosce, though
in this case the triseptate spores characteristic of this species occasion-
ally become 4-septate and, moreover, showed frequently one or even
two plain longitudinal septa, so that it became technically a Camaro-
sporium, as many Hendersonias do. In fact this increase of septation
as the spores of Coelomycetes and Ascomycetes become older and
longer is a very common phenomenon, though its occurrence and its
fundamental influence on future taxonomy is only just beginning to
be recognised.

210

THK JOUKXAL OF I30TANT

The conclusion at which one must arrive is tliat *S'. ahhreviata
(Cooke) and S. inter mixta (B. & Br.) are distinguished solely by
the arrangement of their perithecia (a difference which future obser-
vations may entirely remove), and that they probablv constitute one
species (^S. interinixta), occurring indiscriminately on Rosa and
Rubus, and having in addition, on Rubus, a var. abbreviata (Cooke).

The fungus on Rosa damascena may then also be described as a
variety or form of S. intermixta. It w^ould be a negation of all the
rides of common sense to place it, where it technically belongs, in
Pleospora, ^CatJia?nfiia, for it does not resemble the species of that
section at all, while it does in every waj' recall to mind S. intermixta.
Saccardo's method of arrangement, though wonderfully useful and in
fact indispensable (without it chaos would have reigned in the
Sphairiaceie), must not be forced upon us in disregard of obvious
affinities.

A description of the new form is appended : —

SPHiEBULINA. INTEKMIXTA, f. TALDE-EYOLLTA.

Perithecia sparsa, globosa, 200-250 /» diam., tecta, dein erumpentia
ac subsuperficialia, contextu crasso minute parench3'matico atro-
olivaceo, poro pertusa. Asci oblongo-clavati v. obovati, ampli, diu in
globum f ascieulatim juncti, 50-75 x 15-20 fx, apice rotundato, efoveo-
lato, brevissime pedicellati, aparaphysati. Sporidia tristicha, oblongo-
clavata, utrinque rotundata, juniora 1-septata, dein 3— 4-septata, ad
septa praesertim medium leviter constricta, postremo 5-7-septata,
tunc rarius uno vel rarissime duobus loculis septo longitudinali in-
structis, perf'ecte hyalina.

Hab. in ramulis emortuis Rosce damascened, socia Hendersonia
Roscdy in Horto Botanico, Edgbaston, Birmingham, Maio, 1919.

Sphaendina intermixta f. valde-evohita.
Asci and spores, X 600.

BARBABEA BltTXARlS IX ENGLAND 211

BARBAREA RIYULARIS IN ENGLAND.
By the Ret. E. S. Marshall, M.A., F.L.S.

About the middle of June Mr. W. D. Miller brought me fresh
specimens of a Cruoifer which he had found gi'owing plentifully in a
ditch on the west side of a bj^-road dividing the parishes of Cossino--
ton and Chilton Polden (dis. 8), v.c. 6 N. Somerset. The very small
pale yellow flowers and crowded pods (erect when full-grown) at once
suggested B. stricta ; and a comparison with my only two herbarium-
sheets so named showed a complete agreement. One, from Thirsk,
Yorks (Herb. Syme), was gathered by Mr. J. G. Baker in June, 1854 ;
the other, from a ditch side, Upton-on-Severn, Worcs., was collected
by Mr. S. H. Bickham on May 29th, 1905, in good flower and young
fruit. On June 26th Mr. Miller (who had also observed one plant on
a peat-moor " drove," near Edington) took me to the Cossington
locality, where it is unquestionably native. On July 8th I found
sevei-al hundred plants, apparently the type, in good finiit, on a broad,
peaty " drove," about | mile S.E. of Edington Junction.

The Thirsk plant was confirmed by Svante Murbeck and A. B.
Jackson as B. stricta Andrz., and the Upton one by A. B. J., who
wrote : — " Yes ; a most distinct species ; and obviously nothing to do
with B. vulgaris, under which Bentham placed it as a variety! " I
fully agree as to its specific rank ; but, happening to refer to Rouy &
Eoucaud (Fl. de France, i. 198-9), I was much surprised to find that
our British plants have apparently been misnamed ; some translations
from their account of the two species concerned may be helpful.

B. EiYULARis Martrin-Donas in Fl. Tarn, p. 44. B. stricta
Boreau, Fl. du Centre, ed. iii. p. 89, non Andrz. nee. Fries.
Exsiccata : — Billot, No. 3011.

"Plant annual; stems solitary. Radical and lower leaves with
small lateral pairs of leaves, clearly shorter —even, as a rule, the
uppermost — than the breadth of the terminal lobe, sometimes with
-lateral lobes none, or very much reduced. Flowers small, in dense
racemes, subcorymbose at the flowering-stage. Pods slender, crowded,
almost imbricate, erect, apiculate by the lengthened style. Seeds
oval-oblong, darker [than in B. vulgaris and B. arcuata\ blackish.
Plant has a nauseous taste."

^. LONGisiLiQUOSA Carion, Cat. PI. Saone et Loire, p. 16. " Pods
about twice as long as in the type."

*' The form \sic ; this denotes a distinct segregate, apparently
halfway between a species and a subspecies, in the authors' opinion]
B. stricta Andrz. in Besser, Enum. PL Yolh. p. 72 ; B. ^^arvifiora
Fries, Nov. Fl. Suec. ed. 2, p. 207, which we have not seen from
Fi-ance, though it has .been rejwrted from several stations, through
confusion with the form B. rivularis, and especially with the var.
longisiliquosa, can be separated by the following characters : — Plant
biennial ; stem solitary. Radical and lower leaves with small pairs of
lateral lobes, evidently shorter — even, as a rule, the uppermost — than
the breadth of tlie terminal lobe, sometimes with lateral lobes none,
or much reduced. Flowers small, in long, dense racemes. Pods

212 THE .TOURTfAL OF HOTAXT

longer and thicker than in the form rivularis, crowded, appressed to
the axis or convergent, mucronate by the thick, blunt, ver}^ shoi-t (| to
1 millim.) style. Seeds oval-oblong, blackish. Plant has a harsh,
sharp, non-nauseous taste."

Syme's figure (Engl. Bot. ed 3, Plate 122) fairh^ well represents
the type of £. rivularis. Babington describes the pods as short,
and the pods as adpressed, with a subulate point. I have not seen
any Thames-side plants ; but probably the}^ are, as a rule, the type.
With the exception of one or two specimens brought home, the
Cossington gatherings, having pods up to a full inch in length,
evidently belong to var. longisiliquosa, as do both my herbarium-
sheets.

The young pods are often arcuate-ascending, and resemble those
of B. arcuata (which seems to me a fairly good subspecies of B. vul-
garis') ; their slender, subulate points are quite as long as in vulgaris.
The petals (as Syme says) exceed the sepals by about a quarter;
their claw is long and slender, and their limb, which starts from the
tips of the sepals, is squarish. I only observed solitary stems in the
ver}^ numerous individuals seen.

In his Novitise Fl. Suec. ed. 2, p. 207 (1828) Fries gave only one
station — in wet s|x)ngy places near Skarby, in Scania — and describes
his plant, for which he preferred the name B. i^a^'viflora, as there was
another *' jB. vulgaris, sfricfa''^ (apparently var. sylvestris Fr.) ;
but of course this cannot stand. The expression " petalis linearibus,"
if correct, should help to distinguish B. sfricta Andrz. from B. rivu-
laris, in which the linear claw abruptly terminates in a short, squarish
limb. In Mantissa, iii. p. 77 (1842) Fries reluctantly gave up the
name B. parviflora, and observed : — " B. stricta est certe biennis.
Majo floret B. vulgari praecocior; saj'for cruclus, sed non acri-
acerhus"'' [i.e. as in B. vulgaris']. Having no suspicion that oui
plant was wrongly named, I did not apply this test.

It is, of course, possible that the real B. stricta Andrz. may occur
in Britain, as it grows in Scandinavia, &c. ; but, on present evidence,
this seems rather unlikel3^ B. 7'ivularis appears to be a Avestern
species. I could see no hairs on the few unopened buds ; but they
were probably too far advanced.

ALABASTRA DIVERSA.— Paet XXXI.*

By Spencer Le M. Moore, B.Sc, F.L.S.

1. Miscellanea Africana.

ERICACEiE.

PMlippia kundelungensis, sp. nov. Bamulis ultimis crebro folio-
sis sparsim pubescentibus ; foliis mox patentibus plerumque ternatim
vei-ticillatis linearibus obtusis vel obtuse acutis dorso profunde sulcatis-
scabriusculis ; Jlorihus paucis ad apicem ramuloinim approximatis
pedicellis brevibus sparsim pubescentibus insidentibus ; calyce cam-

* Types in the National Herbarium.

MISCELLANEA AFRICANA 213

panulato lobis brevibus 3-4 inter se subsequalibus ; corolla 4-mera
calycem breviter superante ob lobos brevissimos ore modo repanda ;
staminihus inclusis 8 filamentis liberis ; ovario globoso 4-loculari
ovulis quove in loculo 2.

Belgian Congo, Kundelungu ; Kassner, 2769.

Folia 2-3 mm. long., '5 mm. lat., sicco griseolo-vlridla. Pedicelli
1-1-5 mm. long. Calyx 1 mm. long decoloratus, lobis apice viridibus.
Corolla 1 mm. paullulum excedens. Filamenta "3 mm. long. ; antherse
•4--5 mm. long., breviter bifide rarius Integra? vel subintegrse.
Ovarium circa '5 mm. diam. Stylus ovario circiter sequilongus;
stigma '5 diam.

The foliage, short pedicels and included anthers are the chief
marks of the species.

PMlippia congoensis, sp. nov. Ramulis ultimis tenuibus inferne
cicatricibus foliorum delapsorum signatis apicem versus foliosis
pubescentibus ; foliis mox patentibus breviter petiolatis anguste
linearibus obtusis vel obtuse acutis dorso profunde sulcatis sparsim
pubescentibus ; Jlorihus paucis ad apicem ramulorum approximatis
brevipedunculatis ; calyce 3-4-lobo unico certe majore ; corollce
calycem subsequantis lobis 4 rotundatis tubo paullulum brevioribus ;
staminibus 8 filamentis inter se liberis ; ovario 4-loculari ovulis pro
loculo 2.

Belgian Congo, Katanga : Kassner, 3352.

Folia 2-3 mm. long., -3 mm. lat. Pedicelli 1 mm. long. Vel
paullulum ultra. Calyx pubescens, 1 mm. long., addito lobo uno
lineari dorso sulcato crassiusculo fusco 1 mm. long. Corolla 1-25 mm.
long. ; lobi denticulato-ciliolati soli "5 mm, long. Filamenta '5 mm.
long. ; antherse 1 mm. long,, bifidae. Ovarium subglobosum, longi-
trorsum sulcatum, sericeum, '5 mm. diam. Stylus '4 mm. long. ;
stigma 1 mm. diam.

Differs from the last in its narrower leaves, calyx with one
prominent lobe, plainly-lobed corolla, and larger anthers. The branch-
lets naked except for a few leaves at the top — so common a feature
among these plants, gives it a very different appearance from the
other.

ASCLEPIADACE^.

Fockea Monroi, sp. nov. Caule verisimiliter repente primo tereti
subtiliter pubescente deinde angulato glabro; foliis oblongis vel
anguste oblongo-lanceolatis obtusissimis apice ipso mucronatis basi in
petiolum brevem angustatis finne membranaceis leviter scabriusculis ;
ci/mis interpetiolaribus brevissimis paucifloris ; hracteis minutis ovatis
acutis scariosis ut cymarum axis pedicelli calycis segmenta necnon
corolla pubescentibus ; pedicellis manifestis cal3'ci sequilongis ; corollce
tubo calyce breviore lobis a basi lata ligulatis revolutis aestivatione
tortis in anthesi patentibus ; corona apice circa 15-fida dentibus subu-
latis acuminatis interdum bifidis dente intermedio quam laterales
majori tubo ligulis 5 elongatis integris vel bifidis fere usque apicem
tubi eidem adnatis carinasque formantibus parte libera ex tubo longe
erainente onusto addita ligula satis elongata integra vel bifida carinis
quibusque memoratis infra medium tubi affixa ; antherarum appendix

211' THE JOURNAL OF BOTAXT

cibus oblongis quam antherae duplo longioribus ; folliculo fusifonni
glabro.

Hah. Rhodesia, Victoria ; iI/"o«r<?, 828, 837.

Folia plerumque 4-7 cm. long., 8-10 mm. lat., in sicco viridia ;
costa media supra plana subtus eminens ; petioli 2-3 mm. long.,
validi, supra excavata. Pedicelli 2-2*5 mm. long. Calycis segmenta
2 mm. long. CoroUae tubus 1 mm. long. ; lobi 15 mm. long., juxta
basin 2 mm. lat., superne 1 mm. vel etiam minus. Coronae tubus
aegre 5 mm. long.; hujus dentes intermediae 1-5 mm. long., laterales
1 mm. vel minus ; laminae exsertae circiter 1 mm. infm coronae os
liberae aegre 4 mm. long., interne "3 mm. lat., superne attenuatae
necnon curvatae. Columna staminea 1 mm. long. Antherarum alae
•5 mm. long., harum appendices aegre 2 mm. long. Pollinia pyriformia,
•25 mm. long. Folliculus 12*5 cm. long., inferne fere 2 cm. superne
circa 1 cm. lat. Semina 9 mm., coma 3*5 cm. long.

Cerope^ia degemensis, sp. nov. Caule volubili distanter folioso
glabro ; foJiis petiolatis oblongo-ovatis acuminatis basi obtusis in
sicco membranaceis glabris ; Jlorihios mediocribus pedicellatis in
umbellas pedunculatas paucifloms dispositis ; pedicnculis sat validis
petiolis circiter aequilongis ; ijedicellis pedunculos aequantibus pube-
rulis ; calycis segmentis lineari-subulatis acutis puberulis ; corollcG
extus glabr* tubo basi in Ha to medio constricte inde usque ad fauces
gradatim dilatato lobis tubo brevioribus apice connatis ovato-oblongis
obtusis replicatis margine longiuscule sed sparsim ciliatis ; coronce
phyllis ext. inter se liberis vel fere liberis oblongis longiuscule bifidis
ciliatis segmentis linearibus divaricatis phyllorum int. lobis j^hyllis
ext. fere aequilongis lineari-oblongis obtusiusculis glabris.

Nigeria, Degema Division ; Talbot, 3652.

Folia plei-aque 3*5-5 cm. long., 1'2-1*5 cm. lat., in sicco viridi-
brunnescentia, viva verisimiliter aliquanto cmssiuscula ; costa media
pag. inf. prominens, costae laterales vix aspectabiles ; petioli plerumque
8-10 mm. long. Pedunculi validi, striati, usque 8 mm. long.
Calycis segmenta 2 mm. long. Corolla 2*5 cm. long. ; basis inflat.
5x7 mm. ; pars intermedia medium 6x3 mm., pars superior 6 mm.
long., ipso sub limbo 8 mm. lat. ; lobi 8 mm. long. Corona pbylla
ext. 2 mm. long, (segmentis 1 mm. long, inclusis) ; phyllorum int.
lobi vix 2 mm. long.

To be inserted in the genus next C. voluhilis N. E. Br., which has
ovate-cordate leaves and corollas with a much less inflated base and a
narrower throat.

SCROPHULAEIACEiE.

Craterostigma Monroi, sp. nov. Herba annua, glabra, basi
co])i()se fibrillifera ; cauUhus caespitosis erectis gracilibus pauci-
foliosis ; foliis radicalibus linearibus obtusis inferne dilatatis cau-
lemque laxe vaginantilnis crassiusculis foliis caulinis sessilibus anguste
linearibus obtusis ; Jlorihiis paucis axillaribus terminalibusve pedicellis
ssepe folia subaequantibus insidentibus ; calycis campanulati triente
superiore divisi lobis deltoideis obtuse acutis ; coroUw tubo calycem
excedente subcylindrico (basin versus leviter angustato) labio postico
ovato.bifido antici lobis obovatis obtusissimis intermedio quam laterales

MISCELLANEA AFRICANA 215

longiore; ant Ji ens per paria approximatis ; ovarii siphseroideo ; sti/lo
leviter exserto; stigmate late lamelliformi.

Rhodesia, Victoria ; MonrOy 788, and a later gathering under
No. 1879.

Tota planta 3-7 cm. alt. Folia radicalia inferne decoloria,
summum circa 10 mni. long., etsi ssepe breviora, juxta medium fere
1 mm. lat., basi fere 3 mm, ; caulina 5-10 (raro fere usque 20) mm.
long., •2-"4 mm. lat., raro 1 mm. adaequantia. Pedicelli plerumque
5-10 mm. long. Calyx in to to vix 3 mm., lobi vix 1 mm. long.
Corolla) tubus 4 mm. long., basi 1-5 mm. sursum 2 mm. lat. ; labium
posticu;m 3x3 mm., labii antici lobi laterales 3 mm. long., lobus
intermedins 5 mm. Antherse 1 mm. lat. Ovarium vix 1 mm. diam.
Stylus 4*5 mm. long. Stigma 1*2 mm. lat.

A very distinct species apparently nearest C. linearifolium Engl.,
but with several differences in leaf and flower.

Craterostigma chironioides, sp. nov. Planta spithamea, glabra ;
ca?^/^ascendente gracili angulato distanter f olioso ; /b/m sessilibus an-
guste lanceolato-oblongis obtusis margine denticulatis paucis infimis
subradicalibus nonnunquam pauUo latioribus ; florihus in glomerulos
bracteatos aggregatis; bracteis latis calycem sequantibus ovatis superne
attenuatis apice obtusis ; calyce ovoideo 5-costato costis alato-cristatis

5 dentato dentibus triangularibus acutis ; corollce tubo calycem
excedente ima basi angustato labio postico ovato rotundato apice
retuso labii antici lobis lateralibus ovatis quam intermedins suborbi-
cularis brevioribus; anther is approximatis; stylo breviter exserto;
stigmate lamelliformi.

Belgian Congo, Kundelungu Mt. ; Kassner, 2594.

Folia pleraque l'5-2-5 cm. long., 2-4 mm. lat., perpauca radicalia
usque 5 mm. lat., trinervia, costa media subtus prominente. Florum
glomeruli 7-10 mm. diam. Bractese vetustiores 6 mm. long., basin
versus 4*5 mm. lat., interiores gi-adatim imminuti. Calyx 6 mm.
long. ; hujus dentes 1 mm. long. Corollse tubus aegre 7 mm. long.,
ima basi vix 1 mm. sub limbo fere 3 mm. lat. ; labium posticum
3x3 mm. ; anticum 5 mm. long. ; hujus lobus intermedins 4x5 mm.
Antherse 1*25 mm. lat. Ovarium ovoideum 1*5 mm. long. Stylus

6 mm. long. Stigma '5 mm. lat.

Undoubtedly close to C. latehracteatum Skan, which is a taller
plant diverse in foliage and also in calyx and corolla.

Ilysanthes Gossweileri, sp. nov. Herba parvula, scaposa ; canle
repente crebro radicante fibrillas copiose emittente ; foliis radicalibus
oblongo-obovatis apice rotundatis uninervibus crassiusculis glabris vel
fere glabris ; scapis tenuibus pubescentibus ad medium bracteis
2 oblongis obtusis onustis ; florihus pro rata parvis in umbellam
terminalem paucifloram digestis ; pedicellis calyce longioribus pubes-
centibus ; calyce cylindrico 5-dentato sparsim breviterque pubescente;
corollce tubo cylindrico calyci circa aequilongo labio postico obovato-
oblongo apice retuso labii antici lobis obovatis margine undulatis
intermedio quam laterales paullulum longiore ; staminihus breviter
exsertis antherarum loculis distantibus ; staminodiis ovoideis basi
obtusis ; ovario ovoideo aliquanto compresso ; stylo exserto com-
planato ; stigmate bilamellato.

216 THE JOUKNAL OF BOTANY

Angola, Kubango, in meadows subject to inundation at Forte
Princeza Amelia ; Gossioeiler, 2337.

Folia 5-10x3-4 mm. Scapus 5-6 cm. alt., hujus bractearum
par 3-4 mm. long. Bracteae at basin umbellae circa 2 mm. long.
Pedicelli summum 10 mm. long. Calyx 4-5 mm. long., 1*5 mm.
lat. ; dentes 1 mm. long. Corollae tubus 5 mm. long., vix 1 mm. lat. ;
labium posticum 3x1*75 mm.; labium antiemn 3*25x5 mm.
Anthera? 1*25 mm. long. Staminodia vix 1 mm. long. Ovarium
1-5 mm., stylus 4*5 mm. long. ; stigma '5 mm. lat. \

Differs from I. Welwitschii Engl, chiefly in the broader leaves,
the narrow calyx, small corolla, and bluntly ending staminodes.

No. 3991 from the same place is referable here.

Ilysanthes yaundensis, sp. nov. Caulibus caespitosis ascendenti-
bus fibrillas permultas basi gignentibus ; foliis radicalibus spathulato-
oblongis obtusis crassiusculis caulinis paucis paruvlis anguste oblongis
obtusis omnibus glabris ; floribus paucis ex axillis summis oi-tio sat
longe pedicellatis ; calyce cylindrico glabro 5-dentato dentibus
triangularibus acutis ; corollcd tubo calycem superante anguste
infundibulari labio postico subpanduriformi bidentato dentibus a basi
lata anguste linearibus labii antici lobis inter se subsequalibus obovatis
margine crispulis ; staminihus breviter exsertis ; staminodiis basi
obtusis ; ovario ovoideo ; stylo breviter exserto ; stigmate infun-
dibulari.

Cameroons, Yaunde ; ZenlceTy 1487.

Planta 6-8 cm. alt. Folia radicalia 6-15 mm. long., superne
1-2 mm. lat. ; caulina plerumque 2—4 mm. long. Pedicelli plerumque
1-2 cm. long. Calyx totus 4*5 mm. long. ; dentes 1 mm. Corollae
tubus 5'25 mm. long., inferne 1 mm. sub limbo 2 mm. lat. ; labium
posticum 4-5 mm. long., basi 3 mm. lat., hujus dentes 1 mm. long.
Antherae 1*5 mm., staminodia fere 1 mm., ovarium "8 mm., stylus
6 mm. long. Stigma 1 mm. lat.

Distributed as I. Welwitschii Engl., an Angolan plant from
which it can be distinguished by the possession of cauline as well as
radical leaves, smaller calyx, upper lip of corolla with narrow teeth
and staminodia ending bluntly.

Alectra gracilis, sp. nov. Herba gracilis fere spithamea ; caule
erecto simplici vel rariramoso sat crebro folioso scabrido ; foliis
oppositis sessilibus oblongis vel oblongo-linearibus obtusis integris
utrinque scabridis ; floribus ex axillis foliorum paucorum summorum
oriundis pedicellis brevibus bmcteis 2 linearibus donatis insidentibus ;
calyce campanulato extus scabriuscule triente superiori diviso lobis
triangularibus acutis ; corolla calycem breviter superante lobis quam
tubus plane brevioribus oblongo-ovatis obtusis ; fllamentis subaequi-
longis duobus barbatis duobus calvis antherarum locidis inter se
subsimilibus basi mucronatis ; ovario ovoideo compressiusculo ; stylo
clavato glabro.

Angola, moist meadows between the Kutchi and Kutato;
Gossioeiler, 3391.

Folia plerumque 5-10 mm. long., l*5-2'5 mm. lat. Pedicelli circa
1 mm. long. Bractca) usque 5 mm. long. Calyx totus 6 mm. long. ;

MI3CELLAXEA AFRICAXA 217

iobi 1-5-2 mm. CoroUie tubus 7 mm., lobi 2 mm. long. Anthers
circa 1 mm., ovarium 2 mm., stylus 7 mm. long.

The slender habit, entire leaves, together with the mucronate
anthers, afford the best means of distinguishing this species.

Buchnera quadrangalaris, sp. nov. Caule sat valide erecte
ramoso quadrangular! scabriusculo deinde Isevi ; foliis (summis
alternis suboppositisve) sessilibus oblongo-oblanceolatis obtusis vel
obtusissimis optime 3-5-nervibus utrinque scabridis ; spicis sessilibus
terminalibus simplicibus vel basi 2-3-ramosis quadritariatim densi-
floris ; bracteis ovatis acutis dorso margineque hispidulis ; hracteolls
lineari-oblanceolatis obtuse acutis bracteis iequilongis; calyce bracteolas
superante latiuscule quadrangular! 4-nervi hispidulo lobis 4 quam
tubus plane brevioribus oblongis obtusiusculis ; corollce tubo calycem
breviter excedente subcylindrico paullulum curvato glabro lobis
obovatis obtusissimis tubo brevioribus, ^/«;«e;jz'is imberbibus antheris
acutis.

Angola, in Mandioca plantations toward U'Golo ; Gossweil€}\
1056.

Planta |-metralis. Folia plerumque 3*5-5 x 1-2 cm. Spicae 2-3 X

1 cm. Flo res sec. cl. deteetorem albi. Calyx totus 5 mm. long,
(sub fructu usque 8 mm.), 2 mm. lat. ; lobi longit. vix 2 mm. ad-
aequantes. Corollte tubus 6 mm. long., circa 1 mm. lat. ; lobi
1*75 X 1 '25 mm. Filamenta longiora circa -75 mm. long. Ovarium
ovoideum, 1 mm. long. ; stylus clavellatus, 1'5 mm. long. Capsula
late ovoidea, 3 x 2'75 mm.

Can be told at a glance from B, lij^pioides Vatke by the entirely
different flowers.

Buchnera convallicola, sp. nov. Caule erecto robusto circiter
4-spithameo pauciramoso ; ramulis sat tenuibus uti caulis seabrius-
culis ; foliis inferioribus oppositis ceteris siepissime alternis nisi sub-
oppositis sessilibus oblongis obtusis nonnunquam obtusissimis superi-
oribus gradatim imminutis omnibus pagina utravis scabridis in sicco
haud nigrescentibuSj^or/^Msin glomerulis terminalibus brevijDeduncu-
latis subglobosis vel ovoideis dense multilloris disjDositis ; bracteis
inferioribus quam glomerulus brevioribus omnibus lanceolatis breviter
acuminatis calyci circiter aequilongis uti bracteolae calyxque scabrius-
cule pubescentibus ; bracteolis lineari-lanceolatis acuminatis quam
bractea paullulum brevioribus ; calyce 10-nervi lobis 5 lanceolatis
acuminatis ; corollce tubo recto sub limbo leviter dilatato lobis inter
se fere sequalibus suborbicularibus ; ovario oblongo-ovoideo quam
stylus apice clavatus integerque breviore ; capsula ovoidea, obtu-
sissima.

Belgian Congo, in valley at Mt. Senga ; Kassner, 2984.

Folia (uti, bracteae, bracteolae, calycesque) in sicco brunneo-vel
griseo-viridia, plerujnque ib 3 cm. long., 5-7 mm. lat., niro 5x1 cm.
attingentia, summa in bracteas transeuntes. Glomeruli 1-2x1*5 cm.
Bractea3 8*5 mm. long., bracteola? 7 mm. Calyx in toto 8 mm. long.,
inferne 1*5 mm. superne 2 mm. lat. ; hujus dentes 2 mm. long.
CoroUtK tubus 9 mm. long., inferne vix 1 mm. lat. ipso sub limljo

2 mm.; lobi 3x4 mm. Filamenta 1*5 mm. long., antherie totidem.

Journal of Botam'. — Vol. 57. [August, 1919.] b

^18 THE JOL^KXAL OF BOTANY

Ovarium 1 ram,, stylus 1'75 mm. long. Capsula fusco-brunnea,
glabra, 3-5 X 25 mm.

Near B. quangensis Engl., B. suhcapitata Engl, and B. pulchra
Skan, but distinguished on sight by the indumentum and retention of
colour when dried. It would seem closer still to B. affinis De Wild.,
known by description only, which has much larger lower leaves and
more or less amplexicaul upper 'ones, lowermost bracts as long as, or
a little longer than, the inflorescences, differently-shaped upper bracts,
smaller calyx with only 4 (and smaller) teeth, narrower corolla lobes,
and larger beaked capsules.

To get the above measurements of bracts, bracteoles, and cal3^x, it
is necessary to select perfectly expanded flow^ers, as those not quite
so advanced have those organs smaller.

Buchnera Gos^weileri, sp. nov. Caule ascendente simplici vel
perpauciramoso leviter scabriusculo ; foliis sessilibus caulinis oblongis
vel oblongo-lanceolatis obtusis basi 3-7-nervibus supra scabridis subtus
leviter scabriusculis ; sj)icis densifloris primo ovoideis postea oblongis
pedunculis folia superantibus insidentibus ; hracteis calyce paullo
bi*evioribus ovatis acuminatis margine ciliolatis dorso scabriusculis ;
hracteolis spathulatis acutis longit. bracteas circa semisequantibus ;
caJycis late cylindrici 9-nervis lobis 5 inter se inaequalibus triangu-
laribus acutis ; corollce tubo calycem duplo superante lobis suborbicu-
laribus margine leviter ciliolatis; filamentis omnibus glabris antheris
optime acuminatis.

Angola, forests of Mudobua ; Gossiceiler, 1059.

Planta circa spithamea. Folia plerumque 3-4 cm. long., 8-11 mm.
lat. Pedunculi segre usque 10 cm. long, saepius vero breviores.
Spicse primo 10-15 x 10-12 mm., posthac usque saltem 2*5 cm. elon-
gatse. Bracteae 3-3*5 mm. long., inferne 2'5 mm. lat. Bracteolse fere
2 mm. long. Calyx 4*5 mm. long., 2 mm. lat. ; lobi 1-1 "5 mm. long.
CoroUae tubus 8x1*5 mm.; lobi segre 3 mm. diam. Filamenta
longiora 1 mm. long. Ovarium ovoideum, segre I'O mm. long. ;
stylus ovario sequilongus.

B. ensifolia Engl., to which this comes closest, has narrower
(linear-lanceolate) leaves, broader bracts glabrous except for the
ciUate margin, a shorter and broader calyx, and corollas with smaller
lobes. In addition, its leaves have but one nerve, and though the
nerves of the other are difficult to see on the upper side of the leaf,
they are very plain on the lower face, especially near the base.

Buchnera grranitica, sp. nov. Herba hispidule scabrida circiter
spithamea; caule subsimplici erecto angulato folioso ; foliis ssepissime
oppositis basalibus rosulatis oblongis vel oblongo-ovatis obtusis mani-
feste (interdum obscure) trinervibus ceteris linearibus vel lineari-
oblongis mucronatis ; spicis foliis brevioribus ovoideis basi parum
interruptis ; hracteis lanceolatis acutis uti caWx extus hispidule
scabridis ; hracteolis calyce multo brevioribus linearibus acutis ;
calyce 9-nervi lobis 5 abbreviatis subulatis ; corollce tubo ex calyce
plane eminente sub limbo hispidulo lobis obovatis obtussimis ; jila-
mentis omnibus glabris antlieris acuminatis.

Khodesia, Salisbury ; Rand, 1431.

MTSCELLA>EA AFRTCAXA 219

Folia basalia summmn 3*5-4 cm. x 7-12 mm., srepius 2-3 cm.
long., 5-5 mm. lat. ; caulina plerumque 2"5-4 cm. x 3-4 mm. Spicse
nondum profecto evolutae circa 12 x 10 mm. Bractese 4-5 mm. long.
Bracteolae 2 mm. long. Calycis tubus 7 mm. long., inferne 1 mm.
superne 1"5 mm. lat. ; lobi 1'5 mm. long. Corollae tubus segre
9 mm. long., 1 mm. lat. ; lobi 3 x 2'5 mm. Filamenta longiora
1'5 mm. long., breviora '75 mm. ; antherae l-25-l*5 mm. long.
Ovarium 1 mm. long. ; stylus sursum clavato-lamellatus 2 mm. long.

To be inserted in the genus next JB. pusillijlora S. Moore. The
diverse foliage and ovoid spikes at once point to sj)ecific difference.

Buchnera congoensis, sp. nov. Caule simplici erecto circiter
spithameo quadrangulari scabiusculo crebro folioso ; foliis araplis
infimis rosulatis ovatis obtusissimis ceteris oppositis sessilibus oblongo-
oblanceolatis basi apiceque obtusis omnibus trinervibus utrinque
scabridisque ; spicis terminalibus sessilibus basi compositis subglobosis
densifloris ; bracteis obovatis acuminatis extus hispidule scabridis
quam bracteolae linear! -lanceolatse longioribus ; calycis tubo cylindrico-
ini'undibulari bracteam plane excedente plurinervi extus hispidule
scabrido lobis 5 subulatis breviter acuminatis inter sese paullulum
dissimilibus ; corollce tubo calyce paullulum breviore superne leviter
ampliato extus fere glabro lobis oblongo-obovatis obtusissimis ; Jlla-
mentis imberbibus antheris acuminatis.

Belgian Congo, Kundelungu in moist places ; Kass?ier, 2787.

Folia basalia 4-6 X 2-2'5 cm., cetera 5-7 X 1-2 cm., omnia in
sicco tenuiter papyracea. Bractese usque 10 mm. long., apicem
versus 4'5 mm. lat. ; bracteolae 7 mm. long. Calycis ttbus 11 mm.
long., inferne 1'5 mm. superne fere 3 mm. lat. ; lobi 2-2-5 mm. long.
Corollas tubus 10*5 mm. long., deorsum 1 mm. ipso sub limbo 2 mm.
lat. ; lobi circa 5x3 mm. Filamenta longiora vix 1 mm. long.,
antherae 1*25 mm. Ovarium ovoideum, 1*5 mm. long. ; stylus quam
ovarium duplo longior.

Can be distinguished easily from its nearest ally B. anclongensis
Hiern by the much larger bracts, the longer and differently-shaped
calyx vv^ithout hairs on the ribs, and the larger corolla.

Buchnera orgyalis, sp. nov. Planta orgyalis : caule erecto sursum
ramoso subtereti scabride pubescente ; foliis sessilibus inferioribus
oppositis vel suboppositis oblongo-oblanceolatis obtusis prominenter
5-nervibus utrinque scaberrimis superioribus saepius alternis nisi sub-
oppositis lineari-oblanceolatis obtusis trinervibus scaberrimis ; spicis
terminalibus raro itaque ex axilla summa oriundis subsphaeroideis basi
compositis ; bracteis obovatis obtusissimis cuspidulatis dorso mar-
gineque hispidulis quam bracteolae oblongo-obovatae obtusissime hispi-
dulae paullo longioribus; calycis tubo subc^dindrico (basi paullulum
angustato) 10-nervi 5-lobo lobis breviter triangularibus hispidulis ;
corollce tubo calycem facile superante parum incurvo extus glabro
lobis oblongo-obovatis obtusissimis intus basi pilosulis ; Jilamejifis
longioribus puberulis antheris utrinque acutis.

Angola, open *' Mumua " woodsj at Katoco-Kubango ; Gossweih-r,
3823.

(To ba contimied.)

R 2

220 THE JOUKNAL OF EOT ANY

ANDKOEOIUM AND GYNOECIUM.

By a. H. Church.

As the rule for spelling these very essential botanical terms is still
somewhat vague and casual, while writers using the above orthography
are frequently snubbed by would- be purists, it may be of interest to
place on record the history and various modes of writing these terms ;
they have undoubtedly come to stay as convenient conventions in
Floral Terminology, and it is time that some ruling was accepted in
ths matter by English writers. For example, in a recent publication
(^Botany of the Living Plant, 1919, p. 221), Professor Bower retains
the present spelling as distinctive and suitable, for the sake of uni-
formity, though acknowledging that the etymology may be faulty.
In support of Prof. Bower's usage, continued from his well-known
Practical Botany (in several editions, 1894, 1902), it may be stated
at once that there is much more to be said for this method etymo-
logically than for the popular variant gynaeceum ; though it is again
possible that to others both methods of spelling may be equally o^^en
to criticism. It may be also admitted that it is ridiculous to spell
two such homologized expressions on a different plan ; while to have
to explain such subtle distinctions to a class of students with ordinary
common sense is a])t to make a teacher of elementary botany both
look and feel a fool ; there can be no doubt that the retention of such
complexities of terminology in a science already over-burdened with
vestigial and traditional phraseology encourages a disrespect for the
pedantries of pseudo-science. Grood terms are necessary, and there
should be no difficulty about their correct presentation.

The first appearance of the two words now considered dates from
an essay written in Latin {Linnaea, i. 433) by J. Poeper, so far a
classicist, and the words are given quite clearly and definitely with
their proposed etymology (p. 437), as androeceum^ ex a.vr\p et dt/w-os
(without accents), and (p. 438) gynaeceum^ ex yvvr\ et o\i:o% : "Hie
verticillus foliis foemineis efformatus baud inepte forsan gynoecei
nomine designari posset." To the apostle of priority the terms ar^
thus established once for all on a reasonable basis, and there is no
more to be said ; the expressions are good words, fairly euphonious,
conceived in correlated form, i. <?., made to match, both involving the
idea of a locus {ihkos), and with no necessary reference to women
(y.ui/ajK-es). The terms are quoted in this form, though indicated as
rt3dundant, by Schleiden in his text-book,|1842 (c/! Eng. Trans. 1849,
Lankester, p. 31(5, the oe being written as a diphthong) ; but the
latter term made little headway so long as Linnean writers were still
obsessed with the herbalist's tenn pistil (^"pestle," with a variant
as pointal), which apparently dates from Tournefort ( 1700) . Similarly
even at the present day the terms are frequently omitted by many
writers (cif'. Engler & Prantl) to whom the conception of the
androecium and gynoecium as specialized regions of the flower with a
certain individuality of their own, to be reduced or elaborated inde-
pendently of the other parts, is still unfamiliar. The expressions
really imply much more than a mere aggregate of stamens or carpels,

AXDROEcir:\r axd GixoEcirM 221

and they supply a need in floral terminology which cannot be readih^
expressed or made intelligible in any other way.

It is interesting to note that in this country the anglicized version
gynoeciinn (with a diphthong), as correlated with androecium was
early adopted by George Bentham (1832, Labiatarum Gen. et Sp.
p. xxvii), and was continued into the Genera JBlantarum (1862, i.
p. v) of Bentham and Hooker ; the same usage may be noted in
Hooker's edition of Le Maont and Decaisne (1873, p. 64), as also in
J. H. Balfour's Class Book of Botany (1854, p. 239) ; just as
Lindley's Glossary of Botanical Terms gives gynoecium (1848).
Hence the spelling of gynoecium maj^ be accepted as the standard
established for English writers, by botanists of such rank as Bentham,
Hooker, Lindle}^ and Balfour, and has been correctly continued bv
Bower (1919), as it was also accepted hj Asa Gray (1879, Structural
Botany, p. 165 in 1887 edit.), the latter following Bentham and mis-
quoting Roeper, whose paper he had probably not seen. On these
grounds the same spelling was adopted in Floral Mechanism (Church,
1908).

A little knowledge of Greek may it is true be often worse than
none at all [cf. Kraus, Verhand. Wiirzburg, 1908, p. 10), and it is
perfectly time, as anyone with a lexicon can find out, that the Greeks
had a name for the " female apartments " of a house, based on the
stem yvvaiK — as ywaiK^wv, commonly rendered gynaeceum in Latin
(but also gyneciumy with another word gynaeconitis), the word
*' gynaeceum " being even continued by the Romans for a factory
employing female labour, the superintendent of which would be a
gynaecius. These facts maj'' be interesting to a philologist, but thev
have nothing to do with the Avords coined by Koeper for strictly
botanical purposes, and not involving any question of actual women
at all. As a matter of fact, the Greeks, as might be expected, also
had a word for the "men's apartments" as avhpelov, avcpojr, latinized
as andron (andreum, andrium, cf. andronitis) ; these terms being
equally correlative ; i. <?., the use of one implying the use of the
other. The choice is obviously between Boeper's pair and the Greek
pair or their Latin equivalents ; to mix them is futile. Who the
interfering busybody may have been who first resurrected gynaeceum
is not clear, nor does it much matter ; the word spelt in this manner
appears in Link (1837, p. 86) and Lindley (1832, p. 138), appa-
rently as a misunderstanding. But it is important to note that it
also appears in Sach's Lehrhuch of 1870 (p. 458), associated with the
original form androeceum (p. 444) ; and as more modern text-books
have been largely based on this work in Germany and in. this country,
people brought up on Sachs have contended for or continued the
erroneous version of the word (Goebel, Drude, Frank, Schumann).
That is to say, the c of androecium represents the k of oIkos (as in
*• dioecious " and " monoecious " of Linnaeus), and so would the c of
gynoecium-, but the c of gynaeceum represents the k of yvvaiK, the
full stem of yvvT] (woman), and any association with an oIkos vanishes.
It may be asserted that Roeper to be technically perfect, should have
written gynaec-oeceum (Kraus), but no Greek would have thought

"222 TllK .U)rKXAl, OF EOTANY

of doing so : his instinct for portmanteau words would hare in fact
telescoped this to gynoeceum ; and Koeper was perfectly justified in
following the accepted and traditional usage dating from Linnaeus of
taking the clipped root gyn- as expressing a cei-tain suggestion of
femininity without implying any necessary connection with actual
'* women." This botanical usage is freely recognized by the Oxford
Dictionary (1901).

It is interesting to note in fact that the full root yv»^at»:- does
not occur anywhere in botany ; a few genera beginning with gynaec-
were proposed by Hasskarl (1844), but they have been since cut
down (as Gynaecura to Oynura {cf. Baillon, Diet., and Index
Kewensis) ; and no botanical name or term carries the c {k) of
yvvaiK-, as in the significant expression '* gynaecology." On the
other hand gyn-, as in gynandrous trichogyne, Coelogyne, Gynerium,
g3'nophore, &c., and even gy no-dioecious, is one of the accepted
commonplace units of botanical terminology, following the Linnean
Monogynia, Digynia, &c. Hence Koeper was not only justified in
his nomenclature, but perfectly accurate. The connotation of the
modern use of the term is even more significant as expressing the
locus of the "female" parts of the organism (i.e., the ** mega-''
regions, including the megaspore of the sporophyte and the mega-
gamete of the gametophyte), with even less application to the
*• women " of a " gynaeceum."

Koeper's solution of the nomenclature to be adopted was in every
way admirable, and there can be no doubt whatever as to the legiti-
macy of the oe in both \vords. There cannot be the slightest objec-
tion to giving him the full credit of his priority in such a useful
conception, the full value of which did not immediately appeal to
his contemporaries. Thus, Payer {Organogenies 1857) carries on
Androcee (p. 714), but retains Pistil (p. 725) : Van Tieghem
{Traite de Botaniqiie, 1884, 1891) similarly uses androcee and
pistil ; while in the first modern English " Pmctical " (Huxle}^ and
Martin, 1875) neither tenn is employed. Baillon (Dictionnaire,
1886) gives Gynecee as the gallicized form of gynaeceum. As pre-
viously indicated, most of the text-books of the period follow the
error of Sachs (1870) : thus Eichler {Bluthendiagramme, 1875,
p. 190) writes androeceum but gynaeceum. In English translations
the same spelling is commonly varied to -ium ; while the oe and ae
are obscured by the traditional printer's fad of using type diphthongs
(in italic). The English translation of Sachs (1875, Bennett & Dyer,
p. 488) \vv\ie% Androecium {(\.\^\\iho\-\Q) with gynaeceum (diphthong),
and the second edition (Vines, 1882, p. 557) follows ; though in Prantl
and Vines (1881, p. 189) gynoecium had been written. Henfrey
(4th edit. 1884, Masters and Bennett, p. 119) gives androecium and
gynaecinin (diphthongs), and again Vines {Student's Handhook,
1895, p. 521) gynaeceum. Engler's Syllabus (1912, xix.) continues
gynaeceum. It is also interesting to record that, while the credit of
returning to the original terms of Roeper rests with A. F. W.
Schiraper (Strasburger's text-book, 1894, p. 365), the English trans-
lation (Porter, 1898) gives gynoecium (diphthong), and the revision

AXDi;oE(jii'.\r a>:d GY^oKCI^^r 223

by Lang (1912) returns to t\\Q gynaeceum (diphthong) with androe-
cium (p. 483). In the Glossary of Botanical Terms (B. D. Jack-
son, 1916) gynaeceum is recorded as derived from ywaiKelov, ignoring
Roeper, though the Latin gynecium and the English (Gen. Plant.)
form gynoeciiim are included as variants. The Oxford Dictionary,
unfortunately restricted to books published in this country, with
characteristic ineptitude in botanical matters gives gynoecium (diph-
thong) as "the usual but incorrect form oi gynaeceum'''' (diphthong),
"having been supposed to be from ohloi', house, and under the
influence of this notion androecium has been formed as its correla-
tive " — an interesting example of literary stupidity, all the points
being incorrect ; since, as already indicated, androecium is so far the
elder twin of the pair, the Avord is legitimately formed from okos,
and it was the usual form in this country only up to 1875 or so.

Apart from the question of the oe and ae, it would also appear
that continental writers and modern botanists have largely followed
Sachs, retaining the -eum of Roeper (1826), while English writers
tend to the -iumoi Bentham (1832), The difference between e and i
is quite optional, and both may be found in latinized terms, though
the presumable association with -olKthn- might lead to -iU7n as nearest
in intention (Bentham). Apart from any philological bias, it may
be noted that while -eum as a suffix is rare in botany (except in
adjectives) ; -imn, whatever may be its etymological origin, is a
commonplace ending of many words in general use, of the type : —
archegonium, antheridium, archesponmn, ainphitkecium, sporan-
gium, gonidium, sporidium, &c., and it may be taken as a convenient
and generalized termination. From such a standpoint of mere
litemry convenience the emended spelling androecium and gynoecium,
as established by Bentham and Hooker (Gen. Plant.), omitting the
unnecessary diphthong t^^pe, may be established as sufficiently legi-
timate to satisfy all claims, and the words as written in the heading
of this note are entitled to stand permanently. To return to the
-sum of Roeper may be satisfying to the more pedantic ; the atti-
tude of Bentham is good enough for any English botanist ; but the
use of ae instead of oe, is not only distinctly wrong but extremely
foolish.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTES.

LXXVI. Henry W. Bubgess's ' Eidodendeox.*

This work, described on its singularly ugly title-page as " Eido-
DENDHON : Views of the general Character and Appearance of Trees,
foreign and indigenous, connected with Picturesque Scenery, by
H. W. Burgess : London, 1827," is, so far as the plates are concerned,
of no botanical importance and hence rarely finds a place in botanical
libraries. There is, however, a copy in the Department of Botany,
and the book presents a few points of bibliographical interest which
may as well be put on record.

224 TIIK JOUHXAL OF liOIANV

The work is a folio volume containing 54 plates, of which a list is
given, and a portrait of the author ; it was published in numbers,
each apparently containing six plates. Both title-pages — there is one
preceding the plates — are dated 1827, but this for the whole work is
manifestly incorrect : there are tAvo dedications, one to George IV.,
the other to William IV. — from the latter it would appear that
Burgess held some official position, as he speaks of having ** trusted
to show that the office of landscape painter has not been idly bestowed
upon [his] Majesty's faithful and obedient servant." A notice by
James Main in Loudon's Mag. Nat. Hist. (ii. 52 ; March, 1829)
shows that 12 plates (two numbers) were then published ; Loudon
{A?'boretum, i, cxci) says that nos. 5 and 6 were published in 1833.

It is in connection with these numbers that such botanical interest
as the work possesses will be found. Prefixed to the volume is an
essay extending over 26 folios, headed in very small capitals ** Botani-
cal Diversions I," followed by a large title " Amoenitates Querneae."
It includes a comprehensive account of the Oak in literature, history,
poetry, and commerce : there is however no indication as to its author-
ship, although it was evident that it was written by a competent
person and that Burgess had nothing to do with it beyond issuing it
with his book. Dr. Daydon Jackson in his useful Guide to the
Literature of Botany (1881) attributes it to Gilbert Burnett (1800-
35), but at this distance of time does not remember w^hence he
obtained this information ; this will however be found in the Arhorettim,
as already quoted, where it is stated to be " by the late Professor
Burnet " {sic). It is, as has been said, a very complete account :
Loudon (ojp. cit. iii. 1722) refers to it as "a very curious and elaborate
production — not so well known as it deserves to be ; the history of the
more celebrated Oaks is elaborated with much care, and the work
as a whole should be consulted by anyone who may be interested
in the subject.'' It may be noted tliat Burnett indicates various
names not taken up in the Index Kewensis and proposes (fol. 3)
three new ones for species alread}^ characterized : —

" Q. navalis [vel pedunculata]. The Ship or Naval Oak

** Q. regalis [vel sessiliflora]. The Royal or Bay Oak

" Q. Homer [vel pubescens]. The red- wooded, durmast, or downy

Oak,

James Britten.

SHORT NOTES.

New Variety of Tolypella glomerata. In examining a
large number of specimens of Tolypella glomerata, we have come
across some plants which, in the more rounded shape and the red
colour of the oospore, exhibit a variation in the direction of T. nidi-
Jica. The decoration of the membrane is also somewhat intermediate
in character between the two species, frequently showing smooth
intervals between the granular lines. The points of diiference from
typical T. (jloinerata seem sufficient to justify the separation of the
plants referred to as a distinct variety for which we propose the

SHORT XOTES 2*2o

name ERYTHEOCAiiPA : — Oospora late-ellipsoidalis c. 850-400 /a Ion ga,
coronula exclusa, 300-850 ^ lata ; evythra, aut rubro-fulva aut rubida.
Membrana lineariter-granulata, saepe intervallas leves inter lineas
granulatas exhibens.

The localities from which we have identified the variety are :— -
Anglesey, I^lyn Coron (J". E. Griffith); Leitrim, Lough Melvin
(i?. Ll.Praeger) ; E. Donegal, L. Magheradrmnman {G. E. B.-W).

In typical T. nidijica the oospore is much larger than in any
form of T. glomerata, and the membrane is wine-red in colour and
quite destitute of decoration. — J. Geotes and G. K. Blllock-
Webstee.

Htpeeicum humifusum (p. 195). I possess a long analysis of
the soils and habitats of this plant in Lincolnshire, and the}^ practi-
cally agree with Mr. H. Stuart Thompson's notes and Bentham's,
but methods of ecological research have been carried further. It is
truh^ a woodland species, but not of the young thrusting growths,
rather of the decaying stage, passing into Calluna moorland. The
decay of our Pine- woods between a.d. 800-1400 — i. e., during the
vine-growing period for wine — and later of our sandy Beech-woods,
has practicalh' ended this species with us generally, for it is only
4 to 6 : 1 = very coimnon, 2 = common, 3 = fairly common, 4 =
rather rare, 5 = rare, 6 = very rare. It should always be most care-
fully noted ecologically when not on mooilands, if it is in the open ;
and even on them when with other species as Pyrola minor, Equi-
setiim sylvaticum, and E. hyemale, as a proof of woodlands. Dr. F.
A. Lees once told me that the plant was specially a bank species in West
Yorkshire, I suppose on account of the heavy rainfall. It is not so in
this dry county — at least I have not a smgle record in over 600
notes. It may be fairly classed as a lime hater, though it is often
not so geologically, only ecologically ; for the limey rocks where it
is found are acid sandy above, or the upper-root soil is neutral from
endless rain-wash and plant-decay in weathering — a sj^ecies of moory
humid soils in both cases. Here is a fifty years' soil list for Licoln-
shire — all the soils more or less sandy or peaty-decay moory : Lower-
Lias-Clay 6 ; Lincolnshire-Limestone 6 ; Corn Brash 6 ; Spilsby-
Sandstone 3-5; Chalky-Boulder- Clay 5-6; Sandy-Glacial-Gravel 6 ;
Purple-Boulder-Clay 6^ Plateau- Gravel 5-6 ; Old-Piver-li ravel 3-4;
Modern -River- Gravel 6 ; Fresh- Water- Alluvium 6 ; Blown-Sand 4-6,
rarely 1-2 : quite fifty per cent, of the records are from this soil.
Its habitats are : Calluna moors (85 per cent.) 1-4; Commons 2-4;
Open-woodlands, rides, paths, scrubs and falls, 2-6 ; Pine woods 1-4 ;
Oak-birch 3-4 ; Kough-pasture and golf-links, 5-i5 ; Durmast oak-
woods 6. In every known locality the plant occurs in open woods or
as a residual of past ones. During the dry series of summers (1893-
1910) the plant failed and departed, as did Drosera anglica, Erio-
phorum angustifolium, and many other species. — E. A. Woodeuefe-
Peacock.

Having spent a week among the hills north of Liskeard, E.

Cornwall, and another in theYelverton and Tavistock district of Dart-
moor, S. Devon, it may be interesting to add to ray note published in

22G THE .TouExvL OF p.or.vyT

July that in bothtliose hilly districts this plant seems chiefly confined
to the moss}^ crevices of stone walls and dry hedge-banks by road-sides
on the granite and slate. Above Pensilva it reaches 800 ft. at least.
Only twice did I observe it on heaths or commons (other than on the
characteristic dividing walls of both districts) ; and though of rather
frequent occurrence, it is, as ever^^where, very thinly distributed, and
there are rarely more than one or two plants at a place. That point
was most noticeable. One plant was growing among a small quantity
of Sphagnum at the edge of a diverted watercourse on the moor by
Dousland, Yelverton. These ol)servations tend to substantiate my
belief that the distribution of Hypericum humifusmn has been much
affected b}" the agency of man. — H. S. Thompson.

TERATOLoaT IN Papater orientale. Noticing on June llth
one flower, out of many, in a large clump of the above-named Poppy
to be of a peculiar erect and funnel-shaped- appearance, 1 examined it
more closely, and found it was indeed " corolliflorous," the petal
showing no sign of seam or point of conjunction of any kind, being
of perfect circular form, nor did there seem any sign of the basal
" claws." Colour, the usual brilliant scarlet. So far as is discernible,
the capsule seemed normal. I should be glad to know w^hether such
an abnormality is of frequent occurrence. I have never myself
observed anything like it previously. Measurement of petal 4| inches
long. — J. Cosmo Meltill.

[The abnormality is referred to by AVorsdell {Principles of Plant
Teratology, ii. 250; t. 51. fig. 10) as "one of the best known and
most remarkable instances of sympetaly " ; Penzig however {PJian-
zen Teratologie) does not record it. — Ed. Journ. Bot.]

MiMUSOPS PARTIFOLIA R. Br. In the recent number of his
" Contributions to the Queensland Flora " (Botany Bulletin Queens-
land Dept. of Agriculture, xxi.) Mr. C. T. White points out that the
plate and description assigned to M. Kauki in the Illustratiojis to the
Botany of Cook's Voyage, " vol. 2, p. 59, pi. ]94 " should be referred
to the species named above. The correction had already been made
in the index to the volume, which Mr. "White has overlooked. His
citation of *' vol. 2 " is likely to mislead, as the work consists of only
one volume, although it originally appeared in parts. Diospyros
longipes Hiern in Journ. Bot. 1914, 338, is referred by Mr. White
(/. c.) to this species. — James Britten.

REVIEWS.

Botany of the Living Plant. By F. O. Bower, F.K.S., etc.
580 pp. : Macmillan & Co. 8vo. 25s. net.

Professor Bower's new volume appears most opportunely at a
time when the veneration of the more modern school of British
botanists for everything German has received a fatal set back ; and
few things are more desirable than a definite presentation of the

BOTA>i OF TirE LITIXG PLAXT 227

subject in an entirely English dress. To the rising generation,
the works of continental writers will never acquire the hall-mark of
super-scientific value with which they have been regarded ; and as the
Oxford University Press has apparently exhausted its supply of
inferior translations, and the Cambridge Press has not yet found a
satisfactory method of subsidizing really good work, Messrs. Mac-
millan are to be congratulated on filKng the gap with an eminently
readable and abundantly-illustrated volume of convenient size, though
at an inconveniently high war-price. Seven shillings and sixpence
should be about the limit for this class of work ; the first edition of
the Bonn text-book, of very much the same size and scope was issued
at six-and-sixj)ence.

The volmne comprises a series of 32 chapters, arranged as a
sequence of lectures or pleasantly-written essays on plant-organization,
beginning with the more familiar types of higher Land-Flora and
extending in a cursory manner to some algal and fungus types, as
generally introduced in an elementary course at all British Universities.
The book in fact covers the general ground of all such class-work, and
may be utilized for all elementary university examinations ; though
on the whole it is perhaps more particularly dedicated to the general
scientific reader who wants a rapid review of a wide field, while the
price will place it beyond the range of most students. After the
experience of the Bonn text-book, in which four writers collaborate,
it is a bold venture for one man to attempt an adequate presentation
of the subject as a whole ; but as this commonly falls to the lot of
teachers in British institutions, it is interesting to see how Prof. Bower
has covered the ground.

Emphasis as to the " Living Plant " is apparently intended to
indicate that formal anatomy is cut down to the minimum ; physio-
logy possibly even beyond the margin of safety; while increasing
attention is paid to the ** biological " problems of the plant, as
expressed in chapters on the " Water-Eelation," " Mechanical Con-
struction," " Vegetative Propagation," " Fruit and Seed-Dispersal " ;
the Angiosperm being covered in some 300 pages, few openings being
without an illustration. As special features may be noted, a final
chapter on ** Sex and Heredity," while an Appendix in smaller type
solves the difficulty of bringing in some sort of traditional account of
Floral Families without trespassing on the main trend of the text.

The main chapters are written with the breezy directness one
associates with the work of Prof. Bowser, though one misses the dog-
matic enthusiasm which led to the demonstration of JLycopodium
Selago as the most archaic of Land-forms ; and one's greatest admira-
ration is exercised for the ingenious manner in which the writer
so often evades the point rather than insist on any particular attitude
or conclusion. Hence though the volume fulfils its mission of adding
one more view of the subject to many existing works of much the
same scope, it does not add any particularly new outlook on plant-
life in general. One still finds little suggestion of answ^ers to
such fundamental questions as where a land-plant really came
from, or why plants are made of cells at all. or why they reproduce
in such an extraordinarily complex manner? While covering the

2'2S THE JOURNAL OP I?OTAXV

conventional range ot the subject very well, the writer does not break
any new ground ; and things have not apparently' changed very much
in the last thirty years of this teaching.

While acknowledging tlve care and multitudinous interests de-
manded in the ])roduction of such a volume, a botanical journal may
be permitted to pick a few holes. As a detailed exposition of scien-
titic botany the book does not compare in any wRy with the familiar
Strasburger, though it ma}^ prove more attractive to the general
reader. To the serious student the greatest demerit is the practically
entire want of references to wider literature. The skimpiest account
of an}^ phenomenon may suffice in a text-book, provided one can be
given reasonable references ; such cases may be illustrated by the
doubtful remarks on the vitality of seeds (p. 298) ; the speculations
on the origin of Wheat (p. 54S) which omit any reference to
Triiicum Mermoms ; the case of Cytisus Adami without mention of
Chimaera-forms, and the account of Mendelian segregation stopping
short of the " sixteen square " which alone renders the subject of any
practical value : even the account of Protococcus on the bark of
a tree, on the very first j^age, may come as a shock to many algolo-
gists ; Huxley's Profococcus had at least the merit of being fiagellated.
As examples of skating over thin ice may be compared the account
of " falling starch " (p. 126), and the recognition of a Fucus plant
as a " diploid sporoph^^te " (p. 387). The continual use of " germ"
for embrj^o has an irritating effect, when the word is used in many
senses from Bacteria to Germ-plasma, and much the same applies to
the use of '* e^g " for oosphere ; " Transpiration-Stream " is no
imjjrovement on the old Transpiration- Current, while " cohesion " and
*' adhesion " in floral organization seem somewhat archaic. Much of
the text will bear steady revision, and many of the conclusions are
loosely wn-itten : — " The w^hole vegetative system may be regarded as
a physiological scaffold, w^hile the mechanism of propagation is the
substantive building which is erected by means of it" (p. 210),
whatever it may be intended to imply, omits all reference to the fact
that it is reproduction as devoted to the improvement of the race
which is the main issue ; similarly, "The Central Question of Evolu-
tion comes finally to the origin of the Heritable Mutations " begs the
question as to why anything to begin with should be at all accurately
heritable.

The publication of the volume also raises a wider issue ; it un-
doubtedly epitomizes the class of work taught, not only at Glasgow
by Professor Bower but also in many other botanical centres in this
country, as the routine of " Elementary Botany " ; and the point
arises as to what extent this class of modern Avork, largely plausible
and made *' interesting," really does afford a foundation for accurate
reasoning in terms of experiment, or deduction of genemlizations
from accurately observed facts, compai-able with the general presen-
tation of elementarj^ chemistry or physics, with which botanj^ as
the scientific analysis of the problems of plant-life, is expected to hold
its own. Is " Elementary Botany " to deteriorate in *' Nature
Study," or is it to be an exact science in which facts are stated, and

BOTAM' OF THE LIVING PLAXT 229

definite conclusions drawn, while the word " probably " is not so
insistent at every point of difficulty. Students only too readily pick
■up the habit of vagueness and indefiniteness where precision is the
more needed as the subject becomes the more complex. Professor
Bowers volume may be thus welcomed as an admirable first draft of
a useful text-book, and one may look for emendations in many details
in later editions.

A Dictionary of the Flowering Plants and Ferns. By J. C.
Willis, M.A., Sc.D. Fom-th edition revised and rewritten.
Cr. 8vo, cloth, pp. xii, 712, liv. Price £1 net. Cambridge
University Press.

This work made its first apjDearance in 1897, when it formed the
second part of the Manual and Dictionary which was noticed by
Dr. Kendle in this Journal for that year (p. 109). The reviewer,
while praising the Dictionary, criticized the Manual portion some-
what severely, and not without effect, as the notice of the second
edition showed (Journ. Bot. 1904, 158). A third edition appeared in
1908 and w^as reprinted six years later: we now have it "completelv
revised and as far as possible brought up to date." The most note-
worthy featm-e of this new edition is " the incorporation of all the parts
into one general dictionary and the omission of Part I. of previous
editions." The result is a volmne which it would be impossible to
commend too warmly. By an ingenious method of compression fully
described in the introduction, an astonishing amount of information
is conveyed. " All the genera of Bentham, Hooker, Engler, Prantl,
and Linnaeus are now^ included, as w^ell as all given in the Index
Kewensis and Supplements (except many synonyms) together with a
large number published since the last Suj^plement, and which {sic) by
the kindness of the Director at Kew, the compiler has been able to
obtain from the MS. lists kej^t at Kew." Each name is follow^ed by
that of its author ; then comes that of the family to which it belono-s,
with a statement of the number of species contained therein and its
geographical distribution ; " the histological peculiarities of the most
important genera are dealt with pretty fully : in deahng with the
pollination-methods of fiow^ers a selection of important genera, illus-
trating the various methods, has been made ; so too with epiphytes,
xerophytes, the morphology of parts, and so on. Economic botany
has been more fully treated, only comparatively few genera being
omitted." English and colonial names are well represented, as are
also botanical terms, with explanations. There are also general articles
of considerable length, of which an index is given : the very full and
practical instructions on collecting occupy more than four pages— the
pamphlet on the subject issued by the Department of Botany should
have been included in the literature indicated, than w^hich it is more
readily accessible. In an appendix is a key to the families of floAvering
plants, based on Engler's classification. In typography and arrange-
ment the volume leaves nothing to be desired : it is a book which
should find a place in every botanical library, however small.

We note that Dr. Willis invites additions and corrections, and

230 THE .TOL'JtNAL OF BOTAINY

even provides a " slip " on which these may be entered. The pages
of this Journal will provide him with some : thus Miers's genus
Micrcea^ entered as " Inc. sed.," was identified as long ago as 1880
(p. 20) with Ruellia dulcis Cav. ; Decadla Lour. " inc. sed." is in
the same Journal for 1914 (p. 146) shown by Mr. Moore {op. cit. 148)
to be identical with Si/mplocos,SiS is also Dicalyx oi the same author,
which Dr. Willis omits ; we miss Mr. Moore's Capitajiopsis {op. cit.
1916, 249) ; his identification of Fhocea Seem. {op. cit. 1918, 204)
perhaps came too late for inclusion : but enough has been said to
suggest a more careful search than appears to have been made.

The Living Cycads. By Charles Joseph Chamberlain, xiv-f
172 pp., small 12mo cl., price $1.50. University of Chicago
Press.

Mr. C. J. Chamberlain has been engaged in the study of Cycads
for over fifteen years, and his paper on the reproduction of Dioon
(1906) will be regarded as a classic. The present handy little volume
contains a general account of the living types of this remarkable
group, and is preliminary to a more detailed monograph. The text
comprises a useful summary of the more important factors of somatic
and reproductive organization of the leading types, in the simplest
terms possible ; and in the theoretical discussion evolutionary dogma
is not pressed beyond its legitimate bounds. The numerous clear
illustrations aid in affording a very definite idea of the botanical
interest and value of the living survivors of a once mighty race.

Perhaps the part that will be found of greatest interest to British
readers will be the account of the plants as found growing in their
natural surroundings in the West Indies, Mexico, South Africa, and
Australia. For such information, at first hand, the author holds a
unique authority. It is also a somewhat curious reflection that the
types least known in essential details are those of our own colonies —
as the great Macrozamia of Queensland, in process of extirpation,
Bowenia and Encephalartos.

In a book intended to be semi-popular, exception may be possibly
taken to one point — the prominence afforded to sexual terms as
" female plant," ** female " sporophyll, eggs and sperms. One might
perhaps put up with " ova," but there are certainly no " eggs " in
plants, and '* fruiting " individual is quite as effective, and much
more accurate, than " female " as apphed to a tree. There is nothing
in the way of sex-ditt'erentiation in a plant which may not be
covered quite concisely and intelligently by " micro-" and " mega- "
(whether in reference to *♦ spore" or "gamete-" mechanism); and
where all the customary terms are employed, it would be a matter of
congratulation to find a botanist capable of choosing definite and
accurate expressions, and scrapping all others.

^ A.H.C.

B00K-2S0TES, ^"£WS, ETC. 231

BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, etc.

At the meeting of the Linnean Society on June 19, Mr. T. A.
Dymes read a paper entitled *' Notes on the Life-history of the Yellow
Elag (Iris Pseudacorus Linn.), with special reference to the seeds and
seedlings during their first year," of which the following is an
abstract: — The xerophytic adaptations and contractile roots of the
plant are a protection from some of the dangers of the physical world.
Its acridity and astringency protect it from being readily eaten, but the
larvae of some insects feed upon it, those of a sawfly do considerable
damage ; a few molluscs resort to it for food. It appears that wild-
fowl eat the seeds and the very young seedlings ; it is also attacked
by a parasitic fungus. Its height and strong growth protect it from
practically all its associates. The plant hibernates and the normal
minimum for the seeds is about seven months, the maximum being
not less than twenty. It flowers in its fourth year ; the capsules
begin to dehisce in September. There are two kinds of seed, flat and
round, and the difference between them has some significance both in
dispersal and in germination. Uninjured seeds float for two years or
more. The most important of the agents are diving wild-fowl and
the least the wind ; running water plays a very considerable part.
The flat seeds are adapted to long-distance dispersal by wild-fowl and
to being blown short distances by the wind. The round seeds, with
the exception of those afloat on running water, serve to fill up the
death gaps at home. There are two phases of germination : — (1)
Internal plumular growth followed by (2) the extension of the radicle,
the latter requiring the higher temperature. Seeds that have sunk
automatically possess an internal water supply and germinate more
freely than the floaters. The essentials are continuous moisture
coupled with a high temperature. Floaters, seeds at the bottom of
shallow water, and those in saturated mud, succeed best : under the
most favourable conditions a full 40 per cent, germinate in their first
year. In nature the general average is probably 20 per cent. The
round seeds appear to germinate in the first year more slowly and to
yield a lower average than the flat ones. For seeds in their second
year the general average in nature seems to be about the same as for
those in their first, 20 per cent., but a good deal more evidence
is required. Burial of the seeds is effected by dead leaves and debris,
and they are also trodden into soft mud by water-birds. The chief
difficulty of the seedling from an unburied seed is to secure anchorage.
Frost and air-bubbles lift or uproot the young seedlings. The
floaters, which when borne afloat can be distinguished from the mud
seedlings by the root sj'stem, are exposed to great dangers ; when
together or in debris the}' erect themselves, but unless they drift on
to mud or into the shallows either before or after erection they are
doomed to death. The height to which seedlings attain during their
first year varies from two inches for the flat-floater to thirteen for
those in mud from first-year seeds and 19| inches from seeds in their
second year. The seedlings perish in inconceivably great multitudes,
and probably the vast majority of the floaters are a dead loss to the
species.

232 THE JOUR>"AL OF BOTA>'Y

At the same meeting Mr. S. L. Moore followed with "A Contri-
hution to the Flora of Australia," which contains notices of rare and
descriptions of new Australian plants preserved in the British Museum.
Robert Brown's Trihulus Systrix and T. occidentalis are shown to have
been misunderstood by Bentham and succeeding writers, Bentham's
T. Jft/atrLv heing really T. oc cide?i talis, v,'heresis T. Hystrix. unknown
except in the type specimen, has much larger fruit with long subulate
appendages quite unlike the short conical ones of occideiitalis. Two
recent West Australian collections, one by Dr. Stoward, the other by
Mr. Marvon, have yielded many novelties, the most interesting being
a second species of the Goodeniaceous genus Symjyhyohasis. This
genus is peculiar in having an inferior calyx, but a corolla united to
the ovary all the way up, together with epigynous stamens. A third
2)art of the memoir relates to plants collected in various parts of the
island-continent during the nineteenth century. Among the col-
lectors of these special mention was made of Allan Cunningham,
Rev. T. S. Lea, George Maxwell, and lastly of John Gilbert, among
whose plants have been identified specimens of the recently described
Psammomoya clioretroides Diels. & Loesn., remarkable among Celas-
traceiB for its leafless habit. Gilbert explored in Queensland and West
Australia for Gould, the ornithologist, but also did good botanical
collecting ; he was killed by natives in 1845 near the Gulf of
Carpentaria. One new genus, Leptospermopsis, is proposed, differing
remarkably from Leptospermum, which it much resembles, in the
androecium.

Science Progress for July contains a long *• article " by Mr. T.
G. Hill on "The Water-Economy of Maritime Plants,"" dealing
especially with the absorption and transpiration of water by halo-
philous plants, particularly by Salicor?iia and Siiceda. Dr. Winifred
Brenchley has an " essay " — the reason for the distinction between
articles and essays is not obvious — on " The Uses of Weeds and Wild
Plants," in which a great deal of information is brought together :
the writer's acquaintance with recent British botanical literature does
not seem to be extensive, as the authors chietl}^ referred to are Hogg
and Johnson (1863), C. P. Johnson (1861-2), Anne Pratt, Wood-
ville (1790-92), and Wilson (1847). Under "Recent Advances in
Science," Dr. E. J. Salisbury summarizes papers published in various
departments of Botany — the paragraphing might be improved —
with the exception of Plant Physiology, which is undertaken by
Mr. Ingvar Jorgensen. The singularly useless page-headings, to
which M'e have already called attention, are continued, so we must
assume they have some justification not obvious to the ordinary
reader.

The Journal of Genetics for June contains two botanical papers :
one, by E. J. Collins, on " Sex Segregation in the Brj^ophyta," based
upon the ]wpers of El. and Em. Marchal, but with nmch additional
evidence, and a plate : the other on " Double P'lowers and Sex-
Linkage in Bryonia,'''' by Mr. Bateson and Ida Sutton, containing a
series of observations and exi)eriments on M. Davisii, of which a
coloured jjlate is given.

233

BKUNFELS AND FUCIIS.
By a. H. Chubch.

The projected issue of a second volume of the Camh ridge
British Flo7'a, with a prospect of the continuation of this much-
needed work, spaced over many years to come, as also the criticism it
invites — that somehow it is not the sort of thing the ordinary British
Botanist would put forward as his ideal of what a future work on
indigenous vegetation should be (especially in the matter of figures,
or even price), — suggests a comparison Avith the production of similar
works in the past. Though the ordinary botanist may not be con-
versant A\T.th the complications of a modern University Press, he can
comprehend the methods of meeting similar jH'oblems on the part of
ancient craftsmen, who worked more or less single-handed ; and it is
legitimate to compare the results.

The original standard for all subsequent volumes of illustrations
of plants was set up by the genius of one man, Leonard Fuchs *(1501-
1566), a leading physician and professor of his time, a wealthy man
of considerable influence and with great insight into the scientific needs
of his day. His volume ' De Histoeia Stiepium,' published at Basle
(1542), is generally recognized as the starting-point of floristic work, in
addition to its significance as a compendium of the 'Virtues of Herbs.'

This volume comprises over 500 (519) folio drawings, with asso-
ciated text, of plants growing in South Germany, drawn directly from
nature, where possible of life size, on a page 14 in. by 9 f. Portraits
of the men responsible for the figures, Heinrich Fiillmaurer and
Albrecht Meyer, are shown on the last page, with the methods by
which they Avorked :J:, and also, as a special chef cVceucre of his own
Avood-cutting, that of the engraver Yitus Rudolph Speckle. Bearing
in mind the fact that Fuchs AA-as at the time in his forty-second 3'ear,
that Speckle as ' the best engraver in Strasburg ' apparently cut all
the blocks, and that the material had to be collected and dravA^n
mainly in the summer months, it is evident that at the rate of a
block a Aveek, the work aa^ouM have taken ten years to complete §,
and that Fuchs must have conceived the idea Avhen a comparatively

* C/. Sachs, History of Botany, Oxford (1890), p. 20 ; Arber, Herbals, Cam-
bridge Press (iyl2). p. 58. A number of figures from Fuchs and Brunfels are
reduced for illustration in Mrs. Arber's A'olume ; and page references will be given
for Arber (Ar.), Brunfels (Br.), and Fuchsius {F.). On the whole, Ar. figures are
coarse parodies of the originals.

t The letterpress block averages 11 in. by 7, and the illustrations 13 by 8
(12^-85^) 5 ^^ approximation to the 0 ratio, Avhich has been regarded as the
expression of perfect taste, the more remarkable as modern books tend to a
squarer sheet.

X Fiillmaurer is shown making the final copy on the block, and Meyer is
sketching a plant standing in a pot on the table ; the plant is naturally drawn,
but Meyer's figure is already conventionalized, and not much like the copy-
possibly a joke on the part of the other man who drew it.

§ The issue of a somewhat similar collection of 500 figures of British-growr
plants from drawings from nature, by Baxter, at the Oxford Botanic Garden
similarly took 10 years (1833-1843). and worked out at the rate of about a plat^
a week: rf. " Biographical Notes, LXXIV.," Journcl of Botany. 1919. p. 58.

JouB>'AL or BoTAyr. — \*J-L. 57. rSEriEMBEE. 1919.^ S

234 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

young man, some time after 1530, and possibly while he was teaching
at Tubingen (1535), and subsequent to the death of Brunfels (1534).

This conception of Fuchs, the first in botanical history, of de-
liberately devising a covirse of work and study on an indigenous flora,
in addition to the medical standpoint of illustrating the herbs of the
national pharmacopa?ia, was a great and original one, and it was carried
out on broad and generous lines. He selected a page, folio size, as
adapted to the dimensions of the general range of herbs which can be
handled readily ; the work was beautifully printed on good paper,
which in an undamaged copy is as clean and good to-day as it was
in 1542. T^'pography and make-up were perfect, and far superior
to much of the work of subsequent herbals a hundred years later *.
His illustrators were evidently well-trained and capable draughtsmen,
brought up in the best school of the art and technique of the day,
while Speckle the engraver, as shown in the cutting of his own
portrait was an equally superior craftsman in his own line.

The special interest of the work of these men lies in the fact that
they were not botanists, nor even naturalists in any sense as we
sliould say to-day ; there is no evidence that they had any taste for
Botany or any sesthetic perception of the beauty of flowers : they
drew the plants given them, and drew w^hat they saw in very correct
proportions and detail, as good draughtsmen, and greatly improAed as
the work proceeded — it is as remarkable to note how^ much detail they
reallv did see, as to note what they left out. The technique of the
work, using a line 250 /i wide, scarcely admitted of the representation
of any really fine detail, as hairs, stamens, or parts of small florets
less than 1-2 mm. diameter. But as draughtsmen, retaining a sense
of propoi-tion and balance, as in the form and arrangement of foliage-
leaves, they had ultimately little to learn ; while as designers, they
iehowed a sound instinct for placing a type on paper and displaying it,
even to the extent of more than a slight conventionalization in the
design. They were more at home with fine large hei'baceous plants
suitable for decorative treatment, than in the strict natural study
of the minutiie of an organism, and even the name and number of the
plant are conspicuousl}' well placed f.

Perhaps the most striking feature of these plates is the recog-
nition of the fact that these earh^ draughtsmen did not pick and
choose bits for illustration ; they dre\v the wdiole plant, roots and all,
as a scientific and dignified presentation of the organism as a wdiole.
To give a man, for example, a cabbage, root and all, a quill pen or a
fine brush, and to tell him to make a finished artistic presentation of it,
in line only, on a sheet of foolscap, is no mean test of craftmanship.
The solution of such a problem by the draughtsmen of Fuchs (F. 416 :
Ar. 59 j may Avell be studied by any who propose to illustrate a
British Flora %•

* Cf. in this country Gerard, ed. 2 (1633), Parkinson (1640).

t Ar. 149, 147, 126 : F. Qiiercns, p. 229 : above all, they did not worry to put
their initials in the corner of every figure they did.

J Ar. 59. Much spoilt in reproduction (the original is much finer) : the line
block still prints at 250//, although reduced nearly X^. Good process-blocks
print clearly on smooth paper at 100 /<. F. 416: Curly Greens, 414, less satis-
factory, the spiral arrangement of the leaves being omitted.

BKLNFELS AND FL'CHS 235

In these days when cheap methods of photographic reproduction
have destroyed the future of wood-engraving, and cheap illustration
implies the plainest line-work with no "shading' to conceal deficiencies
of workmanship, rapidity of work and (output being considered more
desirable than careful drawing, which takes time as well as skill — the
tendency of botanical illusti-ation will be to return to pen-work of the
kind done by these old masters : line- work as represented by copj^ei'-
plate engraving of the last century being also extinct, though un-
doubtedly in its capacity for delicate detail the ideal method for
plant-representation *. For this reason the work of such draughtsmen
as those of Fuchs, who set the standard for the sixteenth century
herbalists of the Low Countries, from which all subsequent herbals
deteriorated t for a hundred years (Parkinson, 1640), deserve to be
more thoroughly studied by botanical draughtsmen of the present
da}'.

These general remarks serve to draw attention to the probability
that Fuchs did not originate the w^hole of this conception entirely
de novo, but that there must have been some earlier work on which
to build. Every botanist has to learn his science from a preceding
generation ; the very efficiency of Fuchs' work, '* the culminating point
of plant-drawing as an art " :j:, implies a something behind it, of which
it may be the glorification, but on similar lines.

This work is seen in the more unpretentious volume of Otto
Brunfels (1530-31), which stands out as the first recognized work of
scientific botany of the new era §. Brunfels' work suffers from many
deficiencies to our eyes, it is true ; so does that of Fuchs : these do not
require to be emphasized ; the point is to distinguish its great advance
beyond anything previously attempted or thought of ; and to value it
as giving the clue to the work of Fuchs which tends to overshadow it.
From the little that is known of Brunfels, it may be gathered that he
was not in inordinately good circumstances ; he had been educated
from a plain youth in a monastery, and he followed the ]3rofession of
a schoolmaster at Strasburg, and ultimately that of a doctor in
private practice. His book a23peared in 1530, when he was apparently
66 years old, and thus beyond any youthful enthusiasm ; while he
died in 1531, not long after its partial completion (1531). The

* Sibthorp, Flora Grseca (1806): Sowerby, English Botavy (1770): Curtis,
Flora Londinensis (1777) : Baxter (1834) : Sargent, Silva of North America
(18&2).

t Fuchs' noble volume de luxe was copied in many countries*, and rapidly
passed through translations and cheaper editions ; the figures being first reduced
to 44 by 2-k in., the standard block affected by the Antwerp Herbals; and even
to 2| by l| in. (1550). Many of these illustrations lasted long in ' waistcoat-
pocket herbals ' (Du Pinet, 1561 ; Linocier, 1620). Such figures attempting to
represent entire plants in quite a few lines are interesting examples of reduction,
and are on a fair way to imitate Sumerian pictograms. The only work which
really set out to improve on Fuchs is Besler's Hortus Eystetfevsis (1613) with
copper-plate figures on a page 21 in. by 16, large enough to take a full-size Sun-
flower head. The book requires a wheel-barrow to take it about, but the figiu-es
are merely large and do not express increased detail.

: Ar.^175.

§ Sachs. Hist. Botany, p. 14 : Arber, p. 47.

s 2

236 THE JOURNAL OF BOTA>'^T

engraver of his blocks is known (Ar. p. 50), but the di-aughtsman is not
otherwise recorded *. From internal evidence it may be sufficiently
assumed that Brunfels drew the figures himself ; he had little money
to pay for them being done, and in the absence of any other claimant
he should certainly be credited with them. No one but the man w^ho
had spent hours over them could have so insisted on the value and
trath of his " viva? eicones " f-

The figures are relatively few, inserted without special plan, and
consist of individual stnclies, clearly done without premeditation, and
not o-iven for every plant, as they might have been if commissioned.
The first volume contains 83 ; the second, published in the following
vear, 49 : it is thus probable that the latter gives the time of
engraving, at about one a week ; and there seems every possibility
that the figures were drawn by Brunfels in his younger days (a man
does not do such fine work when over sixty), and that the existence
of these figures determined him to publish the accompanying text,
which is a compilation of no great value. It is interesting to note
even at this early date the list of 47 authorities consulted ; many of
these are little known as botanists, the work being of a medical
nature rather than scientifically botanical, except for the figures.
The inclusion of these was evidently a special idea of Brunfels on his
own initiative. He thus appears as the earliest Nature Student, of
the type idealized by Euskin, with a capacity for observing small
points far beyond his time, and in fact beyond many who came after
him. Even Fuchs' men attached no importance to the smaller
details of a flower, and rarely drew them ; they became great at
* stem and leaf,' but floral foi-m and mechanism was beyond them, as
also such minor points as bracts, stipules and adventitious roots. The
first part (1530) shows Brunfels rather in the hands of the publisher,
who inserted the title-page of the period (including a doubtful Venus,
more definite Silenus, Dioscorides, and a melancholy Apollo Avith a
'cello) ; a flamboyant red and black escutcheon spoils a whole page,
and large Biblical initials are used (the P of Plantago records Lot's
daughters and the Pillar of Salt). In the second part (1531) such
meciiieval excrescences are removed ; the title-page is sensible as a
plain design, one ornamental border is retained for contents-page, and
the initials are taken from a good fount. The make-up of the volume
thus passes from one epoch to another. His page-block is 9^ in. by
5| (or 10 by 6 ; again a good ratio) ; but only half the figures are
])rmted on a whole page ; the others are incorporated with the text.
There is no attempt to design the page ; a big plant may be doubled
up to make it go in. (Ai*. 48) ; small ones are put in corners ; but are
well arranged (vol. ii.) with the text balancing the design. {Alche-
milla, ii. 53.)

As plant-studies, these figures are still admirable in every respect.
It is diflicult to realize that the man who did them knew no botan}^

* Arber naively suggests that the engi-aver drew them — so used are we to the
inferiority of the artistic profession ; but there is no reason why they should
have been so dcjne. any more than modern work is left to the printer or process-
engraver.

t " Sumnia cum diligentia et artificio effigatac/' : and truly so.

BRUXFELS AXD FUCHS 237

as we should say nowadays, and did not know the names of tlie
parts or their functions ; but merely copied them faithfully. He even
copied the broken leaves and drooping damaged shoots *. He is also
great on roots, fibrous, adventitious and borne at the nodes, or pulled
up and stripped clean. Fuchs' men inclined to treat roots as deco-
rative fibrous growths (F. 52, 88, 192, 317, 4-33, 623, 715). Brunfels
had not evolved the idea of putting flowers and fruits on the same
inflorescence, so common with his successors.

The figures of both Brunfels and Fuchs are often criticised, and,
what is just as bad, admired, by people who have not the slightest
idea of what they were intended for, or how they were done. These
men did not set out to make pretty pictures or artistic sketches. In
the absence of modern botanical superiority all parts were equally
valuable. The whole plant was considered as an organism, roots and
all : they were not biassed in favour of roots because tliese were used
in medicine ; roots do not form a predominant feature of the Materia
Medica, any more than in Horticulture and Agriculture. Pharma-
ceutical material is restricted to the parts which may be more readily
handled and stored without damage t. To dig up a plant and wash it
clean, with as little damage as possible to radical leaves, etc., and then
draw it, presents an aspect of the type very different from the same
form growing in the ground. Anyone can try this for a Crocus or
Daisy, Primrose or a White Dead Nettle (Br. i. 152) J, without
attempting the more difficult case of a sacculent Comfrey or draggled
Water-lily. It is our own ignorance of the plant as a whole, and a
preference for pretty floral shoots, which makes the rooted plants of
the herbalists appear strange. It may be noted that neither Brunfels
nor Fuchs, even at their best, went out of their way to find foliage-
shoots with insect-eaten leaves as increasing the artistic effect. It is
not to be supposed that all these figures are equally good ; if they
were they Avould be better known ; but the marvel grows that they
were apparently the first studies of the small and trivial plants of
North Europe to be put on record in a scientific work §.

Among the finest examples of Brunfels' work, which thus appear

* Arber (p. 172) alludes to this as a failing, in the evolution of the 'ideal'
figure ; but this was before the days of the Cambridge British Flora : cf. Hunny-
bun, 74, 84,91, 105.

f Dried stems, leaves, bark, roots, rhizomes: British Pharmacopoeia, 10 "/g
roots, 10 "'o rhizomes.

J One can see in Brunfels' figure the clinging of the wet root-fibres.

§ Nor need it be supposed that people in the sixteenth century could not
draw. A charming study by Albert Diirer, 1526, (Ar. 168) of a Columbine and
some grass, shows the perfect delicacy of possible presentation ; the flower is
poor, and if cut as a line-block would be no better than that of Fuchs (102) :
but making sketches, and figures for reproduction that can be cut in recognizable
form by the engraver, are two very different propositions. The engraver and the
printer are the sttimbling-blocks, as admirably exemplified by Arber's valuable
work, in which Herharius and the Ortus Saaitatis seem quite at home. The
same may be noted for example on comparing original drawings by Doyle with
the early cuts in Punch : even Du Maurier has left on record his ' weekly pang.'
The emulation of fifteenth century printing is not restricted to the Cambridge
Press : translations of PfefPer, Jost, and especially Knuth, by the Oxford Press,
are similarly defaced by crude block printing.

238 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

as samples and specimens of technique, ratlier than a definite set
course of illustration, may be mentioned the Anemo7ie Puhatilla
(Br. i. 217), a beautiful study both in drawing and engraving of a
softly hairy type (much spoilt in Arber, 171) ; a study of a Colts-
foot shoot, pulled up and flagging (Br. i. 41) is good enough for a
modern drawing-copy, and will be referred to later ; the first drawing
of a fern, Scolopendrium (Br. ii. 40: Ar, pirated reduction, 174).
Examples showing the method of work, with flagging leaves or
damaged basal portions, may be found in Twaj^-blade (i. 282), Wood-
Anemone (ii. 80), Burdock (ii. 61), Saxifrage (i. 185)— the care
taken in doing the figures shows the exact condition of the specimen.
Further details may be noted in : — the Herb-Kobert (ii. 37), from a
dry situation : a small cut, yet showing flowers and fruits ; the former
with 5 petals and 5 stamens ; even the sepal-fringes are indicated ;
tlie Wild Strawberry (ii. 35) shows runners and an offset, flowers and
fruit ; the fruits pendulous and the dichasial construction properly
drawn ; the Tway-blade (i. 182) is correct in the scale-leaves on the
axis, the details of the flowers and buds, and the drooj^ing of the
wilting inflorescence ; the Lamiums (i. 152) have quite well-drawn
corollas with hoods; Salvia (ii. 26) shows the extended bilobed
stigma ; in Helleborus (i. 30 ; Ar. 49) the prefloration of the sepals
is correct, and nectaries are indicated as well as stamens— the fine scale-
leaf at the base is particularly well figured ; the Yellow Flag (Br.
ii. 47) is arranged to show two tunnels of the flower, with stigmatic
flaps, the third being foreshortened, in the neatest way possible,
though not clear at first sight. Knowing what the details of the
flowers really are, one of course expects to see them in a botanical
figure nowadays : but such details are not found in other herbalists ;
and modern floras may be conspicuously poor in representing detail
which is there, but not seen. The sets of Plantains (i. 23-25), Malvas
(ii. 70-72), and Orchids (i. 103-106) are particularly good : one of
the last indicates the spiral twist of the ovary : the Bee Orchis and the
SpirantJies are quite characteristic — the small flowers on the spiral of
tlie latter show up with a lens.

Most remarkable of all pei'haps are the figures of Niipliar (i. 36)
and Nymplicea (i. 37), drawn the full size of the page (10 in. b}" 6^);
these are the boldest types of the work, printed to face each other ; the
NijinplicBa blossom is arranged to show the 4 crossed sepals, stamens,
stigmatic disk, and apical papilla ; the dead submerged blossom and
the sizes of the coming buds, as also the rhizome with its phyllotaxis
scars and a lateral vegetative bud (Ar. 141, details lost in reproduo
tion) *. The Nupliar again shows the pattern on the stigmatic disk,
the leaf-scars of the rhizome with their peculiar adventitious roots, as
also the broken submerged leaves, some completely worn away. The
idea of getting a complete specimen of such a plant at all at this date
expresses the initial difliculty of the problem, and is a lesson to

* According to Arber (p. 172) this figure exactly expresses a Water Lily plant
' buoyed up by the water.' This misses the point of Brimfels' method. Really
it is an entire plant dug up, washed and arranged on a table, and dra^vn as it was
with the leaves spaced out flat. A water-lily does not grow like this at all, the
leaves are arranged in a quincuncial rosette ; the flower is erected.

BRUXFELS AND FUCHS 239

modern illustrators who collect bits of plants or one flower, and are
ignorant of the whole.

These two figures are of the greater interest in that being so
completelj satisfactory they were copied by Fuchs' men, and very
badly copied at that. The appearance of adaptations of these figures
in Fuchs (oBo, 53(5) is sufficient evidence that the former had
Brunfels' work as a guide : while their mode of dealing witl\ them
sufficiently displays their weakness as copyists and scientific observers
(proof of copying is always given by the reversal of the figure in
cutting and printing a second time : cf. Ar. 14?1). The adaptation of
Nymphcea is badly done ; the central detail of the flower is ignored,
and made a decorative muddle ; the aspect of the plant is wholly
changed by the thickening of the petioles, and by losing the sense of
the long straight stalk of the flower: the detail of the rhizome is left
out. On the other hand, JSfiiphar is deliberately faked till it is
almost unrecognizable ; the curves are lost, the petioles thickened and
all the damaged submerged leaves repaired by ti-ansf erring those of
Hy niphce a -^'Atiei'n : a second flower, a failure, is added to complete
the picture, though Nuphar shoots do not produce two blossoms at
the same time. Uncomprehended details of the rhizome and roots
are equally scamped : it is obviously" more difficult to repeat a mis-
understood abstract drawing than to copy concrete examples of the
living plant *.

The fine effect of these two bold figures, filling 02)posite sides of
the same opening, shows at once the origin of the idea of Fuchs in
taking a still larger page, and so fixing the size of the future herbal.
While in Brunfels the figures are mainly "illustrations" to illuminate
and decorate the text, which does not explain them — only half of
them being printed as whole-page figures, and the others incorporated
with the text, often so neatly that the text balances the design, —
Fuchs definitely inaugurated the " page-plate " as we term it ; and
each figure stands as an individual design without reference to
an3"thing else f. That subsequent herbalists (Ma tthiolus, Lobelius,
Dodontfius) all descended again to text-figures, must not obscure the
fact that Fuchs first clearly saw the advantage of the best drawings
of Brunfels, and gave increased significance to his illustrations as
distinct from the text. The fact that the production of these plates
must have taken some years after the death of Bi-unfels, and that it
is evident that the work of Brunfels was in the hands of Fuchs' men,
suggests more definitely that they used this work as a basis on which
to learn their botanical methods ; and that the curious difference in
merit of some of their designs indicates their gradual improvement as

* It is interesting to trace the further decadence of these figures in the
successive reduction of Fuchs' blocks in translations ; cf. French Trans. (1549)
cciii,, 4i by 2j in. and (1550) Lyon, p. 374, to 2^ by \\. In the smaller
texts (Du Pinet, Leyden, 1561, p. 404 ; Linocier, Paris, 1620, p. 412) they are
replaced by still inferior copies of a picture-block from Matthiolus (Ar. 144).
The 4^-in. copies may be seen in Turner (1551), ii. p. 65 ; but being poor they are
replaced in other herbals (Gerard, etc.).

t Only a couple of small figures of Mosses are printed in Fuchs as text-
illustrations — Polytrichum with gracefully- curved setae (p. 629).

24:0 THE JOL'UNAL OF BOTANY

time went on *. In tliis way the evolution of the botanical plate
at its best may be traced in the pages of Fuchs ; this explains the
remarkable inequality of the work ; a fine drawing being often closely
associated in the more or less alphabetical arrangement of the text
with an inferior ' mediaeval ' one. It is, for example, difficult to
believe that the same men drew 747 and 751, 463 and 467, 883 and
886, 286 and 289, if we did not know by personal experience how a
few years will improve a system of technique. The drawings of
Fuchs may be classed as good, indifferent, and very bad ; the bad
ones of some of the commonest and often least effective forms being
their tirst rather crude attempts at floral work ; while in their best
efforts, after some years of training, the possibilities of their craft-
manship become apparent.

Nothing brings out the value of Brunfels' figures more clearly
than their later imitations. Brunfels' plants were mostly small and
quite common weeds, in which the greater care was necessary to
preserve a resemblance to an easily recognized growth-form ; and
these would be just the t^^pes non-botanical designers would find most
difficult to tackle. [Who can mistake the liower Brunfels figures as
one he didn't know the name of (ii. 80 ' Herha si/lvestris ignoti
nomhiis' ?) — and what was the point of putting it in the book if he
hadn't drawn it himself ?]

Thus Brunfels' Viola shoots (i. 135) are delightfully natural ;
Fuchs (311) is ver}' feeble in comparison. The Pansy of Brunfels
(i. 69) is a good figure of the Corn-field form, with vivid details;
Fuchs' (803) is hardly recognizable as a Pansy at all. Brunfels'
Hart's Tongue is the earliest line-study of a Fern (a reduced pirated
copy Ar. 174). but that of Fuchs is childish beside it. Brunfels'
Yellow Flag (ii. 47) is very good for a large plant with a complex
flower, and the flower is correctly drawn ; that of Fuchs is distinctly
poor. Similarlv, it is only necessary to compare the Plantains (B. i. 5,
F. 39, Ar. 149 j ; Malvas (B. ii. 72, F. 508) ; ^cilla hifolia (B. i. 184,
F. 838) ; Ficaria (B.i. 215, F. 867) ; Belpluninm (B. i. 83, F. 27);
Aiiaram (B. i. 71, F. 9, Ar., spoilt, 169 : and Camhrichfe Flora, i.
113) to see that Brunfels is well ahead in scientific perception as well
as in draughtmanship.

Others are equally interesting as showing, even with the help of
fresh specimens, the effort of Fuchs' men to copy Brunfels rather
than to copy the plant. Cf. the Alchemilla of Brunfels. ii, 53, F. 612 ;
Saxifrage (B. i. 185, F. 747); Groundsel (B. i. 120. F. 612);
Sanicle (B. i. 80, F. 671). The Ivy (B. ii. 3 and 4) is obviously the
inspiration of Fuchs, 421 ; yet how much superior is the shaping of
the umbel seen from below, in Brunfels. The IleUehorus (B. i. 30J
is a beautiful study, that of Fuchs (274) is very poor, but it shows it
is a flagging specimen, and so one of the older figures, before it
occurred to them that the plants looked better if kept in water. The

* The same thing ia very strikingly noticed in Baxter's amateur production :
the first plates (1833 and undated) are extremely poor, only after 2-3 years was
tlie possibility of the simple method worked out: there is thus some hope for the
further improvement of the Candiridge British Flora.

BRUXFELS AND FUCHS O-tl

Strawberry of Brimfels (ii. 35 ) is again botanically admirable within
its limitations, with regard to the diehasial inflorescence, runners, and
flowers ; but in Fuchs (853) it is ^particularly badly done ; fruits are
added to the flowering inflorescence, there are blossoms of two sizes
on the same axis ; the leaf-arrangement and shoot-construction,
recognizably correct in Brunfels, are hopelessh^ bungled, and the
biggest fruit is erected. The case of the Coltsfoot is of special interest,
because it is again illuminative with regard to the original mode of
work. The block of Brunfels (i, ttl) is a distinctly fine study of a
pulled up summer leafy shoot, with broken rhizome and wilting lower
leaves. The same shoot cooked appears in Fuchs (F. 140, Ar. 147),
reversed, the drooping leaves touched up, and two inflorescence axes
added. Everybody knows how straight these axes stand, and the
drooping of the older capitula. The graceful curves, and the insertion
of the new shoots out of sight behind the petioles, shows the ingenuitv
of the fake, as well as its definite disregard of the facts of the case.
The intention, however, was undoubtedly good, that of giving dilferent
aspects of the plant in a composite figure ; and the same applies
in a cruder manner to the Strawberry ; but Brunfels was tKe more
scientific.

These presumably earlier figures based on Brunfels, and ahvavs
much inferior, present an earlier aspect of the work. It was succeeded
by a long period of indifferent studies representing the slow improve-
ment of the draughtsmen, and probabl}' also of the engraver of this
particular class of work. The cutting of the eailier figures is as poor
as the draughtmanship, witli a thick coarse line (Asarum, F. 10) ;
and perliaps half the plates may be included within this epoch.

But once beyond this stage, and beginning to acquire facilitv in
handling leaf -form and spatial arrangement, improvement is verv
marked ; if the illustrations had not got beyond the preceding stage
the}'- would have never attracted any attention beyond those of Bock,
Matthiolus, or Tabernaemontanus. The new departures undoubtedly
express the result of several ^^ears" experience on the part of men,
originally formal draughtsmen and designers, who had now been put
through a course of natm-e-study, direct from the plant, in the manner
of Brunfels ; and though still ignorant of scientific " botany," the
results were wholly beyond expectation. Many of the older"^ blocks
are quite fine designs, and might be done by artists of no botanical
knowledge ; like many nowadays, in the ordinary course of conventional
art-instruction. Thus the Vine (F. 84) may be a good drawing, but
it is not a botanist's idea of Vitis ; nor is the beautiful conventional
figure of the Oak Tree (F. 229), which miglit be used for a book
cover : cf. also the Hop (164), Plum (403), Pumpkin (701).

The first advance is noted in the improvement of the aspect of the
leaves in shape, insertion, angular divergence, and perspective — quite a
large number of plants afford fine studies of foliage ; the decussate
types begin to be well done ; in the case of the Teasel, a bijugate
system is well-expressed (224), Ar. 176 ; spiral forms take some doing,
and there may be at first a tendency to leave out the leaves on the
off-side of the stem : but some of the finest plates show a realiv
remarkable sense of 3-dimensional space-form : cf. 5Q, 57, 72, 129,

242 THE .TOUBNAL OF BOTAyT

142, 190. 218, 289, 299, 381 Isatis, 468 Good King Henry, 469, 674,
751, 792, 829, 828.

Other figures are especially characterized by the breadth and
dignity of th« design as a whole ; and these naturally attract the most
attention, even if the botanical details be a little vague : but such
types are the joy of the book, and give it its value as a work of art.
Cf. Paris 87, Clematis 77, (xentian, with one blossom centred, 200,
Lactiica 299, Melon 868 (design better than the botany). Cabbage
416, Pea 627 (with a centred pod opened, good enough for a work
on Mendel), Fetasites 644, Ar. 126; Radish 660, Comfrey 695,
Echallium 705, Millet 771, Mullein 848, Cowslip 850 (for once
beyond Brunfels' i. 96, washed-out plant).

Finally, there remains the new departure of the more definitely
scientific diagram, in which a composite structure is built up to express
facts drawn from the life of the plant at diiferent seasons — whether
of flower and fruit, or summer and winter habit ; the whole being
fitted into a conventional growth-form, planned to fill the plate-space.
The idea lacks the perfect scientific accuracy of Brunfels, and is
obviously open to abuse, may be readily misunderstood by the ignorant,
and may serv^e as an excuse for malrepresentation of the facts ; but it
is a distinctly legitiLuate method to attempt, and appeals to the
designers, though the verdict of succeeding generations has been
against it. These figures are clearly due to the direction of Fuchs
himself ; they give the botanical value of the work, and the method
grows from small beginnings — -<?. y.

The early media? val oak (229) is touched up by adding acorns and
their cups as separate items. The Arum (F. 59, Ar. 179 j with a dead
shrivelled spathe and spadix, suspiciously the reversed one of Brunfels
(i. ^:>^). has a fruiting specimen added, and an interior of the bottle-
cavity, with remarkably correct detail of ovaries and stigmas, etc. The
figures are kept separate ; a more crude effort in Dracuiiculus (284)
fits the fruits and the spathe on the same stem ; and must be so far
regarded as a definite failure. The same applies to the Columbine
(102) and Paeonia (202) ; though the practice lasted for a long time,
and may be noted in the Pa?ony of Besler (1618), Hort. Eyst. p. vi, 10.
Two figures again are given for Crocus vernus (441), one with a
second dimerous flower, and another of a later stage with the leaves
shooting, the dead flowers, and fine contractile roots pushing — an
admirable set of botanical facts. Colchicum (356) is also shown
separately in flowers and fruit.

The method is clearly more satisfactory as adapted to conven-
tionalized fruit-trees, in which different branches are set apart for the
different effects and the whole grouped as a tree-form : it is question-
able whether the shreds and patches of the Cambridge British Flora
are really any better as affording an adequate presentation to the
ignorant of the growth-form of a tree-type. Many examples are par-
ticularly neat. Gf. especially the Gooseberry, 187 ; Blackthorn, 404 —
a beautiful study, with bare branch, flowering branch, and fruiting
branch, — only requiring colour to make it vividly accui'ute. The
Hazel (898), with a catkin-bearing twig, Cherry (415), also with
three types of branch-system : Juglans (379) with catkins added, and

BRrXFELS AXD FUCKS 243

nuts; Peach (601), Rihes (663), very well-done for inconspicuous
flowers, as also Erviom (571) with procession of flowers and fruits, and
the Isatis (415) with flowering and fruiting branches.

It is difficult to beheve that the men who produced jthese figures
began with the feeble Herb Robert (206), ConvaUaria (240), Corn
Pansy (803), Scolopendrium (294), or faked the Nupliar, Yellow Iris,
and Coltsfoot as plants particularly adapted for bold decorative treat-
ment, yet made such beautiful studies from most insignificant flower-
types as Lettuce (229), Isatis (331), and Grood King Henry (463).

On the other hand, with all their acquired skill in plant-presenta-
tion, Fuchs' men do not show any corresponding advance in the
observation and reproduction of the more minute botanical details
which we look for nowadays, and were present in the original
specimens ; Brunf els' figures with a wealth of accurate detail, expressed
' summa cum diligentia,' rather reveal the true germ of scientific
enquiry. The draughtsmen of Fuchs are to be credited with their
steadfast labour and great output, on a rising scale of excellence, along
the lines on which they had been originally trained. Again, the
engraving of Wieditz for Brunfels is far superior to anything in the
earlier figures of Fuchs ; one has an uncomfortable feeling that
Speckle would have made a mess of Brunfels' Pulsatilla (i. 217) or
the Asarum (i. 71, P. 10). There is nothing in all Fuchs to
compare with the flower of the Pulsatilla or that of Hellehorus
(B. i. 30). Brunfels' figures are apparently drawn with a pen, giving
fine and deep strokes, with turns and movements intentiona% broken,
as well as in fine clean lines {cf. ii. 52, 53) : the earlier figures of
Fuchs have a poor thick line ; only in some of the early more
decorative designs (Cabbage, 416 ; Oak, 229 ; Melon, 368) is a heavy
line used locally with great effect. The special method evolved iii
later work tends to the use of a uniformh^ clear smooth line, in the
manner admired b}' modern process-engravers, and a limiting expression
of this type of work in the Comfrey (F. 695) may be at last fairly
placed by the side of Weiditz's 75 of Brunfels (A. 48).

The significance of these records is sufficiently obvious ; the work
of Brunfels and Fuchs covers the whole province of the fundamentals
of botanical illusti-ation. To the construction of type-figures and
plate-filling with the dignity and restraint attained by the remarkable
draughtsmen of Fuchs — and the art of leaving out details too fine to
be repeated, as giving a breadth of design to the whole — requires to be
added the more faithful scientific observation of Brunfels, and his
recognition of the importance of pourtraying the distinct individuality
of every plant-organism, hi its natural mode of growth, and the
consideration of the plant as a whole. The addition of special
botanical details, as accurate drawings, or neat combinations in a
diagram of established convention, is again exemplified by Fuchs ;
while the clearness of line-reproduction exjDressed in the work of
Speckle puts to shame modern methods of line process-work, and on a
scale quite comparable with that of modern work. The admiration
and respect of posterity is earned only by those who utilize to the
utm(jst the resoui-ces of their age : and nothing is worth doing which
is not of the verv best. If the British Flora of the future, passing

2-44 THE .rOLM^XAL OF BOl'ANY'

beyond the horizon of hand-coloured copper-plates, as in Curtis and
Sowerby of a hundred years ago, is to come back to cheap process
line-blocks, these should be entrusted to those who not only have
received an adequate art-training of their generation, and really know
something of floral botany, but who have an instinctive appreciation
of the bewildering manifestations of plant-life, and can utilize an
artistic training without falling into absurd mannerisms or slip-shod
ways. It is a pity that copies of Brunfels and Fuchs are not more
readily available for the study of those whose ideas of Herbals are
foundied on the poor borrowed illustrations of Grerard and Parkinson.

ALABASTRA DIVERSA.— Part XXXI.*

Br Spencer Le M. Moore, B.Sc, F.L.S.

1. Miscellanea Africana.

(Concluded from p. 219.)

Folia inferiora ±5 X 1"2 cm., in sicco saturate grisea ; superiora
pleraque 2-5-3 cm. X 4-G mm. Spicse usque ad 1-2 x 1*5 cm. Flores
albi. Bractea? 4x3-3-5 mm.; bracteolie 3 mm. long. Calyx
3-5 mm. long,, I'o mm. lat. ; hujus lobi 1 mm. long. Corollse tubus
6x1 mm. ; lobi 2-5 mm. long. Filamenta longiora circa 5 mm. ;
antherse 1 mm. long. Ovarium ohlongo-ovoideum, 1 mm. long. ;
stylus clavellatus, 1*5 mm. long.

This also is near JB. andougensis Hiern ; its tall habit, long, very
scabrous 5-nerved lower leaves and comparatively small and narrow
upper ones, non-corymbose intiorescence, smaller bracts and bracteoles,
shorter calyx not ciliate on the ribs and corolla with tube distinctly
longer than the calyx are the chief distinctive marks.

To be referred here is Gossweiler No. 1789 found along the
wagon-road from Rio Kuanuolo to Kakonda in thickets missed by the
bush-fires. It is noted as having pale violet-purple flowers.

Buchnera Kassneri, sp. no v. Ccnile e radice sparsim fibroso

stricto subsimplice fere a basi folioso scabrido ; foliis perpaucis

(summis alternis) linearibus acutis uninervibus utrinque margineque

scabridis ; spiels angustis folia longe excedentibus basi breviter in-

terruptis aliter continuis ; bracteis lineari-lanceolatis acutis margine

dorsoque scabridis ; hrocfeolis linearibus acutis bracteas semia^quan-

tibus; calyce uno latere fisso prominenter 7-nervi puberulo lobis

4-5 inter sese intequalibus linearibus acutis ciliatis ; coroUcB tubo

calycem breviter superante extus glabro lobis linearibus obtusis ;

ilamentis lon^ioribus barbellatis, antheris apiculatis.

Belgian Congo, Kundelungu ; Kassner, 2788.

Planta fere bispithamea. Folia 3-4x1-5-2 cm. Spicae circa

10 cm. long. Bractese circa 10 mm., bracteolie circa 5 mm. long.

Calyx 11-5 mm. long., lobi 1-2-5 mm. long. Corollae tubus 12-5 mm.

long., 1-2 mm. lat., ipso sub limbo contractus ; lobi 3-4 mm. long.

* Types in the National Herbarium.

MISCELLANEA AFHICAXA 245

Filamenta longiora 1*25 mm., breviora '4 mm. long. ; anthera?
1*25 mm. long. Ovarium ovoideo-oblongum, 1"5 mm. long. ; stylus
clavatus, superne papillosus, 5 mm. long.

This should be inserted next B. tuherosa Skan, which besides
tuberous roots has shorter bracteoles and calyx, and corolla-tube
nearly double the length of the calyx.

Rhamphicarpa Elliotii, sp. nov. Ccmle sat gracili ramoso quad-
rangulari uti rami scabriusculo dein glabro ; foliis sessilibus vel sub-
sessilibus linearibus vel lineari-lanceolatis integris vel dentatis rarius
trilobatis (lobo intermedio quam laterales longiori) in sicco nigrescen-
tibus scabriusculis ; Jlorihns breviter pedicellatis pedicellis uti calyces
scabriusculis ; calycis lobis lanceolatis acutis tubo parum brevioribus;
corollcd tubo calyce multo longiori supm medium gibboso pilis
brevibus glandulosis sparsissime inspersis lobis late obovatis obtusis-
simis ; antheris apice obtusis ; stylo clavato ; capsula oblique ovata
brevissime rostrata glabra latere uno dehiscente.

East Africa, Ukambane ; Scott Elliot, 6304.

Folia pleraque 5-10 mm. long., 1-2 mm. lat. Calycis tubus
3*5 mm. long. ; hujus lobi 2*5-3 mm. long. Corolla verisimiliter
punicea ; tubus usque 18 mm. long., 2 mm. lat., ipso sub limbo
subito usque ad 4 mm. dilatatus ; lobi cii'ca 8x7 mm. Filamenta
barbata, 1-2 mm. long. ; anthers circa 2*5 mm. long. Capsula
7 mm. long., valvis 5 mm. lat. Semina baud visa.

Near -R. veroniccsfolia Yatke : the slender habit, reduced, and in
many respects different leaves, and small flowers are its chief pecu-
liarities.

Gesnerace^.

Streptocarpus Eylesii, sp. nov. Folio majusculo latissime ovato
fere suborbiculari apice rotundissimo basi cordato margine denticulato
utrobique hirsutulo ; j9ef/«;<c?^//6* sat elongatis glanduloso-^puberulis
plurifloris ; pedicellis quam corolhe brevioribus uti calyx glanduloso-
pubescentibus ; calycis lobis linearibus obtusis ; corolhe tubo cal^^cem
multo excedente interne subcylindrico basi aliquanto dilatato superne
late infundibulari infra medium eleganter curvato extus puberulo,
lobis tubo plane brevioribus rotundatis posticis quam antici minori-
bus; staviiuioits inclusis filamentis supra medium tubi insertis
subsparsim glandulosis ; ovario corollse tubum vix semisequante ut
stylus brevior glanduloso-pubescente.

llhodesia, Matopo Hills in wet cavities under shadow of gmnite
rock ; Eyles, 1097.

Folia 24 x 21 cm., crassiuscula ; costte laterales utrinque circa 14.
Pedunculi 4-ni, profecto evoluti (inflorescentia baud exempta) fere
30 cm. long., inflorescentia sola circa 12 x 12 cm., bracteis paucis
linearibus glanduloso-pubescentibus zb 8 mm. long, pra^dita; pedicelli
modice 2 cm. long. Flores cierulei. Cal3^cis lobi 7 mm. long,
CoroUfe tubus 3 cm. long., inferne 3-5-5 mm. lat. sub faucibus
10-12 mm. ; lobus anticus (intermedins) 9x9 mm., lobi postici
6x8 mm. Filamenta 9 mm. long., antheraj 25 mm. Ovarium
14 mm. long., 15 mm. lat. ; stvlus 6 mm. long.

24G THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

Affinity with S. Dunnii Hook. f. and S. Cooper i Clarke, from which
it is easily told by the corollas.

ACANTHACE.f;.

Jiisticia (§ Harniera) Dinteri, sp. nov. Caule specc. duorum
nobis obviorum sesqui-bispithameo ascendente a basi ramoso uti rami
tetragono sparsimque pubescente ; foliis longipetiolatis ovato-lanceo-
latis vel ovato-oblong'is obtusis basi breviter extenuatis tenuiter mem-
branaeeis utrinque glabris vel fere glabris lenticellis albis sub lente
optime aspectabilibus ; Jlorlhus in axillis congestis sessilibus ; hracteis
calyce brevioribus late obovatis pilosis margineque ciliatis ; hracteolis
minutis; ealycis segmentis 5 inter sese fere a^qualibus lineari-lanceo-
latis acutis margine longe ciliatis ; coroUce tubo a calyce superato
fere recto limbo quam tubus pauUulum breviore labio postico ovato
breviter bidentato antici lobis rotundatis ; antherarum loc. inf. acute
calcarato ; capsula normali 4-sperma breviter stipitata oblongo-
obovata obtusa sursum pubescente capsula abnormali pubescente
1-sperraa -i-alata alls subintegris vel plerumque late paucilobatis ;
aeinuiibiis minute scrobiculatis.

South-West Africa, Otjitua, under the shade of Acacia horn'da ;
Dhi/er, 87.

Planta ex schedis cl. detectoris alt. usque 8 dm. attingens. FoHo-
rum ma jorum pagina 3-5 cm. long., 12-20 mm. lat., minorum
zt 2 cm. X 8 mm., omnium in sicco la^te viridis ; illorum petioli
2-3 cm. horum circa 1 cm. long. Bractese ±5x4 mm. ; bracteolae
modo 1 mm. long. Calyx 6 mm. long, (sub flore circa 5 mm.).
Corolla in toto 5 mm. long. ; tubus 3 mm. long., l-2o-l"o mm. lat. ;
labium posticum 1'75 x 1 mm., anticum 2x3 mm., hujus lobus
intermedins 1 X 1*2 mm. Antherarum loc. sup. 5 mm., loc. inf. segre
1 mm. long. Ovarium 1'25 mm., stylus 2*75 mm. long. Capsula
normalis 5 mm. long., superne 2 mm. lat. ; abnormalis 3x2 mm.
Capsuhe normalis semina 1 mm. long., abnormalis semen 2 mm.,
omnia brunnea.

Affinity with J. heterocarpa T. And. and J. leptocarpa Lindau,
differing from both in the broader segments of the calyx which do
not run out into very long fine points. Mention should also be made
of the larger and broader normal capsules of J. Dinteri, and its
decidedly different abnormal ones with their broader wings, either
simply undulate or provided with a very fcAv broad lobules, instead of
many small teeth.

Study in the living plant of the capsular dimorphism of this and
its fellow-species of § Rarniera should 3'ield results of interest.

Dicliptera Batesii, sp. nov. Herbacea, caule ascendente pauci-
ramoso tetragono cito omnino glabro;/6»/?/6' petiolatis ovato-lanceolatis
acuminatis basi rotundatis vel cuneatis membranaceis glabris, invo-
lucris manifeste pedunculatis 1-floris in pamculas i-acemiformes foliis
sa3pius })reviores digestis, foliis Horalibus tiliformi-subulatis acuminatis
subrigidis ; hracteolis exterioribus inter se ina-qualibus spathulato-
oblanceolatis apice acute mucronatis dorso puberulis margine piloso-
ciliatis, hracteolis interioribus exteriora suba?quantibus vel iis parum

MISCELLA>-EA AFEICAyA 247

breA^oribus lineari-lanceolatis longe acuminatis sicut calycis seg-
menta linearia acuminata pubescentibus ; corolla ex bracteolis emi-
nente hujus tiibo limbo vix aequilongo extus j^uberulo labio siiperiori
ovato obscure retuso inferiori oblongo trideiitato sequilongo, androecio
breviter stylo longe exserto ; capsida obovoidea acuta superne sparsim
glanduloso-pubescente 4-sperma.

Moh. South Cameroons, Bitye ; Bates, 608.

Folia pleraque 4-(5 X 2-2*8 cm., in sicco fusco-yiridia subtus
parum pallidiora, cystolithis difficile aspectabilibus prsedita ; petioli
1-2 cm. long., foliorum oppositorum sajpe inaequilongi. Paniculse
sajpius 2-5-4 cm. long., pilis simplicibus longioribus glandulosis
breyibus intermixta obsitse. Folia lloralia + ^ mm. long. Inyolu-
crorum pedunculus yulgo- 3-5 mm. long., rarius 8 mm. attingens.
Bi-acteolse ext. altera? 10-11 mm. altera? 13-14 mm. long., interiores
summum 11 mm. long. Calyx 7 mm. long. Corollse tubus 10 mm.,
long., labia 12 mm. long., superius summum 7-5 mm. lat., inferius
3'5 mm. Oyarium oyoideum, 1*5 mm. long. ; stylus fere 2 cm.
long., puberulus. Caj)sula 8-5 mm. long.' Semina 1*25 X 2 mm.

Can be told on sight from D. umhellata Juss. by the open
inflorescences with pedunculate inyolucres, which organs are longer
than those of I>. umhellata.

VEEBE>'ACEiE

Lippia Gcssweileri, sp. noy. Erecta ramosa, ramis foliosis pubes-
centibus; foliis oppositis sessilibus oblongis yel oblongo-oboyatis
obtusis margine denticulatis yel fere integris firme membranaceis
supra scabridis subtus pubescentibus ; spicis longipedunculatis pluri-
floris obovoideis yel subglobosis ; hracteis flores excedentibus lanceo-
latis acutis uti pedunculi pag. utraque pubescentibus ; calycis albo-
sericei alte bilobi lobis late oyatis apice emarginatis ; corollce tuba
basin yersus attenuato lobis quam tubus plane breyioribus ; stami-
nibus inclusis ; ovario oyoideo quam stylus glaber breyiore ; stiymate
obliquo.

Angola in open thickets near Munonque ; Gosstveile7% 3349.

Folia ± 2 cm. long, et 7 mm. lat., in sicco grisea. Pedunculi
ascendenti-patuli, ±: 5 cm. long., spicse 1-1*5 cm. long., circiterl cm.
lat. B]*acteae flores profecto eyolutos stijDantes 1 cm. long. Calyx
1-5 mm. long. Corolla alba ; tubus extus puberulus, 3 mm. long.,
basi '3 mm. sursum 1 mm. lat. ; lobus anticus 1*25 X 2 mm., lobus
posticus 1*25 X 1*25, lobi laterales '5 X *8, Ovarium *75 mm., stj'lus
1 mm., stigma '7 mm. long. Pyrenae 1-25 mm. diam.

Easily told from U. Wilmsii H. H. W. Pears, by the entire
leaves and the bracts ; the calyx of the two yields another point of
contrast.

Clerodendron lupakense, sp. nov. Eamis foliosis molhter pubes-
centibus deinde glabrescentibus ; foliis oppositis ovatis vel oblongo-
obovatis apice cuspidato-acuminatis ipso obtusis basi interdum ali-
quantulum obliquis subrotundatis vel obtusis margine undulatis
petiolis pubescentibus bas«i articulatis insidentibus membranaceis

248 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

suj)ra giabi'is iiitidisque subtus in nervis sparsim pubescentibus ;
cymis brevibiis pauciHoris supra axillas foliorum diminutorum affixis
pank'ulam thyrsoideam foliaceam etticieiitibiis;^or/i/<6' submediocribus
pedicellatis ; calycis sparsim pubesoentis tubo late cjdindrico quain
lobi deltoidei acuti plane longiore ; corollce tubo calycem facile
superante basi dilatato inde attenuate ipso sub limbo ampliato glabro
lobis inter se subsequalibus suborbicularibus ; staminibus usque circa
5 mm. exsertis.

Belgian Congo, Lupaka river ; Kassner, 2458 in part.

Foliorum limbus usque 11x6 cm., superiora vero gmdatim
imminuta ; folia floralia ± 3 X 1*5 cm. ; folia omnia pag. inf. palli-
diora ; ])etioli summum 2*5 cm. long. Infiorescentia tota circa
10 X 4 cm., pubescens. Bracteae lineares, + 3 mm. long. Pedicelli
2-3 mm. long. Calvx in toto 8 mm. long., 3 mm. lat. ; lobi soli vix
2 mm. long. Corolla? tubus 14 mm. long., basi 2 mm. lat., mox
usque 1 mm. subito constrictus, sub limbo 3 mm. lat. ; lobi 4x4 mm.

Clerodendron censors, sp. nov. Ramulis foliisque prgecedentis ;
forihiis pedicellatis cymosis cymis in panic ulam terminalem quam
folia breviorem foliis tloralibus carentem digestis ; calyce cylindrico-
infundibulari pubescente quam lobi deltoidei acuti longiore ; corollce
tubo calycem bene excedente attenuate sub limbo dilatato glabro
lobis inter se subiequalibus late ovatis obtusissimis ; staminihus usque
5 mm. exsertis.

Belgian Congo, Lupaka river ; Kassner, 2458 in part.

Infiorescentia 7'5 X 4 cm. Bractese lineares, ±3 mm. long.
Pedicelli summum 4 mm. long. Calyx 7 mm. long., 2 mm. lat. ;
lobi vix 2 mm. long. Corollse tubus 15 mm. long., ima basi 1*5 mm.
fere usque ad limbum 1 mm., ipso sub limbo 2 mm, lab. ; lobi
3x3 mm.

The affinity of both the above is with C. Barteri Baker, but
probably still more close with C. Bequaertl de Wild. From this
latter both are separated b}^ the not denticulate-runcinate leaves, the
longer calyx and corolla, glabrous outside, and with broader lobes. As
between themselves the chief points of distinction are the inflorescence,
the cymes mixed with floral leaves in the one case and without them
in the other, and the longer and broader calyx of C. liqjalvense. To
judge from the description in Fedde, Rep. xiii. 144, the inflorescence
of 0. Bequaerti is that of C. lupakense.

Clerodendron bingaense, sp. nov. En mis sparsim foliosis pu-
bescentibus ; foliis parvis petiolatis oppositis ovatis obtusis basi
obtusis margine crenato-dentatis tenuiter membranaceis supra glabris
subtus in nervis sparsim pubescentibus; iujlorescentia ei G. JuJca-
jjensis simili foliis floralibus ovato-oblongis oblongisve integris vel
fere integris onusta ; pedicellis calyce brevioribus pubescentibus ;
calycis pubescentis tubo cylindrico quam lobi deltoidei acuti triplo
longiore ; corolla calycem ter excedente tubo angusto basi a])iceque
dilatato glabro; staminihus usque circa 7 mm. exsertis.

Belgian Congo, Binga, under trees; Kassner, 2627.

Folia 3-5 x 2-4 cm., in sicco viridia, dentibus siepissimc 1-1*5 mm.

MISCELLANEA AFRlC'AJfA 249

alt. ; petioli 6-10 mm. long., jDubescentes, Inflorescentia usque
10 X 6 cm. Folia iloralia + ^ cm. long. Bractece lineares 1-2 mm.
long. Calyx 6-7 mm. long., 2 mm. lat. ; lobi 2 mm. long. Corolla
18 mm. long., 1 mm. lat., basi I'd sub limbo 2'5 mm. ; lobi 3-5 X 3 mm.
Differs from C. lukapense cliietlj in foliage and corolla.

Clerodendron frutectorum, sp. nov. Ramis sat robustis foliosis
piloso-pubescentibus ; foliis amplis longipetiolatis (summis brevi-
petiolatis) ovatis apice cuspidato-acuminatis ipso acutis basi breviter
cordatis 5-nervibusque margine subgrosse dentatis sed dimidio proxi-
mali integris nonnunquam omnimodo integris vel fere integris mem-
branaceis utrobique in nervis prsesertim pag. inf. pubescentibus supra
nitidis ; Jiorihus magnis ad apicem rami conglobatis| foliisque brevi-
petiolatis etsi amplis stipatis ; bracteis spatlmlatis aeuminatis pubescen-
tibus quam calyx pauUo brevioribus ; calyce inf undibulari pubeseente
circiter usque medium diviso lobis ovato-lanceolatis breviter aeumi-
natis ; corolla calycem fere 3-plo excedente tubo attenuato sub limbo
satis basi paullo dilatato extus glanduloso-pubescente lobis quam tubus
multo brevioribus.

Belgian Congo, Shiwale among bushes ; Kassner, 2473.

Folia 15-20x10-12 cm., minora vero exstant 8-10x6-8 cm.;
petioli 4-9 cm. long., foliorum summorum modo 1 cm. vel etiam
minus, omnes pubescentes. Bracteae 12-15 mm. long. Pedicelli
valde abbreviate Calyx 18 mm. long. ; lobi 10 mm. long. Corolla

5 cm. long., 1*25 mm. lat., ima basi aegre 2 mm. sub limbo 4 mm.
lat. ; limbus nondum pansus late ovoideus, obtusissimus, 9x6 mm.

Affinity with C. capitatum Schum. & Thonn., but with quite
diiferent leaves and shorter corollas among other features.

LORAXTHACE.E.

Loranthus (§ Erectilobi) Batesii S. Moore & Sprague, sp. nov.
Ramulis sat validis teretibus striatis crebro minuteque lenticelliferis
glabris ; foliis amplis j^etiolatis oppositis vel suboppositis late ovatis
obtusis basi cordatis coriaceis glabris costis lateralibus ulrinque 3-4
arcuato-ascendentibus procul a margine dichotomis ; florihus majus-
culis breviter pedicellatis in fasciculos umbellatos digestis ; hractea
cupuliformi medio baud elevato ; calyce truncato mox irregulariter
rupto ore minute ciliolato ; corolla basi subsphseroidea cito subito
curvata unde attenuata sed mox ampliata sub limbo parum constricta
ante anthesin truncato — 5-cornuta extus distincte etsi minute puberula
lobis erectis ; Jilamentis faucium basi insertis superne pauUulum
angustatis horum dente prominente late subulato ; sft/lo superne
incrassato sub stigmate attenuato.

Cameroons, Bit^^e ; Bates, 675.

Folia usque 17x10 cm., sed ssepe minora, juniora minus cordata
interdumque basi solum rotundata ; petioli plerumque 1-1 '5 cm. long.
Pedunculi validi, circa 5 mm. long., j^edicelli circa 2 mm. Bractea
2-5 mm. lat. Calyx 2'5 mm. long., ore 5*5 mm. lat. Flores dilute
punicei, ex nodis caulis lignosi oriundi. Corolla profecto evoluta fere

6 cm. long., basi 7 X 5 mm., mox usque 1 mm. constricta, superne
6 mm. faucibus 5 mm. lat.; lobi lineari-oblongi, circa 7 mm. long.

JouENAL or BoT.ys'Y. — Vol. 57. [Septembek, 1919.] t

250 THE JOUKNAL OF BOTANY

Filamenta 5 mm. long., horum dens 75 mm. ; antherae fere 2 mm.
long. Stylus 5'5 cm. long., hujus pars attenuata 2d mm. long.

Besides the erect corolla-lobes this is known from L. ogowensis
Engl, by the larger obtuse leaves usually more or less cordate at the
base, the calyx broader and wider at the mouth and the distinctly
puberulous pink corollas.

Zenker's 749 and 1414 referred to L. ogowensis in Fl. Trop. Atr.
vi. sect 1, 346, are conspecific with this.

EUPHOEBIACEiE.

Acalypha eriophylloides, sp. nov. Monoica, caulihns rhizomate
valido erectis simplicibus spithameis dilute flavo-tomentosis ; foliis
sessilibus anguste obovato-oblongis apice mucronatis basi obtusis
apicem versus dentatis vel denticulatis pag. sup. ajopresse hirsutis pag.
inf. hirsuto-tomentosis ; stijmlis parvis lineari-lanceolatis pubescen-
tibus; spicis axillaribus masculis foliis circiter ajquilongis apice
bracteis perspicuis ssepe coronatis flore femineo unico ex axillo eodem
oriundo ab iis libero ; bractea $ fere usque basin in lacinias 7 iniequi-
lono-as lineares longe ciliatas divisa ; sepalis 2 oblongis sursum
pectinato-cihatis ; ovorio dense hirsute ; stj'lis 3 quam ovarium longi-
oribus crebro pectinatis.

Angola, Kuanaval; Gossiveiler, 3041.

Folia pleraque 2-3 cm, long,, 8-10 mm. lat,, supm in sicco fusco-
subtus dilute grisea, stipulse 2-3 cm. long. Spicse evolutse (incluso
pedunculo 5-7 mm, long,) 2-5-3 cm. long. Bractese 6 flonim fasci-
culos stipantes lineari-lanceolatae, summum 2 mm. long. ; bracteai
apicales usque 4-5 mm. long. Bractea $ circa 4 mm. lat. ; harum
laciniaj 2-5 mm. long. Sepala $ 1-5 mm. long. Ovarium segre
3 mm. diam. Styli usque 7 mm. long.

Evidently a close ally of A. eriophylla Hutchins., but among
other features with di:fferently-shaped leaves, spikes on shorter
peduncles, female flower arising separately from the male spike instead
of at its base and not invested by the curious large stipules of
A. erioplii/lla.

The remains of stems still attached to the rhizome show the
effects of fire.

Acalypha Gossweileri, sp. nov. Frutex ultrametmlis, crebro
ramosus ; o^amis lignosis primo dense pubescentibus mox glabris
ultimis solummodo folia pauca gerentibus ; foliis parvis petiolatis
lanceolatis acutis breviterve acuminatis basi obtusis vel levissime
cordatis m:irgine dentato-serratis trinervibus membranaceis supra
hispidule pilosis subtus arete pubescentibus; sfipulis setaceis foliis
circiter aequilongis sparsim pilosis ; spicis axillaribus bisexualibus
quam folia brevioribus e bractea unica florem unicum $ fovente plane
supra basin posita floribusque pluribus (S terminalibus approximatis a
$ satis remotis sistentibus ; Iractea parva foliacea margine integra vel
summum undulata extus pilis strigillosis sparsim onusta intus glabra ;
sepalis $ 3 lanceolatis cilia tis ; ovario dense strigoso ; stylis 3 ovario
multe longioribus crebro laciniatis.

MISCELLANEA AFRICANA 25 1

Angola, Cazengo, mountains at Grouja de S. Luiz ; Qossweiler,
550B.

Folia pleraque 2-4 cm. long., 7-10 mm. lat., in sicco griseo-
viridia ; petioli circa 5 mm. (raro usque 10 mm.) long., arete pubes-
centes. StipuliB circa 5 mm. long Spicae pubescentes, pleraeque
10-15 mm. long. ; harum pars inf. (bractea juxta medium fovens )
5-7 mm., pars sup. flores 6 fulciens 5-8 mm. long. Bractea saltem
in sicco grisea, fere 2 mm. long., et 3 mm. lat., nervis pluribus per-
cursa. Sepala $ 1 mm. long. Ovarium subglobosum, 1 mm. diam.
Stjli circa 5 mm. long.

To be inserted next A. hipartita Miill. Arg., but quite different in
foliage and bracts.

2. MoNiMiACEA Nova Beasiliensis.

Mollinedia f § Inappendiculata) Cunningliamii, sp. nov. Ramulis
crebro foliosis fulvo-tomentellis mox glabrescentibus ; foliis rarius
suboppositis nonnunquam sparsis brevipetiolatis apice ssepe breviter
cuspidulatis ipso acutis basi obtusis margine dimidio abaxiali plane
denticulatis papyraceis supra prsesertim in nervis appresse piloso-
pubescentibus mox glabrescentibus subtus in nervis tomentellis ;
injiorescentiis foliis brevioribus subsessilibus paucifloris ; pedicellis
quam flores pauUo longioribus tomentellis ;florihi(s ( $ tantum notis)
raediocribus ; perianthio turbinato extus sericeo quam lobi plane
longiore lobis brevibus triangularibus obtusis interioribus exterioribus
pauUulum dissimilibus ; carpellh circa 30 appresse villosis.

Hah. Eio Janeiro ; Botoie Sf Cunningham.

Folia 6-10 cm. long., 2-5-4 cm. lat., in sicco supra griseo- subtus
brunneo-viridia ; costse laterales utririque 5-6, leviter arcuatse, ut
costulae reticulumque pagina utraque optime aspectabiles ; petioli
4-6 mm. long., tomentelli. Inflorescentiae 1 •5-2-5 cm. long. Dicha-
siorum singulorum pedunculi 10-15 mm. long., graciles ; pedicelli
6-8 mm. long. Perianthium 4x5 mm., hujus lobi longit. 1 mm.
paullulum excedentes, duo 1 mm. lat., duo 1-25 mm. Carpella cdm-
pressa, oblonga, 1 mm. long. ; stylus incurvus, -25 mm. long.

Easily distinguished at a glance from M. Widgrenii A. DC. and
its allies by the relatively small leaves regularly and markedly denti-
culate in tlieir abaxial half.

THE FLORA OF THE BAGSHOT DISTKICT.

By Horace W. Moncktox, V.P.L.S.

1 HATE for a good many years made a practice of noting the
plants which I saw growing on various geological formations, and I
have attempted to make complete lists of the Flora of certain selected
geological areas. The district of the Bagshot Sands on and around
Bagsiiot Heath affords an unusually suitable area for this purpose.
It is fairly extensive, being 24 miles from east to west and 11 miles
from north to south ; its boundary is tolerably regular and there are

T 2

252 THE JOUllNAL OF B0TA5fY

neither inliers nor outliers of other geological formations. It is tme
that a considerable portion of the surface is formed of various gravels
but the gravel is much the same from the point of view of plant-life
as the Bagshot Sand itself ; the surface is, in fact, mainly sand and
o-ravel with subordinate beds of clay or sandy clay, and there is an
absence of lime in the area.

In 1916 I had a few copies of my list of plants from this district
printed for the use of those interested, and a note on the Flora was
read to the Linnean Society and published in their Proceedings for
1915-16, p. 5 (see Journ. Bot. 1916, 94). I have since added some-
what to my list and, taking the 16th edition of the London Catalogue,
I have now marked 705 species, 43 varieties, and 8 hybrids as growing
on the Bagshot Sand ; 15 other species on Alluvium in the district,
and 83 species as recorded, but not, I think, established. This makes
a total of 854 entries.

As I have said, the Bagshot of this area is mainly a sand formation,
and we should expect to find a i*esemblance in its Flora to that of
other similar formations in the south of England, and, in 'fact, most
of our plants do occur on the Eocene of the south coast as well as on
the Lower Greensand and Hastings Beds. The resemblance to the
Flora of the Lower Greensand is especially marked, but as that
formation contains beds of limestone, such as the Bargate Stone, we
find some species on it w^hich are absent from our area. The con-
ditions of plant-life are, however, so similar to those in other places
that I cannot name any species which is confined to the Bagshot
District ; still there are some plants which are distinctly characteristic
of our area.

Ranunculus Lenormandi F. Schultz is described in Fl. Berks,
p. 14, as occurring only on th^ Bagshot Beds in that county, and I
have found it at several places on the Middle Bagshot Beds in both
the Berks and Surrey part of our District. It occurs on the Lower
Bagshot in a damp field by a small brook about a mile and a half
south of Wokingham and Mr. C. E. Britton tells me that it is found
on Esher Common, also Lower Bagshot. In Hampshire I found it
on the Yalle}" Gravel of the Black water at Yately ; this gravel is
. underlain by Bagshot Beds and is in the Bagshot District. The
Kev. E. F. Linton describes the species from the Dorset Bagshot
Beds (Fl. Bournemouth, p. 27), and it has been recorded from the
* Hastings Beds and Lower Greensand. In Brewer's Flora of Surrey^
it is marked for the London Clay, pp. 4, 319, but I believe that to be
an exceptional occurrence.

Hypericum JElodes L. is found in abundance in many of the lakes
and ponds of the district : I may mention Wellington College and
Chobham Common as examples for the Middle Bagshot and Ockham
•Common for the Lower Bagshot (see also Fl. Berks, pp. xli, 116;
Fl. Surrey, p. 47 ; Fl. Hamps. p. 70). It is common on the Bagshot
Beds of Dorset, and has been recorded from the Lower Greensand and
Hastings Beds, but is wanting on many geological formations.

Hieracium is more abundant on the Bagshot Sand than on the
adjoining fonnations, and the species have not yet been fully
worked out. This applies more especially to the group Vulgata. My

THE FLOEA OF THE BAGSHOT DISTEICT 253

specimens have been kindly looked over by the Eevs. E. F. Linton
and E. S. Marshall. Some from Wellington College are placed near
H. grandidens Dahlst. or H. serrati^rons var. lepistoides Johan. ;
one from the same place and one from Finchampstead Eidges are
near H. surrejanum F. J. Hanb. ; one from St. Sebastian near
Wokingham is named H. pinnatijidum var. vivarium Lonnr. ; two
from Wellington College are described as H. scanicum or a form near
it ; one fi-om AVellington College and one from Broadmoor are
assigned to H. sciapliiliiin Uechtr. ; and one from Finchampstead to
H. sciapliilum var. fransiens. Mr. Linton considere that a number of
my specimens from Wellington College belong to an midescribed
species, for which he proposes the name H. euryphyllum.

There is less difficulty as to the species in the other groups (see
Fl. Berks, pp. 312-315), but I may mention that I have found
H. tridentafum var. setigerum Ley at Wellington College and var.
acrifolium Dahlst. at Gracious Pond Farm, Woking, and on Wey-
bridge Common, Surrey. From the Valley Gravel of the Bagshot
District I have H. rigidum Hartm. from Sandhurst, Berks, and
Walton Common, Surrey, and H. umhellafum var. coronopifoliiuii Fr.
from Sandhm-st.

Vaccinium My rt ill us L. is a plant of the Bagshot Sand, Lower
Greensand, Hastings Beds, and other sandy formations. In the
Bagshot District there are many patches of this plant in what were
woods of JPinns sylvestn's, both on the Bagshot Sand and the Plateau
Gravel. Many of these woods have now been cut down, and I am
curious to see how the Vaccinium will thrive.

Gentiana Pneumonanthe L. is given by Brewer (Fl. Surrey,
pp. 150, 332) as occurring only on the Bagshot Sand in that county,
and the two localities given in FL Berks (p. 342) are probably on the
same Formation. It is frequent on the corresponding series in Dorset
(Fl. Bournemouth, p. 150). In Townsend's Fl. Hamps. (p. 258) it is
recorded from Hook Common ; this is near Odiham, and is an
interesting example of the transgression of the Bagshot Sand plant
on to Plateau Gravel, which rests on London Clay. It is about half
a mile S.E. of the nearest Bagshot outlier at Newnham and a mile
and a half from the main mass of the Bagshot Sand. Specimens from
this locality Avere given me by the late Miss Cole a few years ago.

Euphrasia is characteristic of the Bagshot Sand ; Mr. Dunnis
Lumb has been good enough to look over m}^ specimens and. deter-
mines them as follows : — E. Rosfkoviana, Hayne is the most frequent
species ; I have exam])les from Wellington College, the East Berks
golf links, Birchen Inhams farm near Wokingham, and from East-
hampstead Moor, all in Berks. I also found it on the Valley Gravel
at Yately, Hants. E. hrevipila Burnat & Gremli occurred at
Wellington College some ^^ears ago. E. nemorosa var. ciliaia is
frequent at the same place, and E. gracilis Fr. I have from
Wellington College and from the Valley Gravel at Cox Hill Green
near Chobham, Surrey ; Mr. C. E. Britton tells me that it occurs on
Ockham Common.

Myrica Gale L. is abundant in many parts of the Bagshot
District, and Mr. Hautneville Cope showed me a valley near Bramshill

254 THE ,TOURNAL OF BOTANY

where it was growing in luxuriance. It is frequent on the Bagshot
Beds of Dorset and is recorded from Sussex, apparently on Lower
Greensand and Hastings Beds (Arnold, Fl. Sussex, p. 101).

Illecehrum verticillatum L. is one of the curiosities of the district.
Its occurrence is described by Mr. Druce (Fl. Berks, 416), and it has
for a long time appeared in two places ; one has now been enclosed in
a fowl-yard and the plant will probably vanish thence, but last year it
had spread a good deal in the other locality.

Certain ])iants common on the chalk have transgressed on to the
Bao-shot Sand ; thus I have found Polyfjala vulgaris L. at Welling-
ton College ; Campanula glomerata L. has flowered at the same place
near Crowthorne for several ^^ears in succession, and I believe
originated through the ground being treated with a chalk dressing.
Legousia hyhrida Delarbr. grows on Birchen Inhams Farm, AVoking-
ham, and in Dorset it is recorded from the Bagshot Beds of Creech
clay-pits (Fl. Bournemouth, p. 142).

In the case of some of the plants which occur everywhere interest
attaches to some varieties, thus Taraxacum officinale var, erythro-
spermum Andrz. is frequent on the football grounds at Wellington
College, and occurs at other places in the district. It is recorded
from the con-esponding formation of Dorset.

Ar noser is piisilla Gaertn., a colonist, is recorded from several
places on the Bagshot Sand in Fl. Surrey (p. 124) and the only
locality given in Fl. Berks (p. 308) is in the Bagshot district. In Fl.
Hamps. it is given from the Bagshot Beds of both North and South
Hants. I found it in a field near Brimshot, Surrey, in 1915 and have
seen it for several successive 3'ears near Yately, Hants. It is recorded
from the Lower Greensand and the Blackheath Pebble Beds.

Claytonia perfoliata Don, a native of North America, was
recorded as established on Bagshot Sand at Yately, Hants, by the late
Rev. C. W. Penny (Journ. Bot. 1873, 206) ; it "is still there in more
than one place, but it is around Horsell Birch in Surrey that it
flourishes in the greatest abundance on the Bagshot Sand, and near
Chobham I have seen it on Valley Gravel. It has been recorded from
both Eocene and Purbeck Beds in South Hants and Dorset (Fl.
Bournem. p. 55).

Anchusa officinalis L., a native of Central and Southern Europe,
was found by Mr. Druce near Finchampstead in 1891 (Fl. Berks,
p. 349) ; I saw it, possibly at the same place, in 1918. Though well
within the Bagshot district it was not on the Bagshot Sand, but on an
overlying patch of Plateau Gi*avel.

Juncus tennis Willd., also a native of the Continent, was found
by myself near Wellington College in 1915 ; it seems to be spreading,
for it was growing in more than one place last season.

Sedges are abundant in the Bagshot District. Mr. Druce gives a
few characteristic species (Fl. Berks, p. xh) and 29 species are
recorded from the Bagshot Sand in the Flora of Surrey. I make the
number of species 38, and four others are recorded, but I think only
occur on the Alluvium. I myself have found 22 species, most of
them on the Middle Bagshot, but I have seen a good many on both
Cpper and Lower Bagshot and tliey often extend on to the gravels.

THE FLORA OF THE BAGSHOT DISTRICT 255

Rhynchosjpora alha Valil is found on Chobham Common and near
Wellington College, and other localities will be found in the County
Floras. It is recorded as common in the Bournemouth District
(Headon Beds, Bagshot Series, Gravel) and as occurring on Lower
Ureensand and Hastings Beds.

Schyusfluitaiis L. is found near Wellington College and at other
places in our district, and is recorded from Bagshot Beds, Headon
Beds, and Grravel of the south coast and also from Blackheath Beds,
Lower G-reensand, and Hastings Beds.

Carex canesceiis is recorded from the Surrey, Berks, and Hants
parts of the Bagshot district, and I have specimens from Sandhurst.
It also is found on the Bagshot Sei'ies of the Bournemouth District
and on the Lower Grreensand at Beigate. I have specimens of a
pretty Sedge from Chobham Common and boggy ground near Broad-
moor very like C.Jlava var. Icpidocarpa Syme (E. Bot. t. 1673),
which is made a variety of C.Jlavu in the London Catalogue, Berks
(p. 550) gives C.Jlava var. minor from Bagshot Sand localities; this
is made a variet}'' of C. Oederi Betz. in the London Catalogue. In
Fl. Hamps. (p. 475) two species are given for the Bagshot District —
C.Jlava var. minor Towns, and C. Oederi Retz. Whatever the
correct nomenclature may be, I think that I may safely count two
species for the district. I may mention that King John's Bog,
Odiham, where ^oo({Jlava gemiina was found (Fl. Hamps.) is off the
Bagshot Sand, and is on wet Valley Gravel or Alluvium underlain by
London Clay. C.Jlava var. minor is recorded from the Bagshot
Series of the south coast, the Lower Greensand, Hastings Beds, and
also from Andover (Chalk), Keston (Blackheath Beds), below Cray-
ford (Valley Deposits), and Dungeness (Gravel).

Carex binervis Sm. is abundant on our commons, more especially
on Middle Bagshot Beds. It is recorded from the corresponding
Series of Bournemouth, from the Headon Beds, Lower Greensand,
Hastings Beds, and from the Blackheath Beds of Keston, &c.

Carex Pseudo-Ggperus L. is given amongst the plants of the
Bagshot Sand in Fl. Berks (p. xli). I have specimens from Ockham
Common and the Basingstoke Canal, but though it grows freely
enough where it occurs, I should call it a plant of the Alluvium
and Valley Gravel which has strayed into our district. It is described
as rather rare in Hants, but is more common in marshy places
in Kent.

SPHAGNACEiE.

Sphagnum is found in some abundance in a great number of
streams and bogs in the district ; the patches are not as a rule large,
but there is a considerable variety of species. Some of them
are given in Mr. Horrell's paper on the European SphagnacecB,
published in this Journal for 1900, with the localities Brookwood,
Pirbright, North Camp, and probably Aldershot, which are situated on
Bagshot Sand. I myself have chiefly collected from the Berkshire
part of the district ; my specimens have been kindly determined by
Mr. W. R. Sherrin, and I have added in the following list a few
species from Chobham Common, Surrey, communicated by him.

^.'G tup: .lOUltXAL OF liOTA^V

There are many beds of Sphagnum by the streams Avhieh rise on
the Plateau Gravel of Easthampsteacl Plain and flow .across the
moors in Easthampstead parish, which I consequently describe as
Easthampstead Moor. The Sphagnum is particularly well developed
near the place where these streams pass from the Upper to the
Middle Bagshot Beds. In a few places Sphagnum is found on the
Lower Bagshot Beds and occasionall}^ on the Valley Gravel, and even
on the Plateau Gravel. The following localities given in my list are
in Berkshire : — Broadmoor in Crowthorne ; Easthampstead Park and
Moor in Easthampstead ; Finchampstead Wood in Finchampstead ;
Grebe Pond in Wokingham; Heath Pool in Finchampstead; Long
Moor in Barkham ; Queensmere in Wokingham ; Spout Pond in
Finchampstead ; Swinle}^ Park in Sunninghill ; Wellington College
in Crowthorne.

Sphagnum finibriatum Wils. var. tenue Grav. Queensmere;
var. validus Card. Heath Pool.

S. ruhellum Wils. Frequent on the moors ; var. purpiirascens
Russ. Eastham])stead Moor, Broadmoor ; var. ruhescens Warnst. and
var. versicolor Warnst. Easthampstead Moor, Wellington College.

S. acutifoliiun Russ. & Warnst. var. viride Warnst. Brookwood,
Sherrin.

S. plumnlosum Roll. var. viride Warnst. Brookwood, ' Sherrin ;
f. sqnarrosuluni Warnst. and var. Icete-virens Warnst. Chobbam
Common, Slierrin ; var. purpureum Warnst. and var. versicolor
Warnst. Easthampstead Moor, Wellington College; \Sir. flavo-
fuscum Warnst. North Camp, Aldershot, Hlierrin ; var. ochraceum
Warnst. Brookwood, Sherrin.

S. compactum DC. var. imhricatum Warnst. Chobham Common,
Shei'rin, Swinley Park, Heath Pool, Finchampstead, Miss E. Armi-
tage, Easthampstead Moor ; var. sqttarrosum Russ. f. densum Card.
Brookwood, Sherrin ; var. subsquarrosum Warnst. Brookwood,
Monington, and Hoi^rell ( Journ. Bot. 1890, 352) ; f. densum Warnst.
Chobham Common, Shert^in, Easthampstead Moor.

S. squarrosum Pers. Near Portnall Park, Surrey.

^S*. teres Angstr. var. imhricatum Warnst. f. rohustum Warnst.
Aldershot, Slierrin.

S. cuspidatum Mull. Heath Pool, Wellington College.

S. amblyphyllitm Russ. Near Kingsmere, Brookwood {op. cit.
345) ; var. mesopliylhim Warnst. f. molle Russ. Chobham Common,
near Grebe Pond, Sherrin ; f. silvaticum Russ. Spout Pond, Queens-
mere.

S. pulchrum Lindb. Easthampstead Moor ; var. virescens
Warnst. Easthampstead Park and Moor. Heath Pool.

S. recurvum Pal de Beauv. var. majus Angstr. Near Kingsmere ;
f . silvaticum Russ. Broadmoor, Wellington College. Spout Pond ;
f. sphcerocephalum Warnst. Easthampstead Park, near Kingsmere ;
var. rohustum Breia. f. densum Warnst. Easthampstead Moor.

S. molluscum Bruch. var. angustifolium Warnst. Chobham
Common, Sherrin ; var. vulgatum Warnst. f. compactum Warnst.
Chobham Common, Sherrin ; f . gracile Warnst. Chobham Common.
Sherrin. Easthampstead Moor.

THE FLORA OF THE BAQSHOT DISTRICT 257

Sph'^gmim Koltii Warnst. Chobham Common, Sherrin, Heath
Pool.

/S'. obesum Warnst. A long trailing form near this species in
streams in Finchampstead Wood.

^S*. ,<;itbseci(ndum Nees. Easthampstead Moor; Longmoor. Var.
intermedium Warnst. Broadmoor.

>S'. iimndatum Kuss. One of our frequent species found in many-
places and on most moors ; var. diversifolium f. euy^ycladum AVarnst.
On valley gravel, Darby Green, Hants ; var. lancifolium Warnst. f.
tenellumWRYUst. Easthampstead Moor; var. ovalifoUum Warnst.
f. gracile Warnst. Easthampstead Park ; Broadmoor.

S. auriculatmn Schimp. var. canovirescens Warnst. Easthamp-
stead Moor ; Finchampstead Wood ; var. ovatum Warnst. f . varie-
(jatum Warnst. Wellington College ; f. jKillidoflavum Warnst.
Finchampstead Wood ; var. 'plumosum Warnst. Easthampstead
Moor.

>S'. aquatile Warnst. var. turgidum Mull. Easthampstead Moor.

>S'. rirfescens Nees & Hornsch. Spout Pond, Broadmoor, Wick-
ham Bushes; var. magnifolium Warnst. f. ahhreviatum Warnst.
Chobham Common, Sherri^i.

S. imhricatum Kuss. var. affine Warnst. f. glaucescens Warnst.
subf. squarrosuliim {S. turfaceum W.). Brookwood, E. C. Ilorrell.

S. painllosum Lindb. var. normale Warnst. f. hracliychidum
Warnst. Broadmoor Wellington College ; f. con-^'ertum Warnst.
Chobham Common, Sherrin ; f. squarrosidum Ingham & Wheldon.
Easthampstead Moor in many places ; var. suhlcBve Limpr. Finch-
hampstead Wood, Spout Pond, Heath Pool, near Grebe Pond ;
i. glaucovirens Schlieph. Easthampstead Moor ; f. validum Warnst.
Chobham Common, Sherrin ; Finchampstead Wood.

IS. cymhifolium Ehrh. Abundant in most parts of the district ;
var. fuscescens Warnst. Broadmoor; var. glaucescens Warnst.
Broadmoor; f. squarrosulum Pers. Chobham Common, Sherrin,
Sprout Pond; \sii\ jJallescens Warnst. Easthampstead Moor, also
on the Plateau Gravel, Easthampstead Plain, near Wickham Bushes.

VERBASCUM THAPSIFORME AS A BRITISH PLANT.
By the Key. E. S. Marshall, M.A., F.L.S.
On July 2nd Mr. W. D. Miller and I spent an hour or two
near Holford, v.c. 5 S. Somerset, which is a very rich neighbourhood
botanically, and produces a good many scarce Huhi. In the lower
part of one of the combes we noticed a large -flowered Mullein, which
at once struck me as being very like V. phlomoides L., a species
which I gathered thirty-nine years ago near Marburg, Hessen-Nassau,
growing under very similar conditions. I have since traced it for
nearly half a mile ; it occurs sparingly both in the open and in
bushy places, sometimes extending, among bracken, for twenty yards
or more up the wooded hillside, facing east. A casual observer
might easily pass it by as fine V. Thapsiis, from which it mainly
dift'ers by the larger, flatter corollas, of a brighter vellow, the lono-er

258 THE JOURXAL OP BOTANY

pair of naked filaments, the large, vivid orange anthers, longly de-
current on their filaments, and the stigmas being decurrent, less
decidedl}^ capitate.

On consulting text-books, our plants were found to agree in
foliage with thapsiforme rather than with phlomoides ; and an
examination of the European sets in the National Herbarium proved
this to be the case.

In Mr. S. T. Dunn's Alien Flora, p. 147, he says : — *' Occasionally
noticed as a garden escape in England." Whether it has really so
occurred I do not know, though I have much doubt. In the present
station it has ever}^ appearance of a true native, growing in similar
situations to those which produce V. Thnpsus, and often as solitary,
considerably isolated individuals. A friend at Bridgwater, who has
grown sundry exotic Mulleins, assures me that he did not introduce
it; and, personally, I am convinced that it is indigenous. The
average height is two to three feet ; but one plant was met with — in
stony, exposed soil, with smaller flowers — little more than a foot
high, whereas the strongest specimen obsei-vei reached a height of
about six feet (Mr. Edgar Lovett recently saw V. Thapsus eight feet
high ; and I have seen it, naturalised, at least as tall, if not taller, on
the Canadian side, below Niagara Falls).

Now arises a question as to its specific rank. Most authorities,
such as Bentham, Koch, Rouy, and Nyman, keep it up, rightly
regarding V. cuspidatum Schiud. as only a variety. In DC. Fro-
dromus (x. 226) Bentham aptly remarks : — *' Folia V. Thapsi^
flores V. phlomoides.'''' Coste, however, reduces it to a variety of the
latter ; and Lloj^d was of the same opinion. Though by no means
a " lumper," I am strongly in favour of this view. The big plant
referred to above had an exceptionally large, thick inflorescence, with
three branches from near the base, and one or two of the middle
leaves were only decurrent halfwa}^ down to the leaf below : so it
would do just as well for V. phlomoides, sensu stricto. I suggest
therefore that we should write it " V. phlomoides L., var. (or subsp.)
thapsiforme Coste."

Flowers dried separately are seen to be softly adpressed-pubescent
externally.

In the Student's Handbook (1870 to 1884), under " Excluded
Species," Sir J. D. Hooker wrote : — " Verhascum thapsiforme Schrad.
Keported by Hudson ; not confirmed." This was careless : Hudson
(ed. ii. p. 90, 1778) cited V. thapsoides L., which Linnaeus himself
queried as a probable hybrid. V. Thapsvs was not observed in or
near the Holford station.

Schrader's original description is as follows : — " Verhascum
Thapsiforme, foliis decurrentibus crenulatis tomentosis : superioribus
acuminatis, racemo spieato denso, corollie rotatae laciniis obovatis
rotundatis, antheris duabus oblongis . . .

*' Facies Thapsi. Caulis sesquipedalis, bipedalis et quandoque altior,
erectus, teretiusculus, simplex . . . Calices Thapsi, Corollae magni-
tudine, forma et colore Phlomoidis.'" H. A. Schrader, Monographia
Generis Verbasci, p. 21 (1813).

TACCTXIUM IXTERMEDTUM 259

VACCINIUM INTERMEDIUM IIutiie.
Br W. Balfour Gourlat, M.B., and G. M. Veters, M.R.C.S.

This natural hybrid between Vaccinium Myrtilhis and V. Vitis-
idcea was discovered in Britain by Robert Garner in Maer Woods,
Staffordshire, and was exhibited by him at the meeting of the
Linnean Society on March 7, 1872, when " the general opinion
elicited hj their examination was that they were a luxuriant state of
V. Vitis-icl(Ba, due to situation, rather than a hybrid " (see Journ.
Bot. 1872, 122). It was fully described by Mr. N. E. Brown in
Journ. Linn. Soc. xxiv. 125 (1887) as V. intermedium Ruthe, from
specimens collected by T. G. Bonney in August 1886 on Cannock
Chase ; in a postscript to the paper, which is accompanied by an
excellent plate, these are identified with Garner's specimens exhilDited
at the Linnean Society. Since then little notice seems to have been
taken of the plant, but several rather interesting points and questions
arise when one examines its habit and distribution.

In the first place it is locally very abundant in the Cannock Chase
area of Staffordshire — we have found it in a score of distinct
and widely-separate locaHties. Slight variations in plants from the
different localities and their wide separation suggest different acts of
hybridization for each locality. The onl}^ other place in Britain
from which it has been recorded is Caithness. This is rather remark-
able, for one would think that there must be many other localities
where the parent species grow together and hybridization might take
place ; none, however, have been recorded, and it seems unlikely that
the jjlant occurs and has been overlooked in such areas, as the upland
regions of Britain have been carefull}^ botanized.

The question arises, Can any circumstance at Cannock Chase be
specially favourable for the production or spread of the h^^brid ?
The answer to this seems to be : Human interference.

In all but three localities in which the plant was found there was
indisputable evidence of man's handiwork. Cannock Chase during
the last five years, and for many years before to a lesser degree, has
been a military ti-aining-area, and many roads, trenches, gun-pits, and
drains have been constructed ; and it was in such localities that the
hybrid was found. Moreover, where the work of man is recent the
patch is small and vice versa, e. g., patches one yard square were
found in conjunction with work obviously done since the beginning of
the War, whereas one large patch of an acre in extent had its focus
in an artificial bank on which birch-trees of considerable size were
growing, proving it to be some twenty years old. Each patch spreads
vegetatively by creeping rootstock.s. In unmolested areas Bilberry
and Cowberry grow intermingled, but in such areas the hybrid is
conspicuous by its absence. It would be interesting to know if the
Caithness locality gives similar evidence of human interference.

It may be noted that V. Myrtillus flowers earlier than V. Vitis-
idcea, though some overlapping usually occurs. The hybrid resembles
the latter in the cylindrical stem and evergreen and rather coriaceous
leaf, but favours the former in having awned anthers and in the shape

200 THE JOURNAL OF BOT.O'Y

and colour o£ the ripe berry, which, however, is plum-violet rather
than dark blue. The hybrid fruits much less freely than either
parent, and its flowers ai-e roughly intermediate in size and shape ; it
would be of interest to know which is the male and which the female
parent. In the paper mentioned above, Mr. Brown states that the
discoverer of the plant sent specimens to Darwin, who suggested that
the seeds would show infertility. So far as we are aware, no one has
since investigated this point : we have collected and distributed a
considerable amount of seed for experimental sowing, and hope to
make a definite statement at some future date.

SHORT NOTES,

Uthicularia. The size of the species of this genus as given in
our books is far too small. Syme (Eng. Bot. ed. 3, vii. 126, 1867)
gives for U. vulgaris " 6-18 inches long," and for Z7. intermedia
*' 6 inches." Messrs. Burrell & Clarke (Trans. Norf. & Nor. Nat.
Soc. ix. 266, 1911) give U. vulgaris as occm-ring on East Buston
Common " 6 feet long " and on Foulden Common Avith flower-stalks
*' 15 inches long." I have Z7. major 24 Inches long gathered by the
late George Nicholson at Staines, Middlesex. XT. minor often occurs
in Norfolk 9-10 inches and U. intet^media 12-15 inches long. —
A. Bennett.

Helosciadium iNUXDATrM L, (Koch) f. FLUiTANS (Fr.) Prahl
(Krit. Fl. Schlesv.- Hoist, ii. 103 (1890) ; B.. inundatum ^SiV.fluitans
Fries, Bot. Not. et Mant. iii. 182 (1842), Herb. Norm. 8, n. 18
(1842) — " caule elongato ramoso fluitante, foliis omnibus capillaceo-
multifidis." Mr. A. H. Evans sends this from near Holyhead,
Anglesea, " growing in water 3 feet deep, and flowering under water."
The leaves on the lower part of the stem have the common stalk
shortened to about half an inch, thence the leaves are dissected like a
Batrachian Banunculus, and the rest of the stalk is suppressed. —
Arthur Bennett.

JuNCUS PTGMiKUS Bicli. In Davej^'s Flora of Cornwall (1909)
this interesting Bush is described as occurring in several localities,
near together, in the Lizard district ; I am not aAvare that it has
been reported elsewhere. In June of this j^ear I found it in con-
siderable quantity in damp places on cliffs about two miles west of
St. Ives, Cornwall, in the Land's End District (District 8), perhaps
25 miles from the Lizard locality. — H. Downes.

REVIEW.

Commercial Forestry in Britai7iy its Decline and Revival. By E.
P. Steering, Head of the Department of Forestry, University
of Edinburgh. With Frontispiece. John Murmy. Pp. 186.
Price 6s. net.

The enormously enhanced cost of book-production is only too
evident when a leading firm of publishers has to charge six shillings
net for little more than 180 small pages — less than 70,000 words —

COMMEECIAL FOKESTET IN BllITAIN 261

printed on inferior paper and somewhat roughly bound. As to the
matter of this latest essay by Mr. Stebbing we have no fault to find.
It strikes us as being- a remarkabl^^ sane, temperate, and opportune
statement. The writer first states briefly the direct and indirect
utility of forests to a nation — how new industries demanding wood,
such as paper-pulp and aeroplanes, have arisen, so that, in spite of all
substitutes, wood is at least as indispensable as ever ; and how forests
tend to regulate the water-supply, arrest shifting sand, and so preserve
the agricultural value of land. He, then, in 63 pages traces the his-
tory of Bi-itish Forestry from Koman times to 1914, sketching in a
most interesting summarj^ the conversion of primeval forest into
agricultural land, the demand for oak for the Nav}^ Evelyn's stimulus
to planting and the cessation of this demand with the coming in of
teak and steel, and the cheap import of the soft woods from the
forests of the Continent and of North America.

The nadir of British Forestry Avas reached between 1866, when
the duties on imported timber were removed, and 1885, when the
first Parliamentar}' Committee on Forestry was appointed. At that
period the owners of woodlands " neither knew, nor pretended to know,
an}i:hing about forestry" — "the estate agent was usually equally
ignorant " ; the woods " were chiefly regarded from their usefulness
in affording sport or amenity " : British-grown pit- wood was so badly
grown that colliery-owners preferred imported material. Government
specifications commonly stipulated for foreign wood, and timber-
merchants learnt that they could not obtain any continuous supply of
home-grown wood. Mr. Stebbing then narrates with a surprising
patience and absence of bitterness the history of seven successive
Committees and Commissions, Avhich " resolves itself, if we omit
Ireland, into some small encouragement of education, but a total
absence of all planting-up of the waste lands of the country." It
may fairly be said, moreover, that, until the difficulty of obtaining
matches, fire-wood, and paper forced it on public attention, little or no
general interest in the matter was evinced.

The second half of the book, dealing with our immediate timber-
requirements after the devastation caused by the War and our
possible future resources, is, of course, of a more immediate practical
interest. A concise summary is given of the available timber-
supplies in various countries, with the conclusion, now familiar to us
from the author's previous publications, that we must look mainly to
Russia. In this, perhaps, he somewhat overlooks the inevitable
enhancement of the price of timber that will render possible the
exj)loitation of the less accessible British Columbian supply as
readily, perhaps, as that of any from Siberia. Home afforesta-
tion, it is cogently argued, "should, in combination with agricul-
ture, greatly ameliorate the sociah conditions of tlie people resident
in the areas of . . . the poorer classes of soil . . . should lead to the
resettlement on these areas ... of a larger hardy population . . .
and . . . result in placing the nation in a position of secuiity in the
matter of its timber supplies in the event of war." Incidentally,
Mr. Stebbing argues that if we are to have successful coniferous
forests in Britain we must get rid of rabbits, bhick-cock and roe-deer ;

262 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

and his administrative conclusion is that "by far the greater pro-
portion of land required for aiforestation should be acquired by either
ordinary leasing or leases on a profit-sharing basis— the State only
purchasing areas sufficient to enable it to demonstrate in different
parts of the country that commercial forestry could be made to pay."

G. S. BOULGER.

BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, etc.

Mr. T. F, Cheeseman sends us a copy of the account of the
Vascular Floi*a of Macquarie Island which he has contributed to
the ScientiHc Reports (vol. vii. pt. 3) of the Australian Antarctic
Expedition of 1911-14. The island, which "lies rather more than
600 miles to the south-west of New Zealand and is approximately
920 miles from Tasmania," was discovered in 1810 by Captain Hassel-
borough of the ship ' Perseverance,' which had been despatched from
Sydney for the purpose of searching for islands inhabited b}^ fur-
seals. "These were found to be extremely numerous ; it is said that
one vessel alone, during the first year of its operations, took away
more than 35,000 skins " ; as a natural consequence " the species was
nearly exterminated : it is now a rare occurrence to see a fur-seal
on Macquarie Island." The island, however, was visited for many
successive years for the purpose of procuring sea-elephant oil and
penguin oil," and the communication which thus existed between
New Zealand and the island led to visits from Dr. Scott in 1880 and
Mr. A. Hamilton in 1894, both of whom paid attention to its fauna
and flora. A subsidiary base in connection with the Australian An-
tarctic Expedition was established, and large collections were made
in all branches of biological science ; the botany was investigated by
Mr. Harold Hamilton, and this paper is mainly based on his collec-
tions. Mr. Cheeseman, however, gives a full account of the work of
previous collections, the first of which, consisting of eight species,
enumerated in the Flora Antarctica, was sent to W. J. Hooker by
Charles Eraser about 1810. The number of native species of flower-
ing plants enumerated is 30, of which three — Deschampsia penicil-
lata T. Kirk, Foa Hamiltoni T. Kirk, and Triodia macquariensis,
now first described — are endemic ; three ferns and a lycopod make up
the vascular flora — the other cryptogamy will be described in future
volumes of the Reports. The memoir abounds in notes, descriptive
and other, upon the species and concludes with an exceedingly
interesting and valuable chapter on the "affinities, history, and origin
of the flora " — it is in fact in ever}^ way a scholarly piece of work.
In the index the specific names precede those of the genera — " acaulis
Ranunculus" — a somewhat novel arrangement; the genera, how-
ever, are also indexed.

We have received the first number (July) of The Journal of the
Arnold Arboretum, edited by Prof. C. S. Sargent, which is designed
to take fche place of Garden and Forest, the last volume of which
appeared in 1897. The new Journal, which is to appear quarterly,
will contain "notes on trees and shrubs or descriptions of new
species and their relationships, letters from correspondents, and notes
on the vegetation of countries visited by officers and agents of the

BOOK->'OTES, NEWS, ETC. 263

Arboretum." The number before us contains Notes on American
Willows of the Pleonandrw Group, by Camillo Schneider ; a Phyto-
geographical Sketch of the Ligneous Flora on Korea, by E. H.
Wilson ; Notes on North American Trees by the editor, in the course
of which reasons are shown for the retention of Popuhis tacamaliacca
Mill, in place of P. candicans Ait., and Catesby's specimen in the
British Museum Herbarium is accepted as the type of P. lalsami-
fera L. ; and a paper on " New Species, Varieties and Combinations for
the Herbarium and Collections of the Arnold Arboretum " by Alfred
Rehder, which is prefaced by some interesting remarks on nomen-
clatm-e, especially as this relates to horticulture. The paper contains
a large number of new combinations, based as these always should be,
on a careful study both of plants and synonjany ; Ave note that
'' Ahies alha Mill. Diet. ed. 8, no. 1 (1768) ""^ for the adoption of
which for Piniis Picea L. sufficient reasons seem to be given. We
note that Mr. E. H. Wilson, who has returned after an absence of
more than two A^ears in Japan, has been appointed Assistant Director
of the Arboretum.

The Journal of the New York JBofanical Garden for June
contains an article on " Brackenridge and his Book on Ferns " by
Dr. J. H. Barnhart. Although he died in 1893, William D.
Brackexeidge does not aj^pear in the Third Supplement to the
Biographical Index, though he had every claim to inclusion, as he
was born at Ayr, June 10, 1810, and was in charge of Patrick Neill's
grounds at Canonmills, Edinburgh : after this he spent several 3'ears
on the Continent, part of the time in Poland and the rest under
Friedi'ich Otto at Berlin. He went to America about 1837, and in
1838 was attached as assistant botanist to the U.S. Pacific Exploring
Expedition. Dr. Barnhart gives a detailed account of the expedition
and of Brackenridge's connection with it. On its return, in 1842, the
preparation of the report on the ferns collected was placed in his
hands, and, after many dela3^s and difficulties, was issued in 1854-55
as vol. xvi. of the Expedition Series ; owinjsr to destmction by fire,
copies of the volumes are rare. In 1855 Brackenridge settled near
Baltimore, where he became a nurseryman and landscape architect ;
"he was for some years horticultural editor of the American Farmer,
but his one book was his only contribution of importance to botanical
literature " ; he died at Baltimore on Feb. 3, 1893. He is com-
memorated in the genus Brackenridge a A. Gray (Ochnacese).

The Kew Bulletin (1919, no. 4, published in June) contains a
paper by Mr. W. B. Grove on '* Species placed by Saccardo in the
Genus Blwma " ; of these a large number are transferred to
other geneiu ; there are numerous illustrntions and some new species
are described. Mr. Rolf e has what is evidently a careful historical
account of " The True Mahoganies," of which three species are recog-
nized— Sivietenia Mahagoni Jacq., S. humilis Zucc. and S. macro-
p)hylla King. The number also contains a paper on the cultivation of
New Zealand Flax {Phormium tenax) in Co. Kerry, and a note on
a collection of about 600 drawings of Indian plants which "appear to
have been at one time the property of Claude Martin, who was born
at Lyons on Jan. 4, 1731, went to India in 1751, and, as an officer of

264 THE JOUKXAL OF BOTATfT

the English East India Company, served in the Carnatic wars " : he
died at Lucknow, Sept. 13, 1800. Most of the drawings have been
named by William Koxbm-gh, who, in his Flora Iiidica, described
some new species from material sent by Martin, whom he com-
memorated in Andropogon Martini.

The Journal of tJie Linnean Society (Botan}^ : xliv. no. 299 ;
July 31), contains "A Kevision of some Critical Species of Echinm,''''
by C. C. Lacaita. Under this heading five papers are brought
together : 1. Five Critical Species — E. judceum, sp. n., E. austrule
Lam. ; E. Coincyanum, nom, nov., E. pycnanthum Pomel, E. salman-
ticum Lag. ; 2. The genus in the herbaria of Tournefort, Jussieu, and
Lamarck ; 3. The Echia of Sibthorp's herbarium ; 4. The Linnean
Species ; 5. The Echia of Miller's Gardener s Dictionary. Mr.
Lacaita has made an exhaustive study of the old material, not only in
the herbaria mentioned, but in the Sloane Collections and others in the
National Herbarium, and his paper is well described by him "as a
quarry from which any monographer of the genus may dig material."
The other papers in the number are " Plant-Distribution from the
Standpoints of an Idealist," by H. B. Guppy, and " On a Malay Form
of Ghlorococcum humicoW (with tw^o plates) by B. Muriel Bristol.

The Essex Naturalist (xix. pt. 1 ; April 1918-June 1919)
contains an exhaustive account by Mr. Miller Christy of " Samuel
Dale (1659 P-1739) and the Dak Family " ; a note by Miss Lister
on Haheriaria chlorantlia var. tricalcarata ; a supplementary report
on the Lichens of Epping Forest by Robert Paulson and Percy
G. Thompson : and a description by W. G. Clarke of three Essex her-'
baria, one formed by John Freeman (1784-1864), and two by Joseph
Freeman (1813-1907) : the herbaria have been presented by Mr. W.
H. Freeman (grandson and son) to the Essex Field Club Museum.

The last issue of the Becords of the Botanical Survey of
India (vol. vi. no. 8 ; Jan. 1919) contains an interesting paper by
Mr. C. C. Calder on "The Species of Occalis now wild in India."
These are nine in number — O. Acetosella, O. Griffith ii, O. variabilis
v-dLX. rubra, O. Pes-caprce, O. corniculata, O.puhescens, 0. tetraphyllay
O. latifolia, and O. corymhosa, of which the third, fourth, sixth,
seventh, eighth, and ninth are completely naturalized introductions ;
the naturalization of O. Bes-caprce is now reported for the tirst time.
Mr. Calder gives interesting details of the distribution of the species,
of each of which a plate is given.

In The Ohio Journal of Science for April is continued the series
of papers dealing with the effect of the great eruption on Mount
Katmai in Alaska on plant-life and the remarkable recovery of vege-
tation around Kodiak "where the new plant covering consisted
almost entirely of old perennials which had survived and come up
through the ash." In the present instalment Mr. \l. F. Griggs
records the first stages of the process in the valley of Katmai liiver :
here one of the most notable survivals was Equisetum arvense, which
" was able to penetrate deposits so thick that nothing else could come
through." A series of illustrations from photographs add to the
interest of the paper.

265

HISTORICAL REVIEW OF THE PH^OPHYCE^E.

Br A. H. Church.

The following notes have been put together as summarizing the
progressive discovery of this remarkable race of Marine Algae in the
general history of botany, as also illustrating the gradualh^ increas-
ing interest in what must ever remain one of the most central groups
of the vegetable kingdom, in that it alone, in the present world,
affords a view of the rise and development, in the sea, of a massive
race of autotrophic benthic organism, from the phase of the plankton-
flagellate to the culminating expression of plant-forms, which in
point of size may bear comparison Avith the vegetation of the land.
These types, again, are undoubtedly the nearest in general organi-
zation to the races of marine algae which left the sea to pass through
the vicissitudes of the subaerial transmigration, to emerge as the
higher Flora of the Land.

In this respect, it is interesting to note the part played by British
algologists, at a time when little interest was attached to the vege-
tation of the sea ; as also to emphasize the essential importance of
continued research on this isolated group of plants, rendered pecu-
liarly appropriate to the botanists of this country by the geographical
position of the British Isles.

The subject falls naturally into several epochs, as following the
general progression of Botanical Science.

I. Theophrastus to the Herbalists (300 b.c.-1623 a.d.).

To the first naturalists of ancient Grreece, the common objects of
the sea-shore were just the same as they are now, in the same
localities, and Theophrastus (300 b.c.) records the plants he saw,
and the ones he had heard about from fishermen and sailors. The
word (pvicos (* Phycos ') was originally used to cover all marine plants,
including such submerged Angiosperms as Posidonia a.nd Zoster a, the
litmus-lichen {Roccella) growing on the rocks of Crete, and employed
from time immemorial as a cosmetic, as also examples of Red, Brown,
and Green Sea-weeds proper — e.g., a red * Sea-Palm,' the 'Oyster-Green'
like a crumpled lettuce ( JJIva), and more particularly the C^^stoseiras
(' Sea-Oak ' and the ' Sea-Fir') ard the ' Sea- Vine ' {Sargassum) ; the
former as miniature trees with thick trunks and branches, the latter
with berries like those of the currant- vine. Also he had heard from
sailors that at the Pillars of Hercules (Gibraltar) the ocean-tide
brought in sea-weeds of marvellous size, ' about a palm-breadth '
(drifted Laminaria saccJiainna) and the ' sea-leek,' growing as high
as a man's waist {L. digit ata forms) i. Dioscorides (a.d. 77) and
Plint (a.d. 79) have little more to say than record the popular

1 Theophrastus (circa 300 B.C.), Be Historia Plnntarum, Lib. 4, cap. 7.
Hort (London, 1916), English Translation, vol. ii. p. 329.

Journal of Botant, — Vol. 37. rQcTOUKR, 1019.1 u

266 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

knowledge of the time ; they were only dealing with the same vege-
tation i. B}"- the Komans, in fact, the term Fucus wsui used in its
primary sense for the Boccella-lichen, as shown by the numerous
derivatives in the sense of dyeing, painting, and rouging; further
references to sea- vegetation remained dormant for many centuries,
until the Renaissance had brought a veneration for the old Greek
texts of Theoplirastus and Dioscorides. The first new references are
those of Imperato (Naples, 1599), who in his general 'Natural
History' mentions many Mediterranean Sea-weeds, as well as the
Fucus marinns {Roccella^, Tamarisk- and Myrica-Wkfd Cystoseiras.
Fio-ures are given for the ' Palma Marina ' (Floridean) of Theo-
phrastus, 'Abies Marina' (a Oystoseira), and even the ' Fuco
giganfeo,'' a mythical figure of an oceanic Laminaria digitata, too
good to be lost, from, sailors' tales 2.

First among the Botanical Herbalists, Lobelttjs^ (Antwerp,
1576) correctly interpreted Theophrastus : The ' Quercus Marinus '
is figured recognizably as a Cgstoseira (an Ahrofanum maris), and
his woodcuts include Sargassums {Lenticula) of the Adriatic and
Tyrrhenian Seas ! as well as the Fucus Fliiiianus, identified as
Vraick of the sea-coast, and the Lichen (Hocella) of Crete. (The
use of the word Fucus for the Boccella-lichen persisted until the time
of Ray, 1686.)

The first really new step was made by Dodon^us in his Stirpmm
Hisforice, published after his death (Antwerp, 1616*). In recording
Viva, Fosiclonia, and the Fucus of Theophrastus, he mentions that
there were some other species as well, and figures very creditably
four forms from the Dutch coast : (1) Fucus vesiculosus, (2) Himan-
thalia, (3) Ascophyllum, (4) Halidrys. The first of these is rather
ingeniously read into Theophrastus' account of the Sea-Oak (cf.
Cystoseira ericoides), and other types are referred to the genus
Fucus, since had not Theophrastus said that there were others beyond
the Pillars of Hercules ! and from this time Fucus primus (F. vesi-
culosus) holds its own as No. I. Fucus, or the ' Quercus marina,'
as the type for all sea-weeds ; and the systematist's custom of begin-
ning the list of sea- weeds with the Fucaceae may be said to sm'vive
until the Sylloge Algarum of De Toni (1895).

II. Early Systematists (Bauhin, 1620, to Dillexitjs, 1724).

Advance beyond this stage was but slow. A few types of plants
were isolated, and rather casually named, as by Caspar Bauhin ''
(Basle, 1620) who received plants from the beach at Aberdeen ; and

1 Dioscorides (circa 77 a.d.), Lib. 4, cap. 99. Pliny (died a.d. 79), Lib. 13,
cap. 25 (vel 48).

^ Imperato (Naples, 1599), BelV Historia Naturale, pp. 740, 743.

•* Lobelius (1576), Stirpium Historia, pp. 652, 653.

•* Dodoens (1616), Stirpium HistoHae Pernptades, p. 479.

5 C. Bauhin, Pinax (Basle, 1623), pp. 363, 365. UpoSpofios (Basle, 1671),
p. 154 (no figure); cf. Pinax, 'Fuel arboribus, fructibus, vel etiam herbis
assiinilati.'

HISTORICAL HEVIEW OF THE PII.EOPHYCILi: 2{57

a few rough blocks were added; cf. JoHNSo:y's Gemrd (1683 j i, and
Pahkinson's Theatrum^ (1640).

A more imposing technical display was made \>j Morisox^ the
first Professor of Botany at Oxford (in the posthumous vol. iii.
1699), in which copper-plate illustrations are given for the first
time, though of varying value, and the text comprises a miscellaneous
collection of about 60 plants, including with the sea-weeds Zostera
and polyzoans. Eat (1686) ^ repeats much the same miscellaneous
collection of plants, but without figures, and remarks of little real
scientific value. The number of species of Ficcus grew considerably,
the name being extended to all shrubby kinds, as opposed to smaller
more mossy forms {Micscus marina). Thus Bauhin in his classical
JBinax (1623) collects together references to 20 forms of shrubby
Fuci. Parkinson (1640) knew 12 English plants (including JJlva
and Padina). Tournefort ^ (1700) gives a list of 76 species.

In the thii'd edition of Pay's ^Si/nopsis (1724) Dillenjus
includes 57 species as Fucus, and these are arranged in artificial
classes as they are (1) Branched, (2) Dichotomous, (3) Bilateral, or
the converse ^. Dillenius, Sherardian Professor of Botany at Oxford
(1734-1747), also amassed a collection of all the common objects of
the sea-shore that looked anything like a i:)lant, including sponges,
hydroids, polyzoans, and red and brown algae. He collected every-
thing he saw on the beach, just as one might do to-day, including
about 20 Phseophycea? out of a total of 60 forms 7. The value of this
work can be indicated by saying that the same sort of thing could be
done by any intelligent and uninstructed boy, as a holiday task, in a
few days at the sea-side. As an example of shore-observations, the
text is chiefly remarkable for the common plants left out. This is no
reflection on the industry of Dillenius, whose province Avas a survey
of the whole of the vegetable kingdom, single-handed, but it serves
to indicate the highest scientific hoiizon of the time — at any rate,
much had been done since the time of Dodonseus.

III. Influe>^ce of the LiNN^AJf SrsTEM (1735-1813).

From the very chaotic medley of bad descriptions, Lii^?s-j:its
(1753), in the first edition of the Species JPlantarum^, reduced the
species of Fucus to 27 * shrubby ' forms ; any other sea-weeds being
included as Llva (9) and Conferva (21); e.g., Pylaiella littoralis

1 Gerard's Herhall, enlarged and amended by Thomas Johnson (London,
1633), pp. 1567, 1670.

- The Theatre of Plants, John Parkinson (London, 1640), pp. 1281, 1292.

^ Plantarum Historiae Universalis Oxonieyisis, pars tertia, by Jacobus Bobar-
tius, Oxford, 1699. Morison died in 1683 ; cf. An account oj the MorUonian
Herharinm, Vines & Drnce, Oxford (1914), p. 223, Part iii (1699), xv. cap. 48,
p. 645 and last folio of plates, Sect. 15, tt. 8, 9.

■* Ray, Historia Plantarum, London (1704), vol. iii. pp. 9, 10.

^ Toiimefort, Paris (1700), Institntiones Rei Herhariae, p. 565.

^ Johannis Eaii Synopsis, editio tertia (Dillenius), London (1724), p. ZO.

'' The Dillenian Herbaria, Druce & Vines, Oxford (1907), p. 21.

^ Species Plantarum, edit. i. Holmiie; 1753, vol. ii. p. 1158.

268 THE JOUE>'AL OF BOTAT«T

was a Conferva. Linnaeus' practical knowledge of even the commoner
Atlantic sea-weeds was of the most meagre description, and the
mistakes he made are excusable. Thus ' Laminaria digitata ' is left
out, and the whole of the Laminarians included under L. saccharina,
the latter name being borrowed from an allusion to Aleukia ^. Fucus
was again included as the first genus of the group Algce, a sub-
division of the Cryptogams {Sysfema Naturce, 1785). It is true
that his ' Cryptogams ' also included the tree Ficvs, and the Algae,
Lemna ; but these minor slips were soon corrected. The essential
point is that the 27 species of the genus Fucus were subdivided into
5 sections, much as suggested by Dillenius : —

I. Dichotomi frondescentes,

II. Dichotomi caulescentes, •

III. Ramosi foliis distinctis,

IV. Ramosi fronde unita,

Y. Fructificationibus non vesicariis,

as 4 groups of Fucoids, and the rest. Characteristic representatives
of these groups are : — (1) Fucus serratus^ (2) Himanthaliay
(3) Sargassum, (4) Hcdidrys, (5) Laminaria, Fadina, and Chorda.
Out of the 27 forms, 4 in group V were Floridese. But the old arrange-
ment, retaining the commoner Fucoid plants in the premier position
was maintained ; and this sequence becomes the guide to subsequent
writers, who added new species to the 5 groups. Thus Hudson
(1762) ~ increased English forms to Fucus 45, Ulra 10, Conferva 36 ;
Lightfoot^ (1777) describes Fucus 43, ZJlva 12, Conferva 26.

Under the stimulus of the Linnsean System, and the cult of the
Herbarium, Avith greater care in observation and collection, the addi-
tion of forms and descriptions proceeded steadily. Increasing interest
is shown in sea-weed collecting, apart from the study of flowering
plants, and many excellent tigm-es (Lightfoot) enabled the plants to
be readily identified ; the few^ drawings of Yellet (1795) "*, and a
good set by Stackhouse (1795) °, introducing the use of colour
for the first time, and stimulating enquiry as to the nature of the
reproductive organs (Yelley). A review of British Algae (WoOD-
WAED and GooDENOUGH, 1797) ^ comprises accounts of 72 species of
sea-weed, all classed as Fucus, now becoming a jumble of brown and
red forms ; and an attempt at a slightly new arrangement is interest-
ing, as affording the general plan subsequently emended and followed
by Greville and Harvey.

Meanwhile, considerable progress had been made on the continent.
The honour of writing the first book on Marine Algfe alone is due to
Gmelix (St. Petersburg, 176S), though the illustrations were rather
crude ^ ; and a finer volume of coloured plates of 96 sp. was pub-

^ Sibbald, Edinburgh (1684), Scotia illust rat a, -part ii. p. 26.

2 Hudson, FLo7'a Anglica (London, 1762), p. 466 : no figures.

^ Lightfoot, Flora Scotica (London, 1777), vol. ii. p. 902.

^ Velley (Bath, 1795), Coloured fiyures of Marine Plants.

•-• Stackhouse (Bath, 1795-1801), Nereis Britaymica.

" Goodenough and Woodward, Trans. Linn. Soc. vol. iii. (1795), p. 84.

' Historia Fvcorum. Gmelin, Petropoli (1768).

HISTORICAL REYIEW OF THE PH.EOPHTCE^ 269

lished by Esper (1800) ^. The latter has no special arrangement,
but Gmelin distmguished 7 subgenera (ordo) or 7 orders, as well as
TJlva and Trefnell a -forms.

The issue of the latter may be said to have stimulated Dawson
TuR^s^ER in this country to prepare the 4 great quarto volumes of
coloured figures -, which mark the culmination of the epoch of collec-
tors and naturahsts pure and simple. All the forms are called
Fucus, the figures were chiefly drawn by Hooker, and there is
no attempt at any arrangement ; but the text is a. monument of
general information, and still indispensable to British naturalists, as
also for the figures of many foreign species collected by Banks,
Mexzies, and Robert Brow^n, from Austraha, the Cape, and Cali-
fornia, which are often the most readily available figures and descrip-
tions of still little-known plants.

Reference to the older literature shows how much had been done
under the influence of the Linnsean Sj^stem between 178o and 1819 ;
scientific method had been introduced into the subject, and natura-
lists and collectors were stimulated for the first time to increasingly
careful and detailed observations. But though attention was paid to
such details of spore-arrangement as could be seen with a simple
lens of low power, little further advance was possible until better
microscopic methods had been invented. The fine hand-colom-ed
plates of Dawson Turner and Hooker set a standard for future work
of this kind ; but the general attitude of the botanist of the period is
perhaps summed up by Martyn (1807), — " Many of them {Ficctis sp.)
make very beautiful specimens for the herbarium, and are often seen
disposed on paper so as to form a sort of picture " ^\

IV. Influence of the Natural System (1789-1851).

Contemporaneous with the work of Turner, new ideas were
making their way as a consequence of the increasing acceptance of
the Natural System of Classification of Flowering Plants, published
by A. L. de Jussieu (Paris, 1789), which was to finally supersede the
Linnsean System. Plants being successfully grouped for the first
time in Subdivisions and ' Natural Orders ' which attempted to map
out the more fundamental ' natural affinities ' of the plants in ques-
tion. The application of these ideas to sea-weeds was indicated by
Lamouroux (1813), who in a striking essaj^ ^ marked out a new
scheme, which not only segregated numerous genera, but arranged
them in distinct Natural Orders. The fiii'st feature of primary
importance was the separation of the Floridese (II.) from the
Fucaceae (I.) and the Dictyotacese (III.) ; while such admirable
names as JLaminaria^ Desmarestia, Chorda, Dictyota, Padina,
Asperococcus were proposed for the new genera. As minor imper-
fections of this first attempt, it may be noted that the Floridean

^ Icones Fiicorum, Espsr, Niimberg- (1797), 2 vols., text & plates.

- Fuci, Dawson Turner (London, 1808-1809, 1811, 1819), 4 vols. : coloured
plates and descriptions of 2.58 species of Fucus, both British and foreign.

^ Martyn (1807) in Miller's Gardener s Dictionary.

■* Lamouroux (Paris, 1813), " Essai sur les Genres dela famille des Thalassio-
phytes non articulees."

270 TITE JOUnXAL OF BOTANY

FurcpUaria was placed with the Fucaeete, and Amansia with the
Dictvotaoeee, while A.tperococciis was relegated to the Ulvaceae. The
four orders of Algae included 25 genera, 24 being new, and 9 named
after friends of Laniouroux. The creation of new genera thus
initiated proceeded rapidly, and Ltngbye (1819) had 49 genera
fathered by Stackhouse, Agardh, as well as b}^ Laniouroux and him-
self, arranged in 6 ' orders ' ^ ; though unfortunately ' brown ' and
'red' are still mingled, Delesseria coming next to Fucks, and Viva
to Lamhiaria. Of these 49 genera Lyngbye was responsible for 11.

Similarly, further advance was shown in Sweden by C. Agaedh
(1824). The whole of the AlgjB are now comprised in 6 orders, with
a total of 70 genera 2, with singular prevision, in series from the
simplest (Diatoms) to the ones most like land-plants {Sargassiim).
The main series of Green, Red, and Brown Algse begm to emerge as
Ulvaceae (13 gen.), Floridese (16 gen.), and Fucoideae (15 gen.).
But the Fucoideae still retain Lichina, Lemanea, and Furcellaina,
and the Ulvaceae, Forpliyra ; while an order Confervoideae includes a
general mixture of filamentous forms, Ectocarpus, Sphacelaria,
Mesogloia, with Protonema^ JSatrachospermu?n, Tkorea, Oscillatoria,
Chara, Ceramium, Griffithsia, &c. The larger Algae are thus be-
ginning to be sorted out ; but great confusion still exists in those
requiring more microscopic observation, and little appears to be
known about them beyond giving them a name.

A short step to the elegant little volume of Geeyille^ (1830)
■ shows a slight advance. A preliminary'- synopsis of Algae includes 14
orders and 89 genera ; but the older arrangement, commencing with
Sargasso m and Avorking down, is followed. Lichina is still put
among the Fucoids ; Furcellaria and Polyides are again outside the
true ' Florideae ' ; so that there can be little insight into either the
structure or details of reproduction of these types, although they are
figured in a colour one would have thought unmistakable. A more
remarkable omission is the whole of the 'Confervoid' forms, including
Ectocarpoid types, Sphacelarias, &c. ; these being still kept separate
as in D ill wyn\ 1809), following the Linnaean System*.

This class of work culminates in the four volumes of the Fhgco-
Joqia Britannica of Haryey (1846-1851). About 360 coloui-ed
plates of British Marine Algae alone still constitute the standard
work of reference on the subject for these shores, and will not be
readily superseded. Though these volumes are restricted to British
species, the classification expresses the more natui-al relationships, and
all the more obvious errors of the past are put right. Brown Sea-
weeds (Melanophyceae) are clearly delimited both from the Rhodo-
phyceae and the Chlorophyceae ; the first series Melanoi)liycea?
(=MelanospermeiB) alone is subdivided into 6 orders, 35 genera, and
97 species. The system is that of Greville, much emended, and is
traced from Sargassum down to Ectocarpus and Myriotrichia ;
the text is also similar to that of Greville.

1 Lyng-bye (Hafnia, 1819), Tentamen Hydrophytologix Danicae.

• C. Agardh (Lund, 1824), Systema Algainim.

3 Greville (Edinburgh, 1830), Algse Britaiinicse (col. plates).

* Dillwyn (London, 1S09), British Confervse.

HISTORICAL BEYIEW OF THE PHJ20PHTCEJJ 271

The first half of the Nineteenth Century (1800-1850) may be
termed the golden age of the collector and systematist. Enthusiastic
amateurs who specialized^ in alga-collecting were numerous, and the
cult of the Herbarium was accumulating the material utilized by
systematists, and building the framework of the science. Nowaday*s
one can hardly spare the time and labour for such practices, with a
quiet conscience, since ideals of what is most worthy to be done have
been considerably raised, and the horizon broadened ; but at that
time such efforts were still the expression of the highest outlook
of the science — at any rate, in this country. The names of many who
helped to erect this monumental work are enshrined in generic or
specific names : — e.g. Kalfs of Penzance (1807-90 : Ralfsia), Clous-
ton of Orkney (1800-84 : Laminaria Gloustoni), Landsborough of
the Sea-Oak fame (1779-1854 : Land slur (jia). Miss Cutler of Sid-
mouth (tl866: Gutleria), Miss Gifford of Minehead (1823 ?-91:
Glffordia) : others are commemorated in genera of Florideae, as
Mrs. Griffiths of Torquay (1768-1858 : Griffithsia, the accepted
doyenne of British lady algologists), Mrs. Gatty (1809-73 : Gattya),
Mrs. Gulson (fl. 1855 : Gulsonia), Miss Ball (tl872 : Ballia),
Miss Hutchins of Bantry (1785-1815: Hutchinsia, now sunk in
Polysiphonia), and PoUexsen of Orkney (1813-99; Pollexfenia).
It is also interesting to include Mrs. Wyatt of Torquay (fl. 1833 :
Wyattia), who with the assistance of Mrs. Griffiths compiled the AlgcB
Damnoniensis (4 vols, exsiccata, 234 specimens) to which Harvey's
Manual (1841) was largely indebted i. This algological branch
of Botan}'- has been now seen, as it were, to grow up : passing through
the stage of 'general information,' characteristic of the more or less
educated classes of Greek, Renaissance, or modern times, to the
Nature- Study phase of the school-boy and the age of Dillenius, on to
the adult naturalist and collector, with refined methods for collecting,
naming, and determining species and varieties, but not seeming
capable of getting much further. The genemtion which produced the
Phycologia Britannica and allied works ^ left few successors ; and
this work so far again marks the close of an epoch. Henceforward
the study of Algse requires a more special botanical training than Avas
possible for the collector and amateur, though the function of these
is still by no means exhausted, and there is room for many at the
present day.

A more complete system was drawn up by the younger Agaedh
(1848), inclusive of all known algae 3; the Phseophycese alone extend
to 7 families and a total of 70 genera, arranged in series from Ecto-
carpus to Sargasstim ; and this arrangement constitutes the basis
of modern classifications, to be emended with improved outlook, as
expressed by further knowledge of reproductive processes and life-
histories.

Meanwhile, another phase of the subject was beginning to make

1 Greville (1830), loc. cit. p. vi; Harvey; Phyc. Brit. (1851), Preface, p, iv.

2 Cf. Phycologia australica Harvey (1858); Nereis Bor. J.mer. Harvey (1851).
Makers of British Botany, Oliver (1913) : ' Harvey,' p. 204.

"* J. G. Agardh (Lund, 1848). Species Genera et Ordines Fucoidenrum,

r72 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANT

itself felt. Though the Phycologia General is of Kuetztng (Leip-
zig, 184:3) shows no advance as systematic work, since Kuetzing had
peculiar ideas of his own with regard to classification, and a great
turn for making new genera out of old ones, which did not convince
Schleiden i, it is always interesting to turn to this remarkable pioneer
volume, which may be said to introduce the atmosphere of the
elementary laboratory practice of the present day into the subject,
based on the methods of section-cutting and the use of reagents.
The Florideae are termed Keterocarpece, and other algse IsocarpecB ;
the latter being curiously divided as Gymnospermous and Angio-
spermous : the lower Phaeosporeae are still mixed up, Mesogloia
being near Bafrachospermum, and Ectocarpus next to Drapariialdia.
But the volume gives special attention to anatomical and physiological
considerations, while a large number of careful anatomical drawings
and figures of the reproductive organs put the available material
in quite a new light. Many of these illustrations have done duty
in text-books to recent times 2. Though not perfect to modern ej^es,
they are quite different from anything attempted previousl}^ — at a
time too when cell-theory was still vague, and even ' protoplasm '
had not been established by Von Mohl. Kuetzing also seems to
have been the first to introduce the objectionable practice of print-
ing the details of ' brown,' * green,' or ' red ' algje in respectively
coloured inks ^.

V. Mdderx Botaxy.

" In the years immediately before and after 1840, a new life
began to stir in all parts of botanical research, in anatomy, physiology
and morphology " (Sachs) ^. The important additions to the botanical
outlook associated with the names of Schleiden, Yon Mohl, Naegeli,
Hofmeister, and many others constitute the stimulus which prepared
tlie way for conceptions of phylogen}"" and descent implied by the
observations of Darwin and his associates ; and the aggregation of
these standpoints has made modern botany a subject altogether
beyond the dreams of the older school of naturalists. The application
of these views to Sea-weeds again came from the other side of the
English Channel, and the reseai'ches of Bobis^et and Thueet on
Antherozoids and sexual fertilization in Brown and Bed Algae mark
the starting-point of new lines of progress. The actual fertilization
of Fuciis was observed by Thuret at Cherbourg (1854), though the
significance of the sexual organs had been fairW known since 184-3,
and the theory of sexuality was rendered clear in both Brown
and Bed Algae •^. Work on the French shores has been followed up
by Janczewski (Antibes), Guignard (Cherbourg), Crouan (Brest),

^ F. T. Kuetzing (Leipzig, 1843), Phycologia (reneraJis oder Anatomie, Phy-
siologie iind Systemkunde der Tange. Schleiden (Eng. Tmns. Lankester (1849),
p. 140) knew so little of the sea as to regard all algse as polymorphic expressions
of one type of plant.

- Hauck (1885), Oltmanns (1904).

'-' Cf. Zanardini, Icon. PhijcoJou. Adnatica (1860) ; Okamura, Tokyo (1902).

■^ Sachs' Hixtoiui of Botany, Eng. Trans, p. 182.

■' Bornet and Thuret (1878) collected papers in Etudes PJiylocoJofiiqnes.

HISTORICAL REVIEW OF THE PHiEOPHYCE.E 273

and Sautageau (Gulf of Gascony), while the establishment of the
Marine Station at Naples by Anton Dohrn (1878) has enabled
inland continental observers to work under favourable circumstances on
the shores of the Mediterranean (Berthold, Reinke, Falkenberg,
Oltmanns). The writings of these and many such observers are still
the working literature of the subject. The latest official review of the
group Phseophycea3 is that of Kjellman i (1891), the most complete
systematic text (in Latin) that of De Toni (1895) ^, and the most
complete text-book that of Oltmani^s ^ (1904-5).

General morphological and structural problems have been most
successfully dealt with from a modern standpoint by Keinke^
and Oltmanns ^, while Kuckuck ^ (Helgoland) has set the highest
standard of draughtmanship for cells and tissue-details ; Sauvageau '^
(Guethary) has shown what can be done with simple line-work.
Good figures of weeds in a natural condition, free from the conven-
tions of herbarium material are given by Okamura (Tokyo) ^.

The opening years of the present century have seen advance in
new directions ; as on the ecological side, — the account of the Algal
Flora of the Faeroes by Borgesex ^ constituting a model for floristic
work, which has been followed by Cottois^i^ for Clare Island in
British seas ; while on a more restricted formation Miss Baker i^
has stated the algal problems of the Salt-marsh. A distinctly new
standpoint has been introduced in the discussion of cytological
problems of the organization of the nucleus in karyogamy and meiosis
( Strasburger, 1897 ; Farmer and Williams, 1898 ; Williams, 1904).
In this department Yamanouchi ^^ has set a standard of technique
and comprehensive detailed observation for application to all life-
cycles, which may be equalled but scarcely surpassed, as expressing the
limit of modern microscopic methods.

The footnote references are only intended to afford a guide to the
best methods of work in the group at the present time — the first
desideratum for British seas being undoubtedly a comprehensive
account of the British plants, with figures and full structural and
ecological details, to replace the Phycologia Britannica of Harvey.

^ Kjellman (1891), Phfeophyceas, in Engler & Prantl's Pflanzenfamilien.

- De Toni (1895), Sylloge Fncoidearnm.

^ Oltmanns (Jena, 1904), Morphologie und Biologie der Algen.

■* Reinke (Kiel), cf. Alias Deutsche)- Meeresalgen (1889).

^ Oltmanns (1889), Bibliotheca Botanica, iii. p. 78.

^ Kuckuck (Helg-oland), cf. WissenschaftMche Meeresuntersuchnngen, 1898.

' Sauvageau, J. de Bot. 1892, 96; 1902, Sphacelarias, Myrionemas.

^ Okamura (Tokyo), Icones of Japanese Algse, 1907 et seq.

^ Botany of the Faeroes (Warming, 1908) ; Marine Algae, B<)rgesen (1903), p. 403,
1908, p. 683.

^^ Cotton (1912), Clare Island Survey. Proc. Roy. Irish Acad, xxxi., Marine
Algae, p. 94.

" Baker and Blandford, Brotvn Sea-tveeds of the Salt-Marsh. Journ. Linn.
Soc. p. 325 (1916).

•- Yamanouchi (Bot. Gazette, Chicago), Fmch,,s' (1909), Cvtleria (1912), Zanar-
dinia (1913). J. L. Williams, Dictijota (1904), Annals of Bot. p. 183. Stras-
burger. Fertilization of Funis (1897). Brings. Jalirb. xxv. p. 372.

274 THE JOURNAL OF BOTAXT

CAREX MONTANA L.
By H. Stuart Thompson, F.L.S.

On August 10th I cycled to Charterhouse-on-Mendlp, partly to
explore an interesting seventy-acre plot of rough pasture and heather
recently bought by a friend interested in botanj^ and geology. This
enclosure is primarily a rabbit-warren, with a remarkable chasm or
miniature canyon of curious irregularity, and bedecked Avith ferns,
running some 200 yards through the carboniferous limestone on the
side nearest the Mendip Sanatorium.

As noticed in 1915, when I began mapping the distribution of
Carex moniana on the Mendip plateau, this sedge is ver}' abundant
in this and neighbouring walled enclosures, and on the roadside
between Charterhouse and the head of Cheddar Gorge. In May and
June the pale green of its narrow grass-like leaves can be seen from
iifar ; but in a tine August the colour is a rich yellow-green, so that
it forms a distinct feature in the landscape and can be seen a quarter
of a mile off, especially when against a belt of heather. The object
of this note is to draw the attention of field-botanists to the colour
of the foliage of the sedge, because it ma}^ possibl}" be found not only
elsewhere on the Mendip Hills but in other English counties, e. g.
Wilts and Dorset, from which I believe it is not yet reported.

In Somerset C. montana was unknown until the late E. F. Linton
found it, when botanizing in July 1»90 with the late K. P. Murray,
on a roadside bank close to Charterhouse Church ( Journ. Bot. xxviii.
p. 350). In 190S it was seen by Mr. F. Samson in another place in
the neighbourhood ; and in 1916 and 1917 I observed that it was
" abundant over scores of acres and appeared in spots sev^eral miles
apart" (Report of Watson Bot. Exch. Club for 1917, p. 79). This
year, on August 10th, I saw it in several patches much nearer Priddy,
nearly three miles from where Mr. Pugsley had seen it by the Roman
road west of Charterhouse. Two years ago I noticed it in small
quantity on approaching from the tableland the extreme head of
Cheddar Gorge. All these localities are at an altitude of from 700
to 800 ft., and roughly within the old mining area.

When once known in the field C. montana can easily be detected
in July or August hundreds of yards off, when riding on a bicycle, so
brilliant is the yellow-green of its foliage. The leaves of Brachy-
podium sylvaticum are of a very similar colour when growing in the
open moorland or rough pasture, as that grass sometimes does on
Mendip and elsewhere, but they are much broader. It was the
leaves only (of the sedge) which Mr. Linton first detected in July
1890, but' " careful search led to the discovery of a few withering
spikes .... and on one of these a single fruit remained." That
■discovery was of a plant new to Watson's Peninsular Province (no. 1) ;
for in his Compendium of the Cyhele Britannica (1870) it was
recorded from Provinces 2-5 only, and in " Lat. 51-52 or 53 : Sussex,
Gloucester, Monmouth, Hereford, Worcestershire." Its present
census number in Lond. Cat. ed. 10 (1908) is eleven, for it has also
been found in Devon, Hants, and other counties.

CAREX MOXTAXA 275

Those unacquainted with this sedge, who may look for it after
the seeds have fallen at Midsummer, may detect it by its bright,
narrow, very slender, and pointed leaves, 4-8 inches long, or rarely
longer ; and make sure of the species by its thick shaggy branched
I'hizome to which the fibrous roots are attached. The basal sheaths
of the leaves are often reddish purple, as in C. depawperaia^ a very
rare and quite di:fferent species, which holds its ground in one spot
a few miles from Charterhouse, N. Somerset. In early spring before
the flowers are out and when the young leaves of C. moiitana are
quite short, and surrounded by last year's dead ones, botanists should
search for the erect flowering spikes, which are black before the anthers
appear at the end of April. The stems soon elongate and Anally
droop in crraceful curves, so that the flowers are often hidden in the
mass of leaves. At the end of April 1917 I saw at Charterhouse on
Mendip hundreds of these little black spikes, two or three inches high,
appearing immediately after the snow melted after that bitter Avinter.

I am of the opinion that Carex montana had been overlooked on
Mendip until 1890 chiefl}" because its flowers and fruits disappear
soon after Midsummer, and because many plants have no flowers.
Perhaps for similar reasons I actually do not remember having
collected it on the Continent, where so widely spread ; though imtil
I went to Chai'terhouse in 1915 my knowledge of the j)lant was
limited to having seen it growing only on shady banks in Wyre Forest
and in a Sussex woodland.

Since the above was w^-itten, I find the following interesting note
on this plant by that careful observer the late T, R. Archei- Briggs
in his Flora of Plymouth (1880) p. 351 : — " One of the earliest
Car ices to flower. By the third week in June I have found the
seeds all shed and the spikes withered ; but the large j^tches foi-med
by its tufts of light green leaves and its thick shaggy rhizome serve,
when flowers and seeds are gone, to distinguish it from its associates,
C. pihtlifera dir\(\. C. prcecox.'' First record for Devon: Briggs, in
Journ. Bot. (1873), 172.

KUBIACEJi: BATESIAN.E.— I.

By H. F. Werxham, D.Sc, F.L.S.

Ik this Journal for 1916 (pp. 226-231) I published descriptions
of several new Gamopetalse collected by Mr. G. L. Bates in the
Yaunde district of Southern Cameroons. most of them from the
neighbourhood of Bitye, Ebolowa. Mr. Bates, who has ah-eady
obtained a deserved reputation for the excellence and interest of his
collections, has recently sent to the National Herbarium about 250
specimens from the same district ; over 16 per cent, of these are
lluhiacecB^ among which are so many novelties as to claim a
separate record ; the interest of the remainder, from the rarity and
excellence of the material, is hardly less than that of the new^ species.
Nott'S by Mr. Bates, which I quote in inverted commas, accom])any

276 THE JomtXAL of botani'

most of the specimens : the following is an extract fi*om his letter of
Jan. 30, announcing their despatch :

*'.... Xearh^ all plants here [Bitye] are woody, and fully half of
them, I should think, haye weak climbing stems. These latter I
haye called, all, ' yines ' . . . . I use still the Bulu word ekotok \
and if you want to substitute English you ^vill haye to say * mixed
growth on abandoned ground ' . . . . The natives here never keep
the land under cultivation long — or properly, never under cultivation
at all — and after clearing, and planting for a few seasons, they leave
the wild growth to spring up again. This new growth is partly from
roots and stumps left in the ground and large trees left standing at
the time of clearing, and partly from seeds of certain quick-growing
trees, vines and weeds characteristic of such land, and never found in
the forest .... EkotoJc goes gradually back to the forest ; these
quick-growing plants disappear, and true forest-growth takes their
place ; * old ekotok ' is that which is turning to forest again ....
Here, where there is no winter, there is no regular time of Howering
of each species ; still, I am sure that a long and careful course of
observation would show some kind of regularity in seasons, but it
would be hard to work out."

I proceed to enumerate the Rubiacese in systematic order, describing
such as appear to be new. The consideration of certain critical forms
is reserved for a subsequent paper.

Saecocephalvs esculentus Afzelius ex Sabine in Trans. Hort.
Soc. Lond. y. 442. t. IS (1824). Haviland, in Journ. Linn. Soc.
xxxiii. 25 (1897).

No. 120G. "A large tree, stem 100 ft. to branches, about IS ins. •
in diameter, at top of a tall stump. Forest. Fruits said to be eaten
by natives : known as akonddky

This species is confined to the tropics of the African continent,
wherein it has a wide distribution — laterally, at least, for it has not
been recorded from south of the equator. It appears most abundantly
about the Niger-basin ; but it ranges from Senegambia in the north
and west to Abyssinia in the east. According to Dr. Masters, it has
pink flowers and an edible fruit, of the size of a peach ; it is the
" peach" or "fig" of Sierra Leone, wdiere it is known as amelliky.
In Liberia it is called day (see Flor. Trop. Afr. iii. 39).

Mussaenda bityensis, sp. nov.

Frutex scandens, ramulis ferrugineis pulverulento-pubescentibus
tardius breviter irregulariter strigillosis. Folia venis primariis
lateralibus utrinque 9-11. Calycis lobi pro rata breves latiuscule
lanceolati acutissime acuminati, eorum uno petaloideam in laminam
candidam sa^pius producto. Cor ol Ice extus in super densiuscule
strigoso-sericeaj basin versus glabrata? limbus pro rata angustissimus.
Ovarium in anthesi tumidum notabile magnum oblongo-ovoideum.

No. 1202. " Climbing shrub or vine ; forest. Corolla 3'ellow ;
conspicuous white leaf adnate to calyx."

Allied to Ji. ohfuaa Kninse, from which it is readilv distinijuished

EUBIACE.E BATESIAN.E 277

by its climbing habit and the remarkable size of the ovary, even in
young buds. The leaves present no notable features ; "thej^ are
elliptical, 10-12 cm. X 5-6-5 cm., scarcely acuminate at the apex,
which is, however, so sharply acute as to be almost mucronate ;
between the main veins the surface is almost glabrous, on both sides,
except for a few short stiff adpressed hairs ; the veins are strigose ;
leaf-base obtuse; the petiole with indumentum like that of the
neighbouring branchlets, is usually less than 1 cm. long. Stipules
triangular, 6-7 mm. X 3-4 mm. at base, divided to about one-third of
their length into two sharply acute lanceolate-subulate lobes. Flowers
sessile in heads, 6 to 9 in each, on peduncles 1*5-2 cm. long, arising
at the end of branchlets 4 to 6 together in a corymbose armngement.
Ovary 7-8 mm. long, 4-5 mm. broad; small c«/j/^-lobes no longer
than 3 mm. ; petaloid lobe comparatively small — about 5 cm. X 2-8
cm. — with acuminate base narrowing into a very slender stalk about
1*5 cm. long. Corolla-ivibQ scarcely inflated above, and comparatively
broad throughout, at most about 2*5 cm. long ; limb not more than
8 mm. in diameter.

Mussaenda leptantha, sp. nov.

Frutex ramulis zb dense ferrugineo-tomentosis, desuper sub-
strigosis pilis nee manifeste tamen deflexis. Folia venis primariis
utrinque ca. 9 lateralibus. Calycis lobi pro rata brevissimi anguste
lanceolati acuminate acutissimi necnon apice subsetacei tamen
dentoidei, uno quoque in flore (exterioribus tantum) petaloideam
in laminam magnam producto late ellipticam basi cuneatam in
petiolum gracillimum angustatam longiusculum. Corollm tubus
angustissimus superiore longitudinis in dimidio paullo oblonge
inflatus, extus sericeus, infra glabratus subfilamentosus, limbo
angustissimo.

No. 1212. Allied, like the preceding, to M. ohtusa, from which
it differs chiefly in the characters of the corolla; the limb, for
example, is little more than half the diameter of that in Krause's
species. The leaves and stipules are practically indistinguishable
from those of M. hityensis. A striking difference is seen in the
ovary and calyx; in the mature flower the former is very small
and narrow, the whole length from ovary-base to the tips*^ of the
cah^x-lobes not exceeding 4 mm. The coro//«-tube is about 3 cm.
long, and no more than 2 mm. wide at most ; the limb is only
6-8 mm. in diameter.

Sabicea cameeoone^^^sis Wernham in Monogr. Sab. 35 (1914).

Nos. 1170 ! 1382 ! " Small vine, ehotokr Previously collected
by Bates (1113 !) in a similar habitat ; otherwise, only by Mildbraed
in the Molundu district, upon whose specimen I based the description
of this species. A photogra^^h of the type (Herb. Berol.) is in the
National Herbarium.

Sabicea Amomi, sp. nov.

"Frutex volubilis i-amulis gracilibus, ultimis dense griseo-sericeis
tardius sparse strigoso-tomentosis. Folia membmnacea late elliptica
vix acuminata subacuta basi subito acuto-acuminata in petiolum

27S THE JOUllNAL OF BOTANY

gracilliraum longiusculum desinentia, utrinque prsecipue infra in
venis obscuriuscnle strigillosa ; vence laterales primarise utrinque
ca. 8 ; stipiilce triangulares apice rotunda tie mox reflexa? persistentes.
liifl orescent ia pro rata paucitiora laxiuscula axillaris subumbellata,
pediDiculo manifesto apice bracteis duobus lanceolatis acutis glabratis
onusto. Pedicelli graciles, plerumque eonspicui. Calycis lobi inter
breviores, attenuati tamen, lineari-lanceolati acuti pro i-ata elongati
subglabri, ovarium densissime griseo-strigosum duplo excedentes.
Corolla inter minores tubularis insuper extus strigosa infra glabmta.

No. 1411. " Climbing in Amomum-ihickQt by stream, forest.
Corolla dark-greenish-purple."

Allied to S. venosa, and distinct in the venation of the leaves,
the few- flowered, lax inflorescence with manifest bracts, and th^'
relatively long calyx-lobes. Leaves ±: 8 cm. X 4 cm., with stalk
from 1 cm. to more than 3 cm. long ; stipules -dhoxit 5 mm. or longti-,
and 4 mm. broad at base. Peduncle ± 6 mm. ; bracts 5 mm. x
1*2 mm. ; pedicels .up to about 3 mm. Calyx-lohes, as much as 5 mm.
long ; ovary little more than 1 mm. in depth. Corolla about
1 cm. long ; the lobes, short and narrow, apparently remain erect.

Bertiera (§ Capitate) bityensis, sp. nov.

Frutex ramulis junioribus dense griseo-sericeo-tomentosis ; jiores
denso in capitulo sessili terminali dispositi ; calycis ubique densissime
sericei limbus subinteger v. obscure necnon brevissime lobatus.
Fructiis (maturum non vidi) verisimiliter inter minores necnon
sessilis.

(See key to species in my Monogr. in Journ. Bot. 1. 117 (1912).)

No. 1289. " Shinib, forest." Externally this species resembles
P. gloliceps K. Schum. ; but it may be distinguished readily by the
form and lobing of the calyx.

The thickness of a branch 3 dm. from the apex is but 3 mm.
The mature leaves are pergamaceous, about 17 cm. long and 5*5 cm.
broad, with petiole rarely longer than 6 mm. ; the leaf-surface is
glabrous above, except for the sparsely strigose midrib ; the undei'-
side is rather densely silky upon the main veins, and sparsely silky
between them. The membmnous stipules are lengthily oblong,
as much as 1*5 cm. long, but not more than 4 mm. broad, not
noticeably acuminate, but with acute apex, and strigose dorsal midrib
so prominent as to be almost carinate, the blade of the stipule being
glabrate. Capitulum 3-4 cm. in diameter. Calyx barely 5 mm.
long. The tube of the corolla consists of a lower subcylindrical
portion, 5-6 mm. long, and an u])per subglobular part 4 mm. long
and 4 mm. in diameter ; lobes lanceolate, acuminate, with very acute
apex, 2-5-3 mm. long. Anthers linear 3"5-3-8 mm. long.

Taeenxa btpindensis Wernham in Cat. Talb. Nig. PI. 180.
Chomelia hipindensis K. Schum. in Engl. Bot. Jahrb. xxxiii. 339
(1903).

No. 1380. "Vine on undergrowth, forest. Corolla sap-green."

Take>>a el-WO-fusca S. M<iore in .lourn. Linn. Soc. xxxvii. 302
(1900). Choinclia favo-fusca K. Schum. loc. cit. supra.

RUBIACE^ BATESIAXiB 279

No. 1243. " Climbing high, forest. Corolla outside dark-green
and reddish; inside pale-yellow." The same species was collected by
Gossweiler as far south as Cazengo, in Angola.

Randia miceais'tha K. Schum. in Engl. Bot. Jahrb. xxiii. 438
(1897).

No. 1216. Small tree, forest. Large white stigma " conspicuous."
The type was collected by Pogge in the Kasai (Congo) district.
There are several previous records from the Cameroons ; and a variety
occurs so far south as Angola.

Eandia cladantha K. Schum. in Engl. Bot. Jahrb. xxviii. 02
(1901).

No. 1270. (No note.) One of the "Amaralioid" species (v.
Journ. Bot. Iv. 7 (1917)) ; it has been recorded only from Nigeria and
the Cameroons.

Ra^dia steeptocaulon K. Schum. in Engl. Bot. Jahrb. xxiii.
440 (1897) ; Wernham in Journ. Bot. Iv. 8 (1917), inch syn.

No. 1267. " Vine, forest. Corolla cream-coloured, with carmine
sprinklings, shading at tips and inside." Another " Amaralioid "
species.

Rakdia octomeea Hiern in Flor. Trop. Afr. iii. 98. B. octomeria
(sic) Benth. et Hook. fil. Gen. PL ii. 89. Gardenia octomera Hook.
Bot. Mag. t. 5410 (1863).

No. 1403. " Small shrub, stem 4 ft. long; forest, corolla green."
This species was described and figured by Sir W. .1. Hooker {loc.
cit.) from a plant gathered by Gustav Mann in the island of Fernando
Po. It affords a good example of the difficulty in separating the
genera Bandia and Gardenia— ?i difficulty recognized by the author
just quoted in his description {loc. cit.). Hitherto the species has
been recorded subsequently from Nigeria only, so that the present
record represents an interesting eastward extension of the distribution.

Randia (§ Euclinia) megalostigma, sp. nov.

Arbor (?) ramulis validiusculis coi*tice rugosulo mox indutis mani-
feste striato. Folia magna crassiuscule pergamacea, obovato-lanceo-
lata apice vix acuminata obtusa vix tantum acuta, basi subtruncata v.
nonnunquam subcordata, subsessilia v. petiolo valido brevissimo,
utrinque glaberrima ; venae primarise utrinque 6-7 prominulse laterales ;
stipiilce brevem in vaginam connatse tubularem latere quoque breviter
inter petiolos apiculatam diutius persistentem. Flores magni 1-2 in
axillis subsessiles. Calyx coriaceus matui-us campanulato-infundibu-
laris, dentibus angustissimis oblongis brevibus vix acutis onustus,
breviorem in ovarium angustum leniter desinens infra sensim in prdi-
cellum brevissimum angustatum, hracteolis 2-3 brevibus late trian-
gularibus onustum subcoreaceis plus minus distantibus. Corolla?
brevissime necnon dense ferrugineo-tomentosaB tubus e basi longe
cylindricus, insuper leniter infundibulariter dilatatus, lobi ovati
acuminati acuti patentes demum deflexi. Stigma bilobum magnum
carnosum ramulis obtusisbimis.

280 THE JOUENAL OF BOTAXY

Nos. 1171, 1275.

Allied to H. maculata, as is indicated by the similarity of the
flowers, this species is easily distinguished by the size and shape of
the leaves ; the latter measure 18-25 cm. X 8-12 cm., the greatest
width being in the upper third of the blade ; petiole barely 3 or 4 mm.
long ; tube of stipules 3-4 mm. deep. Calyx and ovarif form a
funnel rather more than 1*5 cm. long, and about 1*3 cm. wide at the
mouth, which is surmounted by the distant and very short teeth.
The co;'oZ/«-tube has a total length of about 20 cm. ; at its base the
width is 8-9 mm. ; at 17 cm. upwards from the base the width is
nearly 2. cm. ; at the mouth, just beneath the base of the lobes, the
Avidth is over 5 cm. ; lobes 3*5 cm. long and over 2 cm. broad. The
narrowly-linear antliers are nearly 3 cm. long. Lobes of stigma
1*7 cm. long and 6-7 mm. broad.

MoBELTA SENEGALE?fsis A. Kich cx DC. Prod. iv. 617, et in Mem.
Soc. Hist. Nat. Par. v. 232 (1834). Randia sp. Benth. & Hook. fil.
Gen. PI. ii. 89.

No. 1210. " Tall weak-stemmed shrub ; forest. Flowers white."
Bates collected the same species in 1917 (no. 1046), noting it as " a
shrub or ver}"" small tree, 15 ft. Flowers Avhite, -with agreeable
perfume."

This species has a wide and continuous distribution in the African
tropics, where it is endemic, from Senegambia in the north and west
to Angola in the south and Uganda in the east.

GAEDE^"TA SPATHICALYX K. Sclium. CX Weriiliam in Cat. Talb. Nig.
PI. 131 (1913).

No. 1356. No note accompanies this specimen. Collected
originally by Zenker and Staudt in the Yaunde district; several
excellent specimens were discovered later by the Talbots in Nigeria.
The flowers are large — six inches or longer — and densely hairj^ on the
outside ; the calyx is sj^lit along its whole length on one side, and is
divided into 5 long linear lobes on the other.

Allied to this, but readily distinguishable, is the following: —

Gabdenia Vogelii Hook. fil. ex Hook. 1. c. viii. 782-3 (1848) ;
Hiern in Flor. Trop. Afr. iii. 103 (1877).

No. 1281. " Small shrub, forest. Corolla white, but tube
greenish."

This species was based upon a plant found by Vogel in the Ibu
district of Nigeria. Specimens have been discovered subsequently as
far south as the Congo, and eastward in Djur-land and Niam-niam.

Gabdenia abbeokut.i: Hiern in Flor. Trop. Afr. iii. 104.

No. 1365. " Climbing high on trees in ekotok that had lately
been forest. Flowers yellow."

This species has been found westward in Nigeria, and as far as
Gola, in Liberia.

Amaralia palustris, sp. nov.

Frutex seandens, ramulis in juventute dense griseo-sericeis mox
cortice striato-rugosulo indutis glabrato validiuseulis. Folia inter

EUBIACE^ BATESIAXJ. 281

minora tenuiter pergamacea, glabra ta anguste elliptica v. nommnquani
oblanceolata late acuminata acuta, basi truncata v. subcordata, petiolo
brevissimo crassiusculo ; vencjd primariae utrinque 6-8 laterales ;
stipulcd oblongse obtusse basi demuui laxe cohserentes. Flores in
axillis subsessiles solitarii inter maximos. Calycis magni lobi ovato-
lanceolati apice subobtusi extus glabrati, tubus brevissimus necnon
hypocrateriformi — campanulatus extus minute et brevissimo sparse
sericeus. Corolla magna campanulata lobis latis brevissimis apice
rotundatis. Ovarium obconicum griseo-sericeum Iseve.

No. 1209. '* Climbing shrub ; swamp. Corolla purplish-red,
darkest inside."

Allied apparently to A. Millenii, this species is characterized by
the narrow leaves, with truncate or subcordate base, the colour and
size of the flowers, and the habitat. Leaves 9-12 cm. X 3-5 cm., with
stalk barely 8 mm. at longest ; stipules about 1 cm. long at the time
of fall. The calyx-iwhe forms a shallow basin about 3 mm. in depth,
and nearly 1*5 cm. in diameter just below the lobes, which are I'o cm.
long by 8 mm. wide. Corolla-t\x\>Q 3-5 cm. deep, and over 2-5 cm.
wide at the mouth ; lobes about 1 cm. long- and the same in width at
the middle. Ovary nearly 1 cm. long.

'O

Amaralia ekotokicola, sp. nov.

Frutex scandens ramulis longe gracilibus striatis pulveridento-
sericeis. Folia majuscula pergamacea glabrata late elliptica apice
vix acuminata necnon subacuta basi ssepius subcordata in juventute
nonnunquam subacuta, petiolo validiusculo brevissimo asperulo ;
vence primariae laterales utrinque ca. 8 ; stipulcd oblongse apice
obtusse dorso vena centrali strigosa prominula onustse basi brevissimam
in vaginam cohserentes tardiuscule caducae. Flores majusculi in
axillis solitarii subsessiles v. breviter pedicellati, basi quisque bracteo-
lamm involucello membranaceo circumdatus infundibulari conspicuo.
Calyx inter maximos lobis late oblongis nee acuminatis minutiuscule
mucronatis. Corolla campanulata insuper subcylindrica majuscula
lobis brevibus latissimis fere semicircularibus. Ovarium parvum
manifesto necnon crebre striato-canaliculatum.

No. 1379. "Vine, old ekotok. Corolla white with purple
speckling and shading inside turning yellowish-brown before falling."

Allied to A. Ilillenii from which it may be distinguished by the
characters of leaf and petiole. Leaves ^11-14 cm. X 6*3-8 cm., the
stalk not longer than 1*5 cm. ; stipules barely 15 cm. long, 5 mm.
broad. The bracteolar involucel, which encloses the short pedicel,
does not exceed 5 or 6 mm. in depth. Ovary 5-7 mm. long, widened
gradually from the base to 4-6 mm. at the well-marked junction with
the tube of the calyx; the latter is but 5 mm. deep, and nearly
1*5 cm. in diameter at the base of the lobes, which are 1'3 cm. long
and 8 mm. broad. Corolla-tube about 4 cm. long, 1 cm. in diameter
at the base, and over 2 cm. wide above ; lobes 8-9 mm. wide at the
base, 9 mm. long.

Canthium Thonningti Benth. in Hook. Nig. Flor. 410 ; Pl/al-
laria spinosa Schum. & Thonn. Beskr. Guin. PL 113 (1828).
Joull^'AL or Botany. — Vol. 57. rOcxoBEif, 1919.] x

282 THE JOUENAL OF BOTANY

No. 1334. " Reclining or trailing shrub. Corolla yellowish-green,
stigma white."

This species has apparently not been recorded from any locality
east of Nigeria.

VAi!<^auERTA UMBELLULATA Hiem in Flor. Trop. Afr. iii. 150.

Nos. 1179, 1887. " Shrub 6 or 8 feet high, with many slender
horizontal branches; forest. Corolla ^^ello wish-green, stigma dark."

This species was described from a plant preserved in the National
Herbarium, collected by W. Brass, at the end of the eighteenth
centur}", in the Cape Coast neighbourhood. Welwitsch collected
specimens (nos. 5348, 5349) undoubtedly referable to the same species ;
so that its discovery in the Cameroons provides an interesting distri-
butional link.

Payetta permobesta Wernham in Journ. Bot. liv. 227 (1916).

Nos. 1203, 1818. "Small shrub, cut off at ground; forest.
Flowers white." I based the description of this species upon a
previous Bates-number, 716, collected in the same locality.

Morinda Batesii, sp. nov.

Arbor majuscula ramulis pro rata gracilibus glabris insigniter
quadi-angularibus. Folia inter majora papyracea glabra, elliptica
apice vix acuminata subacuta, basi cuneata pefiolo brevissimo ; vence
laterales primarise utrinque ca. 7 ; stipulce late triangulares parvae.
Capitula parva pedunculis gracilibus in axillis binis. Flores inter
minores, coroUce tubo gracili necnon breviusculo, lobis lanceolatis
subacutis.

No. 1185. *• Tree over 75 ft. high, stump over 2 ft. in diam. ;
called atyen (acheng) ; forest. Corolla pale-green, the lobes white
on upper surface."

The nearest affinity is with M. (jeminaia DC. (see Hutchinson,
in Kew Bull, 1916, p. 8) from which our species is distinct especially
in the slender branches and peduncles, and the much smaller corolla.
It is moreover quite a large tree — a good deal more than twice the
size of M. (jeminaia. Leaves -± 17 cm. X 8 cm., with stalk not
longer than 8 mm. ; sfijniles 5 mm. long, and about the same in
width at base. Pedancle 3-6 cm., or longer at maturity. Corolla-
tube up to ]*7 cm. long, but not much over 1 cm. wide even at
the mouth ; lobes 6 mm. long, 1*3 mm. broad.

PsTCHOTETA LATiSTTPULA Benth. in Hook. Nig. Flor. 420.

No. 1407. " Small shrub." This s;pecies was discovered originally
in the island of FeiTiando Po. Mr. Bates has found it previously in
the Batanga district (no. 227) and in Bitye (nos. 624, 914).

Cephaelis PEDUNCULAEis Salisb. Parad. t. 99 (1808) ; Hiern in
Flor. Tro]). Afr. iii. 228.

No. 1359! " Much -branching shrub, head-high, or higher;
forest. Flowers and bmcts white."

Widely distributed over western tropical Africa, from Senegambia
in the north to Angola in the south ; collected also by Bagshawe in
Uganda (no. 1856 ! in Hb. Mus. Brit.).

rubiacej: batesian^ 283

Cephaelis hexamera Wernham, nom. nov. Uragoga liexamera

K. Schum. in Engl. Bot. Jahrb. xxviii. 104 (1901).

No. 1398. "Small half-woody plant, one foot high; forest."
The species was founded upon a plant collected by Dinklage

(no. 1800) in the Bipinde district. A good specimen was discovered

by the Talbots in the Oban district of Nigeria.

(To be concluded.)

GEORGE STEPHEN WEST, M.A., D.Sc, F.L.S.
(1876-1919.)

George West was born at Bradford on April 20th, 1876. The
father, William West (1848-1914), of whom a notice appears in this
Journal for the latter year (p. 161), had first-hand knowledge of
British flowering plants and cryptogams, and his two sons helped him
much : the elder, William, died in 1901 at the early age of twenty-six
(see Journ. Bot. 1901, 353). George began early to specialize in the
Algse, especially the Desmids. After passing through the Bradford
Technical College and the Roj^al College of Science, London, he
completed his education at St. John's College, Cambridge, where he was
elected Hutchinson Research Student, and apjDointed demonstrator in
biology to the Uniyersity. Afterwards for several j-ears he filled the
post of lecturer in natural history at the Royal Agricultural College,
Cirencester, and was then appointed (1906) lecturer in botany at the
University of Birmingham, under the late Prof. Hillhouse, whom he
commemoi'ated in that gigantic sulphur-bacterium Hillhoiisia mira-
hilis. On the retirement of Hillhouse in 1909 he succeeded to his
chair, and in 1916 became Mason Professor. West was an excellent
teacher and lecturer, much liked by his pupils, and extremely success-
ful in training them in the habit of scientific research. He greatly
enlarged and improved his department ; the herbarium is almost
entirely his creation. Among his post-graduate students may be
mentioned Dr. Muriel Bristol and Dr. Nellie Carter, whose respective
researches have thrown much light on the algse of the soil and on
the forms of the chloroplasts of Desmids.

West was the leading expert of this country on Freshwater Algse :
he could recognise at sight almost every British Desmid. His four
beautifully illustrated volumes on British Desmidiacese in the Ray
Society's publications are well known ; it is hoped to publish a fifth
volume based u^jon his notes. The investigations of father and son
in the Desmids of the whole world made it clear that that group is
peculiarly fitted to throw light on the problems of plant distribution
and the evolution of species, owing to the fact that they can seldom
survive desiccation even for a few hours.

George West's chief publications on Algse generally were his
Treatise on British Freshwater Alga? (1904, long out of print) and
the volume (1916) upon the Myxoph^'cese, Peridiniea', Bacillariea?,
and Chlorophycese — the first of the series of Cambridge Botanical
Handbooks. — of which some account will be found in this Journal

X 2

284 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

for 1917 (p. 88). Besides these and numerous articles in this and
other botanical journals, etc., on Algse from all parts of the world —
the series of '' Algological Notes," begun in this Jo.urnal for 1911 and
continued at intervals, mav be mentioned— West was contemplating
the prej-taration of a new work on British Freshwater Algai (excluding
])iatoms and Desmids), in which he intended to describe and figure
every known species : the value of such a volume can be appreciated
by all who are acquainted with his skill and accuracy in drawing, and
it is hoped that some part of it may be in a condition fit for publi-
cation. The whole of his di-a wings of Algae are bequeathed to the
British Museum ; his algological library and specimens are left to the
University of Birmingham.

There still remains to be mentioned his projected Algal Flora of
the Midlands ; of this only a comparatively few preliminary lists are
prepared, but it is hoped to publish these shortly. It is scarcely
possible to imagine, apart from calcareous districts, a more unpromising
area in this country for algse than that round Birmingham, yet West
and his zealous helpers showed that even this could yield riches,
inchiding such a rarit}^ as a new Boya in conjugation, probably the
first that has ever been found in Britain in that condition. He
proved again that, when a competent botanist settles down in a new
Lcality, it begins at once to yield a previously unsusj^ected wealth of
material.

West died at Edgbaston on August 7th after a brief ilhiess. The
cause was a seve]-e attack of double pneumonia, aggravated b}^ the
weakness due to his indifferent health during the last few years, for
he never recovered completely from the influenza trouble of four
years ago. He leaves a widow and two young sons, and his premature
decease at the early age of forty-three deprives British natural science
of one of its most promising adherents. The loss of his kindly
encouragement and help to the eager band which he had gathered
round him leaves a gap which will be difiicult to fill.

W. B. G.

SHOKT NOTES.

YACCTNirM INTERMEDIUM Ruthc (p. 259). One locality for this
plant in Caithness is a gorge of the Achorn Burn, a tributary of the
Dunbeath Water on the east coast: this is locally a deep shadj^ chasm
in the rocks, but the higher parts of the walls are exposed to sunlight "'
(C. B. Crampton, Vegefafion of Cff/fJmess etc., p. 94: 1911). One
plant only was found, with the parents and Arctostaphylos Vva-iirsi.
Here there can hardly have been human interference. The other
locality, whence I have a specimen collected by Mr. Sutherland, is
Scarmclett Braes near Watten near a large lake ; the only evidence
of human interference in the neighbourhood is the existence of two
■**picts' houses." The North Lancashire locality (Coniston Old Man,
2000 ft.), communicated to me by Mr. Pearsall (whose son, in
company with Mr. Adamson, found it there in 1914), and the Stafford-
shire habitat, Norton Bog, 1898 (Bagnall, Fl. Staff, p. 40), seem
equally I'emote from human influence. Mr. Garner informed me that

SHORT XOTES 28o

the first finder of the plant in Staffordshire was a surgeon, Mr. D. Ball.
In Science Gossip for 1872 (p. 248) Mr. G-arner figured and described
it as "a Curious British Plant " ; he there says "The Maer and Camp
Hills were planted by Mr. Wedge wood, the eminent potter." Ih
llobson's book of Botanical Labels (1874) the plant stands as V. Myr-
tillus var. liyhridiim Grarner. — Arthur Bexnett.

[Mr. Vevers writes that the " large patch of an acre in extent "
mentioned on p. 259 would be more correctly stated as half an acre.
He adds : "I had the opportunity of going to Maer Wood where the
plant was originally discovered ; we found four patches of the hybrid,
including one rery extensive and old patch which might well be the
original one discovered in 1870. My friend Capt. (xourlay has since
found it in a new Staffordshire locality— Whitley Common.'" —
Ed. Journ. Bot.]

SiMETHis PLAXiroLiA Grcn, & Grodr. A small quantity of the
' Branksome Lily ' still exists in the old locality ; but I saw no more
than four or five plants, when at Bournemoatli in June of this year.
Mr. Rogers tells me that it crops up every now and then in grassy
waste by the side of roads ; so that, though building and dumping
operations have sadly restricted the area of its occurrence, there is a
good hope of its not entirely disappearing from the neighbourliood.

H. J. ElDDELSDELL.

Mtmflus moschatus L. Reference has been made from time to
time in the horticultural journals and in our ovv'n pages to the general
scentlessness of this plant. A note in The Garden for Sept. 6 states
that a fine plant was seen at Feltham, Middlesex, which was very
strongly scented ; it came from a small nurseryman in the neighbour-
hood, who at the time said it was not scented, but it certainly became
so. From this it would seem that the scent appears and disappears
in the same plant. — Ed. Journ. Bot.

X Potamogetox dtjallts Hagstrom (P. panormitanus Biv. x
pusillus L.). Dr. Hagstrom in his Critical Researches in Potamo-
geion (p. 103) describes the above hybrid, and mentions specimens
from "Ponds near York (1881) Bennett, and Shropshire (1886)
Beekwith." These I have looked up; both specimens were sent by
me and are now in the Stockholm herbarium. I also find specimens
of P. panormitanus Biv., from Ireland as "P. pusillus L. var.
tenuissinms Koch. Off Harbour Island, Lough ISTeagh, Co. Antrim.
10 Aug. 1909, C. H. Waddell." It is probably fairly distributed in
this count}', but all specimens need examination as to whether they
are this or pusillus. — Arthur Benxett.

Sex-terms eor Plants. I was much surprised to read
Mr. Church's criticism of the use by 'Mr. Chamberlain of the term
"female " in relation to a tree (p. 230), and still more at his sugges-
tion to substitute for it the word "fruiting." It seems to me that
"female" is quite a satisfactory term: it is a good plain strong
English word, and, pace Mr. Church, an unambiguous one having
but a single meaning, therefore surely an ideal scientific term. The
term " fruiting," on the other hand, is open to grave objection. It

286 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

can of course be correctly used to denote the stage of development of
a plant to contrast, say, with " dowering," and it can also be correctly
used in contrast to " sterile " ; but as an antonym of " male/' for
which I gather Mr. Church proposes to use it, I should have thought
it impossible. Just now long words with Greek roots are, one realizes,
much in fashion, ; but really Mr. Church's suggestion of the use of
two prefixes, which merely mean " large " and " small," for purposes
of sex-differentiation seems ])reposterous, and to my thinking the
sooner such misleading terms are " scrapped," to use Mr. Church's
expression, the better in the interests of accuracy. Your contributor
would appear to have some objection to the recognition of sex in
plants, but I may be pardoned for suggesting that the use of am-
bisruous verbiau'e will not do awaA^ with the fact. — James Geo yes.

Pollination of Vtscum album. Following some experiments
on the fertilization of Mistletoe by Dom Ethelbert Home, as recorded
by him at length in this Journal for 1916 (p. -92), and again in a
shorter note in the volume for 1918 (p. 331), and guided by some
advice from him about protecting the blooms for trial, four flowering
twigs of a female plant were enclosed in fine hexagonal cotton net
with a 1 mm. mesh. The net was kept clear of the blooms by a
framework of thin split cane ; two little hoops of this wei'e tied
across each other at the top, the ends being then brought down to the
.stem, where they and the net covering, now of balloon shape, were
securely tied. There is no male plant in the garden, but twigs of
pollen bloom were obtained from a distance and hung up in the female
l)ush. The uncovered part of the bush, especially on the sunny side,
became loaded with berries. Of the four enclosed twigs, two have
one berry each, the other two none. It may be surmised that some
of the pollen may have been caught and retained by the fine net, or
all of it in the case of the flowers where no fertilisation was effected.
In any case, this experiment, agreeing with former trials b}^ Dom
Ethelbert, would support his view that fertilisation is not necessarily
due to the agency of insects, for none of the bees and flies, claimed b}^
the natumlists Koelreuter, Kirschner, and Loew to be conveyors of
the jioUen, could possibly pass through the small meshed net.

Gertrude Jekyll.

Galium erectum in Somerset. When Murray's Flora of
Somerset was published in 1896 there was only one undoubted record
for this plant in the county of Somerset, and that was from a wall
near Templecombe — a strange habitat. Since then it has been
found in several localities in X. and S. Somerset (see Marshall's
Siipplemen/). On June 7th this year, in walking up to Sidcot School
from Winscombe Station, by the old and much frequented foot-path
through the fields, I noticed in the top enclosure, close to the main
road to Bristol, numerous patches of Galium erect um in the short
mowing grass. The plant was vaiiable in form, colour, and stature.
Some were very short, and others somewhat like the upland Mendip
form of G. Mollugo, the type of which grows in a lane adjoining and
on the main road. Further search showed that G. erectum was
disli'ihuted in patches over the greater part of the field. On enquiry

SHORT NOTES 287

I learned that this pasture had been browsed by sheep for " at least
40 years " since it had been ploughed ; and it was never mown until
this year. This doubtless explains why the plant had never been
noticed, or at least recorded, from a place within 200 yards of the Sidcot
School premises and through which generations of young naturalists and
not a few older botanists must have passed. Already by June loth
the flowers had largely disappeared \^\t is well known to blossom at least
three weeks earlier than Mollur/o) ; and on August 1st I could not
find a trace of even the leaves. The short grass had been mown a
fortnight earlier, and a horse was now in possession. Such plants as
Cniciis acaulis, however, threw a further liglit on the cultural history
of that pasture. Apparently certain Bedstraws are appreciated by
stock, especially in dry weather. The day after my discovery I was
surprised to find patches of good G. erectum in grass left to be mown
on both sides of the private drive to Newcomb, Sidcot, a quarter of a
mile on the other side of the School. This drive was made some
12 years ago, and was cut out of a pasture grazed by cows. 1 regard
the Sidcot locality and that on a Lias pasture near Washford in the
west of the county as the most satisfactory stations for Galium,
ei^ectum in the whole of the Bristol and Somerset area.— H. S.
Thompson.

Hypericum humietjsum (pp. 195, 225). The notes on the
distribution of this plant lead me to record that on 9th Sept. I saw
it in great quantity in a gravelly field on a hillside in the neighbour-
hood of Newton Abbot, S. Devon. The abundant flowers gave quite
a tinge of colour to the upper part of this field, which was at the edge
of a dense wood, and bracken -bordered. The form was a somewhat
diminutive one, which might be accounted for by the position, ex-
posed to strong sunlight, and by the very dry season. — C E. Larteh.

EEVIEWS.

Lectures on Sex and Heredity, delivered in Glasgow, 1917-18, by
F. 0. Bower, J. Graham Kerr, and W. E. Agar. Macmillan
& Co., London, 1919; 16mo, pp. vi4-119. Price 5s.

A CLEAR understanding of the mechanism of reproduction is
admittedly of primary necessity to biologists and economists of every
grade, and this pleasant little production epitomizes much of modern
views. The word ' ' sex " is still commonly used to cover two distinct sets
of phenomena : (1) syngamy, the fusion of two gamete nuclei to give a
new individual — a phenomenon of fundamental importance as leading
to consequent meiosis with its differentiation of inheritance and new
possibilities of racial variation, with nothing " male " or " female "
about it, the latter terms being merely human conventions, as applied
to phenomena of (2) heterogamy and the differentiation of sexual
characters — as a set of factors concerned solely with the secondary,
post-syngamic, nutrition of the zygote, and its further consequences
as expressed in " maleness " and "femaleness."

Such phenomena in the botanical kingdom range from the simplest
isogamy, and even complete absence of nucleogamy, to advanced
heterogamy with manifold secondary diiferentiations, as also the

28$ THE .TOUR^'AL OF BOTANY

ultimate complete supersession of heterogamy in the fusing units ;
though the complexities of somatic di^erentiation may continue
eifective. Among animals a very uniform and almost monotonous
scheme of heterogamy obtains, from the lowest Metazoa to the
higliest, and the subject is hence considered from a broader standpoint
in Botany.

Professor Bower gives a simple account, stripped of all unnecessary
technicalities, of the general facts of plant-reproduction, tracing the
progress of sexual differentiation through the vegetable kingdom,
from the water to the land, including the elaborated mechanism for
post-sexual nutrition Avithin the seeds of higher land-plants. It is
edifying to note that Professor Bower in this connection (p. 50) tilts
against Tennyson for writing " How [sic] careless of the single life,"
because the poet was not thinking of something entirely different which
had appealed to the botanist, in reference to the infinite care taken by
the organism (not " Nature ") to protect what he calls the "germ" ;
ignoring the fact to which Tenn^^son was alluding — ?'. e. that, notwith-
standing every such precaution, the seed is ulthnately exposed to the
caprices of " Nature," and it is in the stage of the resting seed, rather
than in germination, that the most appalling wastage of the race has
to be endured.

The account of sexual reproduction from the animal side is put so
very' briefly and concisely, that one does it the compHment of wanting
more. The comparison of the human ovum with the gametes of a
seaweed (p. 5) affords an interesting reminder that the highest
organisms, having passed through the Reptilian epoch, have come
back to a state practically identical with that of an alga ; the com-
parison would have been more effective if the oosphereof Himanthalia
or Sargassum had been figured instead of Fiicus. Hence zoology
passes on to more intimate phenomena of nuclear S3nigamy, and t]ie
possible mechanism of heredity. The Weismannic conception of
germ-plasm, so foreign to a botanist, is utilized to bar out the
inheritance of acquired characters, to the discomfiture of many
educationalists and sociologists who hope for immediate results.
Mendelism is introduced in the person of the Blue Andalusian fowl,
and pleasing facts are recorded as to the inheritance of insanit}^ and
brachydactyly. An implied delicate compliment to the presumed
intellectuality of the teaching profession is expressed by its position
at the head of the table of falling birth-rates ; though it might be
argued that a man who expects to make a living by teaching others
is ipso facto " unfit." One cannot expect much more in only about
a hundred small pages, but a short list of references to the more
reliable literature of the subject might have been added.

A. H. C.

The Building of an Autotrophic Flagellate. By A. H. C'ui'rch.
Botanical Memoirs No. 1. Oxford University Press. 1919.
27 pp. Price 2s.

Ix a score of crisply written chapters, closely packed with facts
and deductions, Dr. A. H. Church gives us a reasoned argument
descriptive of the origin and development of the simple self-supporting

THE BUILDIXa OF AX AUTOTROPHIC FLAGELLATE 289

plankton-cell in sea-water. He insists that it is in the vast, constant^
ionized ocean that the first hazy rudiments of life began to be
(problems for the phj^sicist and chemist to unravel) ; that carbo-
h\^drates were formed and increased in complexity, thanks to the
peculiar linking properties of the carbon-atom, and led on to colloid-
formation ; that nitrogen was pressed into service and was added to
the mobile composition of the plasma; and that, when means had'
been evolved for utilising solar energy, an autotrophic organisation
had come into existence capable of producing an ever increasing out-
put of carbohydrate and proteid, and of carrying on life indefinitely.
The subject thus became a botanical problem. Owing to the scarcity
of nitrogen compounds in the sea, the manufacture of carbohydrates
was necessarily far in excess of the proteid synthesis, and consequently
tbere were great quantities of carbohydrate waste to be got rid of,
either in a soluble form, or by storage, or preferably as an insoluble
polysaccharide deposit on the periphery of the plant — thereby origin-
ating a mucilaginous or cellulose wall. Thus " chemical linkage "
and '* physical growth by adsorption " progressed. The plasma
prospered in the daylight, but by night it had to live upon its own
reserves ; in this wa_y katabolism was initiated and a certain indepen-
dence attained — an independence which conduced to the possibility
of animal life. The delicate plasma necessarily assumed a spherical
form by reason of surface tension. Surface tension and metabolic
activity would be associated with contractility. Further, a " differ-
entiation " of the plasma '• into at least three regions may be postu-
lated " : (1) the surface or plasmatic film ; (2) an illuminated
metaboHc zone — the chloroplasm ; (3) a central region — the nucleo-
plasm— living at the expense of the outer zones and free to assume
the control of the organism. As the spherical plankton-cell tends
to sink vertically, which would be fatal, a tremendous advantage
would be gained if the organism could contrive to rise up by growth
towards the lessening light. Thus polarity is assumed to have be-
come established — with the subsequent development of a flagellum,
however rudimentary, which served primarilj^ as an "anterior tractor-
mechanism " and subsequently became exploited in many cases as a
food-gatherer. A great advance was achieved when binarj^ fission
superseded the mere fragmentation due to sea-action, such fission
being presumed to originate in the deep-seated nucleoplasm where
starvation would first be felt. The author, in discussing failure and
death, argues that " under pressure of approaching dissolution new
departures . . . new racial improvements . . . ma}^ be . . . expected to
occur," namely, the evolution of sexuality, of the holozoic animal, of
benthic plants and animals. The later chapters treat of holozoie
nutrition, the origin of sexual fusion, the differentiation of flagella,
the formation of the cell-wall.

Step by step the author works out his case, showing how in-
evitably phase has followed phase in the scheme of evolution — a
scheme which was " settled once for all time in the initiation of
minute forms of ultra-microscopic life, as the necessary outcome of
the physical and chemical organization of the aqueous phase of the
sea itself." Dr. Cbui-ch's pamj)hlet is written in a condensed style

200 THE .TOUEXAL OF POTAXY

not easy to digest at the first reading, but it is severely logical and
])resents a fascinating study of the origin and progression of plant life
and all that it involves, which will be welcomed and enjoyed by all
students of biolog3\

A. G.

A 3Io7iograj)h of the Gemis Alaria. By Professor K. Yexdo
(Journal of the College of Science, Imperial University of Tokyo,
vol. xliii. 1919 : 145 pages, 19 plates).

Thts is a valuable addition to our knowledge of the Brown Algae.
In addition to submitting the species to a critical revision and reducing
them to 15 — some 32 have been described since Greville established
the genus in 1830, — the author discusses in his introduction several
matters of great interest in relation to the anatomy, morphology,
habit, and life-history of Alaria and its allies among the Laminariaceae.
The shape of the lamina is untrustworthy as a systematic character
for its width varies with the environment ; so also does its thickness
and toughness ; and the rapidity of growth pf the frond is astound-
ing ; in three or four months the frond of such a colossal plant as the
N. Pacific A. Jistulosa may attain a length of as much as 60-80 feet
or even more. This species is remarkable for its hollow midrib
septated at irregular intervals, which serves as a float for the
lamina. A close study of the development of the sporophylls has
led the author to divide the species into two groups, Holosoria
and Metasoria. In the former the sporophylls are thick and coria-
ceous from the first and become covered with sori. In the latter,
to which our one British species belongs, the sporophylls are
membranaceous at first ; and this part remains sterile and more or
less gets worn away, while a new and thicker growth ai'ises below it
and becomes soriferous. The meaning of the cryptostomata has been
much discussed. Prof. Yendo sums up our knowledge of these
structures in the different families of Brown Alga? and concludes that
in the Laminariaceae the hair- tufts can safely be regarded as a sort of
al)sorptive organ. The presence of mucilage glands in the various
species of Alaria is described ; but mucilage canals are absent.
Occasionally monstrosities occur such as duplication of the lamina or
ramification of the stipes, <S:c.

In treating of the development and life-history of Alaria, Prof.
Yendo discusses two questions about which there has been much
disagreement, namely, whether Alaria is perennial, and whether it
sheds its lamina annually. His own observations lead him to the
conclusion that the plant is biennial. Germinating in the late autumn,
the plants grow to a great length by the following October, the
lamina then becoming worn away almost to the base ; quite early in
the following year the lamina starts growing again from the base
rapidly, soon shedding the remnant of last year's blade, and quickly
attaining its greatest length becomes soriferous and is washed away
from its substratum before the end of October. There is, he says,
little difference in the life-histories of Alaria and Laminaria on the
coast of Japan. In a diagrammatic table he figures the comparative

A MONOGRAPTT OF THE GENUS ALAETA 291

life histories of tliese two biennial genera and of the two annual
genera Costaria and JJndurla. The species of Alaria being all
inhabitants of the northern colder seas, the author thinks it may be
assumed that the genus had its origin in the Northern Circumpolar
Sea and migrated into the Pacific and Atlantic Oceans alono- the
Arctic currents. The species prefer to live on steep rock}^ exposed
coasts, and are rarely found in quiet waters. A synoptical key to
the species is provided, based mainly on the sporophylls ; and"^ the
15 species are all described, figured, and critically discussed at some
length. As to their economic value, they are but Httle used as food,
the Laminarias with which they grow being preferred as better in
taste, consistency, &c.

A. G.
The Genus Fumaria.

The Journal of the Linnean Sociefi/ (Botany, xliv. no. 298)
dated May 16, is mainly occupied by Mr. Pugsley's " Revision of the
Genera Fumaria and Itupicapnos,'' concerning which a note appeared
in this Journal for 1917 (p. 165). Those who are acquainted with
tlie author's paper on " The Genus Fumaria in Britain," issued as a
Supplement to this Journal for 1912 and subsequently separately
(which is here followed in the treatment of the British species),
will need no assurance that this monograph is characterized by the
thoroughness which distinguishes all Mr. Pugsley's work : it is
indeed a model of completeness, for the author's treatment is not
limited to mere descriptions ; to each of these are appended notes
which not onh^ add materially to the interest of the paper but show
a careful and detailed study of living specimens, which is not always
evident in monographs. The amount of material examined is very
large, and is drawn not only from British but from foreign herbaria.

as Avell as from living material.

The descriptive portion is prefaced by sections on the classification
of the genera and their distribution, with a consideration of their
habitats; an excellent "list of works cited" shows that the author
has full}" investigated the literature of the subject. He gives his
i-easons for following Pomel in the retention of Hupicapnos as
a genus distinct from Fumaria, thus differing from Cosson and other
authors who have merged it in Fumaria. The latter name he
restricts to the annual species forming the section SpJicsrocapnos DC,
the perennial plants comprised in the section Fetrocapnos Coss. &Dur.
being referred to Rupicapnos.

The genus Fumariaia divided, as by Haussknecht in Flora (1873)
and by Mr. Pugsley in his paper on the genus already referred to,
into two sections — Grandijiora and Farvijlora, the former contain-
ing 27 and the latter 19 species. Of these a considerable number
are new : F. Ballii (founded on the plant described by Ball in this
Journal for 1877 (p. 297) as F. agraria subsp. fenuisecta), F. duhia,
F. herherica, F. coccinea (K. T. Lowe MSS.), F. austral is, F.
Schramii, F. indica (a plant referred in Indian fioras to F. parvi-
jiora or F. Vaillantii) : F. Martinii Clavaud supersedes F. para-
doxa Pngsley, for whicli it is an earlier name- F. micrantha forma

292 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

duhia of the author's former paper is raised to the rank of a variety.
A large number of varieties, several of them new, of many of the
species are also dealt with. Under Rupicapnos 20 species are given,
all of which, with one exception, are North African. These are
placed in four generic sections which have not been previously estab-
lished. Here also are several new species — R. proBtennissa, R. suh-
Itevis, R. Oossoiiii, R. decipiena, R. oranensis ; R. africana is based
on Lamarck's Famarla africana, a name which has been variously
applied — PomeFs R. africana, for reasons adduced, is regarded as a
still-born name, and R. Pomeliana is substituted for tlie Algerian
plant intended by Pomel.

A concise clavis of the species is inserted in each genus ; a feature
of the descriptions is the rigid adherence throughout to a system of
italicised contrasting characters following that adopted in the author's
.previous papers on Fumaria (already referred to) and Narcissus
(issued as a Supplement to this Journal for 191-5). Plates from
drawings by the author are fui-nished of hve African species of
Fumaria and of four species of Rupicapnos.

The Flower and the Bee : Plant-Life and Pollination. By John
H. LoTELL. Illustrated from Photographs by the Author.
London : Constable. 8vo, cloth, pp. xvii, 286. Price 10s. Qd. net.

In this handsome and — considering the times — cheap volume,
Mr. John Lovell gives us the result of many years' observation of the
life -relations of flowers and insects — for his book is not confined to bee-
visitors, as its title would suggest. He has, he tells us, "approached
the science of flower ecology from three different points of view " —
those of the botanist, entomologist, and apiarist — believing that the
study of only one phase of the subject must lead to partial and
imperfect conclusions. His '* experience has convinced him of the
efficacy of natural selection in the evolution of flowers, of the
advantages of cross-fertilisation, and of the inheritance of acquired
characters," and he dismisses somewhat summaril3' the "new and
bizarre suppositions " which have been advanced against the older
biological theories.

After an introductory chapter on " Flowers and Human itj',"
Mr. Lovell gives a brief account of the work of Sprengel, the
Muellers, and Darwin, whose attention was directed to Sprengel's
hook by Robert Brown, " an eccentric English botanist of great
learning." There follows a chapter dealing with wind-fertilisation,
-and several devoted to the work of bees, who, "as pollinators of
flowers far surpass all other insects in importance. In their adapta-
tions for collecting pollen and nectar : in diligence and in mental
;attributes. bees stand easily in the first rank " — it was in order to
become familiar with the economy of the honey-bee that the author
became a practical bee-keeper. The chapter headed "Bumble-Bee
■Flowers" begins with the statement that "The English nation owes
its power and wealth largely to bumble-bees," thus introducing the
well-known case of the correlation of bees and clover which led to
the introduction of bumble-bees to New Zealand. Another chapter
tells of •* Bees which visit only one kind of flower" ; one species is on

THE FLOWER AND THE BEE 293

this acconnt popularly known as the pickerel- weed bee, its visits being
confined to Pontederia cordata of which pickerel-weed is the
popular name. Flowers visited by butterflies are commonl}^ red. and
it is curious that the butterflies themselves are often of the same
hue; the relations of the hawk-moths and flies with blossoms are
also discussed ; " conspicuous flowers pollinated by insects which do
not secrete nectar are called pollen-flowers," and to them a chapter is
devoted. There is an interesting table of the colours of North-
American flowers, from which it appears that " the green, white, and
yellow flowers number 3001, or three^fourths of the entire number,
while the red, purple, and blue amount to only 1019 " : of these 2972
are pollinated by insects or self-pollinated, while those pollinated by
wind, including a few pollinated by water, number 1048. The last
chapter on "Bees and Fruit-growing" is of practical value, contain-
ing as it does useful as well as interesting information.

A word must be said as to the numerous illustrations, from photo-
graphs taken by the author : mostly of natural size, they stand out
from the black background with startling distinctness. The book
has an excellent index ; the style is here and there a little flamboyant,
but this will not lessen its attractiveness for the general reader, on
whose behalf technical terms have as far as possible been avoided.

BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, etc.

The death is announced at St. Ola, Orkney, on Aug. 20, at the age

of sixty-six, of Magnus Spence, Fellow of the Educational Institute
of Scotland, for many 3^ ears headmaster at Deerness. He was born in
the parish of Birsay, 1 Jan. 1853, and was an able representative of
the large class of devotees of the natural sciences who keep the low^er
lights burning in outlying districts, and whose value is to be estimated
not so much in their actual output of publications, as in the stimulus and
example they afford to their colleagues and succeeding generations of
pupils. In addition to his educational duties Spence's interests lay in
the direction of the botany, meteorology, and geology of his districts
Although over age for retirement he continued school-work during
the pressure of the War, and as Keeper of the Orkney Meteorological
Observatory at Deerness he w^as responsible during the whole pei-iod
for Government records. His published w^ork included a Flora Orca-
densis (1914) which was noticed in this Journal for that year (p. 222),
a list of the local flora implying many years of careful work and
observation ; but he is perhaps better known to recent readers of the
Journal for his contributions to the algology of Orkney ( Journ. Bot..
1918, 281, 337). Although Spence onl}" took to marine algse in later
years his work showed interest in economic and ecological problems,,
and it was hoped that in retirement he might have been spared to.
continue the work of Pollexsen (as the name usualh^ written " Pollex-
fen " should be spelt) and Clouston, and establish the marine flora of
Orkney, at the more northern limit of the British area, on a sound
basis.

Mb. R. S. Adamson and Miss Alison Crabtree publish in the-
Memoirs of the Manclicstcr Litfrari/ and P/ifIoiioj)/u'cal Socief/f

294 THK JOURNAL OF BOTANY

(vol. 63, pt. 1) a very full and interesting account of ''The Her-
barium of John Dalton "' (1764-1848) which was acquired by the
Society in 1866 from the Manchester Public Library in whose
possession it had been since before 1864. "It seems to have been
almost entirely overlooked, and had unfortunately been allowed to
become exceedingly dirty and to some extent damaged by insects and
damp " : from the evidence adduced it would seem to be identical
with the collection which was in 1806 " m the possession of a Mr. T.
P. Heywood of the Isle of Man." A complete enumeration of the
contents of the herbarium is given, the introduction to which must
be consulted for its full desori]:)tion, and for an account of Dalton
himself, with references to the botanists with wliomhe was associated
and who contributed largely to the collection. Of the eleven volumes
in which the herbarium is contained, the first is dated 1790, the
plants in the seventh and eighth (part) were collected by Dalton in
1797 : the latest entry in the volumes is 1829. The authors of the
paper say : " There does not seem any evidence at all that Dalton
made two collections," and this, so far as regards the Manchester and
Isle of Man herbaria, is doubtless correct. But the Report of the
Yorkshire l^hilosophical Society for 1897 (p. xv) contains a note
transcribed from a memorandum in Dalton's hand in his copy of
Galpine's Compendium : " June 21st, 1827. Gave my Herbarium
and Coleopterous insects to the Philosophical Society of York " :
this herbarium (see Report for 1898, p. 36) contained " 2,500 speci-
mens of British Phanerogams " and is now in the Yorkshire Museum.
Dalton's plants figure largely in the somewhat extravagantly printed
" Catalogue of British Plants in the Herbarium " of the Society, the
publishing of which was begun in the Report for 1894 and was con-
cluded in that for 1917.

A NEW edition (the fourth) of the Guide to the British Mycetozoa
exhibited in the Department of Botany has been " printed by order
of the Trustees of the British Museum " at the very reasonable cost
of a shilling. The following prefatory note by Dr. Bendle explains
the considerable changes which have been made in this issue : — "The
present edition has been carefully revised by Miss Gulielma Lister.
The publication of a new edition of the Monograph of the Mycetozoa,
in 1911, in which the nomenclature was brought into conformity
with the International Rules, has necessitated some alterations in the
names of genera and species in the present edition of the Guide. An
important advance in our knowledge of the life-history of the
Mycetozoa, to which reference is made in the Introduction, is the
discovery that the swarm-cells fuse in pairs and that the resulting
zvgote forms the plasmodium. Notes have been added to the Intro-
duction on methods of cultivation of the plasmodium and the swarm-
cells ; and on the collecting, preserving, and mounting of specimens.
The number of species recorded as British has been increased since
the date of the last edition, from 146 to 180; this increase indicates
the value of local work carried out by individual observers. An
innovation in the text is the noting under each species of the time of
year when the sporangia may usually be found in Britain ; and also
ithe derivation and meaning of the generic and specific names."

BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, ETC. 295

Professor Augustine Hent?y has published in the Proceedings
of the Boyal Irish Academy (vol. xxxv. section B, no. 2), a very
interesting and exhaustive paper (which is issued separately by
Messrs. Hodges & P'iggis, Dublin, price \s.) on "'The History of the
London Plane'' {Platanus acerifolia Willd.). The chief point of
interest lies in the fact that whereas in the Trees of Great Britain (iii.
620 : 1908) the author saw " no grounds for assenting to Schneider's
view that this is a possible hybrid between occideutalis and orien-
talis^'' and gave what seemed to be good reasons for his conclusions ;
his further investigations, however, which are the subject of the
present paper, led to a reconsideration of the point, and Prof. Henry
now considers that " the evidence establishes bej^ond doubt that the
London Plane is of hybrid origin," the parents being the species
already named. The evidence is duly set forth, " the best proof of
the hybrid nature of P. acerifolia being that it does not come true
from seed." Six other hybrid forms are enumerated and fully
described, two of them being new, and a synopsis of the six species
recognised is given. The paper is illustrated by six plates by Miss
Margaret G. Flood, five of them figuring the trees described and one
showing the achenes.

The Annals of Botany for July contains papers on "The Floras
of the Outlying Islands of New Zealand and their Distribution," by
J. C. Willis ; " Studies on the Chloroplasts of Desmids," by N. Carter
(2 plates); "Infection by Colletotrichvm Lindemuthianiim,'" by
P. K. Dey (1 plate); "Variation in Hevea hrasiliensis,''^ by S.
Whitby ; " The Cytology and Life-history of Nemalion midtifidum,^''
by K. E. Cleland (3 plates) ; " The Compound Interest Law and
Plant G-rowth," by V. H. Blackman ; " The ' Brown Rot ' Diseases of
Fruit Trees, with special reference to the biologic forms of Monilia
cinerea,''"' by H. Wormald (2 plates).

Notes from the Botanical School of Trinity College, Dublin
(vol. iii. no. 1; June), contains two papers, both "reprinted by
permission from the Proceedings of the Royal Dublin Society " :
there is doubtless some good reason for this, but the reprinting (in
the same city) suggests that Dublin is more fortunate than London
in its paper supph\ Dr. H. H. Dixon writes on the recognition by
their microscopic characters of the various woods which are known in
commerce as Mahogany, and Margaret Gr. Flood on the exudation of
water b}"- Colocasia antiq^iiorum ; both papers are accompanied by
jjlates.

Nos. 52-53 of Notes from the Royal Botanic Gardens, Edin-
burgh, are entirely occupied by descriptions, by Prof. Balfour, of new
species of Rhododendron, of which all but five were discovered by
Mr. George Forrest during his botanical exj^loration of Yunnan and
the bordering area of S.E. Tibet in 1917-18. "They are only
a portion of the novelties in Forrest's collection ; a description of
others will fill many subsequent pages of these Notes."

The Jul}^ issue of Mycologia (vol. xi. no. 4) contains an interest-
ing account of " the Mvcological Work of Moses Ashlev Curtis "
(1808-1872) by C. L. Shear and Neil E. Stevens, in the\-ourse of
which his " joint work with Berkeley " is summarised.

296 THE JOUR>"AL OF BOTANY

The Presidentml Address of Sir Daniel Morris to the Botanical
Section of the British Association at its recent meeting at Bournemouth
included a useful summary of recent botanical research in this country,
but was mainly devoted to a very interesting and comprehensive
review of " the many efforts that have been made, and are still being
made, to 'promote the interests not only of the home land but of the
Empire as a whole." The work of the Imperial Department of
Agriculture in the West Indies in connection with the sugar-cane
is summarized ; there is an account of the investigations into wheat-
breeding on Mendel ian lines carried on by BiSen at Cambridge
and in India by the Howards, which " clearly demonstrates the
value of thorough acquaintance with pure botany as a qualification
for grappling with questions of economic importance " ; cotton
and its diseases come under consideration, as does rubber and its
diseases. The account of the development of the cacao industr}^ on
the Gold Coast, which Sir Daniel regards as " probably the most
remarkable instance on record of the successful combination of science
and enterprise in the Tropics," ma}^ be quoted: "Thirty years ago no
cacao of any kind was produced on the Coast. Owing, however, to
the foresight of the then Governor (Sir William Brandford Griffith),
who sought the powerful aid of Kew, cacao growing was started in a
small way among the negro peasantr}^ with eventually extraordinary
results. After selecting the locality for the experiments, seeds and
plants were obtained through Kew, and a trained man was placed in
charge. The first exports in 1891 amounted to a value of £4 only.
So rapid was the development of the industry that ten years later
the exjDorts reached a value of £43,000. By this time both the
people and the Government had begun to realise the possibilities of
the situation, and s^^stematic steps were taken to organise under
scientific control a sta:ff of travelling agricultm-al instructors to advise
and assist the cultivators in dealing with fungoid and insect pests and
improve the qualit}" of the produce. In 1911 the exports had increased
nearly fourfold, and reached a total value of £1,613,000, while in
1916, what may possibly be regarded as the maxinuun exports, were
of the value of £3,847,720."

At the recent meeting of the Botan}^ Committee of the Devonshire
Association, Mr. Hiern resigned the post of Hon. Secretary, whicli
he has occupied since the formation of the Committee eleven years
ago. He has been succeeded by Miss C. E. Larter.

We learn with interest that the University of Leeds has con-
ferred tlie degree of Doctor of Science on our veteran botanist
Mr. John Gilbert Baker, F.K.S.

Mr. W. K. Sherrin, A.L.S., has been appointed Curator of the
South London Botanical Institute.

We greatly regret to announce the death of Prof. J. W. H.
Trail, of Aberdeen, of Avhom a notice will appear in due course.

The address of the Ilev. E. S. Marshall, who is leaving We^t
Monkton, is ** Offa's Dyke," Tidenham. near Chepstow.

297

HISTORICAL REVIEW OF THE FLORIDE^.— I.
By a. H. Church, D.Sc.

To the algologists of the last century, as soon as the vegetation
of the tide-range began to be familiar, and Red Algaj were differen-
tiated from the larger Fuci, the Floridese proved at once an attractive
and wholly mysterious race of organism, tlie types of which in their
kaleidoscopic variety of form, the transient charm of their rosy
coloration, so different from the predominant green of land- vegeta-
tion, and their delicate texture and ramitieation, have been very
generally accepted as representing tlie culminating race of marine
algse. Yet many are stout strong f)lants, attaining to a bushy mass
3-6 ft. in length, and the residual tj^pes of the tide-range may
present no special attraction either in colour or form, though valued
from an economic standpoint and utilised as food by man and cattle.

The observations of Bornet and Thuret on the nature of their
reproductive processes, so distinct from the general flagellated
mechanism of other algal phjda, added to the wonder of the group ;
and the more the t3^pes have been investigated the more mysterious
have appeared their special attributes : only within the last few years
has the general scheme of the Life-cycle been rendered clear, and its
relation to that of other algal phyla made intelligible. All these
features appear the more remarkable as this strange algal race,
living in the sea — by no means relegated to deep water as is
popularly supposed, but side by side with other residual phyla of
' green ' and ' brown ' algse, — still holds its own in more quiet en-
vironment as a race of marine phyt^benthon which has passed to the
limit of marine possibility in its reproductive processes. In so doing
it throws a curious light on the historj^ of the early sea, as also on the
possibility of the landward migration of comparable algal forms to
constitute the flora of the land — whether as higher types of auto-
trophic vegetation, or as reduced and heterotrophic fungi.

In the collection and elucidation of the multitudinous forms so far
included in this isolated group, the jDioneer algologists of this country
have done perhaps more than those of any other in establishing the
foundations of the subject ; though in more recent years the more
critical work has been done elsewhere, as laboratory technique replaces
shore-collection and the cult of the sea-weed album. Once it is
understood that the best plants in optimum growth can be only
obtained by dredging in the sub-littoral zone, and that the highest
laborator}^ technique is required to bring out the most essential
details, the plants are largely relegated to the cytological expert.
But much remains to be done in other directions of structure and
anatomy, the physiology of metabolism, oecological relations, and
above all in culture, which is within the scope of the most elementary
laboratory practice ; and a wide field still remains open to the algolo-
gists of this country, as also to those of British colonies with even
hner subtropical reptresentatives of the group.

The history of the Florideae in its earlier phases is bound up with
JouRKAL or Botany. — Vol. 57. [November, 1919.] y

298 THE JOUllNAL OF BOTANY

tlmt of other marine plants i, and followed a similar course from the
time of Theophrastus (circa 300 B.C.) to the works of the herbalists
(Lohelius, 1576; Dodonseus, 1616) and the collectors of the XYIIth
Century (Kaspar Bauhin, npodpofjios, 1622 ; Dillenius, in Hai/s
Si/uopsia, 1724), and to the writings of the Linnaean school of the latter
part of the XVIIIth Century, as represented by the descriptions and
coloured illustrations of Stackhouse (1795-1801) and Dawson Turner
(1808-1819).

In Theophrastus the most definite reference to a Floridean is
that of the "Sea-Palm." The text^ gives a good idea of the diffi-
culty of an early naturalist in wrestling with the morphology of a sea-
Aveed ; and the"^ Sea-Palm {Palma marina) became a stock article
with early writers. It is interesting to note that the text describes
the plant as (palvil, although the Greeks do not seem to hare distin-
guished the pinnate Phoenix from the palmate bushy Chamcerops ; as
also to make it quite clear that there was no allusion to a lobed sea-
weed like the palm of a hand : the midrib is described, and the torn
appeamnce of the laminae which gave the pinnate character to the
fronds; the latter evidently grew in tufts of leaf-like members,
Avhicli were not irregularly lobed and crumpled. The plant has
been generally identified Avith the bright red CaUophyllis laviniatn,
but this is certainly a mistake ^. An older view may be compared in
Imperato's figure '^ of the Palma marina, Avhich is nothing like the
CallopliylJis, but may have been inspired by a Dast/a. The plant
m the text obviously Avould be Delesseria sanguinea, Avith its bushy
tuft of torn red leaA^es, up to 10 inches long, and strongly-marked
mid-rib ; but D. sanguinea is not described for the Mediteri*anean,
And there is nothing in the yEgean nearer than B. Hypoglossum, an
insignificant species '^.

"while larger forms of Ped Algte Avere included as Fucus, the
colour of many of them being by no means distinctiA^e ; the majority,
beinp- smaller types, came under the heading of Muscus marinus ; and

^ Eistoincal Review of the Phaeophycese, Journ. Bot. 1919, p. 265.

- " A deep sea plant, but witli a very short stem, and the branches which
spring from it are almost straight, and these under water are not set all round
the stem, like the twigs which grow from tlie branches, but extend quite flat in
one direction, and are uniform, though occasionally they are irregular. The
character of the branches or outgrowi-hs to some extent resembles the leaves of
thistle-like spinous plants, such as the sow-thistles and the like, except that they
are straight, and not bent over like these, and have their leaves eaten away by
the brine -. in the fact that the central stalk at least runs through the whole,
they resemble these, and so does the general appearance. The colour both of
the branches and of the stalks, and of the plant as a whole is a deep red or
scarlet."— Theophrastus, Eng. Trans. Hort. (1916) p. 337.

•' Hort (loc. cit.). On the other hand there is little in the text to show
that it did grow in the Eastern Mediterranean ; it is the last on the list of sea-
plant wonders, and the account may well be based on the tales of sailors who
had pulled their boats up on the tide-range beyond the Pillars of Hercules among
Laminarians waist-high (p. 331). The only other choice is a feeble description
of a bilateral Dnaiin.

■* Imperato (Naples. I!j99). DelJ' HiKforia Katvrale, p. 740.

'"> Danish Oceanographical Exped. ' Thor' (Copenhagen, 1918) no. 5.

HISTOIfTCAL KEYIEW OF THE FLORIDE.E 200

an old block woodcut with this title in Lobelius (157G) ^ does duty
as late as the time of Parkinson (1640) -, ultimately ai^iDcaring as
the ' Red Coralline ' of the tide-pools, though originally intendecf for
a softer moss-type, probably Ceramium ruhrum. A figure of Coral-
Una in Gerard (1597) ^ is j^robably the oldest recognizable figure of
a Floridean type.

A few Florideae are thus included by Dillenius^ in the Ilisforia
]\Iusco?'um (1741) as Conferva. Linnaeus 5, in the first edition of
the Species Plantarum (1753) has only a poor show 6. In later
times the larger British species are described by Dawson Turner in the
Icones et Hist. Fucorum (1808-1819) : the smaller ones in Dillwyn's
British Conferv(B (1809) ; cf. also Esper (1797) " and Stackhouse
(1795-1801) Nereis Brifannica. The convention of Fucus and
Conferva died hard ; the definition of the latter had been given by
LinnfBUs as Alga capillaris, and according to Dillwyn ^ it included
Polj^siphonias, Ceramiums, and even JDasya coccinea ; yet Goodenough
and Woodward^ (1795) included as Fuci such plants as Boli/si-
2)honia hyssoides, BostrycMa, and Bonnemaisonia.

The history of the Florideae as a class begins with the separation
of the group under this special name by Lamoueoux (1813) i^ ; the
eleven genera — Glaiidea, Delesseria, Ghondrus, Oelidiumy Laurencia,
Sypneay Acantlioplioray Dumontia, Giyartina, Plocamium, and
Champia, are localized under the heading Florideae, although the
colour-guide was still a little vague ; Furcellaria was left with the
Fucaceae from its dark colour, and Amansia, as presenting a ' net-
work ' surface, Avith the Dictyotaceae. Lyngbye ii added genera, as
Lomentaria and CalUthamnion, but had the genera all mixed up on
a system of his own ; the Florideae not being separated from Brown
Algae : the idea did not make Avay at once ; the colour-guide was
treacherous. C. Agardh ^", it is true, retains the order ' Florideai '

^ Lobelius (Antwerp, 1576), Stirpium Historia, p. 648.

'■^ Parkinson (London, 1640), Theatrum Botanicum, p. 1296.

■^ Gerard (London, 1597), Herball, p. 1379, Corallina anglica.

^ Dillenins (Oxford, 1741), Historia Muscorum, 48 forms of Conferva, of
which 10 may be Floridean, p. 32, including Lemanea and Batrachospermum.

5 Linngeus (Holmiae, 1753), Species Plantarum, pp. 1162, 1166.

^ Fucus {Rhodymenia) palmatiis, F. (PhyllopJiora) rubens, F. {Furcellaria)
fastigiatus, and Conferva corallinoides, C. catenata, C. polymorplia : as marine
forms not including Lemanea and Batracliosperm.iim taken from Dillenius.

' Esper (Niirnberg, 1797), Icones Fucorum.

8 Dillwyn (1809), British Confervas, nos. 58, 44, 36.

^ Goodenough and Woodward (1797), Linn. Trans, iii. p. 84, nos. 72, 70.

^^ Lamouroux (Paris, 1813), JEssai sur les Genres cle la Famille des Thalassio-
jyhytes, p. 75. In this paper Lamouroux introduced the custom, since much
abused, of naming genera after his botanical friends. The idea of so commemo-
rating botanists of repute had been initiated in scientific botany by Father
Plumier (Nova plantarum Americanum Genera, Paris, 1703), who in his need
for new names for numerous North American genera, so utiHzed the names of
about 60 ' Patres Botanici,' from Theophrastus (Eresius) to Eay and Dillenius ;
practically the whole of which are still retained. The science has grown up
with the elegant Gallicized forms as Claudea, Champia, Amansia, Dumontia,
Delesseria, Laurencia, and future generations may assimilate Proto-Kuetzingia,
Schmitziella, and Heterojnnczevs'kia.

'' Lyngbye (Copenhagen, 1819), Tentamen Hydrophytologix Danicgs.

'■■^ C. Agardh (Lund, 1824), Systema Algarum.

t2

300 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

with sixteen genera — Liagora, Polyides, Digenea, Ptilota, Thmt-
masia, Bhodomela, Chondria, Basia, Sphcerococciis, Tliamnoplwra,
Grateloiqjia, Haly^rienia, Bonnemaisonia, Amansia, Delesseria,
Oneillia ; but Ceramium, Griffitlisia, Chconpia, Chatospora, Hiit-
cJiinsia, Rliytiphloea^ are sandwielied between Chara and Ecfocarpusl,
Lemanea is placed with the Fucoids, and Batrachosjyermitm with
Mesogloia. Curiously enough, Greville^, as late as 1830, still keeps
the tradition of the diehotoraous Polgides and Furcellaria as near
Dictyota dicliotoma, and beyond the pale of the true Floridese, not-
withstanding the brightness of the crimson coloration of his plate -.

The accumulation of genera and species, and the marking out of
the main series by differentiation of somatic organization, was the
work of the collectors and svsteniatists, more particularly of the first
half of the XlXth Century; cf. Lightfoot (1777), Hudson (1768),
Goodenough and Woodward (1795), Yelley (1795), Stackhouse
(1795), Dawson Turner (1808), Dillvyyn and Hooker (1809) ; cf.
Literature in IIisto7^ical Sketch of the Bhteophycece, loc. cit. p. 268,
as also Brodie, Borrer, Lilly Wigg, Templeton, Drummond, Car-
michael, Boswarva, Dickie, man}^ of whose names remain allocated to
species of the FlorideiB, and others still more familiar in generic
guise: — Pollexsen {Pollexfcnia), Ealfs (SaJfsia), Hore (Horea),
Landsborough (Landshiirgia), Mrs. Gulson (Gulsonia), Mrs. Gatty
(Gattya), Miss Gifford [Gifordi a), Miss Cutler {Outleria), Mis*s
Hutchins {Kntchinsia) with Mrs. Griffiths (Gri^'thsia) and her
friend Mrs. Wyatt, jointly responsible for the Algce Damnoniensis
(Torquay, 1840) 4 yols., as an exsiccata of 234 specimens checked
by Mrs. Griffths.

In more recent times this work has been amplified for British
coasts by Buffc'ham (tl896; JBuffhamia, Holmes {HoJmesia) and
more particularly by E. A. L. Batters (f 1907 ; Battersia), whose
list of British Marine Algae (Journ. Bot., Supp. 1902) remains the
standard authority, and Trail (f 1919 ; Trailiella).

For this country the work culminates in the two volumes of
the Bhycologici Britannica of Harvey (1845-1851) containing
descriptions and coloured plates of 182 species, arranged in 52 genera
and 7 orders. As works of the same epoch may be included : —
Species, Genera et Ordines Florideao'um of J. Agardh (Lund,
1851-1876), Iconogrcrphica Bhycologia Adriatica of Zanardini
(Venice, 1860), audi Phycologia Mcditerranea of Ardissone (1883).

To the collectors of the early part of the Nineteenth Century
is larg-dy due the rapid growth in the study of algaj which marks
t'le difference between the works of Haryey (1851), Fhycologia
Britannica, Nereis Bor. Amer. (1851), Bhycolog. Anstralica (1858-
63), and the volumes of Stackhouse and Dawson Turner. Outside
the range of the Flowering Plants and Ferns, no other group of the
veo-etable kingdom has been so popularized as the Floridea^, in this

^ Greville (Edinburgh, 1830), Algx Britannicas.

2 For the older restriction of the order ' Florideae,' cf. Harvey (1841) Manual
of British Algae ; Porplnjra remains associated with Ulva in the Phyc. Brit. (92),
as also Banjia (9G); and Enjthrotrichia (322).

HISTORICAL REVIEW OF THE FLOEIDE^ 301

country. The facility with which really astonishing pictures, with a
beauty of lijie and colouring, beyond ordinary dmughtmanship, were
to be produced, in an age when mechanical productions of artistic
value were so defective, led to the establishing of the cult of the sea-
weed album, and the formation of such a volume came to be regarded
as a ix)lite accomplishment eminently suitable for ladies of taste
and leisure. Many of these books survive to the present day, when
sea-weed mounting is almost a lost art, G. Brebner (tl905) being
one of the last exponents ; and it is still interesting to appreciate the
skilled manipulation of a fine specimen. It is curious to note how
the British Floridese lend themselves to such pictorial display, being
usually of a most convenient size; the larger Brown Algse were
allowed to complete the collection, rather in the form of 'juvenile
phases ' ; i. e. Laminarians less than a foot in length.

Kuetzing (1843) in his Fhycologia Generalis alone exhibits a
more extended outlook of more modern botany, by the incorporation
of many detailed anatomical and physiological considerations, to-
gether with a large number of drawings made from careful sections,
some of which have done duty in text-books to the present dav.
Similar work for the world at large, as continued to the present time,
has extended the list to over 3000 species, which are found enume-
rated by De Toni i (1897-1905), of which about 300 are listed for
the British Coast by Batters (1902) -,

Beyond what may be termed the book-keeping of the subject, the
great advances that have been made in our knowledge of the life-
history of these plants, are due to the work of relatively few
observers ; certain papers stand out 2)rominently as indicating epochs
in the progress of the science, as again expressive of new mental
attitudes and view-points in dealing with the plants, these being
more or less reflected into the subject from the general advance
in other fields of botanical research.

I. Of these epochs the first is that indicated by the observations
of BoRNET and Thuret ^ on the French coast of the Channel and at
Biarritz, in connection with the question, more particularly, of sexual
reproduction, and following the lines of similar work on the Brown
Seaweeds : the significance of sexuality, and the nature of the repro-
ductive organs, being established for about a dozen genera, including
such forms as Nemalion, Helmintliora, Callithamnion cori/mhosiim,
Lejolisia, Dudresnaya. Much of the work sj)read over twenty years
was collected in the classical volume of the htudes JPliycologigues,
with beautiful aquatint plates from drawings by Eiocreux, which as
faithful representations of the living plant-tissues, as actually seen
fresh under the microscope, without distortion or conventional repre-
sentation, have never been surj^assed.

^ DeToni (Patavii, 1897-1905), Sijlloge AUjarum, vol. iv. Floridese^ pp. 1870.

2 Batters (1902), Supp, Journ. Bot.

3 Bornet and Thuret (1867), Ann. Sci. Nat. p. 137, " Eecherches sur le fecon-
dation des Florideea " ; l^otes Algologiques (1876-1880); Etudes PJxycologiques
(1878),

302 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANT

II. A second epoch, based on the researches of Schmitz^ (1883),
was devoted more particularly to the detailed examination of the
problems connected with the development of the cystocarp, the nature
of tlie cell-fusions, and what was, perhaps, reall}' of more consequence —
the regrouping of the families and genera in accordance with the
nature of the reproductive phenomena in the Life- Cycle, rather than
by somatic organization and the external morphology of the adult
structures alone, as in the artiticial systems of J. Agardh and Harvey.
Although what Schmitz regarded as the essential point of his
work — the sexual nature of the cytoplasmic fusion with auxiliary
cells, as expressive of a mysterious phenomenon of * double-fertiliza-
tion,'— has not stood the test of time, as it did not that of the
"tradition" of his day, the 1888 paper contains a neat exposition of
the theorj'' of the Florideae as a whole, which gives it a text-book
value. The more detailed S3^stematic scheme of Schmitz, left un-
finished at his death, is found in the section of the PJlanzenfamilien
of Engler and Prantl (Schmitz and Hauptfleisch, 1896), and is the
basis of the modern presentation of the group. There can be no
doubt that the Florideae acquired a special vogue of mj^stery in virtue
of Schmitz's claims of the significance of auxiliary cells in * double
fertilization ' ; but with further knowledge of sexual mechanism,
deduced from observation of other branches of the vegetable kingdom,
at hand, such assumptions are seen to be wholl}' unauthorized, and
th(? entire edifice of classification erected on it is left witliout sure
foundation. However, the series and orders of Schmitz have now
become established and incorporated in botanical literature-, largely
through the agenc}^ of the valuable volumes of He Toni, and there is
little to be gained by altering them until there may be satisfactory
grounds for recasting the entire subject^. On the other hand the
attempted phylogenetic arrangement of Schmitz (1889-1897) marks
so definite an advance on preceding systems, that all nomenclature
may be conveniently checked at the latter date.

III. In a paper Avhich also attains classical rank Oltmaxns '^
succeeded in demonstrating in a perfectly convincing manner the
exact significance of these secondary fusions with auxiliary cells, and
traced the mutual relations of the nuclei in the process ; details are
described for five well-defined leading types, as Dudresnai/a piir-

^ Solimitz (Berlin, 1883), TJntersuchungen ilberdie Befrn^htung der Florideen :
an English translation is more readily accessible, cf. Dallas (1884) Ann. & Mag.
of Nat. Hist. p. 1.

Friedrich Schmitz, of Greifswald, died 1895, will always be known as the
greatest investigator of the Ploridefe, during the latter half of the nineteenth
(iontury. He served through the Franco-Prussian war, and was first attracted
to sea- weeds while on duty on the coast of Normandy. Most of his material
was obtained from Naples, and only those who have a tide-range to forage on
can appreciate the handicap of working entirely with preserved material, or on
specimens collected by other people. (Carruthers, 1895, Journ. of Bot. p. 115.)

- Svedelius (1911), Engler and Prantl, Appendix. Floridex.

•' The ])resent condition of the classification of Flowering Plants on the lines
of the Eichler-Engler-Prantl system affords a direct analogy.

•♦ Oltmanns (Naples, 1898), Bot. Zeit. p. 99. " Zur Entwicklungsgeschichte
der 'Flovideen," Morphologie und Biologie der Algen, 1904, p. 689.

HISTORICAL EEYIEW OF THE FLOBIDEJ: 303

jpurifera and D. cocciiiea, Gloiosiplionia, Dasya, and Callithamnion,
the jDeculiar nuclear phenomena, as also cytojDlasmic fusion, being
solely the expressions of an attempt to obtain food-supplies for the
parasitic genei-ation. This has placed the question of the nutrition
of the carposporophyte on a rational basis, and older views on the
sexual significance of cytoplasmic fusions, unavoidably obscure so lon^i-
as the essential nuclear phenomena were little known, even in the case
of higher plants, have been relegated to their proper place.

IV. In more recent times the attention paid since 189-i to the
cytological details of diploid phases as associated with the familiar
alternation of generations in the life-history of land-plants, and as
constituting a causal factor for the differentiation of gametophvte
and sporophyte, has led to a more thorough investigation of the
reproductive organization of the Floridese. In a paper on I^olysi-
phonia vlolacea, SiiiaEO Yama^s'ouchi ^ (Chicago, 1906), the
cytological relation of the diiferent individuals of the trimorphic
sequence involved in the life-cycle was clearly established as a model
for similar w^ork on other forms, as the necessity for the use of the
microtome and the best methods of modern technique was success-
fully vindicated. So long as algologists could make out nine-tenths
of the facts by simple section-cutting, or ' squeezing-out ' methods,
the use of the microtome was avoided ; and though the imjjortance
of nuclear phenomena may have been exaggerated, these latter are an
essential part of the story, and cannot be omitted. However much
can be done even better without it ; in dealing Avith the general
anatomy and most of the reproductive processes, more particularlv as
presented in fresh material, the microtome remains as the last appeal
in all cytoplasmic research.

Even more recently the Floridese maintain their value as con-
tributing to the solution of much debated problems of reproductive
mechanism common to higher organism. The demonstration by
Stedelius 2 of the fact that in such forms as Scinaia (as also by
Kylin ^ and Cleland for Ne7nalion) the cytological alternation of
haploid and diploid nuclear phases need not necessarily run conform-
ably with the morphological alternation of gametoph^^te and sporo-
phyte individuals, bids fair to remove the curious obsession of botanists
(dating to Strasburger '^, 1894) that such cytological mechanism of
the nucleus can ever be a satisfactor}-- causal factor in the differentia-

^ Yamanouchi (Chicago, 1906), Bot. Gazette, p. 425, "The Life-History of
Polysiphonia violacea."

■^ Svedelius (1915), Nova Acta, Upsala, iv. p. 1.

3 Kylin (1916), Berichte, xxxiv. p. 257 : Cleland (1919), Ann. Bot. p. 323.

^ Strasbvirger (1894) may be said to have initiated the idea that since the
gametophyte of land plants is haploid in its chromosome number, and the sporo-
phyte is diploid, therefore any haploid stage must be a gametophyte, and any
diploid generation a sporophyte : a curious non aequitur which has been very
generally accepted.

There cannot be more than two cytological phases, haploid or diploid, but
there may be more than two morphologically differentiated stages in a life-cycle ;
e. g. the Floridese have three, hence commonly manipulated to make two, in order
to suit a preconceived academic scheme.

304 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

tlon of a complex life-cycle, thus squeezed into an academic two-phase
scheme ^.

V. Also within the present generation, the Florideae share in the
new outlook on the science which has been opened up under the
heading of CEcology =^ (Warming, 1896). This special line of
investigation is designed to replace the rule-of- thumb methods of the
older school of naturalists, and to analyze and tabulate the enormous
amount of ' general information ' acquired subconsciously by the
older ' collector,' which largely constituted the charm of out-door
investigations.

The difficulties of the problems presented by the Florideae are
enormous, and can be only overcome b}^ long-continued and careful
work ; the main held of research being invisible to the human eye,
submarine, beyond the reach of either direct observation or experi-
ment, and only to be explored by dredging and the use of deep-sea
instruments — often on dangerous rocky ground — at all seasons of the
year. The vegetation of the tide-range inevitably receives at first an
exaggerated amount of attention : all such vegetation is of a depaupe-
rated character, and by no means representative of the main sti-ength
of the inventive genius of the group. The same applies with even
greater force to the reduced and hardy relics characteristic of the
more extreme positions in zones above the high-tide mark, the case
of dark caves, the vegetation of the salt-marsh, brackish water, and
extension into freshwater streams and ditches. Owing to their more
ready accessibihty, and their association with more interesting types
of land-vegetation, these depauperated wastrels of the sea are in
danger of being given a degree of prominence out of all proportion
to their essential value, either morphologically or phylogenetically.
The true vegetation of the sea is in the sea, and may be said to begin
at low-tide level.

BAIIBAIIEA EIVULARIS IN BRITAIN.

Br A. B. Jackson, A.L.S., and A. J. Wilmott, F.L.S.

At first sight it Avould appear from Mr, Marshall's account of
this plant (auf(\ p. 211), that we have an addition to our Britisli
species of Barbarea, but in realit}'- it is nothing of the kind.
Mr. Marsliall seems to have forgotten the paper on Barharea vul-
f/aris (Journ. Bot. lOlG, 202), in which B. rivularis Martr. Don.
has been fully dealt Avith jind shown to be merely a synon^'m of
B. vul<)aris var. silvestris Fr. It is a form not uncommon in
Britain, and we have now seen it from at least a dozen vice-counties
as well as from Ireland. Tlie British examples are not of the short-

1 Yamanouchi (190G), loc. cit. p. 433 : Bower (1919), The Living Plant, p. 482 :
cf. Cleland (1919), Annals Bot. p. 347 for the prevailing dogma — " the cystocarp
of Nemalioii is not sporophytic in character, and there is no cytological alterna-
tion of generations."

2 Warming (1909), Ecology of Plants, Eng. edit. p. 170. Br.rgesen (1903),
Botany of the Faeroes, p. 339 ; (1908) p. 683. Cotton (1912), " Clare Island Survey,"
Proc. Roy. Irish Acad. 31.

BAIIBAHEA RIVULARIS IN BRITAIN 305

fruited form regarded by Rouy and Foueaud as the type, for which
they cite Billot exs. 3011 (as B. stricta). These exsiccata have the
siliques in some cases not more than 12 mm. long, so it will be seen
that in plants with siliques *' double as long " these need not be
longer than those of typical B. vulgaris. The British plants of
var. silvestris have the fruits of normal length, and Mr. Miller's.
plant from Cossington which Mr. Marshall has kindly sent us is in
no way different. We cannot find, however, that Martrin-Donos
states that his B. rivularis was the short-fruited form, while Carion
says of his B. vulgaris var. longisiUquosa that it differs yrow typ^t
with which it grows intermingled, by its *' siliques tres longues, tres.
nombreuses et rapprochees de I'axe." The specimen Mr. Marshall
refers to the var. longisiUquosa has siliques scarcely, if at all, longer
than in those which he considers may be type, and all are of the-
same length as in typical B. vulgaris, neither shorter nor longer.
We have not yet seen in this coun.try any specimens of the var,
silvestris with siliques of other than typical length, and it was-
because of this fact that the matter was not more fully detailed in
the paper mentioned above. We regard it as unsafe to accept without*
verification the accounts given in Kouy and Foueaud, although they
are often very valuable.

The strict-fruited form of B. vulgaris has often been confused
with the true B. stricta, even by such well-known authorities as
Babington and Newbould, but no one who has seen true B. stricta in
the living state would be likely to confuse the two. Mr, Marshall,,
misled no doubt by the inadequate description of B. stricta given by
Jlouy and Foueaud, contends that our British B. stricta is only
B. rivularis. Unfortunately he has overlooked the important con-
tribution to our knowledge of B. stricta by Messrs. Sprague and
Hutchinson (Journ. Bot. 1908, 106), where the diagnosis of the two
plants are so clearly set out as to leave no doubt as to their distinction..
Mr. Marshall says that the Cossington specimens show a complete-
agreement with examples of B. stricta in his herbarium from Clifton
Ings (not Thirsk) and Upton on Sevei'n, both of which had beera
confirmed by us and one by Murbeck. A careful comparison of these
specimens shows the resemblance to be merely superficial. The colour
and shape of the petals do not in the least suggest B. stricta : they
are obovate, bright yellow with a whitish claw, while those of the-
specimens of B. stricta have the petals much narrower in outline and
of a different shade of yellovv (more lemon yellow) all over. What
is more important still, the fiower-buds are distinctly hairy in tlie
same specimens, while those of the Cossington plant are ^j^i^/^'e glabrous..
We have measured the length of the styles in ten fruits of each of
the gatherings in question, and the averages are : — Cossington 2"4 mm.,.
Upton 1-8 mm., Clifton Ings I'G mm. Moreover, those of the first
taper and are less than '3 mm. broad, whije those of the B. stricta
are stout and truncate, '4 and -5 mm. broad respectively. Thes(^'
measurements correspond to a \ery real difference in appearance.

We consider the question of the shape and size of the lateral
lobes of the leaves to be of subsidiary importance and unreliable for

306 THE JOUHNAL OF BOTANY

diao-nosls, for in some specimens we have seen of typical B. vulgaris
the lateral lobes have remained small and undeveloped.

We think it just possible that Mr. Marshall is right in considering
that the figure given by S^mie for B. sfricta is really B. rivularis,
i. e., B. vulgaris var. silvestris. The matter was not mentioned in
the previous paper because we could not decide that there was suffi-
cient on the plate to determine which of the two it was better placed
under, and we are still undecided. There is little in the text to show
that Syme either knew or was able to discriminate between the two
plants. Both grow in Yorkshire, which Syme especially mentions,
and he may have confused them as so many others have done.

NOTES ON BEDFOEDSHIKE PLANTS.
Br J. E. Little, M.A.

The Flora of Bedfordshire has during the present century
received attention in three publications. The Victoria County His-
tory of Beds (i. pp. 37-67 ; Constable, 190^) deals with the Botany
of "^the county generally in articles by J. Hamson and G. C. Druce,
assisted by James Saunders and E. M. Holmes. In 1906 Mr. J.
Hamson published Aii Account of the Flora of Bedfordshire (Beds
Times Publishing Co., Bedford), and Mr. James Saunders gathered
too-ether various contributions which he had ])reviously made in
The Field Flowers of Bedfordshire (W. F. Bunker, Luton, 1911).

The following paper presents a selection of records supplementary
to the last-mentioned. Mr. AV. Hillhouse, in the Transactions of the
Beds Natural History Society (F. Thompson & Son, High St.,
Bedford), proposed in his paper " On the Surface Geology and
Physical Geography of Beds " (pp. 83-91) that the county should
be subdivided according to its main geological features into two
districts, a northern (chiefly clay) and a southern (chiefl^^ cretaceous),
the former being cut up into four, and the latter into three sub-
districts, and each of the .sub-districts being again parcelled into
seven portions. Thus in fact forty-nine divisions Avere proposed, a
number wholly unworkable on any extended scale, and undesirable
for so small a county. The Victoria County History, passing over
this propo.sal.of Mr. Hillhouse, takes the river-basins as its starting-
point, and makes the following divisions: — 1. Nene ; 2. East Ouse ;
3. West Ouse ; 4. Ivel ; 5. Cam ; 6. Ouzel ; 7. Lea. Of these
basins the areas draining into the Nene and the Cam are so small
that for practical purposes they may be merged with their neigh-
bours, Nene with West Ouse, and Cam with Ivel. This leaves
five divisions, possibly in the estimation of some a number still too
large. The records subjoined all fall under Mr. Hillhouse's Southern
and under Mr. Druce's Ivel Division. Some parts of the Ivel Basin
are more easily accessible from Hitchin than from either Luton or
Bedford. Tlie Rev. Chas. Abbot in his Flora Bedfordiensis (1798)
mentions foi- this disti-ict a number of plants in the neighbourhood of
Potton whieii recent search has failed to re-discover — at least, no

NOTES ON BEDFOBDSHIEE PLANTS 307

recent record of any of them appears to exist, although it is possible
that some are still to be found. Abbot's list for the Potton neigh-
bourhood includes : —

fDianthus deltoides L. Mont ia font ana L. Hypericum Inimi-
fusum L. ; H.pulcJirum L. ; S. elodeslt. Qeranium sanguineum L.
Trifolium ochroleucon Huds. ; T. scahriun L. Galium uligino^um L.
Solidago virgaurea L. Jasione montana L. fVaccinium Oxy-
coccos L. i Erica Tetralix L. Hottonia palustris L. Vinca
minor L. ^TJtricularia minor L. flfalaxis paludosa Sw. (as
Ophrys paludosa). Juncus hulhosns L. fUJiyncJiospora alba Yahl.
(as Schoenus albus). Carex divulsa Stokes ; C. leporina L. C. ros-
tra ta Stokes.

Those marked f are noted by Mr. Saunders as probably extinct.
Any confirmation of Abbot's observations in this district would be a
welcome contribution to the Flora of the county. A few plants are
noted as " common " by Abbot, which do not appear to be now
common in the Ivel district : —

Lathyrus silvestris, JPimpinella major^ Serratula tinctoria^
Cnicus eriophorus.

The following plants are noted as *' rare " by Abbot : —
Arahis Thaliana, Ilex Aqnifolium, ^^Trifolium hyhridum, Sium
erectum, Linaria minor, *L. Cymbalaria, Almis rotundifolia.

These may all be said now to have a much more extended distri-
bution.

Mr. R. Morse's record of Seseli Libanotis possibh^ adds another
county for its distribution, and confirms Mr. Saunders's expectation
that it might be found. Although not strictly relevant to the
subject of the present paper, I may here say that in 1912 I brought
home from Arbury Banks, Herts, a well-known station for Seseli,
seed gathered from fine plants three to four feet high, and scattered,
them on an isolated balk in the middle of arable land near Little
Almshoe, St. Ippolyts, Herts. Until last year I had not visited the
spot to see if this experiment in naturalization (some, I fear, will
say an undesirable one) had succeeded; 1 found fifteen flourishing
plants, tall like their ancestors, and very different from those of the
sheep-depastured down on which Mr. Morse found them in Beds,
where they have a hard struggle to exist at all.

The following list was drawn up at the end of 1918 : so far as
Beds efforts are concerned, the present year has been a blank to
me botanically, as I have not had time to make any expeditions.
The only exception was a fortnight in West Norfolk in July which
I spent with a cousin at Wallington, near Downham Market. He
kindly motored me about, and I spent my time over a number of
small " fens " which lay within a distance of 15 miles on the west
side of the county. They differ both from the deep fens of the great
level, and from the broads, and are more properl}^ small bogs in
depressions between slightly higher ground, in the drainage basins of
■the Wissey and the Nar. 1 spent my time chiefly over sedges, but
partly also over the distribution of forms of Marsh Orchis. In two,
Foulden Common and Marham Fen, O. incarnata was predominant.
In Beechamwell Fen, Caldecote Fen, Oxborougli Fen, Shouldham,

308 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

O. prcetermissa Druce prevailed. In most of the latter a few plants
with spotted leaves occurred, though I could not appreciate any other
difference to warrant the suggestion of hybridism with O. Fuchsii
Druce. Actually I only found the latter in Shingham Fen with
O. prcetermissa. Accustomed as we are here to regard Hahenaria
Conopsea as a plant of the downs, it Avas curious to find it coming
right down into the bog at Caldecote with Aquilegia vulgaris : —

Banunculiis circinatus Sibth. The Lake, Southill Park, 1913.
Watson Exchange Club Report, 1913, 428. — R. lieteropliyllus
Weber. Pond near the moats of Ickwell Bury, 1912. Det. E. S.
Marshall.— B. hederaceus L. Biggleswade Common, 1913; Warren
Farm, Sandy, 1914.

Papaver Lecoqii Lamotte. Arlesey, 1914.

Fumaria officinalis L. var. Wirtgeni Hausskn. Rnd F. parvijlora
Lamk. var. acuminata Clavaud. Barton Hills, 1918. Confirmed by
H. W. Pugsley.

Eadicula palustris Moench. E. Ivel at Biggleswade, 1913. —
E. amphibia Druce. Arlesey, 1911; Clifton, 1912; Shefford.

Draba lanceolata Neilr. {Erophila stenocarpa Jord.). Sandy
Heath, 1914. W. E. C. E. 1914, 484. Maulden, 1914.— Z). prcecox
Stev. Lower Stondon, 1913; near Greenfield Mile, 1914, W. E.
C. E. 1914, 484.

Barbarea vulgaris Ait. var. campestris Fr. Shillington Bury.

Cardamine flexuosa With. Shefford, 1913.

Erysimum cheiranthoides L. Arlesey, Henlow, 1912 ; Shefford,
1914.

*Brassica juncea Hook. fil. & Thoms. BetAveen Edworth and
Langford, 1914, with *Lepidium ruderale L.

Diplotaxis muralis DC. Southill, 1912 ; Maulden, 1914.

Thlaspi arvense L. Shillington, 1909.

Teesdalea midicaulis Br. Sandy to Potton, 1911 ; Southill Park,

1913 ; Eowney Warren, 1911 ; Maulden, 1914.

*Buiiias orientalis L. Arlesey, 1910. Det. A. Thellung.

Viola Biviiiiana Eeichb. var. pseudo-mirabilis Coste. Eowne^^
Warren, 1911, det. E. S. Gregory. — V. Biviniana var. diversa,
E. S. Gregory. ClophiU, 1914. W. E. C. E. 1914, 485.

Cerastium semidecandrum L. Eowney Warren and Sand}^, 1911 ;
Southill Park, 1912 : Maulden, 1914.

Stellaria aquatica Scop. Shefford and Clifton, 1912. — >S'. palus-
tris Eetz. (forma glauca). Shefford, 1913.

Spergula arvensis L. Sandy, 1911 ; Maulden and New Eowney
Farm, 1914.— >S'. sativa Boenn. Biggleswade, 1913 ; Eowney War-
ren, 1912.

Claytonia perfoliata Donn. Old Warden, B. Morse, 1915.

Geranium pyreiiaicum Bm-m. hi Eowney Warren, 1912; Pegs-
don, 1913.

Erodium pimpinelli folium Sibth. Portobello Farm, Sutton,
1913. W. E. C. E. 1913, 430. "Allied to E. commixtum Jord."
E. G. Baker. But neither in these plants, nor in those I grew in

1914 from the seed did the beaks exceed 25 mm. in length, J. E. L.

NOTES ON BEDFORDSHIRE PLANTS 309

Melilotus arvensis Wallr. Wilbmy Hill and Arlesey, 1914.

M. indica All. Between Eclworth and Langford, 1914.

Trifolium ochroleucon Huds. Wilbuiy Hill, 1915, H. C, Little-
hury. — T. fraqi^erum L. Arlesey, 1914 ; Henlow, 1911 ; Stondon
{B. Long) ; Barton, 1918.

Astragalus glycyphylhis L. Between Shefford and Southill,
1911 ; Holwell, 1913.

Yicia lafhyroides L. Maulden, 1914. Botanical JExchange
Cluh Report, 1914, 137.

Latliyrus silvestris L. Between Shefford and Southill, 1911,
var. platyphyllus Retz. Standalone Farm, Potton Hill, 1911.

Ruhus idceus L. Rowney "Warren ; Sandy.

Potentilla Anserina L. (a) concolory Southill; Gravenhurst ;
Edworth, 1914 : (b) discolor. Sandy Warren, 1913.

Rosa tomentosa Sm. (aggr.). S. of Shefford, 1911.

Ryrus Aria Ehrh. Sandy, 1911. — P. aucuparia Ehrh. Rowney
Warren, 1911 ; Sandy, 1912 ; Southill, 1913.— P. communis L. Near
Sheerhatch Wood, 1912.— P. Malus L. (a) acerha DC. Rowney
Warren, 1911: (b) mitis Wallr. Southill, 1912; Ickwell; Sandy,
1911.

Rihes ruhrum L. Southill, 1913. ? *yar. sativum.

Myriopliyllum spicatum L. The Lake, Southill Park, 1912.

Ejnlohium angustifolium L. Swamp N. of Biggleswade Com-
mon, 1913 ; Southill Park, 1914. — H. tetragonum Curt. Arlesey ;
Warden Abbey, 1912.

Conium maculatum L. Sandy, 1911 ; Clifton, 1912 ; Warren
Farm, Sandy, 1913.

*Carum Petroselinum Benth. & Hook. fil. Southill, 1912. —
C. segetum Benth. & Hook. fil. Shefford, 1913. — C. Bulhocastanum
Koch. Pegsdon, 1913 ; Barton, 1917.

RimpiineUa major Huds. Between Shefford and Southill, 1913.
Kempson's Park, 1914 ; between Holwell and Lower Stondon,
1913.

Seseli Lihanotis Koch. Five miles from Hitchin, in Beds, 1913,
R. Horse. W. E. C. R. 1914, 497.

Silaus flavescens Bernh. Between Shefford and Southill, 1911.

Heracleum Hpliondylium L. var. angustifolium Huds. Extreme
forms near Southill Station, 1913. Barton, 1918.

Galium Cruciata Scop. Clophill, 1914. — G. palustre yry. eloji-
gatum (Presl). Warden Abbey, 1913, det. C. E. Moss ; Biggles-
wade, 1913.— (?. tricorne Stokes. Holwell, 1913.

Valeriana officinalis L. Rowney Warren, 1911. — V. samhuci-
folia Mikan. Biggleswade Common, 1912 ; Holwell, 1913.

JErigeron acris L. Arlesey, 1912 ; Pegsdon, 1913 ; Henlow,
1913.—*^. canadensis L. Sandy, 1911 ; Arlesey, 1910 ; Maulden,
1918.

Filago apiculata G. E. Sm. Maulden, 1918, with P. minima Fr.
GnaphaJium silvaticum L. Sandy Heath, 1911.

Bidens cernua L. Biggleswade Common, 1913.

Anthemis arvensis L. Pegsdon, 9113 ; near Holwell, 1913.

310 THE JOURIfAL OF BOTANY

Tanacetiini vulgare L. Shefford, 1911 ; Clifton, 1912 ; New
Rowney Farm. 1912 ; Biggleswade Common, 1913.

Artemisia Ahsinthium L. Midland Kail way, Soutliill, 1912 ;
L. N. W. Railway, Sandy. A casual ?

Fetasites ovatus Hill. Clophile, 1913 ; Arlesey, 1913 ; Cadwell.
Arctium intermedium Lange {A. vulgare, A. H. Evans). Pegs-
don, 1912.

Centaurea Scahiosa L. (foribus alhis). Pegsdon, 1914. — *C.
Calcitrapa L. Wilburv Hill, 1913, with *C. solstitialis L., B. E. C. R.
1913, p. 476.

Carduus crispus L. var. acanthoides (L.). Southill, 1913,
det. C. E. Salmon.

Cnicus eriopTiorus Roth. Between Shefford and Southill, 1913.
Grepis capillaris Wallr. var. diffusa (DC). Galley Hill, Sutton,
1913 ; C. taraxacifolia, Thuill. Ai'lesey, 1911 ; Cadwell, 1910.

Hieracium umhellatum L. var. coronopifolium Fr. Maulden, 1918.
Sypochoeris glahra L. (type). Sandy and Potton, 1913. —
jBT. maculata L. Beds border, five miles from Hitchin. B. E. C. R.
1913, 480.

Leontodon nudicaulis Banks var. lasiolcenus Druce. Barton
Hills, 1918.

Campanula latifolia L. Rowney Warren, 1911.
Frimula veris X vulgaris. Stanfordburv Farm, Shefford, 1912.
*rinca major Jj. Clifton, 1912; ArlesV, 1912 ; Southill Park,
1912 ; Clophill, 1914.

*Symp}iytum peregrinum Ledeb. Maulden, 1918.
Myosotis versicolor Sm, Flower first white, then blue. Southill,
1912. Var. duhia Arrond? See W. E. C. R. 1914, 503.
Litliospermum officinale L. Sheerhatch Wood, 1912.
E cli in m vulgare Jj. Pegsdon, 1913; between Ravensburgh and
Barton, 1917.

Atropa Belladonna L. Eastwood's Brickworks, Arlesey, 1911.
Casual ?

Verhascu7n nigrum L. A form with cream-white flowers, between
Shefford and Southill, with the type, on greensand and marl. Con-
firmed by G. C. Druce, 1914.

Veronica aq^uatica Bernh. (Segr.). Biggleswade, 1913 ; Warden
Abbey, 1913.

Eup)hrasia nemorosa H. Mart. Pegsdon, Barton, 1918.
Bartsia Odontites Huds. var. serotina (Dum.). Pegsdon, 1913.
B. E. C. R. 1913, 487.

Orohanclie major L. Rowney Warren, 1912, L. Little. — O. minor
Sm. In clover, Holwell, 1913.

Thymus ovatus Mill, subvar. sulcitratus A. B. Jackson (inflores-
cence elongate). Pegsdon, 1913.

Calamintha montana Lam. Between Cadwell Bridge Farm and
Wilbury Hill, 1913.

Salvia Verhenaca L. Southill, 1913 ; Henlow, 1914. — *S. ver-
ticillata L. Arlesey. 1912.

Nepeta Cataria L. Southill, 1913.

Scutellaria galericulata L. Swamp between Biggleswade Com-
mon and Sandv Warren, 1913 ; Shefford, 1914.

NOTES ON BEDFORDSHIRE PLANTS 311

Lamium hyhridum Vill. Southill, 1912 ; Clophill, 1914.

Chenopodium liyhridum L. Sandy, 1911. B. E. C. R. 1911,
116.— a rulrum L. Southill Park, 1914.

'Polygonum lapathifolium L. South of Sandy Warren, 1913.

Rumex limosus Thuill. Pond at Warden Abbey, 1913. Con-
firmed by C. E. Moss.

Mercurialis annua L. Southill, 5 only, 1914.

Parietaria ramijiora Moench. Potton Churchyard (long un-
branched stems), 1911.

^Cnstanea sativa Mill. Sandy, 1911 ; Rowney Warren, 1911;
Clophill, 1914.

Populus. See Journ. Bot. 1916, 253.

Ceratopliyllum djemersum L. Lake in Southill Park, 1912.

Cephalanthera yrandijiora Gray. Pegsdon, 1909 ; Barton, 1910.

Orchis prcetermissa Druce. Below Cadwell Bridge. — O. ustulata
L. Pegsdon.

Ophrys apifera Huds. Arlesey Brick Co's pit (gau!t), 1910. —
0. muscifera Huds. Barton Leet Wood, 1910 : Pegsdon, 1909.

JIahenaria virescens Druce. Sheerhatch Wood, 1912 ; Southill,
1913.

Allium vineale L. var. compacfum (Thuill.). Arlesey ; Clifton,
1912 ; Stanfordbury, Shefford, 1913.

Juncus suhnodulosus Schrank. Southill, 1912.

Sparganinm simplex Huds. Biggleswade Common, 1913 (with
branches 5-6 cm. long, bearing both 5 and J heads). "Your speci-
mens have essentially the habit and growth of simplex, but the
branched spikes I have never seen before." A. Bennett in litt.,
20 Feb., 1914.

Typha latifolia L. var. media Sj^me. Arlesey Brick Co.'s Pit,
1911, with t^'pe and T. angusfifolia L.

Potamogeton perfoliatus'L. Shefford, 1911; det. A. Pennetf. —
P,p)usillus L. var. tenuissimns Koch f. angustifolius Fischer; det.
A. Bennett. Lake at Southill Park, 1913, W. E. C. R. 1913, 461.
I have not been able to procure it in fruit. Mr. C. E. Salmon says
*' the leaf apex reminds one of P. rutilus.'" — P. pectinatus L. Lake
at Southill Park, 1913.

Zannichellia palustris L. var. hracJiystemon (Gay). Arlesey
Brick Co.'s Pit, 1910.

Carex Pairei F. Schultz. Rowney Warren, 1914. — C. pilulifera
L. Sandy Warren ; Rowney Warren, 1911.

* Antlioxantliium aristatum Boiss. Everton, 1911, B. E. C. R.
1911, 137.

Plileum pratense L. var. nodosum (L.). Galley Hill, Potton,
1913 ; Sandy, 1909.

Agrostis canina L. var. mutica Doell. Sand3% 1913.

Pescliampsia Jlexuosa Trin. Sandy ; Sutton ; Rowney Warren.
1911.

Avena pratensis L. Barton, 1910; Pegsdon, 1913.

Catahrosa aquatica Beauv. Biggleswade, 1913.

Poa comp>ressa L. Shefford, 1911.

Festuca hromoides L. Sandy, 1911. Var. Broteri (Boiss. &

312 THE JOURNAL OF MOTANY

Eeut.). Border of Cambs and Beds, Everton, 1911; dct. G. C.
Druce.

JBrachy podium pinnatum Beauv. var. inihesceiis Gray. Sheer-
hatch Wood, 1912.

Lastrea ai'istata Rendle & Britten. Keeper's Warren, Southill,
1913.

NOTES ON JAMAICA PLANTS.
By William Fawcett, B.Sc, and A. B. IIendle, F.K.S.

(Continued from Journ. Bot. 1919, p. 68.)

EUPHORBIACE^.— II.

Mettenia Griseb.

Examination of the male flower of IL glohosa Griseb. {Croton
(jlohosiim Sw. Prodr. 100 & Fl. Ind. Occ. 1181) confirms the opinion
of Bentham and Hooker (Gen. PI. iii. 32-1) that this genus Avhen
better known would have to be united with Thwaites's genus Chceto-
carpus.

The male flower of M. glohosa has an irregularly 5-partite densely
2)uberulous calyx, and 6 to 7 stamens inserted at different levels on
a central column which is j^i'olonged above into a rudimentary
pistil. The anther-cells are attached separately to the connective
which is produced slightly beyond. There is an inconspicuous 4-lobed
disk below the stamens.

As Bentham and Hooker suggest, there are two West Indian
species, one Jamaican originally described b}'' Swartz {Croton glo-
hosum), the other an undescribed Cuban species known only from a
fruiting specimen collected by Wright (no. 1973). Examination of
the material available has convinced us that the Cuban plant repre-
sents a distinct species, as shown b}^ the following comparison : —

Ch^tocaepus globosus, comb. nov.

Young twigs puberulous. Leaves roundish- ovate to roundish-
ellii:)tical, rounded or very obtuse at both ends. Capsule 11-
12 mm. 1. ; columella winged. Native of Jamaica.

C. cubensis, sp. nov.

Young twigs glabrous. Leaves elliptical with cuneate base.
Capsule 8-9 mm. 1. ; columella not winged.

Frutex vel arhor (?) ramulis glabris. Folia 3-4-5 cm. 1., ellip-
tica aut anguste elliptica, apice rotundata vel obtusissima, basi cuneata,
glabra ; petiolus 2-3 mm. 1. Capsules 8-9 mm. 1. ; columella non
alata. Semina atra, hilo magno albo. Type in Herb. Mus. Brit, and
in Herb. Kew.

Hah. Cuba, Wright 1973 !

Dendeocousinsia Millspaugh.

This genus was described in Field Columb. Mus. Bot. ii. 1913,
374, from specimens collected in Jamaica by Mr. William Harris and
Dr. N. L. Britton. The author remarks tliat it is " near Sehastiania,^^
but does not indicate how it differs from that genus. Dr. Millspaugh

NOTES ON JAMAICA PLANTS 313

describes the calyx-lobes in both male and female flowers as " each
subtended internally by a minute bract with a glandularly fringed
margin." We do not understand this use of the term '* bi-act," and
prefer to regard ihis inconspicuous glandular fringe of hairs as repre-
senting a disk. This might be regarded as a distinction from Sebas-
tiania ; other differences are : the distinct subequal calyx-segments,
the leaves sometimes opposite or whorled, and the solitary male
flower in the axil of each bract.

The genus, however, appears to be more nearly allied to the Old
World genus Excoecaria, and to differ from this, as conceived by
Bentham and Hooker, merely in the indication of a disk, and the
presence of a caruncle. The material available of two of the species is
incomplete: of D.fasciculata \sq know only the female flower; of
2». alpina only male flowers.

Dendrocousinsia Millsp. Flores dioici, apetali. Discus e
fimbriis glandulosis minutis. Fl. 6 : Calycis segmenta 3, parva,
distincta, subsequalia, membranacea. Stamina 3 ; filamentis liberis ;
antherarum loculi distincti, paralleli, contigui, longitudinaliter de-
hiscentes. Ovarii rudimentum 0. Fl. $ : Calyx 3-partitus v. 3-lobus.
Ovarium 3-loculare ; styli 3, liberi v. basi brevissime connati, pa-
tentes v. revoluti ; ovula in loculi? solitaria. Capsula tridyma, in
coccos 2-valves a columella persistente dissiliens. Semina oblonga,
levia, strophiolata.

Arbores ^a.rvi fruticesve. Folia altema, opposita, vel verticillata,
breviter petiolata vel sessilia, integra aut denticulata, coriacea v.
papyracea, pennivenia. Spicce nunc terminales nunc terminales atque
axillares, solitarise aut fasciculatae. Flores sub quaque bractea soli-
tarii, cT sessiles, $ sessiles vel subsessiles. Bracteas brevissimse, sub
flore utrinque glandulifera?.

D. spiCATA Millsp. Folia petiolata, elliptica, utrinque rotundata
vel emarginata, margine conspicuo revoluto, 3"5-8 cm. 1. Spices
J et $ terminales, 6 ad 10 cm. 1., subcrassse, $ 2-3'5 cm. 1. Glan-
dules suburceolatse lateribus crassis carnosis.

Hab. On limestone rocks, Peckham, Clarendon, 2500 ft., Harris^
10,980, 10,981, 11,204, 12,777 !

D. FASCicuLATA Millsp. FoUa sessilia, ovata, interdum elliptica
vel oblonga, utrinque obtusa, 3-9 cm. 1. Flores $ ad apices ramu-
lorum fasciculati, foliis tribus involucrati. Glandules 1-3-ramosse.

Rab. Dolphin Head, 1800 ft. Harris, 10,266 !

D. alpina, sp. nov. Folia petiolata, ovata, interdum elliptica,
utrinque obtusa, 2'5-3'5 cm. 1. Spicts d tenninales atque axillares
ad nodos vetustiores foliis delapsis. Glandules ut in Z). spicata, aut
interdum obsoletae.

Arbor 18 pad. alta, glabra. Folia ovata vel elliptica, utrinque
obtusa, 2-5-3"5 cm. 1., margine in sicco subrevoluto parce denticulata,
eglandulosa, papyracea-coriacea, supra reticulato-venosa, infra costa
prominenti nervis venisque obscuris ; petioli circa 4 mm. 1. ; stipulse
rotundato-deltoideae c. 1 mm. 1. Spicce tS terminales atque axillares
ad nodos vetustiores foliis delapsis, bracteas c. 20 gerentes ; ? non
visa. Bractece rotundato-ovatae, denticulata3. Glandules cainosae,
Journal of Botany. — Vol. 57. [November, 1919.] z

314 THE JOUENAL OF BOTANY

interdiiin obsoletse. Flores S ' Sepala rotundato-rhomboideo-ovata,
margitie irregulari denticulata. Bi^actecd et sepala coccinea.

Hah. John Crow Peak, Blue Mts., 6000 ft. Harris, 12,906 !

We have received this specimen from the Jamaican Herbarium
under the name of Gymnantlies alpina Britton, and refer it to Den-
drocousinsiay owing to the structure of the male flowers.

ACALTPHA L.

AcALTPHA YiRGATA L. var. PUBESCEXS, var. nov. Hamuli, petioli,
nervique dense pubescentes. Folia utrinque sparse pubescentia ;
petioli 2-8*5 cm. 1. SpiccB femineae usque ad 8 cm. 1. Bractece
feminese hispidulse.

Hah. Clavei-ty Cottage, Blue Mts., J. P. 1421, Hartl

WATSON BOTANICAL EXCHANGE CLUB KEPORT.

The Thirty-fourth Annual Report of the Watson Botanical
Exchange Cluh for 1917-1918 contains as usual much interesting
material contributed by our leading British botanists There are
valuable notes on critical genera and species : Mr. Groves's on
Banunculus (Batrachiti?n),^r. Mojle Rogers's and Mr. Riddelsdell's
on Buhtcs, Major WoUey-Dod's on Rosa, Mr. Barton's on Sali-
cornia,Sind Mr. Pugsley's on Orchis inaij be mentioned as examples of
the former and Mr. Salmon's on Arahis hirsuta, Mr. Little's on
Brunns insititia, Mr. Marshall's on Byrus By raster, Mr. White's
on Brunella laciniata, and Messrs. Little and Jackson's on Alnus
r/lutinosa of the latter. Space will not allow us to quote these at
length, but a few points ma}^ be noted. Mr. Groves makes useful
suggestions : thus of Banunculus fluitans var. camhricuSy sent by
Mr. Griffiths from the original Anglesey locality, he writes : " This
curious plant has always been a puzzle, and it would be of great
interest to ascertain if its peculiarities are due to ecological factors
by cultivating it under different conditions, especially in running
water. If the Batrachian Banunculi could be grown on an extensive
scale I believe many of our difficulties in connexion with this group
of plants would be solved." GormwQwim^ o\\ B. peltatus \M\fori-
hundus, sent by Mr. White from W. Glos., he says: ''The peltatus-
like form with shorter peduncles, which I understand b}' the name.
A beautiful specimen, showing what can be done by careful floating
out, in marked contrast to the draggled apologies for specimens one
so often has to examine. There is no group of plants that better
repay care than the aquatic Baminculi. It seems to me that it is
worth while in the case of these and other water plants to float them
out ; the trouble is not great, especially when one is dr^^ing a number,
and the results are far more satisfactor}^ than if the plants are
merely spi-ead out as in the case of land plants." On a plant from
West Hoathley, Sussex, he comments: " A weak state of B. peltatus
with unusually small flowers, or a hybrid with that species as a parent.
The aquatic Banunculi hybridise freely, and, whenever specimens are

WATSOX BOTAX'ICAL EXCHAXGE CLUE EEl'OET 315 .

]net with having weak peduncles ascending after flowering and pro-
ducing few or no carpels, the other members of the group should be
looked for in the neighbourhood to account for then- parentage."
Such notes as these are very helpful, as coming from one whose
admirable si^ecimens, prepared bj " floating-out," are illustrations of
the process advocated. It may be noted here that the greater part
of Mr. Groves's herbarium was presented recently to the National
Herbarium, forming a welcome addition to the British Collection
there.

The Rev. W. Moyle Rogers contributes among other notes,
a description of a new variety {Ritbus thyrsoideus Wimm. var.
viridescens Rogers MS.) from N. Devon and W. Cornwall — the
former collected as long ago as 1882 by himself and Mr. Archer
Briggs, "The closeness of the connexion with type seems to be
established especially by the combination of the strong deeply-furrowed
glabrous stem with the comparatively short curved prickles and
show}'" flowers of the panicle. It is, however, considerabl}'' unlike
in habit and coloration, besides having leaflets narrower and soon
bare beneath, vdt\\ panicle (when fully developed) considerably
branched and pm'plish petals. From B. rusticmius, towards which
it takes a step from type, it may be readily distinguished by its
epruinose stem, its more compressed prickles and longer stamens ;
and from my B. Sriggsicoius, which at first sight it recalls, by its
sulcate stem and short curved panicle-prickles, as Avell as by its
different leaves, greyer sepals and purplish petals." Of another of
his varieties {JR. mucronaUis Blox. var. nudicaulis) Mr. Rogers
writes : — "Though it is locally abundant in S.W. England, extending
northwards to Swallowcliff (S. Wilts) and eastwards to Marvel
Copse, near Newport (I. Wight), the distribution of this bramble
seems remarkably limited, and I have not found it in Sussex, Somerset,
Devon or Cornwall. Probably enough it occurs in all four counties.
In Dorset and S. Hants it is frequent and constant, to the apparent
exclusion of typical R. mucronaius Blox., from which it seems to
keep distinct," In his introductory notes Mr. George Goode, the
editor of the Report, thus refers to Mr. Rogers's withdrawal from the
post of referee : — ** The Rev. W. Moyle Rogers has for so many years
given us the benefit of his unique knowledge of the Biihi, in furnish-
ing us with criticisms on the specimens sent in, that members will
hear with the deepest regret that on account of increasing infirmity
he has at last felt compelled to resign his position of referee. We
are happy to say that the Rev. H. J. Riddelsdell, who has lately
assisted Mr. Rogers, has kindly promised to examine and — where
necessary — criticise all specimens of that difficult genus."

A form of Rosa j)omiferay sent by the Rev. H. E. Fox, under the
name R. cinnamomeay from " Undercliff, Kingsdown, Kent, appa-
rently indigenous " is thus commented upon by Mr. W. Barclay : —
"This is not R. cinnamomea L. It is a variation of R. iwmifera
Herm., and as it has a certain number of subfoliar glands it might be
considered as R. pomifera Herm., f. recovdita Christ (Rosen der
Schwe?'z) = R. recondlfa Puget in Deseglise, Revis. sect. Toment. 46."
Mr. White has an interesting note on Pyrus Pyraster var.

z 2

316 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

Deseglisei Eouy & Camus (P. cor data Desegl. non Desv.) from
W. Gloucestershire — a tree which Mr. Marshall thinks is '* probably
a distinct species ; it is quite different from P. cordata in fruit-
character, and the leaves are more parallel-sided." Mr. White
writes : "I take this to be the aborignial wild pear of the country,
which I have only once before seen — in the Wye valley — and then it
had not flowered. The largest of the three trees found near Range-
worthy, from w^hich these specimens were taken, has a girth of over
four feet, and is about forty feet high, with a spread of thirty feet.
Its age probably dates from a period prior to the enclosure of the
district in which it stands. In characters it agrees well with those of
Deseglisei so far as given by Kouy and Camus, the fruit being
globular, about the size of a large cherry (diam. 20-25 mm.),
on long, erect-patent stalks. Obviously it is a very different plant
from the P. cordata Desv. (named Briggsii by Syme) of which
Mr. Briggs sent me a specimen from Plymouth in 1881. That has
tiny pyrif orm fruit, attenuate at the base, * au plus de la grosseur
d'une petite noisette ' (Eouy), and is well described by Boreau (Fl.
du Centre), where I find no mention of the form under notice.
Kouy and Camus hold, however, that Boreau's description covers
several of their varieties. P. Deseglisei appears to be on record
only from Cher in Central France."

Mr. Marshall has notes on Saxifrages, including one on a new
variety, which we transcribe : " aS'. liypnoides L., n. var. {rohusta
ined.). Root from West Ireland, on limestone (R. LI. Praeger;
received through Mr. E. W. Hunnybun) ; probably from Black Head,
Co. Clare, v.c. 9, as I have a wild specimen, gathered there, which is
clearly the same thing. Cult, garden. West Monkton, May 29,
1916, and May 31, 1917. Much stronger than the typical plant
from Cheddar, grown under the same conditions. Axillary buds
either absent or rudimentary. Stems stouter, stiff er, as are the
lower cauline leaves. Flowers mostly larger."

Specimens of Prunella laciniata L. collected by Mr. H. S.
Thompson in a " rough pasture above Cheddon, N. Somerset, after a
horde had apparently cropped many of the plants," are noted by the
collector as "very variable in form of leaf and colour of flowers,
evidently hybridising with P. vulgaris. The pale yellow floweis
predominate, but some were pale bluish-purple, and a few had
the upper lip pale purple and the lower lip pale yellow." On this
Mr. White notes : — " The specimens on Mr. Thompson's sheets that
vary in flower-colouring to tints of bluish-purple have in general sub-
entire leaves, a combination suggestive of hybridity with P. vtdgaris.
Such variations are mentioned in Fl. Brist., p. 478, and the idea
that they are hybrids is there rejected for reasons given. Still, at my
request, Mr. Bucknall has carefully dissected the flowers of these
recent examples, and flnds that my previous conclusion is confirmed
by microscope. On comparing stamens and calyces with those of
typical laciniata no marked deviation can be recognised, the subu-
late prolongation of the longer filaments and the calyx-teeth ciliation
being practically identical .... As stated by the collector, the bulk
of his contribution had been damaged by grazing, and so could not

WATSON BOTANICAL EXCHANGE CLUB REPORT 317

satisfactorily represent this rare Labiate in any herbarium. Surely it
would have been wiser, in view of the plant's scarcity, to have allowed
such roots to remain undisturbed until they produced acceptable
specimens later on."

Mr. Marshall sends from his garden at West Monkton an unnamed
Betula, with the following note : — '* Root from boggy, peaty ground,
at about 2800 feet, descending from the Lochnagar tableland towards
the Dhu Loch, S. Aberdeen, v.c. 92, July 1906. In the wild state
this was a very small shrub, only a few inches high, with hairy
leaves, strongly suggesting a cross between JB. nana and B. puhescens
(I have never found the latter so high up). It has now grown into
a good-sized bush, nearly six feet in height, but has never produced
catkins. The leaf -outline has become much less crenate, and it mio-ht
well pass for B. puhescens, var. microphylla ; but I still think that
it may be a per-puhescens form of X B. alpestris Fr."

The notes on Orchis relate to specimens collected at Mildenhall,
W. Suffolk, by Mr. W. C. Barton, who writes : '* All [are] from one
marshy field, where, in addition to those now sent, O. Fuchsii Druce
{inaculata auctt.) occurred. The plants were sorted fresh, when the
characters were easily distinguished. All forms varied much in size
and in width of leaf (a character which I believe to be of no dia-
gnostic value), and it is noticeable that all were gathered on the same
day." They include a form of O. incarnata, which, according to
Mr. Pugsley, " seems to show a somewhat greater foliar development
and slightly broader lip than obtains in the extreme form of O. incar-
nata occurring in the Scotch Highlands, the flowers of which, in my
experience, may be either purple or salmon-pink in colour in different
localities" : a plant named by Mr. Barton, who is "convinced it is
a good species," O. prcetermissa Druce, of which Mr. Pugsle}^ says :
'* This appears to be the plant which I understand to be O. prcster-
missa Druce, and if so it is, I believe, the common marsh Orchis of
the south of England, and the only form I have seen in Surre3^
Though its flowers are usually purple, they are occasionally flesh-
coloured, and there were formerly a few plants with these pale
flowers among the common purple-flowered form on Wimbledon
Common": and a hybrid — O. Fuchsii X prcetermissa — the leaves of
which " when fresh were distinctly spotted," on which Mr. Pugsley
writes : — " If the leaves of this were spotted, and the plant was
growing with the reputed parents, the identification is probably'-
correct. The spur, however, simulates that of 0. latifolia, and it
seems possible that the plant belongs to a form with narrow, spotted
leaves, occurring in the south of England, which has been referred to
that species, but which may really be the above-mentioned hybrid.
But in the example sent I can see no traces of the dark variegation
of the lip which characterises most, if not all, the forms of O. lati-
foliar

Mr. C. E. Salmon has the following note on Alopecurus geni-
culatus Xpratensis=A. hyhridus Wimm. : — " This grass attracted the
attention of Mr. L. B. Hall and myself when botanizing along the
side of one of the numerous dykes of Amberley Wild Brooks. It was
growing in plenty in close proximity to A. geniculatus, and formed

318 THE JOUR:ffAL OF BOTANY

handsome clumps with its brilliantly glaucous sheaths and yellow
anthers. The spikes were larger and the awns longer than in geni-
culatvs, and the plants were taller and more robust, althougli
decidedly geniculate near the base. The glumes and pales reminded
one more of j^rafensis, but the ligule was long, as in geniculatiis.
A. 2>rafensis grew not very far away in compai-atively dry ground,
and it was noticeable that the hybrid preferred spots at the tops of
the dyke banks, and did not choose, as is often the case with genicii-
lafus, to have its roots in the water. These Araberley examples seem
to agi-ee well wnth Messrs. Bromwich & Jackson's Warwickshire
plant (B.E.C. Eep. 1900, 650) and the Rev. H. P. Reader's speci-
mens of the hvbrid from Staffordshire (Watson B.E.C. Rep., 1900—
1, :M.). Mr. A. B. Jackson (Journ. Bot. 1901, 232) has also called
attention to tlie remarkably glaucous sheath — a character which first
caused us to take special notice of the plant."

Mr. Groves notes on a plant sent from Nailsea Moor, N. Somerset,
as " Chara vulgaris L., small form, ? var. crassicaulis " : "A form
Avith broad secondary cortical-cells, well-developed spine-cells, and
Avith the posterior bract-cells developed. Nothing like so extreme a
plant as the var, or subsp. crassicaulis, which has a thick stem and
more definitely botuliform bract and spine-cells."

The foregoing extracts, which will we think interest a wider
circle than that afforded by the Club, are but examples of the
contents of the Report. We note Avith pleasure the absence of plants
which owe their jjresence among us to mill-sweepings or rubbish-
heaps and in most cases " have their day and cease to be " even
before their names appear in print.

J. W. H. TRAIL, M.D., F.R.S.

James Wtlijam Heleists Teail, son of the Rev. Samuel Trail,
M.D., LL.D., minister of Birsay and Harra}^ in Orkney, afterwards
professor of systematic theology in Aberdeen UniYersit}^ and Helen,
daughter of Dr. Hercules Scott, professor of moral philosophy, King's
College, Aberdeen, was born at Birsa}'' on 4 March, 1851. Educated
in the first instance at home, he was sent in due course to the
Grammar School, Old Aberdeen, then famous for its classical training.
From school Trail entered, in 1866, the arts faculty of the University
of Aberdeen.

Dr. Trail had formed a high estimate of the lad's capacit}^ and
entei-tained the hope that his son, like himself, might become a
churchman. But at school Trail hardly fulfilled his father's expecta-
tions. Always a diligent pupil he accomplished the tasks he Avas set,
but shoAA^ed no promise of attaining distinction as a classical scholar.
Perhaps this was largely due to Trail's addiction to natural histor}^
pursuits, Avhich was so pronounced as to earn from his school-mates a
kindly if playful agnomen which had not yet fallen out of use Avhen
he became an undergraduate. His companions at school had, in fact,
as sometimes hajjpens, formed a sounder judgment Avith regard to his
mental powers lluin had his teachers.

.TAMES WILLIAM HELEJfUS TEAIL 819

As an arts student Trail's academic career at first much resembled
that of his school-days. For the humanities, in Avhich he had so lono-
been assiduously drilled, Trail had lost any liking he may ever have
possessed. Mathematical work, though it hardly cost him an effort,
never awakened any vivid interest. Even in philosophy, of which he
showed, later in life, so firm a grasp, his youthful interest in natural
processes other than mental was too engrossing to permit academic
distinction. When, in 1867, Dr. Trail took up the duties of his
chair and was once more in personal contact with his son, the situation
induced grave paternal misgiving and provoked no little paternal
impatience. That Trail had not taken the position which his father
had felt justified in expecting, was attributed to the consumption of
valuable time which Trail's devotion to natural history involved. In
spite of discouragement, the harder to combat because its intention
was kindly, Trail remained devoted to natural history. During the
magistrand pliase of his arts course his firmness of purpose was fullv
rewarded. Now he was able to attend the natural science classes and
to show, by his appearance in these, that he was in reality one of the
most distinguished students of his year.

When, in 1870, Trail graduated in arts with honours in natural
science he passed on to the faculty of medicine, not from any desire
to become a surgeon or a physician, but with the object of obtainino-
a further training in science. In the new faculty he maintained the
brilliant position he had acquired in natural history, but when, in
1873, it was in his power to accompany, as botanist, an exploring
expedition to the Amazon region, he laid aside his medical studies
without hesitation rather than miss such an opportunity of first-hand
acquaintance with a tropical fauna and flora. When he returned in
1875, Trail resumed his medical studies and graduated as M.B. with
highest academical honours in the following j^ear.

Ti-ail had already commenced the publication of observations re-
corded by himself at the beginning of his medical course and before
he left for Brazil had made his earliest contributions to the study of
galls, a subject as to which he acquired in time a European reputation.
On his return from the Amazon journey he at once began to work
out his results ; his earliest contributions, relating to the palms,
appeared in the Journal of Botany during 1876-7. The abilitv he
had displayed in securing his specimens, and the thoroughness of his
descriptive work, attracted immediate attention and led to his appoint-
ment, towards the end of 1876, as government botanist in British
Guiana ; but before the date fixed for his departure had arrived
Professor Dickie, then Professor of Botan}^ at Aberdeen, was com-
pelled to relinquish his chair owing to failing health. Trail was
appointed by the Crown to the vacant post and took up his duties,
shortly after his twenty-sixth birthday, at the commencement of the
summer session of 1877. Having fulfilled these duties with tlie
utmost efficiency for forty-two sessions he has now died, almost in
harness, after a brief illness, which involved surgical treatment, in a
nursing home in Aberdeen, on 18 September, 1919.

Without being a fluent speaker, Trail was a clear and convincing
teacher. The precision with which his statements were made and the

320 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

care with which his words were chosen made liis lectures models as a
means of instruction. The skilfulness of his method and the judg-
ment shown in selecting his material rendered his practical classes
equally perfect as a means of education. As the leader of a field-
excursion Trail can have had few equals and certainly no superior.
At the outset of his teaching career the resources of his department,
chiefly owing to lack of accommodation, left much to be desired.
With untiring energ}^ he set to w^ork to remedy defects, and he has
left for his successor a botanical department fully equipped with an
adequate teaching museum, good laboratories, and an excellent
botanical garden.

On his return from Brazil in 1875 Tmil was elected a Fellow of
the Linnean Society-. In 1879 he obtained the degree of M.D. in his
own University. In 1886 he became president, on its foundation, of
the Aberdeen Working Men's Natural History Societ}'-, a body in
whose doings and welfare he took the keenest interest, presiding over
its meetings and often leading its excursions. In 1898 he was elected
a Fellow of the Royal Society. In 1910 he presided over the botanical
section of the British Association at its eightieth meeting.

The capacity for business displayed in the organisation of his owm
department led to his help being much in demand in connection wdth
University affairs. He made himself an efficient officer of the Uni-
versity battery, which owed its existence very largely to his efforts.
When the territorial organisation displaced the volunteer system he
became an invaluable member of the officers' training corps committee.
From 1891 onwards he served as cumtorof the University libmryand
chairman of the library committee, while from 1892 onwards he
served as dean of the newly created faculty of science. He played a
prominent part in the establishment of a lectureship on forestry, and
in the development of an agricultuml department. Authorities
external to the University were equally eager to secure his aid, and
where the object was the advancement of education, more especially
scientific education, this aid was readih' given. This involved accept-
ance of the governorship of various educational trusts and the chair-
manship of more than one education committee.

To the furtherance of objects in which Trail was interested he
devoted means as well as time. In memory of his mother he endowed
a fund intended to benefit students in any faculty of the University
who may have given proof of ability in the study of natural science.
After having served as curator of the library for a quarter of a century,
he established another fund whose income is available, ' in supplement
of ' grants from University revenues, for the addition to the library
of works relating to natuml science. In the Linnean Society, whose
welfare and renown he always had much at heart, he founded an
* award and medal ' in recognition of special research.

These recorded acts of generosity, however, represent but a small
portion of Trail's thoughtful and unobtrusive benevolence, just as his
published notes and papers, numerous and important though they be,
represent but an infinitesimal part of the vast store of knowledge
acquired by him as the result of exact and patient observation and
investitifation. The width of rancre of his information was as astonish-

JAMES -WILLIAM HELEXUS THATL 321

ing as its exactitude. That knowledge was alwaj'-s freely at the
disposal of anyone who might seek his assistance, and those who have
profited most by his aid are also those who most lament that Trail's
high sense of public duty should have involved such inroads on his
scanty leisure as to prevent the permanent record of much that he
knew which it would benefit others to know.

It was not, however, his knowledge alone that made any interven-
tion by Trail in discussion so valuable and gave such a charm to
intercourse with him. The regard and esteem in which he was held,
the authority with which he spoke, and the attention with which he
was heard, were due to his sincerity and kindliness as much as to his
knowledge. In Tmil those who knew him deplore the loss of the
wise counsellor and the generous friend even more than that of the
eminent natural historian.

D. Pkain.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTES.

LXXVII. John Ellis's Directions for Collectors.

A damaged copy of a pamphlet, printed (but apparently not
published) in 1771 has lately been presented to the Department of
Botany. It is entitled " Directions for bringing over Seeds and
Plants from the East-Indies and other distant Countries in a State of
Vegetation," and is anonymous. It proves to be a reissue of the
first portion of the pamphlet published in 1770 (with the same
title) by John Ellis (c. 1710-76) : to the original, however, is
added as a second part the account of Dioncea that Ellis sent to-
Linnaeus, on which the description of the genus (Linn. Mant. ii. 238)
was based — it may be noted in passing that the plate accompanying
the letter was taken from a plant that flowered in [Ellis's] chambers
in August 1768 (see letter fi-om Ellis in Linnaeus's Correspondence.,
ii. 73). The reissue does not entirely correspond with the original :
the first and last paragraphs of the latter are omitted, as well as the
long footnote (pp. 17, 18), and there are slight deviations in the text.
It contains an additional chapter, with plate, on *' The Method of
catching and preserving Insects for Collections." The " Directions "
is referred to by Lettsom (1744-1815) in \i\% Natural History of the
Tea-Tree (1772 — I have only seen the "new edition ''' of 1799) — in
which Ellis's plate illustrating "Boxes for conveying Plants by Sea ""
is reproduced, though without acknowledgement. It would appear
from Lettsom's note (p. 54) that Ellis had contemplated the publi-
cation of a second edition of his " Directions,'^ but this does not seem
to have appeared. The Naturalisf s and Traveller'' s Companion, to>
which the note makes reference, although published anonymously
(1722) is Lettsom's own work.

James Britten,

322 THE JOUBXAL OF BOTANY

SHORT NOTES.

New CoL'NTr Records for ARarLE. In the course of a visit
in September to the district at the nortli end of Loch Awe, I came
across the following species which are not recorded for 98 Ai'gyle
in either Watson's Topographical Botany or Mr. Arthur Bennett's
Supplement, and of which Mr. Bennett himself tells me that he has
no subsequent record. Hypericum pulchrum L. Frequent, and
ascending some way up the hill-sides. — Frunus avium L. Tay-
chreggan. — Centunculus minimus L. Glen Nant. — Tanacetum vul-
gare L. ? G-arden escape. — Myrrhis odorata Scop. Portsonachan.
h Garden escape. — ^'Mentha sativa'^ (aggr.). Kilchrenan. — Poly-
gonum Hydropiper L. Frequent about Kilchi-enan. — Potamogeton
pf^rfoliatus L. Loch Awe. Three other plants {Cardamine Jiexuosa
With., Juncus tenuis Willd., and Equisetum sylvaticum L.) were
also found which do not appear in either of the above works, but
%vhich Mr, Bennett informs me have been recorded elsewhere for the
county. Juncus tenuis was growing in good quantity by the road-
side in a wild glen a long way from any habitation. — L. V. Lester
Garland.

Carex mOxVTana L. (p. 27-i). Since this was gathered by
Mr. written in May, 1842, in a heathy field, between Eridge and
Tunbridge Wells, whence I have a specimen, its habitats have been
greath^ increased, and it is now on record for 17 counties. Of these,
seven are recorded in Top. Botan}^ three in the Supplement, — these
with Brecon (Bot. Ex. Club Report for 1883) make the eleven in the
London Catalogue, ed. 10. Since then it is on record for : 2. Corn-
wall E., Curnow sp. ; 9. Dorset, E. F. Linton sp. ; 22. Berks, Rept.
Bot. Ex. Club, 1918, 102; 24 Bucks, Miss Armitage, Z. c." ;
41. Glamorgan, Miss Vachell sp. ; o7. Derby, Waterfall sp. Mr.
Thompson's interesting notice speaks of its early llowering ; in culti-
vation it flowers in Ajjril, before ericetorum, pi'cecoXf qy pilulifera. —
Arthur Bennett.

Isoetes Hystrix Durieu in Cornwall. On June 19th last I
gathered this plant, hitherto unknown for England, at the Lizard,
growing with Trifolium strictum and T. Bocconii. I saw one
specimen only, but am convinced it is probabl}^ to be found in many
similar situations. The specimen is small and the pkint would be very
ditiicult to find unless especialh^ looked for, which I believe botanists
have not been in the habit of doing in this particular neighbourhood, —
Fred. Robinson.

Vaccinium intermedium Ruthe, I am quoted (p, 285) as
having found this hybrid on Whitley Common. The site was on
Whitmore Common — about a mile N.E, of Whitmore Station
(L. & N,W. Ry.), and within two miles of Maer Woods — the date
being Aug, 23rd of this j'-ear. The plants, growing with the parents
and Empetrum nigrum, were in full flower and unusually fragrant,
in scent resembling hawthorn or meadow-sweet. — W. Balfour

GOURLAV.

Calamagrostis STRICTA Tiuini. forma pilosior Norman Fl. Arct.
Norway, p. 56, in Christ. Vid.-Selsk. Forhandl. No. IG (1893), p. 56

SHORT NOTES 323

" Pill florls paleam conspicue superantes, valvam Interiorem sub-
aequantes." Some of Mr. Robinson's Stow Eedon, W. Norfolk,
specimens answer to the above, and are a greater development of the
var. Hookeri Syme. — Aethur Bennett.

Elatixe Hydeopiper in Worcestershire. I was fortunate
enough to find this plant growing in great abundance at Westwood
Pool near Droitwich, on the 4th August, 1919. Irvine in the
Phytologisf, ii. 401 (1857-8) records it as having been found by him
"in a mill-pond near Churchill Railway Station, Kidderminster,
Worcestershire." — Caeleton Rea.

REVIEWS.

Fossil JBlanis, Vol. IT., GlnAyoales, Coniferales, and Gnefnles.
By Prof. A. C. Seward. Cambridge University Press. 1919.
[Pp. xvi + 544 with 190 illustrations. Price £l'ls. Od. net.]

With the volume before us the author brings to a conclusion this
text-book of Fossil Plants, of which the first volume appeared twenty-
one years ago. Probably no one Avho has not actually undertaken a
work of a similar character can gauge the magnitude of the task
involved. The mere collation of the extensive and widely diffused
literature of the subject is in itself no mean feat, and the compre-
hensive bibliographies are not the least useful part of a work that
occupies an assured position amongst the standard text-books of
Palseobotanical literature.

The first seventy-five pages deal with the Ginkgoales, a summary
of the more important features of Ginkgo hiloha, the "living fossil "
serving as an introduction to the extinct representatives. With
reference to these latter Prof. Seward expresses the opinion that none
of the fossil wood referred to Ginkgo is above suspicion. For the
leaves belonging to this and allied forms the author proposes a new
genus, Ginkgoites^ though the distinction from Baiera, which typically
has narrower and more numerous segments, is admittedly arbitrary.
The genera Ginkgodium, Czeckanowskia, Feildenia, Plicenicopsis,
and DesmicopJiyllnm are regarded as possible representatives of the
group, but the other genera usually placed here, viz. Ginkgopsis,
Nepliropsis, Psygmophylhim, Rhipidopsis, Saportcea, Dicrano-
phylhim, Tricliopitys, and Sewardia., are considered to have been
assigned to the Ginkgoales on totally inadequate grounds.

The account of the recent Conifers is not only admirable as
supplying the proper perspective for the Palseobotanist, but also as
furnishing a much-needed and judicious summary of the extensive
literature on the anatomy of the family which will be welcomed by
all classes of students. The author subdivides these into nine tribes,
of which three, viz. the Sequoiinese, the Sciadopitinese, and the Phyllo-
cladinese, are each represented by but a single genus. The remaining
tribes are the AraucarinejE, held to be the most pnmitive, the Cupres-
sinese, the Callitrineae (including Callitris, ActinostroMis, and
Widdringfonia), the Abictinese, the Podocarpinese, and the Taxinea?.

324 T1I1<: .lOUllNAL OF UOIANY

Following Saxton, Tetraclinis is assigned to the Cupressinese, whilst
Taiiuania, Fohienia^ and Atlirotaxis are tentatively placed in the
same tribe.

After a considered statement of the pitfalls besetting the path of
the palaeobotanist studying coniferous material, the fossil woods
belonging to the Coniferales are classified under fifteen genera, of
which one, Mesemhrioxylon, is established for the inclusion of the
three genera Podocarpoxylon^ Fhyllocladoxylon, and Taraphyllo-
cladoxylon. New species are described in the genei'a Dadoxylon^
Cupressiiioxylon and Protopiceoxylon. Cupressinocladiis is created
for the reception, of vegetative shoots agreeing with recent Cupres-
sinea? and Pityites for fertile specimens of Abietineous fossils whose
more definite systematic position is unknown. Two species are placed
in the latter, of which one is new. A chapter is devoted to a number
of Coniferalean genera of uncertain position and also to Podozamites
and Nageiopsis whose aflinity is open to doubt.

After treating briefly of the recent G-netales the author points
out the lack of trustworthy'' records of Gnetaleiin plants as fossils,
and suggests that a careful stud}^ of the older supposed Dicotyle-
donous plants might reveal members of this group. The entire
omission of the Angiosperms will be regretted by all,but it is ex-
plained that a critical examination of the actual specimens, with the
co-operation of a trained systematist, is needed before the value of
the available material can be adequately estimated.

There are two indexes whose positions might preferably have been
reversed — the first to the fossil genera enumerated throughout the
work, and the second a special index to the present volume.

Like its predecessors, the present volume is fully illustrated with
numerous photographs and drawings of recent and fossil species ; the
typography maintains the high standard which we are accustomed to
look for in the productions of the Cambridge University Press.
Though Prof. Seward expresses, in the preface, his relief that this
text-book has been brought to a conclusion, the feeling must be
accompanied by satisfaction at the completion of a task which will
earn the gratitude of all English-speaking Palseobotanists.

E. J. S.

Lowson's Text-hook of Botany (Lidian Edition). Revised and

adapted by Birbal Sahni, M.A., M.Sc, and M. Willis, with a

Preface by J. C. Willis, M.A., D.Sc. London : W. B. CHve.

Pp. xii, 610.

Whex the first Indian edition of this text-book came under

review five years ago (Journ. Eot. 1914, p. 343), attention was

dmwn to Dr. Willis's preface — which re-appears in the present issue —

remarking on the Oriental tendency to learn by rote. Recognizing

this tendency, we are more than ever convinced that the very detailed

completeness of Lowson's work unfits it for the Indian student, if

real teaching and not merely success in the examination-room be the

end in view. This is not to say that the adaptation of the work for

India has been badly done : on the contrary, both Mrs. Willis and

LOWSON S TEXT-BOOK OF BOTAXY 325

the present editor, Mr. Sahni, who is Lecturer in the University of
Benares, have made the best of it. The chief alterations introduced
by the latter are the re-arrangement of the Orders according to
Engler's system and a re-casting of the descriptions of the stelar
systems in the Pteridophyta. There are defects which are inevitable
in an adaptation of a work to another purpose, and which give a
greater force of appeal to a work written originally ad hoc.

Our objections are i-ather to Lowson's original work than to that
of his editors. If this is meant for a first book, its beginning, with
formal definitions and subdivisions, with pure morphology and his-
tology, is certainly not calculated to attract the young student.
Again, the sequence of the chapters in Part iii appears to us hope-
lessly illogical. Following the anatomy and taxonomy of angio-
sperms we have a chapter on Pteridophyta ; then one on Gymnosperms ;
a third on Homologies in Angiosperms ; a fourth on Relationship
between Vascular Cryptogam and Flowering Plant, followed by one
on Ecology!

A Manual of Elementary Botany for India, by Rai Bahadir K.
Ranga Achari, published at Madras in 1916, seems to proceed on a
sounder educational method. It begins heuristically by taking two
excellent and well-known Indian types, Trihulus terrestris L. and
Gynandropsis pentapTiylla L. ; introduces the principles of physiology
gradually j9«rr/ ^rtss2^ with the anatomy ; and deals only with promi-
nent Orders of Indian angiosperms, without attempting to force upon
the beginner a bewilderingly concise summary of the complex variety
of the Cryptogamia. Considering the immense area and varied flora
of India, it is, perhaps, better that text-book writers should not
attempt to provide one book for the whole empire. Writing in
Madras, Rai Achari gives Tamil and Telugu equivalents in his Index,
while Mrs. Willis and Mr. Sahni give preference to Hindi; stani. In
his " Note on Second Edition " the latter dwells on the European
facies of the flora of the North-west Himalaya : it would have been
instructive to have given instead a brief sketch of the various florulas
of which the whole Indian flora is made up — a summary, in fact, of the
admirable summary drawn up by Sir Joseph Hooker for the Imperial
Gazetteer of India.

G. S. BOULGEE.

Gossypium in JPre-Linnean Literature. By H. J. Denham, M.A.
Botanical Memoirs No. 2. 8vo, pp. 24. Price 2s. net. Oxford
University Press.

In this interesting pamphlet the author gives a very thorough
account of what is known of the early history of the Cotton plant
in cultivation. The scheduled list of pre-Linnsean authorities, so
far confined to early and little-known writers, includes sixty authors,
from Herodotus, Theophrastus and early voyagers, to Fuchsius and
Ximenes, Caspar Bauhin, and Linnaeus. It affords an extremely
interesting study of the manner in which the story of the races of a
plant of greatest economic importance in different parts of the world

32G THR JOURNAL OF BOTAIfY

lias been gradually collected and ]n\t together by European herbalists
and systeraatists of the past, to be crystallized with difficulty in more
recent literature. The cultivated strains may of course be largely
conventional, of unkno^vn origin and of wholl}'' unknown antiquity,
thus rendering the isolation of the elementary species a labour of the
future, before selection and hybridization by modern methods can be
put on a satisfactory footing. It is interesting to note the reproduc-
tions of the oldest recognizable figures of the plants, as the ' Xjdon '
{G. Iierhaceum) of Fuchsius (1542) and Matthiolus (1568), for com-
parison with the * Gotnemsegiar ' {G. arhoreum) of Alpinus (1592),
and the * Ychcaxihuitl ' {G. mexicaiium) of Ximenes (1651), as
illustrating the earliest-known strains ; as also the early significance
of the last as a textile in the New World, as compared with the inde-
pendent evolution of the Old- World cottons in India, and the later
extension of G. herlaceum to Europe and Africa.

The economic species of Cotton are essentially tro])ical, and
it is difficult to get an idea of them at their best in this country, but
the future of Gossypium in colonial dependencies is assured, and
everything bearing on the organization of so highly specialized a
herbaceous type, which resj^onds so readily to changes in the environ-
ment, has a significance beyond present estimation in the future
control of tropical agriculture.

The arrangement of the bibliographical list leaves something to be
desired. It begins with " Herodotus, Historia. Ed. Kawlinson.
Murray, 1858 " ; it would have been better, we think, to have given
the date of the original, while indicating the edition used. Mr. Henry
Lee's little volume on The Vegetnble Lamb of Tartary : a Ciiriotis
Fable of the Cotton Plant (London, 1887) seems to have escaped
Mr. Denham's notice and should be referred to should his essay
reach another edition.

BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, etc.

Some months ago a committee, of which Sir David Prain was
chairman, was appointed to consider what steps could be taken to
increase the usefulness of the Royal Botanic Society, which was in-
corporated in 1839 and holds a lease of eighteen acres in Kegent's
Park. From the published report we learn that the committee have
formed the opinion that the Society could be made more useful both
from the scientific and educational point of view by the establisliinent
of: — (1) A school of economic botan}-, at which a knowledge of tlie
economic plants and their products, including those of tropical regions,
might be obtained; (2) an institute which might be made a centre
for research, more especiall}^ in plant physiology, where the living
plant is essential; (3) a centre for teaching in horticulture, the
students of Avhich could receive their necessary training in ])ure
science at existing London colleges ; (4) courses in school gardening,
at times suitable for teachers in elementary, continuation, and otlier
schools. In addition, the committee consider that the Gardens might

BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, ETC. 327

extend their present utility as a centre from which colleges and botany
schools could be supplied with material for teachmg and research, and
in which students could make use of the existing facilities for the
study of systematic botany.

A NEW botanical magazine, The Journal of Indian Botany,
edited by Mr. P. F. Fyson, of Presidency College, Madi-as, is bemg
published by the Methodist Publishing House of that city. The
Journal " has been founded for the publication of original papers in
Botany which would not naturally find a place in the existing Indian
journals, for there is no other journal in India which could accept a
paper on ecology, physiology, histology, or the cryptogams, except
such as might be of agricultural interest." The first number (Sep-
tember) contains the following papers : " Dimorphic Carpellate Flower
oi Acalijpha inclica'' by L. A. Kenoj^er, with two plates; "The
Myxophyceae of Lahore " by S. L. Ghose, with plate ; " On Alysi-
carjous rugosus and its allies," by L. G. Sedgwick; a "Note on the
Ecology of Spinifex squarrusns " by P. F. Fyson and M. Balasub-
rahmanyam ; and a useful series of abstracts of current literature
relating to Indian botany.

The Kew Bulletin (no. 5) contains a very interesting account,
by Mr. W. Dallimore, of the Falkland Islands, especially relating to
their forestry, abstracted from the correspondence between Kew and
the Governors of the islands, dating from 1842 ; it includes an
account of the introduction of the Tussock Grass {Poa Jlahellata
Hook, f.) into Britain. Hooker's specific name for the plant, published
in Phil. Trans, clxviii. (1879) p. 22, footnote, doubtless stands, as the
first description is that of Lamarck (Encycl. ii. pt. 2, 462) as Festuca
jlahellata \ this part, according to Journ. Bot. 1906, 319 (which
should be consulted when the dates of the 'Kncyclo'pedia are in ques-
tion) was published in April, 1788. Forster's Boa ccBsintosa stands
as a nomen nudum in his Brodromus, p. 89 (1786) ; he did not
describe it until 1789 (as Jbactylis : Comm. Goett. ix. 22). There
is no ground for the doubt expressed by Hooker (Z. c.) as to the
identity of Forster's plant : Steudel, who calls it B. Forsteri ( Gra-
viince, p. 260: 1854) cites Forster's name as a synonym without
hesitation, and we have in the National Herbarium a specimen from
Forster so named.

In nos. 6-7 of the Bulletin Mr. W. B. Tun-ill summarizes the
" Botanical Results of Swedish South American and Antarctic Expe-
ditions," and there is an "abridged translation of the more important
]jarts" of Mr. W. E. Hart's history of the Botanic Gardens of
Pamplemousses, Mauritius. In no. 8 Mr. Sprague has a monograpli
of the Bignoniaceous genera Dolichandrone and Marhhamia, to
which attention was called by Seemann (who named the genera) in
the early volumes of this Journal (1863-70).

Mr. W. Wilson, of Honolulu, has brought together in a pamphlet
all that is known of Bavid Douglas at Hawaii (Thrum, Honolulu,
price I dollar). It does not add materially to oiu- knowledge, but

328 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

contains some interesting views of places associated with Douglas's
journeys and a picture of the memorial tablet erected to his memory
on the front wall of Kawaiahao Church, Honolulu.

The friends of the late Clarence Bicknell (see Journ. Bot. 1918,
303) are anxious to place in Bordighera some memorial of his forty
years' residence there. ** In addition to his keen scientific work in
inany varied fields, he took the deepest interest in the welfare of the
poor and was one of their best friends and most generous benefactors,
and it is proposed that the memorial should take the form of a dis-
pensary for the gratuitous treatment of the poor and an increased
endowment of the Home for the aged. Many botanists who have
visited Bordighera have benefited by Bicknell's knowledge and kind-
ness, and it is thought that there may be some who would like to
cooperate in the scheme" : contributions should be sent to P. D. Leake,
Esq., K 1 The Albany, Piccadilly, London, W.l.

We note with pleasure the greatly improved appearance of the
Transactions of the British Mycological Society for 1918 (Cam-
bridge University Press, price 10s. 6f?.) for which we think our
continued protests have been at least partly responsible. Among the
contents may be noted the presidential address of Dr. David Paul,
*' On the Earlier Study of Fungi in Britain " ; notes on some Sapro-
phytic Fungi of Potatoes, by Dr. Pethybridge, with two plates ; notes
on Coins Gardneri (1 plate) by Mr. Petch ; New British Fungi, by
Miss Wakefield ; New or Rare Microfungi b}^ Miss A. L. Smith ; a
Revision of British Clavarise, by Mr. A. D. Cotton and Miss Wake-
field, with a new species, C. Broomei ; Some Concepts in Mycology,
by Mr. W. B. Brierley ; Mycena epipterygioides, n. sp. (not localized),
b}^ Mr. A. A. Pearson.

The Rev. E. F. Linton has re-issued his Flora of Bournemouth,
which appeared in 1900, with an appendix containing numerous
additional localities and a list of Ruhi b^^ the Rev. W. Moyle Rogers,
as well as one or two additional species, to which we think attention
should have been called in the prefatory note. Of these the most
interesting is Lobelia urens " on a heathy piece of woodland, to
which I was conducted by the Rev. C. 0. S. Hatton, in Hinton, where
we were both of opinion that it was a native station."

Mr. Martin Nijhoff of the Hague announces the publication of
the first volume of an Enumeratio Systematica Fungoritm by the
late C. A. J. A. Oudemans (t 1906). In the preface, which has been
distributed as a circular, the editor, Mr. J. W. Moll, gives an
interesting account of the work and of the botanists who have con-
tributed in its production. When completed it will consist of five
volumes of about 1200 pages each : the price of each is £3.

Dr. S. H. Vines is retiring from the Professorship of Botany at
Oxford at the end of this j^ear.

The attention of our readers is called to the advei*tisement of the
volumes of the Journal which appears on p. 3 of the wrapper of this
number.

:V29

HISTOKICAL EEVIEW OF THE FLOIUDE.E.— II.
By a. H. Chue€h, D.Sc.

Taken at their simplest valuation as original autotrophic phyto-
benthon of the sea, and removed from all academic prejudices with
regard to an antithetic alternation of generations, which have obscured
the discussion of the origin of the vegetation of the land ^ — the
latter, so far as the Florideae are concerned, being considered as yet
non-existent, — this remarkable race expresses an independent line of
evolution in the sea from some ancestral stage of encysted plankton-
flagellate, attaining somatic and reproductive specialization along its
own lines, and meeting the problems of inevitable benthic wastage in
its own wa}'^, as a race apart from other residual marine phyla ; and
now narrowly circumscribed, but wholly intelligible by reference to
other benthic phyla also found in the sea, which had to meet the
same problems though with somewhat dilferent equipment. Haus-
torial connections and even nuclear migrations, which play so con-
spicuous a part in the nutrition of the carposporophyte, are but the
extension of the secondary pit-connections and nuclear migration
observed in somatic organization, though less obvious and more
minute ~ — again rendered possible by the special nature of the soft
gelatinous polysaccharides of the wall-membranes and the mechanism
of the primary ' Floridean-pit.' Coenocytic decadence of the trophocyte-^
is paralleled by secondary coenocytic organization in the vegetative
soma of distinct generic types ^. Deterioration of the unilocular
sporangium, normally restricted to the production of one meiotic
tetrad ^ to a mere monosporangium ^, may be traced in PhseophyccEe,
though not becoming such a general feature " : while loss of phases
in the life-cycle (asexual, as in Kemalion, Scinaia, Lemanea, or
sexual, as in 'Rhodochorton, Rhodymenia 'palmata) is again but the
familiar indication of the deterioration induced by inferior and
limiting environment ^.

The plants are no longer a group of mystery, but are readily
intelligible in all their domestic relations, though presenting a wide
range of variation in such processes, as also in somatic form and con-
sti-uction. The geneml working-plan of the life-cycle of the vast
majorit}' of the better-di:fferentiated types is based on a three-phase
system ; involving, that is to say, three successive individuals, or pre-

1 Gf. Bower (1908), The Origin of a Land-Flora, p. 163.

2 Oltmanns (1904), Algse, p. 602 : Rosenvinge (1888).

"* ' Trophocyte,' the ultimate shapeless coenocytic fusion-mass of zygote and
parental plasma.

■* Cf. Griffithsia, Gallithamnion sp., Bornetia, Mo)wsponi.

' Gompsothamnion (jraciUiiaum according, to Buffham (1896. p. 189) produces
8 spores, Pleonosporium extends to 16-32.

*" Monosporangia in many Ghantransia-lovma ; the ' monospore ' of Monospora
is multinucleate.

' Phaeophycean monosporangia in Haplospora, Akinetospora : Oltmanns
(1904), loc. cit. p. 475.

^ Gutleria, apogamous in the English Channel, is only represented by asexual
Aglazonia in Northern Seas : Rhodochorton is wholly a^^oxual in several species ;
most Gh antransia- fovms ; as also the fresh-water Tltorea.

JOLENAL OF BOTAM-. VoL. 57. [DECEMliElt. lOlU.] 2 A

330 THE .TOUENAL OF BOTANY

ferably generations, since the sexual phase itself is commonly
represented by male and female persons ; two of the generations are
asexual, and produce spores which express the output necessitated
by the dispersal function, and the amount of wastage to be counter-
balanced.

The meaning of ' Alternation of Generations,' when viewed from
the locus of the sea and not from the standpoint of transmigrant
Land-Flora, is simple and illuminating. The assumption of a
sessile benthic state of organism as an improvement on the older
phase of suspended plankton, although wholly advantageous in
mechanism of nutrition, and leading to the specialization of the
efficient algal soma of marine phytobenthon, brings with it the
necessity of regression to the active tlagellated condition for purposes
of the ' sexual ' reproduction initiated and established in the ante-
cedent plankton-state. Hence algal phyla produce flagellated zoid-
gametes, some of which conjugate to give a sexually produced zygote ;
others remaining * apogamoiis,'' if so far failures, may nevertheless
' germinate ' on attachment to a substratum to give a new individual.

Such production of gametes fulfills two functions : — (1) that of
sexual fusion as the contm nation of an older plankton-phenomenon ;
(2) that of dispersal, a new phenomenon, first necessitated in the
benthic state, as a biological function of henceforward supreme sig-
nificance.

As progressive differentiation of sexual mechanism leads through
inevitable stages of heterogamy to oogamy and fertilization in siht,
following the ultimate failure of the oosphere to be discharged in the
open medium, different phyla of algae may attain different degrees of
perfection in this respect. But while such fertilization in situ
expresses the maximum economy in reducing the wastage of the
sexual process, and the successful attachment of the zygote, it leaves
the function of dispersal wholly unprovided for. Hence the fm-ther
differentiation of special individuals devoted to this latter pm-pose,
to be taken on by the ' unilocular sporangium ' as an adapted unilocular
gametangium now desexed, becomes equally inevitable. All advanced
phyla thus tend to differentiate two generations, as the ultimate
response to the necessities of two great physiological functions ; one
secures the sexual act and chances subsequent dispersal, the other
secures dispersal and omits the sexual act. What was originally
simple differentiation {Bictyota) becomes a more exact alternation as
soon as fertilization in situ is established, since a sexual plant sessile
and parasitic on a parent would be absurd ; and all phyla of advanced
plant-organism present this specialization, apai't from any considera-
tion of what may be the state of the nuclear organization, or of
alternation of generations for the sake of academic considerations.

The special point of interest of the Florideae is not so much that
they should have attained fertilization in situ, a parasitic zygote
and a * sporophyte generation ' producing asexual spores, but that they
now present a succession of three generations, according to the
scheme : —

I. Gametophite. with sexual organs, and spermatogamic ferti-
lization in situ : the parasitic zygote becoming a reduced

HISTORICAL RETIEW OF THE FLORIDE^ 331

II. Caeposporophtte, bearing reduced unilocular monosporano-ia,

dispersing diploid carpospores. The latter germinates to a'

III. Tetrasporophyte, as a free autotrophic individual, also pro-

ducing unilocular sporangia, but these giving rise to one
tetrad of 4 spores, associated with meiotic mechanism and
dispersing haploid tetraspores.

Or, considering these general phenomena in further detail: —

I. The sexual plants (gametophytes) have long attained to the
extreme limit of sexual economy and efficiency as expressed by ferti-
lization in situ ; in the progression to which the flagellated zoid
(antherozoid) has been w^hoUy lost. The contents of the antheridium,
reduced to the limiting expression of an immobile * spermatium '
discharged in its endochiton, fuse (spermatogamy) with a specialized
hair-attachment process (trichogyne) of the oogonium (carpogonium).
Preceding states of heterogamic progression ai-e superseded by post-
sexual nutrition, and the gametes are expressed as mere nuclei (a con-
dition otherwise attained by the highest Angiosperms only by very
devious routes). The possibility of the initiation of such post-sexual
nutrition of the zygote is now seen to depend on the mechanism of
the primary pit-connection left open at the base of the young carpo-
gonium, and hence follows legitimately as an opportunist utilization
of a factor of ancestral organization.

II. The parasitic zygote thus ' germinating ' in situ, and nourished
by the parent, is necessarily asexual and devoted to the production
of asexual s^Dores, since a sexual plant parasitic on a jDarental sexual
organism would be in bad case; but such plants in catena, with
fertilization in situ, would be an impossibility, as destroying the
whole idea of the retention of the sexual process. Whether such .t
second generation is diploid or haploid is purely immaterial (the
former is as a matter of fact the rule, since there was no inducement
afforded for meiosis at ' germination '), but they must produce freelv-
shed spores. On the other hand, the extreme decadence of the attached
parasitic generation, recognized as a mere tuft of gonimoblasts at the
best, is expressed also in the deterioration of the unilocular sporan-
gium (which should have been a tetrasporangium at one time, in the
manner of Dictyotd) to the state of a monosporangium, in which the
uninucleated contents are discharged in endochiton as carpospores;
meiosis being omitted, or alternatively described as ' delayed.' Hence
the second parasitic individual or generation may be conveniently
termed the carposporophyte, prevailingh^, though by no means neces-
sarily, diploid in its nuclear organization.

III. The free carpospores, being dispei-sed, take the small chances
of immediate germination on attachment to any available substratum,
and grow to a free autotrophic soma, in all respects like the first
autotrophic individual ; vegetating in exactly the same way, and
carrying on the nuclear organization of the parent carposporophyte,
to produce again unilocular sporangia, this time with fully nourished
meiotic mechanism and production of the limiting tetrad of four
tetraspores. The latter are in turn freely discharged to the external
medium, as haploid immobile units. The third individual is tlius

;^82 THE JOUKNAIi OF JiUTANT

conveniently indicated as the tetrasporopliyte, and is equally a
distinct ' generation ' or ' phase ' in the life-C3^cle.

Such haploid spores, on immediate ' germination,' give a haploid
soma of normal free and autotrophic organization, which may he
sexual and repeat the sequence. But there is no reason at all why,
by omitting the sexual organs, it might not produce unilocular
sporangia, which being haploid would not require a meiotic division ;
and hence would not give a tetrad system, but 3'et ' spores ' of sorts
for free dispersal. Many decadent Floridean genera are in this
position, at the verge of latitudinal or vertical distribution ; as also in
many cases so-called tetraspores are found freely on the sexual
pla its K

Special interest also attaches to cases in which the tetraspores are
wanting, as indicating the failure to produce meiotic sporangia ; and
the reducing-di vision has to be effected elsewhere. That the locus of
such a process is again wholly subsidiary and secondary is shown by
the details now available of cases in which the stages have been
followed. Thus in Scinaia, according to Svedelius (1915) ^, the
zygote divides meiotically to 4 nuclei, one of which is the parent
nucleus of the carposporophyte, Avhile the other three are rejected — a
method which recalls that of the transmigrant Sjjiro^i/ra^, and is
equally bad business, the expression of deterioration in organization,
since there is no compensator}^ gam. In JS'emalion, on the other
hand, according to Kylin (1916) * and Cleland (1919) •^, the zygote
nucleus divides, and a septum appears after the meiotic spindle, a
feature not known elsewhere ^ ; the meiotic tetrad is not completed,
and the homotype division of the basal segment does not follow^
on, or is incomplete (Cleland). Such a variant on the meiotic
mechanism can again be only interpreted as evidence of deterioration
in the process, and the haploid sporophyte is thus quite a secondary
idea in the life-cycle of such forms, by cutting out a whole phase ;
so far affording an interesting light on the deterioration of this other-
Avise undoubtedly archaic type, left vestigial in Northern Seas, in
which again monoecism and autogamy are the normal rule for the
sexual plants 7.

The clue to all i^eculiar behaviour on the part of the zygote and
young carposporophyte, in its relations to auxiliary cells, is seen in
its practically holoparasitic habit ; the idea being to pass as quickly
as possible to the nearest source of available food-supply (commonly
and most efficiently to the subtending cell of the carpogonial branch,

^ In Gracilaria confervoides tetraspores, antheridia, carpogonial branches,
and cystocarps may all occur on the same individual. ' Tetraspores ' on sexual
plants are frequent in several species of Polysiplw7iia ; cf. Yamanouchi, Bot. Gaz.
(1906), p. 435. The cytology of these organs is so far unrecorded.

2 Svedelius (1915), Nova Acta, Upsala, iv. p. 1.

•^ Trondle (1911), Zeitsch. fiir Bot. iii. p. 593.

"» Kylin (1916), Berichte, xxxiv. p. 257.

•^ Cleland (1919), Annals Bot. p. 323.

" C. Allen (1905), BeHchte, xxiii. p. 289, describes the full homotype divisions
in the first divisions of the zygote nucleus of the vestigial rather than incipient
siporophyte individual of Coleochsete.

' Kylin (1916), loc. cit. p. 259, gives Nemalion as dioecious ; but the pre-
cocious production of antheridia is usual for small plants.

HISTORICAL REVIEW OF THE FLORIDE^ 33:^

on which the curved carpogonial ramulus is refiexed in orientating it
to point the trichogyne to the exterior), as draining the food-supply
of the f)arent by taking possession of the cytoplasm of a weaker
vegetative cell in the path of conduction, and replacing the original
nucleus by an active one sexually produced i. This again is rendered
possible by the mechanism of secondary pit-connection, dependent in
turn on the peculiarly soft penetrable wall-membranes. It is the
blind adhesion to conce^jtions of ' impenetrable,' ' rigid,' cellulose
envelopes, based on the stud}'- of the xeroj^hytic land-tlora, that has
hindered perception in dealing with the simpler polysaccharide mem-
branes of early marine phytobenthon ; and more than any other
group the Floridea? present the negation of older misconceived and
traditional cell-theory.

Probably the clearest view to be taken of the Floridese, as they
exist at the present time, is that of a multitude of, so far as they can
be traced, quite distinct phyla ~, as the survivors of a specialized and
narrowly circumscribed race of Marine Algse, the origin of which is
beyond recall ; all the living representatives (300 genera) are on a
closel}" comparable physiological plane, and are alike in the attainment
of an advanced limiting phase of reproductive mechanism, with a
practically constant limiting type of antheridium, oogonium, and
unilocular sporangium (as tetra sporangium) : all present the same
secondary supersession of flagellated heterogamy, with consequent
attached, parasitic, and hence vegetatively decadent carposporophyte,
the more so as the latter is immersed in the parental tissues. On the
other hand, the phyla diverge widely (1) in respect of types of
somatic construction and organization, in correlation with factors
of mechanical tenacity, the relative amount of surface-exposure for
absorption from the nutrient medium, and utilization of the available
light-supply, according to their habitat in the different biological
stations of the sea ; but all tending to more quiet water, and taking
the chances of depth and diminished light in order to secure it :
also (2) with regard to their internal economy, becoming more
specialized in relation to the new stimulus of the parasitic carposporo-
phyte, which is a drain on the system — and requires to be nourished
and 'protected as it becomes less and less able to continue as a
mechanically efficient, autotrophic, individual. Ultimately the latter
reduces to the status of a mere reproductive organ (of sporangium-
habit j, and a mechanism for the emission of the free carpospores may
be added to the parental tissues.

It is obvious that the phases of haustorial connection, progressively
more intimate and devastating in their relation to the parental thallus
they drain, constitute but one aspect of the question. The production

' Oltmanns (1898), Bot, Zeit. p, 114, for Callithamnion and Dtvdresnaya
purpyj-ifera ; Algae (1904), pp. 689-700.

■^ For example, the Nemalionales of Schmitz, as including all types with no
specially fore-shadowed auxiliary cell, or with none at all, are merely a non-
descript collection of vestigial lines, which in somatic organization have no
connection whatever with each other, and the brilliant generalization which
groups them by the physiological factor of zygote-nutrition, merely expresses
convergence in this particular respect : cf. Nemalion, Batrachospermum, Chan-
trun.^ia, Lemanea, Thorea, Scinaia. Dermonema. Galavnura, etc.

334 TRR JOUKNAL OF BOTANY

of a cystooarpic ivall^ without or with the differentiation of an ostioU
after fertihzation, passing on to the initiation of these structui-es
before fertihzation (in the special case of the ceramidium), Represents
a sev^juence of morphological specialization of a significance fully equal
to tliat of the parasitic connection by secondar^^-pits and nuclear
migi-ation, as new departures in the race. A true phylogenetic
classification should thus combine — (1) the ' auxiliary cell' standpoint
of Schmitz, with (2) the special features of thallus-organization,
and (3) adult cystocarp-differentiation, more clearly recognized as
significant by the intuition of the older algologists (Harvey). And
though it may be convenient temporarily to attach an exaggerated
signiticance to one special line at one time more than to another,
just because it is obscure and hence less known (as in more recent
years cytological problems have been regarded as the sine qua noii),
pliylogeny takes count of all paths of progress.

Apart from the ' general equipment ' of the Floridese as a race,
the ' s])ecial lines ' are for practical purposes thus reduced to three ;
it may be pointed out that these do not necessarily run concuri-ently ;
though in the more primitive types (Helminthocladieae) all are
simple, and in the higher types (Eu-Floridea?) all are extremely
elaborate (cf. PoJysiiylwnia). The three factors in order of time
may be defined as : —

I. The evolution of the autotrophic vegetative soma, with differ-
entiated members and tissues of special function, particularly in the
form of corticated axial-filament types with segmenting apical cells
and precise diiferentiation of lateral ramuli.

IE. Tlie germination of the zygote in situ, and its parasitic
attachment to the adjacent parental tissues as a drain on the paths of
conduction.

III. The structural response of the gametophyte to the stimulus
of the parasitic carposporophyte.

The variations expi-essed by the different combinations of phases
involving these factors ^ constitute the special charm of tlie Florideaj
as a class, far in advance of anything remotely suggested by the more
dominant phytobenthon of the Phieophycea? of Northern Seas, as
expressed more ])articula]"ly by the familiar Fucoids and Laminarians
of our own shores ; this being in turn but the expression of the fact
that the Florideaj are pre-eminently tropical in distribi:tion and
origin, as deiiizens of the reef-pools of warmer seas ; comparatively
few reach n(n-thern watei's, and these are often the last niuch-cnduring
relics of a warmer geological epoch.

Thus while Boswarva's admittedly imperfect list for Plymouth
Sound-, before steamer traffic had fouled the water, extends to
147 species, the Fieroe list at the northern limit of British distri-
bution gives only 75 species ; and in the Arctic Sea, according to
Kjellman, Spitzbergen, which feels the last influence of the Gn\i-
stream, can show 47 species, and the Siberian seas only 11.

^ When the respective value of these three factors can be determined, it will
be time to re-arrange the admittedly wholly provisional present classification.

2 Boswarva (1887), Journal M.^B. A. i. p. 153; Borgesen (1903), Botany of
the Fxroes, pp. 350, 403 ; Kjellman (1883), AJgse of the Arctic Sea, p. 72.

THE GEJfUS EUPHRASIA AND E. MINIMA 335

THE GENUS EUPHRASIA AND E. MINIMA.
By H. Stuaet Thompson, F.L.S.

There is an interesting and apparently overlooked reference to,
and short description of, Euphrasia minima by the late John Ball,
F.R.S., in his paper " On Descriptions of some new Species, Subspecies,
and Varieties of Plants collected in Morocco by J, D, Hooker, Gr. Maw,
and J. Ball," in Journ. Bot. vol. xi. (1873) p, 272. This paper does
not appear to have been quoted by Townsend, Hiern, Marshall,
Bucknall, Pugsley, nor any other writer on Enplirasia in this
Journal.

Mr. Hiern pointed out (Z. c. 1909, p. 165) that Townsend in
Journ. Bot. 1884, p. 161, discussed at considerable length the question
whether EupJirasia officinalis L. represents a single polymoriDhic
species or a collective species ; and at that time Townsend expressed
the belief that all the European forms with which he was then
acquainted *' are members of a single polymorphic species, and that
none of. these members can be ranked as of a higher grade than a
subspecies." This opinion, of course, he afterwards modified, as
mentioned by Mr. Hiern. But Townsend did quote in this paper on
Euphrasia officinalis (1. c.) some remarks in a letter from John Ball
in which Ball said that a study of the forms should be connected
with that of the insect- visitors.

Writing in this Journal (1873, 271) Ball expressed very similar
views to Townsend's, when the former was illustrating his ideas of
species, subspecies, and varieties, for he said : "In our islands the forms
included under this name [^Euph^Yisia officinalis'] differ so slightly,
that, as I believe, no botanist has proposed to designate them by dis-
tinct specific names, but on the continent of Europe .... we find a large
number of such forms presenting wide differences of shape and aspect.
The floral organs, indeed, vary little except in size, but the leaves are
so dissimilar that if only a few be selected for comparison most
botanists would at once refer them to different species." He then
proceeded to speak of E. salisburgensis, and remarked that '" The
careful observer will, however, find that all the differences which
mark these so-called species are no more than exaggerations of the
slighter variations which the common plant everywhere exhibits, and
further that the groups of forms belonging to one region do not
exactly correspond with those inhabiting a different region of the
same continent." After a reference to Jordan, Ball adds that "most
botanists would rank the remainder as undoubted varieties of E. offi-
cinalis^'' and he proceeds : —

" There is one among the forms closely allied to our common
Euphrasy which shows differences more marked and more constant
than the others. This is the E. minima of Schleichei*, a plant
inhabiting the higher regions of the Alps, Pyrenees, and Carpathians,
distinguished by its dwarf stature, very small, usually yellow flowers,
and shortly oval crenate leaves, much smaller than in any other plant
of the same group. The mere fact of the presence of this form on
several widelv dissevered mountain masses, while it is absent from

336 THE .TounxAL of botany

the intervening country, is strong evidence of its high antiquity ;
while a comparison between it and several of the forms that we refer
to E. officinalis leaves little doubt that it is related to the latter by
generic descent. This I am inclined to cite as a typical instance of a
subspecies."

In Ball's "Distribution of Plants on the South Side of the Alps"'
(Trans. Linn. Soc. vol. v. pt. 4, 1896, p. 119) Euphrasia minitna
figm-es from 41 out of 50 districts (chiefly Italian) on the south side
of the Alps, and from six or seven of the ten other mountain ranges
of Europe dealt with, viz. French Alps, Swiss Alps, German Alps,
lUvrian Alps (Neapolitan Apennines?), P3'renees, and Carpathians.

" In Jaccard's Catalogue de la Flore Valaisanne, Ziirich, 1895,
another excellent work in the hands of few British botanists (hence
these transcriptions) we find, on p. 281, under Euphrasia minima
Jacq., '* Paturages sees, repandu dans tout le pays \i. e. Canton
Yalais] 12OO-3U00 m. Cette espece tres variable se rencontre sur
tous les terrains sous di^erentes formes et presente une grande
extension verticale." The Gornergrat above Zermatt, 3000 metres
(Jide Heer) is Jaccard's highest altitude, and he says the* variety
hicolor is the most freciuent. Variety minor Jord., is only the
reduced form of high stations or of poor soils. The variety jlava
appears to him peculiar to the crystalline rocks, and is abundant on
the pastures of Conches and at Gletsch (near the source of the Rhone).
Variety pallida he records from the Col de I'Eveque, 3U00 m., and
from the Paffel and Gletsch. Vaccari gives 3100 m. as tlie highest
limit for E. minima and its varieties and forms minor, hicolor, and
^lava on the Monte Rosa massif (see La Flora Nivale del Monte
'Rosa, Aosta, 1911).

When studying the altitudinal limits of Alpine plants in the
Western Alps during the summer and autumn of 1907 I observed
(Bull. Acad. Geograph. Bot. 1908, pp. 195-248) that Euphrasia
minima was one of the seventy plants with the greatest vertical range
of distribution, though I do not appear to have seen it higher than
2684 m.=i8S00 ft. "(Col Giaset near Mont Cenis) nor lower than
about 1000 metres. My Eu))lirasi(e of that year were determined
by Wettstein, Chabert, and Bucknall. E. salishurc/ensis and an
autumnal form of E. Biclcnelli Wetts. were both collected at a higher
elevation than minima, viz. at 2745 m. or 9000 ft. on the Aiguille
du Goleon in Dauphine.

After ten years' scepticism on the subject of E. minima in Britain
(largely because it is chiefl}^ a ])lant of hot dry mountain slopes on
the Continent, and has not the leaves and much bmnching of the
Exmoor plant), I still believe with Pugsley that what he appropriately
calls Euphrasia confusa cannot be I'egarded as conspecific witli
E. minima Jacq. But further research into the literature of the
subject has shown me how much is to be learnt from the polymorphic
genus Euphrasia in regard to plant evolution and distribution, in-
cluding the mai'ked differences in forms gathered in Britain and on
the Continent of Europe; and not only between plants of separate
ranges of mountains but of neighbouring valleys ; as well as about
the interesting question of testival and autumnal forms of this and

THE GEXUS EUPHEASIA AND E. MINIMA 337

some allied genera in the family Scropliulariaceae. If the vexed and
unimportant question of specific rank were the only raison d'etre of
the study of these critical plants, I, for one, would regret the time so
many have devoted to it. But such investigation is elucidating
other and more interesting matters, bearing not only upon the life-
history of the plants as known to-day but upon their evolution in
different climes and on different rocks, and upon their differences in
different countries, the summer and autumn states of some, and the
varying degrees of pirasiticism of others. Nor let us forget to follow
up the suggestion of that great naturalist and traveller John Ball,
when, in writing to F. Townsend in 1884, he drew attention to the
part insect- visitors may play.

As far as we are aware, no seeds of Euphrasia have been found
in the late Glacial beds of Britain ; but Clement Eeid records seeds
of the allied Bar^fsia Odontites from the Clyde Beds at Grarvel Park
{The Origin of the British Flora, 1899, p. 135), a most helpful
book now out of print, and I am told much in demand.

The distinguishing features of Euphrasia, Odontites, Barisia,
Eufracjia, and of his new genus Disjjermotheca were very ably stated
and clearly illustrated (fig. 7) by Beauverd in his paper " Plantes
Nouvelles ou Critiques de la Flore du Bassin du Rhone," in Bull. Soc.
Bot. de Geneve, vol. iii. (1911), pp. 297-337.

In addition to the coloured figures of Euphrasia minima in
Schroeter's Flore des AJpes and in my Suh-Alpine Plants, there is
a clearer one in the well-illustrated Atlas coloree de la Flore Alpine,.
by Beauverie et Faucheron, Paris, 1906..

THE CKYPTOGAMS OF ANDREWS'S HERBARIUM,

By G. S. Boulger, F.L.S.

The following list is supplementary to the enumeration of the
phanerogams of Andrews's Herbarium which was published in last
year's Journal, pp. 294-8, 323-331, 346-354.

CrsTOPTERis rHA&iLis Bernhardi. R. S. 3. 125. 7. In the road,
from Mendip hills to Wells, June, 1731. [Dale's ticket.]

Mosses.

Among the Mosses, which have been examined by Mr. Gepp, are-
the following : all are from Essex unless otherwise noted: —

Sphagnum ctmbifolium Ehrh. Bogs at the foot of Link hills,.
Maplestead, June 1744.

S. SUBSECUNDUM Nees. An Muscus palustris albicans ierrestris-
capitulis erecfis hrevihns. R. S. 2. 37. 4 ; 3. 104. 1. [Samelocalitv r
11 July, 1746.]

PoLTTRTCHUM JUNTPERTNUM Willd. Little Cornard Church
[Suffolk] and Brake hill, Bulmur, April 18, 1746.

P. COMMUNE L. Link hills, Maplestead, May 27, 1746.

FrxARTA HYGROMETRiCA Sibth. Ballindon hills, Jan. 28, 1740,

338 THE JOUR^'AL OF BOTANY

Philoxotis foxtana Brid. Bogs at foot of Link hills, Maple-
stead, May 27, 174G.

Bktum capillare L. On the bank upon the top of Brake Moore
hill, Middleton, May 30, 17J.6.

Mnium uxdulatum L, " Bryum serpylH folium." Link hills,
Maplestead, 11 July, ll^^H; Ball Street. vStoke near Na^dand, with
the Triclwmanes. April 21, 17-1(3. [Suffolk.]

M, HORXUM L. Moist bank next John Stebings field by Sandy
Lane, Bulmur, Feb. 4, 1740, April 5, 1745, and April 10, 174G.

Hypxum aduxcu:m Hedw. var. Upon the Water in a little pond
in a wood between Willmore Lane and Gentries. July 11, 1746.
[County ?]

H. FLUITAXS L. Boggy place in the lane from Lamask Brook
farm to Alphamston Church, April 22, 1746, and Armsey, Bulmur,
July, 1752.

HYLocoMiuii TRiQUETRUM B. & S. Ballingdou Hills. Jan. 28,
1742.

Hepatic^.

Pellia epiphylla Nees. A)i 4 Lichen ijetradus cauliculo cal-
ceato C. B., R. S. 3. 110. The taste is hot and bm-ning. Found in
the grijjQs by the side of the hill where the lodge stands in the Boys
hall park. April. Sandy Lane, Bulmur & Crow bridge, Barfield Bi-idge,
Brundon Mill. 18 April, 1745. [" Broad-leaved Star-lip." Hemsted.]

LuNULAEiA TTJLOARis Mich. Lichen seu Ifejyatica lunulata
fTTKpvWoKapTTos D. Dale, R. Syn. i. 20 ; ii. 41 ; iii. 115, 5. I received it
from Mr. Dale, March, 1716.

Marchantia poltmorpha L. 5. Lichen ^etrceus stellatus
R. S. 3. 115. An 88 Lichenoides peltatum terrestre rnfescens R. S.
3. 77. In my garden, 18 June, 1745, & In Counsellor Theobald's
Yard and in the Vestry yard, St. Grregories Chm-ch & In Mr. John
Burkitt's Yard. In a Boggy pasture Meadow behind Box Mill,
Halstead, 9 July, 1745, plentifully. Amongst the Grass & is often
covered with Avater when the river is full. As soon as you are out of
Henny Street towards Middleton in Essex .... with the Lentibularia
[Utricularia] 26 June, 1740. [The first Rayan name, applied to
the garden specimens, is probably erroneous, and refers rather to
Lunnlai'ia.']

Fegatella conica Corda. 4. Lichen pet^'c^its latifoUus sive
Ilcpatica fontanel. R. S. 3. 115. Lichen sive Hepatica vulgaris
Park. R. S. 40. An Lichen petrceus inleatus Park. Lichen
verrucosus Doody, R. S. 3. 114. 1. On the north side of Milford
liall, 28 June, 1745. In Chappel Lane, Cornard, 25 April, 1745. This
I call the Lichen offic. In the watery lane between Lossins Mill and
Corks farm, with Saxifraga aurea, both sorts [^Chrysosplenium], Lu-
jula \^Oxalis\ Nasturtium aq. amar. [^Oardamine amara'], Cardamine
impatiens altera hirsutior [C hirsuta], Veronica- ChamsBdryo ides
fol. pediculis [V. montana\

Rebotjlta hemisph^rtca Raddi. 2. Lichen pileatus parvus^
foliis crenatis R. S. 3. 114. Great Cornard, 2 April, 1745. On
a drie bank in Bull St., Stoke near Na viand, plentifully, 21 April,

THE CRYPTO GAATS OF AXUEEWS's HERBARIUM 339

1746. Lane from Nayland to Heney Tye. [Dillenius attributes
the discovery of this species to Andrews. He says " Found by
Mr. Andrews of Sudbury in Suffolk, sent by Mr. Dale," though he
identifies it with a specimen, Lichen fetrcEus cauliculo 'pileum
•pavum sustinente m Buddie's Hortus Siccus, vol. ii, 18, and mentions
its having been observed by Dandridge, " the pattern-drawer in Moor-
fields " (fi. 1723-30).]

Anthoceros punctatus L. Liclienastrum gramineo pediculo &
capitulo oblongo, bifurco. K. S. 3. 109. 1. Bulmur. July, 1725
and 1739. Ditch at foot of Link hills, Maplestead, July, 1746.

Algje.

Halidrys siliqltosa Lyngb. " Codded Sea Lintels." '* Podded
Oar-weed." [One of the set of " Curious Sea Plants " collected by
W. Paine between Yarmouth and Lynn. They are not further
localised and will here have merely the name " Paine " following
each.] R. S. 3. 48. 39, wdiere Dale's record of the species from
Harwich is quoted from Ray's Hist. Plant, iii. 11.

Fucus VESicuLOSUS L. By the Thorn near Manningtree, 12 May,
1740. Mersev Island. An 4. Qnercus marina varietas Ger. em.
1567, R. S. 3."^ 40.

F. CERAXOIDES L. All 16 Fucus me?nbranaceus ceranoides varie
dissectus B. S. 3. 44. Bucks Horn Wrack. Paine.

F. serratus L. Mersey Island.

F. ]s^0D0sus L. Paine.

Pelvetia CAifALicuLATA Dcne & Thuret. Paine.

Laminaria saccharina L. An 31 Fucus arhoreus j^oli/schides
edulis. B. S. 3. 46. Paine.

Cladostephus YERTiciLLATrs L3^ngb. " Fine Wrack." Paine.

C. spo^Giosus Ag. *' Black grassy Wrack." R. S. 3. 46. 27,
Paine.

Ceramium rubrum Ag. Paine.

FuRCELLARiA PASTiGiATA Grev. " Sea Fenill." Paine.

Chonhrus crispus Lx. " Wrack." Paine.

Gracilaria conferyoides Grev. An 26 Fucus triclioides
nostras aurei coloris ramiilorum apicihns furcatis. R. S. 3. 45.

Plocamium coccixErM Lyngb. Paine.

CoRALLiNA OFFICINALIS L. R. S. 3. 33. 1. Paine.

Jania rubexs Lx. Paine.

Odonthalia dentata Lyngb. Fucus denfafus With. III. 248.
Gathered on the shore at Lei'th by my brother Fenwick. Mr. Skrim-
shire 1796. [A Hemsted addition.]

Rhodomela lycopodiotdes Ag. " Grassy Wrack." Paine.

PoLYSiPHONiA nigrescens Grcv. " Tall silke oare." Paine.

Dasya coccinea Ag. Paine.

Cladophora rupestris Kg. " Grassy silk oars." Paine.

Lichens.
Peltigera canina Hoffm. 87. An Lichenoides peJtatum ter-
restre cinereum majus foliis divisis R. S. 3. 76. Lichen terrestris
cinerens R. S. 2. 23. I gathered this in Collidge Wood Middleton

34^0 THE JOURNAL OF BOTAXY

amongst the moss on the tops of tlie stubs, 24 November, 1741.
Brakemore hill, Middleton, 1746. From off the thatch of the
Blacksmith's shop in Foxearth Street, 80 Jan. 1746. Great Cornard.
8 April, 1746.

P. POLYDACTTLA Hoffm. Cornard mere. 27 July, 1739.

Sticta pulmonacea Ach. Oak Lungs. New Forest, Hampshire.
W. Paine.

S. SCROBICULATA Ach. 86. An Lichenoides peUatum arhoreum
R. S. 3. 76. Upon the thatch of Ned Parmenters shed Ballingdon
Brickkill, where they set the white ware. 24 November, 1741. I
never gathered it elsewhere.

FrxciT.

Geoptxis cocctnea Massee. li, S. 3. IS. 5. On rotten stick.
Jan. 1729, Feb. 1752.

Geaster rufescexs Pers. ? An Fungus pulveridentits coll
instar perforatus cum volva stellata Doody. R. S. 3. 28. 12. Be-
tween Ballingdon and Sudbury.

[LrcoPEKLDOX COLIFORME. " Cullandcr Puff-ball, Hemsted.]

AuRtcuLARiA MESEXTERICA Fries. On a piece of Elm at Middel-
-ton. 28 Jan. 1740.

Merulius lacrymaxs Fries. Rotten joysts in Humphry's
workeshop, Sudbury. 27 July, 1753.

Armillaria mellea Yahl. (rhizomorph). Clavarla hypoxylon.
This odd Plant grows frequently to the Planks and Timbers that
■cover wells & to the Pump Trees in Sudbury, Suffolk. This I had
from Mr. Stephen Oliver's Junr. May 28, 1745.

An 6 Spouf/ia ramosa jiuvlatills. R. S. 3. 30. It grows to
"the .... old stone Bridge and to the .... wooden Piles in Ballingdon
River, alwaies covered. 1 July, 1740. [The freshwater Sponges,
which, until quite recently, were looked upon as plants, are very
abundant in the north of Essex.]

NOTE ON CENTAUREA.
By C. E. Brittox.

Ik part 2 of the Prodromus FIorcB Brlfannicce (Nov. 1901),
«,fter dealing with the forms of Cenfaurea Jacea L, in a manner
aiever before attempted by any native botanist, Mr. F. N. Williams
a-e marked that " the critical study of the British Knapweeds has still
.to be undertaken." Although many years have elapsed since this
was written, very little attention has in the meantime been given to
Cenfaurea by our critical botanists, and l^abington's arrangement of
the forms seems still to mark the limits of their study. Mr. Williams's
survey was chiefly notable for the transference of G. nigra var. deci-
j)iens of British collectors to C. Jacea as a variety (C. Jacea \^y.
ntffresce7is Wild. & Dur.). In associating "var. declpiens'' with
C. Jacea rather than with C. nigra, I believe that Mr. Williams
expresses the natural affinity of the plant, though I am unable to
iiiirree with his subordination of it to C. Jacea as a variety.

NOTE OX CENTAUKEA 341

At present, it would seem that a good deal of field work is neces-
sary before an approximately accm-ate knowledge of the various forms
of Centaurea can be obtained and their distribution worked out.
Botanists who have the opportunity could render important service
in investigating whether or not C. Jacea is an aboriginal species in
the various localities from which it has been recorded. All specimens
of alleged C. Jacea require very careful examination, as it appears
certain that allied forms have been erroneously recorded under this
name. I here particularly refer to Sussex specimens of G. Jacea,
various examples so named having recently passed through my hands.
Equally important, perhaps, is an enquiry into the plants recorded by
British botanists as C. nigra var. decipiens, as forms nearer related
to G. Jacea, and even C. Jacea itself, have been recorded under
this name.

It may be thought impossible that G. Jacea could pass as G. nigra
var. decipiens, but the following shows that it has done so. In
Mr. H. W. Monckton's compact little Flora of the Bagshot District
(noticed in this Journal for 1916, p. 94), C. nigra var. decipiens
(Thuill.) is recorded from the Upper Bagshot sands of Wellington
College, Berkshire. Mr. C. E. Salmon has in his herbarium a sheet
of Mr. Monckton's plant, which I have seen. These specimens are
not what usually pass with British botanists as nigra var. decipiens^
nor do they agree wdth French conceptions of Thuillier's plant.
Hearing of my interest in the matter, Mr. Monckton kindly sent me
a few dried specimens bearing the same name and from the identical
locality, with a note saying that '* this form grows in considerable
abundance at Wellington College on the Bagshot Sand ; it is most
abundant on the Upper Bagshot Sand but spreads on to the sandy
upper part of the Middle Bagshot Sand as well." To my surprise,
the examples that reached me were unmistakable G. Jacea L. During
the past summer I have received fresh flowering specimens from
Mr. Monckton, who has kindly given me much information about the
present and past conditions of the localit3\ Referring to the speci-
mens sent to me, Mr. Monckton wrote " they are what I meant by
G. nigra var. decipiens in my Flora of the Bagshot District. They
occur in a limited area here, say, in the square mile between Crowthorne
Church and the South -Eastern Railway in the eastern corner of Berk-
shire. At the present they are in flower by the hundred or perhaps
by the thousand. The ordinary G. nigra is also present and is
frequent all around here, both on the Bagshot Sand and on London
Clay, but I only find the species of which I sent you specimens on
Bagshot Sand and at the particular place above mentioned. I see
G. nigra b. decipiens is mentioned in the Sixth Annual Report of the
Wellington College Natural Science Society published in 1876 ; it
may occur in earlier Reports, but I have not such at hand."

As the Gentaurea was so abundant, and no doubt was expressed
as to its status as a British plant, I visited the locality to observe
under what conditions it occurred. The plants grow chiefly along
the border of a road, among turf, etc., for a distance of about half a
mile. The road is bounded at intervals by strips of turf of varying
extent, but chiefly by shnibs and undergrowth of the heath-forma-

342 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

tions ; the Centaiireas are found with the grass, and also plentifully
among the undergrowth, such as young birch and oak, sallows, JErica
cinerea, CaUioia vulgaris, Cytisiis scopcfriiis, liuhi, Aoung I^iniis
sylvestris : be^'ond is a background of Piuus sylvesfris and Cedriis
JJeodara. The Centaureas occurring under these conditions i^ave me
the impression of being intrusive species, naturalised but decidedly
not aboriginal. Centaurea Jacea, very variable as to bracts and as
to whether the heads are radiant or not, is abundant, the var. longi-
folia Sehultz-Bip. being well represented. Here are also a n amber
of puzzling allied forms very similar to others found in Surrey, where
I am disposed to consider them native. The most notable of these
allies was G. pratensis Thuill. Under other conditions I would readily
accept this as native, as it is a well-distributed British plant, ranging
from Kent to Perth, and represented in herbaria under such names
as C. nigra var. pallens Koch; C. nigra var. clecipiens (Thuill.) of
British authors (Syme, etc.) ; it comprises most of the plants referred
by Mr. Williams to C. nigra var. rivuJaris.

As to the source of introduction of these plants at the Berkshire
localit3% the adjoining pla^^ing-fields probably offer the solution, as
whilst the ground devoted to the summer games was well mown and
rolled, the football ground was covered with a thick growth of
flowering and seeding Centaureas of various kinds. Grass-formations
do not naturally occur on the dry Bagshot Sands, and tlie playing-
fields have no doubt been formed by the laying down of turf or by
the sowing of gmss-seed, the Centaureas being present in the turf or
the fruits being mixed with the grass-seed.

IIUBIACE^ BATESIANiE.— II.
By H. F. Weenha]^[.

(Continued from p. 283.)

Taeenna eketensis Wernham in Journ. Bot. lii. 4 (1914).

No. 1410. " Vine, forest. Flowers white."

This species has been represented hitherto only by the original
type, discovered by the Talbots in the Eket district of Nigeria in
1913.

Gardenia nigrificans, sp. nov.

Arbor parva nisi corolla omnino glabra, ramulis gracilibus. Folia
anguste elliptica utrinque acuminata apice ipso obtusa, basi acuta
petioJo brevi ; venae primaria? subtus prominentes laterales perpaucai
(utrinque 3-4) ; stipulcB parva? triangulares inconspicuse acutissimae.
Flores inter maximos sessiles axillares solitarii. Calgx spathaceus
glaber cons])icuus uno latere fere ad basin fissus insuper in lobis
5 linearibus longiusculis divisus apice subacvitis. CoroUce tubus
elongatus insuper leniter infundibulariter ampliatus extus minute
sericeo-tomentosus insuper sparsius, lobi 5 adscendentes pro rata
breves ovato-triangulares acuminati acutissimi glabrati. AntliercB
longe tenui-lineares quisque brevissime e corolla exsertse.

RUBIACE^ BATESIAN^ 343

No. 1291. "A small tree, forest. Name — alenteh. Corolla
greenish-white. Juice of fruit used to stain black."

Allied to G. spathicah/x (see p. 280), but differs conspicuously in
the shape and venation of the leaves, and in the completely glabrous
character of all its parts, excepting the corolla, which is much larger
in our species.

Leaves 11-14 cm. X 2*5-3'5 cm., with petiole usually barely 5 mm.,
sometimes 1 cm., long. Calyx 6 cm. or even longer, of which the lobes
take about 2 cm. Corolla-iuhQ about 15 cm. long, measured from its
exsertion from tube of calyx, 3'5-4 cm. wide at mouth ; lobes 3'3 cm.
long and 1*5 cm. broad at base. Anthers over 2 cm. long.
Oxyanthus Leptactina, sp. nov.

Frutexalte scandens, ramulis gracillimis nisi nonnunquam minutis-
sime pulverulo-pubescentibus glabratis. Folia pro genere minuscula
papyracea elliptica acuminata apice vix acuta, basi acutR pet iolo gracili-
usculo, utrinque nisi venarum in axillis lateralium (utrinque 5-6)
primarium cum mediana minute tamen manifesto barbellata glabra ;
stipiilce glabratse anguste triangulares longe acuminatse apice acutis-
simse saepius subsetacese. Flores in umbellis pedunculatis trifloris dis-
positi superioribus in axillis ; pedunculi cum pedicellis brevibus glabri ;
hracteol(B 2 pedicelli in apice insertse caducse lanceolatse basin versus
scaphoidese acuminatissimse valde acutre apice subsetosse. Ovarium
subcampanulatum appresse griseo-pubescens ; calycis tubus brevis-
simus, dentes lineares valde acuminato-acuti elongati. Corollcs tubus
pro genere validiusculus extus infra sparsissime pilosus insuper
inconspicue necnon breviter sericeus ; lobi lanceolati acuminati
acuti.

No. 1326. " Climbing high, forest. Corolla white, glabrate."
Allied to the Liberian O. tenuis Stapf, from which it may be readily
distinguished by its much longer leaf-stalks and cal^^x-teeth, and the
relatively much shorter corolla-tube.

Leaves 8-12 cm. X 4-5 cm.; stalk|'from l*5-2*5 cm. or longer ;
stipules 6 mm. long, 2'5 mm. broad at base. Peduncle barely 2 cm.,
pedicels rarely over 5 mm. long ; hracteoles 4-5 mm. long. Ovary
3-7 mm. high, tube of calyx barely 1 mm., lobes over 1 cm. long.
Corolla-iuhe nearly 7 cm. long, lobes about 3 cm. x 5-6 mm.
Atractogyne Batesii, sp. nov.

Frutex scandens ramulis gracilibus striatis glabris ; folia majuscula
firme chartacea glabra ovata breviter acuminata apice vix acuta potius
obtusiuscula, basi cordata petiole validiusculo pro rata longiusculo,
vencB primanse laterales utrinque 6-9 prominulse ; stipulce in vaginam
brevem cohserentes latam apiculo centrali brevi onustam. Floras in
cymis abbreviatis dispositi 5-6-floris.

Calyx hemisphserico - campanulatus minute pubescens obscure
brevissime dentatus ; corolla anguste campanulata lobis deflexis
brevissimis late deltoideis obtusis. AnthercB recta? lineares basi
alte sagittatse furcis obtusis, filamentis brevibus necnon manifestis.
Stylus claviformis obtusus. Fructus angustissime linearis utrinque
attenuatus, subteres insigniter costulatus calyce persistente coronatus,
bilocularis seminibus irregulariter angulatis.

344- JOURNAL OF BOTA>'T

No. 1217. Readily distinguished from the only other species
known, A. Oahonii, hy the shape and venation of the leaves.
These measure 10-17 cm. x 6-10 cm., with petiole up to 5 cm.
or longer ; sheath of stipule nearly 5 mm. deep, the acumen about
the same height. Calyx barely 1 mm. in depth ; corolla 10-15 mm.
long, 6-7 mm. broad at the mouth. Anthers 5 mm. long ; fila-
ments barely 1 mm. long. Fruit 10 cm. long, bareh^ 'o cm. in
diameter.

Pavetta antennifera, sp. nov.

Frutex erectus caule gracili orgyalis ramulis mox cortice minute
pubescente nee dense indutis graciliusculis. Folia magna papyracea
elliptica vix acuminata apice subacuta, basi acuta in petiolum longi-
usculum pubescentem desinentia. Flores in cymis axillaribus dispositi
trichotomis multifloris minute tomentosis folia nee excedentibus,
bracfeis exiguis v. obsoletis ; iiedunculo validiusculo pubescente,
pedicellis similiter indutis brevissimis. Calycis minuti tubus sericeus
nigricans exiguus, lobi elongati setaceo-subulati rufo-pilosi. Corollas
tubus graciliusculus pro rata brevis, extus glabratus tubularis insuper
nee ampliatus, lobi patentes oblaneeolati mucronato-acuminati glabri.
AnthercB lineares conspicuae exsertye ; stylus longissime exsertus, valde
conspicuus.

No. 1422. *' Shrub with slender stem 6 feet long. Ekotok,
lately forest. Flowers white."

Related undoubtedly to the Angolan P. angolensis Hiern, from
which this species may be readily distinguished by the shape and
venation of the leaves. These measure about 20 cm. X 10 cm., with
12-14 pairs of primary lateral veins. Primary peduncle (measured
from leaf-axil to first trichotomous branching) about 2 cm.; secondary
peduncles, 6-7 mm. Pedicel and ovary together, 3-4 mm. long.
OaZy^-lobes 12 mm. or longer. CoroZ/a-tube 2-2-5 cm. long, lobes
10 inm. X 3 mm. broad in upper half. Anthers 7-8 mm. long. Style
exserted ±5 cm.

CoFFEA JASMIXOIDES "Welwitsch ex Hiern in Trans. Linn. Soc.
ser. II. i. 175 (1876) ; Hiern, Cat. Welw. Afr. PL ii. 490.

No. 1313. "Vine, stem creeping on ground, forest. Corolla
white, tinged with purple in throat."

This species, readily distinguished by its precocious flowers, which
fall before the leaves appear, and the glumaceous bracts, has been
recorded from Angola and Nigeria, but not hitherto, apparently, from
the Cameroons.

RuTiDEA. This genus, by no means a large one, is represented in
this collection by three new species : —

Rutidea Batesii, sp. nov.

Frutex volubilis ramulis gracilibus dense necnon brevissime mfo-
tomentosis. Folia pergamaceo-coriacea elliptica vix acuminata apice
rotundata basi brevissime manifeste tamen cordata, petiolo qua
ramula induto brevissimo, validiusculo, supra glaberrima subnitentia,
subtus ubique densissime in venis moUiter necnon minutissime rufo-
tomentosa; vena' primaria^ laterales utrinque ±6 subtus prominuhe

KUIJIACE.E J5ArESIAN.E 3j|,5

supra valde impressai ; sfijnilce e basi anguste triangulari subulatie
integivTB. Flores parvi in eapitulis 3-4-floris breviter pedimculatis dis-
positi ; capitiila pyramidali in thyrso amplo disposita laxo termiuaJi,
ramulis rufo-tomentosis ; hractece stipulis similes nisi angustiores.
Calyx densissime minute serieeo-strigosus ; corollce inter minimas
tubus gracilis insuper paullo ampliatus basi breviter glaber insuper
griseo-tomentosus, limbi diametrum subsequans, lobi kte ovati vix
acuminati ; anther ce ellipsoidese conspicue nee longe exsertte.
No. 1353. " Vine, forest."

Allied to H, olenotriclia Hiern, from which it differs especially
in the relative lengths of corolla-tube and limb-diameter, and in the
leaf-apex.

Leaves about 10 cm. X 5 cm., with petiole not more than 7 mm.
long ; stipules 8-9 mm. long and 2-3 mm. broad at base. Thyrsus
about 16 cm. long, measuring from the last foliage-leaf, and 14-
IG cm. in diameter at base. The whole calyx is barely 1*5 mm.
in length ; coro/Z«-tube 5 mm. long, the limb 4-5 mm. in diameter ;
authei's 1*4 mm. long ; style 8-9 mm.
Rutidea pavettoides, sp. nov.

Frutex ramulis validiusculis densissime pilis longis hispidulis.
Folia pap}T.'acea, utrinque plus minus molliter hispida, elliptica v.
late obovato-lanceolata, basi subtruncata ad subcordata, petiolo
sajpius brevi densissime hispidulo, apice vix v. brevissime acuminata
sed acutissima ; stipulcB infra ovato-lanceolataj insuper in setam
longiusculam j^lus minus subito desinentes, intus glabrae, extus
necnon margine pilis longis onustse. Flores multifloris in eapitulis
dispositi in cymis trichotomis dispositis, capitulo centrali ramulum
terminante, pedunculis brevibus qua fedicelli brevissimi v. obsoleti
hirsutissimis ; hractece minusculse tripartitse basiovatse lobis anguste
lanceolatis acuminatis acutissimis lateralibus 2 brevibus mediano
I)roducto extus pilosse intus glabra ; flores pro genere inter majores,
bracteolis quisque 3 lineari-lanceolatis valde acuminatis acutissimis
extus pilosis. Calyx minutus lobis tamen manifestis lanceolatis
acutissimis extus pilosissimus intus glaber. Corollce tubus gracillimus
infi-a glabrescens insuper sparse breviter pilosus vix ampliatus, lobi
oblanceolati nisi dorso projDe apicem hispiduli glabri, tubi dimidium
vix aequantes. Antherce exsertas curvatas versatiles. Stylus an-
gustissime clavatus longe exsertus.

No. 1197. Like its ally F. hispida Hiern, from which it differs
in the structure and indumentum of the corolla, this species bears some
resemblance to some species of Pavetta. Leaves 10-12 cm. X 5-7 cm.,
witli petiole ±8 mm. long ; stipules, the ovate basal j)ai't about

5 mm. long, the seta 1 cm. or longer. Primary peduncles (3 in each
inflorescence), ±1*2 cm. long. Bracts, from the constricted base to
tip of lateral lobes, 3 mm. ; total length, from base to tip of median
lobe, 1 cm. ; pedicel about "5 mm. long, bearing 3 hracteoles, each

6 mm. long, and passing into a pyriform ovary 1 mm. in height.
Calyx-inhe "4 mm., lobes 1 mm. long. Corolla-iuhe 1"4 mm., lobes
6 mm. long. Filaments exserted 1 mm., anthers 4 mm. long. Style
exserted about 9 mm.

JouRjfAL OF Botany. — Vol. 57. [Deceaiijee, 1919.] 2 u

346 THE JOUENAL OF BOTANY

Rutidea tarennoides, sp. nov.

Saffrutex volubilis nisi infiorescentia glaberrimus, ramulis graci-
libus striatis. Folia pi*o genere inter majora papyracea elliptica
utriiique breviter neciion leniter acmninata apice subaeuta basi acuta,
^etiolo validiiisciilo tardius pro rata subelongato ; vence primariae
tenues utrinque prominulai e eentrali eminentes utrinque 7-9 ; stipules
basi brevissinie vagiiiantes angustissime lanceolato-subulatie non-
nun qiiaiu apice setaceie- breves longiuscule persistentes. Flores ad
nonnani generis inter majores in axillis superioribus laxiuscule parvis
in cymis nee multitloris dispositi folia nee excedentibus ; fedunculi
primarii graciles manifesti. secundarii irregulai'iter tricbotome sajpe
obscure partiti ; hractece inconspicuie setaceo-lanceolabe ; ovarium
campanulatum, calycis dentibus mioutis triangulaiibus coronatum
acutis. Covollcd glaberriiu?e tubus angustissime tubularis, lobi ob-
OA'ati obtusi nee acuniinati. Anfherte oblongte in toto exsertae
notabiliter apiculatte. Stylus longe exsertus, stigmate magno con-
spicuo.

No. 1344. " Yint? in clearing, lately forest. Flowers white."
This species resembles, and is doubtless nearl}^ allied to, the erect
shrub-species B. odorata K. Kr., a native of Amani, in East Africa ;
the two differ in the structure and relative dimensions of calyx and
corolla, as well as in the habit. Another perhaps nearer ally to our
species is JR. ylahra Hiern, a native of Old Calabar, and scandent
in habit; our species, is i-eadily distinguished by the greater pre-
dominance of the limb over the tube of the corolla, and the leaf -shape
is cliaracteristic.

Leaves 9-14 cm. X 3'5-6 cm. ; petiole barely 2 cm. ; stipules
4 mm. long. Primary peduncle, arising in leaf-axil, up to ±2 cm.
long, secondary ones to 4 mm. ; pedicels obsolete, to 1-2 mm. long ;
hracts to 5 mm. Calyx minute, barely exceeding 1 mm., including
the teeth. C'or6>//r^-tube 1 cm. long; lobes +3 mm. x 1'6 mm.,
forming a limb 6-7 mm. in diameter.
Randia Dorothea, sp. nov.

Frutex ramulis gracilibus sparse neenon minute jmberulis, in
juventute vaiidiuseule striatis tardius lijevibus teretibus. Folia inter
minora pergamacea elliptica apicem acutum versus longe caudato-
acuminata basi cuneata, petiolo brevi tenuiusculo, su])ra glabra venis
imj)ressis, subtus in venis prominulis minute sericea lateralibus
utrinque raro 4 excedentibus ; stipules parvie lanceolatae acuminatse
acuta) dense sericese. Flores pentameri alaribus in cA'mis paucifloris
dispositi subsessilibus subsessiles. Calyx subtubularis insuper ])arum
simpliatus densissime griseo-sericeus dentibus lanceolatis acutis.
Corolla pro genere inter minores, tubo anguste infundibulari extus
pubei-ulo-sericeo, lobis oblongis ad oblanceolatis nee acuminatis apice
A'ix acutis intus glabris. Antlierte lineares conspicue exsertae. Stylus
breviter a])iee bifidus exsertus.

No. 1232. Corresponding closely in the vegetative pai-ts, and pro-
bably assignable to the same species, is no. 1330 ; but this bears a
single fruit only — a globular berry rather larger than a pea.

The greyish-green appearance of the leaves when dried, as well as

RUBIACEJE BATESIANj; 347

the general appearance of the shoots, suggests the genus Dorothea,
whence the speciHc name. But the flowers point to affinity with
R. angolensis Hiern, from which our species differs in its much
shorter corolla -tuhe and in the caudatelv acuminate leaves — the
latter measure 11-15 cm. x3".")-5 cm., Avith petiole not exceeding
b-Q mm. ; stipules barel}'" 4 mm. long. Cali^x-iwhe -i'o mm., teeth
3 mm. long. C'c>7'o?/«-tube 1*5 cm. long, and about 8 mm. in dia-
meter at the mouth ; lobes 1'2 cm. long, 4-3 mm. broad (above the
middle), 3 mm. broad at base. Anthers over 1 cm. long. The herry
in no. 1330 is rather more than 1 cm. in diameter.

l^Xote. P. 2SL), line 16 from bottom—" Allied to this, but readily
distinguishable, is the following : — " should be deleted.]

PEMBROKESHIRE AND CARMARTHENSHIRE PLANTS.
Br AxTHOXT Wallis ; edited by C. E. Salmon, F.L.S.

[In printing these notes, made b}^ my late friend Anthony Wallis
in 1916, it may not be out of place to give a few particulars of his life.

Born at Reading July 14, 1879, Anthony Wallis was educated at
Leighton Park School, passed one year at Owens College, Manchester,
and entered King's College, Cambridge. Here rowing absorbed much
of his leisure, but time was found to compile "The Flora of the
Cambridge District," mainly upon ecological lines, for Marr and
Shiplev's Natural History of Cainhridyesliire, 1U04.

After taking his degree with Second Class Honours in Nat. Sci.
Tripos, and studying and ])assing in Pedagogy at Bishop Stortford
School, he was, at the early age of 23, appointed a Junior Inspector
for Bucks of the Education Department. Stationed at Aylesbury, a
good centre for botanical as well as educational activities, plant-
hunting claimed a large part of his spare time ; Gladium Mariscus
was discovered by him in the county (Bot, Ex. Club Rep. 1904, 35)
and many records were supplied to Mr. Gr. C. Druce for inclusion in
his forthcoming Flora, such as Anemone Fiilsatilla which we found
on the Downs. From Aylesbury, Wallis was transferred to Leeds,
and subsequently became Junior Inspector to the North Riding
with headquarters at Darlington. Whilst there he married Miss A.
E. Mounsey, of Blackwell Hill, near Darlington.

After a few years, during which many botanical observations were
made during vacations (see Journ. Bot. 1910, 225, where Luzula
arcuata is mentioned from a fresh station, Ben Nevis, and Journ.
Bot. 1916, 165), Wallis was given the Senior Inspectorate for Cum-
berland and Westmorland with headquarters at Penrith. To work
thoroughly these mountainous counties, ill-served by road or rail,
])roved almost too much for his strength even with the help of a car ;
the arduous work of bicycling long distances in all weathers, when
the car was stopped during the War, brought about lung and other
troubles and ultimately caused his death, which occurred at his house
at Penrith on August 28th.

2b 2

3-iS TUE JOUK^AL OF EOT AN 1'

His friends regret the loss of a charming personality and an ideal
companion. The results of our joint expeditions to Cross Fell
and elsewhere, in the summer of 1919, together with many of the
North Country records, I hope to print later.

In the following notes * denotes a seeming addition to the vice-
county, t an alien, ! a specimen seen by me. 'B'dYkev= Handbook to
the Natural History/ of Carmarthenshire, 1905; Falconer=C'o?i^r/-
hutions towards a Catalorjue of Plants of Tenhy, 1848. — C. E. S.]

Pembeokeshire, v.c. 45.

Clematis Vitalha L. Tenby Burrows ; hedges near Hundleton,
Pembroke. — TJialictrum dunense Dum. Tenby Burrows !

*Berheris valgaris L. Hedges near Lydstep.

fPapaver somniferum L. Tenbj^ Tip and Kailway Station. P.
Rhceas L. var. strigosii^m (Boenn.). Tenb3\ Yar. Pryorii Druce.
The common form round Tenby ! — Glanciumflavum Crantz. Manor-
bier ; Tenby Burrows. — Chelidonium majus L. Lydstep. — fCori/dalis
lutea DC. Escape, Tenby.

Diplotaxis tenuifolia DC. Cliffs and walls, Tenby. A satisfactor}^
record in view of the rather depressing account given by E. Lees
many 3'ears ago respecting its decrease (Phytol. iv. 1013, 1853). —
Goronopus didymus Sm. Eoadside, W. end, Eidgeway. — Lepidium
Smithii Hook. Eoadside, Freshwater East.

Eeseda lutea L. Tenby.

Silene anglica L. Cult, ground, Eidgeway. *S. noctiflora L.
Cult, ground, Castle Martin. — Lychnis Githayo Scop. Cult, ground,
Eidgeway. — Cerastium tetrandrum Curt. Tenby Burrows. — Arenaria
peploides L. Waterwynch.

■^Hypericum elatiim Ait. Two or three bushes in hedge,
Hundleton. *-ff. duMum Leers. Minarton Quarry near Tenby !
This proved to be the usual British form, var. erosum Schinz.
H. montanum L. Carew.

Linum angiistifolium Huds. Lane side to Eidgeway from
Penally.

Geranium columhioium L. Tenby Burrows.

Medicago arahica Huds. Carew; Tenby. — Trifolium medium L.
Eidgewa}'. T. scalrum L. Pembroke Castle walls. fT. hyhridum
L. Cult, ground, Eidgeway. — Lathyrus sylvestris L. Cliffs N. of
Tenby. L. onontanus Bernh. Waterwynch Cove.

Prunus Cerasus L. In hedges near Freshwater West. — Agri-
moma odorata Mill. Eidgeway. — Rosa spinosissima L. Tenby
Burrows.

fSednm refleccum L. Wall tops, Tenbj^

fPJpilobium angustifolitim L. Tenby Station. — fCEnoihcra bi-
ennis L. Lydstep.

Caucalis nodosa Scop. Dry spot in Tenby Marsh.

Gornus sanguinea L. Eidgeway. This plant is queried for v.c.
45 in Top. Pot., notwithstanding the fact that there are two localities
for it in Falconer (p. 23) and its inclusion in C. C. Babington's
article on Pembrokeshire plants in Journ. Bot. 1863, p. 204.

Valerianella dentata Poll. Fields on Eidgeway !

PEMBROKESHIRE A^'D CARMA^ITHEXSHIRE PLA^^TS 349

Inula Helenium L. Manorbier Road to Gumfreston. I. critli-
moides h. Lydstep cliffs. — Bidens ceriiiia Jj. Penally marsh. *B.
tripartita L. Manorbier. No personal authority in Top. Bot. —
Matricaria Chamomilla L. E-idgeway. fJi". suaveolens Buchen.
Pembroke. — fSe)iecio Cineraria DC. Lydstep Beach ! — Car dims
tenuiflorus Curt. Tenby Burrows; Manorbier. — '\Silyhum Mari-
anum Gaertn. Manorbier.

Stat ice humilis C. E. Salm. Carew Castle, Milford Haven !

Anagallis arvensis L. var. carnea (Schrank.). Sandhills, Fresh-
water West. Probably native in this locality (see Journ. Bot. 1917,
822). — Samohis Valerandi L. Freshwater.

Fraxirius excelsior L. Hoyle's Hole wood, a natural ash wood
on limestone.

"fAn cli usa semper virens L. Penally. — Litliospermum officinale L.
Minarton W. of Tenby. Calystegia Soldanella Br. Manorbier;
FresliAvater.

Solanum niqrum L. Top of Giltar Head. — '\Lycium chinense
Mill. Tenby. '

Verbascum Blattaria L. Near railway line, Penally ! — *Linaria
minor Des^. Tenby station. — Veronica BicxhaumiiTen. Bj'idgewsij.

Orohanclie Hederce Duby. Tenby Castle !

Mentha sativa L. Manorbier! This comes under Watson's
rivalis. — CalamintJia officinalis Moench. Tenby Castle. — Brunella
vulgaris L. A state of this about twelve inches high with pale blue
flowers and toothed leaves occurs as the common form for some
distance by the roadside E. of Lamphey !

Rumcx piclcher li. Tenby.

Euphorbia Paralias L. Penally beach and cliffs. E. port-
landicaJj. Penally beach. E. exigua\j. Truly wild on the beach
at Penally.

Parietaria ramijlora Moench. Lydstep beach, a really wild
locality.

Orchis incarnata L. Tenbj^ marsh.

Allium vineale L. Tenby. A. ursinum L. Lamphey.

Jitncus Gerardi Lois. Tenby marsh. J. obtusijiorus Ehrh.
Freshwater West.

Alisma lanceolatum W^ith. Tenby marsh.

Schcenus nigricans L. Freshwater West.

Garex pendida Huds. Tenby marsh.

•\Phalaris canariensis L. Tenby Tip, Catabrosa aquatica
Beauv. Penally marsh. — ^Festuca 'pratensis Huds, Ten by marsh.—
Bromus madritensis L. Pembroke Castle ! — *Lepturus filiformis
Trin. Carew, Milford ^2,vei^.—*Elymus arenarius L. Penally
beach.

Ceteracli offi.cinarum Willd. Lamphe}^

Ophioglossum vulgatum L. Minarton Quarry.

Caemarthewshire, v.c. 44.

Sambucus Ebiclus L. Plashett in Laugharne. The only recoixl
in Barker is said to be an escape.

BoO THE JOUKNAL OF BOTANY

Stntice Limonium L. Laugharne ! This is the second specimen
I have examined from the county, the first being one from Kidwelly,
collected in 1912 bv D. Hamer seen in Herb. Gr. C. Druce. Barker
relied upon Watson's " Motley Cat." record for including it as a
Carmarthenshire species.

Chlora perfoliata L. Laugharne Burrows. — Erythrea pulchella
Fries. Pendine ! — Gentiana Amarella L. Laugharne Burrows.

Mentha satlva L. a rivalis Wats. Pendine !

Spipactis palustris Crantz. Laugharne Burrows, abundant.

Jiincus acutus L. Laugharne.

GLOUCESTERSHIRE NOTES.

Br THE Ret. H. J. Riddelsdell.

Adonis annua L. This was recently found in considerable
quantity in corntields about Culkerton and Rodmarton b}^ E. M. Day.
But it is nowadays far less frequent than formerly.

Ranunculus ophioc/lossifolius Yill. is remarkably uncertain in its
appearance, rarely making so^ great a show as it did in 1912. It
seems to have " periods " very similar to those of many orchids.
When I visited the locality at the end of August 1919, signs were
not lacking of a gradual change in its character, a change which may
possibly prove fatal to the plant : for farm-3^ard species of Afriplex
and ChenopocUum were beginning to encroach. It is to be hoped,
however, that a more normal season may witness the return of the
locality to its old bogginess, and that the buttercup may long
survive.

HeUehorus fmtiihis L. is undoubtedly native on the Cotteswolds,
which, as a friend suggests, are probably the head-quarters of the
species in Britain. This is an opinion I have long held with
respect to the Ely Orchid and Polygonatum officinale. The latter
is quite a common plant on these Hills, occurring usually in
company with the Lily of the Valley: whereas P. mulfiflorum is
decidedly scarce there. These facts, coupled with the occurrence of
Staclnjs alpina and the abundance of Thlaspi perfoliatuni, Carex
foment nsa, Cephalanthera rubra, &c., serve to emphasise the unusual
botanical importance of the area.

GlauciumJJavum. Ci-antz. AVell known on the Bristol side of the
Severn. Miss Ormerod in 1S4-5 found it in luxuriance on the other
side, near Beachley, in our distri(;t 4 : it subsequently became very
scarce. I have not heard of it there in recent years.

Cochleariadanicah. 2 h. Sharpness, 1864, ;S'. ^ro^/y/ : Gloucester
1846, Hhm. in GUmcea/er Museum, 4. Lydney and Severn Bridge.
The various records do not suggest a native plant: yet it seems an
unlikely species to be carried any distance. It occurs, of course, in
abundance fai-ther down the Bristol Channel, in Glamorgan and
Devon, and may possibly be a dying-out species here. It is not

GLOUCESTEESHIEE NOTES 351

always confined to tlie actual coast : I have knoAvn it flourisli in
Glamorgan on rocks 2 or 3 miles inland.

Thlaspl perfoliatum L. occiu-s in such abundance in districts 1
(5 miles from Campden), 6, and particularly 7, that it may be
regarded as one of the characteristic Cotteswold plants. It happily
occurs usually in such out of the way places, and on such stony and
" useless " soil, that it is most unlikely to disap])ear. In some neio-h-
bourhoods, it can be found on almost every suitable-looking piece of
bare soil. On one occasion, I looked over a low wall into some Avet
ground for a chance of bog plants, and was surprised to find the
reverse side of the wall for some distance covered with a luxm*iant
growth of T. perfoliatum 4 to 6 inches high.

CaJclJe maritima Scop. 2 h. Sharpness. 4. Sand near Beachley,
1863, *SV. Brodi/. 5. 1 specimen on the Bristol side of the Severn,
191Q, J^. JL Daij^ Evidenth' in the same case as Glaucium and
Eryngium maritimum : appearing rarely, and disappearing for many
years. All three species may possibly appear as the result of tidal
action.

Sfellnria Rolostea L. A form has been sent to me by J. W.
Haines from Birdlip with petals shortened and more deeply cleft than
usual. The sepals are also sometimes shortly ciliate in their lower
half. I suppose this is just a step away i^-om t^'pe towards the
apetalous form.

Geraniinii columbinum L. is a frequent and characteristic plant of
rough stony upland pastures on the Cotteswold Hills : more at home
there than any other species of this genus.

Biihiis Godroni Lee. & Lam. var. clivicoJa Ley appears to be a
common bramble of the neighbourhood of Birdlip, usually occurring
at 800 to 900 feet of elevation. Too man}^ of the Buhus records for
v.c. 38 rest on the occurrence of a single bush or at best a single
clump : but much work remains to be done in the genus, as far as
E. Gloster is concerned.

Pyrus scandica Aschers. This species (I believe) occurs in
quantity with P. Aria in a grove near the top of Haresfield Hill
v.c. 38. As JBetuIa is there too, both are probably introduced in the
locality.

Chrysospleniu7n alternifolium L. is a species characteristic of
ditches and small streams in deep shade all over the Cotteswolds.
It is, 1 believe, even more frequent than G. oppositifolium.

Carum Btilhocasfanum Koch has of late years been found by
several botanists in cornfields near Cheltenham. It is an introduced
plant in this locality.

Senecio integrifolhis Clairv. has been found at different times,
usually in very small quantity, in three or four spots on the Cottes-
wold Hills : on one occasion T saw it in great quantity and luxuriance.
But sheep nibble it and it does not get much chance. It is not a
characteristic plant of the Cotteswolds, and is quite uncertain in its
appeai-ance. A few plants were seen on downs near Northleach
last year.

Cenfaurea Scahiosa L. In August I found a clumji of this
species between Cheltenham and Birdlip, with the heads of fiowers

352 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

niiicli smaller than usual, ami lacking the ray florets. If it is an3'-
thing more than a lusits, the form deserves naming as a variety,

Cynoglossum montanum L. A MS. note of F. Townsend's records
this note from "woods near Chastleton, but whether in Glos or
Oxon I know not."

Verhascum nigrum X ThapsKS. I have this hybrid both from the
Sheepscombe and the Slad Valleys, near Painswick.

Teucrium Botrys L. I saw this species again last August : it
v/as in great quantity and extended even into a second field. I am
not quite sure that it is exactly the spot to which I w\as taken some
years ago : if not, there are two large groups of the plant, within a
mile of one another, near Sapperton.

Betula alha L. grows on the top of Haresfield Hill, and occurs on
the lower slopes, near the Edge-Pitchcombe Road, as small scrubby
bushes. It may be native here, but I doubt it. It so greatly prefers
wood on damp or even boggy soil that its appearance on these dry
calcareous slopes looks most unnatural.

Cephalaiithera rnhra Rich, turns up in some fresh spot every
year. It is recorded from at least a dozen places, all within our dis-.
trict 6 {i.e. south of BirdHp). In most cases one or a fcAV plants
only are found. In only one case do I know of it in considerable
quantity, and I am told that even there it is diminishing. The felling
of a wood threatens to destroy it in one place, for the timber is left
lying on the very space where the plant grows. I have one record
for G. rnhra from district 7 h, but it is probably an error.

Orchis liirciiia Crantz. Mr. Druce told me that he had seen a
1917 specimen from the Painswick neighbourhood, and I have since
seen the finder and been told Avhere it grew. Mr. Horwood wrote to
me of his good fortune in discovering it again in Suffolk that je-AW
The finder of the one Gloucestershire plant (v.c. 33) described the
peculiar behaviour of the open flowers, w^hich have the habit of
" following the sun round" during the day, so that they always face
it, in whatever part of the sky it is.

0]iliri/s apifera Huds. var. TroVlii Reichb. fil. By no means
unfrequent, both in the Yale of Severn and on the hills.

Juncus suhnodulosus Schrank. In v.c. 33 certainly, e.g. in the
Stroud water- valley, and at the Seven Springs on the R. Windrush.

Potamogeton Friesii Rupr. occurs not only in the Stroudwater
Canal, but also in the R. Leadon : i. e., it is found in v.c. 34 as
well as 33.

Scirpus co)npressus Pers. is a plant characteristic of the tops of
the Cotteswolds. Almost every wet grassy open j^asture produces it,
and many bogs in woods. Here it is entirely at home, though j)er-
haps it would, as a rule, be expected on lower ground in other areas.

Erioplwrum lafifoJiiim Hoppe is being found more plentifully in
Gloucestershire, in both vice-counties. A bog on the hills near
Newnham has it.

Carex tomentosa L. Buckman's record from the Cheltenham
district was for many years rejected. But the species is found near
the sources of the Colne at Withington. A sedge first known from
Marston Mevsev in Wilts, it turns out to be charactcristicallv a

GLOUCESTERSniRE I^OTES 358

native o£ the Colne drainage, for it has been found lately on the driest
parts of the elevated downs near Northleach, and it is quite frequent
in the lower Colne Valle}^ about Fairford. It appears to be quite
indifferent to the amount of moisture in its neighbourhood, as
indiiferent as C. glauca, with which it appears to hybridize : I have
seen plants which seemed to be this hj'brid growing at Whelford, and
a similar intermediate was sent me from near Northleach.

C. strigosa Huds. is quite of frequent occurrence in E. Gloster ;
it is not confined there to woods, growing in one place in a ditch
under a heds^e.

Foa palustris L. var. ejfusa Asch. & Graebn. Has at last been
found in v.c. 34, and so is now on record for both parts of Grloucester-
shire.

Lasfrea montana T. Moore, a specimen from Cranham Wood, is
in St. Brody's Herbarium : this is in v.c. 33. I have seen JPJiegopteris
Dri/nptPris in minute quantity at Cranham in v.c. 33, and Botry-
cliiiim Lionaria Sw. in v.c. 34 near Tidenham Chase. Ferns are, as
regards quantity, much scarcer in E. Glos than in W. Glos, yet
there are only one or two species present in the latter and absent
from the former. Aspleniiim la nceolafum dLiid Lastrea (Simda stand,
I believe, alone in this category.

T should say that probably the Cotteswolds are the headquarters
of the Limestone Polypody in England — at any rate, I know of no
other area where it is so ubiquitous.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTES.

LXXVIII. " John Frederick Miller and his Icoxes."

In the note (LIII.) published in this Journal for 1913 (p. 255)
I described at length a fascicle of seven plates to which I had not
then been able to find any reference, and which, owing to the fact
that they were bound with the Icones Animalmm et Plantarum of
John Frederick Miller in a volume lettered on the back " Miller's
Plates," I then attributed to that artist. I now find that the fascicle
is described in the Supplemenfum to Dryander's Catalogue (v. 63),
the words " Plures non prodierunt " being added, and it is alsO'
mentioned in Diet. Nat. Biogr. xxxvii. 413 — in both places it is
accurately ascribed to John Miller, the father of John Frederick.
As the plates are all lettered John Miller, my mistake, which cair
only be accounted for by their correlation with John Fredericlv's.
work, is inexcusable.

James Britten.

SHORT NOTES.

Habitats op Hypericum humifusum (pp. 195, 225, 2S7)„
Mr. H. S. Thomps(m notes the frequent occurrence of this plant
on " rides " in woods upon Carboniferous Limestone, though most
ecologists prefer to regard it as a lime-hater. In West Somerset its

3,j4: the J0UR>'AL of BOTAXr

usual habitat is in open woodlands upon a siliceous formation ; it is a
common and bj no means a thinl}^ distributed plant on the sparsely
wooded portions of the banks of the river Barle. It occasionally
occurs on roadside banks where these are damp or shaded by a wall,
as at Exford, or by overhanging trees as at Xettlecombe. Its occur-
rence in other situations is, as Mr. Tliompson remarks, almost
certainly due to the agency of man. During this summer I found it
in a recently cleared woodland, in a district where I had not previously
noted it. Its occurrence upon limestone soils must be looked upon
with suspicion ; it is not a deep-rooted plant and the soil may, as
Mr. Woodraffe- Peacock says (p. 225), be "acid sandy above, or the
upper root-soil is neutral from endless rain-wash and plant-decay."
Wrington Warren, where Mr. Thompson notes its occurrence, is an
example of a ''calcareous heath"' where many lime-hating bryophytes
are abundant. In July of this year I found it growing abundantly
in a fallow corn- held near Kayleigh's Cross on the Brendon Hills,
where most of the plants associated with it suggest a calcareous sub-
stratum, the floristic composition of the field being very similar to that
on White Lias pastures. Of the chief plants noted the following,
besides the Hij peri cum, were abundant: Geranium columhinum, Shei'-
ardiaarverisis, Th y mus Serpyllum, Rumex Acefosella ; Ononis repens,
Alchemilla arvensis, Filago germanica, Euplirasia rosthovia7ia,
E. ciirfa, Barfsia Odontites, Calamintlia arvensis, Plantago lanceo-
lafa, and Aira carifopJiyllea were occasional. The abundance of
H. humifasum and B. Acetosella amidst such company presents an
ecological problem, the solution of which may lie in the superficial
<listribution of humus over a calcareous substratum ; the time
available was iuf-ufficient for a thorough examination of the geological,
})hysical, and chemical data. The mosses noted were not characteristic
of limestone. — W. Watson.

Argtle Records (p. 322). With the exception of Centuncnhis,
all the plants mentioned are already on record for v.c. 98 — Fotamo-
geton perfoliatus (Macvicar) in Ann. Scot, N. H. 1899, 40 and the
remainder by Prof. King in Ewing's Glasgow Catalogue^ 1899. —
€. E. SALMO^^

REVIEWS,

The Enqlish Rock-Garden, By Regi:nald Farrer. 2 vols. 4to,
cloth, pp. Ixiv, 504, viii. 524, 102 plates. T. C. & E. C. Jack,
London and Edinburgh. Price £3 35.. net.

These handsome volumes — well printed on good paper, illustrated
by about two hundred admirable reproductions from photographs
(there are two figures on nearly every plate), and suitably bound, are
in every way a credit to the publishei-s. The author, Mr. Reginald
Farrer, has long been known as an authority on Rock-Gardens, on
which he has already published more than one book, and which he
has enriched by the results of his travels. The present work, he tells
•us, "was written in 1913 and corrected for press in China during the
winter of 1914 " ; its appearance was delayed by " the exigencies of

THE EXGLISH EOCK-GAEDEX 355

war," which " even now prohibit such perpetual re-settings of the
type as would be necessary to bring it completely abreast of the
most recent discoveries and diagnoses."

The introduction, of more than sixt}'' pages, contains practical
details as to the building of rock-gardens ; not the least useful portion
is that which shows how this should not be done, both as to material
and form. It also includes a long and detailed explanation ot the
objects Mr. Farrer had in view in writing the book, and the trouble
that he took in various directions in order to secure the success which
he evidently thinks he has attained — we have seldom met with a work
wherein the author's self-satisfaction was so conspicuous. And here
we are at once brought face to face with a defect which permeates
the wliole work : we refer to tlie litemry style, of which we cannot
give a better example than is afforded by Mr. FaiTer's own descrip-
tion of it. It has been his endeavour, he tells us, " all through the
book to preserve the vivid and personal note at any cost to the arid
gray gravity usually considered necessary to the dignity of a diction-
ary ; not only that so the work may perhaps be found more readable
and pleasant, but also that other gardeners, finding their best beloveds,
may be, here slighted or condemned, may be able to mitigate their
wTath by constant contemplation of the fact that such opinions are
but the obiter dicta of a warm-blooded fellow-mortal, not the weighed
everlasting pronouncements of some pompous and Olympian lexico-
grapher, veiled in an aw^ul impersonality that admits of no appeal "
(p. xxvi).

In his endeavour to preserve the same note "all through the
book," Mr. Farrer has succeeded only too wtII : confused and compli-
cated construction, in-elevancies, and a plethora of words confront us
on almost every page : " he never uses one word where three would
suffice " was said of a verbose writer — Mr. Farrer is seldom content
with fewer than a dozen. He tells us that he has exceeded the space
allotted to him by " exactly one half " ; the book as it stands could
be reduced at least by that amount without any diminution of its
usefulness and to the comfort of the reader.

If this mode of writing were confined to the introduction it would
not be so intolerable, but, as we have said, it permeates the book —
we take at random the first sentences on Pulmonaria : —

" Tuhnonaria will not easiW find a lovelier representative than
the narrow-leaved brilliant Spotted-dog of the Dorsetshire woods,
with its 6- or 8-inch stems, and its hanging lovely bugles of rich
clear blue in April — so much more modest in the leaf, well-bred in
the growth, and brilliant in the flower than the towzled and morbid-
looking heaps of leprous leafage made by the common Lungwort of
gardens, with leafy stems and indecisive heads of dim pinky-blue
flowers that look as if they were going bad. This is sometimes
P. saccliarata of the Southern mnges, a species of even startling
foliage-beauty when you come upon the marvellous and awful
mottlings and splashed whitenesses of its lush leaves in the woods, for
instance above the Boreon, seeming as if some Suffragette had been
liberal in these parts with vitriol" (ii. 201). It may be noticed in
passing that Mr. Farrer's treatment of the genus is unsatisfactory ;

356 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

he regards P. azurea Bess, as " simply P. angvsfifolia, o£ which
English woods have one form, perhaps the best, and the upper Alps
another": Mr. Wilmott's paper in this Jom-nal for 1917 (pp. 238-
24:0) may be consulted with advantage.

The body of the work is alphabetically arranged under genera, the
more important of which are discussed at considerable and often
unnecessary length : Campanula occupies 50 pages, Gent i ana 37,
Androsace 20, Saxifraga and Primula nearly 200 each. Mr. Farrar
tells us in his introduction that the work has had to be " severely
selective," but it is not easy to understand what principle has been
followed — under Primula, for example, P. tosaensis, one of four
species on a page taken at random (ii. 199) " comes from realms so
southerly of the Rising Sun that there is little hope that it will be of
any use in our gardens"; another, P. Traillii "is a species imper-
fectly described and so far unknown to our gardens" — of this
Mr. Farrer gives a characteristic account : "■ Unfortunately, though
P. Traillii seems to have two blooming-seasons, so that Sir Gr. Watt
was able to get ripe seed, as well as revel in the blossoms of his tind,
this seed got mixed in its packet, and, when at last it came home to
"VVisley and germinated with much gladness, the promises thus raised
proved to yield nothing else but P. involucrata, though confidingly
described by Mr. Wilson in the Gardeners' Chronicle under the
name of Traillii, which they ought to have had a better right to
bear." Occasionally names seem introduced in order to afford the
author an opportunity for a small joke : e. g. *' Nocea spinosissima
expresses in the first syllable of its name what the wise gardener will
say when offered it : nor need he even trouble to add ' Thank you ' "
(ii. 3). Nor does there seem any reason for occupjHng space with such
entries as " Cousinia, weedy, coarse, thistlish, woolly-headed biennials
from Himalaya, of no attractiveness for us" (i. 242), or, on the
following page, " Craasula aljjestris, a rather ugly-looking succulent
of most doubtful hardiness ... it seems [?] only about 3 inches high,
and might prosper permanently in a hot and ston}^ place, though
Avithout contributing anything in the way of adornment."

Keturning to the introduction, we find that Mr. Farrer is much
•exercised as to the popular mispronunciation of certain names: "there
is nowadays really no reason why Gladiolus, Gladiolus, Saxifraga,
Pentstemon, Androsace and Erica should still be allowed to stand
up, like dark islets of ignorance, above the pervasive widening flood
of modern education." To remedy this he would alter the spelling —
"" surely if they see JEreica written, and Aeizoon, even the least ex-
perienced gardeners will easily learn "to pronounce them accurately":
on like grounds he " restores the Greek diphthong in ei to its
proper spelling," v/riting the tennination " oides " as " oeides."
Other innovations are '' Asarrhina," '' Phyllodoke,'' and " Leucoion'-
We note with pleasure his condemnation of what are called "English
names," for the manufacture of which he seems to consider Ruskin
mainly responsible, but the industry existed long before his time :
Sir John Hill (1716-1765) was an expert at the work, and many
names now in general use were not, as Mr. Farrer puts it, " slowly
<'oined in a nation's love," ])ut invented by tlie older herbalists such

THE EXGLISlt KUCK-GAKDEX 357

as Gerard and Parkinson. Mr. Farrer thoroughly recognises the
principle of priority in nomenclature: "this book has aimed at
getting back to the genuine original specific name for every species,
so that these may never again appear disguised as novelties in the
same list that also contains their more common superseded name " :
" in the pursuit of final correctness over specific names," he tells us,
" I have spared no trouble to myself and no inconvenience to orup.set
to my readers." How far he has succeeded it is not easy to judge,
as he seldom adds the authorities to the names, but in the cases in
which these are given his conclusions, so far as we have tested them,
are correct, though we do not know why Hyijericum rliodoi^etim
(1836) is accepted in preference to H. origan if olium (1822).

The book on the whole is carefully printed, though there are
occasional slips — e. g. " arrow roots " for ^agittaria (ii. 226) ; " poor
man's pepper " can hardly be correctly applied to Sanguisorha offi-
cinalis (ii. 229) ; Cimicifuga was not so called because it "put^e^s
to tiight" (i. 22-j). There are appendixes containing additional notes
aw Meconopsis and Primula^ of no obvious utility, as most of the
latter are comparatively unknown — of P. Waltonii, for example,
which " cries aloud to be collected from its home on the high gaunt
hills of Holy Lhasa," only two sheets of dried specimens have been
seen .... and a "lleport of Year's Work (1914) in Kansu and Tibet,"
which seems out of place in a book on *' The English Eock Garden "
and has been printed in the Journal of tlie Moyal Horticultural
Society.

Readers are cautioned that the uncut edges are at the bottom of
the pages instead of at the top— an inconvenient practice for which
it is difficult to see the reason and which may lead to tearing the
pages if these be turned over rapidly.

Meiidelism. By R. C. Punj^ett, F.R.S. Fifth Edition. Macmillan
& Co. London, 1919. Price 7s. Qd. net.

When this book first appeared in 1905 the present reviewer
welcomed it as a thoroughly satisfactory account of what was then
almost a new subject. It was then a little volume which would
almost have fitted into the waistcoat pocket ; though still of no
very great size, it has now expanded into a larger volume, and has
come to a fifth edition ; it has been translated into German, Swedish,
Russian, Japanese, and has been published in an American edition.
Jt is unnecessary to pour out fresh praises on a book with such a
record : it is enough to say that it continues to be by far the best
manual on a subject which is as interesting to biologists as it was
when the first edition appeared. The new matter which has been
published, even during the War, is dealt with in this edition ; special
mention ma}'' be made of Morgan's work with the account of his very
remarkable observations on I)rosofliila, the fruit fly. But jDcrhaps
the most interesting point relates to the discovery that the numerous
h3"brid forms of Hieracium normally produce seed by a curious
process of parthenogenesis. It will doubtless be remembered that
Mendel himself made a number of experiments on this genus because

358 TiLK JOUltiSAL OF iiUTAM'

he tliouglit that its great richness in varieties would afford him
splendid material for research. Greath^ to his disappointment things
did not work out as he had hoped : in })lace of the classical division
into dominant and recessives the descendants all bred true. Mendel
did not know why; but we have now learnt that the cells from whicli
the ova develop (parthenogenetically, as we have indicated) are not
of the same nature as the normal ova of the ordinary plant, but should
rather be considered as buds which have earl^^ become detached from
the parent stock to lead an independent existence ; and that, like
buds, they exactly reproduce the maternal characteristics. It is one
more lesson in the need for caution in the interpretation of facts, for
of this state of affairs Mendel was ignorant and could scarcely have
formed any conception. B. C. A. W.

BOOK-NOTES, NEWS, etc.

The Kew Bulletm (no. 9) contains a note by Mr. W. B. Turrill on
tlie occurrence " in considerable quantity on cultivated crops in South
Wales " of Citscuta sunceolens Ser., with a reference to Dr. Hemsley's
paper in this Journal for 1908 (p. 241), where the history of the plant
in this country is given. In South Wales, *' Onions and carrots were
the plants chiefly alfected, but the parasite seems almost indifferent to
the nature of its hosts, for it had spread on to various weeds, including
Lotus coDiicaJatus. Avenaria serpyllifolla, Trifolium repcns, Pasli-
naca safiva, and several grasses." O. Tinei Insenga, mentioned by
Mr. Turrill, was also noticed by Dr. Hemsley (/. c. 244), who gives
useful figures of the flowers of the two species.

ANatur.vl Hlstort Society for the Isle of Wight was inaugu-
rated at a well-attended meeting held at Newport on Nov. 15. The
chair was occupied by Mr. James Oroves, who delivered an address in
which it was pointed out that although much had been done in cata-
loguing the animals and plants of the island, their life-history pro-
vided an inexhaustible field of study. Mr. Gr. W. Colenutt, F.G.S., was
elected first president and Mr. F. Morey — author of the Guide to
the Natural History of the island, by whose exertions the meeting
had been convened — hon. secretar^^

The Rev. Coslett Herbert Waddell died very suddenly on
June 8th at Grey Abbey, Co. Down, of which place he was Rector.
He was born at Marahn in the same county on March 6, 1858, gradu-
ated M.A. and B.D. at Trinity College, Dublin, was ordained in IbiSO,
and became Rector of Saintfield, whence he proceeded to Grey Abbey.
He took a great interest in the work of the Belfast Naturalists'
Field Club, of which he was at one time President, and was a Member
of the Royal Irish Academy. His principal botanical work, in which he
was much associated with Canon Lett, was in Mosses : in 1896 he
published in this Journal (p. 88) a proposal for the establishment of
a Moss Kx(;hange Club which was duly taken up ; of this he became
Secretary, retaining that position until 1908, when he was succeeded
by Mr. W. Ingham who still holds the post. In 1897 he published
for the Club a CnfaJngiie of British Hepaticfe, which is noticed on
p. 4l;3 of this Journal for that year. Numerous notes were con-

book-jS'otes, kews, etc. 359

tributed by Waddell to tliis Journal, relating principally to Mosses,
from 1896 onwards; in the volume for 1910 he publishecl biographies
of George Stabler and James Martindale Barnes, who were among
his numerous correspondents. Rubi also occupied his attention :
notes on those collected by him in Yorkshire, Warwickshii-e, and
Worcestershire will be found in Journ. Bot. 1902, 296 ; 190S, 172 ;
in the Journal for 1900 (p. 445) is a note on the winter buds of
Zannicliellia, and in 1905 (p. 244) he criticized Mr. Praeger's
numbering of the botanical count^^-diyisions of Ireland. His collec-
tion of mosses Afas bequeathed to the l{o3^al College of Science,
Dublin, and his flowering plants to Queen's College, Belfast.

At the meeting of the Linnean Society on 6th November, Colonel
H. E. Rawson read a paper entitled " Plant-sports produced at will.'*
He had observed near Cape Town, that shrubs of Kei-apple, Aberia
ca^ra, died when the}'^ were deprived of the full sun up to a certain alti-
tude in the early morning. This led to experiments in screening plants
about this hour, for various periods. ' Selective screening ' resulted
in various sports in form and modifications of colour in Tropceolum
■majus. A special form of Papaver Rlioeas was obtained and fixed,
and other experiments were detailed. The author sums up thus : —
The intensity of the light regulates and modifies the coloured bands
upon all parts of the plant, which have been excited by interference.
In nature selective screening prevails universally, and these experi-
ments suggest that it is deserving of study, to bring out its latent
potentialities.

In Mededeelingen Van's Sijks Herhirrium, Nos. 31-36 (1917 en
1918) which has recenth^ come to hand, Dr. Hans Hallier has a
long paper on the plants described in Aublet's Histoire des Planfes
de la Guiane Fran(j'aise (1775), and a short one on those of Patrick
Browne's Nafiiral History of Jamaica (1756: ed. 2, 1789). With
regard to the former, the extensive collection of Aublet's Guiana
plants from Herb. Banks in the National Herbarium, in which are
numerous t^qDCs of the plants described in the Histoire, should have
been mentioned; the species represented are ticked off in Banks's
copy of the work, and the identifications (by Dryander and others)
are often added in the margin. Dr. Hallier's remarks prefatory to
the paper on Browne's book suggest that his knowledge of the
plants, as well as of the literature concerning them, is far from
complete : he does not mention that Browne's plants are in the
Linnean Herbarium and formed the basis of the Plantarum
Jamaicensium PugillMS (1759) reprinted in Amoen. Acad. v. 389-
413 (1760). The most important omission is that of the long
account of Browne's work by Urban in Bymholce Antillance, i. 18-28,
wherein many of his genera are discussed. Browne's plants will all
be taken up in Faw^ett and Rendle's Flora of Jamaica, now in
course of publication ; reference may also be made to the article on
Browne's book published in this Journal for 1912, p. 129.

The Gardeners' Chronicle of October 18 contains an interesting
article — the eighth of the series— by Mr. Keginald Farrer on his
Second Exploration in Asia. The Chronicle has also published in full

360 THE JOURNAL OF BOTANY

Sir Daniel Moms's British Association address on Botany and the
Empire, of which we gave some accomit on p. 296.

Messes. Dulat: have piibUshed (10s.) an Index to the Plates
and Names in the fom-th Series (vols, i.-xxx.) of Iloolcer's Icones
Plantarum.

TO OUR SUBSCRIBERS.

It will be remembered that at the close of 1916, the financial posi-
tion of this Journal was so unsatisfactory that its discontinuance
seemed imminent. Until the first year of the War, it had always paid
its way, and had even left an infinitesimal margin of profit ; in 1915 the
balance was on the other side, and in 1916 the deficit was such that
it would not have been possible to continue publication had it not
been for the generous activity of friends, through whose exertions the
debt was removed, leaving a small balance on the right side. The
matter is dwelt on at some length in the volume for 1917 (p. 143) :
at the end of that year and of 1918, the balance, though small, was
still adverse, and the expenses of the present year are not likely to be
covered by the sales and subscriptions for the period.

Under these circumstances, and acting on the advice of our
publishers, it is necessary to take further steps to meet the coming
liabilities, and it has been decided that this can best be done
b}^ increasing the rate of subscription and of sale. It is obvious that
an appeal such as that of 1916 could not be renewed, either with
reason or with any prospect of success ; moreover, although we may
look for cheaper paper, the rate of wages continues to increase, and
the cost of printing is thus not likely to diminish. As was remarked
in 1915, the Editor has never acted with a view to profit : so long as
expenses were covered, he was willing to carry on the work, and, at
the end of forty years, he is still prepared to do so ; but he is not
prepared to expend money as well as time and trouble.

It is therefore proposed to make the Journal a net publication,
and to raise the Annual Subscription to 17s. iSd. (post free) ; single
numbers will cost Is. Hd. net. It is thought that those wdio feel that
the cessation of the Journal would be a misfortune, especially Biitish
botanists whose principal organ it has always been, will not demur to
this slight increase in view of its preservation. We need hardly
say that in the event of a lessening of the cost of output, of which
there seems no immediate prospect, we shall take the earliest oppor-
tunity of restoring the Jom-nal to its former bulk. It seems right to
add that the cost of the Supplements to the April and June numbers—
"The Phajophycean Zoid " and " The Plankton-phase and l^lankton-
i-^te "—was defiayed by the author, Dr. A. H. Church.

The Editor.

liNDEX,

For Classified Articles, see—County Records; Obituary ; Reviews
species, and varieties published in this volume, as well as
by an asterisk.

New genera,
new names, are

Abies alba, 263.

Acalypha eriophylloides,* 250 ; Goss-

weileri,* 250; virgata var. pubescens *

314.
Adarason, R. S., Cheshire Plants, 91 ;

ou Dalton's herbarium, 294.
Adelia Acidoton, 68.
African Plants, 86, 112, 160, 212, 244 ;

Flora,

AUopbylus, 151 ; Rubi-

aceae, 275, 342

Alabastra Diversa, 86, 112, 160, 212,
244.

Alaria, Monograph of (rev.), 290.

Alectra gracilis,'^ 216.

AUopbylus, African species of, 154,
181 ; andougeusis,* 184 ; brachy-
calyx,* 188 ; cataractarum,* 189 ;
eazengoensis,* 183; crebriflorus,* 187;
cuneatus,* 183 ; Dummeri,* 187 ;
gazensis,* 182 ; Gossweileri,* 186 ;
Holubii,* 189 ; Kassneri,* 188 ; lasi-
opus* 159; nigericus,* 158; Tal-
botii,* 186; turoensis,* 181*; Us-
sheri,* 186; Warneckei,* 185.

Alopecurus hybridus, 317.

Amaralia ekotokicola,* 281 ; palustris,*
280.

Ammophila baltica, 192.

Andrews's (J.) Cryptogams, 337.

Androecium and Gynoecium, 220.

Andropogon, 72.

Angiosperms, Aquatic, 83.

Anisotes Rogersii*, 91.

• Annals of Botany,' 295.

Anoectangium scabrum, 75.

Arber, Agnes, Aquatic Angiosperms, 83.

Argyle Records, 322, 354.

Arnold Arboretum, 262.

Arthrosolen Gossweileri,* 116; micro-
cepbala,* 116 ; paludosa,* 115.

Atractogyne Batesii,* 343.

Aublet's Plants, 359.

Australia, Flora of the Northern Terri-
tory (rev.), 69.

Bagshot District, Flora of, 251.

Bailey's ' Cyclopedia of Horticulture '
(rev.), 198.

Baker, E. G., African Allophylus, 154,
181.

Baker, J. G., 296.

Barbella Levieri, 79.

Bates, G. L., 275.

Baxter's ' British Botany,' 58.

Bedfordshire Mycetozoa, 63 ; Plants,
306.

Bendorf's Hepatics, 193.

Bennett, A., British Potamogetons, 10 ;
P. acutifolius, lOl ; Cheshire Plants,
129; Utricularia, 260; Helosciadium
inundatum f. fluitans, 260; Vacci-
nium intermedium, 284 ; Potamo-
geton dualis, 285 ; Carex montana,
322 ; Calamagrostis stricta, 322.

'Bermuda, Flora of (rev.), 44.

Bertiera bityensis,* 278.

Bibliographical Notes, 58, 97, 223, 321,
353.

Bicknell, C, 328.

Boerker's (H. D.) ' National Forests '
(rev.), 165.

Bond, George, 71,

' Botanical Abstracts,' 72.

Botanical Exchange Club Report, 48.

' Botanical Magazine,' 47-

Botrytis cinerea, 135.

Boulger, G. S., Juncus acutus, 21 ;
' Coniferous Trees ' (rev.), 102 ; ' Na-
tional Forests ' (rev.), 165 ; ' Tree-
Diseases ' (rev.), 166 ; ' Commercial
Forestry ' (rev.), 260 ; ' Lowson's
Text-book ' (rev.), 324 ; Cryptogams
of Andrews's Herbarium, 337.
Bournemouth, Flora of, 328.
Bower's * Botany of the Living Plant '
(rev.), 226 ; ' Lectures on Sex ' (rev.),
287.
Barbarea rivularis, 211, 304.
Brackenridge, W. D., 263.

IND EX

Braithwaite's ' Sphagnaceae Britannic£e,'
142.

Britten, J., ' Flora of Bermuda ' (rev.),
44; 'Flora of Northern Territory'
(rev.\ 69 ; ' Madeira Flowers ' 97 ;
' Life of Sir J. D. Hooker ' (rev.), 130,
200; Burgess's ' Eidodendron,' 223;
Mimusojis parvifolia, 226 ; ' Diction-
ary of Flowering Plants' (I'ev.), 229 ;
'The Genus Fumaria ' (rev.), 291;
'The Flower and the Bee '(rev.),
292; Ellis's Directions for Collec-
tors, 321 ; J. F. Miller & his Icones,
353; 'The English Eock-Garden'
(rev.), 354.

Britton, 0. E., Centaurea, 340.

Britton's (N. L.) * Flora of Bermuda '
(rev.), 44.

Brodrick Herbarium, 197.

Browne's (P.) Plants, 359.

Brunfels, Otto, 235.

Bryum Bescherellei, 78 ; ei'ythrocar-
poides, 79.

Buchnera congoensis,* 219: convalli-
cola,* 217 ; Gossweileri,* 219 ; grani-
tica,* 219; Kas8neri,*244; orgyalis,*
219, 244; quadrangularis,* 217.

' Bulletin of Scientific Societies,' 72.

Bullock- Webster, G. R., Nitella spanio-
clema,* 1 (t. 511); N. flexilis var.
Fryeri,* 102; Chara fragilis & C.
delicatula, 69 ; Tolypella glomerata
var. erythrocarpa,* 225.

Burgess's ' Eidodendron,' 223.

Calamagrostis stricta f. pilosior, 322.
' Calvary Clover,' 136.
Candolle, A. C. P. de,t 23.
Canthium amplium,* 87 ; dictyophle-

bum,* 87.
Cantley, Nathaniel, 103.
Carduus palustris, 20.
Carex montana, 274, 322.
Carmarthen Plants, 349.
Carpentia, 70,
Centaurea Jacea, 341.
Ceropegia degemensi.s,* 214.
Ceylonese Mosses, 77.
Chsetocarpus cubensis,* 312 ; globosus,*

312.
Chaetomitrium Deplanchei, 73.
Chamberlain's 'Living Cvcads' (rev.),

230.
Chara fragilis & C. delicatula, 69.

Cheeseraan on Macquarie Island, 262.
Cheshire Plants, 91, 129.
Christy, M., Carduus palustris, 20.
Church. A. H., Weighing Moorings,

35; Baxter's 'British Botany,' 58;

The Phasophycean Zoid (Suppl. II);

The Plankton -phase & Plankton-
rate (Suppl. Ill); Androecium and

Gynoecium, 220; 'Botany of the

Living Plant ' (rev.), 220 ; ' Living

Cycads ' (rev.), 230 ; Brunfels &

Fuchs, 233 ; Review of Phaophyceae,

265 ; ' Lectures on Sex ' (rev.), 287 ;

his ' Building of an Autotrophic Fla-
gellate' (rev.), 288; Review of

Floridege, 297, 329.
Clavaria Broomei, 328.
Clerodendron bingaense,* 248; cen-
sors,* 248 ; frutectorum,* 249 ; lupa-

kense,* 247.
Compositse, Pappus in, 167.
' Coniferous Trees ' (rev.), 102.
Cornish Mosses & Hepatics, 3.
County Records : —

Anglesea, 225, 260.

Bedford, 63, 82, 306.

Berks, 257.

Buckingham, 322.

Cambridge, 69, 101.

Carmarthen, 349.

Carnarvon, 173.

Chester, 91, 129.

Cornwall, 3, 47, 225, 260, 322.

Devon, 94, 119, 170, 225, 275, 287.

Essex, 20, 168, 264.

Gloucester, 350.

Hants, 197, 285, 328.

Herts, 307.

Huntingdon, 102.

Kent, 162.

Lancaster, 284.

Lincoln, 225.

Middlesex. 260.

Norfolk, 25, 102, 190, 260, 307, 323.

Pembroke, 348.

Radnor, 193.

Salop, 80.

Somerset, 100, 147, 170, 175, 195,
197, 257, 274, 286, 353.

Stafford, 259, 284r-b, 322.

Surrey, 37, 82, 196.

Warwick, 210.

INDEX.

Counts Records (cont.): —
Westmorland, 173.
Worcester, 211,305, 323.
York, 211, 305.

See also British Potaraogetons, 10-
20; Herberta, 42-44; Mycetozoa,
105-111 ; Sphagnaeere, 142-147 ;
Eust Fungi, 161-163 ; Watson
Club Eeport, 314-18.
Craterostigma cbirouioides,* 215 ; Mon-

roi,* 214.
Crisp, Sir F.,t 200.
Croton glabellum, 68.
Cuscuta, 358.
Cjcads, Living (rev.), 230.

Dalton's Herbaria, 294.

Damrongia, 48.

Davies's (O. B.) 'Flora of Northern

Territory ' (rev.), 69.
December-flowering Plants, 100.
Dendrocousinsia, 312; alpina,* 313;

fasciculata, 313 ; spicata, 313.
Denham's ' Gossypium ' (rev.), 325.
Dickinson, John, 45.
Dicliptera Batesii,* 246.
Dicranolepis angolensis,* 117 ; Batesii,*

117; Talbotiorum,-=^ 117.
' Dictionary of Flowering Plants ' (rev.),

229.
Diospyros longipes, 226.
Dixon, H. N., Miscellanea Bryologica,

73 ; Mosses of Deception Island,

200.
Douglas, David, 327.
Downes, H., Juncus pygmseus, 260.
Duncannon, Thomas, 71.
Dybowskia, 72.
Dymes on Ii-is Pseudacorus, 231.

Echium, Eevision of, 264.

Elatine Hydropiper, 323.

Ellis's J^irections for Collectors, 321.

Epipactis media, 80 ; viridiflora var.
leptochila,* 38.

Equisetum arvense, 264.

' Essex Naturalist,' 264.

Euphrasias, British, 169 ; E. confusa,*
172 ; hirtella, 173 ; minima, 159, 335.

Ewart's (A.) ' Flora of Northern Terri-
tory ' (rev.), 69.

Fadogia Livingstoniana,*^ 88.

Fagara in S. Africa, 201 ; capensis,

204; Davyi,^ 203; Thorncroftii,*

202.

Farquharson, C. O., 48.

Farrer's ' The English Eock-Garden '
(rev.), 354.

Fawcett, W., Jamaica Plants, 65,
312.

Flagellate, an Autotrophic, 288.
Flora of Tropical Africa, 72 ; Loudin-
ensis, 100.

FloridejE, Historical Eeview of, 297,
329.

Fockea Monr(

!13.

' Forestry, Commercial ' (rev.), 260.
Forests, American, 165.
Frullania microphylla, 193.
Fuchs, Leonard, 233.
Fumaria, the genus (rev.), 291.

Galium erectum, 286.

•Garden,' 104.

Gardenia nigrificans,* 342,

' Gardens' Bulletin,' 103.

Gepp, A., 'Building of an Autotrophic
Flagellate ' (rev.), 289 ; ' Monograph
of Alaria'(rev.), 290.

Gloucestershire Plants, 350.

Gnidia dumicola,* 114; kasaiensis,*
113; kundelungensis,* 114.

Godfery, M. J., Epipactis viridiflora
var. leptochihi,"'^ 37 ; British Marsh
Orchids, 137.

' Gossypium in Pre-Linnean Litera-
ture ' (rev.), 325.

Gourlay, W. B., Vaccinium inter-
medium, 259, 322.

Gregory, E. P.,t 47.

Grove, W. B., Phyllosticta and Phleo-
spora, 206 ; Spbserulina intermixta,
208 ; G. F. West,t 283.

Groves, J., Chara fragilis and C. deli-
catula, 69 ; Nitella flexilis var.
Fryeri,* 102 ; spanioclema * (t. 551),
1 ; Lychnothamnus, 125 ; Nitellopsis
obtusa,* 127 ; Tolypella glomerata,
197 ; T. glomerata var. erythocarpa,*
225 ; sex-terras for plants, 285.
Gymnanthes alpina, 314.
Gymnostomum oranicum, 75.
Gynoecium and Androecium, 220.

T^'DEX

Hallier, H., on Aublet's & P. Browne's

Plants, 359.
Heloaciadium inundatum f. iluitans,

250.
Henry, A., on Platanus acerifolia,

295.
Hepatics, Cornish, 8 ; Ilfracombe, 123 ;

Kadnorshire, 193.
Herberta, 42.

Hooker, J. D., Life of (rev.), 130, 200.
Hurst, C, P., Ilfracombe Mosses and

Hepatics, 94, 119.
Hypericum humifusum, 195, 225, 287,

353.
Hypnum scabrellum, 76.

Ilfracombe Mosses and Hepatics, 94,

119.
Ilysanthes Gossweileri,'* 215 ; yaun-

densis,* 216.
Impatiens glandulifera, 69.
Iris Pseudacorus, 231.
' Irish Naturalist,' 200.
Irish Plants, 1, 225, 285.
Isoetes Hystrix, 322.

Jackson, A. B., Barbarea rivularis, 301.
Jamaica Plants, 65, 312.
Jasminum malabaricum, 136.
Jekyll, Gertrude, Pollination of Vis-

cum, 286.
' Journal of Genetics,' 72, 168, 232.
' Journal of Indian Botany,' 327.
' .Journal of Linnean Society,' 264, 291.
'Journal of New Yoi-k Bot. Garden,'

263.
Juncus acutus, 21 ; effusus spiralis,

69 ; pygmc^us, 260.
Justicia Dinteri,* 246.

♦ Kew Bulletin,' 24, 48, 168, 263, 327.
Kceleria advena, 24.

Lamproderma atrosporum var. angli-
cum * (t. 552), 27 ; yiolaceum var.
debile,* (t. 552), 25.

Lamprotharanium, 126 ; pappulosum,
127.

Larter, C. E.,296; Hypericum humifu-
sum, 287.

Lejeunea heterophylla, 193.

Leptosperraopsis, 232.

Lester-Garland, L. V., Argyleshire
Plants, 322.

Lichens, British (rev.), 21.

Linnean Society, 71, 134-6, 167, 200,
231-2, 359.

Lippia Gossweileri,* 247.

Lister, G., New Varieties of Lampro-
derma (t. 552), 25 ; British Myceto-
zoa recorded since 1909, 105 ; ' My-
cetozoa,' 168.

Little, J, E., Beds Plants, 306.

Lobelia urens, 328.

Lobostemon, 71.

Loganberry, 104.

Lophocolea spicata, 193.

Loranthus Batesii,* 249.

Lovell's ' The Flower and the Bee '
(rev.), 292.

' Lowson's Text-book of Botany ' (rev.),
324.

Lychnothamnus, 125 ; macropogon,125;
stelliger, 126.

Macedonian Plants, 48.

Macleod's (J.) ' Quantitative Method

in Biology ' (rev.), 163.
Macquarie Island plants, 262.
Macropogon, 128.
' Madeira Flowers,' 97.
Mahogany, 263, 295.
Manettia, Monograph of. Supple-
ment I,
Marshall, E. S., Somerset Plants, 147,
175; Barbarea rivularis, 211; Ver-
bascum thapsiforme, 257.
Martin, Claude, 263,
Melampsora alpina, 161.
Melvill, J. C, Papaver orientale,

226.
' Mem. Manchester Lit. Soc.,' 293.
* Mendelism ' (rev.), 357.
Mesembryanthemum, 71 ; edule, 47.
Meteoromyrtus, 24.
Miller, J. F., 353.
Mimulus moschatup, 285.
Mimusops parvifolia, 226.
Miscellanea Bryologica, 73.
Mollinedia Cunninghamii,^- 251.
]\Ionckton, H. W., Flora of the BagsJ'ot
District, 251 ; his ' Flora of Thames
Valley Drift/ 47.

IXDEX

Moore, S., Alabast.ra Diversa, 86, 112,
160, 212, 244 ; Australian Plants,
232.

Moorings, Weighing, 35.

Morris, Sir D., Address to Brit. Associa-
tion, 296, 359.

Mosses, Cornish, 3 ; Miscellanea Bryo-
logica, 73 ; llfra combe, 95, 119.

Motley, James, 103.

Mott, F, D., Impatiens glandulifera.
69.

Murton, James, 103,

MussaBnda bityensis,* 277 ; leiitantha,*
278.

Mycena epipterygioides, 328.

Mycetozoa, new (t. 552), 25 ; of Bed-
lordshire, 63 ; British, since 1909,
105; Memoir on, 168; Guide to
British, 294.

' Mycologia,' 295.

Mycological Notes, 206.

Nitella flexilis var. Fryeri,* 101 ;

spanioclema * (t. 551), 1.
Nitellopsis, 126; obtusa,* 127.
Norfolk Notep, 190.
North American Flora, 103.
' Notes from Bot. Garden, Edinburgh,'

104, 295 ; from Bot. School, Dublin,

295.

Obituary : —

Candolle, A. C. P. de, 23.

Crisp, >Sir F., 200.

Gregory, R. P., 47.

Spence, Magnus, 293.

Trail, J. W. H., 318.

Waddell, C. H., 358.

Wallis, A., 347.

West, G. S., 283.
' Ohio Naturalist,' 264.
Orchid.s, British Marsh, 137.
Orchis latifolia, 137 ; praetermissa, 136.
Oxalis, Indian, 264.
Oxyanthus Leptactina,* 343.

Papaver orientale, 226.

Paulson, R., ' Monograph of British
Lichens' (rev.), 21.

Paveita antennifera,* 344; beehuan-
ensis,* 88 ; cataractarnra,* 89 ; con-
flatiflora,* 90 ; Harborii,* 89.

Pears(jn,W. H., Herberta, 42 ; Radnor-
shire Hepatics, 193.

Peddiea Batesii,-!^ 118.

Pembroke Plants, 348.

Penford, Jane Wallas, 97.

Phasophycese, Historical Review of.
265.

Phagophycean Zoid, The, Suppl. II.
Philippia congoensis,* 213 ; kunde-

lungensis,* 212.
Philippine Plant-Diseases, 167.
Phleospora & Phyllosticta, 206.
Phyllanthus Coxianus,* 66 ; glabellns,*

68; inrequalillorus,* 66; ktifoliii's,

67 ; minor,* 65 ; Rogersii,* 1(30.
Phyllosticta & Phleospora, 206.
[ Physarum vernum var. iridescens,*

106.
I Picris hieracioides, 200.
Plankton-phase & Plankton-rate, Suppl.

! III.

Plant-Diseases, Philippine, 167.

Plantago lanceolata, 196.

Platan us aceri folia, 295.

Poa flabellata, 327.

Pollination, 292 ; of Viscum, 286.

Potamogetons. British, 10; acutifolius,

101 ; P. Cooperi f. hibernicus,* 17 ;

heterophyllus var. hibernicus,* 13;

diialis, 285.
Praeger, R. LI., Notes on Seduni, 49.
Prain, Sir D., 'John' Roxburgh, 28;

J. W. H. Trail,! 318.
Preserving Plants, 135.
Pritzel's ' Icones,' 104.
' Proceedings R. Irish Academy,' 295.
Prunella laciniata, 316.
Pseudactis,* 118; emilioides,*' 119.
Puecinia, British, 162, 163.
Pngsley, H. W., British Euphrasias,

169 ; on Fumaria (rev.), 291.
Pulteney on ' Flora Londinensif,' 100.
Piinnett's ' Mendelism ' (rev.), 357.
Pyrus Py raster var. Deseglesei, 316.

Qtiercus navalis, 224.
' Quantitative Method in Biology '
• (rev.), 163.

Radnorshire Hepatics, 193.
Ramsbottom, J. K., ' Cyijlopodia of

Horticulture' (rev.), 198.
Randia Dorothea,* oiG; inegalo-

stigma,* 279.

TXDEX

Rankin's (W. H.) ' Tree Diseases' (rev.\
165.

Rathbone (M.). on Preserving Plants,
135.

Rea, 0., Elatine Hydropiper, 323.

' Records India Bot. Survey,' 264.

Reiuking's (O.) 'Philippine Plant-
Diseases,' 167.

Rendle, A. B., A. C. P. de Candolle,t 23 ;
Jamaica Plants, 65, 312; 'Text-book
of Botany ' (rev.), 164 ; ' Elements de
Botanique ' (rev.), 198.

Reviews : —

Monograph of British Lichens, A. L.

Smith, 21.
Flora of Bermuda, N. L. Britton,

44.
Flora of Northern Territory, A. J.

Ewart & D. B. Davies, 69.
Coniferous Trees, A. I). Webster,

102.
Life of Sir Joseph Hooker, L. Huxley,

130.
Quantitative Method in Biology, J.

MacLeod, 163.
Botany, D. Thoday, 164.
National Forests, H. D. Boerker,

165.
Tree Diseases, W. H. Rankin, 166.
Elements de Botanique, Van Tieg-

hem-Oostantin, 197.
Cyclopedia of Horticulture, L. H.

Bailey, 198. j

Botany of the Living Plant, F. O. |

Bower, 226.

Dictionary of Flowering Plants & f

Ferns, J. 0. Willis, 229. !

The Living Cycads, C. J. Chamber- '

lain, 230. I

Commercial Forestry, E. P. Steb-

bing, 260.
Sex and Heredity, F. O. Bower, &c.,

287.
Autotrophic Flagellate, A. H. Church,

290.
The Greuus Fumaria, H. W. Pugsley,

291.
The Flower and the Bee, J. H.Lovell, I

292.
Fossil Plants, vol. iv., A. C. Seward,

323.
Lowson's Text-book of Botany (In-
dian edition), 324.
Gossypium in Pre-Linnean Liter-
ature, H. J. Denham, 325.
The English Rock-Garden, R. Farrer,

354.
MendelisTO. R. C. Punnett, 357.

j Rhamphicarpa EUiotii,* 245.

Riddelsdell, H. .J., Simethis planifolia,
' 285; Gloucestershire Notes, 350.

Rilston, P., Cornish Mosses and Hepa-
; tics, 3.

Robinson, F., Isoetes Hystrix, 322.
j Robley, Augusta J., 97.
I Rock-Garden, The English (rev.), 354.

Rossittia, 71.
I Roxburghs, The, 28.
I Royal Botanic Society, 326.

Rubiacese Batesiauge, 275, 343.

Rubus thyrsoideus var. viridescens,
315.

Rust Fungi, British, 161.

Rutidea Batesii,* 344 ; pavettoides,*
345 ; tarennoides,* 346.

Sabicea Amomi,'* 277.

Salisbury, E. J., Seward's ' Fossil
Plants,' (rev.), 323.

Salmon, C. E., Norfolk Notes, 190;
TheBrodrick Herbarium, 197; Pem-
broke & Carmarthen Plants, 347 ;
Argyle Records, 354.

Salvia splendens, 98.

Sarcocephalus esculentus, 276.

Saunders, J., Bedfordshire Mycetozoa,
63.

Saxifraga hypnoides var. robusta, 316.

' Science Progress,' 72, 232.

Scottish Plants, 24, 64, 161-2, 284,
322, 354.

Securinega Acidoton,* 68.

Sedmii, Notes on, 49; anoicum,* 52;
Cooperi,* 49; crassipes var. chola-
ense,* 50 ; dasyphyllura var. Sueii-
dermannii,'^ 50 ; indicum var. densi-
rosulatum,* 55 ; Mairei,* 53 ; rubro-
glancum,* 51 ; triphyllum,* 54 ;
variicolor,* 54 ; viscosum, 57.

Sematophyllum decipiens,* 77.

Setosa, 70.

Seward's ' Fossil Plants' (rev.), 323.

' Sex and Heredity ' (rev.), 287.

Sex-terms for Plants, 285.

Sherrin, W. R., 296.

Simethis planifolia, 285.
Sioane Herbarium, 46.

Smith, A. L., her 'Monograph of British
Lichens (rev.), 21 ; '^Philippine Plant-
Diseases ' (rev.), 167.

INDEX.

Smith (J.) on Pappus in Compositse,

167.
Somerset Plants, 147, 175.
Spatba, 70.
Spence, M.,t 293 ; Jimcus effusus

spiralis, 69.
Spliajruliua intermixta, 208 ; f. valde-

evoluta,* 210.
' Sphagnaceae Britannicje,' Braitbwaite's,

142 ; Bagshot, 255.
Sphagnum fimbriatum, new forms, 146.
Stebbing's ' Commercial Forestry ' (rev.),

260.
Streptocarpus Eylesii,* 245.
Struthiola concava,* 112; Pentheri,*

112.
Sympbyobasis, 232.

Taxitbelium Gottscheanum, 76.
Teratology in Papaver orientale, 226.
Thoday's (D.) ' Text-Book ' (rev.), 164.
Thompson, H. S., Hvpericum bumi-

f usum, 195, 225 ; Yew on Oak, 197 ;

Carexmontana, 274; Galium erectum,

286 ; Euphrasia minima, 335.
Tbymelfeaceee Africanse, 112.
Tolypella glomerata, 197; f. erytbro-

carpax, 225.
Trail, J. W. H.,t 318.
Trans. Bot. Soc. Edinburgb, 24.
Trans. Mycological Society, 328.
Tree Diseases, 166,
Tribulus, 232.

Trifolium subterraneum, 48.
Tripteris auriculata,* 90.
Turrill, W. B., Plantago lanceolata,

196.
Tussock Grass, 327.

CJromyces Onobrycbidis, 162.
Utricularia, 260.

Vaccinium iutermedium, 259, 284-5,
322.

Van Tiegbeai's ' Elements de Botan-

ique' (rev.), 197.
Vepris zambesiaca,* 86.
Verbascum thapsiforme, 257.
Verdoorn, Inez C, Fagara in S. Africa,

201.
Vevers, G. M., Vaccinium intermedium,

259, 285.
Vines, S. H., 328.
Viscum album. Pollination of, 286.

Waddell, C. H.,t 358.

V^allis, A.,t 346; Pembroke & Car-
marthen Plants, 347.

Watson Bot. Exchange Club, 314.

Watson, W., December Flowers, 100 ;
Hypericum bumifusum, 353.

Webster's ' Coniferous Trees ' (rev.),
102.

Weed Seeds, 104.

Weighing Moorings, 35.

Wernham, H. F., Monograph of Man-
ettia, Suppl. I. ; Rubiace® Batesianas,
275, 342.

West, G. F.,t 283.

Wheldon, J. A., Braitbwaite's ' Sphag-
naceae Britannicae,' 142.

Williams, F. N., ' Flora Londineusis,'
100.

Willis's ' Dictionary of Flowering
Plants ' (rev.), 229.

Wilmott, A. J., Barbarea rivularis, 304.

Wilson, M., British Rust Fungi, 161.

Windle, Sir B. C. A., ' Quantitative
Method in Biology ' (rev.), 163 ;
' Mendelism ' (I'ev.), 357.

Woodruffe-Peacock, E. A., Hypericum
humifusum, 225.

Xylophylla latifolia, 67.

Yendo's'Alaria'(reT.), 290.
Yew on Oak, 197.
Young, Miss M., 99.

Zoid, The Phseophycean, Suppl. II.

48,1
133,
167,
225,
274.
280,
316,

CORRIGENDA.

, 23 from top, for " Crai^ '■ read " Craib."
1. 2 from bottom, for " Banks" read " Lyell."
1. 12 from top, for " Smith " read " Small."
1. 2 from top, delete " coronula excliisa."
1. 20 from top, for "late" read " Rev."

I. 16 from bottom should be deleted.

II. 17, 18 from bottom, for " Cheddon " read " Cheddar," for " horde
read '' horse."

Printed by Taylor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street.

THE PH^OPHYCEAN ZOID.
By a. H. Church.

Considered as a ciliated reproductive cell, the characteristic
"zoospore" or "swarm-spore" of the Phseophyceaj presents little
interest ; but regarded from a broader standpoint as the retention
of a flagellated phase in the life-cycle, linking this great group of
marine algae with other flagellated races of phytoplankton, it acquires
an intensive value — not only as opening up the question of the
flagellate ancestry of the Phseophycese, but as expressing the high-
gi-ade differentiation attained by such a zoid in some previous phase
of existence and its isolated phyletic history.

The organization of the Phseophycean zoid as presented most
typically in the zoogonidia of Ectocarpus, the gametes of Laminaria^
or the antherozoid of Ficcus, is that of a simple naked protoplast,
rounding off at about 5 fx diam., with nucleus, suggestions of granular
cytoplasm and either a single discoid chloroplast reduced to an eye-
spot {stigma) only, or associated with such a residual plastid ; larger
zoids may contain several chloroplasts. Such a zoid, though typically
possessing autotrophic mechanism, differs in one fundamental respect
from a typical flagellate, in that it has lost the power of binary
fission and is so far retained wholly for a " reproductive " function.
On the other hand, many '* Brown Flagellates " are similarly re-
stricted to binary fission in the non-motile "cyst "-stage (cf, Hyclru-
rus, PhcBosphcera, PJiceocapsa, Hymenomonas).

The zoid is thus to be regarded from the standpoint of the
organization of a flagellate, though such details have been as yet but
little investigated.

Though generally described as pyriform in shape, with pointed
anterior end. the protoplast possesses little in the way of a permanent
space-form ; when at rest the body rounds off in response to surface-
tension ; and in the motile stage the pointed end is largely the
expression of " metabolic " or '* euglenoid " contractility ; in this way
a 5 /z individual may extend to 7-10 or 12 ^ in length, as an elon-
gated zoid with active movements. The point of insertion of the
fiagella must be regarded as the '*;?oZ<9" of the zoid; and in such
case the direction of the movement implies a change of polarity, of
about 90'^, from the original condition of the isokont phase with equal
distally inserted fiagella.

A similar change of polarity obtains in other flagellate phyla, noticeably
in many Cryptomonads (cf. Nephroselmis), and in the Peridiniaceae, with a
very similar result ; and this is undoubtedly correlated with a differentiation
in function between the two fiagella, as expressed in a reversal of the direc-
tion of contractility in one which becomes a propeller, while the other
remains a tractor. With two fiagella thus widely divergent, and falling into
line at 180° with each other across the axis of antecedent polarity, both act
in the same direction, and a new " anterior " end is acquired.

Details of zoid organization in terms of flagellate construction are
still meagre : —

Yamanouchi (1913) for Zanarduiia described a suggestive chain
Journal of Botam. xA.peil, 1919. [Slpplemem Jl.]

2 THE PH^OPnTCEAN ZOID

of granules between the insertion of the flagella and the nucleus, in
the manner of a rhizoplast-strand, but decided against any connection
between such basal granule and a blepharoplast as a " cell-organ."
lletzius (190G), for Fucus Areschoiigii and F. seDYrfits, showed the
presence of a group of 4 (rarely 5) " Nebenkern "-granules (Mito-
chondria, Plastochondria) probably of nutritive function, and confused
by previous observers with the nucleus (Guignard). Ketzius also
demonstrated the " end-piece " of the flagella, as a short delicate
terminal portion (5/i long), regarded either as a projecting core
(Minchin, p. 52), or as a prolongation of the extreme plasmatic
him. Meves (1908) confirmed the presence of plastochondria which
might become confluent, and also demonstrated distinct "basal
granules " in Fucus serratus associated with each flagellum, to be
described as "centrioles" ( = blepharoplasts), and in direct contact
with the nuclear body of the protoplast. According to Meves also
the two flagella of Fucus ser)Y(tus grow round the zoid in the same
sense (cf. (-hara), while according to Retzius they are so exactly in
the same line that they appear as pi-actically continuous. Older
hypotheses that flagella are formed from a peripheral zone of cyto-
plasm (Guignard, Yamanouchi, 1913) require to be replaced b}^ the
view that they grow outwards from the point indicated by the basal
granule, in the manner generall}^ characteristic of flagellates (Minchin,
P-^2).

The special feature of the mobile zoid is its asymmetrical organi-
zation as expressed in the " lateral insertion " of the two unequal
flagella ; and this arrangement, so constant and characteristic, is in
marked contrast with the isokont habit of the zoids of the Chloro-
phyceai-lsokonttfi and Chrysomonadina-Isokontse. It ma}^ be termed
the '' anisoko7if^' condition.

Of the two flagella one projects forward beyond the pointed anterior end
as a tractor mechanism ; the posterior merely trails behind as a long
'' steering-oar " : to what extent it acts as a definite propeller is still obsciire.
The names " tractor " and "trailer" maybe adopted as suflSciently distinctive
and concise (Minchin, p. 53). hohont is preferable to isomastigote, and
ft ni>!o]iont to heteromastigote : "trailer" is preferable to guhernaculum (cf.
Willey & Hickson in Mastigophora, Lankester's ' Zoology,' i. (1909) p. 158,
Minchin, p. 259) ; Lankester (Enc. Brit., Protozoa) introduced the terms
tractellum and puUellurn respectively, the latter indicating the propeller;
and the?e terms have been retained in works on Protozoa, as Saville Kent
(1880), Infu oia; Minchin, Pio'.ozDa (1912), p. 52.

On general principles it may be concluded that the asymmetrical habit is
secondary, as the transformation of a symmetrical mode of construction ;
and that the differentiation of two flagella with different fimctions is
secondtiry to that of the type of the isokont green algffi ; the latter may be
so far regarded as a more primitive phase of zoid construction ; as in turn
the condition of the single anterior tractor-flagellum may be considered to
represent the first step in the evolution of such a kinetic mechanism.

Zoids with a monokont organization survive in the case of Botrtjdium
(Chlorophyceae), and among several groups of Brown Flagellates (Chryso-
monadina-Monokontae, Silicoflagellatae, Coccolithophoridae, Hydrnnis ;
among Fungus phyla in Chytridiaceae and Monohlepharis ; in vestigfial
flagellated Eadiolarians, flagellulffi of Mycetozoa, and as reproductive phases
in Foraminifera as Peneroplis.

The Isokont condition is characteristic of Chrysomonadina-Isokontee

THE PH^OPHTCEAN ZOID 3

( = Hymenomonadace£e), Green Algae, as marine Codium and freshwater
Volvox, etc. ; aa also as flagellated phases of many Heliozoa, Radiolaria,
Chara, the Bryophyta, and even Selaginella.

The movement of the anterior tractor is always that of a sharp
rhythmic contractility in three-dimensional space, working out a
movement which Avould be observed as a spiral vortex if the zoid
were still ; but being freely suspended in the medium the body is
pulled along and at the same time rotated on its axis, while the
movements of the tractor appear as a mere undulatory lashing like
tha shaking of a rope. Such a mechanism is clearly the expression
of a limiting term of economy and precision in swimming, and it is
to this that it owes its constancy. It can be only improved by
increasing the effective power of the tractor, as by increasing the
mass of the contractile plasma, or by adding to the length of the
stroke.

The feeblest monokont flagella are usually about one body-length (flagel-
lulae of Mycetozoa) ; yet many Cryptomonads are intensely active, with
darting action, with flagella relatively no longer (Cliilomonas).

In megazoids of the Phseophyceae efficiency obviously falls off as the
flagella are left less than one body-length.

The most efficient are 3-4 body-lengths, though ranging to 4-6 body-
lengths with more rounded zo'ids {Dictyota). Among the Phfeophycese the
finest expressions of the type are found in the Cutleriaceae (Yamanouchi).
Thus :—

Cutleria megazoid 26/j long, ovoid, anterior flagellum 40ju.. Aglaozonia
zoid 22"5/it long, ant. flagellum 65^. Zanardinia, zoogonidium 22'5 long,
ant. flag. 45/i.

Where the zoid is enlarged in correlation with phenomena of heterogamy
the relative dimensions are diminished ; and the large oosphere of C^itle7-ia
with 30 chloroplasts presents an anterior flagellum of 40/i only, or 1*5 body-
lengths. It may be noted that 3 body-lengths bears a suggestive relation
to the circumference of the zoid, as one complete turn of the body in
ontogeny.

In many more specialized and powerful holozoic flagellates, the tractor-
flagellum is distinctly broadened to a band-form. [Cf. also Euglena,
Cyathomonas, and animal spermatozoa (Retzius, 1906, Doflein, 1916,
p. 38).]

Again, regarded as complex kinetic organs of primary signifi-
cance involving problems of life and death to the organism, such
flagella are the result of long and complex natural selection on
pre-existing factors of growth and contractility. Their structure, as
presenting a thin him of intensely katabolic contractile plasma
apparently investing an axial core of more resistant endoplasm,
possibly affords in its minute dimensions ('5 /j, diam.) as vivid an
idea of the complex nature of living plasma as any other part of the
cell ; such a structure as the first evolved " member " or " organ " of
the cell-soma, projecting far beyond the limit of the main body, must
involve a special system of conduction, nutrition, and control, of
which little is yet known, but is to be considered from the standpoint
of "basal granule," *' mitochondria," and *' rhizoplast."

The primary function is undoubtedly that of a means of vertical
ascent for autotrophic photosynthetic pelagic ph3'toplankton ; lateral
progression in such a medium is meaningless : but it is obvious that

4 THE PIIJEOPHTCEAN ZOID

in the case of increasing mass or form-resistance in the body of the
protoplast, the vortical motion will become a means of impelling
food-particles on to the point of insertion of the tractor ; and in the
vast series of more dominantly holozoic flagellate organism this
becomes the essential mode of " feeding " ; such particles being
absorbed, ingested, and ultimately digested in an oral depression,
cytostome, or gullet, as the " animal " flagellate is more definitely
outlined (cf. ChiIomo7ias, Cyatliomonas, Gymnodiniaceae). No trace
of such holozoic nutrition has been observed in any zoid of the
Phceophyceae ; and the utilization of these as non-metabolizing re-
productive cells suggests that any such tendency will be further
eliminated in their short life-period (as the anterior tractor has been
apparently eliminated in Metazoan sperms). For ingestion by Green
Algal zoids cf. Pascher, Berichte xxxiii. p. 427.

Secondary increase in volume obtains throughout the group in
several series independently, as heterogamy progresses (to define the
*' female " gamete), as also in the case of the correlated increase of
the asexual zoogonidia. In such case the zoid retains its general
attributes ; the chloroplasts may be greatly increased in number, and
the flagella keep pace to a certain extent ; in extreme cases, however,
the latter begin to dwindle ( Qiffordia virescens, Pylaiella ful-
vescens Sauvageau *, 1896), and may be apparently wholly lost
(^Aci7ietospora Bornetf), though euglenoid motility may be retained.
In the larger megagametes (** oospheres ") no trace of flagellation
remains, and the same applies to the correspondingly enlarged tetra-
spores of Dictyota and the *' monospore " of Haplospora.

Interest also centres in the evidence of distinct reduction in the
case of the microgamete (antherozoid) in correlation with the
differentiation of heterogamy and the relegation of the zoid to the
mere value of a " sperm." Thus in Fucus serratus, according to
Eetzius (1906), the body of the zoid is practically restricted to an
oval nucleus, more or less flattened (Meves), to which the C3^toplasm
constitutes only a thin film, more exaggerated to form the anterior
pointed end. The residual '* ej'e-spot " and the " mitochondrial
a))paratus " of 4 granules (often merging into one, Meves), whether
of cj-^toplasmic nature or merely physodes (Kylin), so far project
from the surface of the plasma-film, and may be even stripped
off (Retzius, Biolog. Untersuch. 1906) %. The case of Dictyota
suggests the gradual elimination of the shorter '* trailer," reduced to
negligible proportions in Gi^ordia virescens and Pylaiella fulvescens
(less than | body-length) ; and in such case a residual tractor is
curiously complementary to that of the animal sperm with propeller
only. The chloroplast-content is reduced to a vestigial eye-spot
{Fucus, Dictyota, Laminaria); and the eye-spot may be pale in

* Sauvageau (1896), Journ. de Bot. p. 185, for Pylaiella fulvescens, Giffordia,
p. 119.

t Bornet (1891), Bull. Soc. Bot. p. 357, for Acinetospora,

X Retzius compares the mitochondrial mechanism (Nebenkern-system) with
that of the sperms of Nemertines and simpler Mollusca of the sea : Biolog.
Untersuch. 1906).

THE PHiEOPHYCEATf ZOID 5

colour, giving no carotin-reaction {Pelvetia, Durmllcea) ; but in no
ease can it be said to be wholly eliminated. The function is un-
doubtedly that of light-perception, while in ontogeny it is always
derived from a localized area in a chloroplast (Yamanouchi), and the
orange pigment ("carotin ") apparently indicates that the cytoplasm
must be stimulated by the absorption of violet rays.

The zoids in no case swim backward (as is normal for an anterior
tractor-mechanism) ; but as they slow down they move in larger
to smaller circles as the expression of the loss of steering-power and
some sense of direction. Apart from any question of nutrition, the
flagellum acts as a tactile sensitive organ ; thus in response to
stimulus of contact, as in collisions with foreign objects, the zoid may
slightly change it course (cf. Jennings, 1904). This sensitiveness
is emphasized by " chemo tropic " phenomena, and apparently repre-
sents the factor of greatest significance in the employment of the zoid
as a *' sexual " cell.

Thus in Cutleriacese (Yamanouchi) the anterior flagellum is the first to
come out of the gametangium, and first makes contact with the other
gamete. The spinning of the oospheres of ¥ucxis and Ascophyllum in
fertilization is apparently the expression of the activity of the shorter
anterior arm in the antherozoids of these types, when the longer trailer ia
entangled in the oosphere. In other genera (Halidrys, Himanthalia) the
sperms entangled by the longer driving anterior tractor merely gyrate on
the point of contact.

Euglenoid movement is always retained, and the larger zoids bend and
curve, or " nose about," in a very suggestive mouse-like manner, exhibiting
contractility all over the body-surface as a general property of the
cytoplasm.

Amoeboid movements are more rare ; but irregular protrusions of pseudo-
podia-like nature may follow benthic attachment to the substratum in
germinating zoids of Myrionema.

Exact data for the speed attained are wanting ; it would appear
that 1-2 ft. per horn* is a fair rate for a 7 yu zoid ; but active units
do better than this for short distances across the field of the micro-
scope. As seen under the microscope the movements are wholly
erratic, like those of a swarm of ants, or mice in a box ; and it would
be absurd to interpret the motor mechanism only in terms of such
observations. Under the low power it is possible to time zoids along
the scale of the micrometer eye-piece ; and a moderate estimate for
gametes of Lajninaria saccharina gave 1 mm. in 5 seconds, or over
2 ft. an hour ; gametes of Ectocmyus are half as quick again. The
large zoids of Pylaiella fulvescens, according to Sauvageau, do not
move faster than a Diatom. The rate again probably bears a relation
to temperature and oxygen-supply, as well as to the condition of the
material. Measurements are difficult for longer distances, as the
field of the low power is only 2 mm. diam. : Sauvageau records zoids
crossing a 5 mm. drop in about a minute, or approximately a foot an
an hour.

Records of the duration of the motility are vitiated by observa-
tion in water in which a full oxygen-supply is not maintained (as

* Jennings (1904) ' Behaviour of Lower Organisms.'

9 THE PH.EOPHYCEAX ZOID

under a covei'slip). *' Several houi*s " is the rule ; many swim all
day, but none have been checked longer than 24 hours (Yamanouchi,
for Zaiiardinia^ 1913). In open water there seems to be no reason
why zoids with several chloroplasts might not continue for much
longer periods. For the shorter motile phase of more decadent types
Sauv^ageau gives 4-5 minutes for the megazoid of Giffordia virescens^
and 15 minutes for the microzoid. In other examples the *' megazoid,"
only just tumbles out of the gametangium, or is discharged immo-
tile {Acinetospora) ; probably all transitions occur.

From such data it would appear improbable that these zoids can
raise themselves from any great depth ; though they do so freely
enough in culture vessels, spreading out as a film on the surface
{Cutleria, Aqlaozonia).

Monstrosities in zoid-segregation suggest further points of interest
as tending to throw light on the organization of other zoids. The
occurrence of ** twin "-zoids, apparently due to the imperfect separa-
tion of protoplast-primordia in the '* sporangium " is described for
Pylaiella fulvescens (Sauvageau) 2Lwdi Aglaozonia (Kuckuck). The
more aberrant case of a "triplet" zoid in Aglaozonia (Kuckuck,
1899, W. M. K, p. 103) with triangular arrangement of 3 clear
"anterior ends," and a single flagellum on two adjacent sides, is of
special interest from the standpoint of the suggested flagellated phase
of the Diatom Biddulphia mohiliensis (Bergop, 1907, Bull. Soc.
Bot. p. 348), in which a protoplast is figured with 3 " flagella "
at three angles.

Several phyla of the Phteophycese are distinguished by distinct
variants on the type. In Phaeosporeae the zoid is typically ovoid,
with distinctly-pointed anterior end, and two flagella inserted laterally
near the pointed anterior end : the anterior (tractor) flagellum is 2-3
(or 4) body-lengths, and the trailer short (one body-length). Through-
out the Laminariaceae and Cutleriacese the same type prevails ; but
among the more advanced Fucoids of the Cys^os<?/r«-alliance the
antherozoid is more rounded, and often shows no pointed end at all ;
the anterior flagellum is still long (2-4 body-lengths). Among the
Fuceae, in the stricter sense, a more specialized zoid is characteristic,
with a slender bottle-shaped form and a sharp-pointed beak; the
anterior flagellum is now the shorter (11-2 body-lengths) with stout
basal portion, and the posterior as a long trailing steering-oar is
2|-3 body-lengths. Pelvefia has the shortest working-arm (1 length),
and the movements are more jerky than those of Fucus, the zoids of
which show a straight gliding movement. The pattern with the
boring tip is characteristic of the littoral forms {Fucus, Pelvetia,
Ascophyllum), and it would appear that the forms with more
advanced oogamy (Ct/stoseira, Himanthalia, Sargassuni) 2iYeieni\\x\g
to further decadence of the flagellated phase in the case of the micro-
gamete, as is certainly the case in the advanced series of the
■ Dictyotaceae.

It may be concluded that, evolved as a somatic organ in an active
plankton-phase, now reduced to a rejuvenated zoid, the flagella had
no original value for lateral progression ; but the inherited mechanism
on hand suffices to bring the protoplast into close contact with a

THE PHiEOPHTCEAlf ZOID 7

fellow-gamete at short range, as soon as these come within the scope
of a " chemotactie " or agglutinating influence (Fucus) ; but in a
violently agitated medium (as on a rocky shore) the flagella are of
little value, and tend to be reduced (Reef -pool forms, Dictyotaceje),
as they have been with ultimate complete loss in Florideae ; on the
other hand, in perfectly still water, it is evident that their motility
will remain the only agency of sexual approximation, and they may
prove increasingly useful, and so tend to become greatly exaggerated
(as in Chara and Sphagnum), though always remaining distinct in
their inherited attributes from the spermatozoa of the animal phyla
(Metazoa).

Literature.

GuiGN-ARD (1889), Revue Gen. p. 145.

KucKUCK (1901), Wiss. Meeres. Kiel. p. 177.

Yamanotjchi (1909), Bot. Gaz. Fucus; (1913), Zanardinia.

Ktlin (1916), Berichte, xxxiv.

Retzius (1906), Archiv. for Bot. v. 10; Biolog. Untersuch. xiii. (1906) p. 95.

Meves (1918), Archiv. Mikrosk. Anat. p. 274.

Minchin(1912), Protozoa, pp. 52, 82, 84.

DoFLEiN (1916), Protozoenkunde, p. 30.

Sept. 1918.

THE PLANKTON-PHASE AND PLANKTON-RATE.
By a. H. Chuech.

The term Plankton, proi30sed by Victor Hensen of Kiel (1887),
for the floating population of the sea (7rAayK7-os=roaming ; i. e., in a
moving medium, not merely passively suspended) was established by
the classical researches of the Plankton-Expedition of the Steamship
'National' (1889), published in many volumes from 1892 on, as
representing a fundamental conception of the greatest biological
significance, though still very inadequately recognized by botanists in
this country. Like other satisfactory and picturesque terms the word
has been much abused b}^ lesser lights, and diverted from its original
intention in marine biology, more particularly by land-botanists. A
subject of primarily pelagic interest has been degraded to the paltry
notion of the " Limnoplankton " of a pond, the " SajH-oplankton " of
dirty water, and to such curious expressions as the " Cryoplankton " of
algae found on snow (Warming) ; while a similar analogy might
suggest " Dendroplankton " for Pleurococcits living on the bark of a
tree, or for Diatoms on the leaves of a tropical rain-forest. Though
such usage may be justified in a minor degree when the true signi-
ficance of the word is fully understood, such subsidiary variants must
not be allowed to obscure the original meaning of the term, and the
almost infinite magnitude of the problems it ' covers. A certain
amount of perspective may be demanded ; otherwise, as Bunthorne
would say, Ave look for oceans and find puddles.

A preliminary idea of the subject may be gained by the considera-
tion of the sea as seen in summer from any headland on the British
coast, or by watching the breakers rolling in as apparently mere blocks
of water, and remembering that every drop of these seas contains at
least one living organism, and that the amount of water in sight,
within the range of only a few miles, is but an insignificant fraction
of the Narrow Seas for which the same generalization would hold.
The organisms being fewer in bottom water, beyond 10 fathoms, but
many more at the surface ; a *' drop " of water being taken as -^j^ c.c,
and containing 50 c.mm.

The term Plankton, again, originally understood as including
anything taken by Hensen's vertically hauled hoop-net, with aperture
of one square metre, and constructed of fine bolting-silk, the open
meshes of w^hich are 40-50 yw. diam., is again somewhat vague, since
larger organisms may evade the net, and the smallest, often in the
majority, may slip through; hence net-observations afford only a
rough idea, and the centrifuge (Gran), and filters (Lohmann), or
actual cultures (Allen) have been employed for finer work. But the
extension of the term to '* Macrophytoplankton " for floating Angio-
sperms, or to material which might in the limit include a dead whale
or the Sargasso-weed, is clearly beyond the original intention of the
term; and such innovations as '* Seston " (Kolkwitz) to include in-
Organic detritus, only tend to obscure the main issue. The word in
Journal of Botany, June, 1919. [Supplement III.]

Z THE PLANKTON-PHASE AND PLANKTON-BATE

its original sense involved a physiological rather than a morphological
conception, and relates to the problem of the food-supply of the sea ;
and it is in this sense of " primary food-supplj^," the base of the
** marine pyramid of life in the sea," that the Avord should be always
considered, and its meaning further limited as required ; the spirit of
the expression being more significant than the letter. Thus, omitting
smaller fishes, Salpie, Medusae, Fish-ova, Copepods, Nauplii, and other
larval forms, and everything holozoic that lives by eating somebody
or something else, the expression really reduces to the suspended
aidotro'pliic vegetation of the sea, on which ultimately the great mass
of heterotrophic life depends ; and whatever connotation be given the
term in zoological Avork, the botanical sense is perfectly clear and
defined, as the subject is essentially a botanical one. The word
reduces, according to Hensen's original conception, to the free uni-
cellular forms of plant-life, maintained in suspension in pelagic
water ; anj^ extension to such forms living anywhere else is purely
metajDhorical and secondary ; while its application to animal forms,
eating the plants and each other, represents an equally secondary and
crude application in another direction ; a convenient convention so
long as all the forms are captured together, and by the same methods.
The difficulty is increased by the fact that in many cases it is still
vague to -what extent nutrition may be dominantly holophj^tic or
holozoic : thus, the vast bulk of pelagic ph^^toplankton consists of
Diatoms ; to a lesser extent, under conditions usually of diluted sea-
water, of C^^anophyceae, and to a considerable extent of Peridiniaceaj
aud G-3'mnodiniacese, all more or less holozoic ; as also of Flagellate
races as Brown Chrj'somonads, Coccolithophoridse, Cryptomonads, and
green Chloromonads, the majority of which are probably at least as
much holozoic as holoj^hytic.

The amount of plankton -life possible in sea-water is almost in-
credible, since it is invisible to the exQ except in special cases, as when
the colour of the water is affected. Thus Gran records the water of
Christiania Fjord (1911) as showing a milky tint with Fontosp}i(sra
Huxleyi (a Coccosphere), at the rate of 5-6 millions per litre.
Moseley (1879, p. 5Q^) on the 'Challenger' describes the water of
Arafura Sea, supplied hj the large rivers of New Guinea, as brown
and smelling like a stagnant pond with Tricliodesmium (Cj'anophj'-ceaj);
the " black-water " of the Arctic Seas, the haunt of the Eight Whale,
for stretches of 50-100 miles, may be deep black and opaque, or again
grass-green, apparently mainly due to Diatoms (Robert Brown) ;
Peridiniacese, as GonyaulaXy may turn the sea to blood (Bombay,
California, Australia), killing the- fish by removal of free oxygen
(Carter, McClendon). As a rule, maximum plankton-content occurs
where coastal waters bringing salts and land-debris meet thoroughly
aerated and relatively bacteria-free oceanic water, and the deep blue of
the ocean is characterized by a poor flora and fauna. Thus the green
w^ater of the North Sea is richer than the Atlantic, and the summer-
heated, shallow and silty Baltic, more than half-fresh, supplies the
richest plankton known. The detailed observations of Lohmann
(1908) for the highly nutritive water of Kiel Bay afford the standard
for further investigation, and are sufficiently thorough to give a very

THE PLAXKTON-PHASE AKD PLANKTON-RATE 3

comprehensive view of the relation of plant and animal forms, as also
their seasonal periodicity. For example, maximum monthly averages
give: — Skeletonema costafum in Jmie at 2,460,000 per litre ; all
other Diatoms 20,000 per litre ; Grreen Flagellates (July) 146,800
per litre ; Peridiniacea? (July) 382,000 per litre ; or taking all pre-
sumed autotrophic organism, over two millions per litre in May, over
two and a half millions in June, and over half a million in July.
Taking a litre as a million c.mm., a million per litre means 50 in a
** drop." Lebour, for Plymouth (1917), gives total Diatoms in April
as 40,000 per litre, or 2 per drop, and the June crop of Peridiniacege
as 1000 per litre ; though in this case the smaller and more naked
organisms are probably wholly lost. The consideration of Bacteria
may be omitted, as these must be considered heterotrophic ; but
immense numbers of algal zoospores, or units even of the 100 /a
standard of Fucus oospheres, are again apparently irrecoverable.
Special interest attaches to recent observations by cultural methods
(Allen, 1919), since these ignore the question of heterotrophic
Bacteria, all purely holozoic forms, as also holozoic Peridiniacese ;
these last rapidly die on removal from open water, and the organisms
which will grow are practically restricted to holophytic Diatoms and
a few Brown Flagellates, etc. The number of such recognizably
holophytic plankton-forms is given as at least 464,000 j^er litre, or
464 per c.c, about 23 per drop, with the suggested possibility of
there being really a million per litre. In this case, control observa-
tions by centrifuge-methods gave a total estimate of only 14,450 per
litre and thus illustrated their imperfection (M. B. A., Plymouth,
Sept. 1918). In view of such data, it may be pointed out that we
are still far from knowing the limit of living organism in the sea,
or what may be the material on which minute flagellates and Peri-
dines feed.

The recognition of the primary autotrophic nature of phyto-
plankton, again presents a greater botanical interest, in that, putting
all holozoic races on one side as of secondary importance, the problem
of Plankton enters on another stage as representing an older condition
of life in the sea conceived as a " Plankton-Epoch," before the evolu-
tion of any benthic life had been rendered possible by the rise of the
sea-bottom to within a distance of 100-50 fathoms from the surface.
This may be regarded as the expression of the first stage of biological
life on this world, as existing, and in fact evolved, in the surface-
water of the primal universal ocean, directly from the sea-water itself.
The conception of Plankton thus acquires a Fhyletic significance ;
and this Plankton-Epoch, including a period of indefinite millions of
years, in which living organism acquired the morphological and
physiological organization of what is now known as the " cell " from
nothing at all but ionized sea-water, — once universal and the
highest expression of living organism — is now represented in the sea
by residual races, more or less isolated and specialized, or vestigial,
which may be said to survive in the *' Plankton-Phase " ; though
higher forms of life have passed on to successively higher stages with
the introduction of the physical factors of sea-bottom and dry land.
It is, in fact, from such races that we liave to build up our conception

4 THE PLAl^KTOIf-PHASE AXD PLANKTON-BATE

of what the sea has done for living organism, or what the latter realh''
is in terms of sea- water ; while higher organisms may continually
revert to similar conditions of life, or pass through such recapitulatory
stages in their Life-History. In other words they may retain a
Plankton-Phase in the Life-Cycle. The ova and spermatozoa of higher
Metazoa thus represent a return to the ancestral condition of a pre-
ceding suspended Plankton-organization ; as do also the zoids both
asexual and gamete, mobile and immobile, of marine algae. Even
the highest animals retain in their spermatozoa the evidence of their
plankton-origin as marine flagellates, and acquire in this phase a
" plankton-value" (Prenant) ; only in most specialized types of land-
vegetation (Siphonogamic Phanerogams and a few Fungi) does the
sexual process, itself a plankton-mechanism, eliminate all direct
evidence of its marine origin.

A purely empirical estimate of the autotrophic plankton of the
sea, based on the oljservations of Lohmann (Kiel, 1908), suggests the
possibility of visualizing a fair average plankton-rate as expressed by
the amount of cytoplasm in one million zoids per litre ; taking a zoid
of 5 /x diam. ("rounded off "), Avith apj^roximate volume of 100 c. /.i
as a standard. Such a value would be probably regarded as liberal
for the English Channel, as bearing reference to the prunar}'- auto-
trophic organism, more particularlv Diatoms and zoospores on which
more holozoic organisms depend ; though little is yet known of the
zoid life of the sea, or of anything conceivably still smaller ; since
there is so far no known method of collecting living organism of
fluid plasma, no denser than milk, and held more or less in spherical
form merely by the operation of surface-tension ; the same applies to
all algal reproductive cells, from the great oospheres of Ilimantlicdia,
300 jx diam., and visible to the naked eye, to the smaller zoids of 5 fx,
or so, continually emitted by the Green and Browni Algse. With such
a convenient unit, for example, it may be possible to express a
Laminarian producing 300,000 million zoids (Sacco7']iiza) as approxi-
matel}^ equivalent to the plankton of 300 cubic metres of sea- water ;
or to give a corresponding plankton-value to a tish, based on the
number and volume of its ova or spermatozoa. In this w^ay benthic
organisms may be compared with plankton-phases, and with each
other. Thus taking an estimate of 7 million ova at 1-39 mm. diam.
(Masterman, p. 23(3), a spawning cod of the same weight as the sea-
weed may be possibly regarded as returning plankton to 100,000 cubic
metres, or 100 million liti-es of sea-water ; though data from the
spermatozoa would be probabl}'' more reliable, as representing cyto-
plasm rather than food-material and oil, the idea is sufficient for
present purposes, and may be compared with an estimate for such a
fish in terms of 1 2,500 sq. metres of surface-area for the North Sea
(Johnstone, p. 171). Such a method of visualizing the reproductive
output of an organism is again of interest as enabling some sort of
rough comjjarlson to be established in the case of the later developments
of Land-Flora. The return of benthic organism to the flagellated
plankton-phase clearly expresses the wastage of the reproductive
processes, as included under " fertilization " and " dispersal " ; while
the further control and economv of such wasta":e becomes at once the

THE PLANKTOX-PHASE AND PLANKTOJf-RATE 5

aim and mark of higher organization, i, e. organism. The wastage
of a Saccorhiza in a plankton-phase, to the extent of 300,000 million
or more of 5 /x zoids, is the expression of the cost of the race to the
individual. The increasing intensity of the incidence of wastage in
the case of emergent Land Flora is simply expressed by the fact that
in the common Fern, Aspidium FilLv-mas of to-day, the spore
output of a single plant may be estimated at 500-1000 million of
air-borne spores of 50 /x diam., or each 1000 times the volume of the
Phseophycean zoid ; while the spore-output of a single staminate
strobilus of Araucaria hrasiliensis, of 1000 stamens, has been
estimated at ten million spores of 50 ix diam. (Burlinghame, 1913).
Such air-borne spores are, it is true, no longer plankton, but they are
the lineal descendants of the immobile " tetraspores " of benthic sea-
weeds, in which flagellation has been suppressed in correlation with
increasing bulk.

A little consideration, again, suggests that such a plankton-rate,
of a million per litre, is one per cubic millimetre, and a volume of
100 c. /x in 1,000,000,000 c. /x is one in ten million (taking volumes
as approximately equivalent as densities). The generalization that a
fair plankton -rate may be approximately equal to the ionization of
the H.^0 onl}^ is sufficiently striking, although the two phenomena
have clearly no causal relation ; since the mass of the water affords a
practically infinite source for the production of further H", OH' ions,
if an}^ be removed ; while the limiting factor for the amount of life
in tlie sea has been very generally accepted as due to the scarcity of
ions of Niti'ogen and Phosphorus. Hence in coastal waters, or in the
enclosed shallow Baltic, the plankton-rate rises considerably as com-
pared with the English Channel, Mediterranean, or open Atlantic.
The Sargasso Sea affords an interesting case : — the Gulf-We^d
vegetating as a sparse crop in the surface-water possibly takes the
greater part of the available N and P ions, giving nothing back
directly, as it is wholly sterile, and dead plants sink in two miles of
water ; hence there is little scope for other autotrophic life, and beyond
the hosts of small animals feeding on the weed and on each other, the
Sargasso Sea is conspicuous!}^ sterile. [Total Plankton-rate 5000 per
litre, plant-cells, all sorts, including Peridines (Murray and Hjoi-t,,
p. 365) net-results only, admittedly imperfect and much too low;
while there is no strict justification for regarding the Sarr/assinn as
more intensely proteid-metabolizing than the autotrophic plankton.]

The fundamental factors which determine the amount of plankton-
life the sea can carry remains still extremely obscure ; as previously
indicated, the supply of N and P ions has been put forward (Brandt's
Hypothesis, 1902) as constituting a limiting factor for autotrophic
organism ; for holozoic organism food and the amount of available
oxygen are obviously significant, and for Bacteria also the amount of
special " food-material " to be metabolized. Zoologists have shown a
tendency to assume that the amount of holozoic organism must be
limited by the toxic effect of nitrogenous waste and excreta (Johnstone,
p. 28(3); but the botanist is not sensitive on these points; there is
no evidence of nitrogenous waste in the plant ; the membranes are

6 THE PLANKTON-PHASE AND PLANKTON-BATE

apparently solely of polysaccharide excreta ; chitin is rare, and may
be probably taken as evidence of heterotrophic nutrition (Peridines).
All primary life in the sea must be considered as autotrophic^ the
animal life dependent on it need not be taken into consideration at
all. So far as the plant is concerned this *' Mean Plankton-rate "
may be taken as a rough basis of comparison, and a convenient unit
to remember ; and thus without necessarily impl^dng that such a rate
bears reference to the total autotrophic plankton of sea-water, it may
still be used as a fair average unit of comparison in the case of each
organism separately' ; since in the case of either the benthic fish or
the benthic sea-weed, the plankton return is localized and subject to
infinite dilution in the moving medium ; while in the case of free
pelagic plankton -forms the complex relations of physical conditions
imply that only a few types are dominant at any particular pei'iod.
It is interesting to compare Lohmann's maximum rate for Kiel Bay,
given by the Diatom Skeletonema costatum (at 5 fathoms in August),
with an average of 9 millions per litre, or approximately 10 per cubic
millimetre ; assuming a volume of 150 c. /x (Lohmann, p. 2-11), this
implies a total plankton-rate practically 15 times that of the mean.
Lohmann {loc. cit., p. 351) also gives the maximum plankton -yield
for all '* plants " (autotrophic, and including all pigmented flagellates)
in August, as equivalent to a volume of 105 ••! c.mm. per 100 litres ;
i. e. 1-05-1 c.mm. per litre, or one part in a million, as an average rate
10 times the above mean. For Ceratium tripos, with an estimated
volume of 100,000 c. //, (Lohmann), the plankton-rate would work
out as 1000 per litre, — the maximum given for all Peridines at
Plymouth (June ; Lebour, p. 153) ; while Lohmann (p. 276) for
Kiel, gives th« plankton-rate of C. tripos (var. lalticiini) as 4 per
litre in winter, rising to a maximum average of 4590 per litre in
August, and the maximum range as 13,000 per litre (November, at
5 fathoms), thus agreeing with a value 13 times the suggested mean.
An estimate for heterotrophic Bacteria in London sewage of only
5 millions per c.c. = 5000 millions per litre, or 5000 per c.mm. ; and
assuming a volume of 5 c. /x, this works out at 100 times the mean
plankton-rate, and the estimate may be doubled. The plankton-rate
of Yeast ma}' be on a similar footing, as also that of hemi-holozoic
Euglena in manure- water ; these being like Bacteria special cases of
ht?tero trophic nutrition dependent on elaborated organic food-supply
other than ions of simple salts. For example, a laboratory' culture of
the apparently holozoic Cryptomonad Chilomonas, living as " Sapro-
plankton " in pool- water, gave an estimated content of 4000 per
" drop," or about 80 millions per litre. Taking this large flagellate
as of approximate volume of 1000 c. />t, the plankton-rate would work
out as 2400 times that of the suggested mean rate ; such a culture
again remained healthy and intensely active for several months
without any indication of toxic effects, while surface-aggregation
might represent a rate of 40,000 per drop.

Observations by Raben (1910, p. 310) give the total Nitrogen-
content of the sea (Mediterranean and North Sea) as sometliing
between '1 and 2 mg. per litre (rarely exceeding -2), or -0001 g.
per litre = 1-2 parts in ten millions also ; a very similar result was

THE PLANKTON -PHASE AND PLANKTON-IIATJE 7

given by Raben for the Phosphorus -content (as ^fi^), at "14 mg.
per litre ; though according to Matthews the amount in the English
Channel (Plymouth, 1918) is much less, or -06 mg. per litre in
winter (maximum), and -01 mg. as the spring minimum, or as little
as one part in a hundred millions. There is nothing to show that
plant-organism can exhaust all the available N and P ions in the
solution ; and it may be noted that all such estimations have to be
made in the case of water already occupied by living plankton ; while
a considerable source of error must exist in the large amount of dead
and decaying or macerating debris of plasmatic organism which
apparently appears in analyses as " organic " nitrogen and "organic"
phosphorus (Matthews). Thus according to Raben the nitrogen
value rises in summer, as if from the greater death-rate at a higher
temperature ; and though Matthews accords a higher phosphorus
value in winter, it may be pointed out that his results for water taken
near the sewage outfall of a large town, presumably supplying
enormous quantities of microcosmic salt, give only *0G mg. per litre,
suggesting that excess phosphorus compounds are rapidly precipitated
as insoluble phosphates. From an interesting table of analyses for
various marine invertebrates (Delff, 1912), it may be taken as a
general estimate that the water-content of such organism varies from
70-90 7o» the nitrogen-content (N) from 5-10 7o> ^"^^ "the phosphorus-
content (P.Ps) as about -^th of the nitrogen value. This may be
probably taken as an approximate estimate for animal cytoplasm with
little waste ; and though plants with accumulated polysaccharide
debris would give a much lower rate for nitrogen, of possibly only a
third of this value (Brandt, 1898, p. 58) ; it may be also taken as
approximately correct for zoospores and mobile naked flagellates.
"With the sea containing nitrogen ions at about one in ten millions,
and plankton at the mean rate also of one in ten millions, it would
a])pear that the plankton of a litre would not cover more than ^-y^
of the available nitrogen. In such case it is interesting to compare
the figures of Lohmann for total autotrophic plankton (including
Peridines) alread}'- given as suggesting an approximation to the
nitrogen limit, as also the later figures of Allen (1919) for a suggested
million of autotrophic organisms per litre (Diatoms, etc.), many of
which may be several times larger than the hypothecated 5 /a zoid ;
but the subject is again confused by the fact that we are still ignorant
of the actual cyptoplasmic value of a Diatom, as compared with the
" volume " of its vacuolated " cyst "-stage. Though the scarcity of
Nitrogen ions is not definitely established as a limiting factor for
pelagic life, the fact emerges that the actual quantities of living
material and the more essential ions of the medium are in a stiite of
somewhat comparable spatial tenuit}^ Although again clearly of no
veiT exact scientific value at present, such considerations are justified
as affording a general idea of the conditions under which living-
organism has been evolved in the aqueous phase of the sea ; and the
suggested "mean plankton -rate " may be useful in establishing some
general basis for the consideration of the economy of the phyto-
plankton and phytobenthon of the British coasts.

THE PLANKTON-PHASE AND PLANKTON -EATE

General Liteeatuee.

Hensen, Kiel (1887), Wiss. Untersuch. DeiitscL. Meere, v., vi.

Plankton- Expedition der Humboldt-Stiftung (1889). Eeports, 1892, et seq.

Warming (1909), ' Ecology of Plants,' pp. 161, 163.

Murray & Hjort (1912), ' Depths of the Ocean ' (' Michael Sars ' Exped.),
p. 15.

LoHMANN (1908), Wiss. Meeres. Unters. Kiel, pp. 252, 244.

Gran, in Murray & Hjort (1912), pp. 307, 332.

Gran (1915), " Plankton Production," Bulletin Planktonique, 1912.

MosELEY (1879), " Naturalist on the ' Challenger,' " p. 566.

Carter, in Saville Kent's 'Infusoria' (1S80), i. p. 450; Ann. Nat. Hist.
(1858).

McClendon (1918), Tortugas Lab. p. 234.

Allen (1919), M. B. A. Journal, Plymouth, " Quantitative Study of

Plankton."
Brandt (1902), W. M. K. p. 25.
Eaben (1910), W. M. K. xi. p. 310.
Delff (1912), W. M. Kiel, xiv. p. 70.

Johnstone (1908), ' Conditions of Life in the Sea,' pp. 170, 190.
♦ Journal of Ecology ' (1913), ii. p. 177.
Lebour (1917), M. B. A. Journal, " Microplankton of Plymouth Sound,"

pp. 141, 153.
Egbert Brown (1868), Q. J. M. S. p. 242.
Matthews (1918), M. B. A. Journal, p. 257 ; (1916), p. 129.
Herdman (1918), J. L. S. p. 173, " Diatoms in the Irish Sea."
Masterman (1897), 'British Food-Fishes,' p. 238.
KoLKWiTZ (1912), ' Berichte,' xxx. p. 341.
Prevant (1915), ' L'annee Biologique,' p. Ixvii. " Les appareils ciliares et

leurs derives."
WiLHEMi (1917), ' Archiv fiir Hydrobiologie,' "Plankton und Tripton,"
p. 145, for over 40 sub-varieties of Plankton.

" 3 5185

II nil III!

'IT

iillliiliiil

00265 01 E